Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

AMBER ROAD, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE

  7372   22-2590301

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

One Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

(201) 935-8588

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

James W. Preuninger

Chief Executive Officer

 

John W. Preuninger

President and Chief Operating Officer

 

Amber Road, Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

Telephone: (201) 935-8588

Telecopy: (201) 935-5187

 

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Victor H. Boyajian, Esq.

Ira L. Kotel, Esq.

Dentons US LLP

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020-1089

Telephone: (212) 768-6700

Telecopy: (212) 768-6800

 

Kenneth J. Gordon, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

53 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Telephone: (617) 570-1000

Telecopy: (617) 523-1231

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

  ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer

  x    Smaller reporting company   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered  

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

  $75,000,000   $9,660

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933. Includes the offering price attributable to additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the registrant and the selling stockholders.

 

(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 10, 2014

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

 

LOGO

             Shares

Common Stock

            per share

 

 

We are offering              shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders are offering              shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We have applied to list our shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AMBR.” We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable federal securities laws, and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting” beginning on page 122 for additional disclosure regarding underwriting commissions and expenses.

 

 

The underwriters hold an option to purchase up to              additional shares from us and the selling stockholders, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days from the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock on or about                     , 2014.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

Stifel
Pacific Crest Securities
Canaccord Genuity   Needham & Company   Raymond James

The date of this prospectus is

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Powering Global Trade


Table of Contents

LOGO

In 2013, Amber Road processed over 600 million transactions and supply chain messages on our cloud-based trading network and made over 13 million regulatory updates to our Global Knowledge® repository. TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT EXP MANAG SOURCE Our GTM solutions automate import and e across international borders in the most SOURCING OPTIMIZATION SUPPLIER MANAGEMENT PORT GEMENT SUPPLY CHAIN VISIBILITY IMPORT MANAGEMENT DESTINATION export processes to enable goods to flow t efficient, compliant and profitable way. FREE TRADE AGREEMENTS


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     13   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     31   

Use of Proceeds

     32   

Dividend Policy

     33   

Capitalization

     34   

Dilution

     36   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     38   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     40   

Business

     63   

Management

     88   

Executive Compensation

     96   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     105   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     108   

Description of Capital Stock

     111   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     116   

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     118   

Underwriting

     122   

Legal Matters

     126   

Experts

     126   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     126   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Until                     , all dealers that affect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotment or subscriptions.

 

 

You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. The information in this prospectus may only be accurate as of the date on the front of this prospectus regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, nor the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit our initial public offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Amber Road,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Amber Road, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries as a whole.

Overview

Our mission is to dramatically change the way companies conduct global trade. As a leading provider of cloud-based global trade management (GTM) solutions, we automate import and export processes to enable goods to flow across international borders in the most efficient, compliant and profitable way. Our solution combines enterprise-class software, trade content sourced from government agencies and transportation providers in 125 countries, and a global supply chain network connecting our customers with their trading partners, including suppliers, freight forwarders, customs brokers and transportation carriers. We deliver our GTM solution using a Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) model and leverage a highly flexible technology framework to quickly and efficiently meet our customers’ unique requirements around the world. In 2013, we processed over 600 million transactions and supply chain messages on our network.

Sustained increases in international trade volumes are driving demand for our solution. For example, the U.S. Department of Commerce reported that in 2012, U.S. companies imported approximately $2.3 trillion of goods and exported approximately $1.5 trillion of goods. The Congressional Research Service reports that in 2012, China overtook the United States as the world’s largest trading economy, with the value of Chinese merchandise imports reaching approximately $1.8 trillion and the value of Chinese merchandise exports reaching approximately $2.1 trillion. Many of our multi-national enterprise customers have a presence in China, and to increase our share of this growing market, in September 2013 we acquired EasyCargo, a Chinese SaaS global trade management solution provider focused on companies conducting global trade in China.

In addition to rising global trade volumes, importers and exporters must cope with growing supply chain complexity. A single shipment may involve more than a dozen parties, multiple languages, time zones, currencies, modes of transport and a large number of ever-changing laws and regulations. To address this complexity, many global trade participants require dedicated staff to interpret and comply with intricate, country-specific trade regulations, which are often published on paper in varying formats. For example, there are over 500 free and preferential trade agreements around the globe, each requiring importers to comply with myriad rules before they can take advantage of reduced duty rates to lower their product costs. Further, global trade participants must obey thousands of import and export regulations and screen their shipments against approximately 200 lists containing an aggregate of over 250,000 restricted parties. According to a 2013 SCM World survey that we commissioned, over half of the respondents indicated that complying with global trade regulations was one of their top challenges, yet less than 4% indicated that their import compliance was fully automated. Failure to manage the complexity of global trade results in poor supply chain performance, increased costs, and exposure to fines and penalties. Conversely, companies that excel in global trade management enjoy a distinct financial advantage in the marketplace.

Expanding global trade and mounting supply chain complexity have increased demand for GTM solutions. According to a 2013 ARC Advisory Group report that we commissioned, the addressable global market for GTM solutions for companies that import and export goods was approximately $6.1

 

 

1


Table of Contents

 

billion in 2012, with market penetration of 6%. As a market leader, we believe we are poised to capture an increasing percentage of the GTM market by maintaining a state of the art GTM solution and increasing our sales and marketing activities.

We deliver our solution in individual modules or as a suite, depending on our customers’ needs, utilizing a highly flexible technology framework. This cloud-based suite addresses the growing complexity of the global trade landscape by automating GTM functions to minimize import and export costs, optimize transportation, track shipments within a supply chain, and automate compliance with regulations and free trade agreements. Without this delivery in the cloud, it would be difficult to effectively enable collaboration among the large number of trading partners involved in a global supply chain.

Our solution integrates Global Knowledge, a vast library of regulations and other content that we transform into a proprietary knowledgebase that enables our customers to automate GTM functions across 125 countries. Global Knowledge includes import and export regulations, shipping documents, preferential duties and taxes, specifications for free trade agreements, transportation rates, sailing schedules, embargoed country and restricted party lists, and harmonized tariff codes that identify goods based on standardized classifications, all sourced directly from government agencies and transportation carriers. Finally, our GTM solution includes a global supply chain network of connections to our customers’ trading partners, allowing us to deploy our solution efficiently and economically.

Because global trade processes vary across industry verticals and countries, no single software or SaaS solution built with traditional technologies can serve the needs of every participant in a global supply chain. To address these variations, we built our GTM solution using a proprietary technology architecture that we refer to as our Enterprise Technology Framework. Our Enterprise Technology Framework separates customer-specific configurations in each deployment from our core application, permitting our customers to configure our GTM solution without one-off customizations. This in turn permits us to maintain a single version of our software across deployments, facilitating our development cycle and simplifying upgrades for our customers.

Our GTM solution drives value to our customers through faster and more predictable delivery times, less labor, reduced in-transit inventories, and reduced international trading costs such as brokerage fees, logistics fees, transportation costs and customs duties. Our customers have expressed satisfaction with the value they derive from our solution in our annual internal customer satisfaction surveys. In 2013, we sent these surveys to all of our customers and approximately one-third of them responded. For each of our fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our recurring revenue retention was 102%. We calculate our recurring revenue retention rate by comparing, for a given quarter, subscription revenue for all customers in the corresponding quarter of the prior year to the subscription revenue from those same customers in the given quarter. For the annual rate, we utilize the average of the four quarters for the stated year.

We sell our GTM solution to many of the largest enterprises in the world, including companies such as General Electric, Monsanto, Sherwin Williams, Tyco International, Walmart and Weatherford International. In 2011, 2012 and 2013, our solution served 351, 399 and 463 customers, respectively, representing diversified industry verticals including Chemical/Pharmaceutical, High Technology/Electronics, Industrial/Manufacturing, Logistics, Oil & Gas, and Retail/Apparel. Although our customers are headquartered primarily in the United States and Europe, we have deployed our solution to their users in more than 80 countries. We define customers to include only those customers from whom we generate revenue.

We have achieved consistent revenue growth while expanding our global presence. Our revenue has grown from $37.6 million in 2011, to $43.4 million in 2012 to $52.5 million in 2013. This represents annual growth of 15.4% and 21.0% for our two most recent fiscal years. Revenue increased from $11.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 to $15.6 million for the three months ended

 

 

2


Table of Contents

 

December 31, 2013, representing 38.1% annual growth. EasyCargo accounted for approximately 3% of our revenues in the fourth quarter of 2013. We had net losses of $4.6 million, $2.1 million, and $14.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively, and net losses of $0.5 million and $0.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Our Industry

Most global trade functions historically have been handled manually by outsourced service providers and internal specialists. Early global trade automation software focused narrowly on discrete problems such as restricted party screening and shipment tracking. These software programs were not integrated with each other or existing enterprise software and were weak in functionality. At the same time, demand for global trade automation has increased rapidly over the past 10 years, fueled by a combination of macro and microeconomic trends. We believe these trends will continue to support the rapid increase of global trade and demand for GTM solutions.

According to the SCM World survey, over 75% of respondents agreed that delayed shipments and other customs problems materially impacted customer service, and nearly 90% agreed that unpredictable lead times on international shipments materially impacted customer service. Further, over 50% of the respondents agreed that their inability to take advantage of preferential duty programs or free trade agreements was costing them a material amount today and that these costs were likely to increase going forward.

Our Solution

We deliver a broad GTM solution that encompasses enterprise-class software, trade content, a global supply chain network, and highly flexible technology architecture. By automating more GTM processes, we enable our customers to enjoy significantly lower supply chain costs compared to legacy systems. The critical components of our solution include:

Enterprise-Class Software . Our solution consists of integrated software modules that automate most GTM functions. Customers can subscribe for modules individually or as a suite, depending on their needs. Each module contains a rich, configurable feature set, intuitive user interface, workflow engines to process business rules that permit management by exception, and application programming interfaces to connect each module to other enterprise systems. Our solution is based on our proprietary Enterprise Technology Framework and is engineered to be stable and deliver high performance to automate the world’s largest businesses.

Trade Content . In addition to powerful software, automating global trade to its full potential requires trade content. Trade content is information that we source from government agencies and transportation carriers, which, when used with our software, enables trade automation. Trade content includes harmonized tariff codes, restricted party lists, export regulations, import regulations, shipping documents, preferential duties and taxes, specifications for free trade agreements, transportation rates, and sailing schedules.

Supply Chain Network . To automate global trade, we connect our customers to their extended supply chain partners, including suppliers, freight forwarders, transportation carriers, and customs brokers. Each of these parties requires access to trade content, messages, alerts, and information services at critical points along the supply chain. This coordination enables us to automate more GTM processes than would otherwise be possible.

Flexible Technology . GTM processes vary across industry verticals and countries, and one solution cannot fit every customer and its trading partners. Therefore, we simplify GTM automation by utilizing our Enterprise Technology Framework, a highly flexible technology framework. The most important capability of Enterprise Technology Framework to our customers, and the most difficult technical problem it solves, is permitting our professional services organization to configure our solution during implementation in a manner that separates customer-specific configurations from our core application,

 

 

3


Table of Contents

 

allowing our customers to upgrade to new versions of our solution while retaining their configurations and avoiding the need for re-implementation. The power of our Enterprise Technology Framework is in allowing our solution to adapt to large and small businesses in all industry verticals globally. We maintain this flexibility even as we integrate our solution with our customers’ enterprise resource planning systems, and because global trade requirements change frequently, our configuration-without-customization approach permits our solution to adapt to these changes at a low cost.

SaaS Delivery . We are a SaaS company and deliver our solution primarily over the Internet using an on-demand, cloud-based, delivery model. Approximately 91% of our customers have selected this approach as their sole delivery model for our solution. Our customers also have the option to deploy certain solution modules in their own IT environments. Regardless of the delivery model, we sell our solution through subscription agreements that entitle our customers to access our solution and receive support. Because our Global Knowledge trade content is delivered and managed in the same manner regardless of delivery model, and because we configure our solution according to customer needs without modifying our core software, our customers receive the latest trade content and new versions of our solution under both delivery models.

Benefits of Our Solution

We change the way our customers conduct global trade. Many of our customers, including some of the world’s largest enterprises, automated their global trade processes for the first time with our solution. We deliver a broad GTM solution that eliminates manual processes, reduces transportation costs, optimizes logistics, leverages trade agreements, provides shipment tracking, and ensures compliance with import and export regulations. In 2013, we processed over 600 million transactions and supply chain messages on our network.

Process Automation . Our solution eliminates paper in favor of organized electronic data, messages and alerts and replaces tedious manual processes, such as researching trade regulations, classifying goods against harmonized tariff codes, calculating duties and taxes, phoning transport carriers to solicit transportation quotes or shipping schedules, and chasing down shipment status from myriad carrier websites, with an integrated solution suite. By integrating with global trading partners, our GTM solution aims to achieve straight-through-processing, so that goods and their related shipping documents move from source to destination with little or no management intervention.

Cost and Route Optimization . Our trade content includes information relating to preferential duties and taxes, specifications for free trade agreements, transportation rates, and sailing schedules. Our solution combines this information with carrier shipping contracts to enable customers to compare rates, routes and other charges based on constantly changing data in near real-time. With an enhanced view of landed cost, supply chain executives can select and optimize the routes over which goods flow through their global networks to achieve sustainable delivery performance improvements and cost savings. Cost and route optimization enables our customers to achieve performance improvements that include faster delivery times, improved responsiveness to their customers’ needs and cost savings such as reduced transportation costs. Nearly half of the respondents in the SCM World survey indicated that an inability to control global transportation costs was one of their top concerns as a global business.

Supply Chain Visibility . Our supply chain visibility solution connects our customers with their overseas suppliers, logistics providers, brokers and carriers to track and monitor goods in near real time as they move through the global supply chain. Our solution achieves this by tracking in-transit shipments using reference points such as booking number, container number and bill-of-lading number, and alerts customers to issues that affect supply chain performance. Supply chain visibility empowers our customers to manage by exception, allowing them to rely on our solution to monitor the status of goods in transit and to alert them when problems arise. More than half of the respondents in the SCM World survey indicated that a lack of visibility of shipments moving through the global supply chain was one of their top concerns as a global business.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

 

Enhanced Compliance . Our solution assists customers in managing significant areas of legal and regulatory compliance for global trade, including line-by-line review of sales orders for licensing requirements, and screening for embargoed countries and restricted parties. The benefits of enhanced compliance include avoiding costly fines and possible criminal liability.

We believe that the cost savings realizable from the foregoing benefits, including reduced landed costs, administrative expenses and avoidance of fines and penalties, can result in significant returns on investment for our customers.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to expand our role as a provider of a market-leading GTM solution by bringing our existing solution to new customers and new markets, and by expanding our solution to offer the most comprehensive and innovative features in the GTM marketplace. Key elements of our growth strategy include our plans to:

Invest in Sales . As a complement to our investment in infrastructure, in 2012 we began to invest more heavily in our sales force, which has led to an acceleration of our business. We expect to continue to ramp our investment in sales by hiring new sales directors and supporting personnel, particularly for territories outside of the United States, including China. We will focus our expanded sales efforts on acquiring new customers and, to a lesser extent, selling more modules to our existing customers.

Invest in Marketing . In 2012, we also began to invest more heavily in marketing. We plan to continue this expansion by maintaining our marketing focus on lead generation, in particular by running more marketing programs to jump-start new territories. We also expect to devote additional resources to solidifying our brand as a leading GTM solution provider.

Further International Expansion . Currently, we sell our solution predominantly in the United States, regions of Europe and China, where we target our marketing efforts and maintain dedicated inside and outside sales persons. Because our solution has a global appeal, we believe that there are significant opportunities in the rest of the world, particularly in Brazil, Russia and India. Our past efforts have resulted in implementations with multi-national corporations headquartered primarily in the United States and Europe who have users in more than 80 countries, giving us a foothold in many countries where we currently have no sales offices. We intend to invest in new sales and support offices in these regions which will build on our pre-existing user base.

Expand our Solution . We have a history of bringing an innovative solution to market as demonstrated by our robust Global Knowledge library and flexible, proprietary Enterprise Technology Framework. Currently, we have dedicated more than 54% of our employees to solution development, and we will continue to leverage our solution team to expand the depth and breadth of our solution in response to customer requests and the evolving nature of global trade. For example, we may expand our solution to automate working with free trade zones, which are areas where goods may be imported, transformed, and then exported without the need to pay customs duties. We also intend to maintain our market leadership in trade content.

Execute Strategic Acquisitions . Strategic acquisitions represent an opportunity for us to augment our solution capabilities and sales team. The GTM solutions market is fragmented, and we believe some participants may have best-of-breed solutions to specific problems, particularly those created by the unique trading requirements of foreign countries. We may acquire those participants to expand our solution. Further, developing an effective sales force in foreign markets requires a nuanced understanding of local business customs. We may, for example, choose to acquire local GTM software companies in order to obtain sales teams with a track record of success in their markets. We currently have no agreements or understandings to acquire any such companies, however, in September 2013, we acquired EasyCargo, a Chinese SaaS global trade management solution provider focused on trade management in China.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

 

Recent Developments

In September 2013, we acquired EasyCargo (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (EasyCargo), a SaaS company focused on a subset of global trade management called China trade management, or CTM. EasyCargo’s CTM solution automates compliance with Processing Trade, a Chinese regulatory regime that exempts materials and components imported for manufacturing or further processing from import duties ranging from zero to more than 150% and value-added taxes of 17% on most goods in 2012. Because of these savings opportunities for multi-national companies, Processing Trade is a growing strategy that now accounts for more than 30% of all China trade. As of September 1, 2013 EasyCargo employed approximately 40 professionals supporting more than 35 customers, half of which were multi-national companies and half of which were Chinese domestic companies. We believe this acquisition will provide us with the opportunity to increase our business with multi-national enterprise companies that are expanding their manufacturing operations in China, as well as with mid-market Chinese companies.

We acquired EasyCargo for a payment of $2.0 million in cash and approximately 450,000 shares of our common stock. We will make additional payments of up to $2.5 million in cash or shares of our common stock (at our option) by March 15, 2016 if CTM revenues grow at a compound annual rate of more than 40% from 2013 through 2015.

Risks Associated with Our Business and Ownership of Our Stock

Our business is subject to numerous risks which may prevent us from successfully implementing our business strategy. These risks, as well as other risks relating to ownership of our stock, are more fully described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 and include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    If we are unable to attract new customers or our existing customers do not renew their subscriptions, the growth of our business and cash flows will be adversely affected.

 

    The market for cloud-based GTM solutions is at an early stage of development. If this market does not develop or develops more slowly than we expect, our revenue may decline or fail to grow and we may incur additional operating losses.

 

    The information we source from third parties for inclusion in our Global Knowledge library may not be accurate and complete, our trade experts may make errors in interpreting legal and other requirements when processing this information, and our trade content may not be updated on a timely basis, which can expose our customers to fines and other substantial claims and penalties.

 

    Our sales cycle can be long and unpredictable and requires considerable time and expense, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate.

 

    The complexity of our sales and implementation cycles exposes us to operational risks that we must manage carefully.

 

    We face intense competition, and our failure to compete successfully would make it difficult for us to add and retain customers and would impede the growth of our business.

 

    We may expand by acquiring or investing in other companies, which may divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business.

 

    Our success depends in part on our ability to develop and market new and enhanced solution modules, and we may not be able to do so, or do so quickly enough to respond to changes in demand. Even if we anticipate changes in demand, it may be difficult for us to transition existing customers to new versions of our solution.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

 

    Our cost structure is relatively fixed in the short term, which makes it difficult to reduce our expenses quickly in response to declines in revenue or revenue growth.

 

    Our solution is complex and customers may experience difficulty in implementing, upgrading or otherwise achieving the benefits attributable to it.

Our Corporate Information

We are a Delaware corporation. Our corporate headquarters are located at One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, NJ 07073 and our telephone number is (201) 935-8588. We maintain a website at www.amberroad.com. Information contained on or linked to our website is not a part of this prospectus.

Amber Road, the Amber Road logo, Global Knowledge, Enterprise Technology Framework and other trademarks of Amber Road appearing in this prospectus are the property of Amber Road. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks used in this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer”, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

 

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

             Shares

 

Common stock offered by selling stockholders

             Shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             Shares

 

Underwriters’ option

             Shares

 

Use of proceeds

General corporate and working capital purposes and potential acquisitions.

 

  A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

AMBR

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering is based on 28,738,527 shares outstanding as of February 1, 2014 and includes 20,948,384 shares that we will issue upon conversion to common stock of our outstanding preferred stock as of the time immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates (subject to the closing of this offering), 296,285 shares of common stock that are subject to a put right expiring upon completion of this offering prior to September 3, 2014, and includes              shares at the offering price that we will issue in satisfaction of accrued but unpaid dividends to our preferred stockholders.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering excludes:

 

    4,326,893 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, which have a weighted average exercise price of $2.08 per share;

 

    6,459,605 shares reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans;

 

    368,182 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, which have an exercise price of $2.20 per share;

 

    147,661 contingent shares issuable in connection with our acquisition of EasyCargo;

 

    shares issuable in satisfaction of an earnout of up to $2.5 million under our EasyCargo purchase agreement payable in 2016, which is payable at our election in cash or in shares at the then-current fair market value of our common stock; and

 

                 additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

    a    -for-    reverse stock split effected on             ;

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 20,948,384 shares of common stock as of the time immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates (subject to the closing of this offering);

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

    the issuance of              shares at the offering price in satisfaction of $10,512,222 of accrued but unpaid dividends to our preferred stockholders;

 

    the expiration of the put right on our puttable common stock;

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering, which, unless otherwise indicated, we refer to as our certificate of incorporation;

 

    no exercise of outstanding options or warrants; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock in this offering.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

 

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013  
    (in thousands, except per share
amounts)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

     

Revenue

     

Subscription

  $ 28,825      $ 32,400      $ 38,867   

Professional services

    8,747        10,968        13,660   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    37,572        43,368        52,527   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

     

Cost of subscription revenue (1)

    10,145        10,732        12,748   

Cost of professional services revenue (1)

    6,969        8,680        9,498   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    17,114        19,412        22,246   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    20,458        23,956        30,281   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

     

Sales and marketing (1)

    11,277        12,807        16,246   

Research and development (1)

    5,946        5,775        7,936   

General and administrative (1)

    6,476        6,275        10,469   

Restricted stock expense

    683        878        9,328   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    24,382        25,735        43,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (3,924     (1,779     (13,698

Interest and other expense

    (131     (7     (150
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (4,055     (1,786     (13,848

Income tax expense

    592        311        550   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (4,647     (2,097     (14,398

Preferred stock accretion

    (3,359     (4,036     (4,850

Preferred stock dividends

    (675     (536     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (8,681   $ (6,669   $ (19,248
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (2)

  $ (1.61   $ (1.21   $ (3.42
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (2)

    5,384,576        5,498,752        5,634,053   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (2)

      $ (0.68
     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (2)

        28,507,973   
     

 

 

 

Key Metrics and Other Financial Data (unaudited):

     

Recurring revenue retention (3)

    102     102     102

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $ (1,231   $ 1,917      $ 1,669   

 

 

10


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation allocated as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of subscription revenue

   $ 21       $ 43       $ 80   

Cost of professional services revenue

     0         1         40   

Sales and marketing

     52         46         77   

Research and development

     25         29         63   

General and administrative

     72         100         262   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 170       $ 219       $ 522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) We calculate our recurring revenue retention rate by comparing, for a given quarter, subscription revenue for all customers in the corresponding quarter of the prior year to the subscription revenue from those same customers in the given quarter.
(4) EBITDA consists of net loss plus depreciation and amortization, interest expense (income) and income tax expense. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA plus our non-cash, stock-based compensation expenses, as well as the change in fair value of our contingent consideration and warrant liabilities. We have included adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it assists us in comparing performance on a consistent basis across reporting periods, as it removes from our operating results the impact of our capital structure. We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired.

 

    As of December 31, 2013  
    Actual     Pro Forma (1)     Pro Forma as
Adjusted (2)
 
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,148      $ 5,148      $ —     

Working capital, excluding current deferred revenue

    10,276        10,276        —     

Total assets

    70,097        70,097        —     

Deferred revenue, current and long term

    30,757        30,757        —     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock and puttable common stock

    76,921        —          —     

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (63,281     13,640        —     

 

(1) On a pro forma basis, to give effect to (a) the conversion of all of our convertible preferred shares into shares of our common stock, which will occur as of the time immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates (subject to the closing of this offering), (b) the issuance of              shares at the offering price in satisfaction of $10,512,222 of accrued but unpaid dividends to our preferred stockholders and (c) the expiration of the put right on our puttable common stock.
(2) On a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments described above and our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting (i) estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, (ii) estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

 

ADJUSTED EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have provided within this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We have provided below a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. EBITDA consists of net loss plus depreciation and amortization, interest expense (income) and income tax expense. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA plus our non-cash, stock-based compensation expenses, as well as the change in fair value of our contingent consideration and warrant liabilities.

We have included adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent basis across reporting periods, as it removes from our operating results the impact of our capital structure. We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it is often used by the financial community to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired.

Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

 

    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA together with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (4,647   $ (2,097   $ (14,398

Depreciation and amortization

     1,843        2,567        3,792   

Interest expense

     159        37        169   

Interest income

     (29     (31     (18

Income tax expense

     592        311        550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     (2,082     787        (9,905

Stock-based compensation

     170        219        522   

Restricted stock expense

     683        878        9,328   

Puttable stock compensation

     —          —          18   

Increase in fair value of contingent consideration liability

     —          —          106   

Warrant expense

     (2     33        1,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (1,231   $ 1,917      $ 1,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents

 

RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Business and Solution

If we are unable to attract new customers or our existing customers do not renew their subscriptions, the growth of our business and cash flows will be adversely affected.

To increase our revenue and cash flows, we must regularly add new customers. If we are unable to hire or retain effective sales personnel, generate sufficient sales leads through our marketing programs, or if our existing or new customers do not perceive our solution to be of sufficiently high value and quality, we may not be able to increase sales and our operating results would be adversely affected. In addition, our existing customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions, and renewal rates may decline or fluctuate due to a number of factors, including customers’ satisfaction with our solution, our professional services, our customer support, our prices and the prices of competing solutions, as well as mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, global economic conditions and customers’ spending budgets. The average term of our current customers’ initial agreement with us is approximately 4.0 and 3.5 years for our enterprise and mid-market customers, respectively, and the average remaining contract term for our enterprise and mid-market customers is approximately 2.1 and 1.9 years, respectively. If we fail to sell our solution and services to new customers or if our existing customers do not renew their subscriptions, our operating results will suffer, and our revenue growth, cash flows and profitability may be materially and adversely affected.

The market for cloud-based GTM solutions is at an early stage of development. If this market does not develop or develops more slowly than we expect, our revenue may decline or fail to grow and we may incur additional operating losses.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all of our revenue from providing a cloud-based GTM solution and related services. The market for cloud-based GTM solutions is in an early stage of development, and it is uncertain whether these solutions will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. Our success will depend on the willingness of companies to accept our cloud-based GTM solution as an alternative to manual processes, traditional enterprise resource planning software and internally-developed GTM solutions. Some customers may be reluctant or unwilling to use our cloud-based GTM solution for a number of reasons, including existing investments in GTM technology.

Traditional approaches to GTM automation have required, among other things, purchasing hardware and licensing software. Because these traditional approaches often require significant initial investments to purchase the necessary technology and to establish systems that comply with customers’ unique requirements, companies may be unwilling to abandon their current solutions for our cloud-based GTM solution. Other factors that may limit market acceptance of our solution include:

 

    our ability to maintain high levels of customer satisfaction;

 

    our ability to maintain continuity of service for all users of our solution;

 

    the price, performance and availability of competing solutions; and

 

    our ability to address companies’ confidentiality concerns about information stored outside of their premises.

If companies do not perceive the benefits of our cloud-based GTM solution, or if companies are unwilling to accept our solution as an alternative to traditional approaches, the market for our solution might not continue to develop or might develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would significantly adversely affect our revenues and growth prospects.

The information we source from third parties for inclusion in our Global Knowledge library may not be accurate and complete, our trade experts may make errors in interpreting legal and other requirements when processing this information, and our trade content may not be updated on a timely basis, which can expose our customers to fines and other substantial claims and penalties.

Our customers often use our solution as a system of record and many of our customers are subject to regulation of their products, services and activities. Our Global Knowledge library includes trade content

 

13


Table of Contents

 

sourced from government agencies and transportation carriers in numerous countries. It is often sourced from text documents and includes import and export regulations, shipping documents, preferential duties and taxes, specifications for free trade agreements, transportation rates, sailing schedules, embargoed country and restricted party lists, and harmonized tariff codes. The information in these text documents may not be accurate and complete. Our team of trade experts transforms these documents into a normalized and propriety knowledgebase, interpretable by software, and in so doing has to interpret the legal and other requirements contained in the source documents. We can provide no assurances that our trade experts do not make errors in the interpretation of these requirements. Furthermore, rules and regulations and other trade content used in our solution change constantly, and we must continuously update our Global Knowledge library. Maintaining a complete and accurate library is time-consuming and costly and we can provide no assurances that our specialists will always make appropriate updates to the library on a timely basis. Errors or defects in updating the trade content we provide to our customers and any defects or errors in, or failure of, our software, hardware, or systems, can result in an inability to process transactions or lead to violations that could expose our customers to fines and other substantial claims and penalties and involve criminal activity. In addition, these errors and delays may damage our reputation with both existing and new customers and result in lost customers and decreased revenue, which could materially and adversely affect our business, revenue and results of operations.

Any of these problems may enable our customers to terminate our agreements or we may be required to issue credits or refunds, and may be subject to product liability, breach of warranty or other contractual claims. We also may be required to indemnify our customers or third parties as a result of any of these problems. Any provisions in our customer agreements intended to limit liability may not be sufficient to protect us against any such claims. Insurance may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, any insurance we do have may not cover claims related to specific defects, errors, failures or delays, may not cover indirect or consequential damages, and otherwise may be inadequate, and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention. In general, losses from customer’s terminating their agreements with us and our cost of defending claims resulting from defects, errors, failures or delays might be substantial, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our sales cycle can be long and unpredictable and requires considerable time and expense, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate.

The sales cycle for our solution, from initial contact with a potential lead to contract execution and implementation, varies widely by customer, and can be lengthy. Some of our customers undertake a significant evaluation process that frequently involves not only our solution, but also solutions of our competitors, which may result in extended sales cycles. Our sales efforts involve educating our customers about the use, technical capabilities and benefits of our solution. We have no assurance that the substantial time and money spent on our sales efforts will produce any sales. Furthermore, our sales and marketing efforts in a given period may only result in sales in subsequent periods, or not at all. If we do not realize sales from a customer in the time period expected or at all, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The complexity of our sales and implementation cycles exposes us to operational risks that we must manage carefully.

The complexity of our sales and implementation cycles makes predicting the time to close a sale and implement our solution difficult, thereby exposing us to operational risks. The length of these cycles depends on our customers’ motivation and the resources they devote to the process. If our sales or implementation cycles are longer than we anticipate, we may face staffing shortages or cost overruns.

If our customers are not satisfied with our solution implementation, we could incur additional costs to address these issues, reducing our professional services revenue and the opportunity to sell additional solution modules to these customers. In addition, any negative publicity related to our customer relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new business with current and prospective customers.

 

14


Table of Contents

 

We face intense competition, and our failure to compete successfully would make it difficult for us to add and retain customers and would impede the growth of our business.

The GTM solutions market is fragmented, competitive and rapidly evolving. We compete with GTM vendors, traditional enterprise resource planning vendors such SAP and Oracle, and other service providers, as well as with solutions developed internally by enterprises seeking to manage their global trade. Some of our actual and potential competitors may enjoy competitive advantages over us, such as greater name recognition, more varied offerings and larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial, technical and other resources. Furthermore, some competitors may have best-of-breed solutions to problems created by the unique trading requirements of particular countries. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements or devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services than we can.

The intensity of competition in the GTM market has resulted in pricing pressure as the market has developed and our competitors very frequently offer substantial price discounts for their products. We expect the intensity of competition to increase in the future as existing competitors develop their capabilities and as new companies, which could include one or more large software or trade content providers, enter our market. Increased competition could result in additional pricing pressure, reduced sales, shorter term lengths for customer contracts, lower margins or the failure of our solution to achieve or maintain broad market acceptance. If we are unable to compete effectively, it will be difficult for us to maintain our pricing rates and add and retain customers, and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

We may expand by acquiring or investing in other companies, which may divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business.

Although we have no current agreements or commitments for any acquisitions, our business strategy includes acquiring complementary services, technologies or businesses to augment our solution capabilities and sales platform, particularly in foreign markets. We also may enter into relationships with, or invest in, other businesses to expand our service offerings or our ability to provide service in foreign jurisdictions. Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may often be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close.

An acquisition, investment or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, solutions, personnel or operations of the acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired company choose not to work for us, the company’s technology is not easily adapted to work with ours or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in management or otherwise. Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our business. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment or business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown liabilities. Our acquisitions may not be successfully integrated or any such acquisitions may not otherwise be successful. If our acquisitions are unsuccessful for any reason, our business may be harmed and the value of your investment may decline.

Our success depends in part on our ability to develop and market new and enhanced solution modules, and we may not be able to do so, or do so quickly enough to respond to changes in demand. Even if we anticipate changes in demand, it may be difficult for us to transition existing customers to new versions of our solution.

Our success depends in part on our ability to develop and market new and enhanced solution modules, and to do so on a timely basis. Successful module development and marketing depends on numerous factors, including anticipating customer requirements, changes in technology requirements, our ability to differentiate our solution from those of our competitors, and market acceptance of our solutions. Enterprises are requiring their software application vendors to provide ever increasing levels of functionality and broader offerings. Moreover, our

 

15


Table of Contents

 

industry is characterized by rapid evolution, and shifts in technology and customer needs. We may not be able to develop and market new or enhanced modules in a timely or cost-effective manner or at all. Our solution also may not achieve market acceptance or correctly anticipate technological changes or the changing needs of our customers or potential customers.

In addition, even if we correctly anticipate changes in technology or demand, it might be difficult for us to transition existing customers to new versions of our solution. Such transitions or upgrades may require considerable professional services effort and expense and customers may choose to discontinue using our solution rather than proceed with a lengthy and expensive upgrade. If customers fail to accept new versions of our solution, if our newest solution contains errors, or if we expend too many resources supporting multiple versions of our solution, we may suffer a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our cost structure is relatively fixed in the short term, which makes it difficult to reduce our expenses quickly in response to declines in revenue or revenue growth.

Most of our expenses, such as those associated with headcount and facilities, as well as those involved with maintaining our extensive Global Knowledge database, are relatively fixed and can be difficult to reduce in the short term. Our expense levels are based in part on our expectations regarding future revenue levels. As a result, if revenue for a particular quarter is below our expectations, our expenses for that quarter may constitute a larger percentage of our operating budget than we planned, causing a disproportionately negative effect on our expected results of operations and profitability for that quarter.

Our solution is complex and customers may experience difficulty in implementing, upgrading or otherwise achieving the benefits attributable to it.

Due to the scope and complexity of the solution that we provide, our implementation cycle can be lengthy and unpredictable. Our solution requires configuration and must integrate with many existing computer systems and applications of our customers and their trading partners. This can be time-consuming and expensive for our customers and can result in delays in the implementation of our solution. As a result, some customers have had, and may in the future have, difficulty implementing our solution successfully or otherwise achieving the expected benefits of our solution. Delayed or ineffective implementation or upgrades of our solution may limit our future sales opportunities, negatively affect revenue, result in customer dissatisfaction and harm our reputation.

We have different revenue recognition policies for professional services depending on our solution deployment model, and, as a result, our revenue, gross profit and operating results may fluctuate substantially from quarter to quarter and be adversely affected depending on the model our customers choose.

We generally employ two different deployment models for our solution and our revenue and operating results may fluctuate substantially from quarter to quarter depending on the model that our customers choose. Customers access our solution using either our cloud-based infrastructure or by deploying our solution on their own premises. Regardless of the delivery model, we sell our solution through subscription agreements that entitle our customers to access our solution and receive support, and we generally charge for professional services to implement the solution on a time and materials basis.

For customers who select our cloud-based solution deployment model, we recognize all revenue for our related professional services as we perform them. For customers who deploy our solution on their own premises, we recognize professional services revenue ratably over the remaining term of the subscription period. However, we recognize the costs of providing professional services as we incur them under either deployment model, and as a result, in any given period where we deliver professional services to on-premises customers, our revenue, gross profit and operating results may fluctuate substantially and will be adversely affected by this different revenue recognition treatment, especially in comparison to professional services delivered to our cloud-based customers.

 

16


Table of Contents

 

If unauthorized persons breach our security measures, or those of third parties that provide infrastructure for, or components of, our GTM solution, they could access client data, leading clients to curtail or stop their use of our solution, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our GTM solution involves the storage and transmission of confidential information of customers, including certain financial data. We may also in the course of our service engagements have access to confidential customer information. If unauthorized persons breach our security measures, or those of third parties that provide infrastructure for, or components of, our solution as a result of employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, and, as a result, an unauthorized party obtains access to this confidential data, our reputation and business would suffer, and we could incur significant liability. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not discovered until launched against a target. As a result, we and our third-party providers may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our solutions occurs, the market perception of our solution could be harmed and we could lose sales and customers.

Selling our solution and services internationally subjects us to various risks.

Expanding our GTM software solution internationally is important to our growth and profitability. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, 11.0% of our revenue was attributable to sales in international markets, primarily Europe. We intend to expand our sales efforts to other continents, which will require financial resources and management attention and may subject us to new or increased levels of risk. We cannot be assured that we will be successful in creating new international demand for our solution and services.

By doing business in international markets, we are exposed to risks separate and distinct from those we face in our domestic operations, and if we are unable to manage these risks effectively, it may harm the growth and profitability of our business.

Engaging in international business inherently involves a number of other difficulties and risks, including:

 

    changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

    changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions, particularly in emerging markets;

 

    burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign customs, laws and regulations, and with U.S. laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

    changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

 

    international terrorism and anti-American sentiment;

 

    possible future limitations on the ownership of foreign businesses;

 

    difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems or difficulty collecting international accounts receivable or longer accounts receivable payment cycles; and

 

    less effective protection of intellectual property.

Our exposure to each of these risks may increase our costs, impair our ability to market and sell our solution and services, and require significant management attention. Our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected by the realization of any of these risks.

Our software is complex and may contain material undetected errors, which could enable or otherwise cause our customers to terminate or not renew their subscriptions, damage our reputation and adversely affect our business, revenue and results of operations.

Our software is inherently complex and, despite extensive testing and quality control, may contain material undetected errors or failures especially when first introduced or as new versions are released. Failures or errors

 

17


Table of Contents

 

in our software could result in data loss or corruption. We may not find errors in new or enhanced solution modules before we release them and such errors may not be discovered by us or our customers until after we have implemented these modules. These errors in our modules could enable or otherwise cause our customers to terminate or not renew their subscriptions. In addition, they may damage our reputation with both existing and new customers and result in lost customers and decreased revenue, which could materially and adversely affect our business, revenue and results of operations.

Industry consolidation may result in increased competition.

The GTM market is highly fragmented, and we believe that it is likely that some of our existing competitors will consolidate or will be acquired. Some of our competitors have made or may make acquisitions or may enter into partnerships or other strategic relationships to offer a more comprehensive solution than they individually had offered. We expect consolidation in the industry as companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions. This could result in competitors with greater financial, technical, sales, marketing, service and other resources than us. The companies resulting from such combinations may eliminate gaps in their solutions, including a lack of integrated or comprehensive trade content, and these combinations may create more intense competition. Any such consolidation, acquisition, alliance or cooperative relationship could lead to pricing pressure, erosion of our margins, and loss of market share, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have a history of losses and we may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred significant losses since our formation, including net losses of $4.6 million in 2011, $2.1 million in 2012, and $14.4 million in 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $78.0 million. As part of our strategy to develop and expand our business, we expect to significantly increase sales and marketing expenses to attract additional customers, as well as research and development expenses to further develop our solution and services. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. Any failure to increase our revenue or generate revenue from developing new modules and expanding our services could prevent us from attaining or increasing profitability. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Furthermore, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may result in continuing or greater losses in future periods. You should not consider our historical revenue growth rates to be indicative of our future performance. We do not expect to be profitable in the foreseeable future and we cannot be certain that we will be able to attain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis, or if we do, that we will sustain profitability.

Uncertainty in global economic conditions may adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition.

Our operations and performance depend on global economic conditions. Challenging or uncertain economic conditions make it difficult for our customers and potential customers to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and may cause our customers and potential customers to slow, reduce or fail to commence spending on our solution. Furthermore, during challenging or uncertain economic times, our customers may face difficulties gaining timely access to sufficient credit and experience decreasing cash flow, which could affect their willingness to make purchases and their ability to make timely payments to us. Global economic conditions have in the past, and could continue to, have an adverse effect on demand for our solution, on our ability to predict future operating results and on our financial condition and operating results. If global economic conditions remain uncertain or deteriorate, it may materially affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

18


Table of Contents

 

Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate in the future, which could result in volatility in our stock price.

Our quarterly revenue and results of operations have varied in the past and may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors. If our quarterly revenue or results of operations fluctuate, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Fluctuations in our results of operations may be due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    the volume and mix of solution modules sold, which can be influenced by enterprise customer demand for more professional services than our mid-market customers;

 

    our ability to retain and increase sales to existing customers and attract new customers, particularly as we obtain more revenue from new customers than old customers who add modules to their subscriptions;

 

    the timing and success of introductions of new modules or upgrades by us or our competitors;

 

    the strength of the global economy;

 

    competition, including entry into the industry by new competitors and new offerings by existing competitors;

 

    the amount and timing of expenditures related to expanding our operations, research and development, or introducing new modules, including challenges related to expanding our significant research and development presence in Bangalore, India given the competitive market for labor in that region; and

 

    changes in the payment terms for our solution or changes in our revenue recognition policies.

Due to the foregoing factors, and the other risks discussed in this prospectus, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of our future performance.

Declines in new subscriptions or in the rate of renewal of our subscriptions may not be fully reflected in our current period operating results and could lead to future revenue shortfalls that could affect our results of operations.

In 2013, we derived 74% of our total revenue from subscription agreements. We recognize revenue from these subscriptions over the term of the agreement, and accordingly downturns or upturns in new or renewal subscriptions may not be fully reflected in our current period operating results. If our new and renewal subscriptions in any period decline or fail to grow at a rate consistent with our historical trends, our revenue in future periods could fall short of analysts’ expectations which, in turn, could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

We rely entirely on our own employees to sell and implement our solution and may be at a disadvantage compared to competitors that utilize external channels.

Many enterprise software companies, including some of our competitors, utilize partner networks to sell and deploy their solutions. These partners can include consulting companies of national reputation who may have established relationships with our potential customers. The dedication of a national consulting company to a particular GTM offering enhances the reputation of that offering in the marketplace. To date, we have relied entirely on our own sales and professional services employees to sell and implement our solution, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage. To increase our revenue and cash flows, we must regularly add new customers and maintain the ability to provide them with timely professional services. If we are unable to do so on our own, the market perception of our solution could be harmed and we could suffer a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we lose the services of our Chief Executive Officer or President and Chief Operating Officer, or other members of our senior management team, it could impair our ability to execute our business strategy and our sales and profitability could suffer.

Our success and future growth depend on the skills, working relationships and continued services of our senior management team and in particular, our Chief Executive Officer, James W. Preuninger, and our President and Chief Operating Officer, John W. Preuninger. In the event that we are unable to retain the

 

19


Table of Contents

 

services of any of these key contributors, we may be unable to execute our business strategy in a timely manner, if at all, which would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our business could be adversely affected if we are unable to attract, integrate and retain key personnel.

Our success in the highly competitive GTM solutions market depends largely on our ability to attract, integrate and retain highly skilled managerial, solution, engineering, trade content and sales and marketing personnel. Competition for these personnel in our industry is intense. We may not be able to attract and retain the appropriately qualified, highly skilled employees necessary for the development of our solution and services and the growth of our business, or to replace personnel who leave our employ in the future. The loss of services of any of our key personnel, the inability to retain and attract qualified personnel in the future, or delays in hiring required personnel, particularly global trade subject matter experts, information technology professionals and project managers, could make it difficult to meet key objectives, such as timely and effective upgrades and introductions, penetration and expansion into existing accounts and growth in the GTM solutions market.

Our growth is dependent upon the continued development and retention of our direct sales force and any failure to hire and/or retain these personnel may impede our growth.

We have recently begun investing extensively in our direct sales force. We believe that our future growth will depend on the continued development of this sales force and their ability to obtain new customers, particularly enterprise customers, and to manage our existing customer base. Our ability to achieve significant growth in revenue in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of direct sales personnel. New sales personnel require significant training and may, in some cases, take more than a year before becoming productive, if at all. If we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel, sales of our GTM solution and related services will suffer and our growth will be impeded.

We are exposed to exchange rate risks on foreign currencies that may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Because most of our international sales are denominated in the currency of the country where the purchaser is located, as we continue to expand our direct sales presence in international regions, the portion of our accounts receivable and payment obligations denominated in foreign currencies continues to increase. In addition, we incur significant costs related to our operations in India in Rupees, and we also incur costs related to our operations in China in Renminbi which will increase in 2014. As a result, increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies may affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flow. Our largest exposures to foreign exchange rates exist with respect to the Euro, the Rupee and Renminbi, which together represented approximately 9% of revenue and approximately 7% of our cost of revenue in 2013. We do not currently hedge our exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Any hedging policies we may implement in the future may not be successful, and the cost of those hedging techniques may have a significant negative affect on our operating results.

Interruptions or delays in the delivery of our GTM solution could impair the availability or use of our solution, resulting in customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers, limited growth and reduction in revenue.

We host our GTM software solution from co-location facilities located in Jacksonville, Florida and Carlstadt, New Jersey. We host our CTM solution from a single co-location facility located in Shanghai, China.

Design or mechanical errors, power losses, spikes in usage volume, hardware failures, systems failures, communications failures, failure to follow system protocols and procedures, intentional bad acts, natural disasters, war, terrorist attacks or security breaches, including cyber attacks, could cause our systems to fail, resulting in interruptions in our service.

Other interruptions or delays in delivering our GTM and CTM solutions can result from changes to or termination of our arrangements with the owners of the facilities. The owners of our facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to

 

20


Table of Contents

 

renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to transfer to one or more new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in doing so.

In addition, our Jacksonville data center’s location may make it relatively susceptible to tropical storms and hurricanes, which, depending on severity, could also cause interruptions or delays in the delivery of our solution. All of our GTM solutions are hosted primarily from our Jacksonville facility, and our Carlstadt facility acts as a disaster recovery site that can host our solution following a catastrophic event at our Jacksonville co-location facility. For customers who do not have real time replication of their data to our Carlstadt facility, it can take us a substantial amount of time to migrate them to Carlstadt and restore functionality for them.

Many of our customers may consider our GTM solution to be “mission critical,” and any delay in restoring our solution may be unacceptable to customers. Any equipment failures and delays in restoring our solution could enable or otherwise cause our customers to terminate or not renew their subscriptions. In addition, they may damage our reputation with both existing and new customers and result in lost customers and decreased revenue, which could materially and adversely affect our business, revenue and results of operations.

If we fail to manage our international operations effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We have offices in the United States, Germany, India and China, and plan to continue our international expansion. Managing a geographically dispersed workforce in multiple time zones in compliance with diverse local laws and customs is challenging. If we fail to manage our international workforce effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Political, economic, social and other factors in India and China may adversely affect our operations and our ability to achieve our business objectives.

We have offices in Bangalore, India, in which the majority of our engineers are situated. Since the early 1990s, the Indian government has been implementing an economic structural reform program with the objective of liberalizing India’s exchange and trade policies, reducing the fiscal deficit, controlling inflation, promoting a sound monetary policy, reforming the financial sector, and placing greater reliance on market mechanisms to direct economic activity. While economic liberalization efforts in India continue, there can be no assurance that these economic reforms will persist, and that any newly elected government will continue the program of economic liberalization of previous governments. In addition, despite the economic reforms, India continues to have relatively poor business conditions.

India has also experienced terrorist attacks in the past decade. Religious and border disputes persist and remain pressing problems. Military hostilities and civil unrest in Afghanistan, Iraq and other Asian countries persist. These events could adversely influence the Indian economy and, as a result, materially and adversely affect our operations and our ability to achieve our business objectives.

We conduct our business in China through our EasyCargo Chinese subsidiary. The results of operations and future prospects of our Chinese subsidiary are subject to evolving economic, political and social developments in China. In particular, these results may be adversely affected by changes in China’s political, economic and social conditions, changes in policies of the Chinese government, changes in laws and regulations or in the interpretation of existing laws and regulations, changes in foreign exchange regulations, measures that may be introduced to control inflation, and changes in the rates or methods of taxation. Also, Chinese commercial laws, regulations and interpretations applicable to non-Chinese owned market participants such as us are continually changing. These laws, regulations and interpretations could impose restrictions on our ownership or operations of our interests in China and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Uncertainties with respect to the Chinese legal system may adversely affect the operations of our Chinese subsidiary.

Our Chinese subsidiary is subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of laws, rules and policies in China. The Chinese legal system is based on written statutes, and prior court decisions have limited precedential value. Because many laws and regulations are relatively new and the Chinese legal system is still evolving, the interpretations of many laws,

 

21


Table of Contents

 

regulations and rules are not always uniform. Moreover, the relative inexperience of China’s judiciary in many cases creates additional uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation, and the interpretation of statutes and regulations may be subject to government policies reflecting domestic political agendas. Finally, enforcement of existing laws or contracts based on existing law may be uncertain and sporadic. As a result of the forgoing, it may be difficult for us to obtain swift or equitable enforcement of laws ostensibly designed to protect companies like ours, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may be exposed to liabilities under the FCPA and anti-corruption laws, including those under Chinese law, and any determination that we violated these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practice Act of 1977, or FCPA, and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by U.S. persons and issuers as defined by the statute, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Through our EasyCargo Chinese subsidiary, we have agreements with more than 35 customers that are subject to Chinese law. China also strictly prohibits bribery of government officials. Our activities in China create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by our employees, consultants or sales agents, even though they may not always be subject to our control. It is our policy to implement safeguards to discourage these practices by our employees. However, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be ineffective, and our employees, consultants or sales agents may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. Violations of the FCPA or anti-corruption laws, including such anti-corruption laws in China, may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the U.S. government may seek to hold us liable for successor liability FCPA violations committed by EasyCargo or any other company in which we invest or that we acquire.

We may need substantial additional funding and we may be unable to raise capital when needed, which could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our solution development programs.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to enhance existing and develop new modules, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when required, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired. In that case, we may not be able to, among other things, develop or enhance our solution, continue to expand our sales and marketing, acquire complementary technologies, solutions or businesses, expand operations in the United States or internationally, hire, train and retain employees, or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements. Our failure to do any of these things could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our effective tax rate may fluctuate, and we may incur obligations in tax jurisdictions in excess of amounts that have been accrued.

We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and various foreign jurisdictions, and we may take certain income tax positions on our tax returns with which tax authorities may disagree. When necessary, we provide reserves for potential payments of tax to various tax authorities related to uncertain tax positions. However, the calculation of our tax liabilities involves the application of complex tax regulations to our global operations in many jurisdictions. Therefore, any dispute with any tax authority may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities associated with our returns.

 

22


Table of Contents

 

Changes in tax laws or tax rulings could materially affect our effective tax rate. There are several proposals to reform United States tax rules being considered by law makers, including proposals that may reduce or eliminate the deferral of United States income tax on our unrepatriated earnings, potentially requiring those earnings to be taxed at the U.S. federal income tax rate, reduce or eliminate our ability to claim foreign tax credits, and eliminate various tax deductions until foreign earnings are repatriated to the United States. At December 31, 2013, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $55.0 million. Our future reported financial results may be adversely affected by tax rule changes which restrict or eliminate our ability to utilize net operating loss carry-forwards, claim foreign tax credits or deduct expenses attributable to foreign earnings, or otherwise affect the treatment of our unrepatriated earnings.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to limitation.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, substantial changes in our ownership may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that could be utilized annually in the future to offset our taxable income. Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of our company of more than 50% within a three-year period. Any such annual limitation may significantly reduce the utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards before they expire. Our prior business acquisitions, and closing of this offering, alone or together with transactions that may occur in the future, could limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that could be utilized annually in the future to offset our taxable income, if any. Any such limitation, whether as the result of our prior business acquisitions, of this offering, sales of common stock by our existing stockholders or additional sales of common stock by us after this offering, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in future years. We have not completed a study to assess whether an ownership change will occur as a result of this offering, or whether there have been one or more ownership changes since our inception, due to the costs and complexities associated with such study. Accordingly, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments may be currently limited or may be limited as a result of this offering or any future issuance of shares of our stock.

If we are unable to manage our expected growth, our performance may suffer.

Our business has grown rapidly, and if we are successful in executing our business strategy, this growth will continue as we leverage our existing customer relationships, expand internationally, increase our solution offerings and execute strategic acquisitions. We will need to continue to expand our managerial, operational, financial and other systems and resources to manage our operations, continue our research and development activities, increase our sales force and expand our professional services team. It is possible that our management, finance, development personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Our need to effectively manage our operations and growth requires that we continue to develop more robust business processes and improve our systems and procedures in each of these areas and attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented employees. We may be unable to successfully implement these tasks on a larger scale and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and growth goals.

Our loan and security agreement with our lender contains operating and financial covenants that may restrict our business and financing activities.

We are party to a loan and security agreement in connection with our revolving line of credit. As of December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance under this line of credit was $7.0 million. Borrowings under the loan and security agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property. Our loan and security agreement contains customary restrictions and requires us to maintain a minimum cash balance in an account we maintain with our lender and availability on the line of credit, as well as minimum EBITDA.

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in the loan and security agreement, as well as any future financing agreements that we may enter into, restrict our ability to finance our operations, engage in business activities or expand or fully pursue our business strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those covenants. From time to time we may be required to seek waivers, a forbearance or an amendment to the loan and security agreement in order to maintain compliance with these covenants, and there can be no certainty that any such waiver,

 

23


Table of Contents

 

amendment or forbearance will be available, or what the cost of such waiver, amendment or forbearance, if obtained, would be. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the loan and security agreement, which could cause all of the outstanding indebtedness under our line of credit to become immediately due and payable, terminate all commitments to extend further credit and permit our lender to take possession of and sell our assets pledged as collateral.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash available to repay our debt obligations when they become due and payable, either when they mature or in the event of a default, we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all, which may negatively affect our ability to continue as a going concern.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights in internally developed software and other materials and efforts to protect them may be costly.

Our ability to compete effectively depends in part upon our ability to protect our intellectual property rights in our software and other materials that we have developed internally. We hold no issued or pending patents and have relied largely on copyright, trade secret and, to a lesser extent, trademark laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and agreements with our employees, consultants, customers and vendors, to control access to, and distribution of technology, software, documentation and other confidential information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain, use or distribute our technology, software and/or documentation without authorization. If this were to occur, we could lose revenue as a result of competition from products infringing or misappropriating our technology and intellectual property and we may be required to initiate litigation to protect our proprietary rights and market position.

United States copyright and trade secret laws offer us only limited protection and the laws of some foreign countries protect proprietary rights to an even lesser extent. Accordingly, defense of our proprietary technology may become an increasingly important issue as we continue to expand our operations and technology development into countries that provide a lower level of intellectual property protection than the United States. Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and the steps we take may not prevent misappropriation of the technology we rely on. If competitors are able to use our technology without recourse, our ability to compete would be harmed and our business would be materially and adversely affected.

We may elect to initiate litigation in the future to enforce or protect our proprietary rights or to determine the validity and scope of our rights or the rights of others. That litigation may not be ultimately successful and could result in substantial costs to us, the reduction or loss in intellectual property protection for our technology, the diversion of our management attention and harm to our reputation, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Assertions by any other third party that we infringe its intellectual property, whether successful or not, could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation and expensive licenses.

The software and technology industries are characterized by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights. For example, in 2011 a non-practicing entity claimed that our solution infringed one of its patents. Although we successfully defended this claim, we cannot be certain that our solution and services do not infringe the intellectual property rights of other third parties. Additionally, because our software is integrated with our customers’ business processes and other software applications, third parties may bring claims of infringement or misappropriation against us, as well as our customers and other software suppliers, if the cause of the alleged infringement cannot be easily determined. Claims of alleged infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties could be asserted against us in the future. We cannot be sure that we would prevail against any such asserted claim. In addition to possible claims with respect to our proprietary information, some of our solution modules contain technology developed by and licensed from third parties and we may likewise be susceptible to infringement or misappropriation claims with respect to these third party technologies.

Claims of alleged infringement of third party intellectual property rights may have a material adverse effect on our business. Any intellectual property rights claim made against us or our customers, with or without merit,

 

24


Table of Contents

 

could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle, and could divert management attention and financial resources. An adverse determination could prevent us from offering our modules or services to our customers and may require that we procure or develop substitute modules or services that do not infringe. Claims of intellectual property infringement also might require us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements. We may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. Furthermore, many of our license agreements require us to indemnify and defend our customers for certain third-party intellectual property infringement claims, which could increase our costs as a result of defending such claims and may require that we pay damages if there were an adverse ruling related to any such claims. Even if we are not a party to any litigation between a customer and a third party, an adverse outcome in any such litigation could make it more difficult for us to defend our services and solution in any subsequent litigation in which we are a named party. Moreover, such infringement claims may harm our relationships with our existing customers and may deter future customers from purchasing our solution on acceptable terms, if at all.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of employees’ former employers.

We could in the future be subject to claims that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of our employees’ former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending against such claims, a court could order us to pay substantial damages and prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our solution if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to develop, market and support new solution modules or enhancements to existing modules, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, such litigation could result in substantial costs and distract management.

Evolving regulation of the Internet may increase our expenditures related to compliance efforts, which may adversely affect our financial condition.

As Internet commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely. We are particularly sensitive to these risks because the Internet and cloud computing are critical components of our business model. For example, we believe that increased regulation is likely in the area of data privacy on the Internet, and laws and regulations applying to the solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal or consumer information could affect our customers’ ability to use and share data, potentially reducing demand for solutions accessed via the Internet and restricting our ability to store, process and share certain data with our clients via the Internet. In addition, taxation of services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations for accessing the Internet may be imposed. Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchange over the Internet could result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders upon the completion of this offering will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

We anticipate that our executive officers, employees, directors, current 5% or greater stockholders, and their respective affiliates will together beneficially own or control, in aggregate, approximately     % of the shares of our common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock, the issuance of              shares at the offering price in satisfaction of $10,512,222 of accrued but unpaid dividends to our preferred stockholders, and assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants following the closing of this offering. As a result, these executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, were they to act together, would be able to significantly influence most matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all or of our assets or any other significant corporate transaction. Corporate action might be taken even if other stockholders,

 

25


Table of Contents

 

including those who purchase shares in this offering, oppose such action. Those stockholders may delay or prevent a change of control or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of our company, even if such change of control would benefit our other stockholders. This concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect investors’ perception of our corporate governance or delay, prevent or cause a change in control of our company, any of which could have material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We expect to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. However, we can give no assurances that the New York Stock Exchange will grant our application for listing. If an active trading market for our common stock does not develop after this offering, the market price and liquidity of our common stock will be materially and adversely affected. The offering price for our common stock was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the market price for our common stock after this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the offering price.

The market price for our common stock may be volatile, which could contribute to the loss of your investment.

Fluctuations in the price of our common stock could contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Accordingly, the initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market, if any, that develops following this offering. If an active market for our common stock develops and continues, the trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on your investment in our common stock and our common stock may trade at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. In such circumstances, the trading price of our common stock may not recover and may experience a further decline.

Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock may include:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

 

    changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;

 

    the effects of seasonality on our business cycle;

 

    success of competitive solutions and services;

 

    our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period or failure of securities analysts to publish reports about us or our business;

 

    changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning our company, the GTM market, or the software industry in general;

 

    operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;

 

    news reports relating to trends in global trade, including changes in estimates of the future size and growth rate of our markets;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, new offerings or improvements, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

    our ability to market new and enhanced solution modules on a timely basis;

 

    changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;

 

    commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving our company, our general industry, or both;

 

    changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

 

26


Table of Contents

 

    the volume of shares of our common stock available for public sale;

 

    any major change in our board or management;

 

    sales of substantial amounts of common stock by our directors, executive officers or principal stockholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and

 

    general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism.

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general and the market for technology companies and software companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of ours, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for technology or software stocks or the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to us, the opportunities in the GTM market or the stock market in general, could depress our stock price regardless of our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations.

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against the affected company. This type of litigation, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and distract our management.

The recently enacted JOBS Act allows us to postpone the date by which we must comply with certain laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information we provide in our reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in our company and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

The recently enacted JOBS Act is intended to reduce the regulatory burden on “emerging growth companies.” As defined in the JOBS Act, a public company whose initial public offering of common equity securities occurred after December 8, 2011 and whose annual gross revenues are less than $1.0 billion will, in general, qualify as an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

    the last day of its fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of its initial public offering of common equity securities;

 

    the last day of its fiscal year in which it has annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more;

 

    the date on which it has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and

 

    the date on which it is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for a period of at least 12 months, and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Securities Act of 1934.

Under this definition, we will be an emerging growth company upon completion of this offering and could remain an emerging growth company until as late as December 31, 2019.

The JOBS Act provides that, so long as a company qualifies as an emerging growth company, it will, among other things:

 

    be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that its independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

be exempt from the “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in

 

27


Table of Contents

 

 

connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Act and certain disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of its chief executive officer;

 

    be permitted to omit the detailed compensation discussion and analysis from proxy statements and reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and instead provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation; and

 

    be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

Although we are still evaluating the JOBS Act, we currently intend to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” except that we have irrevocably elected not to take advantage of the extension of time to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards available under Section 102(b) of the JOBS Act. Among other things, this means that our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, which may increase the risk that weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected. Likewise, so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we may elect not to provide you with certain information, including certain financial information and certain information regarding compensation of our executive officers, that we would otherwise have been required to provide in filings we make with the SEC, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate our company. As a result, investor confidence in our company and the market price of our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

We will become subject to additional financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to satisfy. Evolving regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses and continuing uncertainty.

We have historically operated our business as a private company. In connection with this offering, we will become obligated to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission annual and quarterly information and other reports that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and we will also become subject to other new financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose significant compliance obligations upon us, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. These obligations will require a commitment of additional resources and divert our senior management’s time and attention from our day-to-day operations. In particular, we may be required to:

 

    create or expand the roles and duties of our board of directors, our board committees and management;

 

    institute a more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance function;

 

    hire additional financial and accounting personnel and other experienced accounting and finance staff with the expertise to address the complex accounting matters applicable to public companies;

 

    establish an internal audit function;

 

    prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;

 

    establish an investor relations function; and

 

    establish new internal policies, such as those relating to disclosure controls and procedures and insider trading.

We may not be successful in complying with these obligations, and compliance with these obligations will be time-consuming and expensive.

 

28


Table of Contents

 

If we are unable to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in our financial statements and our company, which could have an adverse effect on our business and stock price.

In order to provide reliable financial reports, mitigate the risk of fraud and operate successfully as a publicly traded company, we must maintain effective control over our financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Commencing with our fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, we will be required to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of that fiscal year. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that is identified by management. Once we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will also be required to consider our internal controls over financial reporting and express an opinion as to their effectiveness. If our management or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to conclude that such internal control is effective. We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or, when we are no longer an emerging growth company, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have a materially adverse effect on our stock price.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us, our business, our markets and our competitors. We do not control these analysts. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock after the closing of this offering, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary about us or our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the market and interest in our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on the appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and covenants in our loan and security agreement also prevent us from paying cash dividends. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund our future growth and do not expect to declare or pay any dividend on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. As a result, you may only realize a gain on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a price above your cost after accounting for any taxes. The price of our common stock may not appreciate in value or ever exceed the price that you paid for shares of our common stock in this offering.

Our board of directors and management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our board of directors and management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors and management regarding the application of these proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the proceeds, and we may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We have not allocated the estimated net proceeds for any specific purpose, and we expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate and working capital purposes, which may include hiring additional personnel, investing in sales and marketing, research and development and infrastructure. We may also use a portion of the

 

29


Table of Contents

 

proceeds to acquire businesses, products and technologies that are complementary to our business. Although we have from time to time evaluated possible acquisitions, we currently have no commitments or agreements to make any material acquisition, and we may not make any acquisitions in the future. We may not be able to achieve a significant return, if any, on any investment of the net proceeds of this offering.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution, as the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Based on the initial offering price of $         per share, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $         per share. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, or if outstanding options and warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised, you will experience additional dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section entitled “Dilution.”

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions in Delaware law, might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include provisions: (i) dividing our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms; (ii) denying cumulative voting rights to stockholders; (iii) specifying that directors may be removed by our stockholders only for cause upon the vote of two thirds or more of our outstanding common stock; (iv) specifying that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors; (v) eliminating the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting; (vi) specifying that only our chairman of the board, Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; (vii) limiting stockholder proposals to nominate director candidates to those for which timely advance notice was provided; and (viii) limiting stockholder amendments of the foregoing provisions to a vote of at least two thirds of our outstanding common stock. These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

Future sales, or the availability for sale, of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.

Sales of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding. All shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The remaining shares outstanding after this offering will be available for sale, upon the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period beginning from the date of this prospectus, if applicable, subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the lead underwriter for this offering. To the extent these shares are sold into the market, the market price of our common stock could decline. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions applicable to the sale of shares of our common stock after this offering.

 

30


Table of Contents

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements identify substantial risks and uncertainties and relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” and similar expressions, whether in the negative or affirmative. These statements are only predictions and may be inaccurate. Actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus. These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, our future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements may differ from our expectations. Other than as required by law, we do not undertake to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus, even though our situation may change in the future.

 

31


Table of Contents

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, based upon the initial public offering price of $         per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase              additional shares in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of $         million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional working capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We anticipate using the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate and working capital purposes, which may include hiring additional personnel, investing in sales and marketing, research and development and infrastructure, although we have not currently determined with certainty any specific allocation of our proceeds with respect to these items. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services, technologies or other assets. We have not entered into any agreements or commitments with respect to any investments or acquisitions at this time, however, in September 2013, we acquired EasyCargo, a Chinese SaaS global trade management solution provider focused on trade management in China.

We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering to us, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds.

Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade and interest-bearing instruments. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.

 

32


Table of Contents

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Covenants in the agreements governing our line of credit also prevent us from paying cash dividends as described under the subsections “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Line of Credit” under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, outstanding indebtedness and plans for expansion and restrictions imposed by lenders, if any.

 

33


Table of Contents

 

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, to give effect to (a) the conversion of all of our convertible preferred shares into shares of our common stock, which will occur as of the time immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates (subject to the closing of this offering), (b) the issuance of                  shares at the offering price in satisfaction of $10,512,222 of accrued but unpaid dividends to our preferred stockholders and (c) the expiration of the put rights on our puttable common stock; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments described above and our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting (i) estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and (ii) estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with our financial statements and related notes, “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma as
adjusted
 
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,148      $ 5,148      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term debt, including current portion of capital lease obligations

     1,022        1,022        —     

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     2,068        2,068        —     

Revolving credit facility

     6,979        6,979        —     

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Puttable Common Stock

      

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value: authorized, issued, and outstanding 6,725,000 shares actual; none pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

     8,901        —          —     

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value: authorized, issued, and outstanding 1,853,568 shares actual; none pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

     6,618        —          —     

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value: authorized, issued, and outstanding 5,227,761 shares actual; none pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

     20,188        —          —     

Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value: authorized, issued, and outstanding 2,669,384 shares actual; none pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

     10,818        —          —     

Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value: authorized 6,709,007 shares; issued and outstanding 4,472,671 shares actual; none pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

     28,249        —          —     

Puttable common stock, no par value (actual), $0.001 par value (pro forma), issued and outstanding 296,285 shares actual; none pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

     2,148        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

      

Common stock, no par value (actual) $0.001 par value (pro forma): 38,100,000 shares authorized, 7,493,858 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 28,738,527 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as
adjusted

     15,221        92,143     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (486     (486  

Accumulated deficit

     (78,017     (78,017  

Additional paid-in capital

     —          —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (63,282     13,640        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 23,709      $ 23,709      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

 

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering is based on              shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013, and excludes:

 

    4,326,893 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, which have a weighted average exercise price of $2.08 per share;

 

    6,459,605 shares reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans;

 

    368,182 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, which have an exercise price of $2.20 per share;

 

    147,661 contingent shares issuable in connection with our acquisition of EasyCargo;

 

    shares issuable in satisfaction of an earnout of up to $2.5 million under our EasyCargo purchase agreement payable in 2016, which is payable at our election in cash or in shares at the then-current fair market value of our common stock;

 

                        additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase; and

 

    the issuance of              shares at the offering price in satisfaction of $10,512,222 of accrued but unpaid dividends to our preferred stockholders.

 

35


Table of Contents

 

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering, which we refer to as net tangible book value dilution per share.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 was $(12.0) million, or $(0.42) per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, which will occur as of the time immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates (subject to the closing of this offering) and the issuance of              shares at the offering price in satisfaction of $10,512,222 of accrued but unpaid dividends to our preferred stockholders.

After giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed public offering price per share of common stock

     $                
    

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

   $ (0.42  

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

   $       

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     $    

Net tangible book value dilution per share to investors in this offering

     $     
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $        , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

 

36


Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2013, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the issuance of              shares at the offering price in satisfaction of $10,512,222 of accrued but unpaid dividends to our preferred stockholders, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders, and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing Stockholders (1)

     28,738,527                $ 53,112,132                $                

Shares issued upon payment of accrued dividends in common stock

          10,512,222        

New Investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $                      100   $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2004, the holders of our Series A preferred stock converted an accumulated dividend in the amount of $1,296,581 into 1,296,581 shares of our common stock. We have excluded the accumulated dividend amount of $1,296,581 from total consideration.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering is based on              shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013, and excludes:

 

    4,326,893 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, which have a weighted average exercise price of $2.08 per share;

 

    6,459,605 shares reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans;

 

    368,182 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, which have an exercise price of $2.20 per share;

 

    147,661 contingent shares of common stock issuable in connection with our acquisition of EasyCargo;

 

    shares issuable in satisfaction of an earnout of up to $2.5 million under our EasyCargo purchase agreement payable in 2016, which is payable at our election in cash or in shares at the then-current fair market value of our common stock; and

 

                        additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

37


Table of Contents

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands, except per share
amounts)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

      

Subscription

   $ 28,825      $ 32,400      $ 38,867   

Professional services

     8,747        10,968        13,660   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     37,572        43,368        52,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

      

Cost of subscription revenue (1)

     10,145        10,732        12,748   

Cost of professional services revenue (1)

     6,969        8,680        9,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     17,114        19,412        22,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     20,458        23,956        30,281   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Sales and marketing (1)

     11,277        12,807        16,246   

Research and development (1)

     5,946        5,775        7,936   

General and administrative (1)

     6,476        6,275        10,469   

Restricted stock expense

     683        878        9,328   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,382        25,735        43,979   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,924     (1,779     (13,698

Interest and other income (expense)

     (131     (7     (150
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,055     (1,786     (13,848

Income tax expense

     592        311        550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (4,647     (2,097     (14,398

Preferred stock accretion

     (3,359     (4,036     (4,850

Preferred stock dividends

     (675     (536     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (8,681   $ (6,669   $ (19,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (2)

   $ (1.61   $ (1.21   $ (3.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (2)

     5,384,576        5,498,752       
5,634,053
  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (2)

       $ (0.68
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (2)

         28,507,973   
      

 

 

 

Key Metrics (unaudited):

      

Recurring revenue retention (3)

     102     102     102

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

   $ (1,231   $ 1,917      $ 1,669   

 

38


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation allocated as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of subscription revenue

   $ 21       $ 43       $ 80   

Cost of professional services revenue

     0         1         40   

Sales and marketing

     52         46         77   

Research and development

     25         29         63   

General and administrative

     72         100         262   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 170       $ 219       $ 522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) We calculate our recurring revenue retention rate by comparing, for a given quarter, subscription revenue for all customers in the corresponding quarter of the prior year to the subscription revenue from those same customers in the given quarter.
(4) EBITDA consists of net loss plus depreciation and amortization, interest expense (income) and income tax expense. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA plus our non-cash, stock-based compensation expenses, as well as the change in fair value of our contingent consideration and warrant liabilities. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (4,647    $ (2,097    $ (14,398

Depreciation and amortization

     1,843         2,567         3,792   

Interest expense

     159         37         169   

Interest income

     (29      (31      (18

Income tax expense

     592         311         550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     (2,082      787         (9,905

Stock-based compensation

     170         219         522   

Restricted stock

     683         878         9,328   

Puttable stock compensation

     —           —           18   

Increase in fair value of contingent consideration liability

     —           —           106   

Warrant expense

     (2      33         1,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (1,231    $ 1,917       $ 1,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated balance sheet data as of the dates presented:

 

    As of December 31,     2013
Pro Forma (1)
    2013
Pro Forma as
Adjusted (2)
 
    2011     2012     2013      
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,290      $ 4,280      $ 5,148      $ 5,148      $ —     

Working capital, excluding current deferred revenue

    15,458        11,658        10,276        10,276        —     

Total assets

    54,086        54,756        70,097        70,097        —     

Deferred revenue, current and long term

    30,191        30,251        30,757        30,757        —     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock and puttable common stock

    65,352        69,924        76,921        —          —     

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (47,747     (53,572     (63,281     13,640        —     

 

(1) On a pro forma basis, to give effect to (a) the conversion of all of our convertible preferred shares into shares of our common stock, which will occur as of the time immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates (subject to the closing of this offering), (b) the issuance of              shares at the offering price in satisfaction of $10,512,222 of accrued but unpaid dividends to our preferred stockholders and (c) the expiration of the put right on our puttable common stock.
(2) On a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments described above and our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting (i) estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and (ii) estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

39


Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains information with respect to our plans and strategy as well as forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

Our mission is to dramatically change the way companies conduct global trade. As a leading provider of cloud-based global trade management (GTM) solutions, we automate import and export processes to enable goods to flow across international borders in the most efficient, compliant and profitable way. Our solution combines enterprise-class software, trade content sourced from government agencies and transportation providers in 125 countries, and a global supply chain network connecting our customers with their trading partners, including suppliers, freight forwarders, customs brokers and transportation carriers. As a result, our solution reduces transportation costs, optimizes logistics, leverages trade agreements, provides shipment tracking, and ensures compliance with import and export regulations. By automating more GTM processes, we enable our customers to enjoy significantly lower supply chain costs compared to legacy systems.

We deliver our GTM solution using a Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) model and leverage a highly flexible technology framework to quickly and efficiently meet our customers’ unique requirements around the world. In 2013, we processed over 600 million transactions and supply chain messages on our network. We generate revenue from annual subscription fees for our solution and by providing related professional services. Selling to new customers has driven our growth to date, and we believe that the GTM automation market is greatly under-penetrated and remains a significant growth opportunity for us. To achieve this growth, we will continue to invest in our sales and marketing efforts worldwide. During 2013, revenue from international customers accounted for 11% of total revenue. This percentage has increased consistently by a small amount year over year since 2010, however, we categorize customers as domestic or international based on the location of their headquarters, and our solution is often implemented across multi-national enterprises. Accordingly, revenue from international customers may not correspond to the extent to which we have deployed our solution internationally. In 2013, one customer accounted for 11.5% of our total revenue and no other customer accounted for more than 10%. We sell our solution primarily through a direct sales force, both domestically and internationally, including via our recently acquired Chinese subsidiary EasyCargo.

We intend to expand our role as a provider of a market-leading GTM solution by bringing our existing solution to new customers and new markets, and by expanding our solution to offer the most comprehensive and innovative features in the GTM marketplace. Key elements of our growth strategy include our plans to:

 

    ramp our investment in sales by hiring new sales directors and supporting personnel, particularly for territories outside of the United States;

 

    ramp our investment in marketing with a focus on lead generation, in particular by running more marketing programs to jump-start new territories, and to a lesser extent, devoting additional resources to solidifying our brand as a leading GTM solution provider;

 

    invest in new sales and support offices in regions where we have a foothold resulting from our prior implementations;

 

    continue to leverage our solution team to expand the depth and breadth of our solution in response to customer requests and the evolving nature of global trade; and

 

    execute strategic acquisitions, including to acquire best-of-breed solutions to specific problems or gain a sales team with a track record of success in a foreign market.

 

40


Table of Contents

 

We face a variety of challenges and risks, which we will need to address and manage as we pursue our growth strategy. In particular, we will need to continue to innovate in the face of a rapidly changing technology landscape if we are to remain competitive, and we will need to effectively manage our growth, especially related to our international expansion. Our senior management continuously focuses on these and other challenges, and we believe that our culture of innovation and our history of growth and expansion will contribute to the success of our business. We cannot, however, assure you that we will be successful in addressing and managing the many challenges and risks that we face.

We have achieved significant growth since inception and plan to continue to invest in growth. From 2011 to 2013, our subscription revenue grew from $28.8 million to $38.9 million, representing a 16.2% compound annual growth rate (CAGR). From 2011 to 2013, our total revenue grew from $37.6 million to $52.5 million, representing a 18.2% CAGR. We expect our cost of revenue and operating expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods. We expect marketing and sales expenses to increase as we continue to expand our sales teams, increase our marketing activities and grow our international operations. We also expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we enhance our existing solution modules and develop new ones. We also plan to invest in maintaining a high quality of professional services and customer support, and plan to continue investing in our data center infrastructure in order to support continued customer growth. As a result of both our growth and the infrastructure required to be a public company, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses. Considering all of these plans for investment, we cannot assure you that we will be profitable in the near term.

Our customers pay us an annual subscription fee typically at the start of each contract year. The subscription fee is fixed for the term of the agreement, and typically is based on expected transaction volumes, such as the number of annual shipments or import entries. To the extent that a customer exceeds contracted maximum transaction volumes, they incur per-transaction fees. This pricing structure allows us to sell more affordable, entry-level configurations to customers with fewer needs, as well as sophisticated configurations to enterprise customers with greater needs. The subscription fees typically begin the first month following contract execution, whether or not we have completed the solution’s implementation, and our subscription agreements typically may only be terminated for cause. In addition, we charge for professional services to implement our solution, typically on a time and materials basis.

Our operating results in a given quarter can fluctuate based on the mix of subscription and professional services revenue. In 2013, subscription accounted for 74% of total revenue. Our subscription agreements typically have an initial term of three to five years, with an average initial term of approximately 4.0 and 3.5 years for enterprise and mid-market customers, respectively. In 2011, 2012 and 2013, our solution served 351, 399 and 463 customers, respectively. Our customers are headquartered primarily in the United States and Europe, with users in more than 80 countries, conducting trade across 125 countries. Of our 463 customers in 2013 customers, 172 were multi-national enterprise customers with annual revenues of more than $1 billion, and 291 were mid-market customers, with annual revenues that we believe are less than $1 billion. In 2013, our average revenue from enterprise customers was approximately $265,000 and our average revenue from mid-market customers was approximately $25,000.

Key Metrics

We regularly review the following key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends in our business, prepare financial projections and make strategic decisions.

Recurring Revenue Retention . We believe our recurring revenue retention rate is an important metric to measure the long-term value of customer agreements with regard to revenue and billings visibility. We calculate our recurring revenue retention rate by comparing, for a given quarter, subscription revenue for all customers in the corresponding quarter of the prior year to the subscription revenue from those same customers in the given quarter. For the annual rate, we utilize the average of the four quarters for the stated year. For each of 2011, 2012, 2013, the recurring revenue retention rate was 102%.

 

41


Table of Contents

 

Adjusted EBITDA . EBITDA consists of net income (loss) plus depreciation and amortization, interest expense (income) and income tax expense (benefit). Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA plus our non-cash, stock-based compensation expense, as well as the change in fair value of our contingent consideration and warrant liabilities. We use adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating performance because it assists us in comparing performance on a consistent basis across reporting periods, as it removes from our operating results the impact of our capital structure. We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired.

The following table provides a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (4,647   $ (2,097   $ (14,398

Depreciation and amortization

     1,843        2,567        3,792   

Interest expense

     159        37        169   

Interest income

     (29     (31     (18

Income tax expense

     592        311        550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     (2,082     787        (9,905

Stock based compensation

     170        219        522   

Restricted stock expense

     683        878        9,328   

Puttable stock compensation

     —          —          18   

Increase in fair value of contingent consideration liability

     —          —          106   

Warrant expense

     (2     33        1,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (1,231   $ 1,917      $ 1,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

Revenue . We primarily generate revenue from the sale of subscriptions and subscription-related professional services. Our subscriptions are multi-year arrangements for software and content, and in certain instances include a transactional component. We derive professional services revenue from implementation, integration and other elements associated with solution and content subscriptions.

We typically invoice subscription customers in advance on an annual basis, with payment due upon receipt of the invoice. We reflect invoiced amounts on our balance sheet as accounts receivable or as cash when collected, and as deferred revenue until earned and recognized as revenue ratably over the performance period. Accordingly, deferred revenue represents the amount billed to customers that has not yet been earned or recognized as revenue, pursuant to agreements executed during current and prior periods, and does not reflect that portion of a contract to be invoiced to customers on a periodic basis for which payment is not yet due.

Subscription Revenue . We derive our subscription revenue from fees paid to us by our customers for access to our solution. We recognize the revenue associated with subscription agreements ratably on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, provided all criteria required for revenue recognition have been met.

Professional Services Revenue . Professional services revenue consists primarily of fees charged for implementation, integration, training and other services associated with the subscription agreements entered into with our customers. Generally, we charge for professional services to implement our solution on a time and materials basis.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of Subscription Revenue . Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of personnel and related costs of our hosting, support, and content teams, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation and allocated overhead, software license fees, hosting costs, Internet connectivity, depreciation

 

42


Table of Contents

 

expenses directly related to delivering our solution, as well as amortization of capitalized software development costs. As we continue to add data center capacity and personnel, as well as develop our trade content in advance of anticipated growth, our cost of subscription revenue may increase. We generally expense our cost of subscription revenue as we incur the costs.

Cost of Professional Services Revenue . Cost of professional services revenue consists primarily of personnel and related costs of our professional services team, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation, the costs of contracted third-party vendors, reimbursable expenses and depreciation, amortization and other allocated costs. As our personnel are employed on a full-time basis, our cost of professional services is largely fixed in the short-term, while our professional services revenue may fluctuate, leading to fluctuations in professional services gross profit. We expense our cost of professional services revenue as we incur the costs.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are classified into three categories: sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative.

Sales and Marketing . Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs for our sales and marketing staff, including salaries, benefits, commissions, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation and costs of promotional events, corporate communications, online marketing, solution marketing and other brand-building activities, in addition to depreciation, amortization and other allocated costs. We capitalize and amortize commission costs as an expense ratably over the term of the related customer contract in proportion to the recognition of the subscription revenue. If a subscription agreement is terminated, we recognize the unamortized portion of any deferred commission cost as an expense immediately upon such termination, when the initial customer contract is signed and upon any renewal as our obligation to pay a sales commission arises at these times. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to expand our business.

Research and Development . Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs of our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation and costs of certain third-party contractors, as well as depreciation, amortization and other allocated costs. We capitalize research and development costs related to the development of our solution modules and amortize them over their useful life. We have devoted our solution modules development efforts primarily to enhancing the functionality and expanding the capabilities of our solution. We expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we increase our research and development headcount to further strengthen and enhance our solution.

General and Administrative . General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs for our executive, administrative, finance, information technology, legal, accounting and human resource staffs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes and stock-based compensation, professional fees, other corporate expenses and depreciation, amortization and other allocated costs. In addition, general and administrative expenses include our expenses related to certain outstanding warrants that have liability accounting and, as such, any changes in fair value of the warrants is recorded in general and administrative expenses. We have recently incurred, and expect to continue to incur additional expenses as we grow our operations and operate as a public company, including higher legal, corporate insurance, accounting and auditing expenses, and the additional costs of enhancing and maintaining our internal control environment through the adoption of new corporate policies. We also expect that general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our operations, including internationally.

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock expense includes an intrinsic value charge in each financial reporting period related to vested restricted shares purchased by certain members of our management. In connection with the purchase of these shares, we loaned, on a nonrecourse basis, certain amounts to the purchasers of these shares to cover related tax liabilities incurred by them. Accordingly, we are accounting for these shares as stock options. All of the restricted stock expense relates to our general and administrative functions. We may repurchase these shares under certain conditions, including upon termination of employment or in the event of

 

43


Table of Contents

 

certain corporate transactions. These repurchase rights have lapsed with respect to 50% of the shares purchased. The repurchase rights for the remaining shares will lapse and these remaining shares will become fully vested upon the earlier of the closing of certain corporate transactions or this offering. Accordingly, we expect to record restricted stock expense of $         upon the closing of this offering.

Interest and Other Income (Expense)

Interest and other income (expense) consists primarily of interest income on our cash balances, and interest expense on outstanding debt and capital lease obligations.

Income Tax Expense

Because we have generated net losses in all periods to date and recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, we have historically not recorded a provision for federal or state income taxes. The tax provision for 2013 is primarily related to foreign income taxes and is a result of the cost-plus transfer pricing agreements we have in place with our foreign subsidiaries. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Utilization of our net operating losses may be subject to annual limitations due to the ownership change rules under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. We have not yet made a determination regarding the potential impact of these limitations. Moreover, in the event we have future changes in ownership, including as a result of this offering, the availability of net operating losses could be further limited.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

The following critical accounting policies reflect significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

 

    revenue recognition;

 

    deferred revenue;

 

    stock-based compensation;

 

    goodwill;

 

    capitalized software costs; and

 

    income taxes.

Revenue Recognition

We primarily generate revenue from the sale of subscriptions and subscription-related services. In instances involving subscriptions, we generate subscription revenue under customer contracts with multiple elements, which are comprised of (1) subscription fees that provide the customers with access to our on-demand solution and trade content, unspecified solution and content upgrades, and customer support, (2) professional services associated with implementing our solution (primarily implementation services), and (3) transaction-related fees (including publishing services). Our initial customer contracts have contract terms typically ranging from three to five years and our renewal contracts range from one to five years in length. Typically, the customer does not

 

44


Table of Contents

 

take or have the right to take possession of the software supporting our on demand solution. However, in certain instances, we have customers that take possession of the software whereby it is installed on the customer’s premises. Our subscription service arrangements typically may only be terminated for cause and do not contain refund provisions.

We provide our software as a service and follow the provisions of ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605) and ASC Topic 985, Software (ASC 985). We commence revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are met:

 

    There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    The service has been or is being provided to the customer;

 

    The collection of the fees is probable; and

 

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Subscription Revenue . We recognize subscription revenue ratably over the contract terms beginning on the commencement date of each contract, which is the date the service is made available to customers. We record amounts that have been invoiced in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met. We recognize transaction-related revenue as the transactions occur.

Professional Services Revenue . The majority of our professional services agreements are on a time and material basis. When these services are not combined with subscription revenue as a single unit of accounting, as discussed below, we recognize this revenue as we render the services for time and material agreements, and when the customer accepts the milestones that we achieve for fixed price agreements.

Multiple-Deliverable Arrangements . We enter into arrangements with multiple deliverables that generally include subscription, professional services (primarily implementation) as well as transaction-related fees.

Prior to January 1, 2010, we accounted for deliverables in multiple-deliverable arrangements separately if the delivered items had standalone value and there was objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered items. If the deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement could not be accounted for separately, the total arrangement fee was recognized ratably as a single unit of accounting over the contracted term of the subscription agreement. We accounted for a significant portion of our multiple-deliverable arrangements as a single unit of accounting because we did not have objective and reliable evidence of fair value for certain of the deliverables. Additionally, in these situations, we expensed the direct costs of the professional services arrangement as incurred whereas the revenue from the services was recognized over the contracted terms of the subscription.

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13, “ Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements-a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force ” (“ASU 2009-13”) which amended the previous multiple-deliverable arrangements accounting guidance. Pursuant to the updated guidance, objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the deliverables to be delivered was no longer required in order to account for deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement separately. Instead, arrangement consideration is allocated to deliverables based on their relative selling price.

We adopted this accounting guidance on January 1, 2010, for applicable arrangements entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2010 (the beginning of our fiscal year). Under the updated accounting guidance, in order to treat deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement as separate units of accounting, the deliverables must have standalone value upon delivery. If the deliverables have standalone value upon delivery, we account for each deliverable separately. Subscription services have standalone value as such services are often sold separately. In determining whether professional services have standalone value, we consider the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the professional services, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date, and the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the customer’s satisfaction with the professional services work. To date, we have concluded that all of the professional services included in multiple-deliverable arrangements executed have standalone value.

 

45


Table of Contents

 

As a result of adopting ASU 2009-13, we allocate revenue to each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), if available, third party evidence (TPE), if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling prices (ESP), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. As we have been unable to establish VSOE or TPE for the elements of its arrangements, we establish the ESP for each element primarily by considering the weighted average of actual sales prices of professional services sold on a standalone basis and subscription including various add-on modules if and when sold together without professional services, and other factors such as gross margin objectives, pricing practice and growth strategy. We have established processes to determine ESP and allocate revenue in multiple arrangements using ESP.

For those contracts in which our customer accesses our software via our on-demand, cloud based solution, we account for such transactions in accordance with the ASC 605-25, Multiple-Element Arrangements . The majority of these contracts represent multiple-element arrangements, and we evaluate each element to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. We recognize the consideration allocated to the subscription as revenue ratably over the contract period. The consideration allocated to professional services is recognized as the services are performed, which is typically over the first three to six months of an arrangement.

For those contracts in which the customer takes possession of the software, we account for such transactions in accordance with ASC 985, Software . We account for these agreements as subscriptions and recognize the entire arrangement fee (subscription and professional services) ratably over the term of the agreement. In addition, we do not have VSOE for any add-on professional services, and accordingly, we recognize revenue related to such add-on professional services over the remaining term of the contract.

We account for sales tax collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities on a net basis and, therefore, we do not include them in revenue and cost of revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

We classify customer reimbursements received for direct costs paid to third parties and related expenses as revenue, in accordance with ASC 605. The amounts included in professional services revenue and cost of professional services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were $364,305, $432,702 and $496,474, respectively.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents amounts collected from (or invoiced to) customers in advance of revenue earned. Deferred revenue to be recognized in the succeeding 12 month period is included in current deferred revenue with the remaining amounts included in noncurrent deferred revenue.

Deferred revenue at December 31, 2012 and 2013 included approximately $9.5 million and $6.7 million related to an arrangement with one customer in which we were recognizing revenue equal only to the extent of costs incurred. We started to recognize this deferred revenue ratably beginning in May 2012.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation as an expense in the consolidated financial statements and measure that cost based on the estimated fair value of the award.

For awards granted after January 1, 2006, we recognized compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value using the Black Scholes option pricing model.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, the expected term of the options, our expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

 

    Fair value of our common stock . Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “—Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

46


Table of Contents

 

    Expected term . The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted, we have based our expected term on the simplified method, which represents the average period from vesting to the expiration of the award.

 

    Expected volatility . As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available.

 

    Risk-free rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

    Dividend yield . We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

Total stock-based compensation expense related to employee options included in the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of subscription revenue

   $ 21       $ 43       $ 80   

Cost of professional services revenue

     0         1         40   

Sales and marketing

     52         46         77   

Research and development

     25         29         63   

General and administrative

     72         100         262   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 170       $ 219       $ 522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Stock Valuations . The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, which intended that all options granted have an exercise price that is not less than the estimated fair value of a share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we used in the valuation model were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

    contemporaneous third-party valuations performed at periodic intervals by a valuation firm;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

    the purchases of shares of preferred stock by unaffiliated venture capital firms;

 

    our operating and financial performance and forecast;

 

    current business conditions;

 

    significant new customer wins;

 

    the hiring of key personnel;

 

47


Table of Contents

 

    our stage of development;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

    any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly-traded technology companies; and

 

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

We have granted stock options with the following exercise prices since September 1, 2011:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Options
Granted
     Exercise
Price per
Share
     Option
Fair Value
per
Share at

Grant Date
     Common
Stock Value
per Share at
Grant Date
     Aggregate
Fair Value of
Options
Granted
 

September 2011

     600,000       $ 1.54       $ 0.49       $ 1.02         294,000   

September 2011

     260,000       $ 1.54       $ 0.48       $ 1.02         124,800   

October 2011

     50,000       $ 1.54       $ 0.48       $ 1.02         24,000   

February 2012

     12,500       $ 1.54       $ 0.48       $ 1.31         6,000   

April 2012

     149,282       $ 1.54       $ 0.64       $ 1.40         95,540   

July 2012

     120,000       $ 1.54       $ 0.74       $ 1.40         88,800   

February 2013

     300,000       $ 1.79       $ 1.01       $ 1.79         303,000   

June 2013

     400,000       $ 4.10       $ 1.60       $ 3.72         640,000   

June 2013

     445,000       $ 3.72       $ 2.13       $ 3.72         947,850   

September 2013

     100,000       $ 5.39       $ 3.08       $ 5.39         308,000   

In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our stock from an independent valuation firm that provided us with their estimation of our enterprise value and the allocation of that value to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). For stock options granted in or prior to June 2011, we determined our enterprise value using the market based approach and, within the market based approach, the comparable company method and the recent transaction method. We selected the companies used for comparison based on a number of factors, including but not limited to, the similarity of their industry, business model, and financial risk profile to those of ours. We used the same set of comparable companies for all relevant valuation estimates. The market-based approach considers multiples of financial metrics based on both acquisitions and trading multiples of a selected peer group of technology companies. We then apply these multiples to our financial metrics to derive a range of indicated values. We also considered appropriate adjustments to recognize a lack of marketability.

Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at the grant dates include:

September 2011 . The United States economy and the financial markets continued to recover from the global financial crisis that began in 2008. Total revenue increased from $8.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 to $9.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011. We performed a valuation of our common stock as of June 30, 2011, utilizing the option pricing method and determined the fair value to be $1.02 per share. The valuation utilized the following inputs: (i) time to expiration of 2.0 years; (ii) risk-free interest rate of 0.45%; (iii) volatility of 60%; and (iv) a discount for lack of marketability of 30%. For the valuation as of June 30, 2011, we determined our enterprise value of $95.3 million using the income and market approaches with a 100% weighting assigned to the income approach and 0% assigned to the market approach. The income approach was weighted at 100% based on an assessment of our current stage of development and the growth implied by our financial projections. We determined that this approach would provide a more appropriate value for us than approaches which did not consider our projected growth rate. Under the income approach, we used a multiple of 2.2x to last 12-month revenue. Under the guideline public company market

 

48


Table of Contents

 

approach, we used a multiple of 2.6x to last 12-month revenue. The guideline public companies market approach was weighted at 0.0% based on our assessment of the group of comparable public companies and an analysis of our financial projections. As this approach does not explicitly consider our projected growth, we determined that this approach would not provide an appropriate value for us. Although we did not directly utilize this method in the conclusion of our enterprise value, we used a market multiple derived from this approach within the income approach. For the discounted cash flow analysis, we used a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 25.8%. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 860,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.54 per share.

October 2011. The United States economy continued to stabilize through the fourth calendar quarter of 2011. Although the broader financial markets continued to experience volatility and were negatively impacted by the European sovereign debt concerns, select technology companies were able to complete IPOs during this period. Total revenue increased from $9.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 to $10.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011. We performed a valuation of our common stock as of June 30, 2011, utilizing the option pricing method and determined the fair value to be $1.02 per share. The valuation utilized the following inputs: (i) time to expiration of 2.0 years; (ii) risk-free interest rate of 0.45%; (iii) volatility of 60%; and (iv) a discount for lack of marketability of 30%. For the valuation as of June 30, 2011, we determined our enterprise value of $95.3 million using the income and market approaches with a 100% weighting assigned to the income approach and 0% assigned to the market approach. The income approach was weighted at 100% based on an assessment of our current stage of development and the growth implied by our financial projections. We determined that this approach would provide a more appropriate value for us than approaches which did not consider our projected growth rate. Under the income approach, we used a multiple of 2.2x to last 12-month revenue. Under the guideline public company market approach, we used a multiple of 2.6x to last 12-month revenue. The guideline public companies market approach was weighted at 0.0% based on our assessment of the group of comparable public companies and an analysis of our financial projections. As this approach does not explicitly consider our projected growth, we determined that this approach would not provide an appropriate value for us. Although we did not directly utilize this method in the conclusion of our enterprise value, we used a market multiple derived from this approach within the income approach. For the discounted cash flow analysis, we used a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 25.8%. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.54 per share.

February 2012. The United States economy and financial markets continued to strengthen during the first calendar quarter of 2012. We also continued to see strength in all facets of our business during this period with the exception of transaction fees. Total revenue decreased from $10.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011 to $10.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We performed a valuation of our common stock as of December 31, 2011, utilizing the option pricing method and determined the fair value to be $1.31 per share. The valuation utilized the following inputs: (i) time to expiration of 1.5 years; (ii) risk-free interest rate of 0.12%; (iii) volatility of 60%; and (iv) a discount for lack of marketability of 29%. For the valuation as of December 31, 2011, we determined our enterprise value of $111.1 using the income and market approaches with a 100% weighting assigned to the income approach and 0% assigned to the market approach. The income approach was weighted at 100% based on an assessment of our current stage of development and the growth implied by our financial projections. We determined that this approach would provide a more appropriate value for us than approaches which did not consider our projected growth rate. Under the income approach, we used a multiple of 2.4x to last 12-month revenue. Under the guideline public company market approach, we used a multiple of 2.9x to last 12-month revenue. The guideline public companies market approach was weighted at 0.0% based on our assessment of the group of comparable public companies and an analysis of our financial projections. As this approach does not explicitly consider our projected growth, we determined that this approach would not provide an appropriate value for us. Although we did not directly utilize this method in the conclusion of our enterprise value, we used a market multiple derived from this approach within the income approach. For the discounted cash flow analysis, we used a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 24.7%. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of

 

49


Table of Contents

 

directors granted options to purchase 12,500 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.54 per share. The increase in estimated fair value of our common stock from June 30, 2011 to December 31, 2011 was due to:

 

    a higher projected revenue forecast, contributing to approximately 34% of the increase;

 

    the application of a higher revenue multiple based on the then current market conditions for our guideline companies to our higher projected revenue forecast, contributing to approximately 59% of the increase; and

 

    a slightly lower discount for lack of marketability as a result of a reduction in the time to liquidity from 2 years to 1.5 years, contributing to approximately 7% of the increase.

April 2012. The United States financial markets began to show some weakness in the second calendar quarter of 2012 as concerns regarding global financial uncertainties grew; however, we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $10.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to $11.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. We performed a valuation of our common stock as of March 31, 2012, utilizing the option pricing method and determined the fair value to be $1.40 per share. The valuation utilized the following inputs: (i) time to expiration of 1.5 years; (ii) risk-free interest rate of 0.26%; (iii) volatility of 60%; and (iv) a discount for lack of marketability of 28%. For the valuation as of March 31, 2012, we determined our enterprise value of $111.8 million using the income and market approaches with a 100% weighting assigned to the income approach and 0% assigned to the market approach. The income approach was weighted at 100% based on an assessment of our current stage of development and the growth implied by our financial projections. We determined that this approach would provide a more appropriate value for us than approaches which did not consider our projected growth rate. Under the income approach, we used a multiple of 2.3x to last 12-month revenue. Under the guideline public company market approach, we used a multiple of 2.5x to last 12-month revenue. The guideline public companies market approach was weighted at 0.0% based on our assessment of the group of comparable public companies and an analysis of our financial projections. As this approach does not explicitly consider our projected growth, we determined that this approach would not provide an appropriate value for us. Although we did not directly utilize this method in the conclusion of our enterprise value, we used a market multiple derived from this approach within the income approach. For the discounted cash flow analysis, we used a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 24.3%. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 149,282 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.54 per share. The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012 was due to:

 

    a positive change in our cash position resulting in approximately 78% of the increase; and

 

    a slightly lower discount for lack of marketability as a result of the change in the risk free rate, contributing to approximately 22% of the increase.

July 2012. The United States financial markets continued to show weakness during the second calendar quarter of 2012 as concerns regarding global financial uncertainties grew; however, we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $11.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012 to $11.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012. We performed a valuation of our common stock as of March 31, 2012, utilizing the option pricing method and determined the fair value to be $1.40 per share. The valuation utilized the following inputs: (i) time to expiration of 1.5 years; (ii) risk-free interest rate of 0.26%; (iii) volatility of 60%; and (iv) a discount for lack of marketability of 28%. For the valuation as of March 31, 2012, we determined our enterprise value of $111.8 million using the income and market approaches with a 100% weighting assigned to the income approach and 0% assigned to the market approach. The income approach was weighted at 100% based on an assessment of our current stage of development and the growth implied by our financial projections. We determined that this approach would provide a more appropriate value for us than approaches which did not consider our projected growth rate. Under the income approach, we used a multiple of 2.3x to last 12-month revenue. Under the guideline public company market approach, we used a multiple of 2.5x to last 12-month revenue. The guideline public companies market approach was weighted at 0.0% based on our assessment of the group of comparable public companies and an analysis of our financial

 

50


Table of Contents

 

projections. As this approach does not explicitly consider our projected growth, we determined that this approach would not provide an appropriate value for us. Although we did not directly utilize this method in the conclusion of our enterprise value, we used a market multiple derived from this approach within the income approach. For the discounted cash flow analysis, we used a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 24.3%. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.54 per share.

February 2013. In the fourth calendar quarter of 2012, the United States economy continued to show weakness, and the financial markets continued to exhibit volatility over concerns regarding the decline in government spending and exports as well as shrinking business inventories; however, we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $11.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 to $11.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012. We performed a valuation of our common stock as of December 31, 2012, utilizing the option pricing method and determined the fair value to be $1.79 per share. The valuation utilized the following inputs: (i) time to expiration of 1.5 years; (ii) risk-free interest rate of 0.16%; (iii) volatility of 60%; and (iv) a discount for lack of marketability of 25%. For the valuation as of December 31, 2012, we determined our enterprise value of $130.3 million using the income and market approaches with a 100% weighting assigned to the income approach and 0% assigned to the market approach. The income approach was weighted at 100% based on an assessment of our current stage of development and the growth implied by our financial projections. We determined that this approach would provide a more appropriate value for us than approaches which did not consider our projected growth rate. Under the income approach, we used a multiple of 2.5x to last 12-month revenue. Under the guideline public company market approach, we used a multiple of 2.4x to last 12-month revenue. The guideline public companies market approach was weighted at 0.0% based on our assessment of the group of comparable public companies and an analysis of our financial projections. As this approach does not explicitly consider our projected growth, we determined that this approach would not provide an appropriate value for us. Although we did not directly utilize this method in the conclusion of our enterprise value, we used a market multiple derived from this approach within the income approach. For the discounted cash flow analysis, we used a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 23.4%. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.79 per share. The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from March 31, 2012 to December 31, 2012 was due to:

 

    a higher projected revenue forecast, contributing to approximately 38% of the increase;

 

    the application of a higher revenue multiple based on the then current market conditions for our guideline companies to our higher projected revenue forecast, contributing to approximately 59% of the increase; and

 

    a slightly lower discount for lack of marketability as a result of the change in the risk free rate, contributing to approximately 3% of the increase.

June 2013. In the first calendar quarter of 2013, the United States economy continued to show some weakness and the financial markets continued to exhibit volatility over concerns regarding the decline in government spending and concerns about the future of the Federal Reserve Bank’s quantitative easing program; however, we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $11.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 to $11.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. We performed a valuation of our common stock as of March 31, 2013 utilizing the option pricing method and determined the fair value to be $3.72 per share. The valuation utilized the following inputs: (i) time to expiration of 1.0 years; (ii) risk-free interest rate of 0.14%; (iii) volatility of 60%; and (iv) a discount for lack of marketability of 15%. For the valuation as of March 31, 2013, we determined our enterprise value of $195.4 million using the income and market approaches with a 100% weighting assigned to the income approach and 0% assigned to the market approach. The income approach was weighted at 100% based on an assessment of our current stage of development and the growth implied by our financial projections. We determined that this approach would provide a more appropriate value for us than approaches which did not consider our projected growth rate. Under the income approach, we used a multiple of 3.3x to last 12-month revenue. Under the guideline public company market approach, we used a multiple of 3.3x to last 12-month revenue. The guideline public

 

51


Table of Contents

 

companies market approach was weighted at 0.0% based on our assessment of the group of comparable public companies and an analysis of our financial projections. As this approach does not explicitly consider our projected growth, we determined that this approach would not provide an appropriate value for us. Although we did not directly utilize this method in the conclusion of our enterprise value, we used a market multiple derived from this approach within the income approach. For the discounted cash flow analysis, we used a discount rate to our projected cash flows of 24.5%. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.10 per share and 445,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $3.72. The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from December 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013 was due to:

 

    a higher projected revenue forecast, contributing to approximately 15% of the increase;

 

    the application of a higher revenue multiple based on the then current market conditions for our guideline companies to our higher projected revenue, contributing to approximately 66% of the increase; and

 

    a slightly lower discount for lack of marketability as a result of a reduction in the time to liquidity from 1.5 years to 1 year, contributing to approximately 19% of the increase.

September 2013. In the second calendar quarter of 2013, the United States economy grew at its fastest rate in three quarters. We also continued to see strength in our business in the second quarter of 2013. Total revenue increased from $11.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $11.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. We performed a valuation of our common stock as of June 30, 2013 utilizing the probability weighted expected return model, or PWERM, allocation methodology and determined the fair value to be $5.39 per share. The present values calculated for our common stock under the possible outcomes were weighted based on management’s estimates of the probability of each outcome occurring. Management’s estimates of probability were 10% for continuing as a private company (Scenario 1) with a discount for lack of marketability of 25%, 80% for an initial public offering occurring prior to December 2013 (Scenario 2) with a discount for lack of marketability of 5%, and 10% for an initial public offering occurring prior to April 2014 (Scenario 3) with a discount for lack of marketability of 10%. Our enterprise value under Scenario 1 was $194.8 million using the income and market approaches with a 50% weighting assigned to the income approach and 50% assigned to the market approach. Our enterprise value under Scenario 2 was $210.4 million and was $227.3 million under Scenario 3 using the income approach. We used discounted cash flows for both of these scenarios with a revenue multiple of 3.3x and a present value factor of 19.4%. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $5.39 per share. The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $3.72 per share as of March 31, 2013 to $5.39 per share as of June 30, 2013 was primarily due to the following:

 

    a switch from utilizing the option pricing method to the PWERM model to determine the fair value of our common stock; and

 

    our increase in revenue from March 31, 2013 to June 30, 2013, primarily attributable to an increase in the number of customers using our solution.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. At December 31, 2013, we had $24.5 million of goodwill recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. For the purposes of impairment testing, we have determined that we have one reporting unit. A two-step impairment test of goodwill is required pursuant to ASC 350-20-35. In the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not impaired and further testing is not required. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then the second step of the impairment test is required to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets of the reporting unit, excluding goodwill, from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then an impairment loss must be recorded that is equal to the difference. The identification and measurement of

 

52


Table of Contents

 

goodwill impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of the company. The estimate of our fair value, based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, is subjective and requires judgment, including management assumptions about expected future revenue forecasts and discount rates.

Capitalized Software Costs

Certain development costs related to our software products are capitalized in accordance with ASC Topic 350-40, Internal-Use Software . ASC 350-40 contains the following provisions: (1) preliminary project costs are expensed as incurred; (2) all costs associated with the development of the application are to be capitalized; and (3) all costs associated with the post-implementation operation of the software shall be expensed as incurred. In addition, the costs for all upgrades and enhancements to the originally developed software may be capitalized if additional functionality is added. Accordingly, we capitalize certain software development costs, including the costs to develop solution modules or significant enhancements to existing modules, which are developed or obtained for internal use. We capitalize software development costs when application development begins, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, which is generally three years. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all post-implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred. It is difficult to predict the amount of Internal-Use Software that will be capitalized in the future as it is project-specific and as such each project will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with authoritative guidance for income taxes. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying accounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We recognize the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Tax , on February 1, 2009. There was no impact upon adoption of ASC 740-10 as we have not identified any uncertain tax positions. We have adopted the accounting policy that interest and penalties relating to income taxes are classified within income tax expense.

 

53


Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated, both in dollars and as a percentage of revenue. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013  

Revenue

     

Subscription

  $ 28,825      $ 32,400      $ 38,867   

Professional services

    8,747        10,968        13,660   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    37,572        43,368        52,527   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

     

Cost of subscription revenue

    10,145        10,732        12,748   

Cost of professional services revenue

    6,969        8,680        9,498   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    17,114        19,412        22,246   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    20,458        23,956        30,281   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

     

Sales and marketing

    11,277        12,807        16,246   

Research and development

    5,946        5,775        7,936   

General and administrative

    6,476        6,275        10,469   

Restricted stock expense

    683        878        9,328   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    24,382        25,735        43,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (3,924     (1,779     (13,698

Interest and other income (expense)

    (131     (7     (150
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (4,055     (1,786     (13,848

Provision for income taxes

    592        311        550   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (4,647   $ (2,097   $ (14,398
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Revenue

      

Subscription

     77     75     74

Professional services

     23        25        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

      

Cost of subscription revenue (1)

     35        33        33   

Cost of professional services revenue (1)

     80        79        70   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     46        45        42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     54        55        58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Sales and marketing

     30        30        31   

Research and development

     16        13        15   

General and administrative

     17        14        20   

Restricted stock expense

     2        2        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     65        59        84   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11     (4     (26

Interest and other income (expense)

     (0     (0     (0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (11     (4     (26

Provision for income taxes expense

     2        1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (13 )%      (5 )%      (27 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The table shows cost of revenue as a percentage of each component of revenue.

 

54


Table of Contents

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenue . Revenue for 2013 was $52.5 million, an increase of $9.1 million, or 21.0%, over revenue of $43.4 million for 2012.

Subscription Revenue . Subscription revenue for 2013 was $38.9 million, an increase of $6.5 million, or 20.1%, over subscription revenue of $32.4 million for 2012. The increase in subscription revenue resulted from an increase in the number of large subscriptions from customers, as well as recognition of revenue for a full year for the new customers added in 2012. We have increased our customer count through our sales and marketing efforts.

Professional Services Revenue . Professional services revenue for 2013 was $13.7 million, an increase of $2.7 million, or 24.5%, over professional services revenue of $11.0 million for 2012. The increase is attributable to an increase in demand for professional services from our expanding customer base.

Cost of Subscription Revenue . Cost of subscription revenue for 2013 was $12.7 million, an increase of $2.0 million, or 18.7%, over cost of subscription revenue of $10.7 million for 2012. As a percentage of subscription revenue, cost of subscription revenue was 32.6% for 2013 and 33.0% for 2012. The increase in dollar amount resulted from a $1.0 million increase in depreciation, amortization and other allocated costs, an increase of $0.8 million resulting from salary increases for existing employees and the cost of new employees hired during the period and an increase of $0.2 million in software maintenance costs.

Cost of Professional Services Revenue . Cost of professional services revenue for 2013 was $9.5 million, an increase of $0.8 million, or 9.2%, over cost of professional services revenue of $8.7 million for 2012. As a percentage of professional services revenue, cost of professional services revenue was 69.3% for 2013 and 79.1% for 2012. The increase in dollar amount resulted from an increase of $1.6 million resulting from salary increases for existing professional services employees and the cost of new professional services employees hired during the period. Also, there was an increase of $0.2 million in recruiting costs, $0.1 million in travel costs and $0.3 million in other costs. These costs were offset by a $0.3 million decrease in outside services and a decrease of $1.1 million in employee-related costs transferred from research and development in 2012 as our engineering team temporarily assisted our professional services organization to address a particular customer implementation.

Sales and Marketing Expenses . Sales and marketing expenses for 2013 were $16.2 million, an increase of $3.4 million, or 26.6%, over sales and marketing expenses of $12.8 million for 2012. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses increased to 30.9% for 2013 from 29.5% for 2012. The increase in dollar amount is due to an increase of $1.3 million resulting from salary increases for existing employees and the cost of new employees hired during the period, an increase of $0.1 million in recruiting costs and an increase of $0.5 million in commission expense. We also had a $0.9 million increase in marketing event costs, a $0.3 million increase in travel costs, a $0.2 million increase in allocated general and administrative costs, and an increase of $0.1 million in other marketing related costs.

Research and Development Expenses . Research and development expenses for 2013 were $7.9 million, an increase of $2.1 million, or 36.2%, from research and development expenses of $5.8 million for 2012. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses increased to 15.0% for 2013 from 13.4% for 2012. The increase in dollar amount was due to $2.1 million of costs allocated to cost of professional services in 2012 as our engineering team temporarily assisted our professional services organization to address a particular customer implementation while no costs were allocated to cost of professional services revenue in 2013. There also was a $0.1 increase in other costs that were offset by a $0.1 million decrease in travel and related costs.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses for 2013 were $10.5 million, an increase of $4.2 million, or 66.7%, over general and administrative expenses of $6.3 million for 2012. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 20.0% for 2013 from 14.5% for 2012. The increase in dollar amount is due to an increase of $1.6 million related to changes in the fair value of warrants issued, and an increase of $0.8 million resulting from salary increases for existing employees and for additional general and administrative employees hired during the period. There also was an increase of $1.0 million in professional fees, a $0.2 million increase in travel costs, a $0.2 million increase in software maintenance costs, a $0.2 million increase in the costs for recruiting and outside services and an increase of $0.2 million in allocated general and administrative costs.

 

55


Table of Contents

 

Income Tax Expense . Income tax expense for 2013 was $0.5 million compared to $0.3 million for 2012. Income tax expense is primarily related to foreign operations.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenue . Revenue for 2012 was $43.4 million, an increase of $5.8 million, or 15.4%, over revenue of $37.6 million for 2011.

Subscription Revenue . Subscription revenue for 2012 were $32.4 million, an increase of $3.6 million, or 12.5%, over subscription revenue of $28.8 million for 2011. The increase in subscription revenue resulted from an increase in the number of subscriptions from enterprise customers, which numbered 140 in 2012 compared to 137 in 2011, as well as recognition of revenue for a full year for the new customers added in 2011. We have increased our customer count through our sales and marketing efforts. Our subscription revenue growth rate decelerated from 2011 due to an unusual delay in the subscription start date for one large customer.

Professional Services Revenue . Professional services revenue in 2012 was $11.0 million, an increase of $2.3 million, or 26.4%, over professional services revenue of $8.7 million in 2011. The increase resulted from an increase in demand for services to our expanding subscription customer base.

Cost of Subscription Revenue . Cost of subscription revenue in 2012 was $10.7 million, an increase of $0.6 million, or 5.9%, over cost of subscription revenue of $10.1 million in 2011. As a percentage of subscription revenue, cost of subscription revenue was 33.0% for 2012 and 35.1% for 2011. The increase in dollar amount resulted from a $0.3 million increase in software maintenance costs, an increase of $0.4 million for depreciation, amortization and other allocated costs and an increase of $0.2 million resulting from new employees hired during the period partially offset by a decrease of $0.3 million for server costs.

Cost of Professional Services Revenue . Cost of professional services revenue in 2012 was $8.7 million, an increase of $1.7 million, or 24.3%, over cost of professional services revenue of $7.0 million in 2011. As a percentage of professional services revenue, cost of professional services revenue was 79.1% for 2012 and 80.5% for 2011. The increase in dollar amount resulted from a $1.5 million increase resulting from salary increases for existing professional services employees and the cost of new professional services employees hired during the period, an increase in consulting costs of $0.3 million, as well as an increase of $0.2 million for travel costs. These increases were offset by a decrease of $0.4 million in employee-related costs transferred from research and development in the prior period as our engineering team temporarily assisted our professional services organization to address a particular customer implementation.

Sales and Marketing Expenses . Sales and marketing expenses for 2012 were $12.8 million, an increase of $1.5 million, or 13.3%, over sales and marketing expenses of $11.3 million for 2011. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses were 29.5% in 2012 and 30.1% in 2011. The increase in dollar amount is due to an increase of $0.7 million resulting from salary increases for existing employees and the cost of new employees hired during the period, an increase of $0.6 million in commission expense and a $0.1 million increase in marketing program costs.

Research and Development Expenses . Research and development expenses for 2012 were $5.8 million, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 1.7%, from research and development expenses of $5.9 million for 2011. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses decreased to 13.4% in 2012 from 15.7% in 2011. The decrease in dollar amount was due to an increase in capitalization of research and development costs of $1.3 million in 2012 offset by an increase of $0.4 million resulting from salary increases for existing employees and an increase in software maintenance costs of $0.1 million. These increases were offset by a decrease of $0.4 million in employee-related costs transferred to professional services in the prior period as our engineering team temporarily assisted our professional services organization to address a particular customer implementation.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses for 2012 were $6.3 million, a decrease of $0.2 million, or 3.1%, from general and administrative expenses of $6.5 million for 2011. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 14.5% in 2012 from 17.3% in 2011. The decrease in dollar amount is due to a reduction of $0.2 million in professional services and a reduction of $0.3 million in currency exchange fluctuations in our foreign operations, offset by an increase of $0.2 million resulting from salary increases for existing general and administrative personnel.

 

56


Table of Contents

 

Income Tax Expense . Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $0.3 million compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Income tax expense is primarily related to foreign operations.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited operating results for each of the eight quarters preceding and including the period ended December 31, 2013 and the percentages of revenue for each line item shown. The information is derived from our unaudited financial statements. In the opinion of management, our unaudited financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring items, except as noted in the notes to the financial statements, necessary for a fair statement of interim periods. The financial information presented for the interim periods has been prepared in a manner consistent with our accounting policies described elsewhere in this prospectus and should be read in conjunction therewith. These quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. Due to rounding, quarterly amounts may not agree to annual amounts.

 

    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenues

               

Subscription

  $ 7,634      $ 7,793      $ 7,943      $ 9,030      $ 8,747      $ 8,668      $ 9,827      $ 11,625   

Professional services

    2,384        3,167        3,151        2,266        2,846        3,273        3,559        3,982   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    10,018        10,960        11,094        11,296        11,593        11,941        13,386        15,607   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

               

Cost of subscription revenues

    2,592        2,660        2,668        2,812        3,005        3,185        3,315        3,244   

Cost of professional services

    2,161        2,403        2,324        1,793        2,017        2,339        2,392        2,749   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    4,753        5,063        4,992        4,605        5,022        5,524        5,707        5,993   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    5,265        5,897        6,102        6,691        6,571        6,417        7,679        9,614   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    3,260        3,112        3,007        3,430        3,673        4,092        4,103        4,378   

Research and Development

    1,438        1,223        1,328        1,787        1,941        1,833        2,051        2,110   

General and administrative

    1,609        1,564        1,474        1,643        2,258        2,625        2,798        2,784   

Restricted stock expense

    219        219        219        219        3,530        3,182        1,994        622   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    6,526        6,118        6,028        7,079        11,402        11,732        10,946        9,894   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (1,261     (221     74        (388     (4,831     (5,315     (3,267     (280

Interest and other income (expense)

    0        (5     (2     (0     (5     (1     (51     (93
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (1,261     (226     72        (388     (4,836     (5,316     (3,318     (373

Provision for income taxes

    (152     72        270        104        201        42        170        138   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (1,109   $ (298   $ (198   $ (492   $ (5,037   $ (5,358   $ (3,488   $ (511
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenues

               

Subscription

    76     71     72     80     75     73     73     74

Professional Services

    24     29     28     20     25     27     27     26
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

               

Cost of subscription

    34     34     34     31     34     37     34     28

Cost of professional services

    91     76     74     79     71     71     67     69
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    47     46     45     41     43     46     43     38
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    53     54     55     59     57     54     57     62
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    33     28     27     30     32     34     31     28

Research and Development

    14     11     12     16     17     15     15     14

General and administrative

    16     14     13     15     19     22     21     18

Restricted stock expense

    2     2     2     2     30     27     15     4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    65     55     54     63     98     98     82     64
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (12 )%      (1 )%      1     (4 )%      (41 )%      (44 )%      (25 )%      (2 )% 

Interest and other income (expense)

    (0 )%      (0 )%      (0 )%      0     (0 )%      (0 )%      (0 )%      (1 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (12 )%      (1 )%      1     (4 )%      (41 )%      (44 )%      (25 )%      (3 )% 

Provision for income taxes

    (2 )%      1     2     1     2     0     1     1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (10 )%      (2 )%      (1 )%      (5 )%      (43 )%      (44 )%      (26 )%      (4 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

 

We have experienced certain quarterly trends in our subscription and professional services revenues. In particular, our subscription revenue in the first quarter of certain years has been lower than the sequential fourth quarter of the prior year due to the transactional volumes associated with retail cycles. Additionally, our professional services revenue has traditionally been lower in each fourth quarter as compared to the third quarter due to the impact of the holiday season, including fewer business days and lower customer resource levels.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012         2013      
     in thousands  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 983      $ 3,922      $ 989   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (5,365     (4,772     (5,186

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (3,088     (121     5,455   

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2012          2013      
     in thousands  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,290       $ 4,280       $ 5,148   

Historically, we have financed our operations primarily through the sale of preferred stock and borrowings under credit facilities. At December 31, 2013, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $5.1 million and accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $11.0 million, compared to cash and cash equivalents of $4.3 million and accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $9.8 million, at December 31, 2012. We bill our customers in advance for annual subscriptions, while professional services are typically billed on a monthly basis as services are performed. As a result, the amount of our accounts receivable at the end of a period is driven significantly by our annual subscription and professional services billings for the last month of the period, and our cash flows from operations are affected by our collection of amounts due from customers for subscription and professional services billings that resulted in the recognition of revenue in a prior period.

Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.0 million during 2013, compared to $3.9 million during 2012 and $1.0 million during 2011. The amount of our net cash provided by operating activities is primarily a result of the timing of cash payments from our customers, offset by the timing of our primary cash expenditures, which are employee salaries.

For 2013, net cash provided by operating activities was $1.0 million, which reflects our net loss of $14.4 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $15.5 million consisting primarily of $9.3 million for restricted stock compensation, $1.6 million for the change in the valuation of warrants and $3.8 million for depreciation and amortization. Additionally, we had a net decrease in our working capital accounts of consisting of $3.2 million in prepaid and other assets and $1.0 million in accounts receivable offset by an increase of $3.7 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses and an increase of $0.5 million in deferred revenue. In 2013, prepaid expenses and other assets decreased principally as a result of a $3.3 million increase in deferred commissions.

For 2012, net cash provided by operating activities of $3.9 million was primarily the result of $2.1 million of net loss, offset by non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $2.6 million, a less than $0.1 million increase in deferred revenue, a $1.6 million decrease in accounts receivable and a $1.1 million increase in accrued liabilities, offset by an increase in prepaid expenses of $1.2 million. Increases in deferred revenue are due to continued growth in new business, offset by the subscription revenue recognized ratably over time. Increases in accounts receivable are primarily due to growth in the number of customer subscription agreements.

For 2011, net cash provided by operating activities of $1.0 million was primarily a result of $4.6 million of net loss, offset by non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $1.8 million and a $5.9 million increase in deferred revenue due to growth in new business.

 

58


Table of Contents

 

Our deferred revenue was $30.8 million at December 31, 2013, $30.3 million at December 31, 2012 and $30.2 million at December 31, 2011. The increases and decreases in deferred revenue at the end of each of these fiscal periods reflects the timing of invoicing to new and existing customers offset by amortization of previously billed subscription agreements. Customers are invoiced annually in advance for their annual subscription fee and the invoices are recorded in accounts receivable and deferred revenue, which deferred revenue is then recognized ratably over the term of the subscription agreement. With respect to professional services fees, customers are invoiced as the services are performed, and the invoices are recorded in accounts receivable. Where appropriate based on revenue recognition criteria, professional services invoices are initially recorded in deferred revenue, which are then recognized ratably over the remaining term of the subscription agreement.

Net Cash Flows from Investing Activities

For 2013, net cash used in investing activities was $5.2 million, consisting of various capital expenditures of $0.3 million and capitalization of $2.4 million of software development costs. In general, our capital expenditures are for our network infrastructure to support our increasing customer base and growth in new business and for internal use, such as equipment for our increasing employee headcount.

For 2012, net cash used in investing activities was $4.8 million, consisting of various capital expenditures of $1.5 million and capitalization of $3.3 million of software development costs.

Net cash used in investing activities for 2011 was $5.4 million, consisting of capital expenditures of $3.1 million, capitalization of software development costs of $2.0 million and a decrease in restricted cash of $0.2 million.

Net Cash Flows from Financing Activities

For 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $5.5 million as we borrowed $7.0 million on our revolving line of credit.

For 2012, net cash used in financing activities was $0.1 million and was primarily for the repayment of capital lease obligations.

For 2011, net cash used in financing activities was $3.1 million and was primarily for the repayments on our note payable for $3.0 million and $0.2 for repayments on capital lease obligations.

Line of Credit

In April 2013, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution that provides a line of credit for up to the lesser of $10 million or 80% of eligible accounts, as defined in the loan and security agreement. Borrowings under this line of credit bore interest each month at an interest rate equal to the Prime Rate, as defined in the loan and security agreement, plus 1.5%. Borrowings under the line of credit are subject to certain reporting and financial covenants, and are secured by substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property. Our loan and security agreement contains customary restrictions and requires us to maintain a minimum cash balance in an account we maintain with our lender and availability on the line of credit, as well as minimum EBITDA. On December 30, 2013, we amended the loan and security agreement. Under the amended terms, borrowings bear interest at an interest rate equal to the Prime Rate, as defined, plus 1.5% or 2.5% depending on our cash balance and the availability of the line of credit. The interest rate at December 31, 2013 was the Prime Rate plus 1.5%. The line expires on April 10, 2015. Pursuant to the loan and security agreement, we may not pay cash dividends to our stockholders. As of December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance under this line of credit was $7.0 million and we have used all of the borrowings under this line of credit for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all reporting and financial covenants in the loan and security agreement.

Previously, in 2006, we entered into a line of credit with a financial institution in an amount up to the lesser of $4,000,000 or 80% of our eligible accounts, as defined in the applicable credit agreement. Borrowings under this facility bore interest each month at an interest rate equal to the highest of (i) the prime rate, or (ii) LIBOR plus 3.00% per annum, provided that the interest rate in effect on each day shall not have been less than 8.50% per annum. Borrowings were secured by substantially all of our assets and were subject to certain reporting and financial covenants. This line of credit expired on September 16, 2011.

 

59


Table of Contents

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. Other than our operating leases for office space, we do not engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. Cash payments under our operating lease commitments are reflected in “—Contractual and Commercial Commitment Summary” below. Our operating lease arrangements do not and are not reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital resources and capital expenditures. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts. As such, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in these relationships.

Capital Resources

Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those now planned and will depend on many factors, including the costs to develop and implement new solution modules and services, the sales and marketing resources needed to further penetrate our targeted vertical markets and gain acceptance of new modules we develop, the expansion of our operations in the United States and internationally and the response of competitors to our solution and services. Historically, we have experienced increases in our expenditures consistent with the growth in our operations and personnel, and we anticipate that our expenditures will continue to increase as we grow our business. In the future, we may also acquire complementary businesses, solutions or technologies. We have no agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the available borrowing capacity under our line of credit and cash flows from our operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months.

During the last three years, inflation and changing prices have not had a material effect on our business, and we do not expect that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future.

Contractual and Commercial Commitment Summary

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013. These contractual obligations require us to make future cash payments.

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 - 3
Years
     3 - 5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Contractual Obligations

              

Operating lease commitments

   $ 15,328       $ 2,584       $ 4,539       $ 3,562       $ 4,643   

Capital lease obligations

     3,321         1,142         1,800         379         —     

Other*

     2,500         —           2,500         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,149       $ 3,726       $ 8,839       $ 3,941       $ 4,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Represents the maximum earnout payment relating to our acquisition of EasyCargo. By March 15, 2016, we are obligated to pay additional consideration if, during the three-year period ending December 31, 2015, aggregate CTM revenue exceeds $7.7 million. The additional consideration will be equal to 50% of CTM revenue in excess of $7.7 million for that period, up to a maximum of $2.5 million, and we may pay the additional consideration at our option in cash or common stock.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk . We bill our customers predominately in U.S. dollars and receive payment predominately in U.S. dollars. However, because most of our international sales are denominated in the currency of the country where the purchaser is located, as we continue to expand our direct sales presence in international regions, the portion of our accounts receivable denominated in foreign currencies may continue to

 

60


Table of Contents

 

increase. Historically, our greatest accounts receivable foreign currency exposure has been related to revenue denominated in Euros. In addition, we incur significant costs related to our operations in India in Rupees and we also incur costs related to our operations in China in Renminbi. As a result of these factors, our results of operations and cash flows are and will increasingly be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Sensitivity . Interest income and expense are sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, based on the nature and current level of our investments, which are primarily cash and cash equivalents, and our debt obligations, we believe there is no material risk of exposure.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

JOBS Act

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” under the recently enacted JOBS Act, we will, among other things:

 

    be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that its independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting;

 

    be exempt from the “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Act and certain disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of its chief executive officer;

 

    be permitted to omit the detailed compensation discussion and analysis from proxy statements and reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and instead provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation; and

 

    be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

Although we are still evaluating the JOBS Act, we currently intend to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” except that we have irrevocably elected not to take advantage of the extension of time to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards available under Section 102(b) of the JOBS Act. Among other things, this means that our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, which may increase the risk that weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected. Likewise, so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we may elect not to provide you with certain information, including certain financial information and certain information regarding compensation of our executive officers, that we would otherwise have been required to provide in filings we make with the SEC, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate our company. As a result, investor confidence in our company and the market price of our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

Other

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update, Testing Goodwill for Impairment (the revised standard). The revised standard is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the annual goodwill impairment test by providing entities an option to perform a “qualitative” assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The revised standard was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted provided that the entity has not yet performed its 2012 annual impairment test or issued its financial statements. An entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the current two-step test. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment,

 

61


Table of Contents

 

that it is more-likely than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

Effective January 1, 2012, we adopted FASB authoritative guidance that amends previous guidance for the presentation of comprehensive income. The new standard eliminated the option to present other comprehensive income in the statement of stockholders’ equity. Under the revised guidance, an entity has the option to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. We are providing two separate but consecutive financial statements. The new standard was required to be applied retrospectively. Other than the change in presentation, the adoption of the new standard did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2012, we adopted FASB authoritative guidance that amends previous guidance for fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The revised guidance changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurements and expands the disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. Adoption of the amendments did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

 

BUSINESS

Company Overview

Our mission is to dramatically change the way companies conduct global trade. As a leading provider of cloud-based global trade management (GTM) solutions, we automate import and export processes to enable goods to flow across international borders in the most efficient, compliant and profitable way. Our solution combines enterprise-class software, trade content sourced from government agencies and transportation providers in 125 countries, and a global supply chain network connecting our customers with their trading partners, including suppliers, freight forwarders, customs brokers and transportation carriers. We deliver our GTM solution using a Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) model and leverage a highly flexible technology framework to quickly and efficiently meet our customers’ unique requirements around the world. In 2013, we processed over 600 million transactions and supply chain messages on our network.

Sustained increases in international trade volumes are driving demand for our solution. For example, the U.S. Department of Commerce reported that, in 2012, U.S. companies imported approximately $2.3 trillion of goods and exported approximately $1.5 trillion of goods. The Congressional Research Service reports that in 2012, China overtook the United States as the world’s largest trading economy, with the value of Chinese merchandise imports reaching approximately $1.8 trillion and the value of Chinese merchandise exports reaching approximately $2.1 trillion. Many of our multi-national enterprise customers have a presence in China, and to increase our share of this growing market, in September 2013 we acquired EasyCargo, a Chinese SaaS global trade management solution provider focused on companies conducting global trade in China.

In addition to rising global trade volumes, importers and exporters must cope with growing supply chain complexity. A single shipment may involve more than a dozen parties, multiple languages, time zones, currencies, modes of transport and a large number of ever-changing laws and regulations. To address this complexity, many global trade participants require dedicated staff to interpret and comply with intricate, country-specific trade regulations, which are often published on paper in varying formats. For example, there are over 500 free and preferential trade agreements around the globe, each requiring importers to comply with myriad rules before they can take advantage of reduced duty rates to lower their product costs. Further, global trade participants must obey thousands of import and export regulations and screen their shipments against approximately 200 lists containing an aggregate of over 250,000 restricted parties. According to a 2013 SCM World survey that we commissioned, over half of the respondents indicated that complying with global trade regulations was one of their top challenges, yet less than 4% indicated that their import compliance was fully automated. Failure to manage the complexity of global trade results in poor supply chain performance, increased costs, and exposure to fines and penalties. Conversely, companies that excel in global trade management enjoy a distinct financial advantage in the marketplace.

Expanding global trade and mounting supply chain complexity have increased demand for GTM solutions. According to a 2013 ARC Advisory Group report that we commissioned, the addressable global market for GTM solutions for companies that import and export goods was approximately $6.1 billion in 2012, with current market penetration of 6%. As a market leader, we believe we are poised to capture an increasing percentage of the GTM market by maintaining a state of the art GTM solution and increasing our sales and marketing activities.

We deliver our solution in individual modules or as a suite, depending on our customers’ needs, utilizing a highly flexible technology framework. This cloud-based suite addresses the growing complexity of the global trade landscape by automating GTM functions to minimize import and export costs, optimize transportation, track shipments within a supply chain, and automate compliance with regulations and free trade agreements. Without this delivery in the cloud, it would be difficult to effectively enable collaboration among the large number of trading partners involved in a global supply chain.

Our solution integrates Global Knowledge, a vast library of regulations and other content that we transform into a proprietary knowledgebase that enables our customers to automate GTM functions across 125 countries. Global Knowledge includes import and export regulations, shipping documents, preferential duties and taxes, specifications for free trade agreements, transportation rates, sailing schedules, embargoed country and

 

63


Table of Contents

 

restricted party lists, and harmonized tariff codes that identify goods based on standardized classifications, all sourced directly from government agencies and transportation carriers. Finally, our GTM solution includes a global supply chain network of pre-built connections to our customers’ trading partners, allowing us to deploy our solution efficiently and economically.

Because global trade processes vary across industry verticals and countries, no single software or SaaS solution built with traditional technologies can serve the needs of every participant in a global supply chain. To address these variations, we built our GTM solution using a proprietary technology architecture that we refer to as our Enterprise Technology Framework. Our Enterprise Technology Framework separates customer-specific configurations in each deployment from our core application, permitting our customers to configure our GTM solution without one-off customizations. This in turn permits us to maintain a single version of our software across deployments, facilitating our development cycle and simplifying upgrades for our customers.

Our GTM solution drives value to our customers through faster and more predictable delivery times, less labor, reduced in-transit inventories, and reduced international trading costs such as brokerage fees, logistics fees, transportation costs and customs duties. Our customers have expressed satisfaction with the value they derive from our solution in our annual internal customer satisfaction surveys. In 2013, we sent these surveys to all of our customers and approximately one-third of them responded. For each of our fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our recurring revenue retention was 102%.

We sell our GTM solution to many of the largest enterprises in the world, including companies such as General Electric, Monsanto, Sherwin Williams, Tyco International, Walmart and Weatherford International. In 2011, 2012 and 2013, our solution served 351, 399 and 463 customers, respectively, representing diversified industry verticals including Chemical/Pharmaceutical, High Technology/Electronics, Industrial/Manufacturing, Logistics, Oil & Gas, and Retail/Apparel. Although our customers are headquartered primarily in the United States and Europe, we have deployed our solution to their users in more than 80 countries. We define customers to include only those customers from whom we generate revenue.

We have achieved consistent revenue growth while expanding our global presence. Our revenue has grown from $37.6 million in 2011, to $43.4 million in 2012 to $52.5 million in 2013. This represents annual growth of 15.4% and 21.0% for our two most recent fiscal years. Revenue increased from $11.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 to $15.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2013, representing 38.1% annual growth. EasyCargo accounted for approximately 3% of our revenues in the fourth quarter of 2013. We had net losses of $4.6 million, $2.1 million, and $14.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively, and net losses of $0.5 million and $0.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Recent Developments

In September 2013, we acquired EasyCargo (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (EasyCargo), a SaaS company focused on a subset of global trade management called China trade management, or CTM. EasyCargo’s CTM solution automates compliance with Processing Trade, a Chinese regulatory regime that exempts materials and components imported for manufacturing or further processing from import duties ranging from zero to more than 150% and value-added taxes of 17% on most goods in 2012. Because of these savings opportunities for multi-national companies, Processing Trade is a growing strategy that now accounts for more than 30% of all China trade. As of September 1, 2013 EasyCargo employed over 40 professionals supporting more than 35 customers, half of which were multi-national companies and half of which were Chinese domestic companies.

EasyCargo’s CTM solution will augment the existing features of our GTM solution and will allow our customers to automate Chinese import and export processes to all of the countries we serve. We are not aware of any competitor who offers the same depth of GTM and CTM features together, and we believe this acquisition will provide us with the opportunity to increase our business with multi-national enterprise companies that are expanding their manufacturing operations in China, as well as with mid-market Chinese companies.

We acquired EasyCargo for a payment of $2.0 million in cash and 443,946 shares of our common stock, of which 296,285 were issued at the closing on September 3, 2013, and the remainder are contingent shares. This excludes 148,554 shares which also would have been issuable if we had received required documentation by December 31, 2013. The contingent shares are subject to repurchase tied to the continued employment of

 

64


Table of Contents

 

EasyCargo’s founder and to the achievement of certain CTM revenue targets through 2015. We will make additional payments of up to $2.5 million in cash or shares of our common stock (at our option) by March 15, 2016 if CTM revenues grow at a compound annual rate of more than 40% from 2013 through 2015.

Industry Overview

The Origin and Rapid Growth of Global Trade Automation

Most global trade functions historically have been handled manually by outsourced service providers and internal specialists. Early global trade automation software focused narrowly on discrete problems such as restricted party screening and shipment tracking. These software programs were not integrated with each other or existing enterprise software and were weak in functionality. At the same time, demand for global trade automation has increased rapidly over the past 10 years, fueled by a combination of macro and microeconomic trends. We believe these trends will continue to support the rapid increase of global trade and demand for GTM solutions.

According to the SCM World survey, over 75% of respondents agreed that delayed shipments and other customs problems materially impacted customer service, and nearly 90% agreed that unpredictable lead times on international shipments materially impacted customer service. Further, over 50% of the respondents agreed that their inability to take advantage of preferential duty programs or free trade agreements was costing them a material amount today and that these costs were likely to increase going forward.

Macroeconomic Drivers of Growth . We believe five macroeconomic trends are expanding the GTM automation marketplace:

 

    Growth in Imports from Low Cost Country Sourcing —Companies of all sizes and nearly every industry are pursuing low cost country sourcing strategies with suppliers in locations such as China, India and Southeast Asia. Over 40% of respondents to the SCM World survey import more than half of their products from international suppliers. According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, from 2003 through 2012, the value of all goods and services imported into the United States from China increased at a compounded growth rate of 10.8%, reaching more than $400 billion annually. More generally, in 2012, U.S. companies imported nearly $2.3 trillion worth of goods from more than 200 countries. The U.S. Census Bureau identified more than 300,000 exporters and 180,000 importers in the United States in 2011.

 

    Rising Demand in Global and Emerging Markets —Global trade volumes are being driven by higher exports as producers seek new markets to accelerate their growth. As the wealth of emerging market nations continues to rise, these countries have become significant sales opportunities for U.S. and European companies. For example, according to the U.S. Department of Commerce, U.S.-based companies increased their exports from 2003 through 2012 to China, Brazil and Hong Kong at a compounded annual growth rate of 14.6%, 14.6% and 10.7%, respectively, and China is now the third largest export market for the United States. According to the European Union’s Eurostat system, international trade by its 27 member states nearly doubled from 2003 to 2012. We expect these trends to continue as rising wages expand the middle class and increase consumer demand in foreign nations at the same time that U.S. and European producers hone their export strategies for capturing opportunities in these emerging markets.

 

    Increasing Border Security and Surveillance —Since 9/11, governments have imposed additional border security regulations that affect global trade. For example, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection’s “10+2” program requires importers to provide 10 data points about international sea cargo destined for the United States two days before the applicable cargo vessel departs the foreign port. Further, many government programs, including “10+2”, require companies to share information with them directly via an electronic process. These additional security and automation requirements are driving additional demand for GTM automation.

 

   

Increasing Government Regulation —Government regulatory agencies have also promulgated additional regulations aimed at protecting consumers, spurring local economic growth, and boosting revenues from duties and taxes. Customs agencies around the world supervise cross-border trade by enforcing these regulations. For example, in the United States, there are more than 30 government agencies that regulate

 

65


Table of Contents

 

 

cross-border trade, including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and the U.S. Department of Transportation. Countries may each have thousands of regulations affecting trade that companies engaged in global trade must understand and abide by. In many cases, companies must apply for licenses and hold records for filing with or inspection by government agencies. All of these requirements increase the need for GTM automation and more than 57% of respondents in the SCM survey indicated that complying with global trade regulations was one of their top challenges as a global business.

 

    Proliferating Free Trade Agreements —Governments are entering into multilateral free trade agreements to promote trade. For example, under the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) among the United States, Mexico and Canada, companies are able to import goods from partner countries with dramatically lower import duties. In some cases, NAFTA reduces duty rates from as much as 60% of product value to zero. To achieve these savings, companies must demonstrate that their products meet extensive requirements called the Rules of Origin. Complying with these requirements without automation can be difficult and expensive, and the challenge is not limited to NAFTA. There are more than 500 free and preferential trade agreements around the globe, each presenting myriad rules that governments modify continuously. Another recent and significant free trade agreement is the United States—Korea free trade agreement which will eliminate tariffs on over 95% of consumer and industrial goods. The U.S. International Trade Commission estimates that the South Korean tariff reduction on U.S. goods will add $10–$12 billion to the U.S. gross domestic product and around $10 billion in annual merchandise exports to South Korea. Over 50% of respondents in the SCM survey indicated that their inability to take advantage of free and preferential trade agreements is costing them a material amount today, and, unless corrected, these costs will increase in the future.

Microeconomic Drivers of Growth . To compete effectively, organizations must increase inventory turns, reduce cash-to-cash cycles, improve customer service, and reduce product cost after accounting for expenses such as transportation, brokerage fees, logistics fees, and customs duties, which we refer to as landed cost. According to the 2013 SCM World survey, more than 97% of respondents indicated that product cost savings were either “important” or “very important” business drivers of international sourcing. Many firms that attempt to exploit low cost country sourcing fail to capture any benefits from their efforts. We believe this is due in part to a lack of automation and skilled GTM practitioners. Due to long delivery times associated with shifting supply bases overseas, importers experience ballooning inventory levels, leading to higher costs. These problems increase the urgency of making low cost country sourcing work through GTM automation.

We believe that the influence of these micro and macroeconomic trends are apparent in the results of the SCM World survey, in which over 35% of respondents indicated that they currently realize more than one-half of their sales from customers located in foreign markets. More significantly, 67% of respondents expected that over the next five years their total share of international sales will grow annually by more than 10%, and more than 25% of respondents expected foreign sales to grow annually by more than 25%.

The Complexity of Global Trade Automation

As compared to domestic distribution management, global trade management introduces the complexities of multiple languages, time zones, currencies, and modes of transport. Further, there can be more than a dozen parties involved in a single international shipment. According to the SCM World Survey, over 75% of respondents conducted trade across more than 10 countries, and nearly half of respondents conducted trade across more than 50 countries. The laws governing global trade are numerous, highly complex and ever-changing. Organizations must review and act on a heavy volume of regulatory information, which is often published on paper in varying formats. These challenges are difficult to master without a solution that integrates up-to-date regulatory content with rules-based transactional software connected to each supply chain party.

A lack of coordination among these parties or gaps in knowledge about applicable regulations subjects organizations to:

 

    poor supply chain performance;

 

    limited international markets access;

 

66


Table of Contents

 

    increased costs; and

 

    exposure to fines and penalties.

The complexity of global trade is compounded by each global trade participant’s unique position in the field. No two participants have identical needs, and automating global trade requires managing numerous combinations of functional requirements across a trading partner network, with each partner potentially using varied enterprise software. Successful GTM solutions must be flexible and adapt to changing regulations and business requirements without an ongoing need for significant professional services. Most GTM vendors to date have not developed solutions with this needed flexibility. Instead, they offer inflexible legacy products that require customers to maintain complex information platforms and to interpret and constantly update potentially thousands of business rules. This time-consuming process is error prone, expensive and fails to scale across more than a few countries.

Shortcomings of Traditional Approaches to GTM

Even in some of the world’s largest organizations, traditional manual approaches to global trade predominate. Legacy approaches often use a combination of paper, facsimile and telephone based processes, spreadsheets, and other ineffective home-grown solutions that often create silos of unmanageable data. Where better automation exists, it is often based on applications developed using a legacy software architecture that is difficult to maintain and upgrade, and that delivers poor performance limited by a one-size-fits-all design. These applications may provide only basic transactional functionality while lacking the ability to perform deep trend analyses that provide important business insights and help management drive operational improvements.

Many legacy applications were deployed gradually, sourced from a variety of vendors in response to separately identified operating inefficiencies and rolled out as annual budget cycles permitted. They require significant ongoing professional services to maintain, and the difficulty of upgrading and maintaining them leads to an inherent lack of reliability in the face of constantly changing government regulations and input formats from supply chain partners. This software may also keep end users and support staff beholden to a patchwork of supporting legacy software that exists as part of an ecosystem that further frustrates modernization.

The SaaS Approach to GTM

Capturing the full value of information—and attaining the network effects possible in our global economy—requires modern software that can exchange information with varied systems in a flexible manner while presenting timely and actionable information to end users. A SaaS model allows organizations to replace patchworks of legacy products and/or manual processes with a comprehensive solution suite that automates trade from the time a purchase order is placed with an overseas supplier to the time a shipment is delivered. The SaaS alternative permits customers to outsource their GTM automation needs.

Our Solution

We change the way our customers conduct global trade. Many of our customers, including some of the world’s largest enterprises, automated their global trade processes for the first time with our solution. We deliver a broad GTM solution that eliminates manual processes, reduces transportation costs, optimizes logistics, leverages trade agreements, provides shipment tracking, and ensures compliance with import and export regulations. In 2013, we processed over 600 million transactions and supply chain messages on our network.

Benefits of Our Solution

Process Automation . Our solution eliminates paper in favor of organized electronic data, messages and alerts and replaces tedious manual processes, such as researching trade regulations, classifying goods against harmonized tariff codes, calculating duties and taxes, phoning transport carriers to solicit transportation quotes or shipping schedules, and chasing down shipment status from myriad carrier websites with an integrated solution suite. By integrating with global trading partners, our GTM solution aims to achieve straight-through-processing, so that goods and their related shipping documents move from source to destination with little or no management intervention.

 

67


Table of Contents

 

Cost and Route Optimization . Our trade content includes information relating to preferential duties and taxes, specifications for free trade agreements, transportation rates, and sailing schedules. Our solution combines this information with carrier shipping contracts to enable customers to compare rates, routes and other charges based on constantly changing data in near real-time. With an enhanced view of landed cost, supply chain executives can select and optimize the routes over which goods flow through their global networks to achieve sustainable delivery performance improvements and cost savings. Cost and route optimization enables our customers to achieve performance improvements that include faster delivery times, improved responsiveness to their customers’ needs and cost savings such as reduced transportation costs. Nearly half of the respondents in the SCM World survey indicated that an inability to control global transportation costs was one of their top concerns as a global business.

Supply Chain Visibility . Our supply chain visibility solution connects our customers with their overseas suppliers, logistics providers, brokers and carriers to track and monitor goods in near real time as they move through the global supply chain. Our solution achieves this by tracking in-transit shipments using reference points such as booking number, container number and bill-of-lading number, and alerts customers to issues that affect supply chain performance. Supply chain visibility empowers our customers to manage by exception, allowing them to rely on our solution to monitor the status of goods in transit and to alert them when problems arise. More than half of the respondents in the SCM World survey indicated that a lack of visibility of shipments moving through the global supply chain was one of their top concerns as a global business.

Enhanced Compliance . Our solution assists customers in managing significant areas of legal and regulatory compliance for global trade, including line-by-line review of sales orders for licensing requirements, and screening for embargoed countries and restricted parties. The benefits of enhanced compliance include avoiding costly fines and possible criminal liability.

We believe that the cost savings realizable from the foregoing benefits, including reduced landed costs, administrative expenses and avoidance of fines and penalties, can result in significant returns on investment for our customers.

 

68


Table of Contents

 

Components of Our Solution

We deliver a broad GTM solution that encompasses enterprise-class software, trade content, a global supply chain network, and highly flexible technology architecture to automate import and export processes to enable goods to flow across 125 international borders in the most efficient, compliant and profitable way. By automating more GTM processes, we enable our customers to enjoy significantly lower supply chain costs compared to legacy systems. The critical components of our solution include:

Enterprise-Class Software . Our solution consists of integrated software modules that automate most GTM functions. Customers can subscribe for modules individually or as a suite, depending on their needs. Each module contains a rich, configurable feature set, intuitive user interface, trade content in an actionable format, workflow engines to process business rules that permit management by exception, and application programming interfaces to connect each module to other enterprise systems. Our solution is based on our proprietary Enterprise Technology Framework and is engineered to be stable and deliver high performance to automate the world’s largest businesses.

 

LOGO

 

69


Table of Contents

 

Trade Content . In addition to powerful software, automating global trade to its full potential requires trade content. Trade content is information that we source from government agencies and transportation carriers, which, when used with our software, enables trade automation. Trade content includes harmonized tariff codes, restricted party lists, export regulations, import regulations, shipping documents, preferential duties and taxes, specifications for free trade agreements, transportation rates, and sailing schedules.

 

LOGO

We call our trade content Global Knowledge because it is more than data. Much of the information we source is published in text documents describing legal requirements that govern trade. We transform these documents into a normalized and proprietary knowledgebase interpretable by software. We employ more than 100 trade experts, many of whom hold post-graduate degrees, and who have an average of more than 10 years of professional experience. Of these trade experts, approximately 80 are full time employees and the remainder are contract employees who dedicate substantial time to us and who have agreed not to work for other trade content providers. They translate trade content into English from more than 20 languages. We develop and maintain Global Knowledge according to an ISO 9001:2008 certified process that is audited annually by a third party.

Trade content changes constantly. Our trade experts work in three shifts around the clock as necessary to bring our customers the most current information from government agencies and transportation carriers in 125 countries. Global Knowledge was updated with more than 13 million records in 2013 and we believe it is the industry’s most comprehensive database of trade content based on number of countries covered and total number of records. As of December 31, 2013, Global Knowledge included more than:

 

    1.9 million tariff records

 

    1.1 million dutiable records

 

    23,000 import controls

 

    17,000 export controls

 

    13,000 tariff rule changes

 

    3,500 trade documents

 

    500 preferential programs

 

    200 restricted party lists containing 250,000 entities

 

    15 free trade agreement rules of origin

 

70


Table of Contents

 

Refined over 10 years, Global Knowledge represents a significant investment in people, process and technology, and we believe it provides us with a competitive advantage. In addition to powering our enterprise and mid-market solution, Global Knowledge powers our small business decision support tool called Trade Wizards. Trade Wizards is a web-based tool available free of charge on a trial basis to assist small businesses with trade research and analysis of trade options.

Supply Chain Network . To automate global trade, we connect our customers to their extended supply chain partners, including suppliers, freight forwarders, transportation carriers, and customs brokers. Each of these parties requires access to trade content, messages, alerts, and information services at critical points along the supply chain. This coordination enables us to automate more GTM processes than would otherwise be possible.

 

LOGO

According to the SCM World survey, only 12% of respondents indicated that their collaborative execution with extended global trading partners was fully automated. We are able to connect our customers to diverse supply chain partners without extended implementation efforts because our established global supply chain network features pre-built connections to more than 500 trading partners. We continuously monitor our network using proprietary algorithms and rules to ensure data quality and consistency for all parties, resulting in a value added integration between our GTM solution, our network, and each supply chain partner’s technologies.

 

71


Table of Contents

 

Flexible Technology . GTM processes vary across industry verticals and countries, and one solution cannot fit every customer and its trading partners. However, we simplify GTM automation by utilizing our Enterprise Technology Framework, a highly flexible technology framework. The most important capability of our Enterprise Technology Framework to our customers, and the most difficult technical problem that it solves, is permitting our professional services organization to configure our solution during implementation in a manner that separates customer-specific configurations from our core application, allowing our customers to upgrade to new versions of our solution while retaining their configurations and avoiding the need for re-implementation. The power of our Enterprise Technology Framework allows our solution to adapt to large and small businesses in all industry verticals globally. We maintain this flexibility even as we integrate our solution with our customers’ enterprise resource planning systems, and because global trade requirements change frequently, our configuration-without-customization approach permits our solution to adapt to these changes at a low cost.

 

LOGO

SaaS Delivery . We are a SaaS company and deliver our solution primarily over the Internet using an on-demand, cloud-based, delivery model. Approximately 91% of our customers have selected this approach as their sole delivery model for our solution. Our customers also have the option to deploy certain solution modules in their own IT environments. Regardless of the delivery model, we sell our solution through subscription agreements that entitle our customers to access our solution and receive support. Because our Global Knowledge trade content is delivered and managed in the same manner regardless of delivery model, and because we configure our solution according to customer needs without modifying our core software, our customers receive the latest trade content and new versions of our solution under both delivery models.

Regardless of delivery model, we generate revenue from annual subscription fees for our solution and the related provision of professional services.

 

72


Table of Contents

 

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to expand our role as a provider of a market-leading GTM solution by bringing our existing solution to new customers and new markets, and by expanding our solution to offer the most comprehensive and innovative features in the GTM marketplace. Key elements of our growth strategy include our plans to:

Invest in Sales . As a complement to our investment in infrastructure, in 2012 we began to invest more heavily in our sales force, which has led to an acceleration of our business. We expect to continue to ramp our investment in sales by hiring new sales directors and supporting personnel, particularly for territories outside of the United States, including China. We will focus our expanded sales efforts on acquiring new customers and, to a lesser extent, selling more modules to our existing customers.

Invest in Marketing . In 2012, we also began to invest more heavily in marketing. We plan to continue this expansion by maintaining our marketing focus on lead generation, in particular by running more marketing programs to jump-start new territories. We also expect to devote additional resources to solidifying our brand as a leading GTM solution provider.

Further International Expansion . Currently, we sell our solution predominantly in the United States, regions of Europe and China, where we target our marketing efforts and maintain dedicated inside and outside sales persons. Because our solution has a global appeal, we believe that there are significant opportunities in the rest of the world, particularly in Brazil, Russia and India. Although our customers are headquartered primarily in the United States and Europe, we have deployed our solution to their users in more than 80 countries, giving us a foothold in many countries where we currently have no sales offices. We intend to invest in new sales and support offices in these regions which will build on our pre-existing user base.

Expand Our Solution . We have a history of bringing an innovative solution to market as demonstrated by our robust Global Knowledge library and flexible, proprietary Enterprise Technology Framework. Currently, we have dedicated more than 54% of our employees to solution development, and we will continue to leverage our solution team to expand the depth and breadth of our solution in response to customer requests and the evolving nature of global trade. For example, we may expand our solution to automate working with free trade zones, which are areas where goods may be imported, transformed, and then exported without the need to pay customs duties. We also intend to maintain our market leadership in trade content.

Execute Strategic Acquisitions . Strategic acquisitions represent an opportunity for us to augment our solution capabilities and sales team. The GTM solutions market is fragmented, and we believe some participants may have best-of-breed solutions to specific problems, particularly those created by the unique trading requirements of foreign countries. We may acquire those participants to expand our solution. Further, developing an effective sales force in foreign markets requires a nuanced understanding of local business customs. We may, for example, choose to acquire local GTM software companies in order to obtain sales teams with a track record of success in their markets. We currently have no agreements or understandings to acquire any such companies, however, in September 2013, we acquired EasyCargo, a Chinese SaaS global trade management solution provider focused on trade management in China.

Our Solution Modules and Services

We implement our solution as modules, selling them individually or as a suite, depending on our customers’ needs. All of our modules rely on our trade content, and our professional services team configures them to address the following mission-critical GTM business challenges:

Import Management . Our import management module assists customers with landed cost calculations to determine the lowest-cost country from which to source goods, and streamlines legal compliance, reporting of product classifications, admissibility review, customs entry management and security filings.

 

73


Table of Contents

 

Key Import Management Capabilities

 

•        Global Master Record Modeling —Store master global trade attributes related to trading partners, multi-sourcing supplier options and products, including multi-variant attributes such as style, color and size.

 

•        Country Sourcing —Analyze sourcing and supplier options by comparing total landed costs and trade restrictions in a side-by-side format.

 

•        Admissibility —Automatically detect government import requirements using Global Knowledge trade content, apply business rules and alert users regarding admissibility.

 

•        Restricted Party Screening —Screen trading partners, including suppliers, against global blacklists of companies and people with whom it is illegal to do business.

 

•        Valuation —Model the correct import value of goods.

 

•        Cost Calculation —Calculate the complete import costs or total landed cost by taking into consideration all charges as well as duties, taxes and other fees.

 

•        Transaction Management —Automatically propagate partner and product global trade master attributes into import transactions to create electronic customs entry transactions.

 

•        Post Entry Transaction Management —Manage and process corrections to customs entries after submission to customs authorities.

 

•        Document Management —Create, generate, and distribute government documents required to import goods.

 

•        Reporting —Create, generate, and distribute reports and analyses.

 

Benefits

   

•       Reduced brokerage fees

 

•       Reduced import delays

 

•       Improved import cycle times

 

•       Improved classification efficiency

 

•       Improved entry processing via automated communication with customs brokers

 

•       Reduced or eliminated post entry reviews

 

•       Improved import audit

 

74


Table of Contents

 

Export Management . Our export management module allows exporters to adopt best practices on a global level, gain a centralized view of export compliance and automate key export processes.

 

Key Export Management Capabilities

 

•        Partner & Product Modeling —Store master global trade attributes related to trading partners and products, including multi-variant attributes such as style, color and size.

 

•        Product Classification —Correctly classify products to apply taxes, tariffs and fees, as well as determine import/export controls and license requirements.

 

•        Restricted Party Screening —Screen trading partners, including customers, against global blacklists of companies and people with whom it is illegal to do business.

 

•        Export Compliance —Validate export transactions from order to shipment and delivery against applicable country regulations.

 

•        License Tracking —Model the export license and automatically detect and decrement the license as appropriate.

 

•        Import Compliance —Identify country of destination import requirements at the time of export to ensure customers meet entry requirements.

 

•        Transaction Management —Automatically propagate partner and product global trade master attributes to the export transaction to create electronic export transactions.

 

•        Document Management —Determine which documents to provide to freight forwarders, customers and government authorities, and then generate and transmit them to the appropriate parties.

 

•        Reporting —Create, generate, and distribute reports.

Benefits

   

•       Reduced freight forwarder fees

 

•       Improved classification efficiency

 

•       Improved restricted party screening efficiency

 

•       Improved licensing efficiency

 

•       Improved shipment processing (documents, filing, etc.)

 

•       Improved export audit processes

 

•       Avoid fines and penalties, including loss of export privileges

 

•       Avoid reputational injury

 

75


Table of Contents

 

China Trade Management . Our CTM module automates the Processing Trade regime in China, whereby companies import components and materials into China for manufacturing and then export finished goods, without paying import duties and value-added taxes.

 

Key China Trade Management Capabilities

 

•        Processing Trade —Automate the Processing Trade regime with both China import processes, tracking components and materials through a manufacturing process tied to a bill-of-materials, and China export processes, providing tools to report trade to Chinese customs authorities.

 

•        General Trade —Automate the general trade regime in China including import and export processing, license management, document management, calculation of duties and taxes, and reporting.

 

•        Free Trade Zone —Automate Chinese free trade zones and other customs warehousing regimes, including inventory management and China customs reporting.

Benefits

   

•       Eliminate the manual effort to manage China workbooks and customs reporting

 

•       Eliminate payment of import duties and value-added taxes under Processing Trade regime

  

•       Implement better reporting with Chinese customs authorities

 

•       Respond quickly to Chinese regulatory changes

 

76


Table of Contents

 

Global Logistics Management . Our global logistics management module enhances both global trade management and supply chain visibility. Global trade management solutions optimize the movement of goods by helping to manage transportation contracts, evaluate alternative routes, select carriers and oversee logistics operations. Supply chain visibility solutions connect importers and exporters with their overseas suppliers, logistics providers, brokers and carriers to enable them to track and monitor goods in near real time as they move through the global supply chain.

 

Key Global Logistics Management Capabilities

   

•        Contract and Rate Management —Analyze exporters’ shipping contracts and provide business rules for calculating rates, including rates for ancillary services provided by ocean, air, truck and rail carriers.

 

•        Carrier Selection & Booking —Provide customers with a simplified view of rates, routes, schedules and accessorial charges in a side-by-side format.

 

•        Freight Audit —Compare bills-of-lading received from carriers with expected charges to identify billing errors and submit them to carriers for resolution.

 

•        Purchase Order Management —Extend purchasing and compliance processes to trading partners with a sophisticated supplier portal applet.

 

•        Alerts and Notifications —Track inbound and outbound shipments by booking number, container number and bill-of-lading number, and receive alerts regarding supply chain performance.

 

•        Trading Partner Network —Connect to a global trading network to integrate internal systems with an extended supply chain of suppliers, freight forwarders, carriers, customs brokers, and third-party sales channels.

 

•        Data Quality Management —Utilize data quality management to normalize inconsistent message formats, terminology and codes across multiple trading partners and permit them to exchange accurate messages.

 

•        Reporting —Create, generate, and distribute reports and analyses to help optimize supply chain networks and develop carriers score cards.

Benefits

   

•       Improved transportation procurement

 

•       Improved carrier selection

 

•       Improved booking efficiency

 

•       Reduced transportation cost by automating freight audits

 

•       Use approved carriers at latest contracted rates

 

•       Reduced in-transit inventory

 

•       Reduced on-hand inventory

 

•       Improved consolidation/mode shift

 

•       Reduced detention and demurrage fees

 

•       Reduced expedited shipments

 

•       Reduced order cycle times

 

•       Improved procurement/negotiations

 

•       Improved customer service

 

77


Table of Contents

 

Trade Agreement Management . Our trade agreement management module automates free trade agreement administration.

 

Key Trade Agreement Management Capabilities

•        Rules of Origin Management —Intuitively manage complex rules of origin for global free trade agreements in a consistent manner.

 

•        Trade Agreement Content Packs —Update and add new free trade agreement rules of origin without new software though Global Knowledge content plug-ins.

 

•        Bills of Material Modeling —Store master global trade attributes for bills-of-materials, including the structural hierarchical of a manufactured part with infinite sub-assemblies.

 

•        Bills of Material Qualification —Perform in depth processing of all potential rules of origin and instantly determine if manufactured parts qualify under free trade agreements.

 

•        Ad-hoc Qualification —Quickly construct a qualification transaction and run one-off rules of origin calculations for “what if” analyses.

 

•        Supplier Solicitation Campaigns —Determine if goods are eligible for a given free trade agreement based on their Harmonized Schedule (HS) classification and source country, and solicit suppliers for product information and certificates of origin.

 

•        Certificate Management —Issue and manage trade agreement claims as open contracts over time and amend them with an audit trail.

 

•        Certificate Requests —Quickly and easily respond to free trade agreement certificate requests from customers.

 

•        Reporting —Create, generate, and distribute reports.

 

Benefits

   

•       Improved supplier solicitation efficiency

 

•       Improved qualification efficiency

 

•       Improved processing efficiency

 

•       Improved customer service and price management for exports

 

•       Reduced customs duties

Professional Services . Our global professional services team encompasses subject matter experts, information technology professionals and project managers who implement our solution. These consultants have years of experience implementing enterprise solutions, and expertise with a wide range of customers, industries and industry-standard applications and integration technologies. Our professional services cover four areas:

 

    Assessment —We review customers’ business processes on a project and an ongoing basis to discover opportunities for automation.

 

    Implementation —We deploy our solution with a proven methodology focused on best practices and create thorough documentation to facilitate training, support and upgrades.

 

    Education and Training —We train users to ensure proper compliance and efficiency, including sessions for end users, solution administrators and technical operators.

 

    Maintenance and Support —We provide production support 24 hours per day, 365 days per year for any critical issues, and regular solution upgrades.

We provide our professional services pursuant to a professional service agreement and a related statement of work. In most cases, we bill professional services on a time and expense basis. The length of time and cost to implement our GTM solution depends on many factors, including the number of modules being implemented, the scope of the deployment, the complexity of our customer’s environment and the availability of customer

 

78


Table of Contents

 

resources. We can implement entry level configurations for basic GTM modules in several weeks, whereas large scale, enterprise deployments of the GTM suite typically require several months or longer.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, revenue from professional services accounted for 23%, 25% and 26%, respectively, of our total revenue, with the remainder representing subscription revenue.

Our Customers

In 2011, 2012 and 2013, our solution served 351, 399 and 463 customers, respectively. Our customers are headquartered primarily in the United States and Europe, with users in more than 80 countries, conducting trade across 125 countries. Of our 463 customers in 2013, 172 were multi-national enterprise customers with annual revenues of more than $1 billion, and 291 were mid-market customers, with annual revenues that we believe are less than $1 billion. In 2013, our average revenue from enterprise customers was approximately $265,000 and our average revenue from mid-market customers was approximately $25,000.

We charge our customers an annual subscription fee for our solution regardless of delivery model. Subscription fees include support and access to all new versions of our solution.

The average term of our current customers’ initial agreement with us is approximately 4.0 and 3.5 years for our enterprise and mid-market customers, respectively, excluding our EasyCargo customers. Our customers typically pay us an annual subscription fee at the start of each contract year. The subscription fee is fixed for the term of the agreement, and typically is based on expected transaction volumes, such as the number of annual shipments or import entries. To the extent that a customer exceeds contracted maximum transaction volumes, they incur per transaction fees. This pricing structure allows us to sell more affordable, entry-level configurations to customers with fewer needs, as well as sophisticated configurations to enterprise customers with greater needs. The subscription fees typically begin the first month following contract execution, whether or not we have completed the solution’s implementation, and our subscription agreements may typically only be terminated for cause. Generally, we charge for professional services to implement our solution on a time and materials basis.

In 2013, one customer accounted for 11.6% of our total revenue and no other customer accounted for more than 10% individually. We believe we have no revenue concentration in any industry vertical. In the years ended December 31 2011, 2012 and 2013, our percentage of revenue generated from customers headquartered outside of the United States was 8.9%, 8.9% and 11%, respectively. For each of our fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our recurring revenue retention was 102%.

 

79


Table of Contents

 

The following table contains a list of current customers that we believe to be representative of our customer base at large because it includes both enterprise and mid-market customers. The contribution to our revenue of these enterprise customers was generally more than $100,000, and the contribution to revenue of these mid-market customers was more than $100,000 at the high end of the mid-market customer range.

 

     

Adisseo Life Science

(Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

 

Agilent Technologies, Inc.

 

Allied Electronics, Inc.

     
America Fujikura Ltd.  

Archer Management (US) LLC

 

Ascend Performance Materials LLC

     
Astronics Corporation  

Bunzl Distribution USA Inc.

 

Envirofit International

     
F5 Networks, Inc.  

Flame Enterprises, Inc.

 

Flextronics International, Ltd.

     

Garmin International, Inc.

 

GE Healthcare

 

Infineon Technologies AG

     
iRobot Corp.   Kamex Ltd.   Leggett & Platt Inc.
     
Monsanto Company  

New York University

 

OSRAM GmbH

     

Pacer International

Logistics

 

Segway Inc.

 

The Sherwin-Williams Company

     

Tyco International Management

Company

 

University of Miami

  Varian Medical Systems (China) Co., Ltd.
     
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.  

Weatherford International, Inc.

 

Wesco Aircraft Hardware Corp.

Customer Case Studies

The following are examples of how some of our customers have benefited from deployments of our solution.

GE Healthcare

GE Healthcare is a multi-billion dollar corporation, and a part of the General Electric portfolio that provides transformational medical technologies and services to improve patient care. The company specializes in medical imaging, medical diagnostics, clinical systems, patient monitoring systems and biopharmaceutical manufacturing technologies. GE Healthcare operates in every region around the globe and has tens of thousands of employees serving the industry in more than 100 countries. GE Healthcare has been a customer since 2004.

GE Healthcare has a complex supply chain with products shipping around the globe, crossing multiple international borders and subject to the national and regional regulatory requirements. GE Healthcare sought a unified solution to automate the end-to-end import and export processes and centralize compliance across its global supply chain. Through the utilization of our Global Trade Management software solutions, GE Healthcare has integrated a common and unified global trade compliance process across its business units.

Challenges

 

    Complex global supply chain spanning multiple international borders, time zones and regulatory environments.

 

    Global trade management operations were fragmented and difficult to manage.

 

    Sought a unified solution to automate the end-to-end process and centralize import and export operational compliance.

 

80


Table of Contents

 

Our Solution

 

    Global Trade Management: Product Classification, Restricted Party Screening, Order to Shipment Export and Import Compliance Screening, Export Document Generation with multi-language support.

Results

 

    Automated centralized & unified solution for global trade management.

 

    Integrated with 5 enterprise resource planning systems, across 53 countries spanning 346 shipping organizations.

 

    Improved order workflow visibility.

 

    Reduction of risks through increased accuracy of product classification and documentation in the fulfillment of international orders.

Infineon Technologies AG

Infineon Technologies AG, Neubiberg, Germany, offers semiconductor and system solutions addressing three central challenges to modern society: energy efficiency, mobility, and security. In the 2012 fiscal year (ending September 30), the company reported sales of €3.9 billion with close to 26,700 employees worldwide. With a global presence, Infineon operates through its subsidiaries in the United States, Singapore, and Japan.

Infineon has deployed our Global Trade Export Management module globally and has been a customer since 2009. As a manufacturer of sophisticated semiconductors and system solutions, Infineon must adhere to export control laws and regulations including sanction programs of the European Community, Germany, Malaysia, Singapore, the United States and each country in its global operations. Prior to implementing our Trade Export module, Infineon was utilizing an in house solution to manage and assure compliance. With the implementation of our solution, Infineon was able to seamlessly replace the former solution for its global shipments.

Challenges

 

    Manufacturer of highly controlled products with complex national, regional and international controls.

 

    Multiple systems and processes spanning global operations with main regional headquarters in Germany, the United States, Singapore and Tokyo.

Our Solution

 

    Trade Export: Export Compliance, Product Classification, License Determination, License Tracking, Restricted Party Screening, Integration in Order Processing System.

 

    Trade Wizards: Classification, regulation reference, landed cost for new and emerging markets.

 

    End-Use-Manager: Collection of End-Use information for Sales Order and other processes.

Results

 

    Improved efficiencies with automated global control system for international trade regulations.

 

    Enhanced and faster research for multi-national trade regulations.

 

    Streamlined work-flows for exception handling and resolution.

Leggett & Platt Inc.

Leggett & Platt is a diversified S&P 500 manufacturer that conceives, designs and produces a broad variety of engineered components and products for customers worldwide. Its products can be found in virtually every home, office, retail store, and automobile. The 130-year-old firm is composed of 20 business units and 18,000 employee-partners, and operates more than 130 facilities located in 18 countries. Leggett & Platt has been a customer since 2004.

Leggett & Platt first deployed our global trade management solutions almost a decade ago with the goal of improving supplier collaboration, reducing procurement cycle times and reducing compliance risk. The

 

81


Table of Contents

 

company now enjoys rich and timely collaboration with over 250 global suppliers via our cloud-based supplier portal. It has also centralized and streamlined its global trade compliance processes. Our solution has enabled Leggett & Platt to estimate more timely and accurate landed costs, better allocate working capital, decrease its import entry and storage costs and establish and monitor supplier key performance indicators.

Challenges

 

    Previously suppliers were not evaluated nor chosen in a centralized, standard manner.

 

    Trade compliance practices were decentralized.

 

    Access to real time production milestones was minimal.

 

    Supplier level delivery and quality management was not consistent.

Our Solution

 

    Trade Import: Import Compliance, Document Generation, Landed Cost Calculation, Restricted Party Screening.

 

    Supplier Management: Foreign supplier collaboration and performance monitoring.

Results

 

    Realized considerable product cost savings on import process.

 

    Helped integrate over 100 facilities into one unified international purchasing system.

 

    Improved shipment visibility.

 

    Reduced broker errors significantly.

Monsanto Company

Monsanto is a leading global provider of agricultural products for farmers. The company’s seeds, biotechnology trait products, herbicides and Ag Productivity products provide farmers with solutions that improve productivity, reduce the costs of farming, and produce better foods for consumers and better feed for animals. The company has 21,000 employees, 404 facilities and does business in over 66 countries. Monsanto has been a customer since 2011.

Faced with growing demand for its products around the world, atop the ever changing mix of government regulations, Monsanto wanted to streamline its global trade operations. By deploying our suite of global trade management modules, the company is now able to manage its shipments across numerous strategic checkpoints along the global supply chain. The result is improved shipment visibility and control, which ultimately provides better customer service. Monsanto has standardized and is optimizing its trade processes, resulting in enhanced process management and throughput.

Challenges

 

    Rising global demand for products.

 

    Regional, compartmentalized government agencies without formal, real-time and consistent sources of import / export trade data.

 

    Need for time-critical shipments to sustain global operations and customer demand.

 

    Globally applicable, single IT standard for trade.

 

    Trading partner optimization and system to system connectivity.

Our Solution

 

    Supply Chain Visibility: Shipment Tracking, Alerts, Partner Collaboration.

 

    Trade Export: Export Compliance, Document Generation, Electronic Filing, License Determination, Restricted Party Screening.

 

82


Table of Contents

 

    Trade Import: Import Compliance, Document Generation, Landed Cost Calculation, Restricted Party Screening.

 

    Transportation Management: Rate Search, Carrier Booking, Contract Management, Freight Audit.

Intended Results

 

    Enhanced speed by mitigating cycle time waste.

 

    Supply chain partner performance analytics.

 

    Process standardization and simplification.

 

    Removing non-value added supply chain complexity.

The Sherwin-Williams Company

The Sherwin-Williams Company is engaged in the development, manufacturing, distribution and sale of paint, coatings and related products to professional, industrial, commercial and retail customers around the world. The Sherwin-Williams Company has been a customer since 2011.

Sherwin-Williams’ export business is a significant part of its sales and marketing strategy. Our Trade Export module enables Sherwin Williams to significantly improve export order processing cycle times and increase efficiencies. Our automated solution also enables Sherwin Williams to validate and screen each product, partner, order, and shipment according to the application of export regulations to its international business.

Challenges

 

    Growing international business and complexity of export compliance required many manual checks and steps in order processing and product controls.

 

    International order processing complexity of document creation and trade export validation identified as key area for process improvement.

Our Solution

 

    Trade Export: License Determination, Product Validation, Document Generation and Distribution, Automated Export System Filing, Shipment Consolidation, Denied Party Screening.

 

    Using our solution since March 2012.

Results

 

    Significantly streamlined international order processing.

 

    Automated documentation, screening and export controls.

 

    Greatly enhanced internal reporting, controls, and business processes.

Sales and Marketing

Our marketing team consisted of 14 professionals as of December 31, 2013. The team primarily focuses on lead generation for our sales force, and also dedicates an increasing amount of time to branding. Our marketing activities consist of email campaigns, search engine optimization and marketing, webinars, seminars and sponsored campaigns with trade journals. We focus heavily on marketing analytics enabled by automated tools that allow us to track prospects and funnel them from initial contact to qualified lead and finally to our sales force.

We sell our solution through a direct sales force. We have outside sales teams comprised of sales directors and technical specialists across the United States and Europe who sell to enterprise customers. These teams consisted of 28 professionals as of December 31, 2013. We also employ inside sales persons and technical specialists who target mid-market companies in the United States. This team consisted of 14 professionals as of December 31, 2013. While traditionally we sold our solution through contact with mid-level executives focused on compliance or the supply chain, the rising importance of global trade and GTM automation has enabled us to sell our solution increasingly to senior executives.

 

83


Table of Contents

 

Competition

The market for GTM automation solutions is competitive, rapidly evolving, and subject to shifts in technology and customer needs. While we do not believe that any specific competitor offers the breadth of capabilities that we do, we compete with three types of organizations:

Enterprise Resource Planning Vendors . We compete with the large, enterprise resource planning software companies such as Oracle Corporation and SAP AG. These companies are extremely well financed, have prominent brands, and have extensive coverage of the enterprise software market across business functions. In many cases, they have entrenched relationships with the IT departments of our current and prospective customers. We compete with these organizations by:

 

    providing greater subject matter expertise throughout the sales cycle;

 

    demonstrating our superior solution capabilities and breadth;

 

    providing a lower total cost of ownership by delivering a complete solution, including trade content and a global trading partner network, as compared to acquiring these capabilities from separate vendors;

 

    aligning our interests with those of our customers by charging them a recurring subscription fee for recurring value, rather than a large, up-front licensing fee; and

 

    providing quick time to value by deploying under a SaaS model.

GTM Vendors . We also compete with focused GTM vendors. These vendors provide one or more functions including import management, export management, trade content, supply chain visibility, or free trade agreement management. They generally do not have the solution breadth that we provide, but may have superior capabilities in the functions they provide and they may have lower pricing than we do. We compete with these organizations by:

 

    demonstrating our superior solution breadth and selling our GTM suite; and

 

    delivering a complete offering, that provides a lower total cost of ownership than acquiring all needed capabilities from separate vendors.

Service Providers . To a much lesser extent, we compete with service firms including large freight forwarders. This occurs when companies outsource a particular GTM function such as license management or classification to service firms who generally perform these functions manually. In many cases, we work with these service providers rather than competing with them. For example, they may provide their services by working with our GTM solution on behalf of mutual customers. We compete with these organizations by demonstrating the superior return on investment attainable through higher levels of automation compared to the service providers’ more manual approach.

Research and Development

Our success to date, and our growth strategy for the future, rely on advancing the state of the art of GTM automation. Presently, more than 60% of our worldwide employees are dedicated to the development and maintenance of our GTM solution. Accordingly, we will continue to devote substantial resources to the following functions to help us to remain a leader in global trade management:

Solution Management . As of December 31, 2013, we had 16 full time employees in our solution management group responsible for assessing the state of the GTM market through industry research and discussions with current and prospective customers in order to develop our strategy and roadmap for our GTM solution.

Engineering . As of December 31, 2013, we had 170 full time software engineers dedicated to maintaining and building the next generation of our solution. The majority of our engineers reside in Bangalore, India and many of them have domain expertise in the GTM field.

Trade Content Development . As of December 31, 2013, we had 85 trade specialists responsible for updating our trade content on a daily basis according to an ISO 9001:2008 certified process. Our trade specialists, many

 

84


Table of Contents

 

of whom hold advanced degrees, work with trade content in more than 20 languages. In addition, we use in-country agents to source content in foreign countries and interface with government officials, as required. In 2012, our trade specialists updated more than 13 million records with regulatory changes. The expense of maintaining our trade content is included in our cost of revenue.

In the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our total expenses on research and development were $5.9 million, $5.8 million and $7.9 million, respectively.

Technology

Enterprise Technology Framework

Our solution is based on our Enterprise Technology Framework, a proprietary technology developed by our employees. Our Enterprise Technology Framework includes application programming interfaces, web-based development tools, run-time engines that execute meta-data components, and a comprehensive set of administrative features that combine to provide a unified technology architecture and user experience.

Our Enterprise Technology Framework is capable of delivering our solution over the Internet using a SaaS model, and can be configured as a multi-tenant environment that permits different customers to share a common operating environment while protecting them from unauthorized access to each other’s applications and data. For customers who require physical segregation of their applications and data from those of other customers, our Enterprise Technology Framework is also capable of delivering our solution in a separate-instance configuration through dedicated servers in our data center or on the customer’s premises.

Regardless of the deployment method, our customers retain the ability to uniquely configure our solution and determine how data is shared or segregated among their operating groups, with the potential to provide each operating group a customized view of our solution optimized for the business processes they execute.

The most important capability of our Enterprise Technology Framework to our customers, and the most difficult technical problem that it solves, is permitting our professional services organization to configure our solution during implementation in a manner that separates customer-specific configurations from our core application, allowing our customers to upgrade to new versions of our solution while retaining their configurations and avoiding the need for re-implementation.

Data Center Operations

We host our GTM solution for our cloud delivery model customers in highly secure co-location facilities located in Jacksonville, Florida and Carlstadt, New Jersey. These facilities are protected by state-of-the art physical security features, heating and cooling systems, and redundant, uninterruptible power systems that can provide power for 20 to 30 days without refueling. They are staffed and designed to be operational 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. Our equipment is located in a portion of the data centers that is dedicated to our use and securely separated from other tenants of the data centers. Our lease with the Jacksonville data center expires on October 31, 2014, and our lease with the Carlstadt data center expires on July 2014, subject to automatic renewal for additional one year terms.

We own or lease all of the equipment that provides our solution, and our employees manage all of the hardware, software, databases, data backup, security and local network hardware necessary to provide our solution. Our network infrastructure features redundant load balanced Internet connections provided by diverse internet service providers. We perform data backups in accordance with industry custom, including real time database backups. Our Carlstadt facility serves as a backup co-location facility to provide continuity of services in case of a catastrophe affecting our Jacksonville co-location facility. We conduct disaster recovery tests annually and are capable of bringing our solution online following any catastrophe.

Multiple layers of security protect our solution from malicious external activity (cyber attacks). We monitor the integrity and availability of our solution in real time and hire third party consultants to audit the security of our information technology systems quarterly, and conduct application and network vulnerability testing annually. We utilize licensed and certified third parties to review our operating controls and information systems. We maintain certifications through independent audit reviews for SSAE 16, SOC 1 Type II, and SOC 2 for the “Security” and “Confidentiality” principles and receive attestations of compliance with these standards.

 

85


Table of Contents

 

We host our CTM solution for customers of our EasyCargo subsidiary at a highly secure co-location facility in Shanghai, China. It is designed for high availability and continuity of service in the case of a catastrophe.

Intellectual Property

We rely upon a combination of trade secrets, copyright and trademark law, as well as contractual restrictions such as confidentiality agreements, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. We have a number of registered and unregistered trademarks and no pending patent applications or issued patents. We maintain a policy requiring our employees, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements before developing or accessing our software, documentation and other proprietary information, as applicable. We believe that our experience in the market, our significant research and development investments, and our flexible Enterprise Technology Framework will help us to maintain our leadership position in GTM automation.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may misappropriate our technology to develop a competing solution. Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and the laws of other countries in which sell our solution may offer little or no effective protection for our technology. Our competitors could also independently develop technologies equivalent to ours, and without patent protection for our intellectual property, we would not be able to restrict them from selling their solution. Despite the potential competition for GTM technology, our Global Knowledge trade content library represents a significant barrier to any competitor seeking to offer a comprehensive GTM solution.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we employed 505 people, including 186 dedicated building and testing our solution, 100 in Global Knowledge and hosting, 97 in professional services, 33 in customer support, 56 in sales and marketing and 33 in general, administrative and IT capacities. As of such date, we had 204 employees in the United States and 301 employees in international locations. We also utilize a number of contract employees. In September 2013, we added approximately 40 professionals through our acquisition of EasyCargo. None of our employees are represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us, we have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in East Rutherford, New Jersey and consists of approximately 11,000 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in January 2017. Our headquarters accommodates our principal administrative activities. Our European headquarters are in Munich, Germany and consist of approximately 1,800 square feet. We also occupy space in McLean, Virginia, consisting of approximately 26,000 square feet under a lease that expires in August 2022 and space in Cary, North Carolina, consisting of approximately 10,000 square feet under a lease that expires in October 2015. In addition, we occupy space in Bangalore, India consisting of approximately 22,000 square feet under a lease that expires in October 2015. We are terminating this lease effective April 2014 in order to occupy a new space consisting of approximately 30,000 square feet under a lease expiring January 2020. In connection with our recent acquisition of EasyCargo, we acquired access to space in Shanghai, China consisting of approximately 7,000 square feet pursuant to a lease expiring in August, 2015. We use all of these facilities primarily for sales, professional services, customer support and software engineering. We do not own any real property. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Corporate Information

We are a Delaware corporation originally incorporated in 1984. Our original business involved activities unrelated to GTM and we have conducted our GTM automation business since 2002. Our corporate headquarters are located at One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, NJ 07073 and our telephone number is (201) 935-8588. We maintain a website at www.amberroad.com. Information contained on or linked to our website is not a part of this prospectus. Upon completion of the offering, we will be required to file annual,

 

86


Table of Contents

 

quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the normal course of our business. We are not presently involved in any litigation the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition. Defending such proceedings would be costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees, and there can be no assurances that we will obtain favorable outcomes in them.

Industry and Market Data

Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus about our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size is based on information from various sources, including independent industry publications by the U.S. Department of Commerce and the European Union’s Eurostat, and a survey and a study that we commissioned from SCM World and ARC Advisory Group, Inc., respectively. We have also made assumptions and estimates based on such data and other similar sources, as well as on our knowledge of our industry and the markets for our applications. We caution you not to give undue weight to such information. Although neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the accuracy or completeness of any third-party information, we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

Certain information in this prospectus is contained in the following industry publications:

 

  1. In July 2012, the European Union’s Eurostat system published a report discussing the development of international trade in the region. The report includes the European Union’s share of world imports and exports, its main trading partners and its most widely traded product categories.

 

  2. In April 2013, the U.S. Census Bureau, Department of Commerce released a report titled “ A Profile of Importing and Exporting Companies 2010–2011. ” The report analyzes the volume of import and export transactions conducted by U.S. companies and the value of those transactions from 2010 to 2011. The report provides further analysis based on a variety of factors including industry, market size and number of countries involved.

 

  3. In June 2013, we commissioned Rapture World Limited, the owner of SCM World and a recognized provider of supply chain related business information, to conduct a survey of over 100 supply chain and operations leaders whose businesses were engaged in global trade. The demographics of the companies surveyed were representative of our target markets and the objectives of the survey were to (a) quantify the significance of global trade with company strategy, (b) understand the specific challenges facing companies engaged in global trade, and (c) assess the abilities of the companies to respond to these challenges. SCM World expects to publish a whitepaper containing the survey statistics that we have referred to in this prospectus in 2013.

 

  4. In June 2013, we commissioned ARC Advisory Group, Inc. (“ARC”), a recognized technology research and advisory firm for industry and infrastructure, to determine the market size and current penetration level of the shipping sector of the GTM market. The ARC study estimated that the size of the worldwide market for GTM solutions is more than $6 billion on an annually recurring basis.

 

  5. In July 2013, the Congressional Research Service published a report titled “China’s Economic Rise: History, Trends, Challenges, and Implications for the United States.” The report evaluates the status of the Chinese economy from the time prior to the introduction of economic reforms in 1979 through 2012 and notes that China is currently the second-largest economy after the United States, and could become the largest economy in the world within the next five years.

 

87


Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information, as of February 1, 2014, with respect to those individuals who currently serve, and are expected to continue to serve, as our executive officers and members of our board of directors.

 

Name

  Age     

Position

     Executive Officers

James W. Preuninger

    54       Chief Executive Officer and Director

John W. Preuninger

    54       President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

Ty Y. Bordner

    49       Vice President, Solutions Consulting

Elliot Brecher

    48       General Counsel and Secretary

M. Scott Byrnes

    45       Vice President, Marketing

Kae-por F. Chang

    53       Managing Director, China

Thomas E. Conway

    46       Chief Financial Officer

Albert C. Cooke III

    53       Vice President, Global Sales

Glenn T. Gorman

    53       Chief Information Officer

J. Anthony Hardenburgh

    43       Vice President, Global Trade Content

William R. Jackowski

    47       Vice President, Professional Services

Stephanie J. Miles

    45       Senior Vice President, Commercial Services

Amish Sheth

    43       Vice President, Engineering
     Non-employee Directors

Donald R. Caldwell

    67       Director

Pamela F. Craven

    60       Director Designee*

Kenneth M. Harvey

    53       Director

Rudy C. Howard

    56       Director

John Malone

    52       Director Designee*

Barry M. V. Williams

    67       Director

 

* Expected to assume office as an independent director upon the completion of this offering.

Executive Officers

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of the board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. The following are biographies of our executive officers:

James W. Preuninger . Mr. Preuninger is a co-founder of our company and has served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since 2002. As Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Preuninger oversees sales and marketing, finance, data center operations, general and administrative staff, corporate development and is responsible for opening new markets and expanding our portfolio of solutions through strategic partnerships and acquisitions. Mr. Preuninger began his career at IBM Corporation, where he held several positions in sales and marketing. We believe Mr. Preuninger’s background as a co-founder of our company and long service as our Chief Executive Officer provides the board with invaluable insight into the inner workings of our company, enhances the efficiency of the board’s oversight function and qualifies him to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Preuninger is the brother of John W. Preuninger, our President, Chief Operating Officer and director.

John W. Preuninger . Mr. Preuninger is a co-founder of our company and has served as our President, Chief Operating Officer and a member of our board of directors since 2002. As President and Chief Operating Officer, he oversees internal processes for us including research and development, professional services, and customer support. Prior to joining us, Mr. Preuninger was a strategy consultant at Monitor Company, where he advised large, multi-national corporations on business strategy and execution. We believe Mr. Preuninger’s background as

 

88


Table of Contents

 

a co-founder of our company and long service as our President and Chief Operating Officer provides the board with invaluable insight into the inner workings of our company, enhances the efficiency of the board’s oversight function and qualifies him to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Preuninger is the brother of James W. Preuninger, our Chief Executive Officer and director.

Ty Y. Bordner . Mr. Bordner is our Vice President, Solutions Consulting, and has served in that position since 2006. He is responsible for both product strategy and direction, as well as customer and prospect-focused solutions. Prior to joining us in 2006, Mr. Bordner spent 10 years with JPMorgan Chase Vastera, a global trade management software and managed services provider, in various leadership roles, including oversight for Engineering, Solutions Consulting and Product Management. During his tenure he helped manage the company through multiple growth stages from startup, through initial public offering, to achieving annual revenues in excess of $80 million. Prior to joining JP Morgan Chase Vastera, Mr. Bordner worked for GXS (formerly GE Information Services).

Elliot Brecher . Mr. Brecher has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since 2013. He was previously Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Insight Communications Company, Inc., a mid-west based cable operator, from 2000 until its sale to Time Warner Cable, Inc. in 2012. From 1994 until joining Insight, he was associated with the law firm Cooperman Levitt Winikoff Lester & Newman, P.C., where Mr. Brecher became a partner in 1996. This firm became part of Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal, LLP by merger in 2000. Prior to that, he was associated with the law firm Rosenman & Colin LLP.

M. Scott Byrnes . Mr. Byrnes has served as our Vice President, Marketing since 2010. From 2008 until 2010, Mr. Byrnes held the position of Executive Vice President at The Walker Group, a strategic marketing consultancy based in Washington, DC. Prior to that, Mr. Byrnes was Vice President of Marketing for HandySoft, a provider of BPM software. Mr. Byrnes also spent four years at JPMorgan Chase Vastera and approximately five years at Manugistics, where he held a variety of leadership positions in both services and sales. He began his career with Andersen Consulting, now Accenture.

Kae-por Chang. Mr. Chang has served as the Managing Director, China, of EasyCargo since 2013. From 2007 until September 2013, Mr. Chang was the founder and CEO of EasyCargo, which we acquired in 2013. Mr. Chang has over 20 years of senior management experience in global supply chain management, logistics, distribution, IT, and regulatory compliance, as an executive of both public and private companies. He was also an Ernst & Young LLP consultant prior to founding EasyCargo.

Thomas E. Conway . Mr. Conway is our Chief Financial Officer, a position he has held since 2007. He previously served as Assistant Corporate Controller and Director of North American Accounting Operations at Cognizant Technology Solutions, an information technology company. Prior to joining Cognizant, Mr. Conway worked for seven years at JDS Uniphase, a fiber optic component and systems provider, where he served as Controller and Director of Finance, and nine years at KPMG LLP, where he was Senior Manager in the Communication and Entertainment audit and consulting practice. Mr. Conway is a certified public accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the New Jersey Society of Certified Public Accountants.

Albert C. Cooke III . Mr. Cooke is our Vice President, Global Sales, a position he has held since 2005. He is responsible for the global sales of our solutions to importers, exporters and logistics service providers. Prior to joining us, Mr. Cooke was vice president of products and solutions for Industri-Matematik International Corp. (IMI), a leading provider of order management software. Prior to working at IMI, Mr. Cooke held senior sales and operational roles at Adexa, Optum, and Russ Berrie & Company.

Glenn T. Gorman . Mr. Gorman serves as our Chief Information Officer, a position he has held since 2002. Mr. Gorman is responsible for setting our technology policy and managing the hosting operations, information technology and quality assurance departments. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gorman held various positions including that of Systems Engineer and Operational Specialist for IBM Corporation from 1984 until 1986, where he served as a liaison between field support and IBM’s development laboratories.

J. Anthony Hardenburgh . Mr. Hardenburgh has been our Vice President, Global Trade Content since 2007. He manages a global team of international trade professionals who monitor and maintain our trade content.

 

89


Table of Contents

 

Prior to joining us, Mr. Hardenburgh served as Vice President of Global Trade Content for JPMorgan Chase Vastera, where he managed a global team of trade professionals responsible for supporting both its software and managed services operations. Mr. Hardenburgh also served as a director for From2, a company engaged in global trade management software, and as an International Trade Specialist for the U.S. Department of Commerce, where he was responsible for counseling small- and medium-sized exporters.

William R. Jackowski . Mr. Jackowski is our Vice President, Professional Services, a position he has held since 2006. In this position, Mr. Jackowski manages a team of experienced consultants specializing in the implementation of our solutions. Prior to joining us, Mr. Jackowski served as Vice President of Global Professional Services for JPMorgan Chase Vastera, where he oversaw strategic software accounts and helped grow that company’s professional services organization across North America, Europe and South America. Previously, Mr. Jackowski held several management and consulting positions with large consulting organizations such as American Management Systems (AMS) and PeopleSoft.

Stephanie J. Miles . Ms. Miles is our Senior Vice President, Commercial Services, a position she has held since 2005, Ms. Miles leads our support team for the delivery, implementation and ongoing support services relating to our GTM solutions. Until February 2013, her position also encompassed leadership of our professional services team. Prior to joining us, Ms. Miles held various leadership positions with the supply chain visibility company BridgePoint, a subsidiary of CSX Corporation, for seven years. While at BridgePoint, she held the positions of Senior Vice President and General Manager, and also served as a board member.

Amish Sheth . Mr. Sheth has been our Vice President, Engineering since 2008, a position in which he is responsible for building and delivering our suite of enterprise software solutions. Before assuming his current role, Mr. Sheth served as Chief Software Architect and Managing Director of our Indian operations since 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sheth served in various roles at JPMorgan Chase Vastera, in which he managed the development and delivery of various GTM solutions and was instrumental in defining the architectural platform that allowed JPMorgan Chase Vastera to build, support and customize its product development and managed services solutions on a single platform.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of eight members: John W. Preuninger, James W. Preuninger, Donald R. Caldwell, Bernard M. Goldsmith, Kenneth M. Harvey, Rudy C. Howard, Antoine Munfa and Barry M.V. Williams. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation as currently in effect, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each of our Series A, B and E Preferred Stock are entitled to elect one director to our board of directors, for as long as at least 10% of that series of preferred stock remains issued and outstanding. Currently, Messrs. Caldwell, Goldsmith and Munfa serve as the directors elected by the holders of our Series A, B and E preferred stock, respectively. In addition, holders of a majority of our common stock are currently entitled to elect two directors to our board of directors. Under our 2010 shareholder agreement, Messrs. James and John Preuninger hold such right. The remaining three directors are elected by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock and holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, each voting as a separate class.

All currently outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will be converted automatically into common stock as of the time immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates (subject to the closing of this offering), and we will adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we refer to as our certificate of incorporation in this prospectus.

Of our currently serving directors, Messrs. James and John Preuninger, Caldwell, Harvey, Howard and Williams are currently expected to continue to serve as directors upon completion of this offering. In addition, we currently expect that Ms. Pamela F. Craven and Mr. John Malone will be appointed to our board to replace Messrs. Goldsmith and Munfa effective upon closing of this offering.

In accordance with our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three year terms, effective upon closing of

 

90


Table of Contents

 

this offering. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. Upon completion of this offering, our then-serving directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    Messrs. Preuninger, Preuninger and Harvey will be the Class I directors whose terms end in 2015, and will stand for election at the 2015 annual meeting for three-year terms ending in 2018;

 

    Messrs. Caldwell and Malone will be the Class II directors whose terms end in 2016, and will stand for election at the 2016 annual meeting for three-year terms ending in 2019; and

 

    Ms. Craven and Messrs. Howard and Williams will be the Class III directors whose terms end in 2017, and will stand for election at the 2017 annual meeting for three-year terms ending in 2020.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, only our board of directors will be able to fill vacancies on our board of directors until the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers, except that John W. Preuninger is the brother of James W. Preuninger.

Following are the biographies of our directors and director designees, with the exception of Messrs. James and John Preuninger, whose biographies appear above, and Messrs. Goldsmith and Munfa, who are not expected to continue to serve as directors after completion of this offering:

Donald R. Caldwell . Mr. Caldwell has served as our director since 2005. Since 1999, Mr. Caldwell has been chairman and chief executive officer of Cross Atlantic Capital Partners, Inc., a venture capital firm. Cross Atlantic Capital Partners, Inc. serves as investment manager for three affiliated funds beneficially owning an aggregate of approximately 35.2% of our outstanding capital stock prior to the offering. Mr. Caldwell currently serves on the boards of director of four public companies: InsPro Technologies Corporation since 2008, where he is serving as chairman of the board, chairman of the audit committee and member of the compensation committee, Lightning Gaming, Inc. since 2006, where he has served as chairman of the audit committee and member of the compensation committee, Quaker Chemical Corporation since 1997, where he has served as chairman of the executive committee and member of the compensation/management development and audit committees, and Rubicon Technology, Inc. since 2001, where he has served as chairman of the compensation committee and member of the nominating and governance committees. Mr. Caldwell was previously a member of the board of directors of Diamond Cluster International, Inc. (1994–2010) and has served as a director for several private companies and non-profit organizations, including software and money management firms as well as the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts and the Committee for Economic Development. Mr. Caldwell was previously a certified public accountant in the State of New York. We believe Mr. Caldwell’s extensive experience as a director of public companies and as long-time chairman and chief executive officer of Cross Atlantic Capital Partners, Inc. qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Pamela F. Craven. Ms. Craven is anticipated to assume service as a director upon the completion of this offering. Since 2000, Ms. Craven has served as General Counsel of Avaya Inc., a global organization develops, manufactures, sells and services communications products and software for enterprises. Since 2007, she has also served as Chief Administrative Officer of the organization, responsible for over 300 employees across functions including Internal Audit, Enterprise Risk Management, Security & Business Continuity, Board Governance and Administration, Human Resources, Real Estate, Compliance, Global Trade, Government Affairs and Law & Contracting. She also serves as member of the Avaya Executive Committee and Chief Compliance Officer. From 1995 to 1999 Ms. Craven served as Vice President, Law of Lucent Technologies Inc. and from 1999 until 2000 she also served as Secretary of Lucent. Ms. Craven previously served on the boards of directors of Avaya Inc. Global Connect, Ltd. (2009–2010), a publicly traded Indian company, and Avaya-Tenovis GmbH (2004–2006). She is currently active on the Penn Law Board of Overseers of the University of Pennsylvania Law School. We believe Ms. Craven’s background as an executive in the fields of law and business administration qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

 

91


Table of Contents

 

Kenneth M. Harvey . Mr. Harvey has served as our director since 2008. From 1989 until 2011, Mr. Harvey was employed by HSBC—Global Bank, serving as chief information officer/chief operating officer from 2008 to 2011 and as group general manager and chief information officer from 2004 to 2007. He was president of HSBC Technology and Services, a wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC, from 2003 to 2004. Beginning in 2011, Mr. Harvey has been self-employed as a consultant. Since 2012, Mr. Harvey has also served as director of CLS Group Holdings AG, where he is a member of the chairman’s committee, which covers compensation and compliance issues, and chairman of the technology and operations committee. Mr. Harvey also served as director of CLS Bank International since 2011, and served as a director of Kanbay, Inc. from 2004 until 2007 and Vertical Networks, Inc. from 2002 until 2004. We believe Mr. Harvey’s background as an executive in the information technology field qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Rudy C. Howard . Mr. Howard has served as our director since 2012. Since 2010, Mr. Howard has served as chief financial officer of SciQuest, Inc. (NASDAQ: SQI), a company providing a leading on-demand strategic procurement and supplier enablement solution that integrates customers with their suppliers. From 2008 through 2009, Mr. Howard served as chief financial officer of MDS Pharma Services, a contract research organization providing drug discovery and development solutions for the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. From 2003 until joining MDS Pharma Services, Mr. Howard operated his own financial consulting company, Rudy C. Howard, CPA Consulting, in Wilmington, North Carolina, where his services included advising on merger and acquisition transactions, equity and debt issuances and other general management matters. In addition, since 2012, Mr. Howard has served as a director and member of the audit committee of Metabalon, Inc., a privately-held diagnostics and services company. We believe Mr. Howard’s extensive experience with financial and accounting matters and his background as an executive officer at several public companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

John Malone. Mr. Malone is anticipated to assume service as a director upon the completion of this offering. From 2008 until its sale in 2013 to Haystax Technology, Inc., Mr. Malone served as the Executive Chairman of Digital Sandbox, Inc., an organization that provides threat and risk analysis and monitoring software in the national and homeland security arenas. From 2009 until its successful sale in 2012 to Acronis International GmbH, Mr. Malone served as Executive Chairman of Group Logic, Inc., an organization that provides digital content collaboration solutions in the enterprise and in the cloud. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Malone served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Business Development for Neustar, Inc., a provider of real-time information and analytics for the Internet, telecommunications, entertainment, and marketing industries. During his tenure at Neustar, which included the company’s transition from a private enterprise to a New York Stock Exchange listed company, the company’s revenue grew from $80 million to more than $420 million. We believe Mr. Malone’s general executive experience, including his experience with strategic acquisitions, qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Barry M. V. Williams . Mr. Williams has served as our chairman since 2004. Previously, Mr. Williams held numerous executive-level positions at P&O Nedlloyd, the second largest ocean carrier in the world prior to its acquisition by A.P. Moller Maersk. Mr. Williams’ career at P&O Nedlloyd spanned over 35 years culminating in his service as chief executive officer and as a member of the executive committee. Mr. Williams is best known for his ability to improve carrier operations by applying information technology and to realize results through change management programs. As the leader of P&O Nedlloyd, he successfully consolidated its back office operations in China and India, diversified into freight forwarding and supply chain management services, and implemented the company’s strategic e-commerce systems. From 2007 through 2011, and again from 2013 until current, Mr. Williams served as chairman of ESS-Databridge Exchange Limited, a provider of electronic shipping and trade documentation and data solutions. We believe Mr. Williams management experience in the shipping and supply chain management industries and his experience with strategic growth companies in the GTM industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Director Independence

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors is expected to undertake a review of the independence of the directors and consider whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. Our board of directors is expected to determine that

 

92


Table of Contents

 

the directors expected to serve on our board after the completion of this offering, other than Messrs. James and John Preuninger, qualify as independent directors within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee and a compensation committee. Prior to completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee. Upon the closing of this offering, each committee will operate under a separate charter adopted by our board of directors, and will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee . Our audit committee will be comprised of Rudy Howard (Chairman), Pamela Craven and John Malone, each of whom will be an independent director and satisfy the additional independence requirements for members of the audit committee imposed by New York Stock Exchange rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Each of the members of our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the New York Stock Exchange. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Howard qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by applicable rules of the SEC. The audit committee will assist our board of directors in its oversight of:

 

    the audit and integrity of our financial statements;

 

    our compliance with applicable law, risk assessment and risk management;

 

    the qualification and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    the establishment and performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

    the annual audit committee report.

Under our audit committee charter, the audit committee will:

 

    have direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention, termination and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    oversee the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    establish and implement policies and procedures for the pre-approval of all audit services and all permissible non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    review and discuss with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our internal control over financial reporting, the internal audit function, and changes in accounting and financial reporting principles;

 

    review and discuss with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the overall adequacy and effectiveness of our code of business conduct and ethics and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and internal compliance programs; and

 

    review with management and our independent registered public accounting firm any correspondence with regulators or governmental agencies and any employee complaints or published reports, which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies.

Compensation Committee . Upon completion of our offering, our compensation committee will be comprised of Pamela Craven (Chairwoman), Donald Caldwell and John Malone, each of whom will be an independent director and satisfy the additional independence requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange that will begin to apply to members of the compensation committee beginning in 2014. Each member will also be an “outside director” as defined under Section 162(m) under the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. We expect our compensation committee to oversee our overall compensation program. Our compensation committee charter will provide that the compensation committee shall:

 

    review, evaluate and approve executive officer compensation and performance on an annual basis;

 

93


Table of Contents

 

    approve equity grants to executive officers, or, if the committee deems appropriate, recommend them to the full board for approval;

 

    review and approve any consulting arrangements, employment contracts or severance agreements with any executive officer;

 

    assess whether the compensation structure encourages undue risk-taking;

 

    adopt or modify any incentive compensation plan, or, if this action would require stockholder approval, recommend it to the full board for approval and proposal to the stockholders;

 

    review and recommend to our board of directors any director compensation programs for our independent directors only; and

 

    have power to engage compensation consultants, advisors or legal counsel.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . Our nominating and corporate governance committee comprises Kenneth Harvey (Chairman), Donald Caldwell and Barry Williams, each of whom will be an independent director and an “outside director” as defined under Section 162(m) under the Internal Revenue Code. Our nominating and corporate governance committee charter will provide that the nominating and corporate governance committee shall:

 

    search for, identify and evaluate individuals qualified to become board members and recommend individuals to be nominated for election to our board of directors;

 

    advise our board of directors regarding appropriate corporate governance policies and assist our board of directors in achieving them;

 

    have sole discretion to retain a search firm for the purpose of identifying director candidates;

 

    review the performance of each director who is standing for re-election, and the independence of each director;

 

    have responsibility for succession planning for executive officers; review and recommend to our board of directors any changes in our corporate governance structure; and

 

    and review and consider actual and potential conflicts of interests of management and directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

For the year ended 2013, the members of our current compensation committee were Donald Caldwell, Antoine Munfa, Bernard Goldsmith, James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger. James W. Preuninger is our Chief Executive Officer, while John W. Preuninger is our President and Chief Operating Officer. Messrs. Caldwell, Munfa and Goldsmith have never been officers or employees of ours or any of our subsidiaries. In 2005, we issued loans to James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger to permit them to satisfy tax liabilities in connection with their purchase of restricted common stock from us. All such loans were forgiven in January 2014. Please also see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will comprise Donald Caldwell, Pamela Craven and John Malone.

None of the current members of our compensation committee serves or has at any time served, and none of the members of our compensation committee upon completion of this offering will have served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Ethics

In connection with our initial public offering, our board of directors is expected to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations section of our website prior to the completion of this offering. The reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or

 

94


Table of Contents

 

incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of these provisions with respect to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller or persons performing similar functions, on our website or in our public filings with the SEC.

Director Compensation

Messrs. James and John Preuninger, who are employed by us as our Chief Executive Officer and our President and Chief Operating Officer, respectively, receive no separate compensation for their services as directors, and are not expected to receive such separate compensation after completion of this offering. Our non-employee directors have in the past received the following director compensation: Messrs. Harvey, Howard and Williams received $5,000 per month for service on the board of directors and the remaining directors did not receive any compensation for service on the board.

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy for compensating our non-employee directors with a combination of cash and equity.

The following table provides information concerning the compensation earned by or paid in cash to each person, other than Messrs. James and John Preuninger, who each served as a member of our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2013. See “Executive Compensation” for a discussion of the compensation received by Messrs. James and John Preuninger.

 

     Fees earned or
paid in cash ($) (1)
     Option Awards
($) (2)
     Total
($)
 

Donald R. Caldwell

     —           —           —     

Bernard M. Goldsmith (3)

     —           —           —     

Kenneth M. Harvey

     60,000         —           60,000   

Rudy C. Howard

     60,000         —           60,000   

Antoine Munfa (3)

     —           —           —     

Barry M. V. Williams

     60,000         —           60,000   

 

(1) Represents amount earned or paid during fiscal year 2013.
(2) These amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards made during fiscal year 2013 calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , or ASC 718, excluding estimated forfeitures. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the assumptions used in calculating these amounts. As of December 31, 2013, the non-employee members of our board of directors held options to purchase the following number of shares of our common stock: Mr. Harvey—120,000, Mr. Howard—120,000 and Mr. Williams—140,991. Messrs. Caldwell, Goldsmith and Munfa did not hold any options to purchase shares of our common stock.
(3) We do not expect Messrs. Goldsmith and Munfa to continue to serve as directors upon completion of this offering.

 

95


Table of Contents

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table and footnotes set forth information, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, concerning the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to: (i) each person who served as our principal executive officer during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, (ii) the two most highly compensated executive officers, other than the principal executive officer, who received compensation in excess of $100,000 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and were serving as executive officers on December 31, 2013 (collectively with the principal executive officers referred to as the “named executive officers” in this prospectus), and (iii) our Chief Financial Officer. Under the SEC’s rules for preparation of the following tables, non-equity awards are reported in the performance year in which they are earned, while equity-based awards are reported in the year in which they are granted.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Fiscal
Year
     Salary
($)
     Bonus
($) (1)
     Option
Awards
($) (2)
     Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation
($) (1)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
     Total
($)
 

James W. Preuninger

     2013         350,000         —           320,000         225,000         4,700         899,700   

Chief Executive Officer

     2012         350,000         —           —           225,000         2,615         577,615   

John W. Preuninger

     2013         350,000         —           320,000         225,000         4,700         899,700   

President and Chief Operating Officer

     2012         350,000         —           —           225,000         2,615         577,615   

Thomas E. Conway

     2013         251,250         —           117,150         159,946         3,593         531,939   

Chief Financial Officer

     2012         240,000         38,967         —           52,033         2,062         333,062   

Albert C. Cooke III

     2013         225,000         —           74,550         301,577         10,548         611,675   

Vice President, Global Sales

     2012         225,000         —           —           240,037         8,539         473,576   

 

(1) The amounts appearing in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column represents non-discretionary bonus payments relating to the stated fiscal year. These amounts were earned based on the recipient’s formulaic performance against specified criteria. For James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger, the criteria included new contract value sold, billings, and EBITDA. For Mr. Conway, the 2013 criteria included new contract value sold, billings, EBITDA and revenue growth, and the 2012 criteria included new contract value sold, billings, free cash flow and EBITDA. Mr. Cooke receives incentive compensation based on specified effective commission rates for items such as new contract value sold, professional services rendered, and subscription agreement renewals. The amounts appearing in the Bonus column represent additional, discretionary payments that we made without regard to performance criteria established for non-equity incentive plan compensation.
(2) These amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards made during the fiscal year, calculated in accordance with ASC 718, excluding estimated forfeitures. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions used in calculating these amounts. The vesting terms for the listed options are as follows: 25% at the first year anniversary of the grant date and 6.25% at the end of each quarter thereafter. In addition, in the event the grantee is terminated by us without cause or by the grantee for good reason within one year following a “change of control,” 100% of the remaining unvested option shares become vested and exercisable in accordance with the terms of the plan. Our compensation committee determines whether to grant option awards and in what quantity to grant them. The committee considers a variety of factors in making this determination, including an executive officer’s recent and legacy contribution to our growth, future corporate goals and average compensation levels of officers of similar rank at peer firms. Each year for the last three years our compensation committee has engaged the services of an independent, nationally recognized compensation consultant. The number of option awards granted by the compensation committee during that time was never greater than the number recommend by the consultant.
(3) All Other Compensation includes premiums we paid for life insurance, long term disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance on these individuals. In addition, Mr. Cooke receives a car allowance.

 

96


Table of Contents

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers and our Chief Financial Officer as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Option Awards  

Name and Principal Position

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable (1)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable (1)
     Option
Exercise
Price($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

James W. Preuninger

     168,750         131,250         1.54         9/30/2016   

Chief Executive Officer

     —           200,000         4.10         6/25/2018   

John W. Preuninger

     168,750         131,250         1.54         9/30/2016   

President and Chief Operating Officer

     —           200,000         4.10         6/25/2018   

Thomas E. Conway

     110,000         —           2.20         2/19/2017   

Chief Financial Officer

    
 

 

 

75,000
46,875

22,500

—  

  
  

  

  

    

 
 

 

—  

3,125
17,500

55,000

  

  
  

  

    
 
 

 

1.54
1.54
1.54

3.72

  
  
  

  

    
 
 

 

1/31/2018
2/11/2020
9/30/2021

6/25/2023

  
  
  

  

Albert C. Cooke III

     46,120         —           0.56         1/26/2015   

Vice President Global Sales

    

 

 

 

60,000

46,875

22,500

—  

  

  

  

  

    

 

 

 

—  

3,125

17,500

35,000

  

  

  

  

    
 
 

 

2.20
1.54
1.54

3.72

  
  
  

  

    
 
 

 

1/24/2017
2/11/2020
9/30/2021

6/25/2023

  
  
  

  

 

(1) The listed options vest over four years as follows: 25% at the first year anniversary of the grant date and 6.25% at the end of each quarter thereafter. In addition, in the event the grantee is terminated by us without cause or by the grantee for good reason within one year following a “change of control,” 100% of the remaining unvested option shares become vested and exercisable in accordance with the terms of the plan.

Employment Agreements with James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger

In October 2002, we entered into employment agreements with each of James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger. The employment agreements each have an initial three year term, which commenced in October 2002, and continue year-to-year after the expiration of the initial term, unless and until terminated by either party, provided that they will expire six months after the closing of this offering. In conjunction with their expiration, we expect them to be renegotiated with our newly comprised independent compensation committee.

James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger currently each receive annual base salaries of $350,000. James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger are also entitled to receive a quarterly cash performance bonus based on performance targets mutually agreed upon between each of James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger and the compensation committee.

Pursuant to each of the employment agreements, if we terminate such executive officer’s employment without cause (as defined in the agreement) or such officer resigns for good reason (as defined in the agreement), the executive officer will be entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) a lump-sum cash payment (net of any required tax withholding) payable within 30 days after termination, equal to the sum of (a) one year of the executive officer’s base salary then in effect; plus any previously earned but unpaid salary through the executive officer’s final date of employment with the company, and any previously earned but unpaid bonus amounts for any completed fiscal quarter prior to the date of the executive officer’s termination of employment; and (2) continued coverage under all health, life disability and similar employee benefit plans and programs of the company for one year.

Pursuant to each of the employment agreements, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the agreement) followed by a termination of employment by the Company for any reason (including “cause” as

 

97


Table of Contents

 

defined in the employment agreements) within one year from the date of such change in control, the executive officer will be entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) a lump-sum cash payment (net of any required tax withholding) payable within 30 days after termination, equal to the sum of (a) one year of the executive officer’s base salary then in effect; plus (b) any previously earned but unpaid salary through the executive officer’s final date of employment with the company, and any previously earned but unpaid bonus amounts for any completed fiscal quarter prior to the date of the executive officer’s termination of employment; and (2) continued coverage under all health, life disability and similar employee benefit plans and programs of the company for one year.

Each of the employment agreements contain covenants not to compete during the employment term and for one year thereafter.

Change in Control Agreements

We entered into separate change in control agreements with each of our executive officers other than James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger. Each agreement provides that if within 12 months following a “Change in Control” (as defined below) (i) the officer terminates his or her employment with us for “Good Reason” (as defined below) or (ii) we terminate the officer’s employment without “Cause” (as defined below), the officer is entitled to receive the following severance benefits from us:

 

    a single lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to 12 months’ salary, payable no later than 60 days following termination;

 

    immediate vesting of 100% of the officer’s then outstanding and unvested equity awards as of the date of his or her termination of employment; and

 

    payment by us of the premiums for the officer’s group health continuation coverage for the 12-month period following the officer’s termination of employment or until the date that the officer’s COBRA continuation coverage expires.

Receipt of the severance benefits is subject to execution by the officer of release of claims in a form reasonably acceptable to us.

In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in the agreements constitute “parachute payments,” subject to excise tax, then the officer’s severance benefits may be adjusted so as to result in receipt by the officer on an after-tax basis of the greatest amount of severance benefits.

As defined in the agreements:

 

    “Cause” means (i) the officer’s willful and continued failure to perform his or her duties and responsibilities after receipt of written demand for performance from us describing the basis for our belief that the officer has not substantially performed his or her duties and providing a reasonable period (not to exceed between 15 and 30 days) to take corrective action, (ii) any material act of personal dishonesty taken by the officer in connection with his responsibilities as an employee with the intention that such action may result in the substantial personal enrichment of the officer, (iii) the officer’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony that our Chief Executive Officer reasonably believes has had or will have a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business, or (iv) a material breach of any agreement by and between the officer and us which material breach has not been cured within 15 to 30 days of written notice from us.

 

    a “Change in Control” occurs on: (i) the date that any one person or group acquires (i) assets from us that have a total gross fair market value equal or greater than 80 percent of our company, or (ii) ownership of our stock that constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of our stock . A Change in Control shall not include any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of financing us with cash or the initial public offering of our common stock or for reincorporation purposes.

 

   

“Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following, without the officer’s express written consent: a material reduction (i) of the officer’s authority, duties or responsibilities, or (ii) in the officer’s

 

98


Table of Contents

 

 

base and/or variable compensation; a material change in the geographic location at which the officer must perform his or her services greater than 50 miles; our failure to obtain the assumption of the agreements by any of our successors; or any material breach or violation of a material provision of the agreements by us.

Management Severance Policy

Our board of directors adopted our Management Severance Policy in January 2014. The policy is intended to provide eligible senior management employees of the company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries with severance pay and other benefits upon a participant’s involuntary termination of employment.

The policy provides for severance pay and benefits upon (a) involuntary termination of employment (i.e., termination by the company without “Cause” (as defined in the policy) or the by employee for “Good Reason” (as defined in the policy)), and (b) the participant’s execution of a binding release of claims against the company. Severance and termination benefits provided to executives covered under the plan include 130% of annual base salary payable semi-monthly over a 12 month period commencing at termination of employment; plus 12 months of COBRA coverage at our expense, subject to a claw-back provision whereby repayment of all severance pay and benefits (net of taxes) is required if the participant violates the non-disclosure agreement. Neither the Chief Executive Officer nor the President and Chief Operating Officer are eligible to participate in the policy while their employment agreements are in effect. The board of directors or compensation committee may amend or terminate the policy, but any amendment or termination that results in a reduction in the amount of severance pay or severance benefits will not be effective until one year after the board of directors or compensation committee approves the amendment or termination.

An eligible participant will not be eligible to receive any benefits under the policy if the participant is party to a change in control agreement and has a termination of employment following a change in control of our company, provided that in those circumstances, the terms and conditions for payment of any severance pay or benefits shall be determined in accordance with the terms of such change in control agreement. Change in control termination benefits for executive officers under “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Agreements.”

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits the tax deduction of public companies for compensation in excess of $1.0 million paid to their chief executive officer and the three most highly compensated executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) at the end of any fiscal year unless the compensation qualifies as “performance-based compensation.” Prior to the offering, compensation paid to our executive officers is not subject to the limitations on deductions imposed by Section 162(m). We expect that our compensation committee’s policy going forward with respect to Section 162(m) is to make a reasonable effort to cause compensation to be deductible by us while simultaneously providing our executive officers with appropriate rewards for their performance. However, our compensation committee may approve compensation or changes to plans, programs or awards that may cause the compensation or awards to exceed the limitation under Section 162(m) if it determines that such action is appropriate and in our best interests.

Equity Incentive Plans

2002 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2002 Stock Option Plan in November 2002. The plan was most recently amended in September 2011. We refer to this plan, as amended, as the 2002 plan.

The 2002 plan covers the grant of awards to our employees (including officers), non-employee consultants and advisors and non-employee directors. Under the terms of the 2002 plan, an aggregate of 4,939,270 shares of our common stock are authorized for delivery in settlement of awards (including incentive stock options). The 2002 plan expired in 2012 and we are making no further grants under the 2002 plan; however, we may still deliver shares upon the exercise of outstanding options. As of December 31, 2013, options to purchase an aggregate of 3,081,893 shares of common stock were outstanding under our 2002 plan.

 

99


Table of Contents

 

The 2002 plan is administered by the compensation committee. The committee has the authority to effect (i) the cancellation of any or all outstanding awards and the grant of new awards covering the same or different numbers of shares and having an exercise or purchase price which may be the same as or different than the exercise or purchase price of the cancelled awards, or (ii) the amendment of the terms of any and all outstanding awards. No such action may adversely impair the rights of a grantee (or any permitted transferee) under any outstanding award without the consent of the grantee (or transferee). The committee may in its discretion accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an award at any time or on the basis of any specified event.

The 2002 plan specifies that the award agreements may provide for accelerated vesting upon a “change of control.” Our form of employee option award agreement provides that, in the event the grantee is terminated by us without cause or by the grantee for good reason within one year following a “change of control” of our company, 100% of the remaining unvested option shares become vested and exercisable in accordance with the terms of the plan.

2012 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan

On October 24, 2012, our board of directors adopted the Amber Road, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2012 plan and our stockholders approved it in 2013. The 2012 plan replaced our 2002 Stock Option Plan, which expired in 2012. The plan was most recently amended in January 2014 to increase the shares available for issuance.

General

The 2012 plan covers the grant of awards to our employees (including officers), non-employee consultants and non-employee directors and those of our affiliates. Under the terms of the 2012 plan, an aggregate of 7,704,605 shares of our common stock, without par value, are authorized for delivery in settlement of awards (including incentive stock options). Of such number, as of December 31, 2013 1,245,000 shares are issuable upon exercise of currently outstanding awards.

We expect that the compensation committee of the board of directors will administer the 2012 plan. The committee may delegate any or all of its administrative authority to our Chief Executive Officer or to a management committee except with respect to awards to executive officers who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act and awards that are intended to comply with the performance-based exception to tax deductibility limitations under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, the full board of directors must serve as the committee with respect to any awards to our non-employee directors.

The stock delivered to settle awards made under the 2012 plan may be authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares, including shares repurchased by us for purposes of the 2012 plan. If any shares subject to any award granted under the 2012 plan (other than a substitute award) is forfeited or otherwise terminated without delivery of such shares (or if such shares are returned to us due to a forfeiture restriction under such award), the shares subject to such awards will again be available for issuance under the 2012 plan. However, any shares that are withheld or applied as payment for shares issued upon exercise of an award or for the withholding or payment of taxes due upon exercise of the award will continue to be treated as having been delivered under the 2012 plan and will not again be available for grant under the 2012 plan.

If a dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, shares of common stock or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse stock split, subdivision, consolidation or reduction of capital, reorganization, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, split-up, spin-off or combination involving us or repurchase or exchange of our shares or other securities, or other rights to purchase shares of our securities or other similar transaction or event affects our common stock such that the committee determines that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits (or potential benefits) provided to grantees under the 2012 plan, the committee will make an equitable change or adjustment as it deems appropriate in the number and kind of securities subject to awards (whether or not then outstanding) and the related exercise price relating to an award.

The maximum number of shares of our common stock that are subject to awards granted to any individual in a single calendar year may not exceed one million shares. In addition, the maximum value of all awards to be settled in cash or property other than our common stock that may be granted to any individual in a single calendar year may not exceed $1 million. These limitations apply to the calendar year in which the awards are granted and not the year in which such awards settle.

 

100


Table of Contents

 

Types of Awards

The 2012 plan permits the granting of any or all of the following types of awards to all grantees:

 

    stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs;

 

    stock appreciation rights, or SARs;

 

    restricted shares;

 

    deferred stock and restricted stock units;

 

    performance units and performance shares;

 

    dividend equivalents;

 

    bonus shares;

 

    other stock-based awards; and

 

    cash incentive awards.

Generally, awards under the 2012 plan are granted for no consideration other than prior and future services. Awards granted under the 2012 plan may, in the discretion of the committee, be granted alone or in addition to, in tandem with or in substitution for, any other award under the 2012 plan or other plan of ours; provided, however, that if an SAR is granted in tandem with an ISO, the SAR and ISO must have the same grant date and term and the exercise price of the SAR may not be less than the exercise price of the ISO. The material terms of each award will be set forth in a written award agreement between the grantee and us.

Stock Options and SARs

The committee is authorized to grant SARs and stock options (including ISOs except that an ISO may only be granted to an employee of ours or one of our subsidiary corporations). A stock option allows a grantee to purchase a specified number of shares of our common stock at a predetermined price per share (the “exercise price”) during a fixed period measured from the date of grant. An SAR entitles the grantee to receive the excess of the fair market value of a specified number of shares on the date of exercise over a predetermined exercise price per share. The exercise price of an option or an SAR will be determined by the committee and set forth in the award agreement but the exercise price may not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the grant date. The term of each option or SAR is determined by the committee and set forth in the award agreement, except that the term may not exceed 10 years. Options may be exercised by payment of the purchase price through one or more of the following means: payment in cash (including personal check or wire transfer), by delivering shares of our common stock previously owned by the grantee, or with the approval of the committee, by delivery of shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of such option or by delivering restricted shares. The committee may also permit a grantee to pay the exercise price of an option through the sale of shares acquired upon exercise of the option through a broker-dealer to whom the grantee has delivered irrevocable instructions to deliver sales proceeds sufficient to pay the purchase price to us.

Restricted Shares

The committee may award restricted shares consisting of shares of our common stock which remain subject to a risk of forfeiture and may not be disposed of by grantees until certain restrictions established by the committee lapse. The vesting conditions may be service-based (i.e., requiring continuous service for a specified period) or performance-based (i.e., requiring achievement of certain specified performance objectives) or both. A grantee receiving restricted shares will have all of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any dividends, except as otherwise provided in the award agreement. Upon termination of the grantee’s affiliation with us during the restriction period (or, if applicable, upon the failure to satisfy the specified performance objectives during the restriction period), the restricted shares will be forfeited as provided in the award agreement.

 

101


Table of Contents

 

Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock

The committee may also grant restricted stock unit awards and/or deferred stock awards. A deferred stock award is the grant of a right to receive a specified number of shares of our common stock at the end of specified deferral periods or upon the occurrence of a specified event, which satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. A restricted stock unit award is the grant of a right to receive a specified number of shares of our common stock upon lapse of a specified forfeiture condition (such as completion of a specified period of service or achieved of certain specified performance objectives). If the service condition and/or specified performance objectives are not satisfied during the restriction period, the award will be lapse without the issuance of the shares underlying such award.

Restricted stock units and deferred stock awards carry no voting or other rights associated with stock ownership. The award agreement will provide whether grantees may receive dividend equivalents with respect to restricted stock units or deferred stock, and if so, whether such dividend equivalents are distributed when credited or deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of restricted stock units or deferred stock.

Performance Units

The committee may grant performance units, which entitle a grantee to cash or shares conditioned upon the fulfillment of certain performance conditions and other restrictions as specified by the committee and reflected in the award agreement. The initial value of a performance unit will be determined by the committee at the time of grant. The committee will determine the terms and conditions of such awards, including performance and other restrictions placed on these awards, which will be reflected in the award agreement.

Performance Shares

The committee may grant performance shares, which entitle a grantee to a certain number of shares of common stock, conditioned upon the fulfillment of certain performance conditions and other restrictions as specified by the committee and reflected in the award agreement. The committee will determine the terms and conditions of such awards, including performance and other restrictions placed on these awards, which will be reflected in the award agreement.

Bonus Shares

The committee may grant fully vested shares of our common stock as bonus shares on such terms and conditions as specified in the award agreement.

Dividend Equivalents

The committee is authorized to grant dividend equivalents which provide a grantee the right to receive payment equal to the dividends paid on a specified number of shares of our common stock. Dividend equivalents may be paid directly to grantees or may be deferred for later delivery under the 2012 plan. If deferred such dividend equivalents may be credited with interest or may be deemed to be invested in shares of our common stock or in other property. No dividend equivalents may be granted in conjunction with any grant of stock options or SARs.

Cash Incentive Awards

The committee may grant cash incentive awards to any eligible person in such amounts and upon such terms, including the achievement of specific performance goals during the applicable performance period, as the committee may determine. An eligible person may have more than one cash incentive award outstanding at any time. For instance, the committee may grant an eligible employee one cash incentive award with a calendar year performance period as an annual incentive bonus and a separate cash incentive award with a multi-year performance period as a long-term cash incentive bonus.

The committee shall establish performance goals applicable to each cash incentive award in its discretion and the amount that will be paid to the grantee pursuant to such cash incentive award if the applicable performance goals for the performance period are met. If an eligible person earns the right to receive a payment with respect

 

102


Table of Contents

 

to a cash incentive award, such payment will be made in cash in accordance with the terms of the award agreement. If the award agreement does not specify a payment date with respect to a cash incentive award, payment of the cash incentive award will be made no later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of the taxable year of the grantee or our fiscal year during which the performance period ends.

Other Stock-Based Awards

In order to enable us to respond to material developments in the area of taxes and other legislation and regulations and interpretations thereof, and to trends in executive compensation practices, the 2012 plan authorizes the committee to grant awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to or otherwise based on our securities. The committee determines the terms and conditions of such awards, including consideration paid for awards granted as share purchase rights and whether awards are paid in shares or cash.

Performance-Based Awards

The committee may require satisfaction of pre-established performance goals, consisting of one or more business criteria and a targeted performance level with respect to such criteria, as a condition of awards being granted or becoming exercisable or payable under the 2012 plan, or as a condition to accelerating the timing of such events.

The committee has the discretion to adjust the determinations of the degree of attainment of the pre-established performance goals; provided, however, that awards which the committee intends to qualify for the performance-based exception to the tax deduction limitations under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) may not be adjusted upward unless the committee intends to amend the award to no longer qualify for the performance-based exception. The committee retains the discretion in all events to adjust such awards downward.

Awards may be settled in cash, stock, other awards or other property, in the discretion of the committee.

Change of Control

If there is a merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation or a sale of substantially all of our stock, or a Corporate Transaction, and the outstanding awards are not assumed by surviving company (or its parent company) or replaced with economically equivalent awards granted by the surviving company (or its parent company), the committee will cancel any outstanding awards that are not vested and nonforfeitable as of the consummation of such Corporate Transaction (unless the committee accelerates the vesting of any such awards) and with respect to any vested and nonforfeitable awards, the committee may either (i) allow all grantees to exercise options and SARs within a reasonable period prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction and cancel any outstanding options or SARs that remain unexercised upon consummation of the Corporate Transaction, or (ii) cancel any or all of such outstanding awards (including options and SARs) in exchange for a payment (in cash, or in securities or other property) in an amount equal to the amount that the grantee would have received (net of the exercise price with respect to any options or SARs) if the vested awards were settled or distributed or such vested options and SARs were exercised immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction. If an exercise price of the option or SAR exceeds the fair market value of our common stock and the option or SAR is not assumed or replaced by the surviving company (or its parent company), such options and SARs will be cancelled without any payment to the grantee.

Amendment to and Termination of the 2012 Plan

The 2012 plan may be amended, altered, suspended, discontinued or terminated by our board of directors without further stockholder approval, unless such approval of an amendment or alteration is required by law or regulation or under the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the common stock is then listed or quoted. Thus, stockholder approval will not necessarily be required for amendments which might increase the cost of the 2012 plan or broaden eligibility. Stockholder approval will not be deemed to be required under laws or regulations that condition favorable treatment of grantees on such approval, although our board of directors may, in its discretion, seek stockholder approval in any circumstance in which it deems such approval advisable.

 

103


Table of Contents

 

In addition, subject to the terms of the 2012 plan, no amendment or termination of the 2012 plan may materially and adversely affect the right of a grantee under any award granted under the 2012 plan.

Unless earlier terminated by our board of directors, the 2012 plan will terminate when no shares remain reserved and available for issuance or, if earlier, on October 23, 2022.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a defined contribution employee savings plan, or 401(k) plan, for our employees. All of our employees (other than residents of Puerto Rico) are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan as of the first day of the month following the later of the employee’s employment commencement date or the date the employee attains age 21. Participants are able to defer up to 90% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Participant contributions may be made on a pre-tax basis (401(k) contributions) or on an after-tax basis (Roth 401(k) contributions). The 401(k) plan permits us to make profit sharing contributions and/or matching contributions to eligible participants, although such contributions are not required. We have not made any profit sharing contributions or matching contributions during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011. Participants’ pre-tax 401(k) contributions and Roth 401(k) contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Contributions that we make, if any, are subject to vesting in 20% annual increments starting after the participant has completed two years of service; employees are immediately and fully vested in their own pre-tax 401(k) contributions and after-tax Roth 401(k) contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors and officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we are required, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, to advance all expenses incurred by our directors and officers in connection with certain legal proceedings.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

104


Table of Contents

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There have been no transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Director Compensation,” and other than the transactions described below. For a description of severance and change of control arrangements that we have entered into with some of our executive officers, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Agreements.”

Promissory Notes

In January and October 2005, our Chief Executive Officer and board member James W. Preuninger, and our President, Chief Operating Officer and board member John W. Preuninger purchased restricted shares of common stock from us. Under the stock purchase agreements, the shares were subject to repurchase by us under certain conditions, including termination of employment or in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined in the agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, we agreed to loan James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger, on a nonrecourse basis, an aggregate of $960,599 to permit them to satisfy their tax liabilities. The loans accrued interest at an annual rate of 4.75% and were repayable upon the earlier of (i) 15 years following the date of the loans or (ii) upon each sale or other disposition by the purchasers of any shares to a third party, until the balance of the loans had been paid in full.

The principal amounts outstanding under the related promissory notes since January 1, 2011, and accrued and unpaid interest as of December 31, 2013, was as follows:

 

Name

   Issuance Date of Promissory
Note
   Principal Amount Held      Accrued and Unpaid
Interest as of December 31,
2013
 

James W. Preuninger

   January 3, 2005    $ 178,289       $ 92,313   

James W. Preuninger

   October 10, 2005    $ 315,509       $ 146,626   

John W. Preuninger

   January 3, 2005    $ 169,411       $ 87,717   

John W. Preuninger

   October 10, 2005    $ 297,390       $ 138,205   

In January 2014, we forgave these non-recourse loans, which amounted to $1,430,722, inclusive of accrued interest. In addition, we will also record compensation expense of approximately $927,000 in our 2014 consolidated statements of operations related to a bonus provided to the borrowers to offset the tax consequences related to the loan forgiveness.

Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

We entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement with the holders of all series of our preferred stock, including Messrs. James and John Preuninger, funds affiliated with Cross Atlantic Capital Partners, Inc. (or Cross Atlantic), Updata Partners, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and NJTC Venture Fund SBIC, LP (now NJTC Investment Fund, Ltd.). The Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, among other things, grants these stockholders specified registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them and any shares issued as dividends, and obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to some of the stockholders who are parties to the investor rights agreement.

For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please refer to the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The provisions of this agreement other than those relating to registration rights will terminate as of the time immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates. This summary discusses material provisions of the investor rights agreement and is qualified by the full text of the agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

105


Table of Contents

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement

Pursuant to our Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each of our Series A, B and E Preferred Stock are entitled to elect one director to our board of directors, for as long as at least 10% of that series of preferred stock remains issued and outstanding. In addition, Messrs. James and John Preuninger are entitled to elect a total of two directors to our board of directors. The remaining three directors are elected by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock and holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, each voting as a separate class.

If at any time any of the stockholders, other than the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, desires to sell any shares of our common stock or preferred stock, the selling stockholder has to submit a written offer to sell such shares to us. If we decline to purchase the shares, one of the other investors may do so. In addition, if a founder (who then holds at least 5% of the outstanding common stock on an as converted and exercised basis) desires to sell all or any of their common stock in certain circumstances, the founder must arrange to give each other investor the right to sell to the proposed buyer at the same price and under the same conditions on a pro-rata basis. The Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement furthermore contains preemptive rights and bring-along rights. The agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

EasyCargo Acquisition

We acquired our EasyCargo subsidiary for a payment of $2.0 million in cash and approximately 450,000 shares of our common stock. We will make additional payments of up to $2.5 million in cash or shares of our common stock (at our option) by March 15, 2016 based on certain CTM revenue targets. Mr. Kae-por Chang, the founder of EasyCargo and the Managing Director, China, of EasyCargo was and will be entitled to his pro-rata portion of all of the foregoing consideration based on the equity he held in EasyCargo.

In 2012 and 2013, Mr. Chang made loans to EasyCargo aggregating $252,502. The loans are represented by a promissory note dated September 3, 2013 and represent working capital loans from Mr. Chang to EasyCargo. The note bears interest at a rate of 2% and matures in 2016.

In connection with our recent acquisition of EasyCargo, EasyCargo agreed to employ Mr. Chang for a five-year term as its Managing Director, China. Under this agreement, Mr. Chang will receive an annual base salary of approximately $185,000, a target bonus of approximately $60,000 per annum and stock options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock, subject to vesting. The stock vests over four years as follows: 25% at the first year anniversary of the grant date and 6.25% at the end of each quarter thereafter.

Arrangements with Executive Officers and Directors

For a description of the compensation arrangements we have with our executive officers and directors, see “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements,” “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Agreements” and “Management—Director Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board.

In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

106


Table of Contents

 

Related Person Transaction Policy

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related persons. In connection with this offering, we adopted a written related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. For purposes of our policy only, (i) a related person is any person who is an executive officer, director, director nominee, or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any immediate family member such any such persons, and (ii) a related person transaction, subject to certain exceptions, is any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or will be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest in the transaction.

Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, such transaction must be reported to our General Counsel, and be reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. In addition, under our Code of Business Conduct & Ethics, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. In considering related person transactions, our Audit Committee, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

    the related person’s interest in the related person transaction;

 

    the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;

 

    the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person‘s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of our business;

 

    whether the transaction with the related person is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and

 

    any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related person transaction, our Audit Committee will review all relevant information available to it about the related person transaction. The Audit Committee may approve or ratify the related person transaction only if the Audit Committee determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests. The Audit Committee may, in its sole discretion, impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on us or the related person in connection with approval of the related person transaction.

 

107


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of February 1, 2014, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, by:

 

    each person or entity known by us to beneficially own more than five percent of our common stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers and our Chief Financial Officer;

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

    each of the selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 1, 2014, are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. To our knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s name. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons in this table is c/o Amber Road, Inc., One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073.

Each stockholder’s percentage ownership before the offering is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is based on 7,790,143 shares of our common stock outstanding as of February 1, 2014, plus 20,948,384 shares of common stock into which our preferred stock outstanding will convert as of the time immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates (subject to the closing of this offering). Each stockholder’s percentage ownership after the offering assumes the issuance of an estimated              shares of our common stock offered hereby and the issuance of              shares at the offering price in satisfaction of accrued but unpaid dividends to our preferred stockholders.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Offered
   Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

       Number              Percent            Number    Percent

Cross Atlantic (1)

     10,007,686         34.8           

Updata Partners (2)

     5,332,099         18.6           

Goldman, Sachs & Co. (3)

     4,472,671         15.6           

NJTC Investment Fund, L.P. (4)

     2,028,512         7.1           

James W. Preuninger (5)

     3,331,427         11.5           

John W. Preuninger (6)

     3,137,958         10.8           

Albert C. Cooke III (7)

     281,120         1.0           

Thomas E. Conway (8)

     260,000                  

Donald R. Caldwell (9)

     10,007,686         34.8           

Pamela F. Craven (10)

     —           —             

Bernard M. Goldsmith (11)

     5,332,099         18.6           

Kenneth M. Harvey (12)

     255,617                  

Rudy C. Howard (13)

     60,000                  

John Malone (14)

     —           —             

Antoine Munfa (15)

     —           —             

Barry M.V. Williams (16)

     140,991                  

All current executive officers and directors

     24,055,445         77.6        

 

* Less than 1.0%
(1)

Consists of 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,225,256 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 385,601 shares of common stock held by Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P.; 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,225,257 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 385,600 shares of common stock held by The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P.; and 520,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 84,952 shares of

 

108


Table of Contents

 

  Series C Preferred Stock, 2,080,764 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and 100,256 shares of common stock held by The Co-Investment Fund II, L.P. Cross Atlantic Capital Partners, Inc. is the investment manager for Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P., The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. and The Co-Investment Fund II, L.P. and has voting and investment power over the securities held in these funds. The general partners of these funds are XATF Management II, L.P., Co-Invest Management, L.P. and Co-Invest Management II, L.P., respectively. The sole shareholder of Cross Atlantic Capital Partners, Inc. is The Donald R. Caldwell (2009) Irrevocable Trust, of which Timothy Speiss serves as trustee. Mr. Caldwell also serves as the chairman and chief executive officer of Cross Atlantic Capital Partners, Inc. The other directors and executive officers of Cross Atlantic Capital Partners, Inc. are: Frederick Tecce and Brian Adamsky. Mr. Caldwell, The Donald R. Caldwell (2009) Irrevocable Trust and Cross Atlantic Capital Partners, Inc. may therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the securities held by Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P., The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. and The Co-Investment Fund II, L.P. Mr. Caldwell disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Cross Atlantic Capital Partners, Inc., Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P., The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P., The Co-Investment Fund II, L.P., The Donald R. Caldwell (2009) Irrevocable Trust and Mr. Caldwell is Five Radnor Corp Center, Suite 555, 100 Matsonford Rd, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087.
(2) Includes 270,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,297,498 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 2,167,886 of Series C Preferred Stock, 498,486 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and 52,056 shares of common stock held by Updata Partners III, L.P.; 441,487 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 389,113 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Updata Venture Partners II, L.P.; 86,246 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 76,015 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by Updata Venture Partners II B, L.P.; and 28,337 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 24,975 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by UVP II Executive Fund, L.P. Bernard Goldsmith is the general partner of each of these funds. Mr. Goldsmith may therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities held by these entities. Mr. Goldsmith disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities and Mr. Goldsmith is 2445 M. Street NW, Washington, D.C. 20037.
(3) Consists of 4,472,671 shares of Series E Preferred Stock. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is a direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of such securities owned by Goldman, Sachs & Co., except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Munfa, one of our directors, is an employee of Goldman, Sachs & Co. The address for The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. is 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282.
(4) Includes 1,610,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 17,970 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 90,134 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and 310,408 shares of common stock held by NJTC Investment Fund, L.P., formerly known as NJTC Venture Fund SBIC, L.P. The general partner of the NJTC Investment Fund, L.P. is NJTC Investment Partners, LLC. James T. Gunton, Joseph G. Falkenstein and Robert M. Chefitz are the Members representing 80% of the ownership interests of NJTC Investment Partners, LLC and constitute all of the Managers of NJTC Investment Partners, LLC. NJTC Investment Partners, LLC, Mr. Falkenstein, Mr. Chefitz and Mr. Gunton may therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of capital stock held by NJTC Investment Fund, L.P. Messrs. Gunton, Falkenstein and Chefitz disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of the NJTC Investment Fund, L.P., NJTC Investment Partners, LLC, Mr. Falkenstein, Mr. Chefitz and Mr. Gunton is 1001 Briggs Road, Suite 280, Mount Laurel, New Jersey 08054.
(5) Mr. James W. Preuninger is our Chief Executive Officer and a director. Includes 150,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 2,993,927 shares of common stock and options to purchase 187,500 shares of common stock (representing that portion of options to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of common stock that has vested or will vest within 60 days of the date of this table). Includes 400,000 shares of common stock held of record by The James Preuninger 2013 Five Year Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, of which James W. Preuninger is Trustee.
(6)

Mr. John W. Preuninger is our President and Chief Operating Officer and a director. Includes 75,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 2,875,458 shares of common stock and options to purchase 187,500 shares of common stock (representing that portion of options to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares

 

109


Table of Contents

 

  of common stock that has vested or will vest within 60 days of the date of this table). Includes 500,000 shares of common stock held of record by The John Preuninger 2013 Four Year Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (John W. Preuninger, Trustee), 25,000 shares of common stock held of record by The John Preuninger 2013 Three Year Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (John W. Preuninger, Trustee), 1,500,000 shares of common stock held of record by The Fletcher Preuninger 2013 Three Year Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (Fletcher Preuninger, Trustee) and 75,000 shares of common stock held of record by The Fletcher Preuninger 2013 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust FBO Siblings (Fletcher Preuninger, Trustee).
(7) Mr. Cooke is our Vice President, Global Sales. Consists of 100,000 shares of common stock and options to purchase 181,120 shares of common stock (representing that portion of options to purchase an aggregate of 231,120 shares of common stock that has vested or will vest within 60 days of the date of this table).
(8) Mr. Conway is our Chief Financial Officer. Consists of options to purchase 260,000 shares of common stock (representing that portion of options to purchase 330,000 shares of common stock that has vested or will vest within 60 days of the date of this table).
(9) Mr. Caldwell is one of our directors. See footnote (1).
(10) Ms. Craven is one of our director designees.
(11) Mr. Goldsmith is one of our directors. See footnote (2).
(12) Mr. Harvey is one of our directors. Includes of 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 16,337 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 19,280 shares of common stock, all held by a family trust, of which Mr. Harvey is the trustee. Furthermore includes options to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock (representing that portion of options to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock that has vested or will vest within 60 days of the date of this table).
(13) Mr. Howard is one of our directors. Includes options to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock (representing that portion of options to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock that has vested or will vest within 60 days of the date of this table).
(14) Mr. Malone is one of our director designees.
(15) Mr. Munfa is one of our directors and is an employee of Goldman, Sachs & Co.
(16) Mr. Williams is one of our directors. Consists of fully vested options to purchase 140,991 shares of common stock.

 

110


Table of Contents

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. The descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our certificate of incorporation, will authorize us to issue up to              shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and              shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. As of                     , 2013, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock, there would have been              shares of common stock issued and outstanding, held of record by              stockholders.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect following the completion of this offering, or our bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

All currently outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will be converted automatically into common stock as of the time immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates (subject to the closing of this offering).

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish

 

111


Table of Contents

 

from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock.

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of December 31, 2013, under our 2002 plan, options to purchase an aggregate of 3,081,893 shares of common stock were outstanding and under our 2012 plan, options to purchase an aggregate of 1,245,000 shares of common stock were outstanding. Under the terms of the 2012 plan, an aggregate of 7,704,605 shares of our common stock, without par value, are authorized for delivery in settlement of awards (including incentive stock options). Of such number, as of December 31, 2013, 1,245,000 shares are issuable upon exercise of currently outstanding awards. For additional information regarding the terms of the 2002 plan and the 2012 plan, see “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans.”

Warrants

We have outstanding an immediately exercisable warrant to purchase 368,182 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.20 per share, which warrant expires on March 26, 2014.

Our outstanding warrant has a net exercise provision under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The warrant also contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

We have also granted registration rights to the warrant holder, as more fully described below under “—Registration Rights.”

Registration Rights

We and the holders of our existing convertible preferred stock are parties to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement. The registration rights provisions of this agreement provide those holders with demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock currently held by them and issuable to them upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering.

Pursuant to the terms of our currently outstanding warrant to purchase common stock held by an entity who is not party to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, the holder of the warrant has piggyback registration rights with respect to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrant on the same terms as are set forth in the Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement.

Demand Registration Rights

At any time beginning on July 16, 2013, any holder may request that we register at least 25% of the shares issuable upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock (and common stock issued in payment of dividends) issued to such holder and its affiliates, or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price,

 

112


Table of Contents

 

net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $5,000,000. We will only be required to file five registration statements upon exercise of these demand registration rights. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Upon such a request, we are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration as soon as practicable. A maximum of 22,613,147 shares of common stock are entitled to these demand registration rights.

Piggyback Registration Rights

At any time after the completion of this offering, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, the holders of shares of common stock that are issued upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock (and common stock issued in payment of dividends) and the holder of our currently outstanding warrant and the holders of our common stock issued in connection with our acquisition of EasyCargo will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These piggyback registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. A maximum aggregate of 22,909,432 shares of common stock will be entitled to these piggyback registration rights.

Registration on Form S-3

At any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, holders of shares of our common stock that are issued upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock (and common stock issued in payment of dividends) and the holder of our currently outstanding warrant will each be entitled, upon their written request, to have such shares registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement at our expense, provided that such requested registration has an anticipated aggregate offering size, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, to the public of at least in excess of $500,000 and subject to other specified conditions and limitations. An aggregate of 22,613,147 shares of common stock will be entitled to these Form S-3 registration rights.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights granted under the Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement will terminate, with respect to a particular holder, at such time as that holder and its affiliates may sell all of their shares of common stock pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, during any 90 day period.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

    before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

113


Table of Contents

 

    on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to specified exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

    any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of 66  2 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by the board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Our bylaws will also provide that only our chairman of the board, Chief Executive Officer (or if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President) or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our bylaws will also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the stockholders cannot amend the provisions described above except by a vote of 66  2 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede any attempt to effect a change of control of our company.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids.

 

114


Table of Contents

 

These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in some other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The transfer agent’s address is 17 Battery Place, New York NY 10004.

Stock Exchange Listing

There is currently no established public trading market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “AMBR.” There can be no assurance that this listing application will be granted.

 

115


Table of Contents

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of shares of common stock to the public or the availability of shares for sale to the public will have on the market price of the common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, if a significant number of shares of common stock are sold in the public market, or if people believe that such sales may occur, the prevailing market price of our common stock could decline and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, the              shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining shares of common stock were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and are restricted securities. Of these shares, a total of 28,597,020 million shares are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters or provisions of our equity compensation plans that provide that the holders of those shares may not dispose of or hedge any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock. The restrictions imposed by the lock-up agreements and these provisions of our equity compensation plans will be in effect for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. At any time and without notice, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company Incorporated may, in its sole discretion, release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements. The following table describes the number of outstanding shares that will become eligible for sale in the public market on several relevant dates, assuming no extension of the lock-up agreements, and assuming no resale registration statement is filed by us for the benefit of the holders of registration rights. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

Relevant Dates

  

Approximate Number of Shares
Eligible for Future Sale

  

Comments

On effective date

                million    Shares sold in this offering and shares not subject to lock-up provisions.

181 days after effective date

                million    All shares subject to lock-up agreements released.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

 

116


Table of Contents

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Upon expiration of the lock-up period described above, additional shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144, including shares eligible for resale immediately upon the closing of this offering as described above. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provision of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. A total of 371,272 of the Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements or provisions of our equity compensation plans that restrict transfers during the effectiveness of the lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of (1) the expiration of the 180-day lock-up agreements and (2) no sooner than 90 days after the offering upon obtaining the prior written consent of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.

Registration of Shares in Connection with Compensatory Benefit Plans

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rules 144 or 701 because that number will depend on the market price for the common stock, the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering, among other things, shares of common stock covered by outstanding options under our stock plans. Based on the number of shares covered by outstanding options as of December 31, 2013 and currently reserved for issuance under the stock plans, the registration statement on Form S-8 would cover approximately              million shares. The registration statement will become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the open market immediately, after complying with Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, with applicable lock-up agreements, and with the vesting requirements and restrictions on transfer affecting any shares that are subject to restricted stock awards.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, holders of 22,613,147 shares of common stock will be entitled to specific rights to register those shares for sale in the public market. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares subject to registration rights will be reduced to             . See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to such shares.

 

117


Table of Contents

 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. All prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. In general, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These laws are subject to change and to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes or the alternative minimum tax on net investment income. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as holders that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below), corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-qualified retirement plans, holders who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, holders deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents or non-U.S. holders holding shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment).

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons that hold their common stock through such partnerships. If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partners and partnerships should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

 

118


Table of Contents

 

Distributions on Our Common Stock

We do not intend to declare or pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do make distributions on shares of our common stock, however, such distributions, will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock, subject to the tax treatment described below under “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distribution will also be subject to the discussion below under the heading “FATCA.”

Distributions treated as dividends that are paid to a non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence (but only if the holder qualifies for the benefits of such treaty), unless the dividends are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States. Such effectively connected dividends are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements (such as providing us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI or successor form). However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence (but only if the holder qualifies for the benefits of such treaty).

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide to us or our paying agent a valid and properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. A non-U.S. holder who provides us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI must update the form or submit a new form, as applicable, if there is a change in circumstances that makes any information on such form incorrect.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder will generally not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained in the United States by such non-U.S. holder, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on the net gain derived from the sale at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock” also may apply;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax

 

119


Table of Contents

 

 

treaty) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States); or

 

    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest because we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation.” Even if we are or become a U.S. real property holding corporation, provided that our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only with respect to a non-U.S. holder that holds more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. In such case, such non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. We can provide no assurance that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned at the time of death by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States, as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such dividends. Non-U.S. holders will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate (currently 28%) with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to the U.S. withholding tax, as described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non- U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be allowed as a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

120


Table of Contents

 

FATCA

Under Code sections 1471 through 1474 (the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”), a person who makes a withholdable payment (as defined in section 1473) to a foreign financial institution (“FFI”) or a non-financial foreign entity (“NFFE”) must withhold at a 30% rate unless the FFI or NFFE meets certain requirements or provides certain information to the U.S. person making the payment. Withholdable payments generally include fixed or determinable annual or periodical (“FDAP”) payments (such as dividends) and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any property of a type which can produce U.S.-source interest or dividends (such as our stock). FATCA withholding on U.S.-source FDAP payments (such as our dividends) is generally scheduled to commence July 1, 2014, and FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds (such as sales of our shares) is generally scheduled to commence January 1, 2017. As a result of FATCA, we are likely to require certain information, representations or both from stockholders that are considered FFIs or NFFEs in order for them to avoid withholding under FATCA.

 

121


Table of Contents

 

UNDERWRITING

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated is acting as the sole book-running manager of the offering and as representative of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Total

  

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representative has advised us and the selling stockholders that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      Without Option      With Option  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount paid by the us

   $         $         $     

Underwriting discount paid by the selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

The expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $ million, including an amount not to exceed $30,000 that we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred in connection with this offering.

 

122


Table of Contents

 

Among the factors the underwriters will consider in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of these factors compared to the market valuations of companies in related businesses. The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

Underwriters’ Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The selling stockholders have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to an additional              shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and the selling stockholders, our executive officers and directors, and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for a period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

 

    sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

    purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

    grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

    lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

    request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock, provided, however, that we may issue up to 10% of our outstanding stock in connection with any acquisition or strategic investment. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

We have applied to list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “AMBR.”

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders or by purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for

 

123


Table of Contents

 

purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares from the selling stockholders. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we, the selling stockholders nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for the offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. The underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to their online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet web sites maintained by the respective underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the respective underwriters’ web sites are not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

    to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

    to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

124


Table of Contents

 

    to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by our company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Switzerland

This document as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus (the “Shares”) do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Shares will not be listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the Shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SWX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange.

The Shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the Shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by our company from time to time.

This document as well as any other material relating to the Shares are personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of our company. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

 

125


Table of Contents

 

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares offered in this prospectus and certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Dentons US LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters are represented by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. An investment partnership comprised of members of Dentons US LLP owns an interest representing less than 0.1% of our common stock.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Amber Road, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 in connection with this offering. In addition, upon completion of the offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge on our website, www.amberroad.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

You may also read and copy the registration statement and any other documents we have filed at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s website at: http://www.sec.gov.

This prospectus is part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. Whenever a reference is made in this prospectus to any of our contracts or other documents, the reference may not be complete and, for a copy of the contract or document, you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement.

 

126


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Index To Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, Puttable Common Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Amber Road, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Amber Road, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock, puttable common stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Amber Road, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

February 10, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,     Pro forma  
     2012     2013     2013  
         (unaudited)   
Assets       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,279,821      $ 5,147,735      $ 5,147,735   

Accounts receivable, net

     9,833,985        11,017,671        11,017,671   

Unbilled receivables

     116,018        144,067        144,067   

Deferred commissions

     2,287,986        2,983,400        2,983,400   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     825,376        869,108        869,108   

Deferred offering costs

     —          2,786,376        2,786,376   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     17,343,186        22,948,357        22,948,357   

Property and equipment, net

     10,388,772        13,102,380        13,102,380   

Goodwill

     21,290,501        24,476,157        24,476,157   

Other intangibles, net

     456,650        1,201,034        1,201,034   

Deferred commissions

     4,446,582        7,066,512        7,066,512   

Deposits and other assets

     830,678        1,302,681        1,302,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 54,756,369      $ 70,097,121      $ 70,097,121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)       

Current liabilities:

      

Current installments of obligations under capital leases

   $ 230,429      $ 1,022,176      $ 1,022,176   

Accounts payable

     1,167,290        2,568,161        2,568,161   

Accrued expenses

     4,287,333        9,081,554        9,081,554   

Deferred revenue

     22,242,277        26,115,001        26,115,001   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     27,927,329        38,786,892        38,786,892   

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

     350,145        2,068,308        2,068,308   

Deferred revenue, less current portion

     8,009,171        4,641,631        4,641,631   

Revolving credit facility

     —          6,978,525        6,978,525   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     2,118,129        3,981,889        3,981,889   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     38,404,774        56,457,245        56,457,245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock and puttable common stock:

      

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value. Authorized, issued, and outstanding, 6,725,000 shares (liquidation value $8,900,911 at December 31, 2013)

     8,896,604        8,900,911        —     

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value. Authorized, issued, and outstanding, 1,853,568 shares (liquidation value $6,617,778 at December 31, 2013)

     6,614,681        6,617,778        —     

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value. Authorized, issued, and outstanding, 5,227,761 shares (liquidation value $20,187,957 at December 31, 2013)

     20,185,862        20,187,957        —     

Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value. Authorized, issued, and outstanding, 2,669,384 shares (liquidation value $10,965,829 at December 31, 2013)

     10,795,969        10,818,014        —     

Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value. Authorized 6,709,007 shares; issued and outstanding, 4,472,671 shares (liquidation value $33,750,328 at December 31, 2013)

     23,430,629        28,248,692        —     

Puttable common stock, no par value, issued and outstanding, none and 296,285 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively

     —          2,148,007        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock and puttable common stock

     69,923,745        76,921,359        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock, no par value (actual), $0.001 par value (pro forma). Authorized, 38,100,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 7,347,858 and 7,493,858 and 28,738,527 at December 31, 2012, 2013, and December 31, 2013 (pro forma), respectively

     5,342,267        15,221,195        92,142,554   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (180,784     (485,917     (485,917

Accumulated deficit

     (58,733,633     (78,016,761     (78,016,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (53,572,150     (63,281,483     13,639,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 54,756,369      $ 70,097,121      $ 70,097,121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Revenue:

      

Subscription

   $ 28,825,453      $ 32,399,577      $ 38,866,989   

Professional services

     8,746,844        10,968,131        13,660,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     37,572,297        43,367,708        52,526,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

      

Cost of subscription revenue

     10,145,217        10,731,302        12,747,971   

Cost of professional services revenue

     6,968,645        8,680,446        9,498,225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     17,113,862        19,411,748        22,246,196   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     20,458,435        23,955,960        30,280,793   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     11,277,135        12,807,458        16,246,583   

Research and development

     5,946,184        5,774,695        7,935,614   

General and administrative

     6,476,899        6,275,160        10,468,776   

Restricted stock expense

     683,325        877,892        9,327,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,383,543        25,735,205        43,978,567   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,925,108     (1,779,245     (13,697,774

Interest income

     28,952        30,629        18,432   

Interest expense

     (159,470     (37,041     (168,810
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,055,626     (1,785,657     (13,848,152

Income tax expense

     591,654        310,900        549,718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,647,280   $ (2,096,557   $ (14,397,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (3,358,691     (4,035,920     (4,849,607

Preferred stock deemed dividend

     (674,820     (536,107     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (8,680,791   $ (6,668,584   $ (19,247,477
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share (note 11):

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (1.61   $ (1.21   $ (3.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding (note 11):

      

Basic and diluted

     5,384,576        5,498,752        5,634,053   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited) (note 11):

      

Basic and diluted

       $ (0.68
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited) (note 11):

      

Basic and diluted

         28,507,973   
      

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Net loss

   $ (4,647,280   $ (2,096,557   $ (14,397,870

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Foreign currency translation

     116,408        (298,080     (305,133
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     116,408        (298,080     (305,133
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (4,530,872   $ (2,394,637   $ (14,703,003
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, Puttable Common Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

 

    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Puttable Common Stock         Stockholders’ Deficit        
    Series A
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series E
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Puttable
Common
Stock
          Common Stock     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2010

    6,725,000      $ 8,886,670        1,853,568      $ 6,607,541        5,227,761      $ 20,181,036        2,669,384      $ 9,540,956        4,472,671      $ 16,102,003        —          —              7,213,515      $ 3,346,990      $ 888      $ (43,384,257   $ (40,036,379

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (4,647,280     (4,647,280

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          116,408        —          116,408   

Accretion of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          4,967        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (4,967     (4,967

Accretion of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          3,570        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (3,570     (3,570

Accretion of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          —          —          2,413        —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (2,413     (2,413

Accretion of Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          696,863        —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (696,863     (696,863

Accretion of Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          3,325,699        —          —              —          —          —          (3,325,699     (3,325,699

Exercise of common stock options

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          —          —     

Compensation related to restricted stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          683,325        —          —          683,325   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          170,274        —          —          170,274   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    6,725,000        8,891,637        1,853,568        6,611,111        5,227,761        20,183,449        2,669,384        10,237,819        4,472,671        19,427,702        —          —              7,213,515        4,200,589        117,296        (52,065,049     (47,747,164
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (2,096,557     (2,096,557

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          (298,080     —          (298,080

Accretion of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          4,967        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (4,967     (4,967

Accretion of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          3,570        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (3,570     (3,570

Accretion of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          —          —          2,413        —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (2,413     (2,413

Accretion of Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          558,150        —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (558,150     (558,150

Accretion of Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          4,002,927        —          —              —          —          —          (4,002,927     (4,002,927

Exercise of common stock options

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              161,343        44,367        —          —          44,367   

Compensation related to restricted stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          877,892        —          —          877,892   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          219,419        —          —          219,419   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    6,725,000        8,896,604        1,853,568        6,614,681        5,227,761        20,185,862        2,669,384        10,795,969        4,472,671        23,430,629                    —                      —              7,374,858        5,342,267        (180,784     (58,733,633     (53,572,150
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents
    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Puttable Common Stock         Stockholders’ Deficit  
    Series A
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series E
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Puttable
Common Stock
          Common Stock     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount        

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (14,397,870     (14,397,870

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          (305,133     —          (305,133

Accretion of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          4,307        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (4,307     (4,307

Accretion of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          3,097        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (3,097     (3,097

Accretion of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          —          —          2,095        —          —          —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (2,095     (2,095

Accretion of Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          22,045        —          —          —          —              —          —          —          (22,045     (22,045

Accretion of Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          4,818,063        —          —              —          —          —          (4,818,063     (4,818,063

Exercise of common stock options

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              119,000        29,750        —          —          29,750   

Compensation related to restricted stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          9,327,594        —          —         
9,327,594
  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —              —          521,584        —          —          521,584   

Puttable common stock issued for acquisition (note 2)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          296,285        2,112,356            —          —          —          —          —     

Accretion of puttable common stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          35,651            —          —          —          (35,651     (35,651
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    6,725,000      $ 8,900,911        1,853,568      $ 6,617,778        5,227,761      $ 20,187,957        2,669,384      $ 10,818,014        4,472,671      $ 28,248,692        296,285        2,148,007            7,493,858      $ 15,221,195      $ (485,917   $ 78,016,761      $ 63,281,483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net loss

  $ (4,647,280   $ (2,096,557   $ (14,397,870

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    1,843,040        2,566,673        3,791,973   

Bad debt expense

    60,000        60,000        46,500   

Stock-based compensation

    170,274        219,419        521,584   

Loss on asset impairment

    175        —          30,261   

Restricted stock non-cash compensation

    683,325        877,892        9,327,594   

Compensation related to puttable common stock

    —          —          18,255   

Increase in fair value of contingent consideration liability

    —          —          106,244   

Non-cash interest expense related to debt

    6,782        —          23,227   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (1,954     32,674        1,600,176   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Accounts receivable

    (3,684,053     1,559,364        (1,004,874

Unbilled receivables

    143,505        41,651        96,170   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (544,588     (1,201,895     (3,274,161

Accounts payable

    205,658        (497,224     431,342   

Accrued expenses

    (261,810     1,105,675        3,232,110   

Other liabilities

    1,155,869        1,194,333        (64,266

Deferred revenue

    5,854,213        60,481        504,824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    983,156        3,922,486        989,089   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Capital expenditures

    (3,128,485     (1,511,114     (327,024

Addition of capitalized software development costs

    (2,020,607     (3,272,403     (2,409,325

Acquisition, net of cash acquired of $85,310

    —          —          (1,914,768

Cash (paid) received for deposits

    (215,470     11,412        (534,919
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (5,364,562     (4,772,105     (5,186,036
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

    —          —          7,478,525   

Payments on revolving line of credit

    —          —          (500,000

Payments of promissory note payable

    (2,958,333     —          —     

Debt financing costs

    20,831        —          (51,764

Repayments on capital lease obligations

    (150,641     (164,919     (1,022,176

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    —          44,367        29,750   

Deferred offering costs

    —          —          (478,939
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    (3,088,143     (120,552     5,455,396   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

    —          (40,357     (390,535
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (7,469,549     (1,010,528     867,914   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    12,759,898        5,290,349        4,279,821   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 5,290,349      $ 4,279,821      $ 5,147,735   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

     

Accretion of Series E Preferred Stock

  $ 3,274,546      $ 3,941,358      $ 4,743,956   

Accrual for Series D Preferred Stock dividends

    674,820        536,107        —     

Accretion of Series A,B,C,D and E issuance costs

    84,146        94,562        105,651   

Cash paid for interest

    139,832        23,841        145,207   

Non-cash property and equipment acquired under capital lease

    42,235        707,911        3,532,086   

Non-cash property and equipment purchases in accounts payable

    301,876        69,498        112,111   

Non-cash deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    —          —          2,307,437   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1) Background

(a) Business

Amber Road, Inc. (the Company) provides a global trade management solution, including modules for logistics contract and rate management, supply chain visibility and event management, international trade compliance, and Global Knowledge to importers and exporters, nonvessel owning common carriers (resellers), and ocean carriers. The Company’s solution is primarily delivered using an on-demand, cloud based, delivery model. During 2011, the Company changed its name from Management Dynamics Inc. to Amber Road, Inc. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was incorporated in the state of New Jersey (subsequently reincorporated in the state of Delaware (note 14)) and its corporate headquarters are located in East Rutherford, New Jersey. The Company also has offices in McLean, Virginia, Cary, North Carolina, Munich, Germany, Bangalore, India and Shanghai, China.

(b) Liquidity

The Company has incurred net losses since inception. To date, the Company’s operations have been funded by equity investments from investors and sales in the normal course of business. Management believes that the Company’s cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2013 along with cash generated from operations, as well as available borrowing capacity under its line of credit (note 8), are sufficient to fund its operations through, at least, the second half of 2015. Additional financing will be required for the Company to successfully implement its long-term strategy. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if needed, can be obtained on terms acceptable to the Company. If financing is not achieved, the Company will be required to curtail or limit certain sales and marketing, research and development and/or general and administrative activities in order to reduce its cash expenditures. The Company’s ability to maintain successful operations will depend on, among other things, the conversion of existing backlog, new business, the retention of customers, and the effectiveness of sales and marketing initiatives.

(2) Acquisition

On September 3, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Sunrise International Ltd., a Barbados company which owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of EasyCargo (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (EasyCargo), a software as a service company focused on a subset of global trade management called China Trade Management, or CTM.

The Company acquired EasyCargo for a payment of $2,000,000 in cash and up to 443,946 shares of common stock. In addition, the Company will make additional payments of up to $2,500,000 in cash or shares of its common stock (at its option) by March 15, 2016 if certain CTM revenue targets are achieved for the periods ending December 31, 2015.

The 443,946 shares of common stock are comprised of the following:

 

    296,285 shares of common stock issued at closing;

 

    98,933 shares of common stock that are contingently issuable based upon the achievement of certain CTM revenue targets through 2015; and

 

    48,728 shares of common stock that are contingently issuable based upon the Company’s continued employment of EasyCargo’s founder.

All shares of common stock (either issued or contingently issuable) are puttable by the shareholders of EasyCargo to the Company at a price of $6.75 per share if the Company does not complete an initial public offering by September 3, 2014.

The fair value of the 296,285 common shares issued as part of the consideration paid for EasyCargo was determined to be $1,908,075 based upon a third party valuation obtained as of the acquisition date ($6.44 per share). For accounting purposes, the value of these shares is included within temporary equity as puttable common stock and is being accreted to its redemption value of $6.75 per share through September 3, 2014.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As it relates to the contingently issuable equity consideration, the 98,933 shares are only issuable if certain CTM revenue targets are met in 2014, 2015 or for the cumulative period from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2015. For accounting purposes, these shares are classified within liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and are being marked-to-market at each reporting date until issued or forfeited. As of the acquisition date, the fair value of these shares, as determined by an independent appraisal, was $139,452.

The remaining 48,728 contingently issuable shares are only issuable in the event that EasyCargo’s founder maintains employment with the EasyCargo subsidiary through December 31, 2015. For accounting purposes, a portion of the value of these shares held by the founder of EasyCargo is being recorded as compensation expense over the required employment term. Additionally, these shares are classified within temporary equity as puttable common stock and are being accreted to their redemption value of $6.75 per share through September 3, 2014. As of the acquisition date, the fair value of these shares, as determined by an independent appraisal, was $186,019.

The arrangement requires the Company to pay additional consideration of 50% of CTM revenues in excess of $7,700,000 for the period from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2015 subject to a maximum payment of $2,500,000. The Company has the option to pay any amounts due related to this contingency in cash or shares of common stock of the Company. For accounting purposes, the fair value of this contingent consideration is classified within liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and is being marked-to-market at each reporting date through December 31, 2015, which is the end of the earnout period. As of the acquisition date, the fair value of this contingent consideration, as determined by an independent appraisal, was $85,600.

The fair value of the various contingent consideration arrangements were estimated primarily by applying the income approach. That measure is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, which ASC Section 820 refers to as Level 3 inputs (note 3(f)).

The Company obtained third party valuations of intangible assets acquired. The following table summarizes the consideration paid for EasyCargo as well as the preliminary allocation of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date.

 

Consideration:

  

Cash

   $ 2,000,078   

Common stock at closing (296,285 shares)

     1,908,075   

Contingent equity consideration (98,933 shares – based on CTM revenue targets)

     139,452   

Contingent equity consideration (48,728 shares – based on continued employment of EasyCargo’s founder)

     186,019   

Contingent consideration

     85,600   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

   $ 4,319,224   
  

 

 

 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Cash

   $ 85,310   

Accounts receivable (including unbilled receivables)

     342,517   

Other assets

     87,016   

Customer relationship assets

     719,300   

Developed technology

     102,600   

Trade name

     56,700   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets acquired excluding goodwill

     1,393,443   
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     259,875   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     259,875   
  

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets acquired excluding goodwill

     1,133,568   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     3,185,656   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 4,319,224   
  

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The revenue and net loss of the combined entity as if the acquisition date had been January 1, 2012 are as follows:

 

     Revenue
(unaudited)
     Net Loss
(unaudited)
 

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2012 – December 31, 2012

   $ 44,681,108       $ 2,475,457   

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2013 – December 31, 2013

   $ 53,263,089       $ 14,816,453   

As of the acquisition date, EasyCargo had a promissory note for loans aggregating to $252,502 which are payable to EasyCargo’s founder. The promissory note bears interest at a rate of 2% and matures in 2016.

(3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

(a) Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries located in India, China and the United Kingdom. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(b ) Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

Immediately prior to the closing of a qualifying initial public offering (IPO), all the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into 20,948,384 shares of common stock. In addition, holders of the Company’s preferred stock will be paid their accrued dividends in shares of common stock at the offering price. The December 31, 2013 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet has been prepared assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred shares into 20,948,384 shares of common stock on that date. In addition, it assumes the cancellation of the put right associated with the puttable common stock (notes 2 and 9). The proforma balance sheet does not include any shares that the Company will issue in satisfaction of $10,512,222 of accrued but unpaid dividends to the preferred stockholders at the offering price.

(c) Foreign Currency

The Company accounts for foreign currency in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters (ASC 830), for operating subsidiaries where the functional currency is the local currency rather than the U.S. dollar. ASC 830 requires that translation of monetary assets and liabilities be made at year-end exchange rates, that nonmonetary assets and liabilities and related income statement items be translated at historical rates, and that remaining revenues and expenses be translated at average rates. Cumulative translation adjustments are reflected in the results of the current period. The Company recognizes transaction gains and losses that result from changes in exchange rates on foreign transactions. Such gains and losses are also included in the determination of the Company’s net loss for the period.

(d) Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the carrying amount of intangibles and goodwill; valuation allowance for receivables and deferred income tax assets; revenue; capitalization of software costs; and valuation of share-based payments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(e) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the balance sheet date to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2012 and 2013 consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Cash

   $ 3,964,507       $ 5,147,360   

Money market accounts

     315,314         375   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,279,821       $ 5,147,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(f) Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses. Management believes that the carrying values of these instruments are representative of their fair value due to the relatively short-term nature of those instruments.

The Company follows FASB accounting guidance on fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements , among other things, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires disclosure about such fair value measurements. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on one or more of three valuation techniques provided for in the standards. The three value techniques are as follows:

 

Market Approach

   

Prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities;

Income Approach

   

Techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based on market expectations (including present value techniques and option pricing models); and

Cost Approach

   

Amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (often referred to as replacement cost).

The standards clarify that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset, based on the highest and best use of the asset, or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for evaluating such assumptions, the standards establish a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1

   

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2

   

Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; or

Level 3

   

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions about what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following tables provide the financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2013:

 

           Fair Value Measurements Using  
     Total
Carrying
Value
December 31,
2012
    Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets:

          

Cash equivalents:

          

Money market accounts

   $ 315,314      $ 315,314       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

   $ 315,314      $ 315,314       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

          

Warrants

   $ (126,826   $ —         $ —         $ (126,826
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

   $ (126,826   $ —         $ —         $ (126,826
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

           Fair Value Measurements Using  
     Total
Carrying
Value
December 31,
2013
    Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets:

          

Cash equivalents:

          

Money market accounts

   $ 375      $ 375       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

   $ 375      $ 375       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

          

Acquisition contingent consideration liability

   $ (331,296   $ —         $ —         $ (331,296

Warrants

   $ (1,726,862   $ —         $ —         $ (1,726,862
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

   $ (2,058,158   $ —         $ —         $ (2,058,158
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition contingent consideration liability is measured at fair value and is based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The valuation of contingent consideration uses assumptions the Company believes would be made by a market participant.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The changes in the value of the warrant liability in the tables above are based on changes in fair value as determined using Level 3 inputs. The changes in fair value are primarily the result of increases in the fair value of the Company’s common stock. The reconciliation of the warrant and acquisition contingent consideration liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows:

 

     Warrant
Liability
     Acquisition
Contingent
Consideration
Liability
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 94,012       $ —     

Mark to estimated fair value recorded as general and administrative expense

     32,674         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     126,686         —     

Acquisition (note 2)

     —           225,052   

Mark to estimated fair value recorded as general and administrative expense

     1,600,176         106,244   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 1,726,862       $ 331,296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(g) Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in its existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience, the industry, and the economy. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. Past-due balances over 90 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectibility. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

The Company records unbilled receivables for contracts on which revenue has been recognized, but for which the customer has not yet been billed.

The table below presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                    

Beginning balance

   $   28,130      $ 52,702      $ 27,384   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     60,000        60,000        46,500   

Acquisition (note 2)

     —          —          24,695   

Write-offs, net of recoveries

     (35,428     (85,318     (6,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 52,702      $ 27,384      $ 91,709   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(h) Major Customers and Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company invests its excess cash with a large high-credit-quality financial institution. The Company’s customer base is principally comprised of companies within the global trade management industry. The Company does not require collateral from its customers.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following customers comprised 10% or more of the Company’s accounts receivable and of the Company’s total revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  
              

Accounts receivable:

    

Company A

     13     13

Company B

     10        *   

Company C

     10        *   

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013  

Revenue:

      

Company A

     12     11     12

Company B

     *        *        *   

Company C

     *        *        *   

 

* Less than 10%

(i) Prepaid Expense and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 primarily consist of annual prepaid license and maintenance fees related to the Company’s internal software licenses, and prepaid marketing fees.

(j) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment acquired under capital leases is recorded at the present value of the minimum lease payments and subsequently depreciated based on its classification below.

Depreciation on property and equipment is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Asset Classification

 

Estimated Useful Life

Computer and equipment

  3 to 5 years

Software

  3 to 5 years

Furniture and fixtures

  7 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of the estimated useful

life or the remaining lease term

(k) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the fair value of the assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (ASC 350). To accomplish this, the Company is required to identify its reporting units and determine the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning the assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, to those reporting units as of the annual impairment testing date. Management has determined that the Company operates in one reporting unit. Management is required to determine the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit and compare it to the carrying amount of the reporting unit on the annual impairment testing date. To the extent the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the Company would be required to perform the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

second step of the annual impairment test, as this is an indication that the reporting unit goodwill may be impaired. The Company performed its annual impairment test as of December 31, 2013, and the second step was not required as the fair value substantially exceeded the carrying value by 1586%. Accordingly, the Company’s reporting unit was not at risk of failing step one of the goodwill impairment testing process.

(l) Other Intangibles

Other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization, are primarily the result of the allocation of the purchase price related to businesses acquired. Each intangible asset acquired is being amortized on a basis consistent with the utilization of the assets over their estimated useful lives and is reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 350.

(m) Deposits and Other Assets

Deposits and other assets mainly consist of rental security deposits.

(n) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with ASC 350, Long-Lived Assets , such as property and equipment and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, or 2013, management believes that no revision of the remaining useful lives or write-down of long-lived assets is required.

(o) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the provisions of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (ASC 740). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

(p) Revenue

The Company primarily generates revenue from the sale of subscriptions and subscription-related professional services. In instances involving subscriptions, revenue is generated under customer contracts with multiple elements, which are comprised of (1) subscription fees that provide the customers with access to the Company’s on-demand application and content, unspecified solution and content upgrades, and customer support, (2) professional services associated with consulting services (primarily implementation services) and (3) transaction-related fees (including publishing services). The Company’s initial customer contracts have contract terms from, typically, three to five years in length. Typically, the customer does not take possession of the software nor does the customer have the right to take possession of the software supporting the on-demand application service. However, in certain instances, the Company has customers that take possession of the software whereby the application is installed on the customer’s premises. The Company’s subscription service arrangements typically may only be terminated for cause and do not contain refund provisions.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company provides its software as a service and follows the provisions of ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605) and ASC Topic 985, Software (ASC 985). The Company commences revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are met:

 

    There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    The service has been or is being provided to the customer;

 

    The collection of the fees is probable; and

 

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

The subscription fees typically begin the first month following contract execution, whether or not the Company has completed the solution’s implementation. In addition, typically, any services performed by the Company for its customers are not essential to the functionality of the Company’s products.

Subscription Revenue

Subscription revenue is recognized ratably over contract terms beginning on the commencement date of each contract, which is the date the Company’s service is made available to customers. Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met. Transaction-related revenue is recognized as the transactions occur.

Professional Services Revenue

The majority of professional services contracts are on a time and material basis. When these services are not combined with subscription revenue as a single unit of accounting, as discussed below, this revenue is recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts, and when the milestones are achieved and accepted by the customer for fixed price contracts.

Multiple-Deliverable Arrangements

The Company enters into arrangements with multiple deliverables that generally include subscription, professional services (primarily implementation) as well as transaction-related fees.

Prior to January 1, 2010, the deliverables in multiple-deliverable arrangements were accounted for separately if the delivered items had stand-alone value and there was objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered items. If the deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement could not be accounted for separately, the total arrangement fee was recognized ratably as a single unit of accounting over the contracted term of the subscription agreement. A significant portion of the Company’s multiple-deliverable arrangements were accounted for as a single unit of accounting because it did not have objective and reliable evidence of fair value for certain of the deliverables. Additionally, in these situations, the Company expensed the direct costs of the professional services arrangement as incurred whereas the revenue from the services was recognized over the contracted terms of the subscription.

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13, “ Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force ” (“ASU 2009-13”) which amended the previous multiple-deliverable arrangements accounting guidance. Pursuant to the updated guidance, objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the deliverables to be delivered was no longer required in order to account for deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement separately. Instead, arrangement consideration is allocated to deliverables based on their relative selling price.

The Company adopted this accounting guidance on January 1, 2010, for applicable arrangements entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2010 (the beginning of its fiscal year). Under the updated accounting guidance, in order to treat deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement as separate units of accounting, the deliverables must have stand-alone value upon delivery. If the deliverables have stand-alone value upon delivery, the Company accounts for each deliverable separately. Subscription services have standalone value as

 

F-17


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

such services are often sold separately. In determining whether professional services have standalone value, the Company considers the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the professional services, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date, and the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the customer’s satisfaction with the professional services work. To date, the Company has concluded that all of the professional services included in multiple-deliverable arrangements executed have stand-alone value.

As a result of the adoption of ASU 2009-13, the Company allocates revenue to each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), if available, third party evidence (TPE), if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling prices (ESP), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. As the Company has been unable to establish VSOE or TPE for the elements of its arrangements, the Company establishes the ESP for each element primarily by considering the weighted average of actual sales prices of professional services sold on a standalone basis and subscription including various add-on modules if and when sold together without professional services, and other factors such as gross margin objectives, pricing practice and growth strategy. The Company has established processes to determine ESP and allocate revenue in multiple arrangements using ESP.

For those contracts in which the customer accesses the Company’s software via an on-demand application, the Company accounts for these contracts in accordance with the ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements . The majority of these agreements represent multiple-element arrangements, and the Company evaluates each element to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. The consideration allocated to subscription is recognized as revenue ratably over the contract period. The consideration allocated to professional services is recognized as the services are performed, which is typically over the first three to six months of an arrangement.

For those contracts in which the customer takes possession of the software, the Company accounts for such transactions in accordance with ASC 985, Software . The Company accounts for these contracts as subscriptions and recognizes the entire arrangement fee (subscription and services) ratably over the term of the agreement. In addition, as the Company does not have VSOE for services, any add-on services entered into during the term of the subscription are recognized over the remaining term of the agreement.

Other Revenue Items

Sales tax collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities is accounted for on a net basis and, therefore, are not included in revenue and cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company classifies customer reimbursements received for direct costs paid to third parties and related expenses as revenue, in accordance with ASC 605. The amount included in professional services revenue and cost of professional services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were $364,305, $432,702, and $496,474, respectively.

(q) Cost of Revenue

Cost of subscription revenue . Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of personnel and related costs of the Company’s hosting, support, and content teams, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation and allocated overhead, as well as software license fees, hosting costs, internet connectivity, depreciation expenses directly related to delivering solutions, as well as amortization of capitalized software development costs. As the Company adds data center capacity and personnel in advance of anticipated growth, its cost of subscription revenue may increase. The Company’s cost of subscription revenue is generally expensed as the costs are incurred.

Cost of professional services revenue . Cost of professional services revenue consists primarily of personnel and related costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation, the costs of

 

F-18


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

contracted third-party vendors, reimbursable expenses and allocated overhead. As the Company’s personnel are employed on a full-time basis, its cost of professional services is largely fixed in the short term, while the Company’s professional services revenue may fluctuate, leading to fluctuations in professional services gross profit. Cost of professional services revenue is generally expensed as costs are incurred.

(r) Deferred Commissions

The Company defers commission costs that are incremental and directly related to the acquisition of customer contracts. Commission costs are accrued and deferred upon execution of the sales contract by the customer. Payments to sales personnel are made shortly after the receipt of the related customer payment. Deferred commissions are amortized over the term of the related noncancelable customer contract and are recoverable through the related future revenue streams. The Company deferred commission costs of $2,418,886, $4,204,787, and $6,404,396 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Amortization of deferred commissions for the same periods were $2,011,130, $2,611,052, and $3,089,052, respectively.

(s) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation as an expense in the consolidated financial statements and measures that cost based on the estimated fair value of the award.

The Company recognizes compensation expense based on the estimated grant-date fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

(t) Segments

The Company has one operating segment. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) is its Chief Executive Officer, who manages operations on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources. When evaluating performance and allocating resources, the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis.

(u) Geographic Information

Revenue by geographic area is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

Country

   2011      2012      2013  

United States

   $   34,245,281       $   39,505,790       $   46,750,740   

International

     3,327,016         3,861,918         5,776,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 37,572,297       $ 43,367,708       $ 52,526,989   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Approximately two percent of long lived assets are located outside of the United States.

(v) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update, Testing Goodwill for Impairment (the revised standard). The revised standard is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the annual goodwill impairment test by providing entities an option to perform a “qualitative” assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The revised standard was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted provided that the entity has not yet performed its 2012 annual impairment test or issued its financial statements. An entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the current two-step test. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on the consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted FASB authoritative guidance that amends previous guidance for the presentation of comprehensive income. The new standard eliminated the option to present other comprehensive income in the statement of stockholders’ equity. Under the revised guidance, an entity has the option to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. The Company is providing two separate but consecutive financial statements. The new standard was required to be applied retrospectively. Other than the change in presentation, the adoption of the new standard did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted FASB authoritative guidance that amends previous guidance for fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The revised guidance changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurements and expands the disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. Adoption of the amendments did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(4) Consolidated Balance Sheet Components

Components of property and equipment, accrued expenses, deferred revenue, other noncurrent liabilities, and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following:

(a) Property and Equipment

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Computer software and equipment

   $ 5,693,449      $ 9,493,279   

Software development costs

     9,078,002        11,374,854   

Furniture and fixtures

     1,657,237        1,790,875   

Leasehold Improvements

     2,460,870        2,561,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     18,889,558        25,220,073   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (8,500,786     (12,117,693
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 10,388,772      $ 13,102,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1,691,975, $2,446,221, and $3,657,757 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company received tenant improvement allowances of $1,116,775 and $258,063, respectively, related to rental agreements for two of its office leases. The Company did not receive any tenant improvement allowances during the year ended December 31, 2013. In accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 840, Leases (ASC 840), the Company recorded the allowances received as leasehold improvements, and the Company is depreciating the leasehold improvements over the remaining term of the lease. The Company also recorded deferred rent in the amount of $1,887,478 related to the tenant improvement allowances and are amortizing the amount in accordance with the provisions of ASC 840. Current and long-term deferred rent in the amounts of $135,249 and $1,958,594, respectively, are included in accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012. Current and long-term deferred rent in the amounts of $196,761 and $1,897,137, respectively, are included in accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013.

Certain development costs of the Company’s software solution are capitalized in accordance with ASC Topic 350-40, Internal Use Software , which outlines the stages of computer software development and specifies when capitalization of costs is required. Projects that are determined to be in the development stage are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives of five years. Projects that are determined to be within the preliminary stage are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs were $2,020,607, $3,272,403, and $2,409,325 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively. Amortization expense for the

 

F-20


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 was $825,965, $1,137,647, and $1,813,602, respectively, and is included in cost of subscription revenue on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, capitalized software costs not yet subject to amortization were $306,845 and $794,411, respectively. Accumulated depreciation and amortization is $1,987,498, $3,125,145 and $4,938,747 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, related to software development costs.

(b) Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Accrued bonus

   $   1,093,633       $ 1,749,780   

Accrued commission

     1,902,262         3,928,419   

Deferred rent

     135,249         196,761   

Accrued offering costs

     —           1,445,000   

Other accrued expenses

     1,156,189         1,761,594   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,287,333       $ 9,081,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(c) Deferred revenue

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Current:

     

Subscription revenue

   $   15,666,153       $ 19,881,982   

Professional services revenue

     2,918,610         2,575,505   

Other

     3,657,514         3,657,514   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     22,242,277         26,115,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

     

Subscription revenue

     213,078         376,245   

Professional services revenue

     1,960,426         1,192,233   

Other

     5,835,667         3,073,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noncurrent

     8,009,171         4,641,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue

   $ 30,251,448       $ 30,756,632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue from subscriptions represents amounts collected from (or invoiced to) customers in advance of earning subscription revenue. Typically, the Company bills its annual subscription fees in advance of providing the service.

Deferred revenue from professional services represents revenue that is being deferred and amortized over the remaining term of the related subscription contract related to customers who have taken possession of the software. See note 3(p).

Other deferred revenue is related to one customer with which the Company signed an agreement during 2008. The agreement provided for significant customization and modification of the software which would subject the arrangement to contract accounting. Additionally, this subscription agreement provided for unspecified future software modules. Since the Company could not separate the subscription element from the contract accounting element, the arrangement was a single unit of accounting. Accordingly, the Company accounted for the arrangement on the zero gross profit approach of applying percentage of completion accounting until the project was completed in May 2012. As of May 2012, the deferred revenue balance related to this contract was $10,525,434 which is being recognized ratably over the remaining term of the contract, to

 

F-21


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

January 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 related to this arrangement, the Company recorded revenue of $1,937,178, $3,209,213 and $3,657,514, respectively, and costs of revenue of $1,937,178, $984,642 and $0, respectively.

(d) Other Noncurrent Liabilities

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Deferred rent

   $   1,958,594       $ 1,897,137   

Warrant

     126,686         1,726,862   

Acquisition contingent consideration liability

     —           331,296   

Other

     32,849         26,594   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,118,129       $ 3,981,889   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(e) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments and consists of the following:

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 888   

Other comprehensive income

     116,408   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 117,296   

Other comprehensive loss

     (298,080
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ (180,784

Other comprehensive loss

     (305,133
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ (485,917
  

 

 

 

(5) Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Other intangibles are comprised of the following:

 

     Amortization
Period
   December 31,  
        2012     2013  

Acquired technology

   3 to 5 years    $   1,360,000      $ 1,462,600   

Customer related intangibles

   10 to 15 years      2,260,000        2,979,300   

Patents and other

   Various      40,000        96,700   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        3,660,000        4,538,600   

Less: accumulated amortization

        (3,203,350     (3,337,566
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 456,650      $ 1,201,034   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense was $151,065, $120,452, and $134,216 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively.

The estimated future amortization expense of other intangibles as of December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

2014

   $ 189,507   

2015

     172,433   

2016

     160,027   

2017

     102,259   

2018

     94,490   

Thereafter

     442,318   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,161,034   
  

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The rollforward of goodwill is as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 21,290,501   

2012 Activity

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     21,290,501   

EasyCargo acquisition (note 2)

     3,185,656   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 24,476,157   
  

 

 

 

(6) Income Taxes

Loss before income taxes and income tax expense is comprised of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Loss before income taxes:

      

Domestic

   $ 3,372,820      $ 5,057,650      $ (6,491,150

Foreign

     (7,428,446     (6,843,307     (7,357,002
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (4,055,626   $ (1,785,657   $ (13,848,152
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current provision:

      

Federal

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

State

     9,116        16,300        11,087   

Foreign

     582,538        294,600        538,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 591,654      $ 310,900      $ 549,718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to the Company’s effective rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate (benefit)

     (35.0 )%      (35.0 )%      (35.0 )% 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     0.2        0.6        0.1   

Foreign taxes

     23.9        16.5        3.9   

Stock based compensation

     —          14.6        23.6   

Change in valuation allowance

     23.0        7.4        9.2   

Nondeductible expenses and other

     2.5        13.3        2.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     14.6     17.4     4.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that these items will not be realized.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. The Company recorded a valuation allowance in the amount of $17,643,635, $17,816,239, and 19,176,223 as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, as management believes it is not more likely than not that the Company will realize its net deferred tax assets. The net change in the valuation allowance during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $172,604 and $1,359,984, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company has a subsidiary in India and a subsidiary in the UK. The Indian entity is treated as a branch for U.S. tax purposes. As such, all income attributable to the Indian branch is currently recognized in the U.S. The Company has provided for withholding taxes that will be due when the India subsidiary pays a dividend. As it relates to the Company’s UK subsidiary, there are not any significant undistributed earnings due to the U.S. parent.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Current deferred tax asset:

    

Accrued bonuses

   $ 399,038      $ 651,413   

Accounts receivable

     10,900        36,504   

Other

     173,591        849,471   

Non-Current deferred tax asset:

    

Intangibles

     169,032        120,373   

Deferred revenue

     2,312,458        1,755,048   

NOL’s

     19,002,242        20,511,936   

Other

     462,876        549,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

   $ 22,530,137      $ 24,474,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current deferred tax liability:

    

Deferred commissions

   $ (1,923,463   $ (2,436,614

Non-current deferred tax liability:

    

Fixed assets

     (2,790,435     (2,861,658
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

   $ (4,713,898   $ (5,298,272
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: valuation allowance

   $ (17,816,239   $ (19,176,223
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has a federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforward of $54,952,039 as of December 31, 2013. The federal NOL carryforward will begin to expire in 2019. For state income tax purposes, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards in a number of jurisdictions in varying amounts and with varying expiration dates from 2014 through 2034.

The Internal Revenue Code contains provisions that limit the yearly utilization of net operating loss carryforwards if there has been an ownership change, as defined. Such an ownership change, as described in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, may limit the Company’s ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards on a yearly basis. As a result, to the extent that any single-year limitation is not utilized to the full amount of the limitation, such unused amounts are carried over to subsequent years until the earlier of its utilization or the expiration of the relevant carryforward period. The Company has not yet made a determination regarding the potential impact of these amounts.

The Company’s federal, state, and foreign income tax returns remain open to examination by income taxing authorities for the years 2005 through 2012, 2008 through 2012, and 2009 through 2012, respectively.

(7) Leases

The Company has several noncancelable operating leases that expire through 2022. These leases generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from three to five years and require the Company to pay all executory costs such as maintenance and insurance. Rental expense for operating leases was approximately $1,963,000, $1,867,000, and $2,195,000, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively, and is allocated to various line items on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The carrying value of assets recorded under capital leases was approximately $580,574 and $2,949,473, as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, which includes accumulated amortization of $181,952 and $570,889, respectively. Amortization of assets held under capital leases is allocated to various line items in the consolidated statements of operations.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) and future minimum capital lease payments as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

2014

   $ 1,142,336      $ 2,584,002   

2015

     985,204        2,358,742   

2016

     815,074        2,180,112   

2017

     375,757        1,775,170   

2018

     3,032        1,786,376   

2019 and thereafter

     —          4,643,299   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     3,321,403      $ 15,327,701   
    

 

 

 

Less amount representing interest

     (230,919  
  

 

 

   

Present value of net minimum capital lease payments

     3,090,484     

Less current installments of obligations under capital leases

     1,022,176     
  

 

 

   

Obligations under capital leases excluding current installments

   $ 2,068,308     
  

 

 

   

(8) Debt

(a) Line of Credit

On April 10, 2013, the Company established a loan and security agreement with a revolving line of credit with a financial institution in an amount up to the lesser of $10,000,000 or 80% of eligible accounts, as defined. Borrowings under this facility bore interest each month at an interest rate equal to the Prime Rate, as defined, plus 1.5%. Borrowings under the line of credit are subject to certain reporting and financial covenants, as defined, and are secured by substantially all the Company’s assets excluding intellectual property. On December 30, 2013, the Company amended the loan and security agreement. Under the amended terms, borrowings bear interest at an interest rate equal to the Prime Rate as defined, plus 1.5% or 2.5% depending on cash balances and the availability of the line of credit. The interest rate as of December 31, 2013 was Prime Rate plus 1.5%. As of December 31, 2013, the Company is in compliance with the reporting and financial covenants. The line of credit expires on April 10, 2015. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $6,978,525 outstanding under this facility, which is classified as a noncurrent liability based upon the terms of the arrangement.

(b) Term Loan

On March 26, 2007, the Company established term loan financing with a financial institution. The term loan was comprised of two “Tranches.” Tranche A, which was funded in March 2007, was in the amount of $5,000,000 and was to be repaid in 24 equal monthly principal payments commencing on April 26, 2009. Tranche B was an amount not to exceed $4,000,000 and was disbursed in one disbursement of $4,000,000 on February 26, 2008. Tranche B was to be repaid in 24 equal monthly principal payments commencing 24 months from the time of funding. Both tranches of the term loan financing bore interest at the rate of 10.5% per annum. During 2011, the Company paid the remaining outstanding amounts in full and there were no amounts outstanding related to Tranche A or Tranche B at December 31, 2011 or 2012.

In conjunction with Tranches A and B of the term loan, the Company issued the financial institution warrants to purchase 204,546 and 163,636 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock at $2.20 per share. As of December 31, 2013, all such warrants were exercisable. At the dates of grant, the fair value of these warrants was approximately $230,000 and $44,000, respectively. The fair value of the exercisable warrants was recorded as a discount to the debt and was being amortized over the term of the debt using the effective interest method.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Amortization of the debt discount was $6,782 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The warrants also contain certain “down round” provisions, and accordingly are recorded in other noncurrent liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets with changes in the fair value recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the warrant liability was $94,012, $126,686, and $1,726,862, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the Company recorded (income) expense from the change in fair value of $32,674, $7,005 and $1,600,176, respectively, which was included in general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

(c) Convertible Bridge Loan

On June 26, 2008 and August 26, 2008, the Company drew $1,000,000 and $250,000, respectively, under a convertible bridge loan agreement with three of the Company’s Preferred Stock shareholders. The loans accrued interest at a 6% annual rate. In January 2009, the Company entered into a Series D Convertible Preferred Stock offering (note 8). In connection with the Series D Preferred Stock offering, the holders of such bridge loans converted the outstanding amount of principal balance plus accrued interest into Series D Preferred shares at a discount of 10% from the purchase price. As a result, no further amounts of principal or interest were due related to the bridge loans (note 8(e)).

(9) Stockholders’ Equity

The Company is authorized to issue 61,284,720 shares of capital stock, of which 38,100,000 shares have been designated as no-par-value common stock, 6,725,000 shares have been designated as no-par-value Series A Convertible Preferred, 1,853,568 shares have been designated as no-par-value Series B Convertible Preferred, 5,227,761 shares have been designated as no-par-value Series C Convertible Preferred, 2,669,384 shares have been designated as no-par-value Series D Convertible Preferred, and 6,709,007 shares have been designated as no-par-value Series E Convertible Preferred.

(a) Common Stock

In connection with the issuance of restricted stock, 3,657,879 shares of common stock were issued to certain members of management during the year ended December 31, 2005.

In connection with the Series E Preferred Stock issuance, during 2012, the Company repurchased 300,000 shares of common stock from certain members of the Company’s management at a price per share of $2.50 resulting in a payment of $750,000. As a result, the Company recognized net compensation expense of $483,000, which was included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations during 2012.

(b) Puttable Common Stock

In connection with the EasyCargo acquisition (note 2) the Company may issue up to 443,946 shares of common stock. All of these shares of common stock, whether issued or contingently issuable are puttable by the shareholders of EasyCargo to the Company at a price of $6.75 per share if the Company does not complete an initial public offering by September 3, 2014.

(c) Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On October 9, 2002, Mandyn Acquisition Corp (Mandyn) sold 6,725,000 shares of its Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A) for gross proceeds of $6,725,000. The Company incurred costs of $225,775, resulting in net proceeds of $6,499,225. In connection with the merger of Mandyn, the Series A Preferred of Mandyn was exchanged on a one-for-one basis for the Series A of the Company.

(d) Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 30, 2004, the Company sold 1,853,568 shares of its Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series B) for gross proceeds of $5,000,000. The Company incurred costs of $89,985, resulting

 

F-26


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

in net proceeds of $4,910,015. This transaction was completed in connection with the purchase of BridgePoint, Inc. (BridgePoint), as a portion of the proceeds were required to be used for the cash payment for BridgePoint’s net assets.

(e) Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On October 7, 2005, the Company sold 5,227,761 shares of its Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series C) for gross proceeds of approximately $16,000,000. The Company incurred costs of $51,416, resulting in net proceeds of $15,948,584. This transaction was completed in connection with the merger of NextLinx Corporation, as a portion of the proceeds were required to be used for the cash payment required at closing.

(f) Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On January 16, 2009, the Company sold 2,669,384 shares of its Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series D) for $7,000,000 of cash plus the conversion of indebtedness to convertible bridge loan holders (note 8) totaling $1,289,918. The Company incurred costs of $111,748, resulting in net cash proceeds of $6,888,252. In addition, the holders of the convertible bridge loans converted the outstanding notes at a 10% discount, and this beneficial conversion feature was recorded as a debt discount in the amount of $143,324 when the Series D offering was completed.

(g) Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 16, 2010, the Company sold 4,472,671 shares of its Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series E) for $15,000,000. The Company incurred costs of $297,552, resulting in net cash proceeds of $14,702,448. In addition, through January 16, 2012, in the event that the Company had sought to raise additional financing then the holders of the Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock would have had the right to purchase up to an additional 2,236,336 shares of Series E at the July 2010 price of $3.3537 per share. No such additional financing occurred and the purchase right has lapsed.

(h) Voting

The holders of each series of the preferred stock (Series A, B, C, D, and E) are entitled to the number of votes per share that equals the number of shares of common stock into which each share is convertible.

(i) Dividends

The holders of Series A, B, and C were entitled to receive 8% cumulative dividends from the date of their respective issuances through the date of issuance of Series D (January 2009). The holders of Series D were entitled to receive 8% cumulative dividends from the date of their issuance until the total of the accumulated dividends for Series D equal 30% of the value of Series D at the time of issuance. Dividends on the Series E are paid when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors. Accrued dividends at December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011              2012                      2013          

Series A

   $ 2,175,911       $   2,175,911       $   2,175,911   

Series B

     1,617,778         1,617,778         1,617,778   

Series C

     4,187,957         4,187,957         4,187,957   

Series D

     1,994,469         2,530,576         2,530,576   

Series E

     —           —           —     

The pro-forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 has not been adjusted to reflect $10,512,222 of accrued dividends that will be paid in shares of common stock at the offering price in connection with the initial public offering.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(j) Liquidation

In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, Series E holders are entitled to be paid an amount per share of $7.5459 plus all accrued but unpaid dividends before any distribution or payment is made to any holders of Common Stock or holders of Series A, B, C, and D. After Series E holders received payment in full, Series D, C and B (pari passu), and A (in order of seniority) would receive an amount per share equal to the stated value of the respective class of stock plus all accrued but unpaid dividends.

(k) Conversion

Each share of the Series A, B, C, D, and E preferred stock is convertible at the holder’s option at any time into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis, plus the value of accrued but unpaid dividends payable in cash or in shares of common stock at the then current fair market value of the common stock. Each share of Series A, B, C, D, and E preferred stock is automatically converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to the effectiveness of a qualified public offering (subject to the closing of this offering), or upon the election of the holders. The pro-forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 has been adjusted to reflect the conversion of each share of Series A, B, C, D, and E preferred stock into common stock on a one-for-one basis.

(l) Redemption

On or after July 16, 2014, upon written request of the holders of a majority of the Series A, B, D, and E preferred stock, and at least 60% of the Series C preferred stock, all such shares plus all accrued but unpaid dividends shall be redeemed. The holders of the Series A, B, C, and D can redeem their preferred shares only after the Series E have redeemed their shares.

The Series E redemption amount is equal to $7.5459 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends. The Series A, B, C, and D redemption amounts are equal to $1.00, $2.6975, $3.060584, and $3.16 per share, respectively, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends.

As a result of the terms of the redemption features, the Company is accreting up to the earliest redemption period (July 16, 2014) based upon the terms noted above. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, the Company recorded accretion of $674,820 and $3,274,546, $536,107 and $3,941,358, and $0 and $4,743,956 related to the Series D and Series E, respectively.

The Company incurred issuance costs in connection with the sale of all Series of Preferred Stock which must be accreted over the period from date of issuance to the earliest redemption date. Such accretion for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  
                      

Series A

   $ 4,967       $ 4,967       $ 4,307   

Series B

     3,570         3,570         3,097   

Series C

     2,413         2,413         2,095   

Series D

     22,043         22,043         22,043   

Series E

       51,153           61,569           74,107   

(m) Other Terms of Preferred Stock

The holders of the Series A, B, C, D and E Preferred Stock have the right to approve certain corporate transactions. Specifically, the Company would need the approval of the preferred stockholders to consummate an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock that was not a Qualified Public Offering, as defined.

(n) Restricted Stock

In January and October 2005, the Company sold 1,296,581 and 2,361,298 shares of common stock, respectively, at a purchase price of $0.0001 per share to certain members of management. The shares are

 

F-28


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

subject to repurchase by the Company under certain conditions, including termination of employment or in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined. The repurchase rights lapsed with respect to 50% of the shares purchased over a period of four years. The repurchase rights for the remaining shares lapse upon the closing of the earlier of a corporate transaction, as defined, or the initial public offering of the common stock of the Company based upon the aggregate sale price of the Company in the event of a corporate transaction, or the pre offering valuation of the Company in an initial public offering. Accordingly, upon the consummation of a corporate transaction, the Company will record compensation expense equal to the fair value of these shares on the date of the transaction. Regarding the 50% of the shares with repurchase rights that lapsed over a period of four years, the Company recorded changes in the intrinsic value of the vested shares in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognized compensation expense of $683,325, $877,892 and $9,327,594 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively, which is included in restricted stock expense in the consolidated statements of operations. This restricted stock expense relates to general and administrative expense. Compensation expense will continue to be recognized for the shares that vest over a four-year period from the date of sale based upon the vested intrinsic value of those shares at each future financial reporting date until the earlier of (i) 15 years following the date of the nonrecourse loans (see below) or (ii) the date that the balance of the nonrecourse loans has been paid in full.

In connection with the purchase of these shares, the Company loaned, on a nonrecourse basis, an aggregate of $960,599 to the purchasers of the shares to cover related tax liabilities incurred by the purchasers. The loans bear interest at an annual rate of 4.75% and are repayable upon the earlier of (i) 15 years following the date of the loans or (ii) upon each sale or other disposition by the purchasers of any shares to a third party, until the balance of the loans has been paid in full. The Company’s sole remedy with respect to the unpaid principal and interest on the loans is to cause an adequate number of the purchased shares to be returned to the Company in complete satisfaction of the balance due. As the loans are nonrecourse, $960,599 was recognized as compensation expense in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005. Additionally, the 50% of shares that vested over a period of four years have been accounted for as a variable award since their issuance in 2005. On January 30, 2014, the Company forgave these loans, which amounted to $1,430,722, inclusive of accrued interest. In addition, the Company will also record compensation expense of approximately $927,000 in its 2014 consolidated statement of operations related to a bonus provided to the borrowers to offset the tax consequences related to the loan forgiveness.

(10) Stock Option Plan

In 2002, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the Plan) whereby options to purchase shares of common stock are issued to employees at an exercise price not less than the fair market value of its common stock on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company had authorized 4,939,270 shares to be issued under the Plan. The term, not to exceed ten years, and exercise period of each stock option awarded under the Plan are determined by the board of directors. These options generally vest over a four-year period.

In October 2012, the Company adopted the Amber Road, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2012 Plan). The 2012 Plan covers the grant of awards to the Company’s employees (including officers), non-employee consultants and non-employee directors and those of the Company’s affiliates. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had authorized 1,599,605 shares to be issued under the 2012 Plan (note 14). The term, not to exceed ten years, and exercise period of each stock option awarded under the 2012 Plan are determined by the board of directors. These options generally vest over a four-year period. As of December 31, 2013, 1,245,000 options have been granted under the 2012 Plan.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Total stock-based compensation expense related to employee options included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  
                      

Cost of subscription revenue

   $   21,486       $   42,624       $ 80,204   

Cost of professional services

     341         1,110         40,037   

Sales and marketing

     51,849         46,512         76,912   

Research and development

     25,058         28,668         62,387   

General and administrative

     71,540         100,505         262,044   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $   170,274       $   219,419       $ 521,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2011   2012   2013

Risk free interest rate

   1.20 – 2.44%   0.79 – 1.12%   1.13 – 1.75%

Expected volatility

   60.0 – 70.0   60.0   60.0

Expected dividend yield

   —     —     —  

Expected life

   4.81 – 6.25 years   6 – 6.25 years   3.75 – 6.25 years

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $    0.49       $    0.68       $    1.77    

The computation of expected volatility for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 is based on historical volatility of comparable public companies. The volatility percentage represents the mean volatility of these companies. The computation of expected life for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 was determined based on the simplified method. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury yields for zero-coupon bonds with a term consistent with the expected life of the options.

Information relative to the Plan is as follows:

 

     Outstanding
options
    Exercise price
per share
   Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     2,611,095      0.25 – 2.71      1.32   

Granted

     1,045,000      1.54      1.54   

Canceled

     (133,125   1.54      1.54   
  

 

 

      

Balance at December 31, 2011

     3,522,970      0.25 – 2.71      1.38   

Granted

     281,782      1.54      1.54   

Exercised

     (161,343   0.25 – 1.54      0.27   

Canceled

     (436,016   0.25 – 2.20      1.35   
  

 

 

      

Balance at December 31, 2012

     3,207,393      0.25 – 2.71      1.45   

Granted

     1,245,000      1.79 – 5.39      3.51   

Exercised

     (119,000   0.25      0.25   

Canceled

     (6,500   0.25 – 1.54      0.75   
  

 

 

      

Balance at December 31, 2013

     4,326,893      0.25 – 4.10      2.08   
  

 

 

      

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2013 was $244,980.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Information with respect to the options outstanding and exercisable under the Plan at December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

      Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  

Exercise price per share

    Outstanding
options
    Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
    Intrinsic
Value
    Options
exercisable
    Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
    Intrinsic
Value
 
  $0.25        174,906        0.9 years        269,355        174,906        0.9 years        269,355   
  0.56        177,274        2.1 years        218,047        177,274        2.1 years        218,047   
  1.17        418,431        3.0 years        259,427        418,431        3.0 years        259,427   
  1.54        2,049,282        6.5 years        512,321        1,009,729        7.2 years        252,432   
  1.83        20,000        3.8 years        (800     20,000        3.8 years        (800
  2.20        322,500        4.1 years        (132,225     322,500        4.1 years        (132,225
  2.71        45,000        4.3 years        (41,400     45,000        4.3 years        (41,400
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
    3,207,393          1,084,725        2,167,840          824,836   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The weighted average exercise price and weighted average remaining term of fully vested options as of December 31, 2012 is $1.41 and 4.9 years, respectively.

Information with respect to the options outstanding and exercisable under the Plan at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

      Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  

Exercise price per share

    Outstanding
options
    Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
    Intrinsic
Value
    Options
exercisable
    Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
    Intrinsic
Value
 
$ 0.25        51,906        0.4 years        344,656        51,906        0.4 years        344,656   
  0.56        177,274        1.1 years        1,122,144        177,274        1.1 years        1,122,144   
  1.17        418,431        2.0 years        2,393,425        418,431        2.0 years        2,393,425   
  1.54        2,046,782        5.5 years        10,950,284        1,498,781        6.6 years        8,018,480   
  1.79        300,000        9.1 years        1,530,000        —          —          —     
  1.83        20,000        2.8 years        101,200        20,000        2.8 years        101,200   
  2.20        322,500        3.1 years        1,512,525        322,500        3.1 years        1,512,525   
  2.71        45,000        3.3 years        188,100        45,000        3.3 years        188,100   
  3.72        445,000        9.4 years        1,410,650        —          —          —     
  4.10        400,000        9.3 years        1,116,000        —          —          —     
  5.39        100,000        9.7 years        150,000        —          —          —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
    4,326,893          20,818,984        2,533,892          13,680,530   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The weighted average exercise price and weighted average remaining term of fully vested options as of December 31, 2013 is $1.49 and 4.8 years, respectively.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, 1,479,605 and 354,605, respectively, of options are available for future grant. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, there was $489,151 and $2,002,691, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock options. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.6 years. Common stock issued upon exercise of stock options is newly issued shares.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(11) Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Basic and diluted net loss per share:

      

Numerator:

      

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

   $ (8,680,971   $ (6,668,584   $ (19,247,477
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted average shares used in computing net loss attributable to common shareholders

     5,384,576        5,498,752        5,634,053   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (1.61   $ (1.21   $ (3.42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net loss per share does not include the effect of the following antidilutive common equivalent shares:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  

Stock options outstanding

     1,058,595         2,819,893         4,326,893   

Stock purchase warrants outstanding

     —           —           368,182   

Common equivalent shares preferred stock

     20,948,384         20,948,384         20,948,384   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     22,006,979         23,768,277         25,643,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share does not include 1,828,939 unvested shares of restricted common stock, which are subject to repurchase by us until the closing of the earlier of a corporate transaction, as defined, or an initial public offering. See note 9(m). The holders of the Series A, B, C, D, and E preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company.

The unaudited pro forma net loss per share is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s A, B, C, D, and E preferred stock into shares of common stock and the vesting of the unvested restricted stock upon the closing of the Company’s planned initial public offering, as if these events had occurred at the beginning of the period. In addition, the unaudited pro forma net loss per share calculation includes the puttable common stock as the put right expires upon the closing of an initial public offering. The Company believes the unaudited pro forma net loss per share provides material information to investors, as the conversion of the Series A, B, C, D, and E preferred stock into common stock, the vesting of the unvested restricted stock and the expiration of the put right on certain shares of common stock (note 2) are expected to occur upon the closing of an initial public offering and the disclosure of pro forma loss per share provides an indication of loss per share that is comparable to what will be reported by the Company as a public company following the closing of the initial public offering.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
 
        

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share:

  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (19,247,477
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding used for basic and diluted EPS

     5,634,053   

Effect of pro forma conversion of Series A, B, C, D, and E preferred stock

     20,948,384   

Effect of vesting of shares of restricted common stock

     1,828,939   

Puttable common stock

     96,597   
  

 

 

 

Shares used in computing unaudited pro forma weighted-average basic shares outstanding

     28,507,973   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.68
  

 

 

 

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Employment Agreements

The Company entered into employment agreements with certain of its officers. The agreements are generally for three-year periods and provide for annual salaries, performance bonuses, and employee benefits. The agreements also include covenants not to compete during the employment term and for one year thereafter. The employment agreements provide for severance benefits in the event of change of control of the Company, as defined, a termination by the Company without cause, as defined, or by the employee for good reason, as defined. The severance benefit is one year’s base salary and continued coverage under the Company’s benefit plans and programs for one year. No severance benefits are payable if the employee is terminated by the Company for cause or by the employee without good reason.

(b) Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

(c) Other

Under the indemnification clauses of the Company’s standard customer agreements, the Company guarantees to defend and indemnify the customer against any claim based upon any failure to satisfy the warranty set forth in the contract associated with infringements of any patent, copyright, trade secret, or other intellectual property right. The Company does not expect to incur any infringement liability as a result of the customer indemnification clauses.

(13) Benefit Plan

The Company has a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the 401(k) Plan). The Company did not make any matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, or 2013.

(14) Subsequent Events

In 2014, the Company’s board of directors approved the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, which filing occurred in February 2014.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

 

AMBER ROAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

On January 21, 2014, Amber Road, Inc., reincorporated as a Delaware corporation.

On January 29, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized an additional 6,105,000 shares of common stock to be issued under the Amber Road, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.

These financial statements considered subsequent events through February 10, 2014, the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

             Shares

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

Stifel
Pacific Crest Securities
Canaccord Genuity   Needham & Company   Raymond James

 

 

 

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. When you make a decision about whether to invest in our common stock, you should not rely upon any information other than the information in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our common stock means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy these shares of common stock in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

Until                     , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotment or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 9,660   

FINRA filing fee

     11,750   

Listing fee

         *       

Printing and engraving expenses

         *       

Legal fees and expenses

         *       

Accounting fees and expenses

         *       

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

         *       

Miscellaneous

         *       
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     *       
  

 

 

 

 

  * To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

On completion of this offering, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of a corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

The Registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

The Registrant intends to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of each person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the Registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the last three years, we sold the following unregistered securities:

 

(1) From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, we issued to our employees, consultants or former service providers an aggregate of 280,343 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises under our 2002 Stock Option Plan and 2012 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, at exercise prices ranging from $0.25 to $1.79 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $74,117.

 

(2) From January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, we granted options under our 2002 Stock Option Plan and 2012 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, to purchase an aggregate of 2,571,782 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having exercise prices ranging from $1.54 to $5.39 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $6,414,644.

 

(3) In July 2010, we sold and issued 4,472,671 shares of Series E preferred stock to Goldman, Sachs & Co., at $3.3537 per share, for a total consideration of $15.0 million.

 

(4) In September 2013, we issued 296,285 shares of our common stock as partial consideration for our acquisition of 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Sunrise International Ltd., a Barbados company, which owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of EasyCargo (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

We made the grants under our compensation plans and issuances of common stock upon exercises of options granted under those plans in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Rule 701 under the Securities Act. We issued the Series E preferred stock in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a

 

II-2


Table of Contents

 

  form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of East Rutherford, State of New Jersey, on February 10, 2014.

 

AMBER ROAD, INC.
By:  

/ S /    J AMES W. P REUNINGER

  Name: James W. Preuninger
  Title: Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints James W. Preuninger and John W. Preuninger, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments) and any registration statement related thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the following persons have signed this Registration Statement on Form S-1 in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    J AMES W. P REUNINGER        

James W. Preuninger

   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   February 10, 2014

/ S /    T HOMAS E. C ONWAY        

Thomas E. Conway

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  February 10, 2014

/ S /    J OHN W. P REUNINGER        

John W. Preuninger

  

President, Chief Operating Officer

and Director

  February 10, 2014

/ S /    D ONALD R. C ALDWELL        

Donald R. Caldwell

   Director   February 10, 2014

/ S /    B ERNARD M. G OLDSMITH        

Bernard M. Goldsmith

   Director   February 10, 2014

/ S /    K ENNETH M. H ARVEY        

Kenneth M. Harvey

   Director   February 10, 2014

/ S /    R UDY C. H OWARD        

Rudy C. Howard

   Director   February 10, 2014

 

II-4


Table of Contents

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

   

Antoine Munfa

   Director  

/ S /    B ARRY M. V. W ILLIAMS        

Barry M. V. Williams

   Chairman   February 10, 2014

 

II-5


Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Title

  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
  3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
  4.1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2   Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, issued March 27, 2007 to Orix Venture Finance LLC
  5.1*   Opinion of Dentons US LLP
10.1**   Data Center and General Services Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, between Florida Technology Managed Services, Inc. and the Registrant
10.2**   Amendment 1 to Data Center and General Services Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, between Registrant and Florida Technology Managed Services, Inc.
10.3*   Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2010, by and among the Registrant and the investors signatory thereto.
10.4+,*   Employment Agreement with James W. Preuninger
10.5+,*   Employment Agreement with John W. Preuninger
10.6+   Form of Change in Control Agreement
10.7+   2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.8+   Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement under the 2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.9+   Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under the 2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.10+   2012 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan
10.11+,*   Form of Stock Option Agreement for officers and employees under 2012 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan
10.12+,*   Form of Stock Option Agreement for directors under 2012 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan
10.13+   Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.14   Lease Deed, dated October 9, 2009, by and between the parties signatory thereto, Nextlinx India Private Limited and Prestige Estate Projects Private Limited
10.15   Office Lease by and between the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and the Registrant, dated as of October 5, 1998, as amended
10.16   Deed of Lease by and between MEPT 1660 International Drive LLC and the Registrant, dated as of June 14, 2011
10.17   Lease Agreement by and between PFRS Crossroads Corp. and the Registrant, dated as of April 30, 2010.
10.18   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2013, between Silicon Valley Bank and the Registrant
10.19   Waiver and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2013, between Silicon Valley Bank and the Registrant
10.20   Share Purchase Agreement dated as of September 3, 2013 among Sunrise International Ltd., the Shareholder Representative Committee, the shareholders of Sunrise International Ltd., the Registrant and Amber Road Holdings, Inc.
10.21   Lease Deed, dated November 8, 2013, between M/s. Paliwal Overseas Private Limited and M/s. Amber Road Software Private Limited
10.22+,*
  Form of Management Severance Policy
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.2*   Consent of Dentons US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)
99.1   Consent of Rapture World Limited (provider of SCM World study)
99.2   Consent of ARC Advisory Group, Inc.
99.3   Consent of Pamela F. Craven
99.4  

Consent of John Malone

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
% Previously filed.

 

II-6

Exhibit 1.1

[Number of Firm Shares] Shares

AMBER ROAD, INC.

Common Stock

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[            ], 2014

STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED

As representative of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

787 7th Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Amber Road, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) for whom you are acting as representative (the “ Representative ”), and certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) severally propose to sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of [                ] shares (the “ Firm Shares ”) of the common stock, par value [$        ] per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), of which [                ] shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and [                ] shares are to be sold by the Selling Stockholders in the respective amounts set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto. The Company and the Selling Stockholders also propose to sell to the several Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [                ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Option Shares ”). The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Shares ”.

Each Selling Stockholder has executed and delivered a Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (collectively, the “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”) pursuant to which each Selling Stockholder has placed his or her Firm Shares and Option Shares in custody and appointed the person(s) designated therein with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and to take certain other actions with respect thereto and hereto.

1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as defined herein) and each Option Closing Date (as defined herein), if any:

(i) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. [                    ]) in respect of the Shares and one or more pre-effective amendments thereto (together, the “ Initial Registration Statement ”) have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the


Commission ”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued, to the Company’s knowledge no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or threatened by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information from the Company has been satisfied in all material respects; any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement, as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act (the “ Rules and Regulations ”) is hereinafter called a “ Preliminary Prospectus ”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all schedules and exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, that became or hereafter becomes effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “ Registration Statement ”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a) (iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “ Pricing Prospectus ”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, is hereinafter called the “ Prospectus ”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”; and all references to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“ EDGAR ”). From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act;

(ii) (1) at the respective times the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Shares are purchased, at each Option Closing Date), the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (2) at the time the Prospectus or

 

2


any amendments or supplements thereto were issued and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Shares are purchased, at each Option Closing Date), neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the representations and warranties in clauses (1) and (2) above shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information provided by any Underwriter is the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 10(c) hereof). No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission.

Each Preliminary Prospectus, Pricing Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus filed as part of the Initial Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and each Preliminary Prospectus, Pricing Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T;

(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [    :          .m]. (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus as supplemented by the information included on Schedule III-A hereto and the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, Written Testing-the-Waters Communications (as hereinafter defined) and other documents listed in Schedule III-B hereto, taken together (collectively, the “ Pricing Disclosure Package ”) as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and/or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication listed on Schedule III-B hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus; and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and/or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein;

(iv) The Company has filed a registration statement pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), to register the Common Stock, and such registration statement has been declared effective. At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

3


(v) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and, except where the failure so to qualify or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined herein), has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification;

(vi) Each subsidiary of the Company (each a “ Subsidiary ”) has been duly incorporated (or organized) and is validly existing as a corporation (or other organization) in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation (or organization), with power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and, except where the failure so to qualify or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined herein), has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation (or other organization) for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock (or other ownership interests) of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through Subsidiaries, and except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or claim;

(vii) The Company has an authorized equity capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus under the headings “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock”, and all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Pricing Prospectus; and none of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are subject to any preemptive or similar rights;

(viii) The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus; and the issuance of such Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights;

(ix) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(x) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company hereunder, the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (1) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan

 

4


agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject, (2) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws (or other organization documents) of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or (3) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of clauses (1) and (3) for any such conflict, violation, breach or default that would not have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined herein); and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company hereunder or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except the registration under the Securities Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc, (“ FINRA ”) or the New York Stock Exchange in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(xi) KPMG LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries are independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations. The financial statements, together with related schedules and notes, included in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position, results of operations and changes in financial position of the Company and the Subsidiaries on the basis stated in the Registration Statement at the respective dates or for the respective periods to which they apply; such financial statements and related schedules and notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved, except as disclosed therein; and the selected financial data and the summary financial data included in the Pricing Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the financial statements included in the Registration Statement. The pro forma financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable;

(xii) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has sustained, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus,

 

5


(1) there has not been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, (2) there has not been any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, business, prospects, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”), (3) there have been no transactions entered into by, and no obligations or liabilities, contingent or otherwise, incurred by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, which are material to the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise or (4) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock, in each case, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;

(xiii) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is (1) in violation of its certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws (or other organization documents), (2) in violation of any law, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, (3) in violation of any decree of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or (4) in default in the performance of any obligation, agreement or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note or any other evidence of indebtedness or in any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective properties may be bound, except, in the case of clauses (2), (3) and (4), where any such violation or default, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xiv) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has good and valid title to all real and personal property owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement [and as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any Subsidiary]; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company or any Subsidiary are held under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company or any Subsidiary;

(xv) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or the Subsidiary, individually or in the aggregate, would have or may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or would prevent or impair the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Prospectus; and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

(xvi) The Company and the Subsidiaries possess all permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “ Permits ”) issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the businesses now operated by them except any Permits where the failure to so possess would not have a

 

6


Material Adverse Effect; the Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Permits and all of the Permits are valid and in full force and effect, except, in each case, where the failure so to comply or where the invalidity of such Permits or the failure of such Permits to be in full force and effect, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or material modification of any such Permits;

(xvii) (A) the Company and the Subsidiaries (i) own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names, patents and patent rights (collectively “ Intellectual Property ”) necessary to carry on their business as described in the Pricing Prospectus and, to the Company’s knowledge, necessary in connection with the products and services under development (“ Company Intellectual Property ”), without any conflict with or infringement of any third party Intellectual Property rights, and (ii) have taken commercially reasonable steps necessary to secure interests in such Company Intellectual Property and/or (iii) have taken commercially reasonable steps necessary to secure assignment of such Company Intellectual Property from its past and present employees and contractors; (B) neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus but are not included therein; (C) none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company or the Subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its directors or executive officers or any of its employees or, to the Company’s knowledge, otherwise in violation of the contractual rights of any persons; (D) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any correspondence relating to any Company Intellectual Property or notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any third party Intellectual Property which would render any Company Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company and the Subsidiaries and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, individually or in the aggregate, would have or may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (E) the Company and the Subsidiaries have taken and will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain measures to prevent the unauthorized dissemination or publication of their confidential information and, to the extent contractually required to do so, the confidential information of third parties in their possession;

(xviii) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or the Subsidiaries exists, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent. The Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any Subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, individually or in the aggregate, may reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xix) The Company and the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are in the Company’s judgment reasonable and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or

 

7


applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that either it or any Subsidiary will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected by the Company to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xx) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have made and keep books, records and accounts, which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences;

(xxi) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (a) the Company has not been advised of (1) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls that could adversely affect the ability of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries to record, process, summarize and report financial data, or any material weaknesses in internal controls and (2) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, and (b) since that date, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required under applicable law).

(xxii) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(xxiii) All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and the Subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves in accordance therefor have been provided. The Company and the Subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law, except insofar as the failure to file such returns, individually or in the aggregate, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company or any Subsidiary except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves in accordance therefor have been provided. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and the Subsidiaries in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

8


(xxiv) There are no statutes, regulations, documents or contracts of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which are not described or filed as required;

(xxv) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute or any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, production, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “ environmental laws ”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any hazardous or toxic substance that is subject to any environmental laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company is not aware of any pending investigation which would reasonably be expected to lead to such a claim;

(xxvi) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any Subsidiary for employees or former employees of the Company and its affiliates has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), except to the extent that failure to so comply, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. No prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code has occurred with respect to any such plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption;

(xxvii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, or any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, has (i) used any corporate funds of the Company or any Subsidiary for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds of the Company or any Subsidiary, (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, or (iv) made any bribe, unlawful rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment in connection with any activities by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(xxviii) Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or the Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC;

 

9


(xxix) There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications;

(xxx) Except as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the Securities Act, other than those that have either been waived or exercised in connection with the offering of the Shares;

(xxxi) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares as contemplated herein and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Pricing Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”);

(xxxii) The Company has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4 hereof) and completion of distribution of the Shares, will not distribute any offering materials in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares, other than the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus and, subject to compliance with Section 6 hereof, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus; and the Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or which constitutes or would reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Shares. The Company (a) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (b) has not authorized anyone other than the Representative to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications; it being agreed that no such Testing-the-Waters Communications may be made by the Representative without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule III-B hereto. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

(xxxiii) The statistical and market and industry-related data included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company believes to be reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources, and the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from sources to the extent required;

 

10


(xxxiv) The audiovisual presentation made available to the public by the Company at [http://www.netroadshow.com/[address]][or Company address] is a “bona fide electronic roadshow” for purposes of Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the Securities Act, and such presentation, together with the Pricing Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements in or omissions from such presentation or Pricing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and

(xxxv) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any:

(i) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(ii) This Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder; and the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable against such Selling Stockholder in accordance with its terms;

(iii) Such Selling Stockholder, if not an individual, has been duly incorporated (or organized) and is validly existing as a corporation (or other organization) in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction (or organization);

(iv) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, the execution of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney by such Selling Stockholder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in

 

11


any violation of the provisions of the certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws (or other organization documents) of such Selling Stockholder, if such Selling Stockholder is not an individual, or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder or the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney, except the registration under the Securities Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(v) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date will have, good and valid title to the Shares (or security entitlement thereto) to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder on such date free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares (or security entitlement thereto), free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

(vi) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or which constitutes or might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(vii) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or of which any property of such Selling Stockholder is the subject which, if determined adversely to such Selling Stockholder, individually or in the aggregate, would prevent or impair the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(viii) Each Selling Stockholder that is an executive officer or director of the Company represents and warrants that the sale of the Shares by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company or any Subsidiary that is not set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus;

(ix) (1) At the respective times the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Shares are purchased, at each Option Closing Date), the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (2) at the time the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto were issued and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Shares are purchased, at each Option Closing Date), none of the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto included or will

 

12


include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the representations and warranties in clauses (1) and (2) above shall apply only to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus relating to such Selling Stockholder made in reliance upon and in conformity with the information furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that for the purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished by such Selling Stockholder consists of (i) the legal name, address and the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Selling Stockholder, (ii) the other information (excluding percentages) with respect to such Selling Stockholder which appear in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Test-the-Waters Communication and (iii) the information with respect to such Selling Stockholder (if any) which appears under the caption “Management” in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Test-the-Waters Communication (with respect to such Selling Stockholder, collectively, the “ Selling Stockholder Information ”); and

(x) Any certificate signed by, or on behalf of, such Selling Stockholder delivered to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each Selling Stockholder, at a purchase price per share of $[        ] (the “ Purchase Price ”), the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company or such Selling Stockholder as set forth opposite the name of the Company or such Selling Stockholder in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and the Selling Stockholders hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Option Shares as provided below, the Company and each Selling Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each Selling Stockholder, at the Purchase Price, the number of Option Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying (x) the product of the number of Option Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised and the ratio of the aggregate number of Option Shares to be sold by the Company or such Selling Stockholder as set forth opposite the name of the Company or such Selling Stockholder in Schedule II hereto and the aggregate number of Option Shares to be sold by the Company and all Selling Stockholders as set forth on Schedule II hereto by (y) the fraction set forth in clause (a) above.

 

13


The Company and the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, hereby grant to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [                ] Option Shares, at the Purchase Price, in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares. The Underwriters may exercise their option to acquire Option Shares in whole or in part from time to time only by written notice from the Representative to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Option Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Option Shares are to be delivered, as determined by the Representative but in no event earlier than the Closing Date or, unless the Representative and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice. The maximum number of Option Shares that may be purchased from each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder is set forth in the second column opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto.

Certificates in negotiable form for the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder have been placed in custody, for delivery under this Agreement, under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorneys made with [                    ], as custodian (“ Custodian ”). Each Selling Stockholder agrees that the shares represented by the certificates held in custody for the Selling Stockholders under such Custody Agreement and Power of Attorneys are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that the arrangements made by the Selling Stockholders for such custody are to that extent irrevocable and that the obligations of the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death of any individual Selling Stockholder, any dissolution in the case of a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, in the case of a trust, by the death of any trustee or trustees or the termination of such trust, or the occurrence of any other event. If any individual Selling Stockholder or any such trustee or trustees should die, or if any of such trusts should terminate, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates for such Shares shall be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such death or other event or termination had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event or termination.

3. It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale to the public upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4. The Company and the Custodian will deliver the Firm Shares to the Representative through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) for the accounts of the Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by wire transfer drawn to the order of the Company, in the case of Firm Shares sold by the Company, and to or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders, pro rata based on the number of Firm Shares sold by each of them, under instructions from the Custodian, in the case of Firm Shares sold by the Selling Stockholders, at the office of Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, 53 State Street, Boston, MA 02109, at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on [            ], 2014, or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“ Stifel ”) and the Company determine, such time being herein referred to as the “ Closing Date ”. For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, the Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of securities for all the Firm Shares. The certificates for the Firm Shares so to be delivered will be in definitive form, in such denominations and registered in such

 

14


names as the Representative requests at least one full business day before the Closing Date and will be made available for checking and packaging by the Representative in the City of New York at least 24 hours prior to the Closing Date.

Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Option Shares, being herein referred to as an “Option Closing Date”, which may be the Closing Date, shall be determined by the Representative as provided above. The Company and the Custodian will deliver the Option Shares being purchased on each Option Closing Date to the Representative through the facilities of DTC for the accounts of the Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by wire transfer drawn to the order of the Company, in the case of Option Shares sold by the Company and to or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders, pro rata based on the number of Option Shares sold by each of them, under instructions from the Custodian, in the case of Option Shares sold by the Selling Stockholders, at the above office of Goodwin Procter LLP, at 10:00 A.M., New York time on the applicable Option Closing Date. The certificates for the Option Shares so to be delivered will be in definitive form, in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representative requests at least one full business day before the Closing Date and will be made available for checking and packaging by the Representative in the City of New York at least 24 hours prior to such Option Closing Date.

5. The Company covenants and agrees with each of the Underwriters as follows:

(a) The Company, subject to Section 5(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A under the Securities Act, and will notify the Representative immediately, and confirm the notice in writing (which may be by email or other electronic transmission), (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended prospectus shall have been filed, to furnish the Representative with copies thereof to the extent not available on EDGAR of the Company’s public website, and to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the Company’s knowledge of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes; and (v) if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (A) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (B) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 5(j) hereof. The Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b) The Company will give the Representative notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)

 

15


under the Securities Act), or any amendment, supplement or revision to the Prospectus, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, will furnish the Representative with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

(c) The Company will use its best efforts to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that nothing in this Section 5(c) shall require the Company to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not already so qualified, or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction.

(d) The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representative, without charge, two signed copies of the Initial Registration Statement as originally filed, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and of each amendment to each (including exhibits, to the extent not available on EDGAR, filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also, upon your request, deliver to the Representative, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, one electronic copy and as many written copies of each Preliminary Prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the Securities Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, prior to 5:00 P.M. on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered in connection with sales of the Shares under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act, one electronic copy and such number of written copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(f) The Company will comply with the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Shares as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, a prospectus is required to be delivered in connection with sales of the Shares under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act), any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material

 

16


fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of either such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 5(b), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters one electronic copy and such number of written copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company will provide the Representative with notice of the occurrence of any event during the period specified above that may give rise to the need to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus as provided in the preceding sentence promptly after the occurrence of such event. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(g) The Company will make generally available (within the meaning of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) to its security holders and to the Representative as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days after the end of its fiscal quarter in which the first anniversary date of the effective date of the Registration Statement occurs, an earnings statement (in form complying with the provisions of Rule 158 under the Securities Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement.

(h) The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds”.

(i) The Company will use its best efforts to effect the listing of the Common Stock (including the Shares) on the New York Stock Exchange.

(j) During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of Stifel, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, other than (1) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (2) the issuance of options to acquire shares of Common Stock equity-based awards granted pursuant to the Company’s benefit plans existing on the date hereof that are referred to in the Prospectus, as such plans may be amended

 

17


(the “ Company Incentive Plans ”); (3) the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any such equity-based awards; (4) any shares of stock of the Company issued upon the conversion of securities outstanding on the date of this Agreement and described in the Pricing Disclosure Package; (5) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Company Incentive Plans; (6) shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock, to be issued as payment of any accrued dividends described in the Pricing Disclosure Package; and (7) a number of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock in the aggregate up to ten percent (10%) of the then outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, sold or delivered in connection with any acquisition or strategic investment (including any joint venture, strategic alliance or partnership) as long as, in the case of clauses (7), each recipient of any such shares or other securities agrees to restrictions on the resale of such securities that are consistent with the lock-up letters described in Section 9(n) hereof for the remainder of the 180-day restricted period.

(k) If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a “lock-up” agreement described in Section 9(n) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(l) The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered in connection with sales of the Shares under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act), will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(m) The Company will file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required pursuant to Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(n) During a period of five years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company will, to the extent not available on EDGAR or the Company’s public website, furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders generally, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, to the extent not available on EDGAR or the Company’s public website, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) subject to your delivery of a non-disclosure agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company, such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission).

 

18


(o) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, the Company will file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and at the time of filing either to pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or to give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee.

(p) If so requested by the Representative, the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered, at its expense, within one business day from the effective date of this Agreement, to the Representative an “electronic Prospectus” to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares. As used herein, the term “electronic Prospectus” means a form of the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, that may be transmitted electronically by the Representative and the other Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Shares, (ii) it shall disclose the same information as such paper Preliminary Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, that will allow investors to store and have continuously ready access to such Preliminary Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus at any future time, without charge to investors (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet generally). The Company hereby confirms that, if so requested by the Representative, it has included or will include in the Prospectus filed with the Commission an undertaking that, upon receipt of a request by an investor or his or her representative, the Company shall transmit or cause to be transmitted promptly, without charge, a paper copy of such paper Preliminary Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus to such investor or representative.

6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representative, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representative, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representative is listed on Schedule III-B hereto;

(b) Each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

(c) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Securities Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(d) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free

 

19


Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representative and, if requested by the Representative, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein.

7. Each Selling Stockholder covenants and agrees with each of the Underwriters as follows:

(a) Such Selling Stockholder has executed a “lock-up” agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, that is in full force and effect as of the date hereof and shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing Date;

(b) Such Selling Stockholder will deliver to the Representative, prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) in order to facilitate the Underwriters’ documentation of their compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibilities Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

8. The Company covenants and agree with the several Underwriters that, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, (a) the Company will pay or cause to be paid (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors; (ii) filing fees and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (iii) the cost of printing or producing this Agreement, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iv) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(c), including (x) filing fees and (y) for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey, up to a maximum of $10,000 (excluding disbursements); (v) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Common Stock (including the Shares) on the New York Stock Exchange; (vi) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, up to a maximum of $30,000 (excluding disbursements), in connection with, securing any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (vii) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates representing the Shares to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters; (viii) the cost and charges of any transfer

 

20


agent or registrar; (ix) the transportation and other expenses incurred by the Company in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of Shares; and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 8; and (b) each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholders’ obligations under this Agreement which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 8, including (i) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder and (ii) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Selling Stockholders’ counsel and other advisors, if any. Except as provided in this Section 8 and in Section 9, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel.

9. The several obligations of the Underwriters hereunder to purchase the Shares on the Closing Date or each Option Closing Date, as the case may be, are subject to the performance by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the Rules and Regulations and in accordance with Section 5(a); all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or the Prospectus or any part thereof or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission or any state securities commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction.

(b) The respective representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, as if made on and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and each of the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have complied with all agreements and all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of (i) any downgrading, (ii) any intended or potential downgrading or (iii) any review or possible change that does not indicate an improvement, in the rating accorded any securities of or guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act.

 

21


(d) (i) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (1) there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any Subsidiary or (2) there shall not have been any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, business, prospects, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Representative so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus.

(e) the Representative shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (i) a certificate of the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Company, to the effect (1) set forth in Sections 9(b) (with respect to the respective representations, warranties, agreements and conditions of the Company) 9(c), (2) that none of the situations set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 9(d) shall have occurred and (3) that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and to the knowledge of the Company, no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated by the Commission, and (ii) a certificate of the Selling Stockholders, satisfactory to the Representative, to the effect set forth in Section 9(b) (with respect to the respective representations, warranties, agreements and conditions of the Selling Stockholders);

(f) On the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, Dentons US LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representative their favorable written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

(g) On the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (i) Dentons UKMEA LLP, U.K. counsel for the Company, (ii) Amarchand & Mangaldas & Suresh A. Shroff & Co., India counsel for the Company, and (iii) Commerce & Finance Law Offices, Chinese counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representative their favorable written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

(h) On the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, [                    ], counsel for the Selling Stockholders, shall have furnished to the Representative their favorable written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for Underwriters.

(i) On the effective date of the Registration Statement and, if applicable, the effective date of the most recently filed post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, KPMG LLP shall have furnished to the Representative a letter, dated the date of delivery thereof,

 

22


in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(j) On the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Representative shall have received from KPMG LLP a letter, dated the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as the case may be, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter or letters furnished pursuant to Section 9(h), except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

(k) On the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, Goodwin Procter LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to the Representative their favorable opinion dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, with respect to the due authorization and valid issuance of the Shares, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other related matters as the Representative may reasonably request, and their negative assurance letter, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(l) The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.

(m) FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and conditions.

(n) The Representative shall have received “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, from each of the stockholders of the Company listed in Appendix A, and each of the executive officers and directors of the Company that is not a Selling Stockholder, and such agreements shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

(o) the Representative shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the Secretary of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative;

(p) On or prior to the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished to the Representative such further information, certificates and documents as the Representative shall reasonably request.

(q) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by any of Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United

 

23


States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representative makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

If any condition specified in this Section 9 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated, subject to the provisions of Section 13, by the Representative by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party, except as provided in Section 13.

10. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) the Initial Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereof, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or (ii) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares (“ Marketing Materials ”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Initial Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereof, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any Marketing Materials in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and (ii) the Company, its directors, its director designees

 

24


named in the Registration Statement, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, except, in each case only to the extent as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Initial Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereof, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or in any Marketing Materials, it being understood and agreed that for the purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished by such Selling Stockholder consists of such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information; provided that the liability of a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the product of the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement and the initial public offering price of the Shares set forth in the Prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

(c) Each Underwriter severally, and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Selling Stockholder, each of the directors of the Company, each of the director designees of the Company named in the Registration Statement, each of the officers of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company or a Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against any losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Initial Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereof, or any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: [the last paragraph at the bottom of the cover page concerning the terms of the offering by the Underwriters, the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the              paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the              and              paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting”] (the “ Underwriter Information ”).

 

25


(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section 10(a), 10(b) or 10(c) of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such Section, notify each party against whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the commencement thereof (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 10). In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnified party). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by one of the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying parties (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the indemnifying parties. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, which counsel, in the event of indemnified parties under Section 10(a) and 10(b), shall be selected by Stifel. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 10 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 10(a), 10(b) or 10(c) in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding

 

26


sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus; provided, that the liability of a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (e) shall not exceed the product of the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder and the initial public offering price of the Shares set forth in the Prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 10(e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 10(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 10(e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10(e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this Section 10(e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the parties to this Agreement contained in this Section 10 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(g) The liability of each Selling Stockholder under the indemnity and contribution provisions of this Section 10 shall be limited to an amount equal to the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement and the initial public offering price of the Shares set forth in the Prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

27


11. If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in its or their obligations to purchase Shares hereunder on the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date and the aggregate number of Shares that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Representative may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Shares by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Shares that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representative, the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Shares by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate, subject to the provisions of Section 13, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except as provided in Section 13. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement, either the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 11.

12. Notwithstanding anything herein contained, this Agreement (or the obligations of the several Underwriters with respect to any Option Shares which have yet to be purchased) may be terminated, subject to the provisions of Section 13, in the absolute discretion of the Representative, by notice given to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (a) trading generally on the NYSE MKT, the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market or the NASDAQ Global Market shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental or regulatory authority, (b) trading of any securities of or guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (c) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or a new restriction materially adversely affecting the distribution of the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, as the case may be, shall have become effective, or (d) there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development

 

28


involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representative, impracticable to market the Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares.

If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 12, such termination will be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 13 hereof.

13. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company or its officers, of the Selling Stockholders and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company, any Selling Stockholder, or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Shares. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, 11 or 12 or if for any reason the purchase of any of the Shares by the Underwriters is not consummated, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by them pursuant to Section 8, the respective obligations of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 10 and the provisions of Sections 13, 14 and 17 shall remain in effect and, if any Shares have been purchased hereunder the representations and warranties in Section 1 and all obligations under Section 5, Section 6 and Section 7 shall also remain in effect. If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, under Section 9 or otherwise because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company or the Selling Stockholders to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason any of the Company or the Selling Stockholders shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any condition of the Underwriters’ obligations cannot be fulfilled, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriter in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

14. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, the officers and directors of the Company referred to herein, any controlling persons referred to herein and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt thereof by the recipient if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representative, c/o Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, 787 7th Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, New York 10019 (fax no.: 212-541-5335); Attention: General Counsel, with a copy to Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, 53 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, Attention: Kenneth J. Gordon, Esq. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Amber Road, Inc., One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey, 07073 (fax no.: 201-935-5187); Attention:

 

29


Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to Dentons US LLP, 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020, Attention: Victor H. Boyajian, Esq. Notices to the Selling Stockholders shall be given to the Custodian at [Name, Address], (fax no.:                     ); Attention:                     .]

16. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

17. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO SUCH STATE’S PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

18. The parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of and venue in the federal courts located in the City of New York, New York in connection with any dispute related to this Agreement, any transaction contemplated hereby, or any other matter contemplated hereby.

19. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Shares and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholders with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, and (iv) the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders severally agrees that each will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or such Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto. Each of the several Underwriters, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders acknowledges and agrees that all representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the Selling Stockholders in this Agreement are several, and not joint, and no Selling Stockholder shall be responsible for any representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the Company or any other Selling Stockholder.

20. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters’ research analysts and research departments are required to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Underwriters’ research analysts may hold views and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Company and/or the offering that differ from the views of their respective investment banking divisions. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against

 

30


the Underwriters with respect to any conflict of interest that may arise from the fact that the views expressed by their independent research analysts and research departments may be different from or inconsistent with the views or advice communicated to the Company by such Underwriters’ investment banking divisions. The Company acknowledges that each of the Underwriters is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transaction for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies that may be the subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

21. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

22. The Company, the Selling Stockholders and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

31


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument will become a binding agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters.

 

Very truly yours,
AMBER ROAD, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


[SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact]

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Accepted as of the date hereof:

STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

For itself and as Representative of the

other Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm
Shares to be
Purchased
 

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

     [                    

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

     [                    

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

     [                    

Needham & Company, LLC

     [                    

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

     [                    
  

 

 

 

Total:

     [                    


SCHEDULE II

 

Selling Stockholder

   Number of Firm
Shares
to be Sold
    Number of Option
Shares
to be Sold
 

[                    ]

     [                         [                    

[                    ]

     [                         [                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total:

     [                         [                    


SCHEDULE III-A

Pricing Terms

Number of Firm Shares to be sold: [                ]

Number of Option Shares to be sold: [                ]

Public Offering Price per share: $[        ]

Price to be paid by the Underwriters per share: $[        ]

SCHEDULE III-B

Free Writing Prospectuses and Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

AMBER ROAD, INC.

(A D ELAWARE C ORPORATION )

                 , 2014


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1   

Section 1. Registered Office

     1   

Section 2. Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II CORPORATE SEAL

     1   

Section 3. Corporate Seal

     1   

ARTICLE III STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1   

Section 4. Place of Meetings

     1   

Section 5. Annual Meetings

     1   

Section 6. Special Meetings

     4   

Section 7. Notice of Meetings

     5   

Section 8. Quorum

     5   

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings

     5   

Section 10. Voting Rights

     5   

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock

     6   

Section 12. List of Stockholders

     6   

Section 13. Action without Meeting

     6   

Section 14. Organization

     6   

ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS

     6   

Section 15. Number and Term of Office

     6   

Section 16. Powers

     7   

Section 17. Classes of Directors

     7   

Section 18. Vacancies

     7   

Section 19. Resignation

     7   

Section 20. Removal.

     7   

Section 21. Meetings.

     8   

Section 22. Quorum and Voting

     8   

Section 23. Action without Meeting

     8   

Section 24. Fees and Compensation

     9   

Section 25. Committees.

     9   

Section 26. Organization

     10   

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     10   

Section 27. Officers Designated

     10   

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers

     10   

Section 29. Delegation of Authority

     11   

Section 30. Resignations

     11   

Section 31. Removal

     11   

ARTICLE VI EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     12   

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments

     12   

Section 33. Voting Of Securities Owned By the Corporation

     12   

ARTICLE VII SHARES OF STOCK

     12   

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates

     12   

Section 35. Lost Certificates

     12   

 

- i -


Section 36. Transfers

     12   

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates

     13   

Section 38. Registered Stockholders

     13   

ARTICLE VIII OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     13   

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities

     13   

ARTICLE IX DIVIDENDS

     14   

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends

     14   

Section 41. Dividend Reserve

     14   

ARTICLE X FISCAL YEAR

     14   

Section 42. Fiscal Year

     14   

ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION

     14   

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     14   

ARTICLE XII NOTICES

     16   

Section 44. Notices

     16   

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS

     17   

Section 45. Bylaw Amendments

     17   

ARTICLE XIV LOANS TO OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES

     17   

Section 46. Loans to Officers or Employees

     17   

 

- ii -


AMBER ROAD, INC.

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED

B YLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office shall be established and maintained at the office of The Corporation Service Company, in the City of Wilmington, in the County of New Castle, in the State of Delaware, and said corporation, or other such person or entity as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate, shall be the registered agent of the corporation.

Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).

Section 5. Annual Meetings .

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(1) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must

 

- 1 -


deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(3) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(4). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(2) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(3), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(4).

(3) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or 5(b)(2) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(3), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(4) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or 5(b)(2) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(1)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(2)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(1)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(2)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G)

 

- 2 -


a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation,

(x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation,

(y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

(z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation, which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or (2) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(3) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(3), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(1), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(3), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “Expiring Class” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(4)(D) and 5(b)(4)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

 

- 3 -


(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however , that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(1) public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

(2) affiliates ” and “ associates ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer (or if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President), or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption), and may not be called by any other person or persons.

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(1). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(1) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however , that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

 

- 4 -


Section 7. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is deemed given when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his, her or its attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum . At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings . Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights . For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

- 5 -


Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock . If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action without Meeting . No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

Section 14. Organization .

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office . The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

 

- 6 -


Section 16. Powers . The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Classes of Directors . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, immediately following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

Section 19. Resignation . Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal .

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

 

- 7 -


(b) Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21. Meetings .

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting .

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 43 herein for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however , at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the

 

- 8 -


case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation . Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Board of Directors, no person shall qualify for service as a director of the corporation if he or she is a party to any compensatory, payment or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the corporation, or has received any such compensation or other payment from any person or entity other than the corporation, in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the corporation; provided that agreements providing only for indemnification and/or reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses in connection with candidacy as a director (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with service as a director) and any pre-existing employment agreement a candidate has with his or her employer (not entered into in contemplation of the employer’s investment in the corporation or such employee’s candidacy as a director), shall not be disqualifying under this bylaw.

Section 25. Committees .

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his or her death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of

 

- 9 -


notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Organization . At every meeting of the directors and stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated . The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors (provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Bylaws, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall not be deemed an officer of the corporation unless so designated by the Board of Directors), the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers .

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

- 10 -


(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 29. Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31. Removal . Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

- 11 -


ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES

OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments . The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 33. Voting Of Securities Owned By the Corporation . All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 35. Lost Certificates . A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 36. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

 

- 12 -


(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates .

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities . All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however , that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

- 13 -


ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41. Dividend Reserve . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents .

(a) Directors and Officers . The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however , that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Employees and Other Agents . The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses . The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding; provided, however , that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

 

- 14 -


(d) Enforcement . Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer, as applicable. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because the director or officer has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h) Amendments . Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause . If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

- 15 -


(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices .

(a) Notice To Stockholders . Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice To Directors . Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram or by electronic mail or other electronic means, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit Of Mailing . An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice . It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person

 

- 16 -


with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Bylaw Amendments . Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 43(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES

Section 46. Loans to Officers or Employees . Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

- 17 -

Exhibit 4.2

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    Management Dynamics Inc.
Number of Shares:    368,182 Shares
Class of Stock:    Common Stock
Initial Exercise Price:    $2.20 per share
Issue Date:    March 26, 2007
Expiration Date:    March 26, 2014

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, ORIX Venture Finance LLC (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Class of Stock (the “Shares”) of Management Dynamics Inc. (the “Company”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) set forth above, as constituted on the date hereof and as adjusted pursuant to the other terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. This Warrant is being issued pursuant to an Amended and Restated Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Holder dated as of the date hereof, which amends the Schedule to the Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Holder dated July 6, 2006 (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”) (Capitalized terms used herein, which are not defined, shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.)

ARTICLE 1. SHARES; EXERCISE .

1.1 Number of Shares . The number of Shares initially subject to this Warrant shall initially be the number of Shares set forth above. In the event that the Company does not borrow the full amount of Tranche B of the Term Loan, then the number of Shares initially subject to this Warrant shall be reduced as follows: The number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall be reduced by (i) a number of Shares equal to the difference between $4,000,000 and the total amount of Tranche B of the Term Loan borrowed by Borrower, (ii) multiplied by 9%, and (iii) divided by the Warrant Price (the “Reduction Shares”); provided that if, prior to any borrowing of Tranche B of the Term Loan, there is an Acquisition (as defined in Section 1.9 below), then there shall be no reduction in the number of Shares initially subject to this Warrant under this Section 1.1. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Holder be entitled to exercise this Warrant as to any of the Reduction Shares prior to consummation of an Acquisition, nor shall the Holder be entitled to exercise this Warrant as to any of the Reduction Shares after February 28, 2008 (or any later date to which the parties have agreed in writing to extend the period during Tranche B of the Term Loan may be disbursed). For example, if at a particular date the Borrower had borrowed only $1,000,000 of Tranche B of the Term Loan, then the number of Reduction Shares at such date would be 122,727 Shares (($4,000,000 minus $1,000,000) multiplied by 9% and divided by $2.20), and, at such date, Holder would only be entitled to exercise this Warrant as to up to 245,455 Shares (368,182 Shares minus 122,727 Shares), unless an Acquisition had been consummated.

 

-1-


1.2 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering (including a facsimile transmission) a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.3, Holder shall also deliver to the Company the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased (i) by wire transfer or by check, or (ii) by notice of cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Holder, or (iii) a combination of (i) or (ii).

1.3 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section 1.2, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares upon the proposed whole or partial exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.6 below.

1.4 Effective Date of Exercise . This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above. The person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on the date the Holder is deemed to have exercised this Warrant.

1.5 No Rights of Shareholder . This Warrant does not entitle Holder to any voting rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof. Upon exercise hereof, as set forth herein, the Holder shall be deemed to be a shareholder of the Company holding the number of shares as to which this Warrant has been exercised on the date the Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 has been delivered to the principal office of the Company with any payment or other documents called for by the terms hereof.

1.6 Fair Market Value . If the Shares are traded in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Shares are not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing that Holder disagrees with such determination, then the Company and Holder shall promptly agree upon a reputable investment banking firm to undertake such valuation. If the Company and Holder are unable to agree on such investment banking firm, then each party shall choose one reputable investment banking firm and the two firms so chosen shall choose a third investment banking firm, which third firm shall conduct the valuation. If the valuation of such investment banking firm is more than five percent (5%) greater than that determined by the Board of Directors, then all fees and expenses of such investment banking firm shall be paid by the Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses shall be paid by Holder.

1.7 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired shall be delivered to Holder.

 

-2-


1.8 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of an affidavit of an officer of the Holder of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.9 Acquisition of the Company . Upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly. As used herein, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s voting securities before the transaction (for such purpose treating all outstanding options and warrants to purchase voting securities of the Company as having been exercised and treating all outstanding debt and equity securities convertible into voting securities of the Company as having been converted) beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.10 Automatic Exercise Prior to Expiration . To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Section 1.3 above (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration date as set forth in this Warrant. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one Share upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.6 above. To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section, the Company agrees to promptly notify the holder hereof of the number of Shares, if any, the holder hereof is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock (“Common Stock”) payable in Common Stock or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding Common Stock into a greater amount of Common Stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately

 

-3-


before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. After the occurrence of such an event, the Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.

2.4 [intentionally omitted]

2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

2.6 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder a cash amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.7 Certificate as to Adjustments; Other Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price. If any change in the outstanding securities of the Company or any other event occurs, as to which the other provisions of this Article 2 are not strictly applicable, or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the purchase rights of the Holder in accordance with such provisions, then the Board of Directors of the Company shall make an adjustment in the number and class of shares subject to this Warrant, the Warrant Price or the application of such provisions, so as to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid and to give the Holder, upon exercise for the same aggregate Warrant Price, the total number, class and kind of securities as it would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had it continued to hold such securities until after the event requiring the adjustment.

 

-4-


ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price hereunder is equal to the exercise price of the Company’s most recently granted options to purchase its Common Stock, which were options to purchase a total of 547,500 shares of Common Stock conditionally granted on January 24, 2007.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company shall, at all times, reserve a sufficient number of Shares and of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon Holder’s exercise of its rights hereunder.

(c) The Capitalization Table attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of Common Stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 30 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 30 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

3.3 Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant or at least 10% of the Shares initially subject to this Warrant, but prior to an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all notices or other written communications to the shareholders of the Company, (b) annual financial statements, audited by independent certified public accountants, and certified by an Officer of the Company, within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (c) a Company-prepared quarterly financial statement of the Company, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, and (d) a Company-prepared monthly financial statement of the Company, within thirty (30) days after the end of each month.

3.4 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that, with respect to the Shares, Holder shall have the same registration rights as are set forth in Sections 2.3 and 2.4 of the Second Amended & Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated-as of October 7, 2005 (as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated October 25, 2006, and as the

 

-5-


same may be amended in good faith from time to time hereafter) (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), provided that (i) such registration rights shall be junior to the registration rights which the “Holders” (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) have under the Investor Rights Agreement (it being understood that the Holder shall not be entitled to initiate a registration pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Investor Rights Agreement), and (ii) if, hereafter, James Preuninger, John Preuninger, or any other present or future executive officer of the Company is given any greater registration rights with respect to Common Stock (other than Shares of Common Stock which are “Registrable Securities” under the Investor Rights Agreement), Holder shall be given the same such registration rights.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . Except for transfers to Holder’s affiliates, this Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by the Holder will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. The Holder also represents that the Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . The Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. The Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to the Holder or to which the Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . The Holder: (i) has experience as an investor in securities and acknowledges that the Holder is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of the Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or (ii) has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables the Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act.

4.5 Private Issue . The Holder understands (i) that the Shares are not registered under the 1933 Act, or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 4.

 

-6-


4.6 Risk of No Registration . The Holder understands that if the Company does not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), or file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when it desires to sell (i) the rights to purchase Shares pursuant to this Warrant, or (ii) the Shares, it may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AS PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder will not voluntarily and knowingly assign or transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any competitor of the Company without the Company’s prior written consent, except that this sentence shall not apply to a sale or assignment of this Warrant or the Shares (i) after an initial public offering of the equity securities of the Company, or (ii) in connection with a sale of Common Stock to such competitor by other holders of such Common Stock, which sale involves at least 10% of the Common Stock then outstanding, or (iii) in connection with an Acquisition.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or the Holder from time to time.

5.6 Waiver; Amendment . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

-7-


5.7 Issue Tax . The issuance of the securities subject to this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue tax (other than applicable income taxes) in respect thereof.

5.8 Attorneys Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs reasonably incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of Holder and Company hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of New Jersey.

[signatures on next page]

 

-8-


Company:
Management Dynamics Inc.
By  

/s/ James W. Preuninger

Title  

CEO

 

Holder:
ORIX Venture Finance LLC
By  

/s/ Kevin P. Sheehan

  Kevin P. Sheehan,
  President and CEO

Warrant to Purchase Stock-Signature Page


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock of Management Dynamics Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. In exercising its rights to purchase the Shares, the undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges the representations and warranties made in Section 4 of the Warrant.

 

(Signature)

 

Date

Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

Exhibit 10.1

DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

Agreement Scope . This Agreement, made as of the 1 st day of November, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), between FLORIDA TECHNOLOGY MANAGED SERVICES, INC, with principal office at 3728 Philips Highway, Suite 46, Jacksonville, Florida 32207 (“ FTMS ”), and MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS, INC. , with an office located at One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, NJ 07073, “MDI”, and documents the terms and conditions under which MDI agrees to purchase and FTMS agrees to provide the data center services detailed herein.

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, each of the terms below shall have the following meaning:

Access List ” means a list of mutually agreed upon MDI Personnel submitted in writing by MDI Vice President Information Systems, Chief Information Officer, or Manager, Network and Systems Infrastructure, that, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, can be accompanied by Badged Personnel to access the MDI Area.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Party, any entity at a time controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Party. The term control as used in this Agreement shall mean the legal, beneficial or equitable ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 percent of the aggregate of all voting equity interest in such entity, or ability to substantially direct or influence the management or affairs of an entity by virtue of contract, credit facility, covenant or other similar arrangement or security.

Agreement ” means, this Agreement.

Authorized MDI Personnel ” means a list of MDI Personnel submitted by MDI Vice President Information Systems, or Chief Information Officer, that have the authority to submit a completed Service Request Form (attached as Addendum A), and also submit a written Emergency Service Request.

Badged Personnel ” means an FTMS or AITC/CSX individual who is approved to support the FTMS area.

Build Out Date ” means the date FTMS completes the build-out infrastructure for MDI.

Confidential Information ” means terms and conditions of this Agreement, terms and conditions of hardware and Software agreements that FTMS or MDI enters to provide or enjoy the Services under this Agreement, and information that is proprietary or held in confidence by FTMS or MDI, including, but not limited to all information, processes, process parameters, methods, practices, techniques, technical plans, algorithms, passwords, computer programs and related documentation, data from customers or vendors, customer lists, employee identities, candidate identities, consultant identities, marketing plans, pricing formulas, financial information and all other compilations of information which relate to either Party’s business and which have not been released by the owner to the general public, whether generated by the owner, a consultant or customer of the owner. Confidential Information shall also include the Data Center address, location, and any pictures, specifications, schematics, drawings and depictions of the Data Center.

Data Center ” means FTMS’s area and the rest of the advanced information technology data center located at 6425 Southpoint Parkway, Jacksonville, Florida, 32216.

Declared Disaster ” means when CSX/AITC, in its sole discretion, determines to begin to initiate the current disaster recovery plan for the Data Center.

Default Rate ” means the greater of [***] or the Prime Rate plus [***] on an annual basis.

Emergency Service Request ” means a Service Request that is within the scope of the Services in Schedule A and is submitted less than three (3) business days prior to the implementation of the Services or additional services requested. The fees for Emergency Service Requests are detailed in this Agreement.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 1 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

Equipment ” means servers, hardware, communications equipment, cables, manuals, materials and storage media.

Facility Charge ” means rate per Rack Equivalent FTMS charges MDI which includes management of Rack Equivalents with standard Rack(s) provided by MDI.

FTMS Indemnities ” means FTMS, its Affiliates and their respective directors and officers, shareholders and members, employees and agents, partners and joint ventures.

FTMS Personnel ” means FTMS employees, contractors and agents.

FTMS Project Executive ” means a senior member of FTMS’s management responsible for the day-to-day management of this Agreement.

High Availability Internet ” means multiple Internet carriers (one primary and one backup path) with redundant switches and routers with setup provided by FTMS and monthly Managed Services provided by FTMS.

Internet Charge ” means the rate per One (1) Mbps of High Availability Internet FTMS charges MDI.

Intellectual Property Rights ” means worldwide proprietary rights in ideas and their expression arising under patent, trade secret, copyright, trademark, or any other statutory provision or common law principle, and all extensions and renewals thereof.

JEA Rate ” means a documented rate for power provided by the Jacksonville Electrical Authority (JEA) to CSX on JEA letterhead.

Losses ” means, all losses, liabilities, damages and claims, and all related costs and expenses (including any and all reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable costs of investigation, litigation, settlement, judgment, interest and penalties).

LTS ” means less than a full suite, which, by way of example, but not limitation, includes a third-party that requires one or more racks for its computers, but not a dedicated space within the Data Center.

Maximum Power Circuit Utilization ” means a Power Circuit utilization of less than [***] of rated capacity.

MDI ” means MDI, its Affiliates and their respective directors and officers, shareholders and members, employees and agents, partners and joint ventures.

MDI Area ” means the space where the MDI equipment is placed inside the FTMS area.

MDI Personnel ” means MDI employees, contractors and agents.

Monthly Service Charge” or “MSC ” has the meaning set forth in this Agreement.

Move in Date ” means the date after the Build Out Date and when FTMS provides written authorization for MDI to move Equipment into the Data Center.

Normal Business Hours ” means 8:00am to 5:00pm Monday through Friday in the United States Eastern time zone.

New Services ” means, those functions or services different from and in addition to the Services originally contemplated by this Agreement that are listed in Schedule A, Section IA (for example, those Services listed on Schedule C).

Party” and “Parties ” refer to one or both signatories to this Agreement and their successors or assigns as might be permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 2 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

Power Charge ” means rate per power circuit, based on the JEA Rate, FTMS charges MDI outlined in the Fee Schedule.

Power Circuit ” means either a Primary or redundant (B-Side) electrical wiring for distribution of power to the rack.

Prime Rate ” means the per annum rate of interest established from time to time by Bank of America, or any successor, as its prime rate, which rate may not be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank of America to its customers.

Rack ” means a frame or enclosure used to house Equipment, as defined in the Agreement.

Rack Equivalent ” means the approximate area covered by one (1) Rack which, for purposes of this Agreement, shall be equal to sixteen (16) square feet.

Remote Site ” means those locations outside of the Data Center.

Service Interruption ” means a period of time where FTMS fails to provide a technical component listed in Schedule A, Section 1A ( e.g. , UPS Power, a hardened facility, or HVAC) that directly effects functioning of the MDI Equipment in the MDI Area (for example: a failure in the HVAC system for 1/2 an hour would not be determined a Service Interruption, unless MDI Equipment is adversely affected).

Service Request ” means a request for Services or additional services utilizing the form attached as Addendum A.

Services ” means, those services and functions which FTMS agrees to provide to MDI pursuant to this Agreement which are more fully detailed in Schedule A or such other services or functions that are added to this Agreement as a result of the Parties executing a mutually agreed upon Service Request.

Software ” means, both applications software and systems software.

Support Charge ” means charges for services outlined in the Fee Schedule and Schedule A provided during and outside Normal Business Hours.

Tape Rotation Charge ” means Tape Swap/Rotation and Magnetic Tape Storage services outlined in Schedule D.

Termination Charge means an amount equal to the MSC in the month prior to the month in which notice is provided to FTMS pursuant to Section 11(b)(ii) multiplied by three (3) (i.e. MSCX3) and paid to FTMS.

2. Contract Term . The term of the Agreement will begin of 12:01 a.m. on the November 1, 2009 and will end as of 12:00 a.m. on October 31, 2012, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the Agreement (the “Term”). This Agreement shall renew for additional one (1) year terms, provided that both parties agree in writing to the renewal, prior to the expiration of the Term.

3. FTMS Responsibilities

(a) Services . FTMS shall provide Services as set forth in Schedule A. MDI marketing information shall not disclose the Data Center address, location, or any other Confidential Information, without FTMS’s written approval, which may be withheld in FTMS’s sole discretion.

(b) FTMS Personnel .

(i) FTMS will appoint a FTMS Project Executive to whom all contract communications will be addressed.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 3 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

(ii) FTMS will appoint a FTMS Account Manager to whom all MDI day-to-day support communications will be addressed.

(iii) FTMS shall have the right to engage contractors or subcontractors to perform Services under this Agreement, it being understood and agreed that all references in the Agreement relating to FTMS’s Personnel shall apply with full force and effect to such contractors and subcontractors.

(iv) FTMS Personnel shall in no case access the MDI Software, Equipment or systems, or data resident thereon, unless the Parties enter into written agreement(s) for further Services or New Services and such agreement(s) expressly provides for such access in favor of FTMS Personnel. MDI is solely responsible for securing such Software, Equipment and systems. Emergency access to these racks shall be controlled and documented pursuant to FTMS’s current policies and procedures.

(v) FTMS will meet or exceed the Service Quality Measurements described in Schedule C of this Agreement and adhere to the Support Call Procedures in Schedule C of this Agreement.

(c) Contract Administration .

(i) Within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, the Parties will mutually determine an appropriate set of periodic meetings to be held between representatives of MDI and FTMS. At a minimum, the Parties will hold a: quarterly management meeting to review relevant contract and performance issues; and

(ii) All meetings will have a published agenda issued by the Party requesting the meeting sufficiently in advance to allow meeting participants a reasonable opportunity to prepare for the meeting.

(d) Facilities .

Subject to a Declared Disaster, FTMS shall provide a commercially reasonable physical facility and commercially reasonable facility maintenance services necessary to support this Agreement, to include those Services specified in Schedule A, but in no case less than that which it provides for itself and its Affiliates. FTMS may, in its sole discretion, announce to MDI pursuant to Section 16(i) of its intention to permanently move the performance of the Services or the Data Center to a facility outside the Jacksonville, Florida metropolitan area, and MDI shall have the right within One Hundred and Twenty (120) days of such announcement to terminate this Agreement without cause, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated by FTMS for convenience pursuant to Section 11(a)(i): notwithstanding the time restrictions in Section 12 (a)(i).

(i) Subject to the limitations detailed below, MDI Personnel shall have access to the Data Center; such access shall include, but not be limited to, the right to move Equipment within the Data Center and the right to move Equipment in and out of the Data Center. MDI Personnel must comply with all of the Data Center policies & procedures. In addition, the access and use of the Data Center under the terms of this Agreement is subject to the following conditions:

(1) FTMS may refuse access to or remove any persons from the Data Center if FTMS determines, in its sole discretion, that there exists a risk to the safety and welfare of any personnel or if any computer operations or information security are at risk;

(2) MDI Personnel shall not have access under the Data Center raised floor, or to other areas of the Data Center, except for the MDI Area, restrooms and break rooms;

(3) MDI shall be permitted to schedule tours in the FTMS area as long as MDI sends a notice, at least two (2) business days prior to the scheduled tour, via email to the FTMS Project Executive, and unless the request is denied, which request will not be unreasonably denied, then the tour may commence. The tour shall be limited to the common areas of the Data Center and the MDI Area.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 4 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

(4) MDI shall not schedule any complete tours of the FTMS area, meetings or other public gatherings in the Data Center without the written consent of FTMS;

(5) A FTMS property pass will be required for all hardware, including, but not limited to MDI Equipment entering or leaving the Data Center, and all packages are subject to inspection by FTMS security personnel;

(6) Any persons granted temporary access to the Data Center or the FTMS Area must be escorted by a Badged Personnel at all times and MDI will be billed for time outside of FTMS’ normal business hours at the Operator Support rate in this Agreement;

(7) MDI Personnel granted access to the Data Center must be escorted by Badged Personnel at all times;

(8) While on the Data Center premises, all MDI Personnel granted temporary access to the Data Center are subject to FTMS’s policy on drugs, alcohol, and firearms, and shall follow the instructions and directions of security, fire wardens, and other life/safety personnel;

(9) MDI shall not use any Equipment that interferes with any wireless infrastructure or systems within the Data Center,

(10) MDI shall not install, implement, or otherwise run any wiring or cabling above the raised floor, or overhead the MDI Area, excluding rack to rack/device to device connections and cabling/wiring contained within the adjacent racks or devices within the MDI Area;

(11) Exclusive of staging requirements, MDI cannot use the MDI Area for open storage of any items; MDI may house required expendables and repair materials in their own racks; paper materials may not be stored in the MDI Area;

(12) MDI will not deliver or schedule for delivery, any Equipment prior to the Move in Date, unless expressly authorized in writing by FTMS;

(13) MDI shall comply with all Data Center standards with respect to connectivity, general housekeeping, and maintaining a neat, professional, and orderly appearance of all spaces within the MDI Area and also within the Data Center (including, but not limited to, unpacking MDI Equipment prior to installation in the MDI Area so that there is no packing material in the MDI area);

(14) FTMS approved contractors shall complete all movement of any Equipment residing in the Data Center. After completion of the movement by FTMS approved contractors of any Equipment into the MDI Area is free to relocate, move, or adjust said Equipment within the FTMS Area, but not outside the MDI Area;

(15) FTMS may refuse access to the Data Center due to increased Data Center security in response to a Governmental warning affecting local or national security (by way of example, but not limitation, the Center was “locked” down the Data Center in the days following the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center on 9/11/01, thereby only allowing access to the Data Center to essential personnel);

(16) MDI shall comply with the Advanced Information Technology Center Policies and Procedures for the Data Center as published from time to time.

(17) All MDI external network connections and any wiring or cabling from the MDI Area shall be performed by FTMS or a FTMS approved vendor.

(ii) Both Parties shall ensure that their employees, agents, contractors, and other representatives shall treat the other Party’s employees, agents, contractors, and other representatives with dignity and respect.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 5 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

4. MDI Service Responsibilities

(a) Services . MDI shall submit Service Requests in a timely manner. Emergency Service Requests shall be submitted on an exception basis and may be subject to higher fees, as detailed in this Agreement.

(b) Service Request Forms . All Service Request Forms, including Emergency Service Requests, shall be completed by Authorized MDI Personnel and submitted to the FTMS Project Executive.

5. Charges and Expenses . This Agreement sets forth the basis for charges for Services under this Agreement.

6. Service Transfer Assistance

(a) The Parties agree that upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, MDI has the right to designate a third party to transfer the Services performed by FTMS to another data center, and FTMS shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with MDI and its third party designee to provide the Termination Assistance, as set forth in this Agreement.

(b) The Parties agree that any information or physical access granted by FTMS to MDI designee pursuant to this Section shall he subject to such constraints as are reasonably needed to protect the operational integrity, confidentiality, or security of the Data Center, FTMS and its customers. FTMS agrees such constraints shall be reasonably administered within the standards of sound data processing practices. Sections (a) and (b) shall be collectively defined as “Service Transfer Assistance.”

(c) Any obligations by FTMS to perform Services under this Agreement, including under this Article 6, shall be terminated upon completion of transfer of Services except as otherwise mutually agreed in writing; provided , however , that under no circumstances shall FTMS be required to provide such Service Transfer Assistance for more than thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement. MDI shall be responsible for the payment of the Monthly Service Charge and any other applicable fees and charges due as a result of FTMS’s performance of Service Transfer Assistance. Any services that are not included in Services are subject to additional fees at FTMS’s then current rates for time and materials.

7. Invoicing and Payment

(a) MSC and Direct Cost Items Invoicing . MDI shall pay FTMS in advance, without notice, on the first (1st) day of each month for the amount due for MSC (absent a written change by the Parties) beginning at the signing of the agreement. FTMS will then invoice MDI thirty (30) days prior to the first (1 st ) day of each month during the Agreement for the amount due for MSC (absent a written change by the Parties). In addition, if the first month when Rack(s) or power circuits are installed or removed in the FTMS area by MDI and are accepted by FTMS and services are provided is a partial month, the billing will be prorated and billed with the MSC at the first of the next month. FTMS will invoice MDI monthly in arrears for all Direct Cost Charges and One-time Charges actually incurred by FTMS in the previous month, as specified in this Agreement, which undisputed amounts will be due and payable within thirty (30) days after MDI’ receipt of the invoice.

(b) Other Charges . Any other undisputed amount due under this Agreement for which a time for payment is not mutually agreed, will be due and payable within thirty (30) days after MDI’ receipt of the invoice.

(c) Late Fees . Any undisputed amounts payable under this Agreement which are not paid by MDI when such amounts are due shall be subject to interest from the date due until actually paid at a rate equal to the Default Rate (“Late Fees”). In the event a disputed amount is determined to be a legitimate charge, pursuant to Section 15, then the applicable Late Fees, from the date the amount was originally due (i.e. as if MDI had not disputed the charge, but had failed to pay the amount due), shall also be immediately due.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 6 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

8. Taxes.

(a) MDI shall be liable for and shall pay or reimburse FTMS for payment of all applicable federal, state and local sales, use, excise, utility, ad Val Orem, and gross receipts taxes and other similar tax-like charges assessed by such governmental agencies or other governmental taxes assessed or levied on this Agreement or the payments made for (i) Services provided hereunder, or (ii) MDI Equipment, Software, the MDI Area, network lines or circuits (exclusive, however, of any tax in the nature of a net income tax, or franchise tax levied against FTMS). MDI and FTMS agree to cooperate with each other to permit accurate determination of each Party’s tax liability and to minimize such liability to the extent legally permissible. MDI and FTMS will also work together to segregate the fees relating to:

(i) taxable services;

(ii) nontaxable services; and

(iii) services whereby FTMS functions merely as a paying agent for MDI in receiving goods, supplies or services (including leasing and licensing arrangements) that otherwise are nontaxable or have previously been subject to tax;

(b) To the extent allowed by state law and upon the written request of FTMS, MDI shall provide FTMS all applicable tax exemption certificates.

(c) If FTMS receives notice from any taxing jurisdiction requiring it to pay a tax (including any penalties and interest) for which MDI is responsible hereunder, FTMS will promptly notify MDI thereof and MDI shall pay or reimburse FTMS the amounts due, provided however , that the failure to so notify MDI shall not reduce or relieve its indemnification or other obligations hereunder; provided further, however, MDI shall be entitled by way of a separate action against FTMS to seek recovery of damages actually suffered by MDI which were solely and directly caused by FTMS’s failure to promptly notify MDI thereof. FTMS shall not pay such tax claim prior to thirty (30) days after providing MDI with such notice unless:

(i) required by law to do so;

(ii) deferral of payment would cause material adverse tax consequences to FTMS; or

(iii) deferral of payment would result in the creation of any lien against FTMS or its property.

9. Audit Rights

FTMS shall keep full, accurate and complete books of account and other records in sufficient detail, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, so that MDI may determine the correctness of FTMS’s bill(s), and payments it makes in accordance with the bill(s). FTMS shall retain and not purge any financial data and computer files relating to the bill(s), payments and/or costs for the earlier of: (i) two (2) years from the date a bill was sent to MDI (ii) a payment was received from MDI; (iii) a cost was incurred by FTMS; or (iv) until such time MDI has determined the correctness of the bill(s), payment or costs. MDI’s payment of any bill(s) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall not preclude it from questioning the correctness of the bill(s) at a later time.

Within fifteen (15) days upon request, FTMS, at MDI’s cost and expense, shall provide a copy of any and all of FTMS’s records that relate directly to the Agreement. FTMS, in conjunction with MDI, shall reasonably determine which records are directly related to this Agreement. The records contemplated by this Agreement may include, but are not limited to, vendor invoices, disbursement documents, employee and subcontractors, if applicable, time and rate information, inventory records, shipping documents, expense reports and related support data.

In the event that MDI or FTMS discovers inconsistencies or mistakes in such bill(s) and/or any payments, they shall notify the other Party. Within thirty (30) days of receiving notification, FTMS shall rectify all inconsistencies and/or mistakes to MDI’s reasonable satisfaction and notify MDI in writing of such and, if appropriate, shall bill the

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 7 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

excess or shall refund overcharges or, to the extent applicable, shall apply a credit to MDI on subsequent invoices for the full amount of the overcharges. In the event the Parties are unable to resolve any differences with respect to possible over or under billing, the Parties agree to submit the matter to binding arbitration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

10. Confidentiality/MDI Property

(a) Confidential Information . Both Parties shall take all reasonable measures to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information by their employees, agents, representatives and couriers, and their respective personnel. Except with the written authorization by the owner of Confidential Information (the “Disclosing Party”), the other Party (the “Receiving Party”) shall not use or disclose any Confidential Information to any third party other than in pursuit of the purposes set forth in this Agreement. The Receiving Party acknowledges that all right, title and interest in and to Confidential Information received from the Disclosing Party, including the right to produce, extract, or exhibit such Confidential Information to any third party, exists exclusively with the Disclosing Party.

(b) Exclusions . Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section will not apply to any information that FTMS or MDI or their respective Affiliates can demonstrate was:

(i) At the time of disclosure to the Receiving Party, in the public domain;

(ii) After disclosure to the Receiving Party, published or otherwise became part of the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party;

(iii) Lawfully in the possession of the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure to it without independent obligation of confidentiality;

(iv) Received by the Receiving Party from a third party who had a lawful right to disclose such information to it without independent obligation of confidentiality; or

(v) Independently developed by the Receiving Party without reference to Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

(c) Further, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent required by law or order of a court or governmental agency; provided , however , that the Receiving Party must give the Disclosing Party prompt notice (“Notice”) of any such requested disclosure as long as the Receiving Party is not prohibited to provide the Notice by law or order of a court or governmental agency. It is understood that the receipt of Confidential Information under this Agreement will not limit or restrict assignment or reassignment of employees of a Party within such corporate entity or its Affiliates.

(d) Prevention . The Parties expressly agree that the aggrieved Party shall be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction to prevent or otherwise restrain a breach of this Section of this Agreement, and that the disclosure of Confidential Information will cause irreparable harm to the Disclosing Party for which there is no adequate remedy at law. The foregoing shall not preclude the ability to seek damages or any other form of relief available for the harm actually caused by an actual unauthorized disclosure by the Receiving Party.

(e) Loss of Confidential Information . In the event of any disclosure or loss of Confidential Information by the Receiving Party, the Receiving Party will notify the Disclosing Party immediately.

(f) Ownership of MDI Property . All MDI Software, Equipment, cables, documents, information and materials in the Data Center shall at all times remain the sole and exclusive property of MDI (or its clients), with all exclusive title and rights thereto. Subject to the payment of the MSC (and any Termination Charges, as applicable), FTMS shall at no time or for any reason purport, or allow any third party, to assign, encumber, place any lien upon, perfect any security interest in, or exercise any property right over any MDI Software, Equipment, cables, documents, information or materials, or other MDI property, as against MDI.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 8 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

(g) Removal of Property . Subject to the payment of the MSC (and any Termination Charges, as applicable), MDI shall have the right to remove any or all of the MDI Equipment, cables, or other MDI property at any time in its sole discretion, subject only to doing so during normal operating hours and to the extent such removal does not unreasonably interfere with FTMS’s operation of the Data Center, but in no case may FTMS exercise dominion over any of MDI property or deny MDI the right to remove its property.

11. Termination

(a) Termination for Convenience .

(i) FTMS . Except during the initial term, FTMS may terminate this Agreement for convenience (i.e. without cause), upon at least One Hundred Eight (180) days prior written notice to MDI. In lieu of all other penalties, costs or charges, including, but not limited to, any Termination Charge, FTMS will:

(1) provide MDI with the Service Transfer Assistance detailed in Article 6;

(2) provide MDI with the Termination Assistance detailed in Section (c); and

(3) reimburse MDI for reasonable costs directly related to MDI having to locate and relocate to an alternate site, including moving costs, labor costs, Software and hardware costs, and any other non-refundable out-of-pocket installation or improvement fees; provided, however, that the maximum amount that FTMS may be required to pay MDI under this Section 11(a)(i)(3) is [***].

(ii) MDI may terminate this Agreement for convenience (i.e. without cause), upon at least One Hundred Eighty (180) days prior written notice to FTMS. No Termination Charge will assessed for Termination for Convenience within year one (1) of this agreement. Termination for Convenience within years two (2) and three (3) will be accompanied with the payment of the Termination Charge that is equal to the MSC in the month prior to the month in which notice is provided to FTMS multiplied by three (3) (i.e. MSCX3).

(iii) The retention of a third-party to operate the Data Center or the assignment of this Agreement to a FTMS Affiliate shall not be deemed a termination for convenience by FTMS, nor shall such retention or assignment constitute cause for MDI to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11(b), below.

(b) Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement without penalty if the other Party fails to perform any of its material obligations as described in this Agreement thirty (30) days after written notice of such failure from the non-breaching Party.

(i) FTMS . In the event FTMS terminates this Agreement for cause pursuant to this Section 11(b)(i), FTMS shall not be obligated to provide to MDI any assistance (except as set forth in Article 6; provided, however, that if the cause for termination is non-payment by MDI, FTMS may require the prepayment of any costs or expenses to be incurred by FTMS should MDI request assistance from FTMS to vacate the MDI Area), including but not limited to the Termination Assistance detailed in Section (c), and MDI shall pay FTMS the lesser of the Termination Charge or the remaining months of the Term multiplied by the MSC for the month prior to the date of the notice. In the event that FTMS terminates this Agreement for cause for non-payment of the MSC by MDI, in addition to any other rights granted herein, FTMS shall have the right to place liens in the amount of the amounts owed on the MDI Equipment; and have the right, but not the obligation, to eject MDI (and its Equipment) from the Data Center within sixty (60) days of the initial due date of the MSC.

(ii) MDI : In the event MDI terminates this Agreement for cause pursuant to this Section, MDI shall have no further duty to pay any future MSCs or any Termination Charge, and FTMS will provide MDI with the Service Transfer Assistance detailed in Article 6 and the Termination Assistance detailed in Section (c) and reimburse MDI for reasonable costs directly related to MDI having to locate and relocate to an alternate site, including moving costs, labor costs, Software and hardware costs, and any other non-refundable out-of-pocket installation or improvement fees; provided, however, that the maximum amount that FTMS may be required to pay MDI under this Section 11(b) is [***].

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 9 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

(c) Termination Assistance . Subject to (i) MDI terminating this Agreement for cause (i.e. the termination assistance detailed in this Section shall not be available to MDI if FTMS terminates this Agreement for cause pursuant to Section 11(b)(i)); and (ii) the prepayment by MDI of a reasonable estimate of the fees for Termination Assistance, as determined by FTMS in its reasonable discretion (FTMS shall refund any over-payments by MDI under this Section 11(c) within thirty (30) days of MDI vacating the Data Center), commencing upon the notice of termination (the “Termination Assistance Date”), FTMS shall provide to MDI, or, at MDI request (but only to the extent specified herein), to MDI designee, reasonable termination assistance as described below to facilitate the orderly transfer of the Services to MDI or MDI designee, as applicable (collectively “Termination Assistance”). Such Termination Assistance shall include, without limitation, the following:

(i) FTMS shall provide MDI or MDI designee access to training documentation and know-how used by FTMS in performing the Services;

(ii) Within thirty (30) days of the Termination Assistance Date, FTMS shall develop, with the assistance of MDI, a plan for the transition of the Services from FTMS to MDI or its designee, and FTMS shall direct its activities to minimize disruptions to the Services during the transition;

(iii) Within fifteen (15) days of the Termination Assistance Date, FTMS and MDI shall each assemble a transition team which, with respect to MDI, may include members of MDI designee. The FTMS transition team shall provide to the MDI transition team a description of FTMS’s Services and related documentation. This description and documentation shall be delivered no later than thirty (30) days after the Termination Assistance Date. After provision of such description and documentation, FTMS shall notify MDI of any items which could materially affect such description or documentation. The description and documentation shall consist of:

(1) A list of historical reports generated pursuant to this Agreement;

(2) A list of any Services “in progress;”

(3) A list of any subcontractors engaged in performing the Services as of the Termination Assistance Date;

(4) A list of any third party contracts relating to Services; and

(5) Any other information reasonably requested by MDI.

12. Liability

(a) Indemnity . The Parties agree that they each shall be and remain exclusively liable solely for their own respective individual Losses arising from the existence, breach, performance or termination of this Agreement and its subject matter, unless otherwise expressly stated pursuant to this Agreement, and that each Party hereby waives and releases any and all rights to recover against the other Party, or any Affiliates, directors or officers, shareholders or members, employees or agents, partners or joint venturers, or insurers or self insurers of the other Party, for any and all Losses whatsoever arising from the existence, breach, performance or termination of this Agreement and its subject matter, including, without limitation, any Losses arising from or caused by the other Party’s negligence, misconduct or wrongdoing; and in furtherance of this risk allocation, the Parties agree:

(i) FTMS shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the MDI Indemnitees from and against any and all claims for Losses by FTMS’s and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents, partners and joint venturers, creditors and lenders, customers and clients, suppliers and vendors, insurers and self insurers, and any other persons with a beneficial interest in or through FTMS, arising out of or relating to this Agreement; and

(ii) MDI shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the FTMS Indemnitees from and against any and all claims for Losses by MDI and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents, partners and joint venturers, creditors and lenders, customers and clients, suppliers and vendors, insurers and self insurers, and any other persons with a beneficial interest in or through MDI, arising out of or relating to this Agreement;

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 10 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

(iii) Provided , however , the sole and exclusive exceptions to the foregoing waivers and indemnities are to the extent as follows:

(1) FTMS shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 12(b) and MDI adequately securing the MDI Equipment pursuant to Section 3(b)(iii), be and remain responsible to MDI to the extent of the following liabilities notwithstanding the releases, waivers and indemnities expressed above:

(a) Losses arising under the Agreement due to breach of warranty, breach of confidentiality, breach or infringement of MDI Intellectual Property Rights, or improper use of or access to MDI Software or systems by FTMS or FTMS Personnel, but in no case shall liability for such Losses, individually or collectively, exceed the limitations in Section 12(e);

(b) Losses arising from bodily harm and damage to tangible personal property sustained by the MDI Indemnitees at the Data Center due to acts or omissions, including, but not limited to, negligence or intentional misconduct, of FTMS, or FTMS Personnel, but in no case shall liability for such Losses, individually or collectively, exceed the limitations in Section 12(e);

(c) Service Interruptions pursuant to Section 12(b);

(d) The charges, costs and expenses for termination to the extent provided in Article 11, and Section D of the Service Charges section of this agreement; and

(e) Losses due to third party claims against MDI for copyright, patent, trade secret or other intellectual property infringement or violation arising from Software or Equipment used or licensed by FTMS in the performance of this Agreement or the Services or from Software or Equipment resident in the Data Center other than MDI Software and MDI Equipment.

(2) MDI shall, subject to the provisions of Section 12(b), be and remain responsible to FTMS to the extent of the following liabilities notwithstanding the releases, waivers and indemnities expressed above:

(a) Losses arising under the Agreement due to breach of warranty, breach of confidentiality, breach or infringement of FTMS Intellectual Property Rights, or improper use of or access to FTMS Software or systems, by MDI or MDI Personnel at the Data Center, but in no case shall liability for such Losses, individually or collectively, exceed the limitations in Section 12(e);

(b) Losses arising from bodily harm and damage to tangible personal property sustained by the FTMS Indemnitees at the Data Center due to acts or omissions, including, but not limited to, negligence or intentional misconduct of MDI or MDI Personnel, but in no case shall liability for such Losses, individually or collectively, exceed the limitations in Section 12(e);

(c) Charges as stated in Articles 4, 6, and 7, and the Service Charges section of this agreement, taxes as provided in Section 8, the Termination Charge, and the charges, costs and expenses for termination to the extent provided in Article 11 and Section D of the Service Charges section of this agreement; and

(d) Losses due to third party claims against FTMS for copyright, patent, trade secret or other intellectual property infringement or violation arising from MDI Software or Equipment, or from Software or Equipment specified in writing or provided by MDI for use by FTMS in providing the Services.

(iv) In furtherance of the foregoing releases, waivers and indemnities: FTMS (for its Affiliates and insurers or self-insurers) shall obtain for MDI a waiver of subrogation rights endorsement from all insurers or self insurers (to the extent such rights are not waived in the policies themselves) to claim against any MDI Indemnitees on account of the matters waived and released by FTMS herein. MDI (for its Affiliates and insurers or self-insurers)

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 11 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

shall obtain for FTMS a waiver of subrogation rights endorsement from all insurers or self insurers (to the extent such rights are not waived in the policies themselves) to claim against any FTMS Indemnitees on account of any of the matters waived and released by MDI herein.

(v) Notwithstanding anything stated above or elsewhere in this Agreement, the foregoing releases, waivers and indemnities shall not limit or restrict either FTMS or MDI from the pursuit or entry of injunctive relief in favor of either FTMS or MDI to prevent or remedy the disclosure, misappropriation, misuse or infringement of Confidential Information, trade secrets, copyrights, patents, or other Intellectual Property Rights, or breach of restrictive covenants provided under this Agreement.

(b) Service Interruptions . In the case of a Service Interruption, MDI shall be entitled to receive from FTMS either a credit, or refund if a credit would not be practicable in the circumstance, equal to one (1) full day’s pro-rated MSC fee for each day (or portion of day, however, if there are more than one (1) Service Interruptions in a particular day, then MDI shall only receive one (1) full day’s prorated MSC fee credit) in which MDI experienced a Service Interruption. Notwithstanding the above, if the Service Interruption is caused by a third party (e.g. access to the Internet) with which FTMS has a service level agreement, then MDI shall be entitled to receive the remedies, if any, that FTMS would receive under the third party service level agreement.

(c) Network Interruptions . Notwithstanding the above, in the event that any cabling or wiring physically within the Data Center that directly effects the MDI Equipment and is owned by FTMS fails (i.e. the cable is defective, but this shall not include failure to deliver data, if such data fails to be transmitted onto such cabling or wiring) MDI shall be entitled to a credit toward its MSC on a one-to-one basis (e.g. if the cabling fails for one-hour, then MDI shall be entitled to a one-hour credit). However, during a Declared Disaster. MDI shall not be entitled to any credits, and the maximum credit MDI shall be entitled to in any one (1) calendar month shall be ten (10) days credit towards the MSC.

(d) Exclusions .

(i) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 12(a)(iii), NEITHER PARTY WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR:

(1) CORRUPTION, DAMAGE, LOSS OR MISTRANSMISSION OF DATA;

(2) THE SECURITY OF DATA DURING TRANSMISSION;

(3) INVALID INPUTS TO OR EXECUTIONS OF APPLICATIONS; OR

(4) CORRUPTION, DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF EQUIPMENT, OR ANY SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON SUCH EQUIPMENT.

(ii) NEITHER PARTY NOR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS, SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY LOSS, DAMAGE, COSTS, PENALTY OR EXPENSE OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER AND HOWSOEVER CAUSED, WHETHER ARISING UNDER CONTRACT, TORT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE GROUNDS INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF INTEREST, LOSS OF PRODUCTION, LOSS OF OR CORRUPTION TO DATA, LOSS OF PROFITS, OPPORTUNITIES, SALES OR CONTRACTS, LOSS OF OPERATION TIME AND LOSS OF GOODWILL OR ANTICIPATED SAVINGS, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 12 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

(e) Limitation of Liability .

(i) EITHER PARTY’S TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY FOR LOSSES (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO:

(1) THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY MDI TO FTMS FOR SERVICES DURING THE TWELVE (12) MONTHS PRIOR TO THE EVENT WHICH IS THE SUBJECT OF THE CLAIM PLUS THE INSURANCE LIMITS DETAILED IN THIS AGREEMENT; OR

(2) IN THE CASE WHERE LESS THAN TWELVE (12) MONTHS OF THE TERM HAVE ELAPSED AT THE TIME OF AN EVENT WHICH IS THE SUBJECT OF A CLAIM, THE ACTUAL CHARGES PAID BY MDI TO FTMS PLUS THE INSURANCE LIMITS DETAILED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

(f) THE DUTIES OF FTMS OR MDI, RESPECTIVELY, IN THE CASE OF A TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE BY FTMS OR TERMINATION FOR CAUSE BY MDI SHALL NOT BE LIMITED BY THIS SECTION 12(E).

(g) IN NO EVENT WILL FTMS OR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES IF AND TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY MDI FAILURE TO PERFORM ITS RESPONSIBILITIES AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT; NOR SHALL MDI BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES IF AND TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY FTMS’S OR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS’ FAILURE TO PERFORM ITS RESPONSIBILITIES AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT.

(h) EACH PARTY SHALL PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE OTHER PARTY OF ANY CORRUPTION, DAMAGE, LOSS OR MISTRANSMISSION OF DATA, OR ANY OTHER ERRORS OR FAILURES OF SERVICES.

(i) IF THE LIMITATION IN SECTION 12(e) IS EXCEEDED AS A RESULT OF LOSSES TO BE INDEMNIFIED UNDER SECTION 12(A)(III), THE OTHER PARTY SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO TERMINATE THIS AGREEMENT FOR CAUSE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT MDI SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY TERMINATION CHARGE AS DEFINED HEREIN.

13. Warranty

(a) FTMS Warranty . FTMS represents and warrants to MDI and its Affiliates that i) the Services provided hereunder shall be delivered in a professional manner and in keeping with the standards prevalent in the industry, but in no case less than the standard of similar service FTMS provides to itself and its Affiliates; ii) the Data Center shall be maintained free from any unreasonable hazards or defects; iii) FTMS will make available any safety equipment, training or materials provided to FTMS’s own employees and contractors; and iv) FTMS has all necessary authority and approvals to enter into the terms stated in this Agreement. The express obligations and warranties given by FTMS in this Agreement shall be in lieu of and to the exclusion (to the fullest extent permitted by law) of any other warranty, condition, promise, term or undertaking of any kind, express or implied, statutory or otherwise relating to anything supplied or Services provided under or in connection with this Agreement.

(b) MDI Indemnity for Software Rights . Where FTMS provides prompt notice to MDI of any actual or threatened actions against FTMS asserting copyright violation, patent infringement or trade secret misappropriation of software provided by, or specified by MDI for use by FTMS in the performance of Services under this Agreement, then MDI shall indemnify and hold FTMS harmless against such claim and shall defend FTMS in any legal action asserting such claims.

(c) Disclaimer

(i) FTMS DOES NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OF ANY ADVICE, REPORT, DATA OR OTHER PRODUCT DELIVERED TO MDI THAT IS PRODUCED WITH OR FROM DATA OR SOFTWARE PROVIDED BY MDI OR ANY OTHER THIRD-PARTY. SUCH PRODUCTS ARE DELIVERED “AS IS”, AND FTMS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INACCURACY OR MALFUNCTION THEREOF.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 13 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

(ii) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY ASSURES UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE OPERATION OF THE DATA CENTER OR THE MDI AREA.

(iii) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO ANY SERVICES, AND BOTH PARTIES SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES OR THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY WARRANTIES OF ANY TYPE.

14. Insurance

(a) During the Term of this Agreement, the Parties will maintain insurance coverage (either through self-insurance or an insurer of financial responsibility authorized to do business in all necessary states) of the type and in the amounts specified below:

(i) Statutory workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance in accordance with all federal, state and local requirements, including a waiver of subrogation; and

(ii) Comprehensive general liability insurance with a combined single limit of $1,000,000 covering, without limitation, personal injury, death, property damage and the Party’s obligations hereunder customarily covered by such insurance.

(b) Each Party shall require its insurers, if applicable, to provide the other Party with thirty (30) days notice prior to any cancellation of or material change in the coverage’s required hereunder. Each Party shall provide certificates of insurance evidencing such coverage prior to the Effective Date.

(c) As of the date of this Agreement, MDI is self-insured.

15. Dispute Resolution

(a) Dispute Resolution Process . Any dispute between the Parties either with respect to the interpretation of any provisions of this Agreement or with respect to the performance by FTMS or by MDI hereunder shall be resolved as specified in this Section:

(i) Upon the written request of either Party for commencement of formal dispute resolution under this Agreement, each of the Parties will endeavor to resolve such dispute.

(ii) During the course of such negotiation, all reasonable requests made by one Party to the other for information reasonably related to the operation of this Agreement will be honored in order that each Party may be fully advised of the other’s position.

(iii) The Parties shall submit the disputed matter jointly to the President or FTMS and to the President of MDI or to such other persons as may be designated by the Parties from time to time in writing. If such executives do not agree upon a decision within thirty (30) days after reference of the matter to them, either Party may then commence Arbitration proceedings detailed below.

(b) If after thirty (30) days after reference of the matter to the executives the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute, then any controversy or claim, whether sounding contract, tort or otherwise, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to the arbitrability of a Party’s claim or dispute or the breach of this provision, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect and the Parties hereby consent to the entry of judgment by any court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the decision of the arbitrator(s). The provisions of this Agreement shall control if they conflict with the Commercial Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall be before a single arbitrator selected by

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 14 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

mutual agreement of the Parties. If the Parties are unable to agree on a single arbitrator within thirty (30) days from the commencement of formal dispute resolution, MDI and FTMS shall each promptly select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. If the two arbitrators previously appointed by MDI and FTMS cannot agree upon the third arbitrator within fifteen (15) days, then either Party may apply to the American Arbitration Association for appointment of the third arbitrator. Any decision of the arbitrator(s) shall be rendered within thirty (30) days after the matter has been submitted with findings of fact and conclusions of law. Arbitration shall take place in Duval County, Florida. The arbitrators shall have the authority to enter awards of legal and equitable remedies, together with costs, pre-award interest, post/award interest and attorneys’ fees as deemed equitable, but shall not have the authority to award special, consequential, punitive or exemplary damages. The costs of the arbitrator(s) shall be borne equally by the Parties.

(c) Continued Performance . Except where clearly prevented by the area in dispute or in the event of non-payment by MDI of three (3) months of charges due hereunder, both Parties agree to continue performing their respective obligations under this Agreement while the dispute is being resolved unless and until such obligations are terminated or expire in accordance with the provisions hereof.

16. General

(a) Right to Perform Services for Others . Each Party recognizes that FTMS personnel providing Services to MDI under this Agreement may perform similar services for others and this Agreement shall not prevent FTMS from using the personnel provided to MDI under this Agreement for such purposes. FTMS may perform its obligations through its subsidiaries, Affiliates or through the use of FTMS-selected independent contractors; provided , however , that except as otherwise provided herein, FTMS shall not be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement by use of such subsidiaries, Affiliates, or subcontractors.

(b) Entire Agreement; Amendments and Revisions . This Agreement, including the Schedules and attachments hereto, contains the entire understanding between the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all other prior oral and written agreements, proposals, negotiations, letters of intent or other correspondence or understandings between them. Changes or modifications to this Agreement and its Schedules may be made only by a written amendment or revision signed by both Parties. Changes or modifications in any other form are void. Any terms or conditions varying from this Agreement and its Schedules or any order or written notification from either Party not signed by the other Party are void. Neither the form of this Agreement, nor any provision herein, shall be interpreted or construed in favor of or against either Party hereto as the sole drafter thereof.

(c) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida, as applied to contracts made and performed in Florida. The Parties agree that any proceeding brought to construe or enforce the terms of this Agreement shall be brought in Jacksonville, Florida.

(d) Survival, Binding Nature and Assignment . Any terms of this Agreement, which by their nature extend beyond its expiration or termination, remain in effect until fulfilled, including, but not limited to, Articles 8, 10, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16. This Agreement shall be binding on the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. FTMS acknowledges and agrees that the Services to be provided under this Agreement are personal to FTMS and are non-assignable. FTMS shall not assign, sell, lease, or otherwise transfer in whole or in part any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of MDI. MDI may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates, to any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, or to a third party upon the merger, consolidation or sale of substantially all of the assets of MDI. MDI shall make reasonable efforts to provide FTMS with notice of any such assignment within sixty (60) days of such assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefits of the Parties, their legal representatives, permitted transferees, successors and assigns as permitted by this Agreement.

(e) Compliance with Law . The Parties agree to comply with all applicable federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental laws, orders, and regulations (U.S. or foreign) and all industry standards in connection with this Agreement.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 15 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

(f) Severability . The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of a provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(g) Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(h) Waiver . Either Party’s failure to enforce or delay in enforcing any right or remedy reserved to it or to require performance of any of the terms of provisions stated in this Agreement, shall not be interpreted as a waiver of any right or remedy to which such Party is entitled.

(i) Notices . All notices or other documents under this Agreement shall be in writing and either (i) delivered personally; (ii) mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid; or (iii) sent by overnight courier, addressed to the Parties at the following addresses or such other address as provided to the other Party by written notice:

Management Dynamics, Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, NJ 07073

Attention: CTO

Florida Technology Managed Services, Inc.

3728 Philips Highway

Suite 46

Jacksonville, Florida 32207

Attention: CEO

(j) Independent Counsel . Each Party has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its choice in negotiating this Agreement. This Agreement has, therefore, been negotiated and prepared at the joint request, direction, and construction of the Parties, at arm’s length, with the advice and participation of counsel.

(k) No Obligations to Third Parties . Nothing contained in this Agreement, express or implied, shall be deemed to confer any rights or remedies upon, or obligate FTMS or MDI, to any person or entity which is not a party to this Agreement.

(l) No Real Property Lease or Bailment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a real property lease of any portion of the Data Center to MDI Area, or a bailment of any MDI Equipment.

(m) No Joint Venture . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, limited partnership, agency or employment relationship between FTMS and MDI, nor does FTMS or MDI have the right, power or authority to create any obligation or duty, express or implied, on behalf of the other.

(n) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original for all purposes, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one instrument.

(o) Publicity . Neither Party shall disclose or make any public announcements concerning the formation and existence of this Agreement or disclose any of the specific terms of this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party may disclose information concerning this Agreement as required by the rules, orders, regulations, subpoenas or directives of a court, government or governmental agency, after giving prior notice to the other Party.

(p) Export Compliance . The transfer of technology across rational boundaries, including electronic transmission thereof, is regulated by the U.S. Government. MDI agrees not to export or re-export (including by way of electronic transmission) any technology out of the Data Center without first obtaining any required export license or governmental approval. MDI (including MDI’s customers) agrees it will not directly or indirectly export or re-export such technology to Iran, Iraq, the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro), the People’s Republic of China, Sudan, Syria or any of those countries listed from time-to-time in supplements to Part 770 to Title 15 of the Code of Federal Regulations in Country Groups Q, S, W, Y or Z. The Parties acknowledge that the foregoing lists are subject to regulatory change from time to time and agree to update the lists as appropriate.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 16 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

17. Attachments . The following attachments are incorporated into this Agreement by reference:

Schedule A - List of Services

Schedule B - MDI Area

Schedule C - Support Call Procedures and Service Quality Measurements

Schedule D - Tape Swap/Rotation and Magnetic Tape Storage Services

Addendum A - Service Request Form

Addendum B - Responsibilities

Fee Schedule - Charges for Services

Service Charges

Charges for Services by Florida Technology Managed Services, Inc. will consist of the following elements: Monthly Service Charge, Installation Charges, Direct Cost Charges, and Termination Charges.

 

  A Monthly Service Charge

A Monthly Service Charge (“ MSC ”) will accrue on the first day of each calendar month based upon the quantities, fees and rates itemized in the then current Fee Schedule. If the first month when a Fee Schedule is updated is a partial month, the billing will be prorated and billed with the MSC at the first of the next month.

 

  B Installation Charge

The one-time charges (“ One-time Charges ”) shall be defined in the then current Fee Schedule.

 

  C Direct Cost Charge

The direct cost charges (“ Direct Cost Charges ”) shall be:

 

   

Consumables

All charges for consumables will be passed through to MDI at cost.

 

   

Wiring and Networking

All charges for wiring and cabling for network connectivity and electricity will be passed through to MDI. The current rates are:

 

Standard response time (at least 3 Business Days)    [***] per cable pull
Rapid response time (Less than 3 Business Days)    [***] per cable pull (plus reasonable travel expenses and mileage if outside of normal business days and hours)

These rates are subject to change with advanced written notice to MDI, where practicable.

 

   

Operator Support Rates

For services not covered by the Support Charge, upon written request from Authorized MDI Personnel, FTMS will provide mutually agreed upon services. The bill rate charge

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 17 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

for services during Normal Business Hours is [***] per hour (two hour minimum). The bill rate charge for services outside of FTMS’ Normal Business Hours will be billed at [***] with a two hour minimum. Sundays and FTMS Holidays, which are the legal Federal Holidays plus the Friday after Thanksgiving, will be billed at [***] with a four hour minimum.

 

   

Emergency Service Request

Emergency Service Requests for changes to the infrastructure will be billed at [***] for services.

 

   

Miscellaneous direct charges at the written request of MDI

 

   

Remote Site support for distributed systems hardware and software

 

   

Purchasing

 

   

Security incident investigation

 

   

Network performance monitoring

 

  D Termination Charge

In accordance with the terms of the Agreement, MDI shall pay FTMS the Termination Charge. In addition, MDI shall pay FTMS reasonable charges associated with the following: (i) removing and cleaning up, including, but not limited to repairing any damages caused by MDI (or their agents) in removing the MDI Equipment from the Data Center and the MDI Area; (ii) disconnecting networking connections, wiring or other electrical connections whether the costs or charges are incurred directly by FTMS or levied by third-parties upon FTMS; and (iii) any other termination costs or charges levied by third-parties upon FTMS; provided, however, the maximum amount that MDI may be required to pay FTMS will not exceed [***].

Space provided to MDI under this agreement

The space provided to MDI within the FTMS area as of the Effective Date and for the term of this Agreement for the placement of equipment is in [***]. MDI will maintain a minimum of [***] Rack Equivalents during the term of this Agreement.

Service Level Commitments

 

  1. Internet access

 

  a. FTMS guarantees that during any calendar month, its Internet protocol network utilized to access the Internet from the MDI designated area will have availability of 99.99%.

 

  2. Power

 

  a. FTMS guarantees 100% power availability for customers who contract for a B-side circuit and have Customer-provided equipment that supports multiple redundant power feeds and provided the Maximum Power Circuit Utilization has not been exceeded.

Base Component Software

 

  1. FTMS will provide the following Base Component software:

 

  a. Base Component software selected by FTMS for server and network monitoring and management.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 18 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

Security

FTMS shall implement and maintain security measures to protect MDI’s computer systems, networks and tapes, against the risk of penetration by, or exposure to, a third party via any system or feature utilized by FTMS in performing such work and/or accessing such systems. Such protections shall include, but not be limited to, protecting against intrusions, theft, and securing the computer systems and network devices.

FTMS shall immediately notify MDI in the event of a known or suspected breach of security of a FTMS system or the detection of suspicious activity, or suspected or actual loss or theft of any such data, or access by any unauthorized third party to such data, and shall furnish all available information regarding such breach to MDI. FTMS shall use its best efforts to immediately terminate any security breaches or suspicious activity. FTMS shall not allow any security breach or suspicious activity to persist for any amount of time or for any reason except as required by law or MDI, or as deemed reasonably necessary by FTMS to determine the identity of the perpetrator and stop such breach or suspicious activity.

FTMS covenants to produce unqualified SAS 70 Type II report covering the service(s) being provided to MDI, and includes an evaluation of the physical and logical security. Thereafter, FTMS will produce unqualified SAS 70 Type II reports covering the service(s) being provided to MDI on an annual basis. In the event FTMS receives a qualified report MDI may at its reasonable request perform a review of the qualified items described in the SAS 70 report. FTMS agrees to meet with MDI to discuss the results and FTMS shall take corrective action to remedy any deficiencies identified by such review.

Annual increase in MSC rates

Power Charge

Beginning on the anniversary date of the Effective Date of this Agreement, and annually thereafter, FTMS will assess the then current JEA Rate charged to CSX and adjust the Power Charge up or down based on the percentage of change to the then current JEA Rate from the JEA Rate as of the Effective Date or last anniversary date of this agreement. FTMS will provide to MDI all JEA documentation supporting JEA Rate changes. MDI and FTMS will mutually agree to the assessment approach.

Facility Charge and Internet Charge

Beginning on the anniversary date of the Effective Date, and annually thereafter, the rate(s) for Facility Charge and Internet Charge will be adjusted using [***].

Support Charge

Beginning on the anniversary date of the Effective Date, and annually thereafter, the rate for the Support Charge will be adjusted by [***].

THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. FURTHER, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THIS SUBJECT SHALL CONSIST OF 1) THIS AGREEMENT AND 2) ITS SCHEDULES, INCLUDING THOSE MADE EFFECTIVE BY THE PARTIES IN THE FUTURE. THIS STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT SUPERSEDES ALL PROPOSALS OR OTHER PRIOR AGREEMENTS, ORAL OR WRITTEN, AND ALL OTHER COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER DESCRIBED IN THIS AGREEMENT .

 

MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS, INC.     FLORIDA TECHNOLOGIES MANAGED
SERVICES, INC
By:  

/s/ Glenn Gorman

    By:  

/s/ Jim Cox

Authorized Signature     Authorized Signature
Name:  

Glenn Gorman

    Name:   Jim Cox

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 19 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

 

Title:  

VP, Global Hosting

    Title:   CEO
Date:  

11-1-09

    Date:  

11-1-2009

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 20 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

SCHEDULE A

I. List of Services

This Schedule describes Services to be provided by FTMS under the contractual terms outlined in this Agreement (or subsequent Service Request amendments).

I. A Data Center Facility Services

 

   

Provide 24x7x365 escorted access to the MDI Area, that portion of the Data Center wherein FTMS houses the MDI property. Other areas within the Data Center will not be accessible by MDI unless accompanied by FTMS Personnel

 

   

Provide raised floor infrastructure for hardware

 

   

Provide management of facility and security

 

   

Provide secured computer room environment with badge only access

 

   

Provide available UPS Power

 

   

Provide a hardened facility (up to a Category 3 Hurricane) (as opposed to a Disaster Recovery facility)

 

   

Provide FTMS Personnel knowledgeable of the Data Center to provide information and respond to inquiries about the Data Center and the MDI Area necessary or convenient for records, insurance, regulators and auditors

 

   

Physical security, fire prevention and control, flood prevention and control

 

   

All of the above referenced services will be of the same or similar quality and level as the services that FTMS receives (by way of example, but not limitation, items such as electrical power and air conditioning will be of the same or similar quality as FTMS receives) and FTMS provides to others.

 

   

Temperature, humidity, air filtration and other environmental requirements will be consistent with industry standards for data center operations.

I. B Network Services

 

   

Provide Internet data network bandwidth

 

  i) As requested, committed bandwidth rate (CBR) for the MDI primary Internet connection.

 

  ii) Bandwidth will be regulated at the router level and set to the maximum CBR purchased by the customer

 

  iii) FTMS responsibilities:

 

  (1) Dedicate bandwidth to provide consistent performance no matter what traffic other customers experience.

 

  (2) Analyze and resolve problems for connections in the MDI Area.

 

  (3) Install, configure and maintain equipment as mutually agreed upon for Internet connection within the MDI Area.

 

  (4) Contact the responsible party to report and/or resolve Internet connectivity issues.

 

  iv) Customer responsibilities

 

  (1) Determine traffic volume and bandwidth requirements

 

   

Provide LAN connections to equipment for Internet access

 

  i) Local Area Network (LAN) Bandwidth

 

  (1) FTMS will provide as requested primary connection between your space and the Internet

 

  (2) Maximum bandwidth of [***] for this primary Internet connection as requested.

 

  ii) Connectivity

 

  (1) FTMS will provision and configure as requested, switch port(s) for connectivity to Internet

 

  (2) FTMS will provide CAT6 network connection into the MDI Area for connectivity to Internet as requested.

 

   

IP Addresses for Internet connection

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 21 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

 

  i) FTMS will provide the number of Internet IP address for use by MDI, Inc as mutually agreed upon.

 

  ii) Provide support for installation, monitoring, configuring, and troubleshooting for routers, switches, content switches and accelerators.

I. C Account Management Services

 

   

Act as central point of contact for all issues relating to service or performance

 

   

Interface with MDI management on planning issues

 

   

Provide cost estimates for time and material projects

 

   

Facilitate the escalation of issues from MDI management

I. D Management Reports

 

  1) Bandwidth Utilization report for:

 

  a) Internet Connection

 

  2) System Status Report

 

  a) Planned Outages

 

  b) Un-Planned Outages

 

  c) Percentage of time system available

 

  3) Event Driven and on Demand Reports Monthly

 

  a) IDS Reports on an event driven basis as prompted by Customer.

I. E Finance Services

 

   

Provide monthly invoice for Direct Cost Charges and time and material charges

 

   

Provide assistance with customer billing questions

I. F Security Services

 

   

Provide Managed Firewall Services

 

   

Provide Managed Intrusion Detection Services

 

   

Provide Managed Vulnerability Assessment Services

I. G Monitoring Services

 

   

Perform 24x7x365 availability monitoring of the server and network equipment components;

 

   

Notification via email of events triggered by monitoring; and log for event history viewing

I. H Technical Support

 

   

Perform all tasks in the management and operation of all MDI-owned equipment for which FTMS assumes a ‘Primary’ role, as outlined in Addendum B.

 

   

Support all tasks in the management and operation of all MDI-owned equipment for which FTMS assumes a ‘Support’ role, as outlined in Addendum B.

 

   

Perform on-site smart-hands support in the installation, configuration, setup, management and support of all MDI-owned equipment.

Other Services

II. A. Other Services Offered by FTMS

The following is a partial list of services available from FTMS on a billable basis that can be added to this Agreement if mutually agreed to by both Parties.

 

   

Telecommunications design and support for services outside the Data Center

 

   

End-User Training

 

   

Help Desk Services

 

   

Email Services

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 22 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

 

   

Security Services Provide design and implementation of Extranet architecture

 

   

Secure Socket Layer (SSL)

 

   

Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)

 

   

Enterprise Messaging Services (Exchange email service)

 

   

Client Server Strategic & Tactical Services

 

   

Service Level Measurements or Reports

 

   

PC Help Services

 

   

Application Development Services

 

   

Communication Services

 

   

Systems Management Services

 

   

Network Operations Services

 

   

Internet access and bandwidth unless expressly specified and provisioned

 

   

Managed Services for the LTS Customers

II. B. Services for which Actions by MDI or FTMS May be Necessary

In the event that FTMS’s performance of Services requires or is contingent upon MDI performance of an obligation hereunder (such as providing approval or notification or taking a recommended corrective action), and MDI delays or withholds such performance beyond the mutually agreed time period (or beyond five (5) business days, if a time period is not specified), FTMS shall be relieved of its obligations to perform such Services until MDI performs its obligations. MDI also agrees to reimburse FTMS for any additional reasonable expenses arising out of MDI delay in performing its obligations.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 23 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

SCHEDULE B

MDI Area

FTMS shall provide MDI with the amount of space detailed in the then current Fee Schedule that is part of this Agreement on usable raised floor space to house data systems within the Data Center. All MDI Equipment shall fit within this space. FTMS will provide additional usable raised floor space to house data systems within the Data Center as requested by MDI. This additional space will be requested prior to full utilization of the any and all of the space(s) in use at the time of the request.

In the event that MDI wishes to obtain additional space in the Data Center beyond the original MDI Area the next available space, if any, in the Data Center may not be adjacent to the MDI Area.

Management Dynamics shall have Right of First Refusal to any space adjacent to the MDI area.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 24 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

SCHEDULE C

SUPPORT CALL PROCEDURES and SERVICE QUALITY MEASUREMENTS

MDI will provide to Florida Technology Managed Services, Inc. (FTMS) an accurate description of the problem with respect to a MDI and the severity of the problem, stating the circumstances that lead to the severity condition. The actual severity level may be re-determined by the Parties during the problem resolution process. FTMS shall respond to problems with its Support Call Procedures System based upon the severity of the problem according to the following schedule:

High Priority : Produces an emergency situation in which the MDI systems hosted at the data center are entirely inoperable, fails catastrophically, or a mainline function of the System is inoperative, causing significant impact on the MDI’s business operations. FTMS will assign an operations staff member within 15 minutes to begin to respond to the problem and will escalate the problem to the Senior Engineer if not solved within 1 hour, to the Managed Services CEO if not solved within 4 hours and with operational and technical subject matter experts as appropriate. Time estimates and schedule updates will be reported hourly until a workaround that materially maintains MDI’s continued efficient use of the Managed Services is provided. Tasks may include but are not limited to; problem troubleshooting, hands on support of equipment and vendor escort.

Medium Priority : Produces a serious situation in which the Managed Services System produces incorrect results or an important function of the Managed Services System is inoperative or impaired, causing a major impact on the MDI’s business operations but there are possible workarounds or alternative methods to continue working. FTMS will respond to the call within one (1) hour and time estimates and schedule updates will be reported every two hours. FTMS will make reasonable efforts to provide a work-around utilizing commercially available solutions that materially maintains MDI’s continued efficient use of the Managed Services. The problem will be escalated to the Senior Engineer if not resolved within 4 hours, to the Managed Service CEO if not solved within 8 hours and with operational and technical subject matter experts as appropriate. Tasks may include but are not limited to; problem troubleshooting, hands on support of equipment and vendor escort.

Low Priority : Produces a non-critical situation in which the Managed Services System produces incorrect results or a feature of the System is inoperative, causing a minor impact on the MDI’s business operations. FTMS will respond to the call within four (4) hours and time estimates and schedule updates will be reported every eight (8) hours. FTMS will resolve the problem or provide a workaround as agreed upon between the Parties. The problem will be escalated to the Senior Engineer if not resolved within 24 hours, to the Managed Service CEO if not solved within 72 hours and with operational and technical subject matter experts as appropriate. Tasks may include but are not limited to; problem troubleshooting, hands on support of equipment and vendor escort.

General Inquiries and Requests : General questions and/or inquiries and/or requests causing little or no impact on the MDI’s business operations will be responded to within four (4) hours. These are to be service within 72 hours or as agreed to by the parties at the time of the response.

In the event FTMS requests any software dumps, tapes, logs or any other documentation from MDI to resolve a reported problem, such documentation shall be forwarded by MDI by overnight courier at MDI’s expense or through electronic means (email or ftp).

Escalation Path for Managed Services Support Issues :

If MDI is not satisfied with the technical support provided by FTMS, MDI should contact Managed Services Support management as indicated below. Such contact persons may be changed from time-to-time at the sole discretion of FTMS with notification given to the MDI prior to the change going into effect.

 

Level

  

Name

  

Position

  

Phone #

  

Email

Help Desk    Lead Shift Operator    Operations Staff    [***]    [***]
Initial Contact    Neil Van Wart    Senior Network Engineer    [***]   
Back-up Initial Contact    Wayne Baker    Senior Engineer    [***]    [***]
Final Contact    Jim Cox    CEO    [***]    [***]

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 25 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


CONFIDENTIAL

Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

SCHEDULE D

Tape Swap/Rotation and Magnetic Tape Storage

In support of the backup program that protects your business critical data, FTMS will provide, through CSX, rotation of backup media and swap tapes daily per directions from CUSTOMER (CUSTOMER) during the hours M-F 0700-1500hrs EST.

 

A. Definitions

 

  1. On-site Storage :

 

  i. CUSTOMER media will be stored in 18 gauge cold-rolled steel construction single or double sided media racks with removable 20-pack or ‘Flex-Pak’ multimedia pack inserts.

 

  ii. The tape storage area for CUSTOMER media will be located in the AITC Tape Vault. The CSX Media Management personnel will handle all tape-related usage on a daily basis.

 

  2. Off-site Storage :

 

  i. CUSTOMER media will be stored in 18 gauge cold-rolled steel construction single or double sided media racks with removable 20-pack or ‘Flex-Pak’ multimedia pack inserts.

 

  ii. CSX Technology’s off-site vault is environmentally protected, including an UPS system and a fire protection system, and is locked and protected by a card key system. The CSX Technology building that houses the vault is manned by security guards and also protected by a card key entry system.

 

  iii. CSX Technology backup files are transported two times a day to the off-site vault in protected containers.

 

  iv. CUSTOMER will have a separated rack for storage at the CSX off-site location.

 

  3. Tape Handling :

 

  i. CSX Technology catalogs all tapes received or leaving the facility in a log with all pertinent information. Tapes received by mail will be available within one business day.

 

  ii. CSX Technology will provide a separate area to handle CUSTOMER incoming and outgoing tape files. Tapes to be mailed will be handled according to CSX Technology procedures.

 

B. Scope

This guideline applies to computer media/tape rotation and retention provided by CSX Technology to CUSTOMER (CUSTOMER).

 

  1. Tape Management - Provide Tape Management services, including but not limited to the following:

 

  a. Respond to all tape mounting requests in a manner that does not interfere with the processing of batch or online jobs for systems and servers located within the CUSTOMER Area of the AITC datacenter.

 

  b. Provide on-site storage for all CUSTOMER tapes defined to be retained onsite according to schedules defined by CUSTOMER.

 

  c. Provide off-site storage of all tapes in accordance with rotation procedures defined by CUSTOMER.

 

  d. Receive and ship tapes as directed by CUSTOMER and catalog tapes upon notification by CUSTOMER.

 

  e. Tape Management includes mount requests coverage and on-site and off-site storage and handling of tapes.

 

  f. The procedures for these are detailed below:

 

  i. 24x7 coverage for tape mounts

 

  ii. CSX Technology’s external tape mount requests are handled by our tape vault staff from 0700-1500hrs, Monday - Friday, and the Systems Management staff after hours, weekends, and holidays.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 26 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


CONFIDENTIAL

Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

  g. Customer responsibilities

 

  i. CUSTOMER is responsible for maintaining current copies of all data and files residing on CUSTOMER servers.

 

  ii. Client is responsible for the backup of all content residing on CUSTOMER servers.

 

  iii. Provide list of tapes to CSX Media Management for removal/insertion into CUSTOMER media device.

 

  iv. Back up and restore operating system files.

 

  v. Manage problems with CUSTOMER tape or jukebox devices.

 

  vi. Design or create backup and restoration procedures

 

  2. On-Site Tape Storage

 

  a. Provide on-site storage in a secure media storage area for all CUSTOMER tapes defined to be retained onsite according to schedules defined by CUSTOMER.

 

  b. Due to storage availability, a maximum of 1600 tapes per customer can be stored in the CSX owned offsite storage facility.

 

  3. Offsite Tape Storage

 

  a. Backup tapes are transferred daily to a CSX owned offsite storage facility.

 

  b. Store your tapes offsite

 

  c. Provide for tape delivery and pickup

 

  d. Perform up to three unscheduled tape delivery and/or pickup operations per month upon your request by CUSTOMER to CSX’s Systems Management Center (additional tape delivery/pickup operations are available for an additional charge).

 

  e. Due to storage availability, a maximum of 800 tapes per customer can be stored in the CSX owned offsite storage facility.

 

  f. Once per month email notification reconciliation of tapes in off-site storage

 

  4. Tape Storage

 

  a. The CSX Technology vaults consists of a secure, climate controlled room equipped with a fire suppression system in a building equipped with the fire detection equipment.

 

  5. Retention and Destruction Management

 

  a. CUSTOMER is responsible for destruction and disposal of all tape media in accordance with AITC Policies, CUSTOMER Policies, and legal requirements.

 

  b. CSX TECH is not responsible for data loss resulting from the failure or loss of backup media.

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 27 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


CONFIDENTIAL

Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

ADDENDUM A

SERVICE REQUEST FORM

Request for FTMS Services Form

Purpose: When requesting project services from FTMS like new power connections, Internet bandwidth changes, new CAT6 connections, etc., the below form should be completed and forwarded to your Account Manager,

Date of Request:                                         

 

 

Requester Name:                                         

 

 

Project Code: MDI-00####                (to be determined by Account Manager)

 

 

Service Direct Billed: YES     NO     (to be determined by Account Manager)

 

 

Emergency Request: YES     NO     (less than 3 business days prior to implementation)

 

      

Estimate

  

Actual to Date

  

Actual at
Completion

One-time Man-hours

        

One-time Costs

        

Monthly Recurring Man-hours

        

Monthly Recurring Costs

        

Scheduled Completion Date

        

Approved By & Date

        

 

 

Description of one-time and recurring costs:

 

 

Overall Scope of the Project :

(Include date for when service will need to be provided)

 

 

Description of Service Requirements:

(Provide a detail description of the service that is needed)

 

 

Deliverables:

 

 

Completion Criteria:

 

 

Travel Required for service: Yes      No     

(Provide detail of location and dates of travel requirements.)

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 28 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


CONFIDENTIAL

Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

Location:  

 

     Date:   

 

  
Location:  

 

     Date:   

 

  
Location:  

 

     Date:   

 

  

 

 

Any additional service requirements based on the above project:

 

 

Support responsibility and contact(s):

 

 

Other:

 

 

Service Request Chronology:

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 29 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


CONFIDENTIAL

Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

ADDENDUM B

 

Responsibilities

Item

  

Task

  

FTMS

  

MDI

Network      
N.1    Routers    Support    Primary
N.2    Firewalls    Primary   
N.3    Switches    Support    Primary
N.4    IP Addressing Internal    Support    Primary
N.5    IP Addressing External    Primary   
N.6    DNS Internal    Support    Primary
N.7    DNS External       Primary
N.8    Load Balancers    Support    Primary
N.9    Secure Content Accelerators    Support    Primary
N.10    Internet    Primary    Support
N.11    Intranet    Support    Primary
N.12    Certificates    Support    Primary
N.13    Ethernet Runs    Primary   
N.14    Problem Mgmt/Troubleshooting    Primary    Support
N.15    OS Installation    Primary    Support
N.16    Patches/Bug Fixes    Primary    Support
N.17    OS Upgrades    Primary   
Facilities      
F.1    Power    Primary   
F.2    Space Planning    Primary   
F.3    HVAC    Primary   
F.4    Physical Security    Primary   
System Administration      
   Windows      
SAW.1    Problem Mgmt/Troubleshooting    Support    Primary
SAW.2    OS Installation    Support    Primary
SAW.3    Patches/Bug Fixes    Support    Primary
SAW.4    OS Upgrades    Support    Primary
SAW.5    Software Package Installation    Support    Primary
SAW.6    User Account Management    Support    Primary
SAW.7    Disk configuration    Support    Primary
   UNIX      
SAU.1    Problem Mgmt/Troubleshooting    Support    Primary
SAU.2    OS Installation    Support    Primary
SAU.3    Patches/Bug Fixes    Support    Primary
SAU.4    OS Upgrades    Support    Primary
SAU.5    Software Package Installation    Support    Primary
SAU.6    User Account Management    Support    Primary
SAU.7    Disk configuration    Support    Primary

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 30 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


CONFIDENTIAL

Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

SAU.8    System Shell scripts    Support    Primary
SAU.9    Backup Shell Scripts    Support    Primary
SAU.10    Memory Allocation    Support    Primary
Storage      
S.1    SAN Storage    Support    Primary
S.2    Backup Tape Library    Support    Primary
S.3    Offsite Tape Storage    Primary   
Operations      
O.1    Backup and Restores    Support    Primary
   Monitoring      
OM.1    SUN    Support    Primary
OM.2    IBM    Support    Primary
OM.3    Oracle Instances    Support    Primary
OM.4    Applications    Support    Primary
OM.5    Network    Primary    Support
Database      
DB.1    Oracle software installation       Primary
DB.2    Oracle patches       Primary
DB.3    Oracle software upgrades/releases       Primary
DB.4    RMAN backups       Primary
DB.5    Oracle back up shell scripts       Primary
DB.6    Oracle Enterprise Manager       Primary
DB.7    Database/Instance Management       Primary
DB.8    Rollback Segments       Primary
DB.9    Table Spaces       Primary
DB.10    Oracle Sizing       Primary
DB.11    Overall DBA Responsibility       Primary
System Management      
SM.1    Hardware/Software Procurement       Primary
SM.2    Startup, shutdown or restart of failed components    Primary   
SM.3    All other listed services from Schedule A    Primary   
Security      
SEC.1    Monitoring    Primary    Secondary
SEC.2    Provide PIX support for MDI Internet connection    Primary   
SEC.3    IDS Security    Primary   
SEC.4    Security management    Primary   

 

   DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT  

Page 31 of 31

Version 1.0

Dated November 1, 2009


CONFIDENTIAL

Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

Fee Schedule Version MDI-111209

Governed by

DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

made November 1, 2009

between MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS, INC. and FLORIDA TECHNOLOGY

MANAGED SERVICES, INC.

The Terms of this Schedule are Confidential.

Total Monthly Fee: [***]

Effective Date: 11/01/09

 

Charge Type

  

Description

   Quantity    Unit    Installation
Charge
   Extended
for initial

install
   Per
Unit
Rate
   Extended
Monthly

Facility Charge

  

Rack Equivalents

   [***]

Power Charge

  

Primary L520 Circuit (20A/120 Volt AC)

  

Power Charge

  

B-Side L520 Circuit (20A/120 Volt AC)

  

Power Charge

  

Primary L620 Circuit (20A/208 Volt AC)

  

Power Charge

  

B-Side L620 Circuit (20A/208 Volt AC)

  

Power Charge

  

Primary L630 Circuit (30A / 208 Volt AC)

  

Power Charge

  

B-Side L630 Circuit (30A / 208 Volt AC)

  

Internet Charge

  

Management of High Availability

  

Tape Rotation Charge

  

Tape Swap/Rotation and Magnetic Tape Storage

  

Support Charge

  

Services and functions which FTMS agrees to provide to MDI pursuant to the Service Agreement which are more fully detailed in Schedule A during normal business hours

  

Support Charge

  

Technical Support outside of MDI’s normal business hours

  

Support Charge

  

Monitoring of Servers, routers and switches. Number of devices can be increased at this rate as mutually agreed upon.

  
            Install    NA at
signing
   MSC    [***]

 

FEE SCHEDULE

Version MDI-111209

Dated November 1, 2009

     Page 1 of 2


CONFIDENTIAL

Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

By THE SIGNATURES OF THEIR DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES BELOW, MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS, INC. AND FLORIDA TECHNOLOGY MANAGED SERVICES, INC., INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND, AGREE TO ALL OF THE PROVISIONS O F T HIS S CHEDULE A ND R ATIFY T HE T ERMS O F T HE S ERVICE A GREEMENT .

 

MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS, INC.     FLORIDA TECHNOLOGY MANAGED SERVICES, INC
By:  

/s/ Glenn Gorman

    By:  

/s/ Jim Cox

Authorized Signature     Authorized Signature
Name:  

Glenn Gorman

    Name:   Jim Cox
Title:  

VP, Global Hosting

    Title:   CEO
Date:  

11-1-09

    Date:  

11-1-2009

 

FEE SCHEDULE

Version MDI-111209

Dated November 1, 2009

     Page 2 of 2

Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

Exhibit 10.2

AMENDMENT ONE TO DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

This first Amendment and Addendum (the “Amendment”) made as of November 1, 2012 (the “Effective Date”) by and between AMBER ROAD, (Formerly known as Management Dynamics Incorporated) (“CUSTOMER”), with principal office at One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, NJ 07073 and FLORIDA TECHNOLOGY MANAGED SERVICES, INC , with principal office at 3728 Philips Highway, Suite 46, Jacksonville, Florida 32207 (“FTMS”) for the purpose of adding to and amending the DATA CENTER AND GENERAL SERVICES AGREEMENT between the aforesaid parties dated November 1, 2009 (the “Agreement”).

FTMS and CUSTOMER hereby agree to the amended items, terms and conditions provided herein, in addition to those contained in the Service Agreement, as follows:

During the initial term of the Agreement, the formal name of the CUSTOMER was changed from MANAGEMENT DYMANICS, INC. (“MDI”), to AMBER ROAD. Therefore, wherever in the Agreement reference to CUSTOMER is made, is hereby acknowledged that this reference is to AMBER ROAD.

 

1. As of the Effective Date, the Contract Term of the Agreement is hereby extended to reflect an extension in the term by 2 years. The current term of the Agreement will thereby end as of 11:59 p.m., October 31, 2014. In addition, the following terms shall apply: On the annual anniversary of the Original Effective Date of this agreement the individual line item charges other than Power upon which the MSC is based will individually increase by [***]. Beginning on the anniversary date of the Effective Date of this Agreement, and annually thereafter, FTMS will assess the then current JEA Rate charged to CSX and adjust the Power Charge up or down based on the percentage of change to the then current JEA Rate from the JEA Rate as of the Effective Date or last anniversary date of this agreement. FTMS will provide to CUSTOMER all JEA documentation supporting JEA Rate changes.

 

2. As of the Effective Date, the paragraph referring to “Space provided to MDI under this agreement” shall be amended and restated as follows:

Space provided to AMBER ROAD under this agreement

The space provided to AMBER ROAD within the FTMS area as of the Effective Date and for the term of this Agreement for the placement of equipment is in [***]. AMBER ROAD will maintain a minimum of [***] during the term of this Agreement.

 

3. As of the Effective Date, the Fee Schedule in the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and amended as follows:

 

A. Fee Schedule

Charges for Services by Florida Technology Managed Services, Inc. will consist of the various cost elements documented throughout this agreement and in any signed addendum(s) to this agreement. The following Monthly Service Charge Table details the initial Monthly Service Charge (“MSC”) and Installation. Prices reflect a [***] on rack equivalent as of January 1, 2012.

 

- 1 -


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

MONTHLY SERVICE CHARGE TABLE

 

Charge Type

  

Description

   Quantity    Unit   Installation
Charge
   Extended
for initial
install
   Per
Unit
Rate
   Extended
Monthly

Facility Charge

                   

Power Charge

                   

Power Charge

                   

Power Charge

                   

Power Charge

                   

Power Charge

         [***]           

Power Charge

                   

Internet Charge

                   

Support Charge

                   

Support Charge

                   

Support Charge

                   

Support Charge

                   
           Install    NA at
signing
   MSC    [***]

 

- 2 -


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

 

B. Monthly Service Charge

The Monthly Service Charge (“ MSC ”) will accrue on the first month of each calendar month based upon the number of rack equivalents and services being used. Charges will start when rack equivalents are installed in the FTMS area or upon commencement of services in the FTMS area. If the first month is a partial month, the billing will be prorated and billed upon delivery of rack equivalents or services. Materials and services provided after the Effective date of the Agreement will be invoiced separately from the MSC. The Monthly Service Charge (MSC) does not include systems support for software applications, operating systems or database management. System support requested by CUSTOMER, which is not included in the MSC, will be provided and billed in addition to the MSC on a monthly basis.

Quantities and service provided at levels above those shown in this MSC will be charged for at the end of the processing month, as used during the processing month, based upon the fees in this schedule or FTMS’s then current fee schedule.

 

C. Rack Equivalent(s) Charge

Rack Equivalent(s) is based on the amount of space required for a standard 19” server rack of 16 square feet. The monthly rack equivalent fee is based on the equipment not occupying more than sixteen (16) square feet of floor space, including swing space, and if additional space is required for the equipment or other items the billing will be based on the rack equivalent price quoted divided by sixteen (16) square feet and applied to the space used as a per square foot rate, subject to the termination provisions of the Agreement, each Rack shall have a term equal to the Term of the Agreement.

 

D. Estimated One-time Charges

The one-time charges (“ One-time Charges ”) shall be:

See Monthly Service Charge table.

 

E. Direct Cost Charges

The direct cost charges (“ Direct Cost Charges ”) shall be:

 

   

Consumables

All charges for consumables will be passed through to CUSTOMER at cost.

 

   

Installation of Power (electricity)

Installation charges for Power receptacles will be passed through to CUSTOMER.

 

   

Wiring and Networking

 

- 3 -


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

The current rates for wiring and cabling for network connectivity in the CUSTOMER area are listed below.

 

Standard response time (at least 3 Business Days)    [***]
Rapid response time (Less than 3 Business Days)    [***]

These rates are subject to change with advanced written notice to CUSTOMER, where practicable.

 

   

Operator Support Rates

Upon written request from Authorized CUSTOMER Personnel, FTMS will power on or off (as applicable) specific CUSTOMER Equipment as directed and provide other mutually agreed upon services. The charges for services in the initial calendar year of this agreement, during normal business hours of 8:00 to 5:00 Monday through Friday in the Eastern Standard Time (EST) time zone that are not covered by the MSC, the bill rate is [***] per hour (two hour minimum) and beyond the initial calendar year of this agreement the hourly rate shall increase at a rate of [***]. Support outside of FTMS’ normal business hours will be billed at time and a half with a two hour minimum. Sundays and FTMS Holidays, which are the legal Federal Holidays plus the Friday after Thanksgiving, will be billed at double time with a four hour minimum.

 

   

Emergency Service Request

Emergency Service Requests for changes to the infrastructure will be billed at [***].

 

   

Miscellaneous direct charges at the written request of CUSTOMER

 

   

Remote Site support for distributed systems hardware and software

 

   

Purchasing

 

   

Security incident investigation

 

   

Network performance monitoring

 

F. Charges associated with vacating the FTMS area .

In accordance with the terms of the Agreement, CUSTOMER shall pay FTMS any Termination Charges prior to vacating the space provided under this Agreement. In addition, CUSTOMER shall pay FTMS reasonable charges associated with the following: (i) removing and cleaning up, including, but not limited to repairing any damages caused by CUSTOMER (or their agents) in removing the CUSTOMER Equipment from the Data Center and the CUSTOMER Area; (ii) disconnecting networking connections, wiring or other electrical connections whether the costs or charges are incurred directly by FTMS or levied by third-parties upon FTMS; and (iii) any other termination costs or charges levied by third-parties upon FTMS; provided, however, the maximum amount that CUSTOMER may be required to pay FTMS under this section D of this Fee Schedule, over and above any Termination Charges due, will not exceed [***].

 

- 4 -


Confidential Materials Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as

amended. Confidential Portions are marked: [***]

 

 

G. Supplemental Cooling

Supplemental internal rack cooling devices may be required by FTMS, in its sole discretion, (such as rack air distribution units, rack air removal units) or mandatory rack placement (such as “Borrowed Cooling” layout, interspersed high-density racks, or mandatory open space surrounding device) for the purpose of properly cool high electrical utilization devices. Further, to the extent that such changes are required and costs incurred (which may include internal and third-party costs), FTMS shall pass through such costs to CUSTOMER.

Except as expressly added and amended herein, all terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ THIS AMENDMENT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS.

 

AMBER ROAD     FLORIDA TECHNOLOGY MANAGED SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Glenn Gorman

    By:  

 

Authorized Signature     Authorized Signature
Name:  

Glenn Gorman

    Name:  

 

Title:  

CTO

    Title:  

 

Date:  

11/9/12

    Date:  

 

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 10.6

AMBER ROAD, INC.

FORM OF CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change in Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is dated as of             , 2014 by and between                      (“Executive”) and Amber Road, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

RECITALS

A. It is expected that the Company from time to time will consider the possibility of an acquisition by another company or other change in control. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that such consideration can be a distraction to Executive and can cause Executive to consider alternative employment opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined herein) of the Company.

B. The Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to provide Executive with an incentive to continue Executive’s employment and to motivate Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change in Control for the benefit of its shareholders.

C. The Board believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with certain severance benefits upon Executive’s termination of employment following a Change in Control. The severance benefits will provide Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change in Control.

D. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 6 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement will terminate upon the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2. At-Will Employment . The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law.

3. Severance Benefits .

(a) Involuntary Termination Following a Change in Control . If upon or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control (i) Executive terminates his or her employment with the Company (or any successor of the Company) for Good Reason (as defined herein) or (ii) the Company (or any successor of the Company) terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (as defined herein), and Executive signs and does not revoke the release of claims as required by Section 4, Executive will receive (in addition to any accrued but


unpaid salary, expense reimbursement and vested benefits payable in accordance with applicable law and under any Company-provided plans, policies and arrangements) the following severance benefits from the Company:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive a single lump sum severance payment (less applicable withholding taxes) in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s annual salary determined at a rate equal to the greater of (A) Executive’s annual salary as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (B) Executive’s then current annual salary as of the date of such termination.

(ii) Equity Awards . One hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s then outstanding and unvested Equity Awards as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment will become vested and will otherwise remain subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Equity Award agreement.

(iii) Benefits . The Company agrees to pay the premiums (including administrative expenses) for Executive’s group health continuation coverage during the period specified below at the same level of health coverage and benefits as in effect for on the day immediately preceding the date of termination; provided, however, that (1) Executive constitutes a qualified beneficiary, as defined in Section 4980(B)(g)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); and (2) Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA. The Company will pay such COBRA premiums on behalf of Executive for the 12-month period following the Executive’s termination of employment or, if Executive’s COBRA continuation coverage expires prior to the end of such 12-month period, until the date Executive’s COBRA continuation coverage expires. Executive will be responsible for the payment of COBRA premiums (including, without limitation, all administrative expenses) for the COBRA continuation coverage, if any, that continues after the end of the 12-month period.

(b) Timing of Severance Payments . Unless otherwise required pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, the Company will pay the cash severance payments to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement in a lump sum as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, provided, however, that such payment will be delayed to the extent required by Section 4 and/or Section 10 of this Agreement. Except to the extent payment is delayed pursuant to Section 4 and/or Section 10(b), all cash severance payments under this Agreement will be paid no later than sixty days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination For Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive any severance pay or other benefits pursuant to this Agreement.

(d) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to his or her death, then Executive will not be entitled to receive any severance pay or other benefits pursuant to this Agreement.

 

- 2 -


(e) Termination Apart from Change in Control . In the event Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, either prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control or more than 12 months after a Change in Control, then Executive will not be entitled to receive any severance pay or other benefits pursuant to this Agreement but will be entitled to receive severance and any other benefits only as may then be established under the Company’s existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company, including, without limitation, any Equity Award agreement.

(f) Exclusive Rights . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment upon or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the severance pay and other benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other severance pay or benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, or in equity. Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment during the 12-month period following a Change in Control other than (i) any accrued but unpaid salary, vacation, expense reimbursement and vested benefits (other than severance benefits) payable in accordance with applicable law and under any Company-provided plans, policies and arrangements, (ii) those benefits expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iii) any rights to which Executive may be entitled under any Equity Award agreement.

4. Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

(a) Release of Claims Agreement . The receipt of any severance or other benefits pursuant to Section 3 will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a release of claims agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company, and such release becoming effective and irrevocable within sixty (60) days of Executive’s termination or such earlier deadline required by the release (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). No severance or other benefits will be paid or provided until the release of claims agreement becomes effective and irrevocable, and any severance amounts or benefits otherwise payable between the date of Executive’s termination and the date such release becomes effective shall be paid on the effective date of such release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the release becoming effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits (as defined in Section 10(b)) shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, or, if later, such time as required by Section 10(b). If the release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit all rights to severance payments and benefits under this Agreement.

(b) Other Requirement . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 3 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of any form of Confidential Information, Assignment of Rights, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement or similar form of agreement entered into by Executive with the Company (“confidential information agreement”) .

(c) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

 

- 3 -


5. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 5, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits under Section 3 will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 5 will be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants immediately prior to a Change in Control or a “Big Four” national accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accountants”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this Section 5 shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) reduction of vesting acceleration of Equity Awards; and (3) reduction of other benefits paid or provided to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of Equity Awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for Executive’s Equity Awards. If two or more Equity Awards are granted on the same date, each Equity Award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis. In no event will Executive exercise any discretion with respect to the ordering of any reduction of payments or benefits pursuant to this Section 5.

6. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” will mean:

(i) Executive’s willful and continued failure to perform the duties and responsibilities of his position (other than as a result of Executive’s illness or injury) after there has been delivered to Executive a written demand for performance from the Company’s President describes the basis for the Company’s President’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties and provides Executive with a reasonable period (as determined in the sole discretion of the Company’s President, but not to exceed thirty (30) days) to take corrective action;

 

- 4 -


(ii) Any material act of personal dishonesty taken by Executive in connection with his responsibilities as an employee of the Company with the intention that such action may result in the substantial personal enrichment of Executive;

(iii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony that the Company’s President reasonably believes has had or will have a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business; or

(iv) A material breach of any agreement by and between Executive and the Company which material breach has not been cured within thirty days following receipt by Executive of written notice from the Company’s President identifying such material breach.

(b) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall occur on: (i) the date that any one person (or more than one person acting as a group) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 80 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions (as determined in accordance with Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) of the regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code (the “Treasury Regulations”)), or (ii) the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company (including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise) that, together with stock of the Company previously held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company (as determined in accordance with Treasury Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not include any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of financing the Company with cash (as determined by the Board acting in good faith and without regard to whether such transaction is effectuated by a merger, equity financing or otherwise) or the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock or for reincorporation purposes.

(c) Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(d) Equity Award . For purposes of this Agreement, “Equity Award” shall mean each then outstanding award relating to the Company’s common stock (whether stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units or other similar awards.

(e) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement and any Equity Award agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following, without Executive’s express written consent:

(i) A material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

(ii) A material reduction in Executive’s base and/or variable compensation;

 

- 5 -


(iii) A material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform his or her services; provided that in no instance will the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location of fifty (50) miles or less from Executive’s then current office location be deemed material for purposes of this Agreement;

(iv) failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor to the Company; or

(v) any material breach or material violation of a material provision of this Agreement by the Company (or any successor to the Company);

provided, however, that before Executive may resign for Good Reason, (A) Executive must provide the Company with written notice within ninety (90) days of the initial event that Executive believes constitutes “Good Reason” specifically identifying the facts and circumstances claimed to constitute the grounds for Executive’s resignation for Good Reason and the proposed termination date (which will not be more than forty-five (45) days after the giving of written notice hereunder by Executive to the Company), and (B) the Company must have an opportunity of at least thirty (30) days following delivery of such notice to cure the Good Reason condition and the Company must have failed to cure such Good Reason condition.

Executive specifically acknowledges and agrees that for purposes herein the definition of “Good Reason” in this Section 6(e) shall operate with respect to all rights to severance and/or accelerated vesting of any Equity Award paid upon a termination upon or after a Change in Control and for purposes herein shall supersede and replace in its entirety any other definitions of “Good Reason,” “Involuntary Termination,” or other similar terms that may exist in any other employment agreement, offer letter, severance plan or policy, Equity Award agreement or Company stock incentive plan document.

7. Successors .

(a) Company Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 7(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b) Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

 

- 6 -


8. Notice .

(a) General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed via Federal Express or similar overnight courier service or by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of Executive, mailed notices will be addressed to him or her at the home address which he or she most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the attention of its President.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or as a result of a voluntary resignation will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 8(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date. The failure by Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason will not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or her rights hereunder.

9. Arbitration . The Company and Executive each agree that any and all disputes arising out of the terms of this Agreement, Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive’s service as an officer or director of the Company, or Executive’s compensation and benefits, their interpretation and any of the matters herein released, will be subject to binding arbitration. In the event of a dispute, the parties (or their legal representatives) will promptly confer to select a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to both parties. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, then the moving party may file a demand for arbitration with the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services (“JAMS”) in Essex County, New Jersey, who will be selected and appointed consistent with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Procedures of JAMS (the “JAMS Rules”), except that such arbitrator must have the qualifications set forth in this paragraph. Any arbitration will be conducted in a manner consistent with the JAMS Rules, supplemented by the New Jersey Rules of Civil Procedure. The parties further agree that the prevailing party in any arbitration will be entitled to injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce the arbitration award. The parties hereby agree to waive their right to have any dispute between them resolved in a court of law by a judge or jury. This paragraph will not prevent either party from seeking injunctive relief (or any other provisional remedy) from any court having jurisdiction over the parties and the subject matter of their dispute relating to Executive’s obligations under this Agreement and the Company’s form of confidential information agreement.

10. Code Section 409A .

(a) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) or the “separation pay” exception set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of Section 10(b) below, and consequently shall be paid to Executive promptly following termination as required by Section 3 of this Agreement. It is intended that the lump sum cash severance payment under this Agreement, if any, satisfy the short-term deferral rule.

 

- 7 -


(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits (as defined in this Section 10(b)) will become payable under this Agreement until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Further, if Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to Executive’s death), and the severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”), such Deferred Compensation Separation Payments that are otherwise payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his or her separation from service but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his or her separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(c) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of Section 10(b) above. For purposes of this Section 10(c), “Section 409A Limit” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized base compensation based upon the annual base rate of pay paid to Executive during Executive’s taxable year preceding Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1); or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurs.

(d) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. Accordingly, for purposes of this Agreement, references herein to “termination of employment” or words having similar meaning shall be interpreted to mean “separation from service” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

11. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

- 8 -


(b) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(c) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

(d) Integration . This Agreement, together with the form of confidential information agreement and the standard forms of Equity Award agreement that describe Executive’s outstanding Equity Awards (other than as such Equity Award agreements have been revised pursuant to this Agreement), represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. With respect to Equity Awards granted on or after the date of this Agreement, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided herein will apply to such Equity Awards except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable Equity Award agreement. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in a writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto. In entering into this Agreement, no party has relied on or made any representation, warranty, inducement, promise, or understanding that is not in this Agreement. To the extent that any provisions of this Agreement conflict with those of any other agreement between Executive and the Company, the terms in this Agreement will prevail.

(e) Severability . In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision. The remainder of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as best to effect the intent of the Company and Executive.

(f) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (including via facsimile and/or PDF signature), each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

- 9 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth above.

 

COMPANY     AMBER ROAD, INC.
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

EXECUTIVE      
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

- 10 -

Exhibit 10.7

AMENDMENT NO. 4

TO THE

2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN

OF

Management Dynamics Inc.

In accordance with resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Management Dynamics Inc. (the “Company”) and by the Company’s shareholders, the first sentence of Section 3.1 of the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Plan is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold hereunder shall be 4,939,270 shares.”


AMENDMENT NO. 4

TO THE

2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN

OF

Management Dynamics Inc.

In accordance with resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Management Dynamics Inc. (the “Company”) and by the Company’s shareholders, the first sentence of Section 3.1 of the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Plan is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold hereunder shall be 2,869,270 shares.”


AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO THE

2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN

OF

Management Dynamics Inc.

In accordance with resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Management Dynamics Inc. (the “Company”) and by the Company’s shareholders, the first sentence of Section 3.1 of the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Plan is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold hereunder shall be 2,569,270 shares.”


AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO THE

2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN

OF

Management Dynamics Inc.

In accordance with resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Management Dynamics Inc. (the “Company”) and by the Company’s shareholders, the first sentence of Section 3.1 of the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Plan is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold hereunder shall be 2,069,270 shares.”


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN

OF

Management Dynamics Inc.

In accordance with resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Management Dynamics Inc. (the “Company”) and by the Company’s shareholders, the first sentence of Section 3.1 of the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Plan is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold hereunder shall be 1,819,270 shares.”


MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC.

2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

This Management Dynamics Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan is intended to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by attracting, retaining and motivating key personnel of the Company upon whose judgment, initiative and effort the Company is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its business, and to encourage and enable such persons to acquire and retain a proprietary interest in the Company by ownership of its stock.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

(a) “Award” means an award of an Option or Restricted Stock granted under the Plan.

(b) “Award Agreement” means an agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of an Award granted to a Participant.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Change in Control” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9 hereof.

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any other committee of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan from time to time.

(g) “Common Stock” means the Company’s Common Stock, no par value per share.

(h) “Company” means Management Dynamics Inc., a New Jersey corporation.

(i) “Date of Grant” means the date on which an Award under the Plan is made by the Committee, or such later date as the Committee may specify to be the effective date of the Award.

(j) “Eligible Person” means any person who is an Employee, officer, director, consultant or advisor of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any person who is determined by the Committee to be a prospective employee, officer, director, consultant or advisor of the Company or any Subsidiary.


(k) “Employee” means any person who is an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that with respect to Incentive Stock Options, “Employee” means any person who is considered an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary for purposes of Treasury Regulation § 1.421-7(h).

(l) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(m) “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock as of a given date means the fair market value per share of the Common Stock as determined by the Board or the Committee in good faith. The Board or the Committee is authorized to make its determination as to the fair market value on the following basis: (i) if the Common Stock is not traded on a securities exchange and is not quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.’s Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), but is quoted on the Over The Counter Electronic Bulletin Board operated by NASDAQ, “Fair Market Value” shall be determined by the Board or the Committee based on the mean between the average daily bid and average daily asked prices of the Common Stock on the applicable date, as published on such bulletin board; (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a securities exchange and is quoted on NASDAQ, “Fair Market Value” shall be determined by the Board or the Committee based on the closing transaction price of the Common Stock on the applicable date, as reported on NASDAQ; (iii) if the Common Stock is admitted to trading on a securities exchange, “Fair Market Value” shall be determined by the Board or the Committee based on the closing price of the Common Stock on the applicable date on such securities exchange; or (iv) if the Common Stock is traded only otherwise than as described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, or if the Common Stock is not publicly traded, “Fair Market Value” shall be the value determined by the Board or the Committee in good faith in whatever manner it considers appropriate.

(n) “Incentive Stock Option” means a stock option granted under the Plan that is intended to meet the requirements of section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(o) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means a stock option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(p) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option granted under the Plan.

(q) “Participant” means an Eligible Person to whom an Award has been granted, which Award has not expired, under the Plan.

(r) “Plan” means this Management Dynamics Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan.

(s) “Restricted Stock” means an Award under Article VIII hereof entitling a Participant to shares of Common Stock that are nontransferable and subject to forfeiture until specific conditions established by the Committee are satisfied.

(t) “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation of the Company, within the meaning of section 424(f) of the Code.

 

2


ARTICLE III

SHARES OF STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold hereunder shall be 1,038,125 shares. The shares of Common Stock to be delivered under the Plan will be made available from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company. To the extent that any Award payable in Common Stock is forfeited, cancelled, returned to the Company for failure to satisfy vesting requirements or upon the occurrence of other forfeiture events, shares of Common Stock covered thereby will no longer be charged against the foregoing maximum share limitation and may again be made subject to Awards under the Plan pursuant to such limitation.

3.2 Adjustments . In the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger or consolidation, or the sale, conveyance, or other transfer by the Company of all or substantially all of its property, or any other change in the corporate structure or shares of the Company, pursuant to any of which events the then outstanding shares of Common Stock are split up or combined, or are changed into, become exchangeable at the holder’s election for other shares of stock or any other consideration, or in the case of any other transaction described in section 424(a) of the Code, the Committee may, in the manner and to the extent that it deems to be equitable and appropriate, make adjustments in (i) the number and kind of shares which may be issued pursuant to the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the exercise or purchase price for each share subject to outstanding Awards. In no event may any such change be made to an Incentive Stock Option which would constitute a “modification” within the meaning of section 424(h)(3) of the Code without the consent of any affected Participant. In the event of any merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar corporate event in which shares of the Common Stock are to be exchanged for payment of cash (the “Cash Consideration”), the Committee may, in its discretion, (i) make equitable adjustments as provided above, or (ii) cancel any outstanding Option in exchange for payment in cash, if any, equal to the excess of the Cash Consideration for the shares underlying such Option over the exercise price for such shares.

ARTICLE IV

ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Committee Members . The Plan shall be administered by a Committee comprised of no fewer than two persons selected by the Board. Solely to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Board, each Committee member shall meet the definition of a “nonemployee director” for purposes of such Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and of an “outside director” under section 162(m) of the Code. The Board shall also have the authority to exercise the powers and duties of the Committee under the Plan.

 

3


4.2 Committee Authority . Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion, to determine the Eligible Persons to whom an Award shall be granted. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion, to determine the time or times at which an Award shall be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to each Award, the exercise or purchase price of the shares subject to each Award, the time or times when each Award shall become vested, exercisable or payable and the duration of the Award. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall also have discretionary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to determine the provisions of each Award Agreement, and to make all the determinations necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan. All such actions and determinations by the Committee shall be conclusively binding for all purposes and upon all persons. No Committee member shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement entered into hereunder.

4.3 Delegation of Authority . The Committee shall have the right, from time to time, to delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority of the Committee to grant and determine the terms and conditions of Awards granted under the Plan, subject to such limitations as the Committee shall determine; provided , however , that no such authority may be delegated with respect to Awards granted to any member of the Board or any Participant who the Committee determines may be subject to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or section 162(m) of the Code.

4.4 Changes to Awards . The Committee shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, (i) the cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards and the grant in substitution therefor of new Awards covering the same or different numbers of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise or purchase price which may be the same as or different than the exercise or purchase price of the cancelled Awards, or (ii) the amendment of the terms of any and all outstanding Awards; provided , however , that no such action by the Committee may adversely impair the rights of a Participant (or any permitted transferee) under any outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant (or transferee). The Committee may in its discretion accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an Award at any time or on the basis of any specified event.

 

4


ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY

All Eligible Persons are eligible to be designated by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan. The Committee has authority, in its sole discretion, to determine and designate from time to time those Eligible Persons who are to be granted Awards, the types of Awards to be granted and the number of shares subject to the Awards that are granted under the Plan.

ARTICLE VI

OPTIONS

6.1 Grant of Option . An Option may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee. The grant of an Option shall first be effective upon the date it is approved by the Committee, except to the extent the Committee shall specify a later date upon which the grant of an Option shall first be effective. Each Option shall be designated, at the discretion of the Committee, as an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option; provided , however , that Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Eligible Persons who are Employees of the Company. The Company and the Participant shall execute an Award Agreement which shall set forth such terms and conditions of the Option as may be determined by the Committee to be consistent with the Plan, and which may include additional provisions and restrictions that are not inconsistent with the Plan.

6.2 Maximum Limit . Notwithstanding anything elsewhere in the Plan to the contrary, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to Options granted to any Participant during any one calendar year shall be 1,038,125 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.2 hereof.

6.3 Option Price . The exercise price under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option the exercise price purchase under an Option shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Date of Grant and, in the case of a ten percent (10%) owner (see Article VII below), such exercise price purchase shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Date of Grant.

6.4 Vesting; Term of Option . An Option shall vest and become exercisable in the manner and subject to such conditions provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the exercisability of any Option at any time. The period during which a vested Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee, subject to a maximum term of ten years from the Date of Grant and such other limitations as may apply upon the termination of a Participant’s employment or other service or as otherwise specified by the Committee in the Award Agreement.

 

5


6.5 Option Exercise; Withholding . Subject to such terms and conditions as shall be specified in an Award Agreement, an Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time, with respect to whole shares only, by written notice of intent to exercise the Option with respect to a specified number of shares delivered to the Company at its principal office, together with payment in full of aggregate exercise price therefor. Payment of the exercise price shall be made (i) in cash or by cash equivalent acceptable to the Company, (ii) at the discretion of the Committee, in Common Stock that has been held by the Participant for at least six months (or such other period as the Committee may deem appropriate for purposes of applicable accounting rules), valued at the Fair Market Value of such shares determined on the date of exercise, (iii) at the discretion of the Committee, by a delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order (or similar instruction) with a broker with respect to shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the exercise price (conditioned upon the payment of such net proceeds), (iv) at the discretion of the Committee, by a combination of the methods described above, or (v) by such other method as may be approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. In addition to and at the time of payment of the exercise price, the Participant shall pay to the Company the full amount of all federal and state withholding and other employment taxes required to be withheld in connection with such exercise, in any manner consistent with the foregoing that is approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement.

6.6 Death . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, if a Participant who has been granted an Option shall die at any time after the Date of Grant and while he or she is an Eligible Person, the executor or administrator of the estate of the decedent, or the person or persons to whom an Option shall have been validly transferred pursuant to will or the laws of descent and distribution, shall have the right, during the period ending one year after the date of such Participant’s death (subject to the term of the Option), to exercise such Participant’s Option to the extent that it was exercisable at the date of such Participant’s death and shall not have been previously exercised. The Committee may determine at or after grant (but prior to death) to make any portion of an Option that is not exercisable at the date of death immediately vested and exercisable.

6.7 Disability . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, if the employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary of a Participant who has been granted an Option shall be terminated as a result of his or her permanent and total disability (within the meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the Code) at any time after the Date of Grant and while he or she is an Eligible Person, such Participant (or in the case of a Participant who is legally incapacitated, his or her guardian or legal representative) shall

 

6


have the right, during a period ending one year after the date of his or her disability (subject to the term of the Option), to exercise such Option to the extent that it was exercisable at the date of such termination of employment or other service and shall not have been exercised. The Committee may determine at or after grant (but prior to disability) to make any portion of an Option that is not exercisable at the date of termination of employment or other service due to disability immediately vested and exercisable.

6.8 Termination for Cause . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, if the employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary of a Participant who has been granted an Option shall be terminated for cause, such Participant’s right to exercise any unexercised portion of such Option shall immediately terminate and all rights thereunder shall cease. For purposes of this Section 6.8, termination for “cause” shall include, but not be limited to, embezzlement or misappropriation of corporate funds, misconduct resulting in material injury to the Company or any Subsidiary, significant activities harmful to the reputation of the Company or any Subsidiary, a significant violation of Company or Subsidiary policy, willful refusal to perform, or substantial disregard of, the duties properly assigned to such Participant, or a significant violation of any contractual, statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or any Subsidiary, or conduct, which in the reasonable opinion of the Board, materially and adversely affects the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, the conviction of a felony or a crime of the third class, the commission or attempted commission of any act of willful misconduct or dishonesty or malfeasance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event such Participant is party to an employment (or similar) agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that defines the term “cause,” such definition shall apply for purpose of the Plan. The Committee shall have the power to determine whether the Participant has been terminated for cause and the date upon which such termination for cause occurs. Any such determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Participant.

6.9 Other Termination of Service . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, if the employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary of a Participant who has been granted an Option shall be terminated for any reason other than death, permanent and total disability or termination for cause, such Participant shall have the right, during the period ending 90 days after such termination (subject to the term of the Option), to exercise such Option to the extent that it was exercisable at the date of such termination and shall not have been exercised. For purposes of this Section 6.9, a Participant shall not be considered to have terminated employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary until the expiration of the period of any military, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, up to a maximum period of 90 days (or such greater period during which the Participant is guaranteed reemployment either by statute or contract).

 

7


ARTICLE VII

ADDITIONAL RULES FOR ISOs

7.1 Annual Limits . No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to a Participant as a result of which the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of the stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time in any calendar year under the Plan and any other stock option plans of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any parent corporation, would exceed $100,000, determined in accordance with section 422(d) of the Code. This limitation shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which granted.

7.2 Other Terms and Conditions . Any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as are deemed necessary or desirable by the Committee, which terms, together with the terms of this Plan, shall be intended and interpreted to cause such Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under section 422 of the Code. Such terms shall include, if applicable, limitations on Incentive Stock Options granted to ten-percent owners of the Company as determined under sections 422(b)(6) and 424(d) of the Code. An Award Agreement for an Incentive Stock Option may provide that such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option to the extent that certain requirements applicable to “incentive stock options” under the Code shall not be satisfied.

7.3 Disqualifying Dispositions . If shares of Common Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within two years following the Date of Grant or one year following the transfer of such shares to the Participant upon exercise, the Participant shall, promptly following such disposition, notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of such disposition and provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Committee may reasonably require.

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED STOCK

8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock . An Award of Restricted Stock to a Participant represents shares of Common Stock that are issued subject to such restrictions on transfer and other incidents of ownership and such forfeiture conditions as the Committee may determine. The Committee may, in connection with any Award of Restricted Stock, require the payment of a specified purchase price.

8.2 Vesting Requirements . The restrictions imposed on shares granted under an Award of Restricted Stock shall lapse in accordance with the vesting requirements specified

 

8


by the Committee in the Award Agreement. Such vesting requirements may be based on the continued employment of the Participant with the Company or its Subsidiaries for a specified time period or periods. Such vesting requirements may also be based on the attainment of specified business goals or measures established by the Committee in its sole discretion.

8.3 Restrictions . Shares granted under any Award of Restricted Stock may not be transferred, assigned or subject to any encumbrance, pledge, or charge until all applicable restrictions are removed or have expired, unless otherwise allowed by the Committee. The Committee may require the Participant to enter into an escrow agreement providing that the certificates representing the shares granted or sold under an Award of Restricted Stock will remain in the physical custody of an escrow holder until all restrictions are removed or have expired. Failure to satisfy any applicable restrictions shall result in the subject shares of the Restricted Stock being forfeited and returned to the Company, with any purchase price paid by the Participant to be refunded, unless otherwise provided by the Committee. The Committee may require that certificates representing the shares granted under an Award of Restricted Stock bear a legend making appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed. At the time that all applicable restrictions (other than as required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or otherwise) are removed or have expired with respect to the Restricted Stock, a stock certificate for the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock, free of the restrictions and restrictive stock legend (other than as required under the Securities Act or otherwise), shall be delivered to the Participant or his beneficiary or estate, as the case may be. A Participant may at any time request delivery from the Company, with respect to any portion of the Restricted Stock granted pursuant to an Award as to which all applicable restrictions (other than as required under the Securities Act, or otherwise) are removed or have expired, a stock certificate for the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock, free of restrictions and restrictive stock legend (other than as required under the Securities Act, or otherwise).

8.4 Rights as Stockholder . Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 8 and the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant will have all rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares granted to him or her other under an Award of Restricted Stock, including the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto, unless the Committee determines otherwise at the time the Restricted Stock is granted.

8.5 Section 83(b) Election . If a Participant makes an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the Code with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall be required to promptly file a copy of such election with the Company.

 

9


ARTICLE IX

CHANGE IN CONTROL

9.1 Change in Control . An Award Agreement may or may not provide that, upon a “change in control” of the Company (as defined below), (i) all or any portion of each outstanding Option, to the extent that it shall not otherwise have become vested and exercisable, shall automatically become immediately vested and exercisable, without regard to any otherwise applicable vesting requirement, and (ii) any restricted period in effect shall automatically terminate as to all shares of Common Stock awarded pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock.

9.2 Definition . For purposes of Section 9.1 hereof, a “change in control” of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if and when:

(i) individuals who during any 12-month period constitute the entire Board as of the beginning of the period and any new directors whose election by the Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, shall have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office who either were directors at such time or whose election or nomination for election shall have been so approved shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board;

(ii) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act shall become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the voting power of all then outstanding securities of the Company having the right under ordinary circumstances to vote in an election of the Board (including, without limitation, any securities of the Company that any such person has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, shall be deemed beneficially owned by such person); excluding, however, acquisition of beneficial ownership resulting from the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company and (3) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company;

(iii) there shall be consummated any corporate transaction, including a consolidation or merger, of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company’s capital stock are converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the consolidation or merger shall, upon consummation of the consolidation or merger, own at least 50% of the voting stock of the surviving entity after such consolidation or merger; or

 

10


(iv) there shall be consummated any sale, lease, exchange or transfer (in any single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.

ARTICLE X

AWARD AGREEMENTS

10.1 Form of Agreement . Each Award under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in a form approved by the Committee setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock or other rights (as applicable) subject to the Award, the exercise or purchase price (if any) of the Award, the time or times at which an Award will become vested, exercisable or payable, and the duration of the Award. The Award Agreement shall also set forth other material terms and conditions applicable to the Award as determined by the Committee consistent with the limitations of this Plan. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of section 422 of the Code.

10.2 Forfeiture Events . Unless otherwise determined by the Board (including the unanimous affirmative vote of the directors appointed by the holders of the Company’s preferred stock), upon termination of employment with the Company for cause (in the case of any Award) and upon termination of the relationship with the Company for cause upon which Nonqualified Stock Options or Restricted Stock were granted pursuant to the Plan (including, but not limited to, termination of a consulting relationship, termination of a directorship or other type of relationship upon which Nonqualified Stock Options or Restricted Stock were granted), the Company shall have the option to purchase any or all shares in the Company owned by the Participant which were purchased by such Participant through the grant of Awards under the Plan at the original purchase price for such shares. For purposes of this Plan, the term “cause” shall mean conduct materially and adversely affecting the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates such as to make it unreasonable to expect the Company to continue to employ or retain the services of the Participant, or which is likely to bring the Company into disrepute, in each case in the reasonable opinion of the Board, including, without limitation, the conviction of a felony or a crime of the third class, the commission or attempted commission of any act of willful misconduct or dishonesty or malfeasance, the material or persistent failure to perform or gross negligence in the performance by the Participant of his or her duties to the Company, or the violation or attempted violation of any provision of any employment, consulting, confidentiality or other agreement between the Company and the Participant; provided, however, that if the term “cause” is defined in an employment agreement, consulting agreement or other agreement between an individual Participant and the Company, then as to such Participant, such definition of “cause” shall govern for purposes of the Plan. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be

 

11


subject to other reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events shall include, but shall not be limited to, violation of material Company or Subsidiary policies, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company or any Subsidiary.

ARTICLE XI

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

11.1 No Assignment or Transfer; Beneficiaries . All Awards granted under the Plan shall not be assignable or transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of a Participant, the Award shall be exercised only by such Participant or by his guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide in the terms of an Award Agreement that the Participant shall have the right to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries who shall be entitled to any rights, payments or other specified under an Award following the Participant’s death.

ARTICLE XII

STOCK CERTIFICATES

12.1 Issuance of Certificates . Subject to Section 12.2 hereof, the Company shall issue a stock certificate in the name of the Participant (or other permitted transferee in accordance with the provisions of the Plan) for the shares of Common Stock purchased by exercise or received upon grant of an Award (i) in the case of an Option, after due exercise and payment of the exercise price and (ii) in the case of Restricted Stock, as described in Section 8.3 hereof.

12.2 Conditions . The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of Common Stock in respect of an Award granted hereunder or any portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(i) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares, under any federal or state law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, that the Committee shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable;

(ii) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any federal or state governmental agency which the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

12


(iii) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise or grant of an Award as the Committee from time to time may establish for reasons of administrative convenience;

(iv) satisfaction by the Participant of all applicable withholding taxes or other withholding liabilities; and

(v) if required by the Committee, in its sole discretion, the receipt by the Company from a Participant of (i) a representation in writing that the shares of Common Stock received upon grant of an Award are being acquired for investment and not with a view to distribution and (ii) such other representations and warranties as are deemed necessary by counsel to the Company.

12.3 Legends . The Company reserves the right to legend any certificate for shares of Common Stock, conditioning sales of such shares upon compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.

ARTICLE XIII

EFFECTIVE DATE; TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

13.1 Effective Date; Stockholder Approval . The Plan shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board; provided , however , that no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable by a Participant unless and until the Plan shall have been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be obtained within 12 months before or after the adoption of the Plan by the Board.

13.2 Termination . The Plan shall terminate on the date immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion and at any earlier date, terminate the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no termination of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award theretofore granted without the consent of the Participant or the permitted transferee of the Award.

13.3 Amendment . The Board may at any time and from time to time and in any respect, amend or modify the Plan. No amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award theretofore granted without the consent of the Participant or the permitted transferee of the Award.

 

13


ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Employment or Other Service . Nothing in the Plan, in the grant of any Award or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Eligible Person the right to continue in the capacity in which he or she is employed by or otherwise provides services to the Company or any Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, no Award shall be affected by any change of duties or position of the Participant (including a transfer to or from the Company or any Subsidiary), so long as such Participant continues to be an Eligible Person.

14.2 Rights as Stockholder . A Participant or the permitted transferee of an Award shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares subject to such Award prior to the purchase of such shares by exercise of such Award (if required) and payment of the exercise or purchase price (if any) as provided herein. Nothing contained herein shall create an obligation on the part of the Company to repurchase any shares of Common Stock purchased hereunder.

14.3 Tax Withholding . The Participant shall be responsible for payment of any taxes or similar charges required by law to be withheld in connection with an Award, which shall be paid by the Participant on or prior to the event that results in taxable income in respect of the Award. The Award Agreement shall specify the manner in which the withholding obligation shall be satisfied with respect to the particular type of Award.

14.4 Other Compensation and Benefit Plans . The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other stock option or incentive or other compensation plans in effect for the Company or any Subsidiary, nor shall the Plan preclude the Company from establishing any other forms of incentive or other compensation for employees of the Company or any Subsidiary. The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by a Participant pursuant to an Award shall not constitute compensation with respect to which any other employee benefits of such Participant are determined, including, without limitation, benefits under any bonus, pension, profit sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan, except as otherwise specifically determined by the Board or the Committee or provided by the terms of such plan.

14.5 Plan Binding on Successors . The Plan shall be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Participant, his or her executor, administrator and permitted transferees.

14.6 Construction and Interpretation . Whenever used herein, nouns in the singular shall include the plural, and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine gender. Headings of Articles and Sections hereof are inserted for convenience and reference and constitute no part of the Plan.

 

14


14.7 Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

14.8 Governing Law . The validity and construction of this Plan and of the Award Agreements shall be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey.

14.9 Section 162(m) IPO Transition Rule . The Plan is intended to qualify for the transition relief provided under Treasury Regulation §1.162-27(f). Accordingly, all compensation realized by Participants in connection with Awards granted under the Plan within the reliance period described therein is intended to be exempt from the limitation on tax deductibility under section 162(m). For purposes of the Plan, the reliance period will expire on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the Plan, (ii) a “material modification” of the Plan (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.162-27(h)(l)(iii)), (iii) the issuance of all Common Stock that has been allocated under the Plan, or (iv) the first meeting of Company stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which an initial public offering of the Common Stock occurs.

 

15

Exhibit 10.8

Stock Option Agreement

Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of [                    ] (the “Date of Grant”), between Management Dynamics Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the “Company”), and [                    ] (the “Optionee”). This Agreement is pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Plan”). The applicable terms of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, including the definition of terms contained in the Plan (unless any such term is otherwise defined herein).

Section 1. Stock Option Award . The Company grants to the Optionee, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, an option (the “Option”) with respect to [                ] shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option Shares”). The Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code to the maximum extent permitted by law. To the extent that any portion of the Option shall not satisfy the requirements of such section, such Option shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall instead be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option under the Plan.

Section 2. Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of the Option Shares shall be $[            ] per share.

Section 3. Vesting of Stock Option . Subject to Sections 5, 6 and 9 hereof, the Option Shares shall become vested and exercisable based on the passage of time according to the following vesting schedule: 25% upon the first year anniversary which is [                    ] and 6.25% at the end of each three-month period thereafter.

Section 4. Option Term . Option Shares that become exercisable pursuant to Section 3 or Section 6 hereof may be purchased at any time during the Option Term. For purposes hereof, the “Option Term” shall commence on the Date of Grant and shall expire on the tenth anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated upon the Optionee’s termination from service as an employee or consultant as provided in Section 5 hereof. Upon the expiration of the Option Term, any unexercised Option Shares shall be cancelled and shall be of no further force or effect.

Section 5. Termination of Service . If Optionee’s service as an employee or consultant of the Company is terminated for any reason prior to the occurrence of any otherwise applicable vesting date or event provided in Section 3 or Section 6 hereof, the Optionee shall (i) forfeit his interest in any Option Shares that have not yet become vested, which shall be cancelled and be of no further force or effect, and (ii) retain the right to exercise any Option Shares that have previously become vested until the expiration of 90 days after the effective date of such termination of service or, in the event such termination of service is as a result of death or permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), until the expiration of one year after the date of termination; provided , however , that in the event of termination of service or employment of the Optionee for Cause (as defined hereafter), the Optionee’s right to exercise any unexercised portion of the Option shall immediately terminate and all rights thereunder shall cease.

Section 6. Accelerated Vesting . In the event that the Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Optionee as a result of


a Good Reason resignation within one year following a Change in Control of the Company, 100% of the remaining unvested Option Shares (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan) shall, subject to Section 5 hereof, become vested and exercisable in accordance with Section 3 hereof. For purposes of this Section, “Good Reason” shall mean a material diminution in the Optionee’s responsibilities, duties or compensation or a relocation of the Optionee to a location more than 50 miles from the Company’s (or its subsidiary, as applicable) office to which the Optionee is then currently assigned. Notwithstanding Section 9.1 of the Plan, for purposes of this Section, a “Change in Control” of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if and when:

(i) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) shall become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 75%) or more of the voting power of all then outstanding securities of the Company having the right under ordinary circumstances to vote in an election of the Board (including, without limitation, any securities of the Company that any such person has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise); excluding, however, acquisition of beneficial ownership resulting from the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (3) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or (4) any acquisition by any of the institutional venture capital firms (or their respective affiliates) who own capital stock of the Company as of September 30, 2011 ;

(ii) there shall be consummated any corporate transaction, including any consolidation or merger, of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to such corporate transaction shall not, upon consummation of the corporate transaction, own in the aggregate at least 25% of the voting stock of the Company (or surviving entity, as applicable) immediately after such corporate transaction; or

(iii) there shall be consummated any sale, lease, exchange or transfer (in any single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.

Section 7. Procedure for Exercise . The Option may be exercised, in whole or part (for the purchase of whole shares only), by delivery of a written notice in the form attached as Exhibit 1 (the “Notice”), along with payment in full of the exercise price set forth in Section 2 hereof, from the Optionee to the Company at the Company’s principal office, which Notice shall: (i) state the number of Option Shares being exercised; (ii) include any representation of the Optionee required pursuant to Section 10 hereof; (iii) in the event that the Option shall be exercised by any person other than the Optionee pursuant to Section 13 hereof, include appropriate proof of the right of such person to exercise the Option; and (iv) comply with such further requirements consistent with the Plan as the Committee may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8. Payment of Exercise Price . Payment of the exercise price shall be made in cash.

 

2


Section 9. Forfeiture Conditions . Upon termination of employment with the Company for Cause, the Company shall have the option to purchase any or all shares in the Company owned by the Optionee which were purchased by the Optionee through the grant of Options under the Plan at the Optionee’s original purchase price for the shares. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall mean conduct materially and adversely affecting the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates such as to make it unreasonable to expect the Company to continue to employ or retain the services of the Optionee, or which is likely to bring the Company into disrepute, in each case in the reasonable opinion of the Board, including, without limitation, the conviction of a felony or a crime of the third class, the commission or attempted commission of any act of willful misconduct or dishonesty or malfeasance, the material or persistent failure to perform or gross negligence in the performance by the Optionee of his or her duties to the Company, or the violation or attempted violation of any provision of any employment, consulting, confidentiality or other agreement between the Company and the Optionee; provided, however, that if the term “Cause” is defined in an employment agreement, consulting agreement or other agreement between Optionee and the Company, then as to Optionee, such definition of “Cause” shall govern for purposes of this Agreement. The requirement that the Optionee sell shares of the Company issued pursuant to the Plan shall terminate upon the consummation of the initial public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act.

Section 10. Investment Representation . Upon the exercise of the Option at a time when there is not in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to the Option Shares, the Optionee hereby represents and warrants, and by virtue of such exercise shall be deemed to represent and warrant, to the Company that the Option Shares shall be acquired for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof, and not with any present intention of distributing the same, and the Optionee shall provide the Company with such further representations and warranties as the Company may require in order to ensure compliance with applicable federal and state securities, blue sky and other laws. No Option Shares shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option unless and until the Company and/or the Optionee shall have complied with all applicable federal or state registration, listing and/or qualification requirements and all other requirements of law or of any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, unless the Committee has received evidence satisfactory to it that a prospective Optionee may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the applicable securities laws. Any determination in this connection by the Committee shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The Company reserves the right to legend any certificate for shares of Common Stock, conditioning sales of such shares upon compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.

Section 11. No Rights as Shareholder or Employee/Consultant .

(a) The Optionee shall not have any privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Option Shares subject to (but not acquired upon valid exercise of) the Option, nor shall the Company have any obligation to issue any dividends or otherwise afford any rights to which shares of Common Stock are entitled with respect to any such Option Shares, until the date of the issuance to the Optionee of a stock certificate evidencing such shares.

 

3


(b) Nothing in this Agreement or the Option shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue as an employee or consultant of the Company or to interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the Optionee’s employment or service at any time.

Section 12. Adjustments . If at any time while the Option is outstanding, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed by reason of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split or any of the other events described in Section 3.2 of the Plan, the number and kind of Option Shares and/or the exercise price of such Option Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

Section 13. Restriction on Transfer of Option . The Option may not be transferred, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event the Optionee becomes legally incapacitated, the Option shall be exercisable by his legal guardian, committee or legal representative. If the Optionee dies, the Option shall thereafter be exercisable by the Optionee’s executors or administrators. The Option shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option contrary to the provisions hereof, and the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, shall be null and void and without effect.

Section 14. Legends .

(a) Stock certificates representing shares of Common Stock not registered under the Securities Act acquired upon the exercise of the Option shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.”

(b) Prior to the date of the initial public offering of shares of the Common Stock, stock certificates acquired upon the exercise of the Option shall also bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“ADDITIONALLY, THE TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT DATED AS OF [                    ] BETWEEN MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC. AND THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE, AND NO SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH AGREEMENT AND UNTIL SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC.”

 

4


Section 15. Notices . Any notice hereunder by the Optionee shall be given to the Company in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at the Company’s office at One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073, or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Optionee. Any notice hereunder by the Company shall be given to the Optionee in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at such address as the Optionee may have on file with the Company.

Section 16. Construction . The construction of this Agreement is vested in the Committee, and the Committee’s construction shall be final and conclusive.

Section 17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof.

Section 18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan constitute and contain the complete understanding with respect to the subject matter hereof and supercede and replace all prior negotiations and agreements, if any, whether written or oral, concerning the subject matter hereof. To the extent there exists any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other agreement to which the Optionee is a party, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Agreement as of the Date of Grant

 

MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
OPTIONEE

 

 

Name  

 

6


Exhibit 1

Management Dynamics Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

Re: Exercise of Stock Option

Gentlemen:

This letter is written pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) between Management Dynamics Inc. (the “Company”) and me dated                     , as notice of my election to exercise the options granted pursuant to the Agreement.

I hereby notify you that I am exercising such portion of the stock options granted to me under the Agreement as represent                 shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Stock”) and wish to consummate the purchase on the date hereof. Pursuant to the Agreement, I am enclosing with this letter my check in the amount of $        in payment of the exercise price for the purchase of the Stock on the date hereof. Please notify me of any withholding requirements respecting the issuance of the Stock so that they may be appropriately satisfied.

I acknowledge that I have received, read and understood the Management Dynamics Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended and the Agreement and agree to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. I hereby restate and reaffirm all of the representations and warranties made by me in the Agreement.

If I sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Stock acquired pursuant to the Agreement on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the date of grant, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, I shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. I acknowledge and agree that I may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by me from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to me.

I understand that I may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of my purchase or disposition of the Stock. I represent that I have consulted with any tax consultants I deem advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Stock and that I am not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

Please issue to me a stock certificate for the Stock so purchased.

Very truly yours,

Exhibit 10.9

Stock Option Agreement

Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of [                    ] (the “Date of Grant”), between Management Dynamics Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the “Company”), and [                    ] (the “Optionee”). This Agreement is pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Plan”). The applicable terms of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, including the definition of terms contained in the Plan (unless any such term is otherwise defined herein).

Section 1. Stock Option Award . The Company grants to the Optionee, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, an option (the “Option”) with respect to [                ] shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option Shares”). The Option is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

Section 2. Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of the Option Shares shall be $[        ] per share.

Section 3. Vesting of Stock Option . Subject to Sections 5, 6 and 9 hereof, the Option Shares shall become vested and exercisable based on the passage of time with 8.33% vesting at the end of each three-month period following the Date of Grant.

Section 4. Option Term . Option Shares that become exercisable pursuant to Section 3 or Section 6 hereof may be purchased at any time during the Option Term. For purposes hereof, the “Option Term” shall commence on the Date of Grant and shall expire on the tenth anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated upon the Optionee’s termination from service as an employee, director or consultant as provided in Section 5 hereof. Upon the expiration of the Option Term, any unexercised Option Shares shall be cancelled and shall be of no further force or effect.

Section 5. Termination of Service . If Optionee’s service as an employee, director or consultant of the Company is terminated for any reason prior to the occurrence of any otherwise applicable vesting date or event provided in Section 3 or Section 6 hereof, the Optionee shall (i) forfeit his interest in any Option Shares that have not yet become vested, which shall be cancelled and be of no further force or effect, and (ii) retain the right to exercise any Option Shares that have previously become vested until the expiration of 90 days after the effective date of such termination of service or, in the event such termination of service is as a result of death or permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), until the expiration of one year after the date of termination; provided , however , that in the event of termination of service or employment of the Optionee for Cause (as defined hereafter), the Optionee’s right to exercise any unexercised portion of the Option shall immediately terminate and all rights thereunder shall cease.

Section 6. Accelerated Vesting . In the event that the Optionee’s employment or directorship with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Optionee as a result of a Good Reason resignation within one year following a Change in Control of the Company, 100% of the remaining unvested Option Shares (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan) shall, subject to Section 5 hereof, become vested and exercisable in accordance with


Section 3 hereof. For purposes of this Section, “Good Reason” shall mean a material diminution in the Optionee’s responsibilities, duties or compensation or a relocation of the Optionee to a location more than 50 miles from the Company’s (or its subsidiary, as applicable) office to which the Optionee is then currently assigned. Notwithstanding Section 9.1 of the Plan, for purposes of this Section, a “Change in Control” of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if and when:

(i) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) shall become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 75% or more of the voting power of all then outstanding securities of the Company having the right under ordinary circumstances to vote in an election of the Board (including, without limitation, any securities of the Company that any such person has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise); excluding, however, acquisition of beneficial ownership resulting from the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (3) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or (4) any acquisition by any of the institutional venture capital firms (or their respective affiliates) who own capital stock of the Company as of October 22, 2010;

(ii) there shall be consummated any corporate transaction, including any consolidation or merger, of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to such corporate transaction shall not, upon consummation of the corporate transaction, own in the aggregate at least 25% of the voting stock of the Company (or surviving entity, as applicable) immediately after such corporate transaction; or

(iii) there shall be consummated any sale, lease, exchange or transfer (in any single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.

Section 7. Procedure for Exercise . The Option may be exercised, in whole or part (for the purchase of whole shares only), by delivery of a written notice in the form attached as Exhibit 1 (the “Notice”), along with payment in full of the exercise price set forth in Section 2 hereof, from the Optionee to the Company at the Company’s principal office, which Notice shall: (i) state the number of Option Shares being exercised; (ii) include any representation of the Optionee required pursuant to Section 10 hereof; (iii) in the event that the Option shall be exercised by any person other than the Optionee pursuant to Section 13 hereof, include appropriate proof of the right of such person to exercise the Option; and (iv) comply with such further requirements consistent with the Plan as the Committee may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8. Payment of Exercise Price . Payment of the exercise price shall be made in cash.

Section 9. Forfeiture Conditions . Upon termination of employment or services with the Company for Cause, the Company shall have the option to purchase any or all shares in

 

2


the Company owned by the Optionee which were purchased by the Optionee through the grant of Options under the Plan at the Optionee’s original purchase price for the shares. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall mean conduct materially and adversely affecting the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates such as to make it unreasonable to expect the Company to continue to employ or retain the services of the Optionee, or which is likely to bring the Company into disrepute, in each case in the reasonable opinion of the Board, including, without limitation, the conviction of a felony or a crime of the third class, the commission or attempted commission of any act of willful misconduct or dishonesty or malfeasance, the material or persistent failure to perform or gross negligence in the performance by the Optionee of his or her duties to the Company, or the violation or attempted violation of any provision of any employment, consulting, confidentiality or other agreement between the Company and the Optionee; provided, however, that if the term “Cause” is defined in an employment agreement, consulting agreement or other agreement between Optionee and the Company, then as to Optionee, such definition of “Cause” shall govern for purposes of this Agreement. The requirement that the Optionee sell shares of the Company issued pursuant to the Plan shall terminate upon the consummation of the initial public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to the Securities Act.

Section 10. Investment Representation . Upon the exercise of the Option at a time when there is not in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to the Option Shares, the Optionee hereby represents and warrants, and by virtue of such exercise shall be deemed to represent and warrant, to the Company that the Option Shares shall be acquired for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof, and not with any present intention of distributing the same, and the Optionee shall provide the Company with such further representations and warranties as the Company may require in order to ensure compliance with applicable federal and state securities, blue sky and other laws. No Option Shares shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option unless and until the Company and/or the Optionee shall have complied with all applicable federal or state registration, listing and/or qualification requirements and all other requirements of law or of any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, unless the Committee has received evidence satisfactory to it that a prospective Optionee may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the applicable securities laws. Any determination in this connection by the Committee shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The Company reserves the right to legend any certificate for shares of Common Stock, conditioning sales of such shares upon compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.

Section 11. No Rights as Shareholder or Employee/Consultant .

(a) The Optionee shall not have any privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Option Shares subject to (but not acquired upon valid exercise of) the Option, nor shall the Company have any obligation to issue any dividends or otherwise afford any rights to which shares of Common Stock are entitled with respect to any such Option Shares, until the date of the issuance to the Optionee of a stock certificate evidencing such shares.

(b) Nothing in this Agreement or the Option shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue as an employee, director or consultant of the Company or to interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the Optionee’s employment, directorship or service at any time.

 

3


Section 12. Adjustments . If at any time while the Option is outstanding, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed by reason of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split or any of the other events described in Section 3.2 of the Plan, the number and kind of Option Shares and/or the exercise price of such Option Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

Section 13. Restriction on Transfer of Option . The Option may not be transferred, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event the Optionee becomes legally incapacitated, the Option shall be exercisable by his legal guardian, committee or legal representative. If the Optionee dies, the Option shall thereafter be exercisable by the Optionee’s executors or administrators. The Option shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option contrary to the provisions hereof, and the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, shall be null and void and without effect.

Section 14. Legends .

(a) Stock certificates representing shares of Common Stock not registered under the Securities Act acquired upon the exercise of the Option shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.”

(b) Prior to the date of the initial public offering of shares of the Common Stock, stock certificates acquired upon the exercise of the Option shall also bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“ADDITIONALLY, THE TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT DATED AS OF [                    ] BETWEEN MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC. AND THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE, AND NO SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH AGREEMENT AND UNTIL SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC.”

 

4


Section 15. Notices . Any notice hereunder by the Optionee shall be given to the Company in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at the Company’s office at One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073, or at such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Optionee. Any notice hereunder by the Company shall be given to the Optionee in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at such address as the Optionee may have on file with the Company.

Section 16. Construction . The construction of this Agreement is vested in the Committee, and the Committee’s construction shall be final and conclusive.

Section 17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof.

Section 18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan constitute and contain the complete understanding with respect to the subject matter hereof and supercede and replace all prior negotiations and agreements, if any, whether written or oral, concerning the subject matter hereof. To the extent there exists any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other agreement to which the Optionee is a party, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Agreement as of the Date of Grant.

 

MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
OPTIONEE

 

Name:

 

6


Exhibit 1

 

 

 

 

Date

Management Dynamics Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

Re: Exercise of Stock Option

Gentlemen:

This letter is written pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) between Management Dynamics Inc. (the “Company”) and me dated             , 2000     , as notice of my election to exercise the options granted pursuant to the Agreement.

I hereby notify you that I am exercising such portion of the stock options granted to me under the Agreement as represent                  shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Stock”) and wish to consummate the purchase on the date hereof. Pursuant to the Agreement, I am enclosing with this letter my check in the amount of $         in payment of the exercise price for the purchase of the Stock on the date hereof. Please notify me of any withholding requirements respecting the issuance of the Stock so that they may be appropriately satisfied.

I acknowledge that I have received, read and understood the Management Dynamics Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended and the Agreement and agree to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. I hereby restate and reaffirm all of the representations and warranties made by me in the Agreement.

I understand that I may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of my purchase or disposition of the Stock. I represent that I have consulted with any tax consultants I deem advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Stock and that I am not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

Please issue to me a stock certificate for the Stock so purchased.

Very truly yours,

Exhibit 10.10

AMBER ROAD, INC.

2012 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

(as amended and restated January 29, 2014)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             PAGE  

Article 1. Effective Date, Objectives and Duration

     1   
 

1.1

  Effective Date of the Plan      1   
 

1.2

  Objectives of the Plan      1   
 

1.3

  Duration of the Plan      1   

Article 2. Definitions

     1   
 

2.1

  “Affiliate”      1   
 

2.2

  “Award”      1   
 

2.3

  “Award Agreement”      1   
 

2.4

  “Board”      2   
 

2.5

  “Bonus Shares”      2   
 

2.6

  “Cash Incentive Award”      2   
 

2.7

  “CEO”      2   
 

2.8

  “Code”      2   
 

2.9

  “Committee” or “Incentive Plan Committee”      2   
 

2.10

  “Compensation Committee”      2   
 

2.11

  “Common Stock”      2   
 

2.12

  “Covered Employee”      2   
 

2.13

  “Deferred Stock”      2   
 

2.14

  “Disability” or “Disabled”      2   
 

2.15

  “Dividend Equivalent”      2   
 

2.16

  “Effective Date”      3   
 

2.17

  “Eligible Person”      3   
 

2.18

  “Exchange Act”      3   
 

2.19

  “Exercise Price”      3   
 

2.20

  “Fair Market Value”      3   
 

2.21

  “Grant Date”      3   
 

2.22

  “Grantee”      3   
 

2.23

  “Incentive Stock Option”      3   
 

2.24

  “Including” or “includes”      3   
 

2.25

  “Management Committee”      3   
 

2.26

  “Non-Employee Director”      3   
 

2.27

  “Option”      3   
 

2.28

  “Other Stock-Based Award”      3   
 

2.29

  “Performance-Based Exception”      3   
 

2.30

  “Performance Measures”      4   
 

2.31

  “Performance Period”      4   
 

2.32

  “Performance Share” and “Performance Unit”      4   
 

2.33

  “Period of Restriction”      4   
 

2.34

  “Person”      4   
 

2.35

  “Publicly Held”      4   
 

2.36

  “Restricted Shares”      4   
 

2.37

  “Restricted Stock Units”      4   
 

2.38

  “Rule 16b-3”      4   
 

2.39

  “SEC”      4   
 

2.40

  “Section 16 Non-Employee Director”      4   
 

2.41

  “Section 16 Person”      4   
 

2.42

  “Section 162(m) Transition Period”      4   
 

2.43

  “Separation from Service”      5   
 

2.44

  “Share”      5   

 

- i -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             PAGE  
 

2.45

  “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR”      5   
 

2.46

  “Subsidiary Corporation”      5   
 

2.47

  “Surviving Company”      5   
 

2.48

  “Term”      5   
 

2.49

  “Termination of Affiliation”      5   

Article 3. Administration

     5   
 

3.1

  Committee      5   
 

3.2

  Powers of Committee      6   
 

3.3

  No Repricings      8   

Article 4. Shares Subject to the Plan, Maximum Awards, and 162(m) Compliance

     8   
 

4.1

  Number of Shares Available for Grants      8   
 

4.2

  Adjustments in Authorized Shares and Awards; Liquidation, Dissolution or Change of Control      8   
 

4.3

  Compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code      10   
 

4.4

  Performance-Based Exception Under Section 162(m)      10   

Article 5. Eligibility and General Conditions of Awards

     11   
 

5.1

  Eligibility      11   
 

5.2

  Award Agreement      11   
 

5.3

  General Terms and Termination of Affiliation      11   
 

5.4

  Nontransferability of Awards      12   
 

5.5

  Cancellation and Rescission of Awards      12   
 

5.6

  Stand-Alone, Tandem and Substitute Awards      12   
 

5.7

  Compliance with Rule 16b-3      13   
 

5.8

  Deferral of Award Payouts      13   

Article 6. Stock Options

     14   
 

6.1

  Grant of Options      14   
 

6.2

  Award Agreement      14   
 

6.3

  Option Exercise Price      14   
 

6.4

  Grant of Incentive Stock Options      14   
 

6.5

  Payment of Exercise Price      15   

Article 7. Stock Appreciation Rights

     15   
 

7.1

  Issuance      15   
 

7.2

  Award Agreements      16   
 

7.3

  SAR Exercise Price      16   
 

7.4

  Exercise and Payment      16   
 

7.5

  Grant Limitations      16   

Article 8. Restricted Shares

     16   
 

8.1

  Grant of Restricted Shares      16   
 

8.2

  Award Agreement      16   
 

8.3

  Consideration for Restricted Shares      16   
 

8.4

  Effect of Forfeiture      16   
 

8.5

  Escrow; Legends      17   

Article 9. Performance Units and Performance Shares

     17   
 

9.1

  Grant of Performance Units and Performance Shares      17   
 

9.2

  Value/Performance Goals      17   
 

9.3

  Earning of Performance Units and Performance Shares      17   

 

- ii -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             PAGE  

Article 10. Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Units

     18   
 

10.1

  Grant of Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Units      18   
 

10.2

  Vesting and Delivery      18   
 

10.3

  Voting and Dividend Equivalent Rights Attributable to Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Units      18   

Article 11. Dividend Equivalents

     18   

Article 12. Bonus Shares

     19   

Article 13. Other Stock-Based Awards

     19   

Article 14. Non-Employee Director Awards

     19   

Article 15. Cash Incentive Awards

     19   
 

15.1

  Cash Incentive Awards      19   
 

15.2

  Value of Cash Incentive Awards      19   
 

15.3

  Payment of Cash Incentive Awards      19   
 

15.4

  Termination of Affiliation      20   

Article 16. Amendment, Modification, and Termination

     20   
 

16.1

  Amendment, Modification, and Termination      20   
 

16.2

  Awards Previously Granted      20   

Article 17. Compliance with Code Section 409A

     20   
 

17.1

  Awards Subject to Code Section 409A      20   
 

17.2

  Deferral and/or Distribution Elections      20   
 

17.3

  Subsequent Elections      21   
 

17.4

  Distributions Pursuant to Deferral Elections      21   
 

17.5

  Six Month Delay      21   
 

17.6

  Death or Disability      21   
 

17.7

  No Acceleration of Distributions      21   

Article 18. Withholding

     22   
 

18.1

  Required Withholding      22   
 

18.2

  Notification under Code Section 83(b)      22   

Article 19. Additional Provisions

     23   
 

19.1

  Successors      23   
 

19.2

  Severability      23   
 

19.3

  Requirements of Law      23   
 

19.4

  Securities Law Compliance      23   
 

19.5

  Awards Subject to Claw-Back Policies      23   
 

19.6

  No Rights as a Stockholder      24   
 

19.7

  Nature of Payments      24   
 

19.8

  Non-Exclusivity of Plan      24   
 

19.9

  Governing Law      24   
 

19.10

  Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts      24   
 

19.11

  Affiliation      24   
 

19.12

  Participation      24   
 

19.13

  Military Service      24   
 

19.14

  Construction      24   
 

19.15

  Headings      25   
 

19.16

  Obligations      25   

 

- iii -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             PAGE  
 

19.17

  No Right to Continue as Director      25   
 

19.18

  Stockholder Approval      25   

 

- iv -


AMBER ROAD, INC.

2012 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Article 1.

Effective Date, Objectives and Duration

1.1 Effective Date of the Plan - Amendment and Restatement . Amber Road, Inc. (the “Company”), adopted the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) on October 24, 2012 (the “Effective Date”). The Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders on October 12, 2013. The Plan, was amended and restated effective as of January 29, 2014, as set forth herein, subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders.

1.2 Objectives of the Plan . The Plan is intended (a) to allow selected employees of and consultants to the Company and its Subsidiaries to acquire or increase equity ownership in the Company, thereby strengthening their commitment to the success of the Company and stimulating their efforts on behalf of the Company, and to assist the Company and its Subsidiaries in attracting new employees, officers and consultants and retaining existing employees and consultants, (b) to provide annual cash incentive compensation opportunities that are competitive with those of other peer corporations, (c) to optimize the profitability and growth of the Company and its Subsidiaries through incentives which are consistent with the Company’s goals, (d) to provide Grantees with an incentive for excellence in individual performance, (e) to promote teamwork among employees, consultants and Non-Employee Directors, and (f) to attract and retain highly qualified persons to serve as Non-Employee Directors and to promote ownership by such Non-Employee Directors of a greater proprietary interest in the Company, thereby aligning such Non-Employee Directors’ interests more closely with the interests of the Company’s stockholders.

1.3 Duration of the Plan . The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article 16 hereof, until the earlier of October 23, 2022, or the date all Shares subject to the Plan shall have been purchased or acquired and the restrictions on all Restricted Shares granted under the Plan shall have lapsed, according to the Plan’s provisions.

Article 2.

Definitions

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

2.1 “ Affiliate ” means any corporation or other entity, including but not limited to partnerships, limited liability companies and joint ventures, with respect to which the Company, directly or indirectly, owns as applicable (a) stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total value of all shares of all classes of stock of such corporation, or (b) an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) of the profits interest or capital interest of a non-corporate entity.

2.2 “ Award ” means Options (including non-qualified options and Incentive Stock Options), SARs, Restricted Shares, Performance Units (which may be paid in cash), Performance Shares, Deferred Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Dividend Equivalents, Bonus Shares, Cash Incentive Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards granted under the Plan.

2.3 “ Award Agreement ” means either (a) a written agreement entered into by the Company and a Grantee setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under this Plan, or (b) a written statement issued by the Company to a Grantee describing the terms and provisions of such


Award, including any amendment or modification thereof. The Committee may provide for the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper Award Agreements and the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper means for the acceptance thereof and actions thereunder by the Grantee.

2.4 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 “ Bonus Shares ” means Shares that are awarded to a Grantee with or without cost and without restrictions either in recognition of past performance (whether determined by reference to another employee benefit plan of the Company or otherwise), as an inducement to become an Eligible Person or, with the consent of the Grantee, as payment in lieu of any cash remuneration otherwise payable to the Grantee.

2.6 “ Cash Incentive Award ” means an Award granted under Article 15 of the Plan.

2.7 “ CEO ” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

2.8 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. References to a particular section of the Code include references to regulations and rulings thereunder and to successor provisions.

2.9 “ Committee ” or “ Incentive Plan Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

2.10 “ Compensation Committee ” means the compensation committee of the Board.

2.11 “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, without par value, of the Company.

2.12 “ Covered Employee ” means a Grantee who, as of the last day of the fiscal year in which the value of an Award is recognizable as income for federal income tax purposes, is a “covered employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), with respect to the Company.

2.13 “ Deferred Stock ” means a right, granted under Article 10, to receive Shares at the end of a specified deferral period.

2.14 “ Disability ” or “ Disabled ” means, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, or as otherwise determined under procedures established by the Committee for purposes of the Plan:

(a) Except as provided in (b) below, a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; and

(b) In the case of any Award that constitutes deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, a disability as defined in regulations under Code Section 409A. For purpose of Code Section 409A, a Grantee will be considered Disabled if:

(i) the Grantee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or

(ii) the Grantee is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Grantee’s employer.

2.15 “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a right to receive payments equal to dividends or property, if and when paid or distributed, on a specified number of Shares.

 

- 2 -


2.16 “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

2.17 “ Eligible Person ” means any employee (including any officer) of, or non-employee consultant to, or Non-Employee Director of, the Company or any Affiliate, or potential employee (including a potential officer) of, or non-employee consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, that solely with respect to the grant of an Incentive Stock Option, an Eligible Person shall be any employee (including any officer) of the Company or any Subsidiary Corporation. Solely for purposes of Section 5.6(b), current or former employees or non-employee directors of, or consultants to, of an Acquired Entity who receive Substitute Awards in substitution for Acquired Entity Awards shall be considered Eligible Persons under this Plan with respect to such Substitute Awards.

2.18 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. References to a particular section of the Exchange Act include references to successor provisions.

2.19 “ Exercise Price ” means (a) with respect to an Option, the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Grantee pursuant to such Option or (b) with respect to an SAR, the price established at the time an SAR is granted pursuant to Article 7, which is used to determine the amount, if any, of the payment due to a Grantee upon exercise the SAR.

2.20 “ Fair Market Value ” means a price that is based on the opening, closing, actual, high, low, or the arithmetic mean of selling prices of a Share reported on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), or if not the NYSE, on the established stock exchange which is the principal exchange upon which the Shares are traded on the applicable date or the preceding trading day. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the Shares are traded over the counter at the time a determination of its Fair Market Value is required to be made hereunder, Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the arithmetic mean between the reported high and low or closing bid and asked prices of a Share on the applicable date, or if no such trades were made that day then the most recent date on which Shares were publicly traded. In the event Shares are not publicly traded at the time a determination of their value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of their Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate provided such manner is consistent with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B).

2.21 “ Grant Date ” means the date on which an Award is granted or such later date as specified in advance by the Committee.

2.22 “ Grantee ” means a person who has been granted an Award.

2.23 “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

2.24 “ Including ” or “ includes ” means “including, without limitation,” or “includes, without limitation,” respectively.

2.25 “ Management Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

2.26 “ Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

2.27 “ Option ” means an option granted under Article 6 of the Plan.

2.28 “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means a right, granted under Article 13 hereof, that relates to or is valued by reference to Shares or other Awards relating to Shares.

2.29 “ Performance-Based Exception ” means the performance-based exception from the tax deductibility limitations of Code Section 162(m) contained in Code Section 162(m)(4)(C) (including the special provisions for options thereunder). No Award (other than Stock Options and Restricted Shares

 

- 3 -


granted during the Section 162(m) Transition Period) granted after the Company becomes Publicly Held shall satisfy the Performance-Based Exception unless such Award is granted after the stockholders have approved the material terms of this Plan (including the provisions of Section 4.3 and 4.4) after the Company becomes Publicly Held. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Plan shall be construed to mean that an Award which does not satisfy the requirements for performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m) does not constitute performance-based compensation for other purposes, including Code Section 409A.

2.30 “ Performance Measures ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

2.31 “ Performance Period ” means the time period during which performance goals must be met.

2.32 “ Performance Share ” and “ Performance Unit ” have the respective meanings set forth in Article 9.

2.33 “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which Restricted Shares are subject to forfeiture if the conditions specified in the Award Agreement are not satisfied.

2.34 “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, entity or government instrumentality, division, agency, body or department.

2.35 “ Publicly Held ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

2.36 “ Restricted Shares ” means Shares, granted under Article 8, that are both subject to forfeiture and are nontransferable if the Grantee does not satisfy the conditions specified in the Award Agreement applicable to such Shares.

2.37 “ Restricted Stock Units ” are rights, granted under Article 10, to receive Shares if the Grantee satisfies the conditions specified in the Award Agreement applicable to such rights.

2.38 “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, together with any successor rule.

2.39 “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

2.40 “ Section 16 Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who satisfies the requirements to qualify as a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3.

2.41 “ Section 16 Person ” means a person who is subject to potential liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to transactions involving equity securities of the Company.

2.42 “ Section 162(m) Transition Period ” means the transition period commencing on the date the Company becomes Publicly Held and ending on the earliest of: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 4.1) after the Company becomes Publicly Held; (b) the issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Company becomes Publicly Held pursuant to an initial public offering of any class of the Company’s common equity securities; or (e) if the Company becomes Publicly Held without an initial public offering of any class of its common equity securities, the first calendar year following the calendar year in which the Company becomes Publicly Held.

 

- 4 -


2.43 “ Separation from Service ” means, with respect to any Award that constitutes deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A, a “separation from service” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). For this purpose, a “separation from service” is deemed to occur on the date that the Company and the Grantee reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the Grantee would perform for the Company and/or any Affiliates after that date (whether as an employee, Non-Employee Director or consultant or independent contractor) would permanently decrease to a level that, based on the facts and circumstances, would constitute a separation from service; provided that a decrease to a level that is 50% or more of the average level of bona fide services provided over the prior 36 months shall not be a separation from service, and a decrease to a level that is 20% or less of the average level of such bona fide services shall be a separation from service. The Committee retains the right and discretion to specify, and may specify, whether a separation from service occurs for individuals providing services to the Company or an Affiliate immediately prior to an asset purchase transaction in which the Company or an Affiliate is the seller who provide services to a buyer after and in connection with such asset purchase transaction; provided, such specification is made in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(4).

2.44 “ Share ” means a share of Common Stock, and such other securities of the Company, as may be substituted or resubstituted for Shares pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.

2.45 “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award granted under Article 7 of the Plan.

2.46 “ Subsidiary Corporation ” means a corporation other than the Company in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting the Option, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2.47 “ Surviving Company ” means the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation, involving the Company, including the Company if the Company is the surviving corporation, or the direct or indirect parent company of the Company or such surviving corporation following a sale of substantially all of the outstanding stock of the Company.

2.48 “ Term ” of any Option or SAR means the period beginning on the Grant Date of an Option or SAR and ending on the date such Option or SAR expires, terminates or is cancelled. No Option or SAR granted under this Plan shall have a Term exceeding 10 years

2.49 “ Termination of Affiliation ” occurs on the first day on which an individual is for any reason no longer providing services to the Company or any Affiliate in the capacity of an employee, officer or consultant or with respect to an individual who is an employee or officer of or a consultant to an Affiliate, the first day on which such entity ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that if an Award constitutes deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A, Termination of Affiliation with respect to such Award shall mean the Grantee’s Separation from Service.

Article 3.

Administration

3.1 Committee .

(a) Subject to Article 14, and to Section 3.2, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee (the “Incentive Plan Committee” or the “Committee”) appointed by the Board from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either the Board or the Compensation Committee may at any time and in one or more instances reserve administrative powers to itself as the Committee or exercise any of the administrative powers of the Committee. To the extent the Board or Compensation Committee considers it desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 or meet the Performance-Based Exception, the Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company, all of whom qualify as “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and Section 16 Non-Employee Directors. The number of members of the Committee shall from

 

- 5 -


time to time be increased or decreased, and shall be subject to such conditions, in each case if and to the extent the Board deems it appropriate to permit transactions in Shares pursuant to the Plan to satisfy such conditions of Rule 16b-3 and the Performance-Based Exception as then in effect.

(b) The Board or the Compensation Committee may appoint and delegate to another committee (“Management Committee”), or to the CEO, any or all of the authority of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, with respect to Awards to Grantees other than Grantees who are executive officers, Non-Employee Directors, or are (or are expected to be) Covered Employees and/or are Section 16 Persons at the time any such delegated authority is exercised.

(c) Unless the context requires otherwise, any references herein to “Committee” include references to the Incentive Plan Committee, the Board or the Compensation Committee to the extent Incentive Plan Committee, the Board or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, has assumed or exercises administrative powers itself as the Committee pursuant to subsection (a), and to the Management Committee or the CEO to the extent either has been delegated authority pursuant to subsection (b), as applicable; provided that (i) for purposes of Awards to Non-Employee Directors, “Committee” shall include only the full Board, and (ii) for purposes of Awards intended to comply with Rule 16b-3 or meet the Performance-Based Exception, “Committee” shall include only the Incentive Plan Committee or the Compensation Committee.

3.2 Powers of Committee . Subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan (including Article 14), the Committee has full and final authority and sole discretion as follows; provided that any such authority or discretion exercised with respect to a specific Non-Employee Director shall be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board, even if not a quorum, but excluding the Non-Employee Director with respect to whom such authority or discretion is exercised:

(a) to determine when, to whom and in what types and amounts Awards should be granted;

(b) to grant Awards to Eligible Persons in any number and to determine the terms and conditions applicable to each Award (including the number of Shares or the amount of cash or other property to which an Award will relate, any Exercise Price or purchase price, any limitation or restriction, any schedule for or performance conditions relating to the earning of the Award or the lapse of limitations, forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on exercisability or transferability, any performance goals including those relating to the Company and/or an Affiliate and/or any division thereof and/or an individual, and/or vesting based on the passage of time, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee shall determine);

(c) to determine the benefit payable under any Performance Unit, Performance Share, Dividend Equivalent, Other Stock-Based Award or Cash Incentive Award and to determine whether any performance or vesting conditions have been satisfied;

(d) to determine whether or not specific Awards shall be granted in connection with other specific Awards, and if so, whether they shall be exercisable cumulatively with, or alternatively to, such other specific Awards and all other matters to be determined in connection with an Award;

(e) to determine the Term of any Option or SAR;

(f) to determine the amount, if any, that a Grantee shall pay for Restricted Shares, whether to permit or require the payment of cash dividends thereon to be deferred and the terms related thereto, when Restricted Shares (including Restricted Shares acquired upon the exercise of an Option) shall be forfeited and whether such shares shall be held in escrow;

 

- 6 -


(g) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Shares, other Awards or other property, or an Award may be accelerated, vested, canceled, forfeited or surrendered or any terms of the Award may be waived, and to accelerate the exercisability of, and to accelerate or waive any or all of the terms and conditions applicable to, any Award or any group of Awards for any reason and at any time;

(h) to determine with respect to Awards granted to Eligible Persons whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award will be deferred, either at the election of the Grantee or if and to the extent specified in the Award Agreement automatically or at the election of the Committee (whether to limit loss of deductions pursuant to Code Section 162(m) or otherwise);

(i) to offer to exchange or buy out any previously granted Award for a payment in cash, Shares or other Award;

(j) to construe and interpret the Plan and to make all determinations, including factual determinations, necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan;

(k) to make, amend, suspend, waive and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan;

(l) to appoint such agents as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(m) to determine the terms and conditions of all Award Agreements applicable to Eligible Persons (which need not be identical) and, with the consent of the Grantee, to amend any such Award Agreement at any time, among other things, to permit transfers of such Awards to the extent permitted by the Plan; provided that the consent of the Grantee shall not be required for any amendment (i) which does not adversely affect the rights of the Grantee, or (ii) which is necessary or advisable (as determined by the Committee) to carry out the purpose of the Award as a result of any new applicable law or change in an existing applicable law, or (iii) to the extent the Award Agreement specifically permits amendment without consent;

(n) to cancel, with the consent of the Grantee, outstanding Awards and to grant new Awards in substitution therefor;

(o) to impose such additional terms and conditions upon the grant, exercise or retention of Awards as the Committee may, before or concurrently with the grant thereof, deem appropriate, including limiting the percentage of Awards which may from time to time be exercised by a Grantee;

(p) to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including events described in Section 4.2) affecting the Company or an Affiliate or the financial statements of the Company or an Affiliate, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles; provided, however, that in no event shall such adjustment increase the value of an Award for a person expected to be a Covered Employee for whom the Committee desires to have the Performance-Based Exception apply;

(q) to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency, and to construe and interpret the Plan, the rules and regulations, and Award Agreement or any other instrument entered into or relating to an Award under the Plan; and

(r) to take any other action with respect to any matters relating to the Plan for which it is responsible and to make all other decisions and determinations as may be required under the terms of the Plan or as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

- 7 -


Any action of the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Affiliates, any Grantee, any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Grantee, and stockholders, except to the extent the Committee may subsequently modify, or take further action not consistent with, its prior action. If not specified in the Plan, the time at which the Committee must or may make any determination shall be determined by the Committee, and any such determination may thereafter be modified by the Committee. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. The Committee may delegate to officers or managers of the Company or any Affiliate the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform specified functions under the Plan (subject to Sections 4.3 and 5.7(c)).

3.3 No Repricings. Notwithstanding any provision in Section 3.2 to the contrary, the terms of any outstanding Option or SAR may not be amended to reduce the Exercise Price of such Option or SAR or cancel any outstanding Option or SAR in exchange for other Options or SARs with an Exercise Price that is less than the Exercise Price of the cancelled Option or SAR or for any cash payment (or Shares having with a Fair Market Value) in an amount that exceeds the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying such cancelled Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price of such Option or SAR or for any other Award, without stockholder approval; provided, however, that the restrictions set forth in this Section 3.3, shall not apply (i) unless the Company has a class of stock that is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or (ii) to any adjustment allowed under to Section 4.2.

Article 4.

Shares Subject to the Plan, Maximum Awards, and 162(m) Compliance

4.1 Number of Shares Available for Grants . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2 and except as provided in Section 5.6(b), the maximum number of Shares hereby reserved for delivery under the Plan shall be 7,704,605, including Shares delivered pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder.

If any Shares subject to an Award granted hereunder (other than a Substitute Award granted pursuant to Section 5.6.(b)) are forfeited or such Award otherwise terminates without the delivery of such Shares, the Shares subject to such Award, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, shall again be available for grant under the Plan. For avoidance of doubt, however, if any Shares subject to an Award granted hereunder are withheld or applied as payment in connection with the exercise of an Award or the withholding or payment of taxes related thereto (“Returned Shares”), such Returned Shares will be treated as having been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for grant under the Plan and shall not again be treated as available for grant under the Plan. Moreover, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan may not be increased through the Company’s purchase of Shares on the open market with the proceeds obtained from the exercise of any Options granted hereunder. Upon settlement of an SAR, the number of Shares underlying the portion of the SAR that is exercised will be treated as having been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for grant under the Plan and shall not again be treated as available for grant under the Plan.

Shares delivered pursuant to the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued Shares, or treasury Shares, including Shares repurchased by the Company for purposes of the Plan.

4.2 Adjustments in Authorized Shares and Awards; Liquidation, Dissolution or Change of Control.

(a) Adjustment in Authorized Shares and Awards . In the event that the Committee determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse stock split, subdivision, consolidation or reduction of

 

- 8 -


capital, reorganization, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, split-up, spin-off or combination involving the Company or repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that any adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) the Exercise Price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award, and (iv) the number and kind of Shares of outstanding Restricted Shares, or the Shares underlying any Award of Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock or other outstanding Share-based Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such adjustment shall be authorized with respect to any Options or SARs to the extent that such adjustment would cause the Option or SAR (determined as if such Option or SAR was an Incentive Stock Option) to violate Section 424(a) of the Code or otherwise subject any Grantee to taxation under Section 409A of the Code; and provided further that the number of Shares subject to any Award denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.

(b) Merger, Consolidation or Similar Corporate Transaction . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or a sale of substantially all of the stock of the Company (a “Corporate Transaction”), unless an outstanding Award is assumed by the Surviving Company or replaced with an equivalent Award granted by the Surviving Company in substitution for such outstanding Award, the Committee shall cancel any outstanding Awards that are not vested and nonforfeitable as of the consummation of such Corporate Transaction (unless the Committee accelerates the vesting of any such Awards) and with respect to any vested and nonforfeitable Awards, the Committee may either (i) allow all Grantees to exercise such Awards of Options and SARs within a reasonable period prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction and cancel any outstanding Options or SARs that remain unexercised upon consummation of the Corporate Transaction, or (ii) cancel any or all of such outstanding Awards in exchange for a payment (in cash, or in securities or other property) in an amount equal to the amount that the Grantee would have received (net of the Exercise Price with respect to any Options or SARs) if such vested Awards were settled or distributed or such vested Options and SARs were exercised immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Option or SAR is not assumed by the Surviving Company or replaced with an equivalent Award issued by the Surviving Company and the Exercise Price with respect to any outstanding Option or SAR exceeds the Fair Market Value of the Shares immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporation Transaction, such Awards shall be cancelled without any payment to the Grantee.

(c) Liquidation or Dissolution of the Company . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Committee. Additionally, the Committee may, in the exercise of its sole discretion, cause Awards to be vested and non-forfeitable and cause any conditions on any such Award to lapse, as to all or any part of such Award, including Shares as to which the Award would not otherwise be exercisable or non-forfeitable and allow all Grantees to exercise such Awards of Options and SARs within a reasonable period prior to the consummation of such proposed action. Any Awards that remain unexercised upon consummation of such proposed action shall be cancelled.

(d) Deferred Compensation and Awards Intended to Comply With the Performance-Based Exception . Notwithstanding the forgoing provisions of this Section 4.2,

(i) if an Award (other than an Option or SAR) is intended to comply with the Performance-Based Exception, no payment or settlement of such Award shall be made pursuant to Section 4.2(b) or (c) until the earlier (i) the consummation of a change of control of the Company (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) or (ii) the attainment of the Performance Measure(s) upon which the Award is conditioned as certified by the Committee; and

 

- 9 -


(ii) if an Award constitutes deferred compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A, no payment or settlement of such Award shall be made pursuant to Section 4.2(b) or (c), unless the Corporate Transaction or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, as applicable, constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

4.3 Compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code .

(a) Section 162(m) Compliance . To the extent the Committee determines that compliance with the Performance-Based Exception is desirable with respect to an Award, this Section 4.3(a) shall apply. Each Award that is intended to meet the Performance-Based Exception and is granted to a person the Committee believes is likely to be a Covered Employee at the time such Award is settled shall comply with the requirements of the Performance-Based Exception; provided, however, that to the extent Code Section 162(m) requires periodic shareholder approval of performance measures, such approval shall not be required for the continuation of the Plan or as a condition to grant any Award hereunder after such approval is required. In addition, in the event that changes are made to Code Section 162(m) to permit flexibility with respect to the Award or Awards available under the Plan, the Committee may, subject to this Section 4.3, make any adjustments to such Awards as it deems appropriate.

(b) Annual Individual Limitations . Except as provided in Section 5.6(b), no Grantee may be granted Awards (other than Awards that cannot be settled in Shares) with respect to more than 1 million Shares in a single calendar year, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2(a). The maximum potential value of Awards to be settled in cash or property (other than Shares) that may be granted in any calendar year to any Grantee shall not exceed $1 million for all such Awards.

(c) Section 162(m) Transition Rules . The foregoing restrictions and limitations set forth in the forgoing provisions of this Section 4.3 shall not apply to any grants made before the Company becomes Publicly Held or to any grant made during the Section 162(m) Transition Period. The Company will be “Publicly Held” if any class of its common equity securities is required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. The determination of whether and when the Company becomes Publicly Held and the deductibility of Awards granted before the Company becomes Publicly Held will be made in accordance with regulations promulgated under Code Section 162(m).

4.4 Performance-Based Exception Under Section 162(m) . Unless and until the Committee proposes for stockholder vote and stockholders approve a change in the general performance measures set forth in this Section 4.4, for Awards (other than Options or SARs) designed to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception, the objective Performance Measure(s) shall be chosen from among the following: the attainment by a Share a specified Fair Market Value for a specified period of time or within a specified period of time; earnings per Share; earnings per Share from continuing operations; total shareholder return; return on assets; return on equity; return on capital; earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, and/or amortization; return on investment; interest expense; cash flow; cash flow from operations; revenues; sales; costs; assets; debt; expenses; inventory turnover; economic value added; cost of capital; operating margin; gross margin; net income before or after taxes; operating earnings either before or after interest expense and either before or after incentives or asset impairments; attainment of cost reduction goals; revenue per customer; customer turnover rate; asset impairments; financing costs; capital expenditures; working capital; strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified revenue, market penetration, geographic business expansion goals, objectively identified project milestones, production volume levels, cost targets, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures; customer satisfaction, aggregate product price and other

 

- 10 -


product price measures; safety record; service reliability; debt rating; and achievement of business and operational goals, such as market share, new products, and/or business development. Any applicable Performance Measure may be applied on a pre- or post-tax basis. The Committee may, on the Grant Date of an Award intended to comply with the Performance-Based Exception, and in the case of other grants, at any time, provide that the formula for such Award may include or exclude items to measure specific objectives, such as losses from discontinued operations, extraordinary gains or losses, the cumulative effect of accounting changes, acquisitions or divestitures, foreign exchange impacts and any unusual, nonrecurring gain or loss. The levels of performance required with respect to Performance Measures may be expressed in absolute or relative levels and may be based upon a set increase, set positive result, maintenance of the status quo, set decrease or set negative result. Performance Measures may differ for Awards to different Grantees. The Committee shall specify the weighting (which may be the same or different for multiple objectives) to be given to each performance objective for purposes of determining the final amount payable with respect to any such Award. Any one or more of the Performance Measures may apply to the Grantee, a department, unit, division or function within the Company or any one or more Affiliates; and may apply either alone or relative to the performance of other businesses or individuals (including industry or general market indices). For Awards intended to comply with the Performance-Based Exception, the Committee shall set the Performance Measures within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

The Committee shall have the discretion to adjust the determinations of the degree of attainment of the pre-established performance goals; provided, however, that Awards which are designed to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception may not (unless the Committee determines to amend the Award so that it no longer qualified for the Performance-Based Exception) be adjusted upward (the Committee shall retain the discretion to adjust such Awards downward). The Committee may not, unless the Committee determines to amend the Award so that it no longer qualifies for the Performance-Based Exception, delegate any responsibility with respect to Awards intended to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception. All determinations by the Committee as to the achievement of the Performance Measure(s) shall be in writing prior to payment of the Award.

In the event that applicable laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing performance measures without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, and still qualify for the Performance-Based Exception, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

Article 5.

Eligibility and General Conditions of Awards

5.1 Eligibility . The Committee may in its discretion grant Awards to any Eligible Person, whether or not he or she has previously received an Award; provided, however, that all Awards made to Non-Employee Directors shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

5.2 Award Agreement . To the extent not set forth in the Plan, the terms and conditions of each Award shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.

5.3 General Terms and Termination of Affiliation . The Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise or settlement thereof, at the date of grant or, subject to the provisions of Section 16.2, thereafter, such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture, acceleration or pro-rata acceleration of Awards in the event of a Termination of Affiliation by the Grantee. Except as may be required under the Delaware General Corporation Law, Awards may be granted for no consideration other than prior and future services. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 5.3, all Options that have not been exercised, or any other Awards that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or which are not otherwise vested, or which have outstanding Performance Periods, at the time of a Termination of Affiliation shall be forfeited to the Company.

 

- 11 -


5.4 Nontransferability of Awards .

(a) Each Award and each right under any Award shall be exercisable only by the Grantee during the Grantee’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Grantee’s guardian or legal representative or by a transferee receiving such Award pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (a “QDRO”) as defined in the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.

(b) No Award (prior to the time, if applicable, Shares are delivered in respect of such Award), and no right under any Award, may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Grantee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or in the case of Restricted Shares, to the Company) or pursuant to a QDRO, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary to receive benefits in the event of the Grantee’s death shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(c) Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) above, to the extent provided in the Award Agreement, Options (other than Incentive Stock Options) and Restricted Shares, may be transferred, without consideration, to a Permitted Transferee. For this purpose, a “Permitted Transferee” in respect of any Grantee means any member of the Immediate Family of such Grantee, any trust of which all of the primary beneficiaries are such Grantee or members of his or her Immediate Family, or any partnership (including limited liability companies and similar entities) of which all of the partners or members are such Grantee or members of his or her Immediate Family; and the “Immediate Family” of a Grantee means the Grantee’s spouse, children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, siblings, grandparents, nieces and nephews. Such Option may be exercised by such transferee in accordance with the terms of the Award Agreement. If so determined by the Committee, a Grantee may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the Grantee, and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the death of the Grantee. A transferee, beneficiary, guardian, legal representative or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Grantee shall be subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide with respect to such persons, and to any additional restrictions or limitations deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

(d) Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Committee to honor a QDRO except to the extent required under applicable law.

5.5 Cancellation and Rescission of Awards . Unless the Award Agreement specifies otherwise, the Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold, or otherwise limit or restrict any unexercised Award at any time if the Grantee is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan or if the Grantee has a Termination of Affiliation.

5.6 Stand-Alone, Tandem and Substitute Awards .

(a) Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for, any other Award granted under the Plan unless such tandem or substitution Award would subject the Grantee to tax penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code; provided further that if the stand-alone, tandem or substitute Award is intended to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception, it must separately satisfy the requirements of the Performance-Based Exception. If an Award is granted in substitution for another Award or any non-Plan award or benefit, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award or non-Plan award or benefit in consideration for the grant of the new Award. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or non-Plan awards or benefits may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant

 

- 12 -


of such other Awards or non-Plan awards or benefits; provided, however, that if any SAR is granted in tandem with an Incentive Stock Option, such SAR and Incentive Stock Option must have the same Grant Date, Term and the Exercise Price of the SAR may not be less than the Exercise Price of the Incentive Stock Option.

(b) The Committee may, in its discretion and on such terms and conditions as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances, grant Awards under the Plan (“Substitute Awards”) in substitution for stock and stock-based awards (“Acquired Entity Awards”) held by current or former employees or non-employee directors of, or consultants to, another corporation or entity who become Eligible Persons as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation or other entity (the “Acquired Entity”) with the Company or an Affiliate or the acquisition by the Company or an Affiliate of property or stock of the Acquired Entity immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or acquisition in order to preserve for the Grantee the economic value of all or a portion of such Acquired Entity Award at such price as the Committee determines necessary to achieve preservation of economic value. The limitations of Sections 4.1 and 4.3 on the number of Shares reserved or available for grants shall not apply to Substitute Awards granted under this Section 5.6(b).

5.7 Compliance with Rule 16b-3 . The provisions of this Section 5.7will not apply unless and until the Company has a class of stock that is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

(a) Six-Month Holding Period Advice . Unless a Grantee could otherwise dispose of or exercise a derivative security or dispose of Shares delivered under the Plan without incurring liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Committee may advise or require a Grantee to comply with the following in order to avoid incurring liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act: (i) at least six months must elapse from the date of acquisition of a derivative security under the Plan to the date of disposition of the derivative security (other than upon exercise or conversion) or its underlying equity security, and (ii) Shares granted or awarded under the Plan other than upon exercise or conversion of a derivative security must be held for at least six months from the date of grant of an Award.

(b) Reformation to Comply with Exchange Act Rules . To the extent the Committee determines that a grant or other transaction by a Section 16 Person should comply with applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 (except for transactions exempted under alternative Exchange Act rules), the Committee shall take such actions as necessary to make such grant or other transaction so comply, and if any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to a given Award does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such grant or transaction, such provision will be construed or deemed amended, if the Committee so determines, to the extent necessary to conform to the then applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3.

(c) Rule 16b-3 Administration . Any function relating to a Section 16 Person shall be performed solely by the Committee or the Board if necessary to ensure compliance with applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, to the extent the Committee determines that such compliance is desired. Each member of the Committee or person acting on behalf of the Committee shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him by any officer, manager or other employee of the Company or any Affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public accountants or any executive compensation consultant or attorney or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

5.8 Deferral of Award Payouts . The Committee may permit a Grantee to defer, or if and to the extent specified in an Award Agreement require the Grantee to defer, receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due by virtue of the lapse or waiver of restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock Units, the satisfaction of any requirements or goals with respect to Performance Units or Performance Shares, the lapse or waiver of the deferral period for Deferred Stock, or the lapse or waiver of restrictions with respect to Other Stock-Based Awards or Cash Incentive Awards. If the Committee permits such deferrals, the Committee shall establish rules and procedures for making such deferral elections and for the payment of such deferrals, which shall conform in form and substance

 

- 13 -


with applicable regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Code and Article 17 to ensure that the Grantee is not subjected to tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code with respect to such deferrals. Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, any payment or any Shares that are subject to such deferral shall be made or delivered to the Grantee as specified in the Award Agreement or pursuant to the Grantee’s deferral election.

Article 6.

Stock Options

6.1 Grant of Options . Subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to any Eligible Person in such number, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee.

6.2 Award Agreement . Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Exercise Price, the Term of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, the time or times at which such Option shall be exercisable and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

6.3 Option Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of an Option under this Plan shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee but may not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date.

6.4 Grant of Incentive Stock Options . At the time of the grant of any Option, the Committee may in its discretion designate that such Option shall be made subject to additional restrictions to permit it to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Any Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option:

(a) shall be granted only to an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary Corporation;

(b) shall have an Exercise Price of not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, and, if granted to a person who owns capital stock (including stock treated as owned under Section 424(d) of the Code) possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary Corporation (a “More Than 10% Owner”), have an Exercise Price not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on its Grant Date;

(c) shall be for a period of not more than 10 years (five years if the Grantee is a More Than 10% Owner) from its Grant Date, and shall be subject to earlier termination as provided herein or in the applicable Award Agreement;

(d) shall not have an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the Grant Date) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (whether granted under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Grantee’s employer or any parent or Subsidiary Corporation (“Other Plans”)) are exercisable for the first time by such Grantee during any calendar year (“Current Grant”), determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, which exceeds $100,000 (the “$100,000 Limit”);

(e) shall, if the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares (determined on the Grant Date) with respect to the Current Grant and all Incentive Stock Options previously granted under the Plan and any Other Plans which are exercisable for the first time during a calendar year (“Prior Grants”) would exceed the $100,000 Limit, be, as to the portion in excess of the $100,000 Limit, exercisable as a separate option that is not an Incentive Stock Option at such date or dates as are provided in the Current Grant;

(f) shall require the Grantee to notify the Committee of any disposition of any Shares delivered pursuant to the exercise of the Incentive Stock Option under the circumstances described in Section 421(b) of the Code (relating to holding periods and certain disqualifying dispositions) (“Disqualifying Disposition”) within 10 days of such a Disqualifying Disposition;

 

- 14 -


(g) shall by its terms not be assignable or transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, during the Grantee’s lifetime, only by the Grantee; provided, however, that the Grantee may, to the extent provided in the Plan in any manner specified by the Committee, designate in writing a beneficiary to exercise his or her Incentive Stock Option after the Grantee’s death; and

(h) shall, if such Option nevertheless fails to meet the foregoing requirements, or otherwise fails to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for an Incentive Stock Option, be treated for all purposes of this Plan, except as otherwise provided in subsections (d) and (e) above, as an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and Section 3.2, the Committee may, without the consent of the Grantee, at any time before the exercise of an Option (whether or not an Incentive Stock Option), take any action necessary to prevent such Option from being treated as an Incentive Stock Option.

6.5 Payment of Exercise Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares made by any one or more of the following means:

(a) cash, personal check or wire transfer;

(b) delivery of Common Stock owned by the Grantee prior to exercise, valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise;

(c) with the approval of the Committee, Shares acquired upon the exercise of such Option, such Shares valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise;

(d) with the approval of the Committee, Restricted Shares held by the Grantee prior to the exercise of the Option, each such share valued at the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise; or

(e) subject to applicable law (including the prohibited loan provisions of Section 402 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002), through the sale of the Shares acquired on exercise of the Option through a broker-dealer to whom the Grantee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise and irrevocable instructions to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale proceeds sufficient to pay for such Shares, together with, if requested by the Company, the amount of federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes payable by Grantee by reason of such exercise.

The Committee may in its discretion specify that, if any Restricted Shares (“Tendered Restricted Shares”) are used to pay the Exercise Price, (x) all the Shares acquired on exercise of the Option shall be subject to the same restrictions as the Tendered Restricted Shares, determined as of the date of exercise of the Option, or (y) a number of Shares acquired on exercise of the Option equal to the number of Tendered Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions as the Tendered Restricted Shares, determined as of the date of exercise of the Option.

Article 7.

Stock Appreciation Rights

7.1 Issuance . Subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant SARs to any Eligible Person either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Such SARs may, but need not, be granted in connection with a specific Option granted under Article 6. The Committee may impose such conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any SAR as it shall deem appropriate.

 

- 15 -


7.2 Award Agreements . Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form as the Committee may approve and shall contain such terms and conditions not inconsistent with other provisions of the Plan as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee.

7.3 SAR Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of a SAR shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided that the Exercise Price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of the grant of the SAR.

7.4 Exercise and Payment . Upon the exercise of an SAR, a Grantee shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(a) The excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price; by

(b) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

SARs shall be deemed exercised on the date written notice of exercise in a form acceptable to the Committee is received by the Secretary of the Company. The Company shall make payment in respect of any SAR within five (5) days of the date the SAR is exercised. Any payment by the Company in respect of a SAR may be made in cash, Shares, other property, or any combination thereof, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

7.5 Grant Limitations . The Committee may at any time impose any other limitations upon the exercise of SARs which, in the Committee’s sole discretion, are necessary or desirable in order for Grantees to qualify for an exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

Article 8.

Restricted Shares

8.1 Grant of Restricted Shares . Subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Shares to any Eligible Person in such amounts as the Committee shall determine.

8.2 Award Agreement . Each grant of Restricted Shares shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Period(s) of Restriction, the number of Restricted Shares granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. The Committee may impose such conditions and/or restrictions on any Restricted Shares granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable, including restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals, time-based restrictions on vesting following the attainment of the performance goals, and/or restrictions under applicable securities laws; provided that such conditions and/or restrictions may lapse, if so determined by the Committee, in the event of the Grantee’s Termination of Affiliation due to death, Disability, or involuntary termination by the Company or an Affiliate without “cause.”

8.3 Consideration for Restricted Shares . The Committee shall determine the amount, if any, that a Grantee shall pay for Restricted Shares.

8.4 Effect of Forfeiture . If Restricted Shares are forfeited, and if the Grantee was required to pay for such shares or acquired such Restricted Shares upon the exercise of an Option, the Grantee shall be deemed to have resold such Restricted Shares to the Company at a price equal to the lesser of (x) the amount paid by the Grantee for such Restricted Shares, or (y) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of such forfeiture. The Company shall pay to the Grantee the deemed sale price as soon as is administratively practical. Such Restricted Shares shall cease to be outstanding and shall no longer confer on the Grantee thereof any rights as a stockholder of the Company, from and after the date of the event causing the forfeiture, whether or not the Grantee accepts the Company’s tender of payment for such Restricted Shares.

 

- 16 -


8.5 Escrow; Legends. The Committee may provide that the certificates for any Restricted Shares (x) shall be held (together with a stock power executed in blank by the Grantee) in escrow by the Secretary of the Company until such Restricted Shares become nonforfeitable or are forfeited and/or (y) shall bear an appropriate legend restricting the transfer of such Restricted Shares under the Plan. If any Restricted Shares become nonforfeitable, the Company shall cause certificates for such shares to be delivered without such legend.

Article 9.

Performance Units and Performance Shares

9.1 Grant of Performance Units and Performance Shares . Subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, Performance Units or Performance Shares may be granted to any Eligible Person in such amounts and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

9.2 Value/Performance Goals . The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units or Performance Shares that will be paid to the Grantee. With respect to Covered Employees and to the extent the Committee deems it appropriate to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, all performance goals shall be objective Performance Measures satisfying the requirements for the Performance-Based Exception and shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations.

(a) Performance Unit . Each Performance Unit shall have an initial value that is established by the Committee at the time of grant.

(b) Performance Share . Each Performance Share shall have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

9.3 Earning of Performance Units and Performance Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units or Performance Shares shall be entitled to payment based on the level of achievement of performance goals set by the Committee. If a Performance Unit or Performance Share Award is intended to comply with the Performance-Based Exception, the Committee shall certify the level of achievement of the performance goals in writing before the Award is settled.

At the discretion of the Committee, the settlement of Performance Units or Performance Shares may be in cash, Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof, as set forth in the Award Agreement.

If a Grantee is promoted, demoted or transferred to a different business unit of the Company during a Performance Period, then, to the extent the Committee determines that the Award, the performance goals, or the Performance Period are no longer appropriate, the Committee may adjust, change, eliminate or cancel the Award, the performance goals, or the applicable Performance Period, as it deems appropriate in order to make them appropriate and comparable to the initial Award, the performance goals, or the Performance Period.

At the discretion of the Committee, a Grantee may be entitled to receive any dividends or Dividend Equivalents declared with respect to Shares deliverable in connection with grants of Performance Units or Performance Shares which have been earned, but not yet delivered to the Grantee.

 

- 17 -


Article 10.

Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Units

10.1 Grant of Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Deferred Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Person, in such amount and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine. Deferred Stock must conform in form and substance with applicable regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Code and with Article 17 to ensure that the Grantee is not subjected to tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code with respect to such Deferred Stock.

10.2 Vesting and Delivery .

(a) Delivery With Respect to Deferred Stock . Delivery of Shares subject to a Deferred Stock grant will occur upon expiration of the deferral period or upon the occurrence of one or more of the distribution events described in Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code as specified by the Committee in the Grantee’s Award Agreement for the Award of Deferred Stock. An Award of Deferred Stock may be subject to such substantial risk of forfeiture conditions as the Committee may impose, which conditions may lapse at such times or upon the achievement of such objectives as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant or thereafter. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to the extent that the Grantee has a Termination of Affiliation while the Deferred Stock remains subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, such Deferred Shares shall be forfeited, unless the Committee determines that such substantial risk of forfeiture shall lapse in the event of the Grantee’s Termination of Affiliation due to death, Disability, or involuntary termination by the Company or an Affiliate without “cause.”

(b) Delivery With Respect to Restricted Stock Units . Delivery of Shares subject to a grant of Restricted Stock Units shall occur no later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the taxable year of the Grantee or the fiscal year of the Company in which the Grantee’s rights under such Restricted Stock Units are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture as defined in final regulations under Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to the extent that the Grantee has a Termination of Affiliation while the Restricted Stock Units remains subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, such Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited, unless the Committee determines that such substantial risk of forfeiture shall lapse in the event of the Grantee’s Termination of Affiliation due to death, Disability, or involuntary termination by the Company or an Affiliate without “cause.”

10.3 Voting and Dividend Equivalent Rights Attributable to Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Units . A Grantee awarded Deferred Stock or Restricted Stock Units will have no voting rights with respect to such Deferred Stock or Restricted Stock Units prior to the delivery of Shares in settlement of such Deferred Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Grantee will have the rights to receive Dividend Equivalents in respect of Deferred Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units, which Dividend Equivalents shall be deemed reinvested in additional Shares of Deferred Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, which shall remain subject to the same forfeiture conditions applicable to the Deferred Stock or Restricted Stock Units to which such Dividend Equivalents relate.

Article 11.

Dividend Equivalents

The Committee is authorized to grant Awards of Dividend Equivalents alone or in conjunction with other Awards; provided, however, that no Dividend Equivalents may be granted in conjunction with any grant of Options or SARs. The Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares or additional Awards or otherwise reinvested.

 

- 18 -


Article 12.

Bonus Shares

Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may grant Bonus Shares to any Eligible Person, in such amount and upon such terms and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee.

Article 13.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant such other Awards that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including Shares awarded which are not subject to any restrictions or conditions, convertible or exchangeable debt securities or other rights convertible or exchangeable into Shares, and Awards valued by reference to the value of securities of or the performance of specified Affiliates. Subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Except as provided by the Committee, Shares delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under this Article 13 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for by such methods and in such forms, including cash, Shares, outstanding Awards or other property, as the Committee shall determine.

Article 14.

Non-Employee Director Awards

Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board may grant Awards to any Non-Employee Director, in such amount and upon such terms and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the full Board in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.6(b), a Non-Employee Director may not be granted Awards with respect to more than 400,000 Shares in a single calendar year, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2(a).

Article 15.

Cash Incentive Awards

15.1 Cash Incentive Awards . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Cash Incentive Awards to any Eligible Person in such amounts and upon such terms, including the achievement of specific performance goals during the Performance Period, as the Committee may determine. With respect to Covered Employees and to the extent the Committee deems it appropriate to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, all performance goals shall be objective Performance Measures satisfying the requirements for the Performance-Based Exception and shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations. An Eligible Person may have more than one Cash Incentive Award outstanding at any time. For instance, the Committee may grant an Eligible Person one Cash Incentive Award with a calendar year or fiscal year Performance Period (an annual incentive bonus) and a separate Cash Incentive Award with a Performance Period that covers more than one calendar or fiscal year (a long-term cash incentive bonus).

15.2 Value of Cash Incentive Awards . Each Cash Incentive Award shall specify a payment amount or payment range as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall establish performance goals applicable to each Cash Incentive Award in its discretion and the amount that will be paid to the Grantee pursuant to such Cash Incentive Award if the applicable performance goals for the Performance Period are met.

15.3 Payment of Cash Incentive Awards . Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash Incentive Awards shall be made in cash in accordance with the terms of the Award Agreement; provided, however,

 

- 19 -


that if the Award Agreement does not specify a payment date with respect to a Cash Incentive Award, payment of the Cash Incentive Award will be made no later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of the taxable year of the Grantee or the fiscal year of the Company during which the Performance Period ends.

15.4 Termination of Affiliation . The Committee shall determine the extent to which a Grantee shall have the right to receive Cash Incentive Awards following his or her Termination of Affiliation. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, such provisions may be included in an Award Agreement entered into with each Grantee, but need not be uniform among all Cash Incentive Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

Article 16.

Amendment, Modification, and Termination

16.1 Amendment, Modification, and Termination . Subject to Section 16.2, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan in whole or in part without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, except that (a) any amendment or alteration shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, and (b) the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such amendments or alterations to stockholders for approval.

16.2 Awards Previously Granted . Except as otherwise specifically permitted in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Grantee of such Award.

Article 17.

Compliance with Code Section 409A

17.1 Awards Subject to Code Section 409A . The provisions of this Article 17 shall apply to any Award or portion thereof that is or becomes deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A (a “409A Award”), notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Plan or the Award Agreement applicable to such Award.

17.2 Deferral and/or Distribution Elections . Except as otherwise permitted or required by Code Section 409A, the following rules shall apply to any deferral and/or elections as to the form or timing of distributions (each, an “Election”) that may be permitted or required by the Committee with respect to a 409A Award:

(a) Any Election must be in writing and specify the amount being deferred, and the time and form of distribution (i.e., lump sum or installments) as permitted by this Plan. An Election may but need not specify whether payment will be made in cash, Shares or other property.

(b) Any Election shall become irrevocable as of the deadline specified by the Committee, which shall not be later than December 31 of the year preceding the year in which services relating to the Award commence; provided, however, that if the Award qualifies as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A and is based on services performed over a period of at least twelve (12) months, then the deadline may be no later than six (6) months prior to the end of such Performance Period.

 

- 20 -


(c) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, an Election shall continue in effect until a written election to revoke or change such Election is received by the Committee, prior to the last day for making an Election for the subsequent year.

17.3 Subsequent Elections . Except as otherwise permitted or required by Code Section 409A, any 409A Award which permits a subsequent Election to further defer the distribution or change the form of distribution shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) No subsequent Election may take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the subsequent Election is made;

(b) Each subsequent Election related to a distribution upon separation from service, a specified time, or a change in control as defined in Section 17.4(e) must result in a delay of the distribution for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such distribution would otherwise have been made; and

(c) No subsequent Election related to a distribution to be made at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule shall be made less than twelve (12) months prior to the date the first scheduled payment would otherwise be made.

17.4 Distributions Pursuant to Deferral Elections . Except as otherwise permitted or required by Code Section 409A, no distribution in settlement of a 409A Award may commence earlier than:

(a) Separation from Service;

(b) The date the Participant becomes Disabled (as defined in Section 2.14(b);

(c) The Participant’s death;

(d) A specified time (or pursuant to a fixed schedule) that is either (i) specified by the Committee upon the grant of the Award and set forth in the Award Agreement or (ii) specified by the Grantee in an Election complying with the requirements of Section 17.2 and/or 17.3, as applicable; or

(e) A change in control of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(h)(5).

17.5 Six Month Delay . Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Award Agreement or Election to the contrary, to the extent that distribution of a 409A Award is triggered by a Grantee’s Separation from Service, if the Grantee is then a “specified employee” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)), no distribution may be made before the date which is six (6) months after such Grantee’s Separation from Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Grantee’s death.

17.6 Death or Disability . Unless the Award Agreement otherwise provides, if a Grantee dies or becomes Disabled before complete distribution of amounts payable upon settlement of a 409A Award, such undistributed amounts, to the extent vested, shall be distributed as provided in the Participants Election. If the Participant has made no Election with respect to distributions upon death or Disability, all such distributions shall be paid in a lump sum within 90 days following the date of the Participant’s death or Disability.

17.7 No Acceleration of Distributions . This Plan does not permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of any distribution under a 409A Award, except as provided by Code Section 409A and/or applicable regulations or rulings issued thereunder.

 

- 21 -


Article 18.

Withholding

18.1 Required Withholding .

(a) The Committee in its sole discretion may provide that when taxes are to be withheld in connection with the exercise of an Option or SAR, or upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Shares, or upon the transfer of Shares, or upon payment of any other benefit or right under this Plan (the date on which such exercise occurs or such restrictions lapse or such payment of any other benefit or right occurs hereinafter referred to as the “Tax Date”), the Grantee may elect to make payment for the withholding of federal, state and local taxes, including Social Security and Medicare (“FICA”) taxes by one or a combination of the following methods:

(i) payment of an amount in cash equal to the amount to be withheld (including cash obtained through the sale of the Shares acquired on exercise of an Option or SAR, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Shares, or upon the transfer of Shares, through a broker-dealer to whom the Grantee has submitted an irrevocable instructions to deliver promptly to the Company, the amount to be withheld);

(ii) delivering part or all of the amount to be withheld in the form of Common Stock valued at its Fair Market Value on the Tax Date;

(iii) requesting the Company to withhold from those Shares that would otherwise be received upon exercise of the Option or SAR, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or upon the transfer of Shares, a number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the Tax Date equal to the amount to be withheld; or

(iv) withholding from any compensation otherwise due to the Grantee.

The Committee in its sole discretion may provide that the maximum amount of tax withholding upon exercise of an Option or SARs, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Shares, or upon the transfer of Shares, to be satisfied by withholding Shares upon exercise of such Option or SAR, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Shares, or upon the transfer of Shares, pursuant to clause (iii) above shall not exceed the minimum amount of taxes, including FICA taxes, required to be withheld under federal, state and local law. An election by Grantee under this subsection is irrevocable. Any fractional share amount and any additional withholding not paid by the withholding or surrender of Shares must be paid in cash. If no timely election is made, the Grantee must deliver cash to satisfy all tax withholding requirements.

(b) Any Grantee who makes a Disqualifying Disposition (as defined in Section 6.4(f)) or an election under Section 83(b) of the Code shall remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all resulting tax withholding requirements in the same manner as set forth in subsection (a).

18.2 Notification under Code Section 83(b) . If the Grantee, in connection with the exercise of any Option, or the grant of Restricted Shares, makes the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code to include in such Grantee’s gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section 83(b) of the Code, then such Grantee shall notify the Company of such election within 10 days of filing the notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under Section 83(b) of the Code. The Committee may, in connection with the grant of an Award or at any time thereafter, prohibit a Grantee from making the election described above.

 

- 22 -


Article 19.

Additional Provisions

19.1 Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

19.2 Severability . If any part of the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any other part of the Plan. Any Section or part of a Section so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

19.3 Requirements of Law . The granting of Awards and the delivery of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any Award, Grantees shall not be entitled to exercise, or receive benefits under, any Award, and the Company (and any Affiliate) shall not be obligated to deliver any Shares or deliver benefits to a Grantee, if such exercise or delivery would constitute a violation by the Grantee or the Company of any applicable law or regulation.

19.4 Securities Law Compliance .

(a) If the Committee deems it necessary to comply with any applicable securities law, or the requirements of any stock exchange upon which Shares may be listed, the Committee may impose any restriction on Awards or Shares acquired pursuant to Awards under the Plan as it may deem advisable. In addition, if requested by the Company and any underwriter engaged by the Company, Shares acquired pursuant to Awards may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of for such period following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act as the Company or such underwriter shall specify reasonably and in good faith, not to exceed 180 days in the case of the Company’s initial public offering or 90 days in the case of any other public offering. All certificates for Shares delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which Shares are then listed, any applicable securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. If so requested by the Company, the Grantee shall make a written representation to the Company that he or she will not sell or offer to sell any Shares unless a registration statement shall be in effect with respect to such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any applicable state securities law or unless he or she shall have furnished to the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that such registration is not required.

(b) If the Committee determines that the exercise or nonforfeitability of, or delivery of benefits pursuant to, any Award would violate any applicable provision of securities laws or the listing requirements of any national securities exchange or national market system on which are listed any of the Company’s equity securities, then the Committee may postpone any such exercise, nonforfeitability or delivery, as applicable, but the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to cause such exercise, nonforfeitability or delivery to comply with all such provisions at the earliest practicable date.

19.5 Awards Subject to Claw-Back Policies . Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the Company has a class of stock that is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, all Awards granted hereunder shall be subject to the terms of any recoupment policy currently in effect or subsequently adopted by the Board to implement Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

- 23 -


(“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) or Section 10D of the Exchange Act (or with any amendment or modification of such recoupment policy adopted by the Board) to the extent that such Award (whether or not previously exercised or settled) or the value of such Award is required to be returned to the Company pursuant to the terms of such recoupment policy.

19.6 No Rights as a Stockholder . No Grantee shall have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares (other than Restricted Shares) which may be deliverable upon exercise or payment of such Award until such Shares have been delivered to him or her. Restricted Shares, whether held by a Grantee or in escrow by the Secretary of the Company, shall confer on the Grantee all rights of a stockholder of the Company, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or Award Agreement. At the time of a grant of Restricted Shares, the Committee may require the payment of cash dividends thereon to be deferred and, if the Committee so determines, reinvested in additional Restricted Shares. Stock dividends and deferred cash dividends issued with respect to Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions and other terms as apply to the Restricted Shares with respect to which such dividends are issued. The Committee may in its discretion provide for payment of interest on deferred cash dividends.

19.7 Nature of Payments . Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, Awards shall be special incentive payments to the Grantee and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Grantee for purposes of determining any pension, retirement, death or other benefit under (a) any pension, retirement, profit sharing, bonus, insurance or other employee benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan shall otherwise expressly provide, or (b) any agreement between (i) the Company or any Affiliate and (ii) the Grantee, except as such agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.

19.8 Non-Exclusivity of Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other compensatory arrangements for employees or Non-Employee Directors as it may deem desirable.

19.9 Governing Law . The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, other than its laws respecting choice of law.

19.10 Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Grantee pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give any such Grantee any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided, however, that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan to deliver cash, Shares or other property pursuant to any Award which trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines.

19.11 Affiliation. Nothing in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate any Grantee’s employment or consulting contract at any time, nor confer upon any Grantee the right to continue in the employ of or as an officer of or as a consultant to the Company or any Affiliate.

19.12 Participation . No employee or officer shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Plan or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

19.13 Military Service . Awards shall be administered in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code and the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994.

19.14 Construction . The following rules of construction will apply to the Plan: (a) the word “or” is disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive, and (b) words in the singular include the plural, words in the plural include the singular, and words in the neuter gender include the masculine and feminine genders and words in the masculine or feminine gender include the other neuter genders.

 

- 24 -


19.15 Headings . The headings of articles and sections are included solely for convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of this Plan, the text shall control.

19.16 Obligations . Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, the obligation to deliver, pay or transfer any amount of money or other property pursuant to Awards under this Plan shall be the sole obligation of a Grantee’s employer; provided that the obligation to deliver or transfer any Shares pursuant to Awards under this Plan shall be the sole obligation of the Company.

19.17 No Right to Continue as Director . Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Non-Employee Director the right to continue to serve as a director of the Company.

19.18 Stockholder Approval . All Awards granted on or after the Effective Date and prior to the date the Company’s stockholders approve the Plan are expressly conditioned upon and subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 

- 25 -

Exhibit 10.13

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”), dated as of [DATE], is by and between Amber Road, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and [NAME OF DIRECTOR/OFFICER] (the “ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, [Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company] / [the Company expects Indemnitee to join the Company as a director];

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for its directors, officers, employees, stockholders, controlling persons, agents and fiduciaries, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that enhancing the ability of the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons is in the best interests of the Company and that the Company therefore should seek to assure such persons that indemnification and insurance coverage is available; and

WHEREAS, in recognition of the need to provide Indemnitee with substantial protection against personal liability, in order to procure Indemnitee’s [continued] service to the Company and to enhance Indemnitee’s ability to serve the Company in an effective manner, and in order to provide such protection pursuant to express contract rights (intended to be enforceable irrespective of, among other things, any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws (collectively, the “ Constituent Documents ”), any change in the composition of the Board or any change in control or business combination transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of, and the advancement of Expenses (as defined in Section 1(f) below) to, Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement and for the coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the Indemnitee’s agreement to [continue to] provide services to the Company, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning given to the term “beneficial owner” in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).


(b) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 60% or more of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities;

(ii) the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, unless immediately following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, all of the Beneficial Owners of the Voting Securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 80% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the entity resulting from such transaction;

(iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board (including for this purpose any new directors who qualify under the definition of Incumbent Directors) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; or

(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c) “ Claim ” means:

(i) any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, investigative or other, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other law; or

(ii) any inquiry, hearing or investigation that the Indemnitee determines might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism.

(d) “ Delaware Court ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8(e) below.

(e) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Claim in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(f) “ Expenses ” means any and all expenses, including attorneys’ and experts’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, and all other costs and expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness or participate in, any Claim. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Claim, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 4 only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the

 

- 2-


interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Expense Advance ” means any payment of Expenses advanced to Indemnitee by the Company pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 hereof.

(h) “ Incumbent Directors ” means the individuals who, as of the date immediately following the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, are directors of the Company and any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date thereof whose election, nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination).

(i) “ Indemnifiable Event ” means any event or occurrence, whether occurring before, on or after the date of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise (collectively with the Company, “ Enterprise ”) or by reason of an action or inaction by Indemnitee in any such capacity (whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any Loss is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement).

(j) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently performs, nor in the past five years has performed, services for either: (i) the Company or Indemnitee (other than in connection with matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Claim giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(k) “ Losses ” means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties (whether civil, criminal or other), ERISA excise taxes, amounts paid or payable in settlement, including any interest, assessments, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement and all other charges paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness or participate in, any Claim.

 

- 3-


(l) “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity and includes the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

(m) “ Standard of Conduct Determination ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8(b) below.

(n) “ Subsidiary ” means any entity for which the Company, directly or indirectly, owns 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of such entity.

(o) “ Voting Securities ” means any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to [serve/continue to serve] as a director or officer of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is no longer serving in such capacity. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment agreement between the Company (or any subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that his or her service to the Company or any subsidiaries or any Enterprise is at will and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment agreement between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Company’s Constituent Documents or Delaware law.

3. Advancement of Expenses . Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company, prior to the final disposition of any Claim by final adjudication to which there are no further rights of appeal, of any and all Expenses actually and reasonably paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Claim arising out of an Indemnifiable Event. Indemnitee’s right to such advancement is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within 10 days after any request by Indemnitee, the Company shall, in accordance with such request, (a) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses. In connection with any request for Expense Advances, Indemnitee shall not be required to provide any documentation or information to the extent that the provision thereof would undermine or otherwise jeopardize attorney-client privilege. Execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement by Indemnitee constitutes an undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay any amounts paid, advanced or reimbursed by the Company pursuant to this Section 3 in respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Claim in respect of which it shall be determined, pursuant to Section 8 , following the final disposition of such Claim, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

- 4-


4. Indemnification for Expenses in Enforcing Rights . To the fullest extent allowable under applicable law, the Company shall also indemnify against, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall advance to Indemnitee subject to and in accordance with Section 3 , any Expenses actually and reasonably paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action or proceeding by Indemnitee for (a) indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under any provision of this Agreement, or under any other agreement or provision of the Constituent Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims relating to Indemnifiable Events, and/or (b) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, in the event that Indemnitee is ultimately determined not to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be, then all amounts advanced under this Section 4 shall be repaid. Indemnitee shall be required to reimburse the Company in the event that a final judicial determination is made that such action brought by Indemnitee was frivolous or not made in good faith.

5. Partial Indemnity . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of any Losses in respect of a Claim related to an Indemnifiable Event but not for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

6. Notification and Defense of Claims .

(a) Notification of Claims . Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing as soon as practicable of any Claim which could relate to an Indemnifiable Event or for which Indemnitee could seek Expense Advances, including a brief description (based upon information then available to Indemnitee) of the nature of, and the facts underlying, such Claim. The failure by Indemnitee to timely notify the Company hereunder shall not relieve the Company from any liability hereunder unless the Company’s ability to participate in the defense of such claim was materially and adversely affected by such failure. If at the time of the receipt of such notice, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect under which coverage for Claims related to Indemnifiable Events is potentially available, the Company shall give prompt written notice to the applicable insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall provide to Indemnitee a copy of such notice delivered to the applicable insurers, and copies of all subsequent correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the Claim, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery or receipt thereof by the Company.

(b) Defense of Claims . The Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event at its own expense and, except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any such Claim, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently directly incurred by Indemnitee in connection with Indemnitee’s defense of such Claim other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its own

 

- 5-


legal counsel in such Claim, but all Expenses related to such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s own expense; provided, however, that if (i) Indemnitee’s employment of its own legal counsel has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of such Claim, (iii) after a Change in Control, Indemnitee’s employment of its own counsel has been approved by the Independent Counsel or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Claim, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain its own separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any such Claim) and all Expenses related to such separate counsel shall be borne by the Company.

7. Procedure upon Application for Indemnification . In order to obtain indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, including in such request such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Claim, provided that documentation and information need not be so provided to the extent that the provision thereof would undermine or otherwise jeopardize attorney-client privilege. Indemnification shall be made insofar as the Company determines Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification in accordance with Section 8 below.

8. Determination of Right to Indemnification .

(a) Mandatory Indemnification; Indemnification as a Witness .

(i) To the extent that Indemnitee shall have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event or any portion thereof or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including without limitation dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Losses relating to such Claim in accordance with Section 16 to the fullest extent allowable by law, and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 8(b) ) shall be required.

(ii) To the extent that Indemnitee’s involvement in a Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event is to prepare to serve and serve as a witness, and not as a party, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Losses incurred in connection therewith to the fullest extent allowable by law and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 8(b) ) shall be required.

(b) Standard of Conduct . To the extent that the provisions of Section 8(a) are inapplicable to a Claim related to an Indemnifiable Event that shall have been finally disposed of, any determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law that is a legally required condition to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against Losses relating to such Claim and any determination that Expense Advances must be repaid to the Company (a “ Standard of Conduct Determination ”) shall be made as follows:

(i) if no Change in Control has occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum or (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; and

 

- 6-


(ii) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, (A) if the Indemnitee so requests in writing, by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board or (B) otherwise, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee.

The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within 10 days of such request, any and all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in cooperating with the person or persons making such Standard of Conduct Determination.

(c) Making the Standard of Conduct Determination . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Standard of Conduct Determination required under Section 8(b) to be made as promptly as practicable. If the person or persons designated to make the Standard of Conduct Determination under Section 8(b) shall not have made a determination within 30 days after the later of (A) receipt by the Company of a written request from Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 8 (the date of such receipt being the “ Notification Date ”) and (B) the selection of an Independent Counsel, if such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel, then Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct; provided that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person or persons making such determination in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate information relating thereto. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of any Claim.

(d) Payment of Indemnification . If, in regard to any Losses:

(i) Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a) ;

(ii) no Standard Conduct Determination is legally required as a condition to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder; or

(iii) Indemnitee has been determined or deemed pursuant to Section 8(b) or Section 8(c) to have satisfied the Standard of Conduct Determination,

then the Company shall pay to Indemnitee, within 10 days after the later of (A) the Notification Date or (B) the earliest date on which the applicable criterion specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) is satisfied, an amount equal to such Losses.

 

- 7-


(e) Selection of Independent Counsel for Standard of Conduct Determination . If a Standard of Conduct Determination is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b)(i) the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Standard of Conduct Determination is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b)(ii) , the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either case, Indemnitee or the Company, as applicable, may, within five days after receiving written notice of selection from the other, deliver to the other a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not satisfy the criteria set forth in the definition of “Independent Counsel” in Section 1(j) , and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person or firm so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is properly and timely made and substantiated, (i) the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit; and (ii) the non-objecting party may, at its option, select an alternative Independent Counsel and give written notice to the other party advising such other party of the identity of the alternative Independent Counsel so selected, in which case the provisions of the two immediately preceding sentences, the introductory clause of this sentence and numbered clause (i) of this sentence shall apply to such subsequent selection and notice. If applicable, the provisions of clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to successive alternative selections. If no Independent Counsel that is permitted under the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(e) to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall have been selected within 20 days after the Company gives its initial notice pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8(e) or Indemnitee gives its initial notice pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 8(e) , as the case may be, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (“ Delaware Court ”) to resolve any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or to appoint as Independent Counsel a person to be selected by the Court or such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person or firm with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person or firm so appointed will act as Independent Counsel. In all events, the Company shall pay all of the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel incurred in connection with the Independent Counsel’s determination pursuant to Section 8(b) .

(f) Presumptions and Defenses .

(i) Indemnitee’s Entitlement to Indemnification . In making any Standard of Conduct Determination, the person or persons making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption and establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled. Any Standard of Conduct Determination that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by the Indemnitee in the Delaware Court. No determination by the

 

- 8-


Company (including by its directors or any Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not satisfied any applicable standard of conduct may be used as a defense to any legal proceedings brought by Indemnitee to secure indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company hereunder or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct.

(ii) Reliance as a Safe Harbor . For purposes of this Agreement, and without creating any presumption as to a lack of good faith if the following circumstances do not exist, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company if Indemnitee’s actions or omissions to act are taken in good faith reliance upon the records of the Company, including its financial statements, or upon information, opinions, reports or statements furnished to Indemnitee by the officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the course of their duties, or by committees of the Board or by any other Person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnity hereunder.

(iii) No Other Presumptions . For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any applicable standard of conduct or have any particular belief, or that indemnification hereunder is otherwise not permitted.

(iv) Defense to Indemnification and Burden of Proof . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Losses incurred in defending against a Claim related to an Indemnifiable Event in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any related Standard of Conduct Determination, the burden of proving such a defense or that the Indemnitee did not satisfy the applicable standard of conduct shall be on the Company.

9. Exclusions from Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to:

(a) indemnify or advance funds to Indemnitee for Expenses or Losses with respect to proceedings initiated by Indemnitee, including any proceedings against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees and not by way of defense, except:

(i) proceedings referenced in Section 4 above (unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous); or

 

- 9-


(ii) where the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such proceedings.

(b) indemnify Indemnitee if a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law.

(c) indemnify Indemnitee for the disgorgement of profits arising from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or any similar successor statute.

(d) indemnify or advance funds to Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation previously received by Indemnitee or payment of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in connection with an accounting restatement of the Company or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act).

10. Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Claim related to an Indemnifiable Event effected without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of the Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if an Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Claim related to an Indemnifiable Event in any manner that would impose any Losses on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

11. Duration . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period that Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company (or is serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, trustee or agent of another Enterprise) and shall continue thereafter (i) so long as Indemnitee may be subject to any possible Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event (including any rights of appeal thereto) and (ii) throughout the pendency of any proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) commenced by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret his or her rights under this Agreement, even if, in either case, he or she may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any such Claim or proceeding.

12. Non-Exclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder will be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Constituent Documents, the General Corporation Law of the

 

- 10-


State of Delaware, any other contract or otherwise (collectively, “ Other Indemnity Provisions ”); provided, however, that (a) to the extent that Indemnitee otherwise would have any greater right to indemnification under any Other Indemnity Provision, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder and (b) to the extent that any change is made to any Other Indemnity Provision which permits any greater right to indemnification than that provided under this Agreement as of the date hereof, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder. The Company will not adopt any amendment to any of the Constituent Documents the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

13. Liability Insurance . For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Company, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any pending Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to continue to maintain in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that to be provided by the Company immediately following the initial public offering of its common stock on a national securities exchange. In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by the Company, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are provided to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if Indemnitee is a director, or of the Company’s officers, if Indemnitee is an officer (and not a director) by such policy. Upon request, the Company will provide to Indemnitee copies of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials.

14. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee in respect of any Losses to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment under any insurance policy, the Constituent Documents, Other Indemnity Provisions or otherwise of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable by the Company hereunder. The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have rights to indemnification for Losses provided by [SPONSOR OR OTHER ENTITY] ( “Other Indemnitor(s)” ). The Company agrees with Indemnitee that the Company is the indemnitor of first resort of Indemnitee with respect to matters for which indemnification is provided under this Agreement and that the Company will be obligated to make all payments due to or for the benefit of Indemnitee under this Agreement without regard to any rights that Indemnitee may have against the Other Indemnitor(s). The Company further agrees that no payment of Expenses or Losses by the Other Indemnitor to or for the benefit of Indemnitee shall affect the obligations of the Company hereunder, and that the Company shall be obligated to repay the Other Indemnitor for all amounts so paid or reimbursed to the extent that the Company has an obligation to indemnify Indemnitee for such Expenses or Losses hereunder.

15. Subrogation . In the event of payment to Indemnitee under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee.

 

- 11-


Indemnitee shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

16. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Subject to Section 8 and Section 9 of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof, or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted indemnification, against any and all Losses if Indemnitee was or is or becomes a party to or participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or participant in, any Claim by reason of or arising in part out of an Indemnifiable Event, including, without limitation, Claims brought by or in the right of the Company, Claims brought by third parties, and Claims in which the Indemnitee is solely a witness.

(b) If the indemnification provided for in Section 15(a) for any reason is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in respect of any Losses referred to therein, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by Indemnitee as a result of such Losses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the Indemnifiable Event which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In connection with any registration of the Company’s securities, the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions that the net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and Indemnitee, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the applicable prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the securities so offered. The relative fault of the Company and the Indemnitee shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or Indemnitee and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and Indemnitee agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 15(b) were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. In connection with the registration of the Company’s securities, in no event shall Indemnitee be required to contribute any amount under this Section 15(b) in excess of the lesser of (i) that proportion of the total of such Losses indemnified against equal to the proportion of the total securities sold under such registration statement which is being sold by Indemnitee, if any or (ii) the proceeds received by Indemnitee from its sale of securities under such registration statement, if any. No person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

- 12-


17. Amendments . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a manually writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

18. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substances satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

19. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any portion thereof) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

20. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, by postage prepaid, certified or registered mail:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) if to the Company, to:

Amber Road, Inc.

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

1 Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, NJ 07073

 

- 13-


With a copy to Attn: General Counsel at the same address.

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

21. Governing Law and Forum . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court and not in any other state or federal court in the United States, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and (c) waive, and agree not to plead or make, any claim that the Delaware Court lacks venue or that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

22. Headings . The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

AMBER ROAD, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
INDEMNITEE

 

 

- 14-


Name:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

- 15-

Exhibit 10.14

INDIA NON JUDICIAL

Government of Karnataka

e-Stamp

 

Certificate No.    :    IN-KA04262532714456H
Certificate Issued Date    :    09-Oct-2009 05:27 PM
Account Reference    :    SHCIL (Fl)/ ka-shcil/ JC ROAD/ KA-BA
Unique Doc. Reference    :    SUBIN-KAKA-SHCIL04558614453771H
Purchased by    :    PRESTIGE ESTATES PROJECTS PVT LTD
Description of Document    :    Article 30 Lease of Immovable Property
Description    :    LEASE DEED
Consideration Price (Rs.)    :    0
      (Zero)
First Party    :    PRESTIGE ESTATES PROJECTS PVT LTD
Second Party    :    NEXTLINX INDIA PVT LTD
Stamp Duty Paid By    :    PRESTIGE ESTATES PROJECTS PVT LTD
Stamp Duty Amount(Rs.)    :    200
      (Two Hundred only)


LEASE DEED

THIS LEASE DEED (“ Lease Deed ”) IS MADE ON THIS THE NINTH DAY OF OCTOBER TWO THOUSAND AND NINE BETWEEN:

 

1. MR. IRFAN BASHEER , aged about 34 years, son of Mr. Mohammed Basheer Sait, residing at No. 17/9, Ali Asker Road Cross, Bangalore - 560 001, hereinafter referred to as Lessor No. 1 ;

 

2. MR. MIRZA MOHAMMED MEHDI , aged about 64 years, son of Late Mirza Hyder, and MR. SYED HUSSAIN RAZVI , aged about 47 years, son of late Syed Hadi Hussain Razvi, both presently residing at Flat No. 1-E, HVS Apartments, No.1, Edward Road, Bangalore -560 052, hereinafter collectively referred to as Lessors No. 2 ;

 

3. MR. MOHAMMED MASOOD SAIT ALIAS MASOOD KAREEM , aged about 55 years, son of Late Abdul Kareem Sait, residing at No. 153, 4 th Main, Defence Colony, Indiranagar, Bangalore - 560 038, hereinafter referred to as Lessor No. 3 ;

 

4. MR. IMRAN SAYEED , aged about 29 years, son of Mr. Mohammed Sayeed Sait, residing at No. 10, Da Costa Layout, First Cross, Cooke Town, Bangalore - 560 005, hereinafter referred to as Lessor No. 4 ;

 

5. MR. HASEEB KHADER ALIAS ABDUL KAREEM , aged about 44 years, son of Mr. Abdul Khader Sait, residing at No. 3/9, Artillery Road, Civil Station, Bangalore, hereinafter referred to as Lessor No. 5 ;

 

6. MR. MOHAMMED BASHEER SAIT , aged 65 years, son of Late Mr. Abdul Kareem, and MRS. SAYEEDA BASHEER , aged 57 years, wife of Mr. Mohammed Basheer Sait both residing at No. 17/9, Ali Asker Road Cross, Bangalore - 560 001, hereinafter collectively referred to as Lessors No. 6 ;

 

7. MRS. NAJMA BASHEER , aged 40 years, wife of Mr. Haroon Sait residing at Pinc View Apartments, No.9, Edward Road, Bangalore 560052, hereinafter referred to as Lessor No. 7 ;

 

8. MRS. FAZILA AHMED , aged 41 years, wife of Mr. Ahmed Sait residing at No. 95, Coles Road, Fraser Town, Bangalore 560005, hereinafter referred to as Lessor No. 8 ;

 

9. MR. IRFAN RAZACK , aged about 54 years, son of Late S. Razack, residing at No.21/22-3, Craig Park Layout, Off M.G.Road, Bangalore 560 001, hereinafter referred to as Lessor No. 9 ;

 

10. MR. REZWAN RAZACK , aged about 52 years, son of Late S. Razack, residing at No.37/18, Yellapa Chetty Layout, Ulsoor Road, Bangalore 560 042, hereinafter referred to as Lessor No. 10 ;


11. MR. ALTAF JAN , aged about 48 years, son of Mr. Jan Mohd. Sattar, residing at No.27, Spencer Road, Fraser Town, Bangalore 560005, hereinafter referred to as Lessor No. 11 ;

Lessors No. 1 to 11 shall be hereinafter collectively referred to as the LESSORS , (which expression shall, unless excluded by or repugnant to the subject or context thereof, be deemed to include their respective heirs, successors, permitted assigns, executors, administrators and legal representatives), of the FIRST PART ;

AND

M/S. NEXTLINX INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED , a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at NITON, 11, Palace Road, Bangalore 560 052 represented herein by its authorized signatory, Mr. Amish Seth (hereinafter referred to as the LESSEE , which expression shall, unless excluded by or repugnant to the subject or context thereof, be deemed to include its successors in office and permitted assigns) of the SECOND PART ;

AND

M/S. PRESTIGE ESTATE PROJECTS PRIVATE LIMITED , a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at “The Falcon House”, No.1, Main Guard Cross Road, Bangalore - 560 001 represented herein by its authorized signatory, Mr. Irfan Razack (hereinafter referred to as the CONFIRMING PARTY , which expression shall, unless excluded by or repugnant to the subject or context thereof, be deemed to include its successors in office and permitted assigns) of the THIRD PART .

(The Lessors, Lessee and the Confirming Party are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Parties and individually as a “ Party ”).

WHEREAS:

 

A. Each of the Lessors herein are the absolute owners, well and truly seized and possessed of and otherwise duly entitled, to the premises comprising of various units bearing Nos. 301, 301A, 301B, 302, 302A, 401, 402, 402A and 502 along with the car park(s) attached thereto, such units constituting whole of Level 3, Level 4 and portion of Level 5 in the commercial building known as PRESTIGE AL-KAREEM , located at No. 3, Edward Road, Civil Station, Corporation Division No. 72, Bangalore - 560 052, such property (being the said units along with 16 (sixteen) car parking spaces) measuring approximately 22,308 (twenty two thousand three hundred and eight) square feet of built up area, being more fully described in the Schedule herein (hereinafter referred to as the Demised Premises ”);

 

B. The Demised Premises forms a portion of a larger property located at site bearing No. 3, Edward Road, Bangalore ( Property ”), which was the absolute property of V.C. Rajrathnam and V.R. Chelvakumaran as joint owners, they having acquired the same vide a deed of partition dated February 17, 1943 registered as document No. 297/1942-1943 in the office of the Sub-Registrar, Civil Station, Bangalore;

 

Page 2


C. The Property was sold by V.C. Rajrathnam and V.R. Chelvakumaran in favour of (a) Ghulam Mahmood Sait, (b) Abdul Khader Sait, (c) Mohammed Mohsin Sait, (d) Mohammed Basheer Sait (the Lessor No. 6 herein), (e) Mohammed Sayeed Sait, and (f) Mohammed Masood Sait alias Masood Kareem (the Lessor No. 3 herein), all sons of Late Abdul Kareem Sait, vide sale deed dated October 30, 1969 registered as document No. 2423/1969-1970 in the office of the Sub-Registrar, Shivajinagar, Bangalore;

 

D. Ghulam Mahmood Sait and his five brothers who bought the Property, divided the same into six portions, by way of a family arrangement on February 18, 1974, wherein each brother acquired one portion;

 

E. In terms of an oral gift dated February 16, 1984 and a declaration of even date, Ghulam Mahmood Sait and Mohammed Mohsin Sait transferred their respective shares of the Property in favour of their younger brothers, Mohammed Masood Salt and Mohammed Sayeed Sait;

 

F. In terms of an oral gift dated November 5, 1998 and confirmed by a declaration dated April 13, 1999, Mohammed Sayeed Sait transferred his share of the Property (which included the portion he acquired under the family arrangement dated February 18, 1974 and the portion he acquired from his brother under the oral gift dated February 16, 1984) in favour of his son, Imran Sayeed (the Lessor No. 4 herein);

 

G. In terms of an oral gift dated December 13, 1998 and confirmed by a declaration dated January 18, 1999, Abdul Khader Sait transferred his share of the Property in favour of his son, Haseeb Khader alias Abdul Kareem (the Lessor No. 5 herein);

 

H. In terms of an oral gift dated December 26, 1998 and confirmed by a declaration dated January 22, 1999, Mohammed Basheer Sait transferred his share of the Property in favour of his son, Irfan Basheer (the Lessor No. 1 herein);

 

I. The Lessors No. 1, 3, 4 and 5 being absolute owners, in physical possession and actual enjoyment of the Property on which the Demised Premises is constructed, executed a partition deed dated May 26, 1999 registered as document No. 857/1999-2000 in the office of the Sub-Registrar, Shivajinagar, Bangalore, clearly identifying, demarcating and reaffirming their respective shares in the Property;

 

J. The Lessors No. 1, 3, 4 and 5 have obtained permission from the competent authority to use the Property for commercial purposes and to construct a commercial building on the same in accordance with the plan sanctioned by such authority;

 

K. The Lessors No. 1, 3, 4 and 5 entered into an agreement for development dated March 31, 2001 in respect of the Property with the Confirming Party. In accordance with the said agreement for development, the Confirming Party developed the said Property and constructed a commercial building on the same, such commercial building called Prestige AlKareem (hereinafter referred to as the “ Building ”) of which the Demised Premises is a part;

 

Page 3


L. The Lessors No. 1, 3, 4 and 5 executed a supplementary agreement dated February 20, 2002, with the Confirming Party in respect of the said development agreement dated March 31, 2001, whereby they identified the built-up areas of the Building falling into their respective shares and recorded such allocation of built-up area;

 

M. The Lessor No. 1 transferred a portion of the Building allocated to him in terms of the supplementary agreement dated February 20, 2002, being premises bearing Unit No. 301B, situated in the third floor of the Building (forming part of the Demised Premises) with a super built-up area of 1623 (one thousand six hundred and twenty three) square feet along with an undivided right, title and interest in 610.80 (six hundred and ten point eight zero) square feet of the Property on which the Building is constructed, in favour of his sister, Fazila Ahmed (the Lessor No. 8 herein) by way of an oral gift dated August 25, 2003 confirmed by a notarised affidavit of even date;

 

N. The Lessor No. 1 transferred a portion of the Building allocated to him in terms of the supplementary agreement dated February 20, 2002, being premises bearing Unit No. 301A, situated in the third floor of the Building (forming part of the Demised Premises) with a super built-up area of 1623 (one thousand six hundred and twenty three) square feet along with an undivided right, title and interest in 610.80 (six hundred and ten point eight zero) square feet of the Property on which the Building is constructed in favour of his sister, Najma Basheer (the Lessor No. 7 herein) by way of an oral gift dated August 25, 2003 confirmed by a notarised affidavit of even date:

 

O. The Lessor No. 1 transferred a portion of the Building allocated to him in terms of the supplementary agreement dated February 20, 2002, being premises bearing Unit No. G-01C, situated in the ground floor of the Building with a super built-up area of 1217 (one thousand two hundred and seventeen) square feet along with an undivided right, title and interest in 458 (four hundred and fifty eight) square feet of the Property on which the Building is constructed in favour of his father, Mohammed Basheer Sail (the Lessor No. 6 herein) by way of an oral gift dated August 25, 2003 confirmed by a notarised affidavit of even date;

 

P. The Confirming Party, being the power-of-attorney holder of Lessors No. 1, 3, 4 and 5 sold a portion of the Building, being premises bearing Unit No. 402, situated in the fourth floor of the Building (forming part of the Demised Premises) with a super built-up area of 2435 (two thousand four hundred and thirty five) square feet, together with 2 (two) covered car parking spaces in the basement, along with proportionate undivided interest in the Property on which the Building is constructed, in favour of Irfan Razack (the Lessor No. 9 herein) by way of a sale deed dated December 23, 2003, registered as document No. 4695/2003-2004 in the office of the Sub-Registrar, Shivajinagar, Bangalore;

 

Q.

The Confirming Party, being the power-of-attorney holder of Lessors No. 1, 3, 4 and 5 sold a portion of the Building, being premises bearing Unit No. 402A, situated in the fourth floor of the Building (forming part of the Demised Premises) with a super built-up area of 2435 (two thousand four hundred and thirty five) square feet, together with 2 (two) covered car parking spaces, along with proportionate undivided interest in the

 

Page 4


  Property on which the Building is constucted, in favour of Rezwan Razack ( the Lessor No. 10 herein) by way of a sale deed dated December 23, 2003 registered as document No. 4694/2003-2004 in the office of the Sub-Registrar, Shivajinagar, Bangalore;

 

R. The Confirming Party, being the power-of-attorney holder of Lessors No. 1, 3, 4 and 5 sold a portion of the Building, being premises bearing Unit No. 302, situated in the third floor of the Building (forming part of the Demised Premises) with a super built-up area of 2870 (two thousand eight hundred and seventy) square feet, together with 2 (two) covered car parking spaces, along with proportionate undivided interest in the Property on which the Building is constructed, in favour of M.S.A. Arbee and Fereda Arbee, both represented by their power-of-attorney holder, Ayub Khan by way of a sale deed dated January 1, 2004 registered as document No. 5369/2003-2004 in the office of the Sub-Registrar, Shivajinagar, Bangalore;

 

S. M.S.A. Arbee and Fereda Arbee, both represented by their power-of-attorney holder, Ayub Khan further jointly sold the premises bearing Unit No. 302 situated in the third floor of the Building (forming part of the Demised Premises) with a super built-up area of 2870 (two thousand eight hundred and seventy) square feet, together with 2 (two) covered car parking spaces, along with proportionate undivided interest in the Property on which the Building is constructed, in favour of Mirza Mohammed Mehdi and Syed Hussain Razvi (the Lessors No. 2 herein) by way of a sale deed dated September 7, 2006 registered as document No. 2519/2006-2007 in the office of the Sub-Registrar, Shivajinagar, Bangalore;

 

T. The Confirming Party, being the power-of-attorney holder of Lessors No. 1, 3, 4 and 5 sold a portion of the Building, being premises bearing Unit No. 502, situated in the fifth floor of the Building (forming part of the Demised Premises) with a super built-up area of 2827 (two thousand eight hundred and twenty seven) square feet, together with 1 (one) covered car parking space, along with proportionate undivided interest in the in the Property on which the Building is constructed, in favour of Altaf Jan (the Lessor No. 11 herein) by way of a sale deed dated January 1, 2004 registered as document No. 5516/2003-2004 in the office of the Sub-Registrar, Shivajinagar, Bangalore;

 

U. The Lessors being the absolute owners in possession of the Demised Premises have represented that (a) all necessary permissions have been obtained for construction of the Building “PRESTIGE AL-KAREEM”; (b) the sanctioned usage of the Building is commercial (office use); and (c) there is no legal impediment for using any office space in the Building “PRESTIGE AL-KAREEM” as office and for conducting business activities therefrom;

 

V. The Lessee is looking for an office space in Bangalore to house its office and the Lessors have agreed to lease the Demised Premises to the Lessee and the Lessee has agreed to take on lease the Demised Premises and in terms of the agreement, the Parties entered into an Agreement to Lease (the “ Agreement to Lease ”) on July 16, 2009, reducing into writing the terms on which the Lessors shall give on lease the Demised Premises and the Lessee shall take on lease the Demised Premises from the Lessors;

 

Page 5


W. NOW, therefore, in consideration of the rent agreed to be paid and the security deposit paid and maintained and of the reciprocal promises and obligations and mutual covenants between the Parties being recorded hereinafter, the Lessors and the Lessee, together with the Confirming Party, have entered into this Lease Deed.

NOW THIS LEASE DEED WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Deed of Lease, unless repugnant to the context thereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Space ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 18.1;

Applicable Laws ” shall mean and include any applicable central, state or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, bye-law, government order or direction, judgment, decree or order of a judicial or a quasi-judicial authority;

Agreement to Lease ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Recital V;

Building ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Recital K;

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than Sunday and any other public holiday on which banks and financial/public institutions in Bangalore, India are open for business;

Car Park Rent ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 5.1(ii);

Common Areas ” shall mean the area within the Building of which the Demised Premises is a part, which is demarcated for the common usage of all the occupants of the Building by the Confirming Party, including staircases, ducts, lifts and other common amenities, pathways, corridors, landscape areas, areas designated for the keeping and collecting of refuse, and refuge areas within the Building;

Day ” shall mean a day in accordance with the English calendar;

Demised Premises ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Recital A;

Dispute ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 27.1;

Fit-outs ” shall mean all that furniture, fixtures, fittings and facilities that have been installed in the Premises by the Confirming Party;

Force Majeure ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 24.1;

Initial Term ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 4;

Lease Commencement Date ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 3.1;

 

Page 6


Lease Deed ” shall mean this Lease Deed together with all its Annexures and Schedules;

Lessee Improvements ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 16.1;

Lock-in-Period ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 9.1;

Maintenance Charges ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 12.1;

Major Repairs ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 16.4;

Notice of Dispute ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 27.1;

Office Rent ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 5.1(i);

Property ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Recital B;

Renewal Term ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 4;

Rent ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 5.1;

Rent Commencement Date ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 3.2;

Rent Free Period ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 3.2;

Security Deposit ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 6.1; and

Unexpired Rent ” shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in Clause 9.1;

 

1.2 In this Lease Deed:

 

  (a) References to any statute or statutory provision or order or regulation made thereunder shall include that statute, provision, order or regulation as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced from time to time whether before or after the date hereof;

 

  (b) References to persons shall include body corporates, unincorporated associations, partnerships and any organisation or entity having legal capacity;

 

  (c) Headings to Articles are for information only and shall not form part of the operative provisions of this Lease Deed and shall not be taken into consideration in its interpretation or construction;

 

  (d) References to Recitals, Articles or Annexures are, unless the context otherwise requires, references to recitals, articles or Annexures of this Lease Deed;

 

  (e) Unless the context otherwise requires, reference to one gender includes a reference to the other, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

Page 7


  (f) References to the words “include” or “including” shall be construed as being suffixed by the term “without limitation”; and

 

  (g) The Schedules and Annexures to this Lease Deed form an integral part of this lease Deed and will be of full force and effect as though they were expressly set out in the body of this Lease Deed.

 

2. DEMISE

The Lessors hereby give on lease to the Lessee and the Lessee hereby takes on lease from the Lessors the Demised Premises, subject to the terms and conditions contained hereinafter in this Lease Deed.

 

3. COMMENCEMENT, POSSESSION AND RENT FREE PERIOD

 

3.1 The Lessors have handed over the possession of the Demised Premises, with the Fit-Outs installed therein by the Confirming Party, on September 10, 2009 (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”).

 

3.2 Rent Free Period and Rent Commencement : The Lessee shall be entitled to 15 (fifteen) days of rent-free occupation of the Demised Premises starting from the Lease Commencement Date (“ Rent Free Period ”). The obligation of the Lessee to pay rent in respect of the Demised Premises shall commence upon the expiry of the said 15 (fifteen) days’ Rent Free Period, with effect from September 25, 2009 (the “ Rent Commencement Date ”) and the Lessee shall pay rent for the Demised Premises at the rate agreed and reserved herein below.

 

4. DURATION OF THE LEASE

The Lessors and the Lessee agree that the lease shall be initially for a period of 3 (three) years commencing from the Lease Commencement Date (the “ Initial Term ”). At the end of the Initial Term, the lease may be renewed at the sole option of the Lessee for one further term of 3 (three) years (the “ Renewal Term ”) on the same terms and conditions as set out in this Lease Deed, subject to escalation in rent payable for the Demised Premises as provided in Clause 8 herein.

 

5. RENT

 

5.1 In consideration of the Lessors leasing the Demised Premises in favour of the Lessee, the Lessee undertakes to pay to the Lessors, every month, an amount of Rs. 8,13,511 (Rupees Eight Lakhs Thirteen Thousand Five Hundred and Eleven only) towards rent for the Demised Premises, starting from the Rent Commencement Date, calculated as follows:

 

  (i) Rs.35.75 (Rupees Thirty Five and Paise Seventy Five only) per square feet of the super built-up area of the office space in Level 3, Level 4 and portion of Level 5, having a total super built up area of 22,308 (twenty two thousand three hundred and eight) square feet aggregating to Rs. 7,97,511 (Rupees Seven Lakhs Ninety Seven Thousand Five Hundred and Eleven only) (the “ Office Rent ”); and

 

Page 8


  (ii) Rs.1000 (Rupees One Thousand only) per car park for 16 (sixteen) car parking spaces aggregating to Rs. 16,000 (Rupees Sixteen Thousand only) (the “ Car Park Rent ”). The Office Rent and the Car Park Rent are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Rent ”.

 

5.2 The payment of the Rent shall be made in advance, on or before 7 th (seventh) day of every calendar month, commencing from the Rent Commencement Date and for any delay in making the payment of the Rent, the Lessee shall be liable to pay the Rent along with an interest on the same at the rate of 12% (twelve per cent) per annum for the period of delay, from the date the Rent became due till the date of actual payment. It is further agreed that the Rent for the first month shall be pro-rated, in accordance with the Rent Commencement Date.

 

5.3 The Rent shall be paid to each of the Lessors in proportion to their ownership of the Demised Premises as follows:

 

SL
NO:

  

NAME OF THE LESSOR

   Office Rent
Payable

(in INR)
   Car park rent
(In INR)
   Total Rent per
month payable
for the first two
years

(In INR)

1

   Irfan Basheer    58,094    2000    60,094

2

   Mirza Mohammed Mehdi & Syed Hussain Razvi    1,02,603    2000    1,04,603

3

   Masood Kareem    17,875       17,875

4

   Imran Sayeed    17,875       17,875

5

   Haseeb Khader alias Abdul Kareem    1,91,978    5000    1,96,978

6

   Mohammed Basheer Sait & Sayeeda Basheer    17,875       17,875

7

   Najma Basheer    58,022    1000    59,022

8

   Fazila Ahmed    58,022    1000    59,022

9

   Irfan Razack    87,051    2000    89,051

10

   Rezwan Razack    87,051    2000    89,051

11

   Altaf Jan    1,01,065    1000    1,02,065
     

 

  

 

  

 

   TOTAL    7,97,511    16000    8,13,511
     

 

  

 

  

 

 

5.4 In the event the 7 th (seventh) day of the month by which time the Rent is payable, is a Sunday or a public holiday, the Rent shall be paid on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

5.5 The Rent payable by the Lessee to the Lessors shall be paid by the Lessee, subject to the deduction of income tax at source, at such rate as is required by law, if any. The Lessee shall issue a consolidated tax deduction certificate in respect of such deductions within 30 (thirty) days from the end of the financial year of the Lessee or the date of termination/expiry of the lease, whichever is earlier, as the case may be.

 

Page 9


6. SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

6.1 The Lessee shall keep deposited and maintained with the Lessors, during the term of the lease and any renewal thereof, as interest free refundable security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”), for securing due observance and performance of the terms of this Lease Deed, a sum of Rs.81,35,110 (Rupees Eighty One Lakhs Thirty Five Thousand One Hundred and Ten only) equivalent to 10 (ten) months’ Rent. Each of the Lessors shall be entitled to the Security Deposit in proportions as more fully detailed below:

 

SL
NO:

  

NAME OF THE LESSOR

   4 months deposit that
was paid upon the
signing of the
Agreement to Lease
(In INR)
   Balance that has been
paid at the time of
execution of this Lease
Deed

(In INR)

1

   Irfan Basheer    240376    360564

2

   Mirza Mohammed Mehdi & Syed Hussain Razvi    418412    627618

3

   Masood Kareem    71500    107250

4

   Imran Sayeed    71500    107250

5

   Haseeb Khader alias Abdul Kareem    787912    1181868

6

   Mohammed Basheer Sait & Sayeeda Basheer    71500    107250

7

   Najma Basheer    236088    354132

8

   Fazila Ahmed    236088    354132

9

   Irfan Razack    356204    534306

10

   Rezwan Razack    356204    534306

11

   Altaf Jan    408260    612390
     

 

  

 

   TOTAL    3254044    4881066
     

 

  

 

   TOTAL SECURITY DEPOSIT PAID    8135110

The Lessors, jointly and severally, hereby acknowledge the receipt of the Security Deposit from the Lessee.

 

6.2 On expiry or earlier termination of the lease herein, the Lessors shall refund the Security Deposit in full to the Lessee simultaneously with handing over of the possession of the Demised Premises by the Lessee. The Lessors hereby agree and undertake that the liability to refund the Security Deposit shall be joint and several.

 

6.3 Failure to refund the Security Deposit

In the event, upon earlier termination/expiry of the lease herein, the Lessors, jointly and severally, fail to refund the Security Deposit or any part thereof to the Lessee, or any Lessor fails to refund his portion of the Security Deposit or any part thereof to the Lessee, the Lessee will be entitled to enjoy the possession of the Demised Premises without payment of Rent, the Maintenance Charges (as defined in Clause 12.1 herein) or other

 

Page 10


charges for such further period, from the date of expiry of the lease or earlier termination thereof till the entire Security Deposit is refunded to the Lessee in full along with an interest on the same at the rate of 12% (twelve per cent) per annum for the duration of the delay, provided the Lessee does not use the Demised Premises during such further period for conducting its business operations.

 

7. CAR PARK

The Lessors shall provide to the Lessee, 16 (sixteen) reserved car parking slots, which shall be at the basement and surface levels of the Building, exclusively for the use of the Lessee as part of the Demised Premises and the Rent payable by the Lessee is inclusive of the Car Park Rent for such exclusive car parking slots as detailed in Clause 5.1(ii) herein.

 

8. ESCALATION IN RENT AND RENEWAL

 

8.1 The Rent (including Car Park Rents) payable by the Lessee to the Lessors shall be increased/ stand escalated by 10% (ten per cent) at the expiry of every 2 (two) years over the Rent paid for the immediately preceding 2 (two) years.

 

8.2 In the event the Lessee intends to exercise its option to renew the lease of the Demised Premises in accordance with Clause 4 herein, the Lessee shall issue a notice in writing of such intent to the Lessors at least 3 (three) months prior to the expiry of the Initial Term, and upon receipt of such notice from the Lessee the Lessors shall renew the lease in favour of the Lessee for the Renewal Term, subject to the Lessee and the Lessors executing and registering a fresh Lease Deed for the Renewal Term. The expenses towards executing the fresh lease deed for the Renewal Term, including towards stamp duty and registration charges, shall be at the cost of the Lessee. In the event of the Lessee opting to renew the lease as aforesaid, the Lessee shall continue to remain in possession of the Demised Premises, and pay the rents and other outgoings, as agreed, to the Lessors in respect of the Demised Premises till the time of execution and registration of the fresh lease deed for the Renewal Term, and the same shall not be called in question by the Lessors, or anyone claiming through them.

 

8.3 In the event the Lessee does not issue any notice electing to renew the lease as provided hereinabove, the lease of the Demised Premises in favour of the Lessee shall stand terminated at the expiry of the Initial Term.

 

9. LOCK-IN PERIOD AND TERMINATION

 

9.1

It is agreed between the Parties that the Lessee shall not be entitled to terminate the lease for the initial term of 33 (thirty three) months from the Lease Commencement Date, subject to issue of notice of termination under Clause 9.4 herein, except in the event of any material breach of the terms and conditions of this Lease Deed by the Lessors, or by any of the Lessors, as the case may be, and occurrence of any Force Majeure event. Such period of 33 (thirty three) months shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Lock-in Period ”. In the event the Lessee terminates the lease within the Lock-in Period, the Lessee shall be liable to pay the total aggregate Rent for the remainder portion of the

 

Page 11


  unexpired period of lease for the Initial Term (the “ Unexpired Rent ”). It is clarified that the Lessee shall not be required to pay the Unexpired Rent in the event that the Lessee terminates the lease during the Lock-in Period for reasons attributable to any material breach of the terms and conditions of this Lease Deed by the Lessors and occurrence of any Force Majeure event. For the purpose of this clause, the Lessee shall be deemed to have terminated the lease even if the Lessors have terminated the lease due to the default committed by the Lessee in payment of the Rent as provided herein below.

 

9.2 Notwithstanding the restrictions on the Lessee to terminate the lease during the Lock in Period, the Lessee shall have the sole right to terminate the lease without any further obligation in the event the Lessors commit material breach of the lease or in the event of the Demised Premises being rendered unusable for a continuous period of 30 (thirty) days for any reason not attributable to the Lessee. In the event the Lessee exercises such right to terminate the lease, the Lessee shall issue a written notice to the Lessors of such intention 30 (thirty) days prior to such intended termination and direct the Lessors to rectify such material breach within the said 30 (thirty) days. On failure on part of the Lessors to remedy/rectify such material breach of this Lease Deed to the satisfaction of the Lessors within 30 (thirty) days of the issue of the notice for termination, this Lease Deed shall stand terminated and the Lessors shall forthwith refund the Security Deposit to the Lessee.

 

9.3 The Lessors shall be entitled to terminate the lease only in the event the Lessee defaults in payment of Rent for a period exceeding 3 (three) months despite having received from the Lessors, a written notice issued 30 (thirty) days in advance of such intended termination, to pay the arrears of Rent.

 

9.4 After the expiry of the Lock-in Period of 33 (thirty three) months, the Lessee shall have the option terminate the Lease without assigning any reason whatsoever, by issuing 3 (three) months’ advance written notice of its intent to so terminate.

 

10. CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION

Upon expiry of the lease by efflux of time or its earlier termination in accordance with Clause 9 hereinabove, the Lessee shall remove itself, its servants, agents. Employees, executives, officers and each one of them who may be occupying the Demised Premises and all its/their movable articles, belongings, things and effects from the Demised Premises and hand over to the Lessors, the peaceful vacant possession of the Demised Premises in the condition it was handed over to the Lessee, subject to normal wear and tear. It is further clarified that the Lessee shall hand over peaceful vacant possession of the Demised Premises only upon the Lessors, jointly and severally, refunding to the Lessee the entire Security Deposit.

 

11. USE OF DEMISED PREMISES

During subsistence of the lease, the Lessee shall be entitled to peaceful, uninterrupted and exclusive possession and enjoyment of the Demised Premises and the Lessee shall have full access to the Demised Premises 7 (seven) days a week, 24 (twenty four) hours a day,

 

Page 12


365 (three hundred and sixty five) days a year. The Lessee shall, however, occupy and use the Demised Premises only as its office to conduct lawful business and for no other purposes.

 

12. MAINTENANCE AND WATER CHARGES

 

12.1 The Lessee shall, in addition to paying the Rent, bear and pay the common area maintenance charges (the scope of common area maintenance services is provided in the Annexure hereto) at the rate of Rs.3 (Rupees Three only) per square feet of the Demised Premises per month for maintaining the Common Areas and facilities in the Building, from the Lease Commencement Date (the “ Maintenance Charges ”). The Maintenance Charges payable by the Lessee to the Lessors may be increased by 10% (ten per cent) at the expiry of every 2 (two) years over the Maintenance Charges paid for the immediately preceding 2 (two) years. In any event, such increase of the Maintenance Charges does not render the Maintenance Charges payable by the Lessee to the Lessors higher than any other occupant(s) of the Building. Such charges shall be payable directly to the agency/body maintaining the common areas and facilities in the said Building and shall not be construed as Rent for the purposes of this Lease Deed.

 

12.2 The Lessee shall pay water charges for the water consumed in the Demised Premises directly to the concerned agency/body maintaining the Common Areas in the building of which the Demised Premises is a part, as per actual consumption by the Lessee and bills raised by such agency/body.

 

13. PAYMENT

All the payments to be made by the Lessee to the Lessors shall be by way of demand draft or by account transfer or by payee cheque, payable at par in Bangalore. The Lessors shall be entitled to securitizing the Rent receivable from the Lessee with any bank/financial institution and the Lessee shall, upon a written request from the Lessors, pay the Rent to such bank/financial institution as the Lessors may designate, either jointly or severally, and such payment by the Lessee shall be a valid and proper discharge of the Lessee’s obligation to pay the Rent under this Lease Deed.

 

14. POWER AND BACK-UP POWER

 

14.1 The Lessors shall provide 3 (three) phase electricity supply of 1 KVA for every 100 (hundred) square feet to the Demised Premises at their own cost and the Lessee shall pay for the electricity consumed as per the separate meter/s provided.

 

14.2 In the event the Lessee requires any additional power, the Lessors or the agency/body maintaining the Common Areas of the Building of which the Demised Premises is a part shall, subject to availability, provide the same on payment by the Lessee a non-refundable amount of Rs. 15,000 (Rupees Fifteen Thousand only) per KVA of additional power to the Lessors/or to such agency/body maintaining the Common Area. The payment of any amounts by the Lessee, in terms hereof, towards additional power supply, if any, shall not be construed as Rent or Security Deposit, for the purposes of this Lease Deed.

 

Page 13


14.3 The Lessors have agreed to provide either by themselves or through the agency maintaining the Common Areas and facilities of the Building of which the Demised Premises is a part, 100% (hundred per cent) power back-up through generator sets to the Demised Premises and consumption of back-up power shall be separately metered and billed at the rate of Rs. 17 (Rupees Seventeen only) per unit of back-up power consumed and the unit rate is subject to escalation from time to time.

 

15. AIR CONDITIONING

 

15.1 The Lessors or the agency/body maintaining the Common Areas in the Building of which the Demised Premises is a part, shall provide air conditioning to the Demised Premises. The normal hours for providing such air conditioning shall be 8.30 AM to 8.30 PM from Monday to Friday and 8.30 AM to 2.30 PM on Saturdays.

 

15.2 The Lessee shall bear the operating charges for providing air conditioning based on chilled water consumption, metered and billed at pro-rata basis at the rates applicable and shall pay the same to such agency/body maintaining the Common Areas operating the air-conditioning plant. The consumption of air conditioning made by the Lessee after normal hours, that is, after 8.30 PM on weekdays, that is, from Monday to Friday as stated above shall be 20% (twenty per cent) over the normal charges. This applies to Sundays and other public holidays. The charges towards the air conditioning shall be subject to increase from time to time based on the rates charged by the Bangalore Electricity Supply Company, the statutory body responsible for supplying electricity in Bangalore city. However, any such increase in the charges would, in no event be higher than that levied on the other occupants of the Building of which the Demised Premises is a part.

 

16. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

 

16.1 The Lessee shall use the Demised Premises carefully and diligently and shall not cause any willful damage to the Demised Premises, normal wear and tear excepted. The Lessee shall be entitled to install/carry out interior works, electrical and communication devices and any other office equipment in the Demised Premises as are required for its business activities (“ Lessee Improvements ”) and at its own cost and expenses and the Lessee shall be entitled to remove the Lessee Improvements at the time of vacating the Demised Premises.

 

16.2 The Lessee shall not be entitled to carry out any structural modifications to the Demised Premises without the prior written approval of the Lessors.

 

16.3 The Lessee shall, during the entire period of the lease, ensure all routine day-to-day maintenance of the non-structural parts of the Demised Premises at its own cost.

 

16.4

The Lessors shall be responsible for all structural repairs and maintenance of external electrical, water supply and sanitary systems installed at the Demised Premises and in the Building wherein the Demised Premises is situated. The Lessors shall take care of any major repairs including structural maintenance and other structural repairs of whatsoever nature to the Building, including the Demised Premises, including, but not limited to,

 

Page 14


  repairing water leakage from the terrace, beam cracks, cracks in walls, structural portions of the roof, the foundations of the Building, exterior load-bearing walls of the Building, which also may be in the nature of structural repairs, major leakage or repair necessitated by a tempest or fire, (not caused by any act of omission or commission of the Lessee), acts of terrorism, earthquakes or any other natural calamity as more fully described in Clause 24, (such repairs hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Major Repairs ”).

 

16.5 In the event that the Lessors fail to make such Major Repairs, the Lessee shall, by a notice in writing, call upon the Lessors to execute such repair or maintenance within a period of 30 (thirty) days from the date of receipt of such notice, and if the Lessors further fail to carry out the repair or maintenance as the case may be within the said period of 30 (thirty) days, or such further time as may be mutually agreed to by the Parties depending on the nature of such work; or if the Lessee determines that the Lessee is unable to occupy more than 75% (seventy five per cent) of the Demised Premises as a result of the Major Repairs, then, the Lessee may, including during the Lock-in Period, at its option, terminate this Lease Deed without any further liability or obligation to the Lessors and the Lessors shall refund the Security Deposit to the Lessee upon such termination.

 

17. SIGNAGE

The Lessee shall be entitled to display its signage(s) at the places designated for display of signage in/on the Building by the Lessors at no extra cost.

 

18. SUB-LETTING

The Lessee shall not be entitled to sub-lease or otherwise part with possession of the Demised Premises in favour of any third party without the written consent of the Lessors, which shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Lessors. However, the sublease or use of the Demised Premises by any group company, associate company, subsidiary company or holding company of the Lessee shall be permitted without such written consent.

 

19. ATTORNMENT

The Lessors shall be entitled to, during the subsistence of Lessee’s leasehold rights in the Demised Premises, dispose of or otherwise deal with the Demised Premises, either wholly or in several portions, without in any way affecting the leasehold rights of the Lessee over the Demised Premises. Any such transfer by the Lessors of the Demised Premises shall always be subject to the leasehold rights of the Lessee and the Lessors undertake to obtain from the transferee, an unconditional undertaking to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Lease Deed. The Lessors shall thereafter, provide the copy of the signed agreement executed with the transferee to the Lessee. In the event of the Lessors transferring the Demised Premises, either in whole or portions thereof, the Lessors shall transfer the Security Deposit, jointly or severally, as the case may be, to the transferee(s) and the transferee(s) shall hold the Security Deposit for the remainder of the Lease Term. The Lessee shall not be obliged or called upon to pay any additional Security Deposit to the transferees.

 

Page 15


20. TAXES AND LEVIES

 

20.1 The Lessors shall pay the property taxes, levies and other outgoings in respect of the Demised Premises and the Building promptly and in a timely manner. However, all taxes payable due to the business activities carried on by the Lessee in the Demised Premises shall be borne and paid by the Lessee.

 

20.2 The Rent, power consumption charges, Maintenance Charges, and back-up power consumption charges to be paid by the Lessee are all exclusive of service tax, value added tax (VAT) etc. which shall be borne by the Lessee as applicable.

 

21. LESSOR’S REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS

The Lessors represent, warrant and covenant with the Lessee that:

 

  (i) The Lessors have good and marketable title to the Demised Premises, free and clear of all charges, liens, claims, encroachments, mortgages, and encumbrances;

 

  (ii) The Lessors are well and truly entitled to enter into this Lease Deed in respect of the Demised Premises and/or to enter into these presents and the Lessors shall not do, omit or suffer to be done anything whereby its right to hold and enjoy the Demised Premises is avoided, forfeited or extinguished;

 

  (iii) The Demised Premises can be used as an office without any legal impediments and the Lessors have obtained all permissions from the competent authority to ensure the same;

 

  (iv) There is/are no restraints or obstruction/s on the Lessors to lease the Demised Premises in favour of the Lessee and the Lessee can peacefully occupy and use the Demised Premises for the purpose for which it has been leased;

 

  (v) The Lessors have obtained all the necessary approvals, consents, etc. under all applicable rules, laws, bye-laws, regulations, etc. and all statutory requirements in connection with the construction and/or use and/or occupation of the Demised Premises and the Building in which the same is situated have been duly complied with;

 

  (vi) The Lessee shall, at all times during the subsistence of the lease, be entitled to enjoy exclusive and peaceful possession of the Demised Premises as its office without any claim or hindrance from any one else;

 

  (vii) There are presently no encroachments on the Demised Premises and the Lessors are in absolute and uninterrupted possession of the Demised Premises;

 

  (viii) The Lessors have, either jointly or severally, not received any notice of violation of any law or municipal ordinance, order or requirement, having jurisdiction or affecting the Demised Premises at the date hereof;

 

Page 16


  (ix) There are no latent or structural defects, hidden or otherwise, in the Demised Premises, electrical, plumbing systems, and the same are in good and proper working order;

 

  (x) The Demised Premises have been constructed as per the approved plans and designs sanctioned in accordance with the Applicable Laws;

 

  (xi) There is presently no claim, action, litigation, arbitration, garnishee or other proceeding pending against the Lessors and relating to the Demised Premises/Building or the transactions contemplated hereby. There is presently no claim, governmental investigation or threatened litigation or arbitration proceedings in respect of the Demised Premises/Building. The Lessors shall give the Lessee immediate notice of any such claim, litigation, proceeding or investigation which becomes known to them prior to execution hereof;

 

  (xii) There are no pending land acquisition proceedings affecting the Demised Premises/Building or any part thereof, or any intended public improvements which will result in any charge being levied or assessed against the Demised Premises or in the creation of any lien upon the Demised Premises;

 

  (xiii) There are no leases or other agreements permitting usage/occupancy of the Demised Premises, or any portions thereof, nor have the Lessors entered into any course of conduct which would permit any person or entity (including any Governmental or quasi-governmental authority), to occupy any portion of the Demised Premises or otherwise affecting the Demised Premises or any part thereof;

 

  (xiv) The Lessors do not have any dues pending in respect of property taxes or other taxes nor any penalty in respect thereof that may be assessed against the Lessors;

 

  (xv) The Lessors shall ensure that the Lessee enjoys quiet and peaceful occupation of the Demised Premises during the term of the lease. It is clarified that the Lessee’s occupation of the Demised Premises cannot be restricted by the Lessors if the Lessee has not complied with the terms of this Lease Deed due to any subsisting default or breach by the Lessors; and

 

  (xvi) The Lessee after obtaining written consent from the Lessors shall, at its own cost and expense, be at liberty to install facilities and all other conveniences as the Lessee may think fit for or in connection with the full use, occupation and enjoyment of the Demised Premises by the Lessee.

 

22. INDEMNITY

The Lessors hereby, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and shall keep indemnified the Lessee against all costs, expenses, damages, penalties arising on account of the following:

 

  (i) The Lessee being prevented from using or occupying the Demised Premises, or any portions thereof, due to any defect in the title or ownership of the Lessors, either jointly or severally, to the same; or

 

Page 17


  (ii) Any representation or warranty made herein by the Lessors becoming untrue or false; or

 

  (iii) Breach by the Lessors, jointly or severally, of any covenant, representation warranty or term of this Agreement; or

 

  (iv) Misrepresentation by the Lessors to the Lessee, of any covenant or term of this Lease Deed; or

 

  (v) Any act done or omitted to be done by the Lessors or by their agents or representatives for reasons of negligence or otherwise, which prejudices the rights of the Lessee under this Lease Deed and the Lessee’s interest in the Demised Premises; or

 

  (vi) Any prosecutions, proceedings, or any other proceedings arising against the Lessee or the Demised Premises affecting any rights of the Lessee hereunder.

 

23. FORCE MAJEURE

 

23.1 In the event the Demised Premises or any part thereof is, at any time during the subsistence of the lease, destroyed or damaged due to fire, acts of God, earthquake, storm, tempest, flood, war, acts of terrorism, riots, violence of any army or a mob or other irresistible force or accident or by any other force majeure (hereinafter collectively referred to as a “ Force Majeure ” event) circumstances beyond the control of the Parties or in any other manner becomes wholly or partially unfit for occupation or use, the Rent payable by the Lessee to the Lessors shall be suspended till such time the Demised Premises is rendered fit by the Lessors at their own cost and expenses for occupation and use by the Lessee.

 

23.2 If the performance by either Party, of any of its obligations under this Lease Deed is prevented, restricted or interfered with by reason of fire, acts of God, earthquake, storm, tempest, flood, war, acts of terrorism, riots, violence of any army or a mob or other irresistible force or accident or by any other Force Majeur e circumstances beyond the control of the Parties, or by application of any law or regulation of any Government, or any act or condition whatsoever beyond the reasonable control of the Parties, such Party shall be exempted from such performance to the extent of such prevention, restriction, or interference, provided, however, that such Party shall give notice in writing within a period of 15 (fifteen) days from the date of occurrence of such event, providing a description of the said event to the other Party in such notice.

 

23.3 In the event of the occurrence of any event as described in the preceding paragraphs, or in any other similar situation, which prevents the Lessee from carrying on its business activities from the Demised Premises, it shall have the option to forthwith terminate this Lease Deed, and the Lessors shall, jointly and severally, forthwith refund the Security Deposit to the Lessee.

 

Page 18


23.4 Any dispute arising in relation to this Clause 24 shall be a dispute within the meaning of Clause 27 (Dispute Resolution) herein.

 

24. INSURANCE

 

24.1 The Lessors shall obtain and keep in force, adequate insurance cover to protect any loss and damage due to natural disasters, fire, acts of God, earthquake, storm, tempest, flood, war, acts of terrorism, riots, violence of any army or a mob or other irresistible force or accident causing damage to the Demised Premises and the Building wherein the Demised Premises is situated or any other assets of the Lessors provided to the Lessee.

 

24.2 The Lessee shall insure all the equipment, furniture and fittings brought in by it, and all other Lessee Improvements, during the subsistence of the lease, against any loss and damage due to fire accident, theft, robbery, civil commotion, riot, storm, tempest, flood or any inevitable accident or electrical short circuiting or any other irresistible force or an act of God.

 

25. GOVERNING LAW

The validity, construction and performance of this Lease Deed shall be governed, construed and the legal relations between the Parties shall be determined in accordance with the laws of India.

 

26. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

26.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease Deed, the following provisions apply if any dispute or difference arises between the Parties arising out of or relating to the lease of the Demised Premises (the “ Dispute ”). A Dispute will be deemed to arise when one Party serves on the other Party a notice in writing stating the nature of the Dispute (the “ Notice of Dispute ”). The Parties hereto agree that they shall use all reasonable efforts to resolve between themselves, any Disputes through negotiations.

 

26.2 Any Disputes and differences whatsoever arising under this Lease Deed, including the enforcement of the rights, duties, powers and obligations conferred under this Lease Deed, which could not be settled by the Parties through negotiations, after the period of 30 (thirty) Business Days from the service of the Notice of Dispute, shall be finally settled by arbitration by a sole arbitrator to be appointed by the Parties on mutual consent in accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.

 

26.3 All arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English and a daily transcript in English shall be prepared. The venue of arbitration shall be Bangalore, India.

 

26.4 The order of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on both Parties.

 

Page 19


26.5 Subject to the preceding paragraphs, the courts in Bangalore shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute, differences or claims arising out of this Lease Deed.

 

27. NOTICES

 

27.1 Any notice, information, intimation, or document required or authorised by this Lease Deed, shall be given in writing in English and shall be deemed to have been duly given or delivered to the other party:

 

  (a) Upon delivery by hand at the addresses referred to herein below and obtaining written acknowledgement in receipt thereof; or

 

  (b) Upon sending it by a recognized courier to the other Party at the addresses referred to herein below; or

 

  (c) Upon sending it by registered post acknowledgement due (RPAD) to the relevant Party at the address referred to herein below; or

 

  (d) Upon sending it by facsimile to the number provided by the Parties hereunder; or

 

  (e) Upon sending it by electronic mail at the e-mail address provided by the Parties in this Lease Deed.

Provided further that, that where more than one of the modes specified above are adapted, consequent to which, more than one date/s is/are available for deeming, the earliest among them shall be reckoned to be the deemed date.

 

27.2 The address and other details of the Parties for the purpose of communication, unless otherwise notified in writing to the other Party shall be as follows:

LESSORS:

At the addresses provided in this agreement

LESSEE:

Nextlinx India Pvt Ltd, Prestige Al-Kareem, 3 rd  & 4 th Floor, # 3, Edward Road, Bangalore — 560 052

 

28. STAMP DUTY AND REGISTRATION CHARGES

It is agreed that all expenses towards stamp duty and registration charges in relation to this Lease Deed shall be borne by the Lessee. The Parties agree that each Party shall bear its own legal costs arising out of the transactions contemplated herein.

 

Page 20


29. CUSTODY

This Lease Deed shall be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which will constitute one and the same instrument. The Lessee shall retain one set and the Lessors shall retain the other set.

 

30. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Lease Deed together with the Schedule and the Annexure hereto, constitutes and contains the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous communications, negotiations, commitments, either oral or written between the Parties respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

31. AMENDMENTS

No part of this Lease Deed or the terms of the lease herein created shall be amended, varied, substituted or changed in any manner except by a written instrument duly signed by the Parties hereto.

 

32. SEVERABILITY

If for any reason whatsoever, any provision of this Lease Deed is or becomes, or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the Parties will negotiate in good faith to agree on such provision to be substituted, which provisions shall, as nearly as practicable, leave the Parties in the same or nearly similar position to that which prevailed prior to such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

 

33. AUTHORITY

The Lessors hereby authorise the Confirming Party to represent them before the Lessee in all matters pertaining to this Lease Deed, in the latter’s capacity as the authorised representative of the Lessors. For any and all support to the Lessee, whether administrative or otherwise, the Confirming Party hereby agrees and accepts that it shall extend all such support and assistance for the entire Demised Premises belonging to the Lessors. It is hereby clarified that any obligation or agreement herein on the part of two or more Lessors shall bind each of them jointly and severally.

 

Page 21


SCHEDULE

DEMISED PREMISES

ALL THOSE UNITS bearing Nos. 301, 301A, 301B, 302, 302A, 401, 402, 402A and 502 together admeasuring a super built-up area of 22,308 (twenty two thousand three hundred and eight) square feet, with 16 (sixteen) car parking spaces in the commercial building known as PRESTIGE AL-KAREEM Edward Road, Civil Station, Corporation Division No. 72, Bangalore - 560 052 bounded on the:

 

North by:   

Edward Road

South by:   

Kareem Towers, Municipal Nos. 19/5 & 19/6, Sampangiramaswamy Temple Street

East by:   

Municipal No. 2 belonging to Mr. Natesan

West by:    Municipal No. 4, D’Villa Apartments

The area of the units and the car park attached thereto, together constituting the Demised Premises are as follows:

 

SL
NO:

  

NAME OF THE LESSOR

   UNIT NOS.    Area in Square
Feet
   Car Parks
1    Irfan Basheer    301    1625    2
2    Mirza Mohammed Mehdi & Syed Hussain Razvi    302    2870    2
3    Masood Kareem    302A    500   
4    Imran Sayeed    302A    500   
5    Haseeb Khader alias Abdul Kareem    302A    500   
      401    4870    5
6    Mohammed Basheer Sait & Sayeeda Basheer    302A    500   
7    Najma Basheer    301A    1623    1
8    Fazila Ahmed    301B    1623    1
9    Irfan Razack    402    2435    2
10    Rezwan Razack    402A    2435    2
11    Altaf Jan    502    2827    1
        

 

  

 

   TOTAL       22,308    16 NOS
        

 

  

 

 

Page 22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE EXECUTED THIS LEASE DEED AT BANGALORE ON THE DAY AND YEAR FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN.

 

Signed and delivered by the Lessors         Signed and delivered for and on behalf of the Lessee

1. Mr. Irfan Basheer

 

/s/ Irfan Basheer

     

M/S. NEXTLINX INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED by its authorized signatory, Mr. Amish Sheth

 

/s/

2. Mr. Mirza Mohammed Mehdi

 

/s/ Mirza Mohammed Mehdi

     

3. Mr. Syed Hussain Razvi

 

/s/ Syed Hussain Razvi

     

4. Mr. Mohammed Masood Sait

 

/s/ Mohammed Masood Sait

     

5. Mr. Imran Sayeed

 

/s/ Imran Sayeed

     

6. Mr. Haseeb Khader

 

/s/ Haseeb Khader

     

7. Mr. Mohammed Basheer Sait

 

/s/ Mohammed Basheer Sait

     

8. Mrs. Najma Basheer

 

/s/ Najma Basheer

     

9. Mr. Irfan Razack

 

/s/ Irfan Razack

     

10. Mrs. Fazila Ahmed

 

/s/ Fazila Ahmed

     

11. Mr. Rezwan Razack

 

/s/ Rezwan Razack

     

12. Mr. Altaf Jan

 

/s/ Mr. Altaf Jan

     

 

Page 23


Signed and delivered for and on behalf of the Confirming Party:      

M/S. PRESTIGE ESTATES PROJECTS PRIVATE LIMITED by its authorized signatory, Mr. Irfan Razack

 

     

 

     
WITNESSES:      
1.       2.

 

Page 24


ANNEXURE

SCOPE OF COMMON MAINTENANCE SERVICES

 

    Round-the-clock general security to the premises;

 

    Maintenance and up keep of common areas;

 

    Maintenance and up keep of landscaped area if provided;

 

    Illumination of the yard, corridors and common areas;

 

    Maintenance and operation of elevators of the building;

 

    Maintenance and operation of bore wells, sumps, overhead tanks and related motors to ensure water supply if provided;

 

    Maintenance and operation of generators for back up power;

 

    Payment of water bills consumed for common areas;

 

    Collection of electricity bills (HT) from KPTCL authorities and preparation and distribution of sub bills to occupants for their timely payment;

 

    Payment of electricity bills for common services including elevators, pumps, motors and common area lighting of the building;

 

    Provision of consumables and replacement of electrical fittings of common area;

 

    Maintenance of common electrical installation;

 

    Assistance in procuring additional power as per KPTCL norms and technical feasibility;

 

    Parking management as per agreement and regulating vehicles within the premises;

 

    Provisions of signage pertaining to common services;

 

    Insurance of building (structure and common equipments only);

 

    Periodical/ annual maintenance of the building like common area painting, repairs/ replacement of capital equipment/ major repairs etc., at cost to he shared by all owners as and when necessitated; and

 

    Any other services if feasible at cost.

 

Page 25

Exhibit 10.15

OFFICE LEASE

at

One Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

Between

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (LANDLORD)

and

MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS, INC. (TENANT)

DATED: October 5, 1998


ARTICLE ONE

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

1.01 BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

In the event of any conflict between these Basic Lease Provisions and any other Lease provision, such other Lease provision shall control.

 

(1)    BUILDING AND ADDRESS:    One Meadowlands Plaza
      East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073
(2)    LANDLORD AND ADDRESS:    Metropolitan Life Insurance
      Company, a New York corporation
      c/o Cushman & Wakefield of New Jersey,
      Inc. at the Building, Suite 1100
(3)    TENANT AND CURRENT ADDRESS:   
  

(a)    Name:

   Management Dynamics, Inc.
      One Meadowlands Plaza
      East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073
  

(b)    State of incorporation:

   New Jersey
(4)    DATE OF LEASE: The date hereof
(5)    LEASE TERM: Approximately five (5) years
(6)    COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date hereof
(7)    RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE: The forty third (43 rd ) day subsequent to the Commencement Date
(8)    EXPIRATION DATE: December 31, 2003
(9)    ANNUAL BASE RENT: One Hundred Three Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Four Dollars ($103,734.00) payable in equal monthly installments of Eight Thousand Six Hundred Forty Four Dollars Fifty Cents ($8,644.50)
(10)    REAL ESTATE BROKER: CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
(11)    RENTABLE AREA OF THE BUILDING: approximately 400,000 square feet
(12)    RENTABLE AREA OF THE PREMISES: approximately 3,842 square feet
(13)    SECURITY DEPOSIT: Seventeen Thousand Two Hundred Eight Nine Dollars ($17,289.00)
(14)    FLOOR LOCATION OF PREMISES: 8 th Floor
(15)    TENANT’S SHARE: .096%
(16)    TENANT’S USE OF PREMISES: General office use.

 

- 2 -


1.02 ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS

The exhibits set forth below and attached to this Lease are incorporated in this Lease by this reference:

EXHIBIT A. Plan of Premises

EXHIBIT B. [Intentionally Omitted]

EXHIBIT C. Building Specifications

EXHIBIT D. Rules and Regulations

 

1.03 DEFINITIONS

For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

AFFILIATE: Any corporation or other business entity which is currently owned or controlled by, owns or controls, or is under common ownership or control with Tenant and the word “control” shall mean the ownership of not less then 50% of the outstanding common stock of the entity under control.

ADJUSTMENT YEAR: The calendar year commencing January 1, 1999.

BUILDING: The office building located at One Meadowlands Parkway, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073.

COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date specified in Section 1.01(6) as the Projected Commencement Date, unless changed by operation of Article Two.

COMMON AREAS: All areas of the Real Property made available by Landlord from time to time for the general common use or benefit of the tenants of the Building, and their employees and invitees, or the public, as such areas currently exist and as they may be changed from time to time.

DECORATION: Tenant Alterations which are cosmetic in natures and which do not require a building permit and which do not involve any of the structural elements of the Building, or any of the Building’s systems, including, without limitation, its electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning, and security and life/safety systems.

DEFAULT RATE: Two percent (2%) above the rate then most recently publicly announced by The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. as its prime rate, as the same may fluctuate from time to time, but in no event higher than the maximum rate permitted by law.

ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS: Any Law governing the use, storage, disposal or generation of any Hazardous Material, including without limitation, the New Jersey Industrial Site Recovery Act and Spill Compensation and Control Act, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, all as amended from time to time.

EXPIRATION DATE: The date specified in Section 1.01(7) as the Projected Expiration Date unless changed by operation of Article Two.

FORCE MAJEURE: Any accident, casualty, act of God, war or civil commotion, strike or labor troubles, or any cause whatsoever beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, including, but not limited to, energy shortages or governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency, or by reason of government laws or any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof or any governmental agency, or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by war or other emergency.

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL: Such substances, materials and wastes which are or become regulated under any Environmental Law; or which are or become classified as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law; and explosives and firearms, radioactive material, asbestos, and polychlorinated biphenyls.

INDEMNITEES: Collectively, Landlord, any Mortgagee or ground lessor of the Property, the property manager and the leasing manager for the Property and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees.

LAND: The parcels of real estate on which the Building is located.

 

- 3 -


LANDLORD WORK: None. Tenant has examined and inspected the Premises and Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in their condition existing on the Commencement Date, including the fixtures affixed, and Tenant understands and agrees that no materials whatever are to be furnished by Landlord and no work whatever is to be performed by Landlord in connection with the Premises or any part thereof.

LAWS: All laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, other requirements, orders, rulings or decisions adopted or made by any governmental body, agency, department or judicial authority having jurisdiction over the Property, the Premises or Landlord’s or Tenant’s activities at the Premises and any covenants, conditions or restrictions of record which affect the Property.

LEASE: This instrument and all exhibits and riders attached hereto, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions contained in this Lease.

LEASE YEAR: The twelve month period beginning on the first day of the first month following the Commencement Date (unless the Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month in which case beginning on the Commencement Date), and each subsequent twelve month, or shorter, period until the Expiration Date.

MONTHLY BASE RENT: The monthly rent specified in Section 1.01(8).

MORTGAGEE: Any holder of a mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument encumbering the Property or Landlord’s interest therein.

NATIONAL HOLIDAYS: New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day and other holidays recognized by Landlord and the janitorial and other unions servicing the Building in accordance with their contracts.

OPERATING EXPENSES: All costs, expenses and disbursements of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the ownership, management, operation, maintenance, replacement and repair of the Property (including, without limitation, the amortized portion of any capital expenditure or improvement, together with interest thereon, and the costs of changing utility service providers). Operating Expenses shall not include, (i) costs of alterations of the premises of tenants of the Building, (ii) costs of capital improvements to the Building (except for the amortized portion of capital improvements installed for the purpose of reducing or controlling Operating Expenses or complying with applicable Laws), (iii) depreciation charges, (iv) interest and principal payments on loans (except for loans for capital improvements which Landlord is allowed to include in Operating Expenses as provided above), (v) ground rental payments, (vi) real estate brokerage and leasing commissions, (vii) advertising and marketing expenses, (viii) costs of Landlord reimbursed by insurance proceeds, (ix) expenses incurred in negotiating leases of other tenants in the Building or enforcing lease obligations of other tenants in the Building, including but not limited to rent concessions, legal fees, brokerage and advertising costs, space preparation costs (including work letters) or relocation costs, (x) Landlord’s or Landlord’s property manager’s corporate general overhead or corporate general administrative expenses, (xi) all amounts for services or materials paid to affiliates, subsidiaries or otherwise related entities to Landlord over and above current market amounts for the same services or materials, (xii) costs incurred in correcting defects to the Building or adding or deleting space from the Building, (xiii) repairs to the Building necessitated by condemnation or casualty, (xiv) any expense included by Landlord as an Operating Expense to the extent chargeable to another property of Landlord, (xv) financing or refinancing costs in connection with any mortgage, (xvi) costs for services provided to other tenants of the Building not provided to or available to Tenant, (xvii) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with a sale, transfer or other disposition of the Building or portion thereof, (xviii) costs incurred in connection with enforcement of other tenant leases in the Building, (xix) costs for overtime services provided to another tenant in the Building, (xx) costs incurred in connection with electrical surveys in the Building in connection with occupancy by others, (xxi) expenses incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence or the negligence of Landlord’s agents, servants or employees, (xxiii) any bad debt or rent loss or reserves for either, (xxiv) fines, penalties and other charges attributable to violations by Landlord of any other Building lease or agreement, (xxv) any amount for which Landlord is reimbursed by any source (other than pursuant to an Operating Expense escalation provision in a lease), (xxvi) . If any Operating Expense, though paid in one year, relates to more than one calendar year, at option of Landlord such expense may be proportionately allocated among such related calendar years, and (xxvii) Taxes.

 

- 4 -


PREMISES: The space located in the Building described in Section 1.01(10) and depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto.

PROPERTY: The Building, the Land, any other improvements located on the Land, including, without limitation, any parking structures and the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus located in or used in conjunction with any of the foregoing.

REAL PROPERTY: The Property excluding any personal property.

RENT: Collectively, Monthly Base Rent, Storage Space Rent, Rent Adjustments and Rent Adjustment Deposits, and all other charges, payments, late fees or other amounts required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.

RENTABLE AREA OF THE BUILDING: 400,000 square feet, which represents the sum of the rentable area of all office space in Building.

RENTABLE AREA OF THE PREMISES: The amount of square footage set forth in 1.01(10).

RENT ADJUSTMENT: Any amounts owed by Tenant for payment of Operating Expenses or Taxes. The Rent Adjustments shall be determined and paid as provided in Article Four.

RENT ADJUSTMENT DEPOSIT: An amount determined and/or re-determined by Landlord from time to time as being equal to one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of the estimated amount of Taxes and Operating Expenses owed by Tenant for an Adjustment Year. However, if any Mortgagee requires that Taxes be escrowed with it or paid at such times as would require a larger Rent Adjustment Deposit than provided for in the preceding sentence, then Landlord may require that the Rent Adjustment Deposit be in an amount and paid at times which would enable Landlord to satisfy the requirements of such Mortgagee.

SECURITY DEPOSIT: The funds specified in Section 1.01(11), if any, deposited by Tenant with Landlord as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease.

STANDARD OPERATING HOURS: Monday through Friday from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M., Saturday from 8:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M., excluding National Holidays, provided however, subject to a force majeure event, Tenant shall have access to the Building and Premises seven (7) days a week, twenty four (24) hours a day.

SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE: The completion of the Tenant Work, if any, except for minor insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments which remain to be done.

TAXES: All federal, state and local governmental taxes, assessments and charges of every kind or nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing, management, control or operation of the Property or any of its components, or any personal property used in connection therewith, which shall also include any rental or similar taxes levied in lieu of or in addition to general real and/or personal property taxes. For purposes hereof, Taxes for any year shall be Taxes which are assessed or become a lien during such year, whether or not such taxes are billed and payable in a subsequent calendar year. There shall be included in Taxes for any year the amount of all fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) paid by Landlord during such year in seeking or obtaining any refund or reduction of Taxes. Taxes for any year shall be reduced by the net amount of any tax refund received by Landlord attributable to such year. If a special assessment payable in installments is levied against any part of the Property, Taxes for any year shall include only the installment of such assessment and any interest payable or paid during such year. Taxes shall not include any federal or state corporate franchise, transfer, succession, inheritance, general income, gift or estate taxes, except that if a change occurs in the method of taxation resulting in whole or in part in the substitution of any such taxes, or any other assessment, for any Taxes as above defined, such substituted taxes or assessments shall be included in the Taxes.

TENANT ADDITIONS: Collectively, Tenant Work and Tenant Alterations.

TENANT ALTERATIONS: Any alterations, improvements, additions,

 

- 5 -


installations or construction in or to the Premises or any Real Property systems serving the Premises (whether done as part of Tenant Work); and any supplementary air-conditioning systems installed by Landlord or by Tenant at Landlord’s request pursuant to Section 6.01(b).

TENANT WORK: All work installed or furnished to the Premises by Tenant.

TENANT’S SHARE: The percentage specified in Section 1.01(13) which represents the ratio of the Rentable Area of the Premises to the Rentable Area of the Building.

TERM: The term of this Lease commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date.

TERMINATION DATE: The Expiration Date or such earlier date as this Lease terminates or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises terminates.

ARTICLE TWO

PREMISES, TERM AND FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION

 

2.01 LEASE OF PREMISES

Subject to the execution even date herewith of a certain “Second Amendment To Agreement Of Lease” (the “Scitex Amendment”) by and between Landlord and Scitex America Corp. (“Scitex”) whereby, inter alia , a portion of the rentable area in the Building leased to Scitex is being surrendered by Scitex and recaptured by Landlord, such portion being the area comprising the Premises, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term and upon the terms, covenants and conditions provided in this Lease. In the event Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease (except with respect to the payment of Rent) as of the date of such possession.

 

2.02 FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION

If Landlord shall be unable to give possession of the Premises on the Projected Commencement Date by reason of the following: (i) the holding over or retention of possession of any tenant, tenants or occupants, or (ii) for any other reason, then Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for the failure to give possession on said date. Under such circumstances the rent reserved and covenanted to be paid herein shall not commence until the Premises are made available to Tenant by Landlord, and no such failure to give possession on the Commencement Date shall affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder. At the option of Landlord to be exercised within thirty (30) days of the delayed delivery of possession to Tenant, the Lease shall be amended so that the term shall be extended by the period of time possession is delayed.

 

2.04 AREA OF PREMISES

Landlord and Tenant agree that for all purposes of this Lease the Rentable Area of the Premises and the Rentable Area of the Building as set forth in Article One are controlling, and are not subject to revision after the date of this Lease.

 

2.05 CONDITION OF PREMISES

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has leased the Premises after a full and complete examination, inspection and investigation thereof, as well as its present uses and non-uses, and accepts the same “AS IS” (including attached fixtures) without any representation or warranty, expressed or implied, in fact or by law, by Landlord and without recourse to Landlord as to the nature, condition (including latent defects) or useability thereof or the use or uses to which the Premises or any part thereof may be put. Tenant acknowledges, represents and warrants that neither Landlord, nor any agent or representative of Landlord, has made and does not make, and Tenant is not relying upon any representations or warranties as to the physical condition, quality, value, utility or character or any other matter or thing relating to or affecting the Premises, including, without limitation, its usefulness for any particular purpose.

 

- 6 -


ARTICLE THREE

RENT

Commencing the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at the office specified in Section 1.01(2), or to such other persons, or at such other places designated by Landlord, without any prior demand therefor in immediately available funds and without any deduction, offset or abatement whatsoever, Rent, including, without limitation, Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments in accordance with Article Four, during the Term. Monthly Base Rent shall be paid monthly in advance on the first day of each month of the Term, except that the first installment of Monthly Base Rent shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on the Rent Commencement Date. Monthly Base Rent shall be prorated for partial months within the Term. Unpaid Rent shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date due until paid. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent shall be independent of every other covenant in this Lease.

ARTICLE FOUR

RENT ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENTS

 

4.01 RENT ADJUSTMENTS

Tenant shall pay to Landlord Rent Adjustments during the Term as follows:

(i) The Rent Adjustment Deposit representing Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes attributable to any Adjustment Year (or portion thereof) monthly during the Term at the time when the Monthly Base Rent is due except the first installment which shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on the Rent Commencement Date; and

(ii) Any Rent Adjustments due in excess of the Rent Adjustment Deposits in accordance with Section 4.02.

 

4.02 STATEMENT OF LANDLORD

As soon as feasible after the expiration of each calendar year of this Lease, Landlord will furnish Tenant a statement (“Landlord’s Statement”) showing the following:

(i) Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Adjustment Year;

(ii) The amount of Rent Adjustments due Landlord for the Adjustment Year, less credit for Rent Adjustment Deposits paid, if any; and

(iii) The Rent Adjustment Deposit due monthly in the calendar year next following the Adjustment Year including the amount or revised amount due for months prior to the rendition of the statement.

Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of such statement any amounts for Rent Adjustments then due in accordance with Landlord’s Statement. Any amounts due from Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Section shall be credited to the Rent Adjustment Deposit next coming due, or refunded to Tenant if the Term has already expired provided Tenant, subject to applicable notice and cure periods, is not in default hereunder. No interest or penalties shall accrue on any amounts which Landlord is obligated to credit to Tenant by reason of this Section 4.02. Landlord’s failure to deliver Landlord’s Statement or in computing the amount of the Rent Adjustments shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of its right to deliver such items nor constitute a release of Tenant’s obligations to pay such amounts. The Rent Adjustment Deposit shall be credited against Rent Adjustments due for the applicable Adjustment Year. During the last complete calendar year or during any partial calendar year in which the Lease terminates, Landlord may include in the Rent Adjustment Deposit its estimate of Rent Adjustments which may not be finally determined until after the termination of this Lease. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent Adjustments survives the expiration or termination of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the sum of Monthly Base Rent and the Rent Adjustments be less than the Monthly Base Rent payable.

 

- 7 -


4.03 BOOKS AND RECORDS

Landlord shall maintain books and records showing Operating Expenses and Taxes in accordance with sound accounting and management practices, consistently applied. Tenant or its representative (which representative shall be a certified public accountant licensed to do business in the state in which the Property is located) shall have the right, for a period of thirty (30) days following the date upon which Landlord’s Statement is delivered to Tenant, to examine Landlord’s books and records with respect to the items in the foregoing statement of Operating Expenses and Taxes during normal business hours, upon written notice, delivered at least three (3) business days in advance. If Tenant does not object in writing to Landlord’s Statement within sixty (60) days of Tenant’s receipt thereof, specifying the nature of the item in dispute and the reasons therefor, then Landlord’s Statement shall be considered final and accepted by Tenant. Any amount due to Landlord as shown on Landlord’s Statement, whether or not disputed by Tenant as provided herein shall be paid by Tenant when due as provided above, without prejudice to any such written exception.

 

4.04 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY

For purposes of determining Rent Adjustments for any Adjustment Year if the Building is not fully rented during all or a portion of any year, Landlord may make appropriate adjustments to the Operating Expenses for such Adjustment Year employing sound accounting and management principles consistently applied, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been 95% occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such Adjustment Year. In the event that the Real Property is not fully assessed for any year, then Taxes shall be adjusted to an amount which would have been payable in such year if the Real Property had been fully assessed, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable judgment. In the event any other tenant in the Building provides itself with a service which Landlord would supply under the Lease without an additional or separate charge to Tenant, then Operating Expenses shall be deemed to include the cost Landlord would have incurred had Landlord provided such service to such other tenant.

ARTICLE FIVE

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Tenant concurrently with the execution of this Lease shall pay to Landlord the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit may be applied by Landlord to cure any default of Tenant under this Lease, and upon notice by Landlord of such application, Tenant shall replenish the Security Deposit in full by paying to Landlord within ten (10) days of demand the amount so applied. Landlord shall not pay any interest on the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall not be deemed an advance payment of Rent, nor a measure of damages for any default by Tenant under this Lease, nor shall it be a bar or defense of any action which Landlord may at any time commence against Tenant. In the absence of evidence satisfactory to Landlord of an assignment of the right to receive the Security Deposit or the remaining balance thereof, Landlord may return the Security Deposit to the original Tenant, regardless of one or more assignments of this Lease. Upon the transfer of Landlord’s interest under this Lease, Landlord’s obligation to Tenant with respect to the security deposit shall terminate upon assumption of such obligation by the transferee. Further, to the extent Landlord maintains tenant security deposits for the Building in an interest bearing account, the Security Deposit will be similarly maintained with interest credited to Tenant to the same extent interest is credited to other tenants.

If Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all the terms, provisions, covenants, and conditions of this Lease, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant after the following:

(a) the expiration of the Term of this Lease;

(b) the removal of Tenant and its property from the Premises;

(c) the surrender of the Premises by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with this Lease; and

(d) the payment by Tenant of any outstanding Rent, including, without limitation, all Rent

Adjustments due pursuant to the Lease as computed by Landlord.

 

- 8 -


ARTICLE SIX

SERVICES

 

6.01 LANDLORD’S GENERAL SERVICES

(a) So long as the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant has paid all Rent then due, Landlord shall furnish the following services:

 

(1) heat, ventilation and air-conditioning in the Premises during Standard Operating Hours, as necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises under normal business operations, subject to compliance with all applicable voluntary and mandatory Laws;

 

(2) tempered and cold water for use in lavatories in common with other tenants from the regular supply of the Building;

 

(3) customary cleaning and janitorial services in the Premises five (5) days per week, excluding National Holidays;

 

(4) washing of the outside windows in the Premises, weather permitting, at intervals determined by Landlord; and

 

(5) automatic passenger elevator service in common with other tenants of the Building and freight elevator service subject to reasonable scheduling by Landlord and payment of Landlord’s standard charges, as adopted from time to time.

(b) Wherever heat generating machines or equipment are used by Tenant in the Premises, the following additional provisions shall apply:

 

(1) If the use of such machinery exceeds the limits established in Exhibit C thereby affecting the temperature otherwise maintained by the air-cooling system or whenever the occupancy or electrical load exceeds the standards set forth in Exhibit C, Landlord reserves the right to install or to require Tenant to install supplementary air-conditioning units in the Premises. Tenant shall bear all costs and expenses related to the installation, maintenance, repair and operation of such units.

 

(2) Tenant shall pay Landlord at rates fixed by Landlord for all tenants in the Building, charges for all water furnished to the Premises for purposes other than general office use, including the expenses of installation of a water line, meter and fixtures.

 

6.02 ELECTRICAL SERVICES

(a) The electricity used during the performance of janitorial service or the making of alterations or repairs in the Premises by Landlord shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant also agrees to purchase from Landlord or its agents at competitive prices fixed by Landlord for all tenants in the Building all lamps, bulbs, ballasts and starters used in the Premises, and to pay a reasonable installation charge for any such items installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request. Landlord reserves the right to provide electricity to Tenant and in such event Tenant agrees to purchase electricity from Landlord at Landlord’s then current charges. Tenant shall make no alterations or additions to the electric equipment or systems without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance.

(b) If Premises are separately metered, Tenant shall make all necessary arrangements with the utility provider chosen by Landlord for furnishing, metering and paying for electricity furnished by it to Tenant and consumed on the Premises. Landlord shall permit Landlord’s wire and conduits, to the extent available and safely capable, to be used for such purposes.

(c) If the Premises are not separately metered for any reason, Tenant shall pay Landlord as additional Rent, in monthly installments at the time prescribed for monthly installments of Monthly Base Rent, an amount, reasonably estimated by Landlord from time to time, which Tenant would pay for such electricity

 

- 9 -


if the same were separately metered to the Premises by the utility provider chosen by Landlord and billed to Tenant at such utility provider’s then current rates. As of the date hereof, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that such charge for electricity is equal to One Dollar Thirty Five Cents ($1.35) per rentable square foot of the Premises

 

6.03 ADDITIONAL AND AFTER-HOUR SERVICES

At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall furnish additional quantities of any of the services or utilities specified in Section 6.01, if Landlord can reasonably do so, on the terms set forth herein. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written request for such additional services or utilities prior to 2:00 P.M. on Monday through Friday (except National Holidays) for service on those days, and prior to 2:00 P.M. on the last business day prior to Saturday, Sunday or a National Holiday. For services or utilities requested by Tenant and furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as a charge therefor Landlord’s prevailing rates for such services and utilities. If Tenant shall fail to make any such payment, Landlord may, upon notice to Tenant and in addition to Landlord’s other remedies under this Lease, discontinue any or all of such additional services.

 

6.04 TELEPHONE SERVICES

All telegraph, telephone, and electric connections which Tenant may desire shall be first reasonably approved by Landlord in writing, before the same are installed, and the location of all wires and the work in connection therewith shall be performed by contractors approved by Landlord and shall be subject to the direction of Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to designate and control the entity or entities providing telephone or other communication cable installation, repair and maintenance in the Building and to restrict and control access to telephone cabinets. In the event Landlord designates a particular vendor or vendors to provide such cable installation, repair and maintenance for the Building, Tenant agrees to abide by and participate in such program. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay all reasonable costs incurred in connection with the installation of telephone cables and related wiring in the Premises, including, without limitation, any hook-up, access and maintenance fees related to the installation of such wires and cables in the Premises and the commencement of service therein, and the maintenance thereafter of such wire and cables; and there shall be included in Operating Expenses for the Building all installation, hook-up or maintenance costs incurred by Landlord in connection with telephone cables and related wiring in the Building which are not allocable to any individual users of such service but are allocable to the Building generally. If Tenant fails to maintain all telephone cables and related wiring in the Premises and such failure affects or interferes with the operation or maintenance of any other telephone cables or related wiring in the Building, Landlord or any vendor hired by Landlord may enter into and upon the Premises forthwith and perform such repairs, restorations or alterations as Landlord deems necessary in order to eliminate any such interference (and Landlord may recover from Tenant all of Landlord’s reasonable costs in connection therewith). Upon the Termination Date, Tenant agrees to remove all telephone cables and related wiring installed by Tenant for and during Tenant’s occupancy, which Landlord shall request Tenant to remove. Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any of its agents or employees shall be liable to Tenant, or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, customers or invitees or anyone claiming through, by or under Tenant, for any damages, injuries, losses, expenses, claims or causes of action because of any interruption, diminution, delay or discontinuance at any time for any reason in the furnishing of any telephone service to the Premises and the Building.

 

6.05 DELAYS IN FURNISHING SERVICES

Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be in breach of this Lease nor be liable to Tenant for damages or otherwise, for any failure to furnish, or a delay in furnishing, or a change in the quantity or character of any service when such failure, delay or change is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, improvements or mechanical breakdowns by the act or default of Tenant or other parties or by an event of Force Majeure. No such failure, delay or change shall be deemed to be an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or from performing any other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, without any deduction or offset. Failure to any extent to make available, or any slowdown, stoppage, or interruption of, the specified utility services resulting from any cause, including, without limitation, changes in service provider or Landlord’s compliance with any voluntary or similar governmental or business guidelines now or hereafter published or any requirements now or hereafter established by any governmental agency, board, or bureau having jurisdiction over the operation of the Building shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either persons, property, or business, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant or work an abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant of Tenant’s obligations for

 

- 10 -


fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof. Should any equipment or machinery furnished by Landlord break down or for any cause cease to function properly, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair same promptly, but Tenant shall have no claim for abatement of Rent or damages on account of any interruption of service occasioned thereby or resulting therefrom. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any consequential damages. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in the event services supplied by Landlord are interrupted, suspended or materially curtailed, Landlord agrees to use due diligence and commercially reasonable efforts to restore such services as promptly as possible further provided that in the event the interruption, suspension or curtailment is the result of Landlord’s act, and Tenant cannot use or enjoy the Premises and conduct business therefrom as contemplated by this Lease for five (5) consecutive business days after written notice thereof to Landlord, Tenant’s Annual Base Rent shall be suspended until the Premises are again available for Tenant to use and enjoy and conduct business.

 

6.06 CHOICE OF SERVICE PROVIDER

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole option, to the extent permitted by applicable law, elect to change, from time to time, the company or companies which provide services (including, without limitation, electrical service, gas service, water and technical services) to the Building, the Premises and/or its occupants. Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant not less than thirty (30) days notice of any scheduled change. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not and does not make any representations or warranties concerning the identity or identities of the company or companies which provide services to the Building and the Premises or its occupants and Tenant acknowledges that the choice of service providers and matters concerning the engagement and termination thereof shall be solely that of Landlord. The foregoing provision is not intended to modify, amend, change or otherwise derogate any provision of this Lease concerning the nature or type of service to be provided or any specific information concerning the amount thereof to be provided. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and each of its service providers in connection with any change in service or provider.

ARTICLE SEVEN

POSSESSION, USE AND CONDITION OF PREMISES

 

7.01 POSSESSION AND USE OF PREMISES

(a) Tenant shall be entitled to possession of the Premises on the Commencement Date. Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises only for the uses specified in Section 1.01(14) to conduct Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not occupy or use the Premises (or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises) for any purpose or in any manner which: (1) is unlawful or in violation of any Law or Environmental Law; (2) may be dangerous to persons or property or which may increase the cost of, or invalidate, any policy of insurance carried on the Building or covering its operations; (3) is contrary to or prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Lease or the rules and regulations of the Building set forth in Article Eighteen; or (4) would tend to create or continue a nuisance.

(b) Tenant and Landlord shall each comply with all Environmental Laws concerning the proper storage, handling and disposal of any Hazardous Material with respect to the Property. Tenant shall not generate, store, handle or dispose of any Hazardous Material in, on, or about the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event that Tenant is notified of any investigation or violation of any Environmental Law arising from Tenant’s activities at the Premises, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord a copy of such notice. In such event or in the event Landlord reasonably believes that a violation of Environmental Law exists, Landlord may conduct such tests and studies relating to compliance by Tenant with Environmental Laws or the alleged presence of Hazardous Materials upon the Premises as Landlord deems desirable, all of which shall be completed at Tenant’s expense. Landlord’s inspection and testing rights are for Landlord’s own protection only, and Landlord has not, and shall not be deemed to have assumed any responsibility to Tenant or any other party for compliance with Environmental Laws, as a result of the exercise, or non-exercise of such rights. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Indemnitees from any and all loss, claim, expense, liability and cost (including attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in any way related to the presence of any Hazardous Material introduced to the Premises during the Lease Term by any party other than Landlord. If any Hazardous Material is released, discharged or disposed of on or about the Property and such release, discharge or disposal is not caused by Tenant or other occupants of the Premises, or their employees, agents or contractors, such release, discharge or disposal shall be deemed casualty damage under Article Fourteen to the extent that the Premises are affected thereby; in such case, Landlord and Tenant shall have the obligations and rights respecting such casualty damage provided under such Article.

 

- 11 -


(c) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.) and regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, as all of the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (collectively referred to herein as the “ADA”) establish requirements for business operations, accessibility and barrier removal, and that such requirements may or may not apply to the Premises and the Property depending on, among other things: (1) whether Tenant’s business is deemed a “public accommodation” or “commercial facility”, (2) whether such requirements are “readily achievable”, and (3) whether a given alteration affects a “primary function area” or triggers “path of travel” requirements. The parties hereby agree that: (a) Landlord shall be responsible for ADA Title III compliance in the Common Areas, except as provided below, (b) Tenant shall be responsible for ADA Title III compliance in the Premises, including any leasehold improvements or other work to be performed in the Premises under or in connection with this Lease, (c) Landlord may perform, or require that Tenant perform, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III “path of travel” requirements triggered by alterations in the Premises, and (d) Landlord may perform, or require Tenant to perform, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III compliance in the Common Areas necessitated by the Building being deemed to be a “public accommodation” instead of a “commercial facility” as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for requirements under Title I of the ADA relating to Tenant’s employees.

 

7.02 LANDLORD ACCESS TO PREMISES; APPROVALS

(a) Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts, wiring and conduits in and through the Premises, so long as Tenant’s use, layout or design of the Premises is not materially affected or altered. Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter upon the Premises in the event of an emergency, or to inspect the Premises, to perform janitorial and other services, to conduct safety and other testing in the Premises and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or the Building or other parts of the Property as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable (including, without limitation, all alterations, improvements and additions in connection with a change in service provider or providers). Janitorial and cleaning services shall be performed after normal business hours. Any entry or work by Landlord may be during normal business hours (except in the event of an emergency with respect to which any entry or work may be done at any time) and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any entry or work shall not materially interfere with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, except in cases of an emergency. Landlord shall also use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any installations made by Landlord within the Premises, including but not limited to piping, are concealed or boxed.

(b) If Tenant shall not be personally present to permit an entry into the Premises when for any reason an entry therein shall be necessary or permissible, Landlord (or Landlord’s agents), after attempting to notify Tenant (unless Landlord believes an emergency situation exists), may enter the Premises without rendering Landlord or its agents liable therefor (if during such entry Landlord or Landlord’s agent shall accord reasonable care to Tenant’s property), and without relieving Tenant of any obligations under this Lease.

(c) Upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, and if reasonably feasable, with a representative of Tenant present (other than in an emergency), Landlord may enter the Premises for the purpose of conducting such inspections, tests and studies as Landlord may deem desirable or necessary to confirm Tenant’s compliance with all Laws and Environmental Laws or for other purposes necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to ensure the sound condition of the Property and the systems serving the Property. Landlord’s rights under this Section 7.02(c) are for Landlord’s own protection only, and Landlord has not, and shall not be deemed to have assumed any responsibility to Tenant or any other party as a result of the exercise or non-exercise of such rights, for compliance with Laws or Environmental Laws.

(d) Landlord may do any of the foregoing, or undertake any of the inspection or work described in the preceding paragraphs without such action constituting an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, or giving rise to an abatement of Rent by reason of loss or interruption of business of Tenant, or otherwise.

 

- 12 -


7.03 QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that so long as Tenant is in compliance with the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to quiet enjoyment of the Premises without hindrance or interference from Landlord or those claiming through Landlord, and subject to the rights of any Mortgagee or ground lessor.

 

7.04 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

Tenant shall comply with and execute at its own expense during and throughout the term of this Lease, all Laws, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, concerning the Premises, its occupancy or use thereof, or its physical condition, however, Landlord agrees that unless a requirement is imposed that is caused by Tenant’s specific use or specific manner of use of the Premises or from an alteration performed by Tenant, Tenant shall have no obligation hereunder to perform any alterations to the Premises which are required to be made on a Building-wide basis in order to comply with laws, orders, or regulations of governmental authorities, or any directives of a public officer. Further, Landlord agrees that it shall cure any violation affecting the Premises or the Building that, as a result of Landlord’s act, would prevent or postpone Tenant from pursuing Tenant’s Work or Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises as contemplated by the Lease. Landlord also agrees that it will, using diligent and commercially reasonable efforts, seek to cause to be cured any violation affecting the Premises or the Building resulting from the act of another, other than Tenant.

 

7.05 PERMITS

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s expense, for obtaining any and all licenses, permits, authorization and approvals which may be required by any Law to be obtained for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises.

ARTICLE EIGHT

MAINTENANCE

 

8.01 LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE

Subject to the provisions of Article Fourteen, Landlord shall maintain and make necessary repairs to the foundations, roofs, exterior walls, and the structural elements of the Building, the electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning, mechanical, communication, security and the fire and life safety systems of the Building and those corridors, washrooms and lobbies which are Common Areas of the Building, except that: (a) Landlord shall not be responsible for the maintenance or repair of any floor or wall coverings in the Premises or any of such systems which are located within the Premises and are supplemental or special to the Building’s standard systems; and (b) the cost of performing any of said maintenance or repairs whether to the Premises or to the Building caused by the negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents, servants, licensees, subtenants, contractors or invitees, shall be paid by Tenant, subject to the waivers set forth in Section 16.04. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any expense, injury, loss or damage resulting from work done in or upon, or in connection with the use of, any adjacent or nearby building, land, street or alley.

 

8.02 TENANT’S MAINTENANCE

Subject to the provisions of Article Fourteen, Tenant, at its expense, shall keep and maintain the Premises and all Tenant Additions in good order, condition and repair and in accordance with all Laws and Environmental Laws. Tenant shall not permit waste and shall promptly and adequately repair all damages to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken glass in the interior of the Premises, fixtures or appurtenances. Any repairs or maintenance shall be completed with materials of similar quality to the original materials, all such work to be completed under the supervision of Landlord. Any such repairs or maintenance shall be performed only by contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and whose work will not cause or threaten to cause disharmony or interference with Landlord or other tenants in the Building and their respective agents and contractors performing work in or about the Building. If Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations set forth in this Section 8.02, Landlord may, in its sole discretion and upon 72 hours prior notice to Tenant (except without notice in the case of emergencies), perform the same, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord any reasonable costs or expenses incurred by Landlord upon demand.

 

- 13 -


ARTICLE NINE

ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

 

9.01 TENANT’S ALTERATIONS

(a) The following provisions shall apply to the completion of any Tenant Alterations:

 

(1) Tenant shall not, except as provided herein, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, make or cause to be made any Tenant Alterations in or to the Premises or any Property systems serving the Premises. Prior to making any Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord ten (10) days prior written notice (or such earlier notice as would be necessary pursuant to applicable Law) to permit Landlord sufficient time to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Subject to all other requirements of this Article Nine, Tenant may undertake Decoration work without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the names and addresses of all contractors and subcontractors and copies of all contracts. All Tenant Alterations shall be completed at such time and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate, and only by contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and whose work will not cause or threaten to cause disharmony or interference with Landlord or other tenants in the Building and their respective agents and contractors performing work in or about the Building. Landlord may further condition its consent upon Tenant furnishing to Landlord and Landlord approving prior to the commencement of any work or delivery of materials to the Premises related to the Tenant Alterations such of the following as specified by Landlord: architectural plans and specifications, opinions from engineers reasonably acceptable to Landlord stating that the Tenant Alterations will not in any way adversely affect the Building’s systems, including, without limitation, the mechanical, heating, plumbing, security, ventilating, air-conditioning, electrical, and the fire and life safety systems in the Building, necessary permits and licenses, certificates of insurance, and such other documents in such form reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord may, in the exercise of reasonable judgment, request that Tenant provide Landlord with appropriate evidence of Tenant’s ability to complete and pay for the completion of the Tenant Alterations such as a performance bond or letter of credit. Upon completion of the Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an as-built mylar and digitized (if available) set of plans and specifications for the Tenant Alterations.

 

(2) Tenant shall pay the cost of all Tenant Alterations and the cost of decorating the Premises and any work to the Property occasioned thereby. In connection with completion of any Tenant Alterations, other than Tenant Alterations made for Tenant’s initial use and occupancy of the Premises when no construction fee shall be required , Tenant shall pay Landlord a construction fee [at then prevailing rates for comparable jobs at comparable buildings in Northern New Jersey but in no event to exceed four (4%) percent of any such Tenant Alteration] and all elevator and hoisting charges at Landlord’s then standard rate. Upon completion of Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with contractors’ affidavits and full and final waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used in connection therewith and such other documentation reasonably requested by Landlord or any Mortgagee.

 

(3) Tenant agrees to complete all Tenant Alterations (i) in accordance with all Laws, Environmental Laws, all requirements of applicable insurance companies and in accordance with Landlord’s standard construction rules and regulations, and (ii) in a good and workmanlike manner with the use of good grades of materials. Tenant shall notify Landlord immediately if Tenant receives any notice of violation of any Law in connection with completion of any Tenant Alterations and shall immediately take such steps as are necessary to remedy such violation. In no event shall such supervision or right to supervise by Landlord nor shall any approvals given by Landlord under this Lease constitute any warranty by Landlord to Tenant of the adequacy of the design, workmanship or quality of such work or materials for Tenant’s intended use or of compliance with the requirements of Section 9.01(a)(3)(i) and (ii) above or impose any liability upon Landlord in connection with the performance of such work.

(b) All Tenant Additions whether installed by Landlord or Tenant, shall without compensation or credit to Tenant, become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord at the time of their installation and shall remain in the Premises, unless pursuant to Article Twelve, Tenant may remove them or is required to remove them at Landlord’s request.

 

- 14 -


9.02 LIENS

Tenant shall not permit any lien or claim for lien of any mechanic, laborer or supplier or any other lien to be filed against the Building, the Land, the Premises, or any other part of the Property arising out of work performed, or alleged to have been performed by, or at the direction of, or on behalf of Tenant. If any such lien or claim for lien is filed, Tenant shall within ten (10) days of receiving notice of such lien or claim (a) have such lien or claim for lien released of record or (b) deliver to Landlord a bond in form, content, amount, and issued by surety, satisfactory to Landlord, indemnifying, protecting, defending and holding harmless the Indemnitees against all costs and liabilities resulting from such lien or claim for lien and the foreclosure or attempted foreclosure thereof. If Tenant fails to take any of the above actions, Landlord, in addition to its rights and remedies under Article Eleven, without investigating the validity of such lien or claim for lien, may pay or discharge the same and Tenant shall, as payment of additional Rent hereunder, reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount so paid by Landlord, including Landlord’s expenses and attorneys’ fees.

ARTICLE TEN

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

10.01 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

(a) Without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant may not sublease, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or permit the transfer of this Lease or the encumbering of Tenant’s interest therein in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises, or any part thereof, by anyone other than Tenant. If Tenant desires to enter into any sublease of the Premises or assignment of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver written notice thereof to Landlord (“Tenant’s Notice”), together with the identity of the proposed subtenant or assignee and the proposed principal terms thereof and financial and other information sufficient for Landlord to make an informed judgment with respect to such proposed subtenant or assignee at least sixty (60) days prior to the commencement date of the term of the proposed sublease or assignment. If Tenant proposes to sublease less than all of the Rentable Area of the Premises, the space proposed to be sublet and the space retained by Tenant must each be a marketable unit as reasonably determined by Landlord and otherwise in compliance with all Laws. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of its approval or disapproval of the proposed sublease or assignment or its decision to exercise its rights under Section 10.02 within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s Notice (and all required information). In no event may Tenant sublease any portion of the Premises or assign the Lease to any other tenant of the Building. Tenant shall submit for Landlord’s approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) any advertising which Tenant or its agents intend to use with respect to the space proposed to be sublet or assigned.

(b) With respect to Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease, Landlord may take into consideration any factors which Landlord may deem relevant, and the reasons for which Landlord’s denial shall be deemed to be reasonable shall include, without limitation, the following:

(i) the business reputation or creditworthiness of any proposed assignee is not acceptable to Landlord; or

(ii) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment the proposed assignee or sublessee would diminish the value or reputation of the Building or Landlord; or

(iii) any proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s use of the Premises would violate Section 7.01 of the Lease or would violate the provisions of any other leases of tenants in the Building; or

(iv) the proposed assignee or sublessee is either a governmental agency, a school or similar operation, or a medical related practice; or

(v) the proposed sublessee or assignee is a bona fide prospective tenant of Landlord in the Building as demonstrated by a written proposal dated within ninety (90) days prior to the date of Tenant’s request; or

(vi) the proposed sublessee or assignee would materially increase the estimated pedestrian and vehicular traffic to and from the Premises and the Building.

 

- 15 -


In no event shall Landlord be obligated to consider a consent to any proposed (i) sublease of the Premises or assignment of the Lease if, subject to applicable notice and cure periods, a Default then exists under the Lease, or a fact or condition exists, which but for the giving of notice or the passage of time would constitute a Default, or (ii) assignment of the Lease which would assign less than the entire Premises. In the event Landlord wrongfully withholds its consent to any proposed sublease of the Premises or assignment of the Lease, Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy therefor shall be to seek specific performance of Landlord’s obligations to consent to such sublease or assignment.

(c) If Landlord chooses not to recapture the space proposed to be subleased or assigned as provided in Section 10.02, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a subletting or assignment under this Section 10.01. Any approved sublease or assignment shall be expressly subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Any such subtenant or assignee shall execute such documents as Landlord may reasonably require to evidence such subtenant or assignee’s assumption of such obligations and liabilities. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of all agreements executed by Tenant and the proposed subtenant and assignee with respect to the Premises. Landlord’s approval of a sublease or assignment shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to obtain Landlord’s consent to further assignments or subleases.

(d) For purposes of this Article Ten, an assignment shall be deemed to include a change in the majority control of Tenant, resulting from any transfer, sale or assignment of shares of stock of Tenant occurring by operation of law or otherwise if Tenant is a corporation whose shares of stock are not traded publicly. If Tenant is a partnership, any change in the partners of Tenant shall be deemed to be an assignment.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article Ten, Tenant shall have the right, without the prior written consent of Landlord, to sublease the Premises to an Affiliate or to assign this Lease to an Affiliate or the assignment of this Lease or the sublease of the Premises to any successor to the business of Tenant by virtue of a merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or stock but (i) no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the assignment or sublease, the assignee or sublessee shall execute documents satisfactory to Landlord to evidence such subtenant or assignee’s assumption of the obligations and liabilities of Tenant under this Lease, except in the case of any assignment which occurs by operation of law (and without a written assignment) as a consequence of merger, consolidation or non-bankruptcy reorganization ; (ii) within ten (10) days after the effective date of such assignment or sublease, give notice to Landlord which notice shall include the full name and address of the assignee or subtenant, and a copy of all agreements executed between Tenant and the assignee or subtenant with respect to the Premises; and (iii) within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s request, such documents or information which Landlord reasonably requests for the purpose of substantiating whether or not the assignment or sublease is to an Affiliate. In the case of a permitted transfer pursuant to this clause (e), any subsequent transaction whereby such Affiliate of Tenant shall cease to be an Affiliate of Tenant shall, unless in connection with another permitted transfer, constitute an assignment requiring Landlord’s prior written consent pursuant to this Article 10.

 

10.02 RECAPTURE

Except as provided in Section 10.01(e) Landlord shall have the option to exclude from the Premises covered by this Lease (“recapture”), the space proposed to be sublet or subject to the assignment, effective as of the proposed commencement date of such sublease or assignment. If Landlord elects to recapture, Tenant shall surrender possession of the space proposed to be subleased or subject to the assignment to Landlord on the effective date of recapture of such space from the Premises such date being the Termination Date for such space. Effective as of the date of recapture of any portion of the Premises pursuant to this Section, the Monthly Base Rent, Rentable Area of the Premises and Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

10.03 EXCESS RENT

Tenant shall pay Landlord on the first day of each month during the term of the sublease or assignment, seventy-five percent (75%) of the amount by which the sum of all rent and other consideration (direct or indirect) due from the subtenant or assignee for such month exceeds: (i) that portion of the Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments due under this Lease for said month which is allocable to the space sublet or assigned; and (ii) the following costs and expenses for the subletting or assignment of such space: (1) brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees and expenses, (2) advertising for subtenants or assignees; (3) the actual costs paid in making any improvements or

 

- 16 -


substitutions in the Premises required by any sublease or assignment; and (4) “free rent” periods, costs of any inducements or concessions given to subtenant or assignee, moving costs, and other amounts in respect of such subtenant’s or assignee’s other leases or occupancy arrangements. All such costs will be amortized over the term of the sublease or assignment pursuant to sound accounting principles.

 

10.04 TENANT LIABILITY

In the event of any sublease or assignment, whether or not with Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall not be released or discharged from and shall remain jointly and severally primarily liable for any liability, whether past, present or future, under this Lease, including any liability arising from the exercise of any renewal or expansion option, to the extent expressly permitted by Landlord. Tenant’s liability shall remain primary, and in the event of default by any subtenant, assignee or successor of Tenant in performance or observance of any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against said subtenant, assignee or successor. If Landlord grants consent to such sublease or assignment, Tenant shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to such assignment or sublease. In addition, if Tenant has any options to extend the term of this Lease or to add other space to the Premises, such options shall not be available to any subtenant or assignee, directly or indirectly without Landlord’s express written consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

10.05 ASSUMPTION AND ATTORNMENT

If Tenant shall assign this Lease as permitted herein, the assignee shall expressly assume all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder in a written instrument satisfactory to Landlord and furnished to Landlord not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the assignment. If Tenant shall sublease the Premises as permitted herein, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, within fifteen (15) days following any request by Landlord, obtain and furnish to Landlord the written agreement of such subtenant to the effect that the subtenant will attorn to Landlord and will pay all subrent directly to Landlord.

 

10.06 ADMINISTRATIVE FEE

As a further condition of Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional rent at the time such consent is requested, a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) to cover Landlord’s administrative costs in connection with such transaction, which fee shall include Landlord’s legal fees.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

11.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following shall constitute a “Default” by Tenant under this Lease:

(i) Tenant fails to pay any installment or other payment of Rent including Rent Adjustment Deposits or Rent Adjustments within ten (10) days after the date when due;

(ii) Tenant fails to observe or perform any of the other covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease and fails to cure such default within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof to Tenant (unless the default involves a hazardous condition, which shall be cured forthwith, or unless the failure to perform is a Default for which this Lease specifies there is no cure or grace period), except that if any default cannot be cured within such twenty (20) day period and Tenant diligently commences and in good faith continuously pursues a cure within such twenty (20) day period, such period to cure shall be extended for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days;

(iii) the interest of Tenant in this Lease is levied upon under execution or other legal process;

(iv) a petition is filed by or against Tenant to declare Tenant bankrupt or seeking a plan of reorganization or arrangement under any Chapter of the Bankruptcy Act, or any amendment, replacement or substitution therefor, or to delay payment of, reduce or modify Tenant’s debts, which in the case of an involuntary action is not discharged within thirty (30) days;

 

- 17 -


(v) Tenant is declared insolvent by law or any assignment of Tenant’s property is made for the benefit of creditors;

(vi) a receiver is appointed for Tenant or Tenant’s property, which appointment is not discharged within sixty (60) days;

(vii) any action taken by or against Tenant to reorganize or modify Tenant’s capital structure in a materially adverse way which in the case of an involuntary action is not discharged within sixty (60) days;

(viii) upon the dissolution of Tenant;

(ix) upon the third occurrence within any Lease Year that Tenant fails to pay Rent when due or has breached a particular covenant of this Lease (whether or not such failure or breach is thereafter cured within any stated cure or grace period or statutory period); or

(ix) Tenant having vacated or abandoned the Premises.

 

11.02 LANDLORD’S REMEDIES

(a) If a Default occurs, Landlord shall have the rights and remedies hereinafter set forth, which shall be distinct and cumulative: (i) Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice of Landlord’s election to do so, in which event, the term of this Lease shall end and all of Tenant’s rights and interests shall expire on the date stated in such notice, but Tenant shall nevertheless remain liable for the payment of Rent and all other sums due, payable and/or owing by it hereunder, which obligations shall expressly survive the termination of this Lease; (ii) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease by giving notice to Tenant that Tenant’s right of possession shall end on the date specified in such notice; or (iii) Landlord may enforce the provisions of this Lease and may enforce and protect the rights of Landlord hereunder by a suit or suits in equity or at law for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained herein, or for the enforcement of any other appropriate legal or equitable remedy, including recovery of all monies due or to become due for the balance of the Term from Tenant under any of the provisions of this Lease.

(b) (1) In the event that Landlord terminates this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages for loss of the bargain and not as a penalty, Rent for the balance of the Term, plus all of Landlord’s expenses of reletting, including without limitation, repairs, alterations, improvements, additions, decorations, legal fees and brokerage commissions (collectively, the “Reletting Expenses”), discounted to net present value at an interest rate equal to two (2%) percent above the prime rate of interest charged by Chase Manhattan Bank, or its successor.

 

(2) No termination of this Lease by Landlord as provided herein shall relieve Tenant of its liability and obligations under this Lease, and such liability and obligations shall survive any such termination. In the event of any such termination, whether or not the Premises shall have been relet, Tenant shall pay to Landlord each month the Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustment Deposits, and other payments required to be paid by Tenant up to the time of such termination, and thereafter Tenant, until the end of what would have been the term of this Lease in the absence of such termination, shall be liable to Landlord for, and shall pay to Landlord each month:

(i) The amount of the Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustment Deposits, and other payments which would be payable under this Lease by Tenant if this Lease were still in effect together with any and all costs, of any kind or nature whatsoever, paid or incurred by Landlord as a result of such termination, which costs shall be payable by Tenant forthwith, less

(ii) The net proceeds, if any, of any reletting, after deducting all of Landlord’s expenses in connection with such reletting, including all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, alteration costs, repairs and other expenses of preparation for such reletting.

 

- 18 -


Tenant shall pay such current damages (herein called the “deficiency”) to Landlord monthly on the days on which the Monthly Base Rent would have been payable under this Lease if this Lease were still in effect, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant each monthly deficiency as the same shall arise. However, if Landlord in its sole discretion so elects, at any time after any such termination, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s demand therefor, as and for liquidated and agreed final damages for Tenant’s default, an amount equal to the difference between the Rent and other payments reserved hereunder for the unexpired portion of the term of this Lease and the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises for the same period. If the whole or any part of the Premises be relet by Landlord for the unexpired term of this Lease or any portion thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall be deemed the fair and reasonable rental value for the whole or part of the Premises so relet during the term of the reletting. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the differences referred to above.

(c) In the event Landlord proceeds pursuant to subparagraph (a)(ii) above, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to relet the Premises, or any part thereof for the account of Tenant, for such rent and term and upon such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to Landlord. For purposes of such reletting, Landlord is authorized to decorate, repair, alter and improve the Premises to the extent reasonably necessary or desirable. If the Premises are relet and the consideration realized therefrom after payment of all Landlord’s Reletting Expenses, is insufficient to satisfy the payment when due of Rent reserved under this Lease for any monthly period, then Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand any such deficiency monthly. If such consideration is greater than the amount necessary to pay the full amount of the Rent, the full amount of such excess shall be retained by Landlord and shall in no event be payable to Tenant. Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums due to Landlord hereunder from time to time and that such suit or recovery of any amount due Landlord hereunder shall not be any defense to any subsequent action brought for any amount not theretofore reduced to judgment in favor of Landlord.

(d) In the event a Default occurs, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, enter into the Premises, remove Tenant’s property, fixtures, furnishings, signs and other evidences of tenancy, and take and hold such property; provided, however, that such entry and possession shall not terminate this Lease or release Tenant, in whole or in part, from Tenant’s obligation to pay the Rent reserved hereunder for the full Term or from any other obligation of Tenant under this Lease. Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of the Lease or law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed or stored by Landlord at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control. Any such property of Tenant not retaken from storage by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, shall be conclusively presumed to have been conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

 

11.03 ATTORNEY’S FEES

Tenant shall pay upon demand, all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in enforcing Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease, or resulting from Tenant’s Default.

 

11.04 BANKRUPTCY

The following provisions shall apply in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant:

(a) In connection with any proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code where the trustee of Tenant elects to assume this Lease for the purposes of assigning it, such election or assignment, may only be made upon compliance with the provisions of (b) and (c) below, which conditions Landlord and Tenant acknowledge to be commercially reasonable. In the event the trustee elects to reject this Lease then Landlord shall immediately be entitled to possession of the Premises without further obligation to Tenant or the trustee.

 

- 19 -


(b) Any election to assume this Lease under Chapter 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code by Tenant as debtor-in-possession or by Tenant’s trustee (the “Electing Party”) must provide for:

The Electing Party to cure or provide to Landlord adequate assurance that it will cure all monetary defaults under this Lease within fifteen (15) days from the date of assumption and it will cure all nonmonetary defaults under this Lease within thirty (30) days from the date of assumption. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge such condition to be commercially reasonable.

(c) If the Electing Party has assumed this Lease or elects to assign Tenant’s interest under this Lease to any other person, such interest may be assigned only if the intended assignee has provided adequate assurance of future performance (as herein defined), of all of the obligations imposed on Tenant under this Lease.

For the purposes hereof, “adequate assurance of future performance” means that Landlord has ascertained that each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

(i) The assignee has submitted a current financial statement, certified by its chief financial officer, which shows a net worth and working capital in amounts sufficient to assure the future performance by the assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; and

(ii) Landlord has obtained consents or waivers from any third parties which may be required under a lease, mortgage, financing arrangement, or other agreement by which Landlord is bound, to enable Landlord to permit such assignment.

(d) Landlord’s acceptance of rent or any other payment from any trustee, receiver, assignee, person, or other entity will not be deemed to have waived, or waive, the requirement of Landlord’s consent, Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for any transfer of Tenant’s interest under this Lease without such consent, or Landlord’s claim for any amount of Rent due from Tenant.

ARTICLE TWELVE

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

 

12.01 IN GENERAL

Upon the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender and vacate the Premises immediately and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in a clean, good and tenantable condition, ordinary wear and tear, and damage caused by Landlord or insured casualty excepted. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises. Tenant shall remove from the Premises all movable personal property of Tenant and Tenant’s trade fixtures, including, subject to Section 6.04, cabling for any of the foregoing. Tenant shall be entitled to remove such Tenant Additions which at the time of their installation Landlord and Tenant agreed may be removed by Tenant. Tenant shall also remove such other Tenant Additions as required by Landlord, including, any Tenant Additions containing Hazardous Materials. Tenant immediately shall repair all damage resulting from removal of any of Tenant’s property, furnishings or Tenant Additions, shall close all floor, ceiling and roof openings and shall restore the Premises to a tenantable condition as reasonably determined by Landlord. If any of the Tenant Additions which were installed by Tenant involved the lowering of ceilings, raising of floors or the installation of specialized wall or floor coverings or lights, then Tenant shall also be obligated to return such surfaces to their condition prior to the commencement of this Lease. Tenant shall also be required to close any staircases or other openings between floors. In the event possession of the Premises is not delivered to Landlord when required hereunder, or if Tenant shall fail to remove those items described above, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), at Tenant’s expense, remove any of such property and store, sell or otherwise deal with such property as provided in Section 11.02(b), including the waiver and indemnity obligations provided in that Section, and undertake, at Tenant’s expense, such restoration work as Landlord deems necessary or advisable.

 

12.02 LANDLORD’S RIGHTS

All property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to have been abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may deal with such property as provided in Section 11.02(d). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in removing any of Tenant Additions and in restoring the Premises to the condition required by this Lease at the Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 12.01 of this Lease, if any of the restoration to be performed by Tenant involves or may involve the structural integrity of the Building, or any of the Building’s systems, including, without limitation,

 

- 20 -


its electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning, and security and life/safety systems, then at Landlord’s election, such work shall be performed by Landlord’s contractors, at competitive prices, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such work.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

HOLDING OVER

Tenant shall pay Landlord the greater of (i) double the monthly Rent payable for the month immediately preceding the holding over (including increases for Rent Adjustments which Landlord may reasonably estimate) or, (ii) double the fair market rental value of the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord for each month or portion thereof that Tenant retains possession of the Premises, or any portion thereof, after the Termination Date (without reduction for any partial month that Tenant retains possession). Tenant shall also pay all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention of possession. The provisions of this Article shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any re-entry rights of Landlord and Tenant’s continued occupancy of the Premises shall be as a tenancy in sufferance. If Tenant retains possession of the Premises, or any part thereof for thirty (30) days after the Termination Date then at the sole option of Landlord expressed by written notice to Tenant, but not otherwise, such holding over shall constitute a renewal of this Lease for a period of one (1) year on the same terms and conditions (including those with respect to the payment of Rent) as provided in this Lease, except that the Monthly Base Rent for such period shall be equal to the greater of (i) 200% of the Monthly Base Rent payable during the month preceding the Termination Date, or (ii) 150% of the monthly base rent then being quoted by Landlord for similar space in the Building.

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

 

14.01 SUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY

(a) If any fire or other casualty (whether insured or uninsured) renders all or a substantial portion of the Premises or the Building untenantable, Landlord shall, with reasonable promptness after the occurrence of such damage, estimate the length of time that will be required to Substantially Complete the repair and restoration and shall by notice advise Tenant of such estimate (“Landlord’s Notice”). If Landlord estimates that the amount of time required to Substantially Complete such repair and restoration will exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the date such damage occurred, then Landlord, or Tenant if all or a substantial portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable, shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage upon giving written notice to the other at any time within twenty (20) days after delivery of Landlord’s Notice, provided that if Landlord so chooses, Landlord’s Notice may also constitute such notice of termination.

(b) Unless this Lease is terminated as provided in the preceding subparagraph, Landlord shall proceed with reasonable promptness to repair and restore the Premises to its condition as existed prior to such casualty, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustments and Force Majeure delays, and also subject to zoning laws and building codes then in effect. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease if such repairs and restoration are not in fact completed within the time period estimated by Landlord so long as Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to complete such repairs and restoration.

(c) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall be entitled to the full proceeds of any insurance coverage, whether carried by Landlord or Tenant, for damages to the Premises, except for those proceeds of Tenant’s insurance of its own personal property and equipment which would be removable by Tenant at the Termination Date. All such insurance proceeds shall be payable to Landlord whether or not the Premises are to be repaired and restored.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth: (i) Landlord shall have no duty pursuant to this Section to repair or restore any portion of any Tenant Additions or to expend for any repair or restoration of the Premises or Building amounts in excess of insurance proceeds paid to Landlord and available for repair or restoration; and (ii) Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section if any damage or destruction was caused by the act or neglect of Tenant, its agent or employees.

(e) Any repair or restoration of the Premises performed by Tenant shall be in accordance with the provisions of Article Nine hereof.

 

- 21 -


14.02 INSUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY

If the Premises or the Building is damaged by a casualty but neither is rendered substantially untenantable and Landlord estimates that the time to Substantially Complete the repair or restoration will not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the date such damage occurred, then Landlord shall proceed to repair and restore the Building or the Premises other than Tenant Additions, with reasonable promptness, unless such damage is to the Premises and occurs during the last six (6) months of the Term, in which event either Tenant or Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by giving written notice thereof to the other within twenty (20) days after the date of such casualty. [Notwithstanding the aforesaid, Landlord’s obligation to repair shall be limited in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.01 (d)(i) above.]

 

14.03 RENT ABATEMENT

Except for the negligence or willful act of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, if all or any part of the Premises are rendered untenantable by fire or other casualty and this Lease is not terminated, Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments shall abate for that part of the Premises which is untenantable on a per diem basis from the date of the casualty until Landlord has Substantially Completed the repair and restoration work in the Premises which it is required to perform, provided, that as a result of such casualty, Tenant does not occupy the portion of the Premises which is untenantable during such period.

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

EMINENT DOMAIN

 

15.01 TAKING OF WHOLE OR SUBSTANTIAL PART

In the event the whole or any substantial part of the Building or of the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority for any public use or purpose (including a deed given in lieu of condemnation), this Lease shall terminate as of the date title vests in such authority, and Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments shall be apportioned as of the Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth, in the event the taking is temporary (for less than the remaining term of the Lease), Landlord may elect either (i) to terminate this Lease or (ii) permit Tenant to receive the entire award attributable to the Premises in which case Tenant shall continue to pay Rent and this Lease shall not terminate.

 

15.02 TAKING OF PART

In the event a part of the Building or the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority (or a deed is delivered in lieu of condemnation) and this Lease is not terminated, the Lease shall be amended to reduce or increase, as the case may be, the Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share to reflect the Rentable Area of the Premises or Building, as the case may be, remaining after any such taking or condemnation. Landlord, upon receipt and to the extent of the award in condemnation (or proceeds of sale) shall make necessary repairs and restorations to the Premises (exclusive of Tenant Additions) and to the Building to the extent necessary to constitute the portion of the Building not so taken or condemned as a complete architectural and economically efficient unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as a result of any taking, or a governmental order that the grade of any street or alley adjacent to the Building is to be changed and such taking or change of grade makes it necessary or desirable to substantially remodel or restore the Building or prevents the economical operation of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Tenant.

 

15.03 COMPENSATION

Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award (or sale proceeds) from any such taking, condemnation or sale without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right separately to pursue against the condemning authority a separate award in respect of the loss, if any, to Tenant Additions paid for by Tenant without any credit or allowance from Landlord so long as there is no diminution of Landlord’s award as a result.

 

- 22 -


ARTICLE SIXTEEN

INSURANCE

 

16.01 TENANT’S INSURANCE

Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, agrees to maintain in force, with a company or companies acceptable to Landlord, during the Term: (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance on a primary basis and without any right of contribution from any insurance carried by Landlord covering the Premises on an occurrence basis against all claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death and property damage, including contractual liability covering the indemnification provisions in this Lease. Such insurance shall be for such limits that are reasonably required by Landlord from time to time but not less than a combined single limit of Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00); (b) Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance for an amount of not less than One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00), both in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey; (c) “All Risks” property insurance in an amount adequate to cover the full replacement cost of all equipment, installations, fixtures and contents of the Premises in the event of loss and any such policy shall contain a provision requiring the insurance carriers to waive their rights of subrogation against Landlord; (d) In the event a motor vehicle is to be used by Tenant in connection with its business operation from the Premises, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance coverage with limits of not less than Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) combined single limit coverage against bodily injury liability and property damage liability arising out of the use by or on behalf of Tenant, its agents and employees in connection with this Lease, of any owned, non-owned or hired motor vehicles; and (e) such other insurance or coverages as Landlord or any Mortgagee reasonably requires.

 

16.02 FORM OF POLICIES

Each policy referred to in 16.01 shall satisfy the following requirements. Each policy shall (i) name Landlord and the Indemnitees as additional insureds (except Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance), (ii) be issued by one or more responsible insurance companies licensed to do business in the State of New Jersey reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and any Mortgagee, (iii) where applicable, provide for deductible amounts satisfactory to Landlord and not permit co-insurance, (iv) shall provide that such insurance may not be canceled or amended without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and any Mortgagee, and (v) shall provide that the policy shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss, any or all rights of recovery against any other party for losses covered by such policies. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, certificates of insurance and at Landlord’s request, copies of all policies and renewals thereof to be maintained by Tenant hereunder, not less than ten (10) days prior to the Commencement Date and not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration date of each policy.

 

16.03 LANDLORD’S INSURANCE

Landlord agrees to purchase and keep in full force and effect during the Term hereof, including any extensions or renewals thereof, insurance under policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility, qualified to do business in the State of New Jersey on the Building in amounts not less than the greater of eighty (80%) percent of the then full replacement cost (without depreciation) of the Building (above foundations) or an amount sufficient to prevent Landlord from becoming a co-insurer under the terms of the applicable policies, against fire and such other risks as may be included in standard forms of all risk coverage insurance reasonably available from time to time. Landlord agrees to maintain in force during the Term, Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the Building on an occurrence basis against all claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death and property damage. Such insurance shall be for a combined single limit of Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00). Neither Landlord’s obligation to carry such insurance nor the carrying of such insurance shall be deemed to be an indemnity by Landlord with respect to any claim, liability, loss, cost or expense due, in whole or in part, to Tenant’s negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct and Tenant shall have no right to any proceeds obtained or received by Landlord with respect to any such insurance.

 

16.04 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

(a) Landlord agrees that, if obtainable at no, or minimal, additional cost, and so long as the same is permitted under the laws of the State of New Jersey, it will include in its “All Risks” policies appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance companies (i) waive all right of subrogation against Tenant with respect to losses payable under such policies and/or (ii) agree that such policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policies.

 

- 23 -


(b) Tenant agrees to include, if obtainable at no, or minimal, additional cost, and so long as the same is permitted under the laws of the State of New Jersey, in its “All Risks” insurance policy or policies on its furniture, furnishings, fixtures and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions of this Lease appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance company or companies (i) waive the right of subrogation against Landlord and/or any tenant of space in the Building with respect to losses payable under such policy or policies and/or (ii) agree that such policy or policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policy or policies. If Tenant is unable to obtain in such policy or policies either of the clauses described in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall, if legally possible and without necessitating a change in insurance carriers, have Landlord named in such policy or policies as an additional insured. If Landlord shall be named as an additional insured in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord agrees to endorse promptly to the order of Tenant, without recourse, any check, draft, or order for the payment of money representing the proceeds of any such policy or representing any other payment growing out of or connected with said policies, and Landlord does hereby irrevocably waive any and all rights in and to such proceeds and payments.

(c) Provided that Landlord’s right of full recovery under its policy or policies aforesaid is not adversely affected or prejudiced thereby, Landlord hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Tenant, its servants, agents and employees, for loss or damage occurring to the Building and the fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein, to the extent the same is covered by Landlord’s insurance, notwithstanding that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Tenant, its servants, agents or employees. Provided that Tenant’s right of full recovery under its aforesaid policy or policies is not adversely affected or prejudiced thereby, Tenant hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Landlord, its servants, and employees and against every other tenant in the Building who shall have executed a similar waiver as set forth in this Section 16.04 (c) for loss or damage to Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions hereof to the extent that same is covered or coverable by Tenant’s insurance required under this Lease, notwithstanding that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Landlord, its servants, agents or employees, or such other tenant and the servants, agents or employees thereof.

(d) Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to advise the other promptly if the clauses to be included in their respective insurance policies pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (b) above cannot be obtained on the terms hereinbefore provided and thereafter to furnish the other with a certificate of insurance or copy of such policies showing the naming of the other as an additional insured, as aforesaid. Landlord and Tenant hereby also agree to notify the other promptly of any cancellation or change of the terms of any such policy which would affect such clauses or naming. All such policies which name both Landlord and Tenant as additional insureds shall, to the extent obtainable, contain agreements by the insurers to the effect that no act or omission of any additional insured will invalidate the policy as to the other additional insureds.

 

16.05 NOTICE OF CASUALTY

Tenant shall give Landlord notice in case of a fire or accident in the Premises promptly after Tenant is aware of such event.

ARTICLE SEVENTEEN

WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY

 

17.01 WAIVER OF CLAIMS

To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant releases the Indemnitees from, and waives all claims for, damage to person or property sustained by Tenant or any occupant of the Premises or the Property resulting directly or indirectly from any existing or future condition, defect, matter or thing in and about the Premises or the Property or any part of either or any equipment or appurtenance therein, or resulting from any accident in or about the Premises or the Property, or resulting directly or indirectly from any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Property or of any other person, including Landlord’s agents and servants, except to the extent caused by the willful and wrongful act of any of the Indemnitees. To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant hereby waives any consequential damages,

 

- 24 -


compensation or claims for inconvenience or loss of business, rents, or profits as a result of such injury or damage, whether or not caused by the willful, negligent or wrongful act of any of the Indemnitees. If any such damage, whether to the Premises or the Property or any part of either, or whether to Landlord or to other tenants in the Property, results from any act or neglect of Tenant, its employees, servants, agents, contractors, invitees or customers, Tenant shall be liable therefor and Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, repair such damage and Tenant shall, upon demand by Landlord, as payment of additional Rent hereunder, reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days of demand for the total cost of such repairs, in excess of amounts, if any, paid to Landlord under insurance covering such damages. Tenant shall not be liable for any such damage caused by its acts or neglect if Landlord or a tenant has recovered the full amount of the damage from proceeds of insurance policies and the insurance company has waived its right of subrogation against Tenant.

 

17.02 INDEMNITY BY TENANT

To the extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the Indemnitees harmless against any and all actions, claims, demands, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses for the defense thereof, arising from Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, from the undertaking of any Tenant Additions or repairs to the Premises, from the conduct of Tenant’s business on the Premises, or from any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Tenant to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or from any willful or negligent act of Tenant, its agents, contractors, servants, employees, customers or invitees, in or about the Premises, but only to the extent of Landlord’s liability, if any, in excess of amounts, if any, paid to Landlord under insurance covering such claims or liabilities. In case of any action or proceeding brought against the Indemnitees by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

ARTICLE EIGHTEEN

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

18.01 RULES

Tenant agrees for itself and for its subtenants, employees, agents, and invitees to comply with the rules and regulations listed on Exhibit D attached hereto and with all reasonable modifications and additions thereto which Landlord may make from time to time.

 

18.02 ENFORCEMENT

Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the rules and regulations as set forth on Exhibit D or as hereafter adopted, or the terms, covenants or conditions of any other lease as against any other tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to enforce the rules and regulations of the Building in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all damages caused by Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article Eighteen and shall also pay to Landlord as additional Rent an amount equal to any increase in insurance premiums caused by such failure to comply.

ARTICLE NINETEEN

LANDLORD’S RESERVED RIGHTS

Landlord shall have the following rights exercisable without notice to Tenant and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to persons, property or business and without being deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or giving rise to any claim for offset or abatement of Rent: (1) to change the Building’s name or street address upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant; (2) to install, affix and maintain all signs on the exterior and/or interior of the Building; (3) to designate and/or approve prior to installation, all types of signs, window shades, blinds, drapes, awnings or other similar items, and all internal lighting that may be visible from the exterior of the Premises; (4) upon reasonable notice to Tenant, to display the Premises to prospective purchasers at reasonable hours at any time during the Term and to prospective tenants at reasonable hours during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, and at all times during the Term to prospective lenders, parties, joint venturers, purchasers or other interested parties; (5) to grant to any party the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in or to the Building, provided such exclusive right shall not operate to prohibit

 

- 25 -


Tenant from using the Premises for the purpose permitted hereunder; (6) to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, washrooms or public portions of the Building, and to close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s access to the Premises or the Building; (7) to have access for Landlord and other tenants of the Building to any mail chutes and boxes located in or on the Premises as required by any applicable rules of the United States Post Office; and (8) to close the Building after Standard Operating Hours except that Tenant and its employees and invitees shall be entitled to admission at all times, under such regulations as Landlord prescribes for security purposes.

ARTICLE TWENTY

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

20.01 IN GENERAL

Within fifteen (15) days after request therefor by Landlord, any Mortgagee or any prospective mortgagee or owner, Tenant agrees as directed in such request to execute an Estoppel Certificate in recordable form, binding upon Tenant, certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, a description of such modifications and that this Lease as modified is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which Rent has been paid; (iii) that Tenant is in the possession of the Premises if that is the case; (iv) that Landlord is not in default under this Lease, or, if Tenant believes Landlord is in default, the nature thereof in detail; (v) that Tenant has no off-sets or defenses to the performance of its obligations under this Lease (or if Tenant believes there are any off-sets or defenses, a full and complete explanation thereof) and that all sums, if any, required to be paid by Landlord to Tenant on account of Tenant Additions have been paid in full; (vi) that the Premises have been completed in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, that Tenant has accepted the Premises and the condition thereof and of all improvements thereto and has no claims against Landlord or any other party with respect thereto; (vii) that if an assignment of rents or leases has been served upon Tenant by any Mortgagee, Tenant will acknowledge receipt thereof and agree to be bound by the provisions thereof; (viii) that Tenant will give to any Mortgagee copies of all notices required or permitted to be given by Tenant to Landlord; (ix) the Commencement Date and Expiration Date; and (x) to any other information reasonably requested.

20.02 ENFORCEMENT

In the event that Tenant fails to deliver an Estoppel Certificate. then such failure shall be a Default for which there shall be no cure or grace period. In addition to any other remedy available to Landlord. Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver such Estoppel Certificate.

ARTICLE TWENTY-ONE

RELOCATION OF TENANT

At any time after the date of this Lease. Landlord may substitute for the Premises. other premises in the Building [Note: in multi-building projects. substitute “Project for “Building”] (the “New Premises”). in which event the New Premises shall be deemed to be the Premises for all purposes under this Lease, provided that (i) the New Premises shall be substantially similar to the Premises in quality. view, area and configuration; (ii) if Tenant is then occupying the Premises, Landlord shall pay the actual and reasonable expenses of physically moving Tenant. its property and equipment to the New Premises; (iii) Landlord shall give Tenant not less than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of such substitution; (iv) Landlord. at its expense. shall improve the New Premises with improvements substantially similar to those in the Premises at the time of such substitution. if the Premises are then improved; and (v) the Annual Base Rent shall remain the same as that for the Premises.

ARTICLE TWENTY-TWO

REAL ESTATE BROKERS

Tenant represents that. except for Cushman & Wakefield of New Jersey. Inc. Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker, sales person, or finder in connection with this Lease. and no such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Lease, or showed the Premises to Tenant. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify. protect. defend and hold Landlord and the Indemnitees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities and claims for commissions and fees arising out of a breach of the foregoing representation. Neither Landlord or Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all commissions to the broker. if any, specified in this Article. it being understood that Scitex America Corp. (“Scitex”). the previous occupant of the Premises, shall be liable for same in accordance with a separate agreement entered into between Scitex and such broker.

ARTICLE TWENTY-THREE

MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

 

23.01 SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

This Lease is and shall be expressly subject and subordinate at all times to (i) any ground or underlying lease of the Real Property, now or hereafter existing, and all amendments, extensions, renewals and modifications to any such lease, and (ii) the lien of any mortgage or trust deed now or hereafter encumbering fee title to the Real Property and/or the leasehold estate under any such lease, and all amendments, extensions, renewals, replacements and modifications of such mortgage or trust deed and/or the obligation secured thereby, unless such ground lease or ground lessor, or mortgage, trust deed or Mortgagee, expressly provides or elects that the Lease shall be superior to such lease or mortgage or trust deed. If any such mortgage or trust deed is foreclosed (including any sale of the Real Property pursuant to a power of sale), or if any such lease is terminated, upon request of the Mortgagee or ground lessor, as the case may be, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser at the foreclosure sale or to the ground lessor under such lease, as the case may be, provided, however, that such purchaser or ground lessor shall not be (i) bound by any payment of Rent for more than one month in advance except payments in the nature of security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease; (ii) subject to any offset, defense or damages arising out of a default of any obligations of any preceding Landlord; or (iii) bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease made without the written consent of the Mortgagee or ground lessor; or (iv) liable for any security deposits not actually received in cash by such purchaser or ground lessor. This subordination shall be self-operative and no further certificate or instrument of subordination need be required by any such Mortgagee or ground lessor. In confirmation of such subordination, however, Tenant shall execute promptly any reasonable certificate or instrument that Landlord, any Mortgagee or ground lessor may request. Tenant hereby constitutes Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute such certificate or instrument for and on behalf of Tenant upon Tenant’s failure to do so within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so. Upon request by such successor in interest, Tenant shall execute and deliver reasonable instruments confirming the attornment provided for herein.

 

- 26 -


23.02 MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

Tenant agrees to give any Mortgagee or ground lessor, by registered or certified mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord by Tenant, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has received notice (by way of service on Tenant of a copy of an assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee or ground lessor. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the Mortgagee or ground lessor shall have an additional thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional notice time as may be necessary, if, within such thirty (30) days, any Mortgagee or ground lessor has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings or other proceedings to acquire possession of the Real Property, if necessary to effect such cure). Such period of time shall be extended by any period within which such Mortgagee or ground lessor is prevented from commencing or pursuing such foreclosure proceedings or other proceedings to acquire possession of the Real Property by reason of Landlord’s bankruptcy. Until the time allowed as aforesaid for Mortgagee or ground lessor to cure such defaults has expired without cure, Tenant shall have no right to, and shall not, terminate this Lease on account of default. This Lease may not be modified or amended so as to reduce the rent or shorten the term, or so as to adversely affect in any other respect to any material extent the rights of Landlord, nor shall this Lease be canceled or surrendered, without the prior written consent, in each instance, of the ground lessor or the Mortgagee.

ARTICLE TWENTY-FOUR

NOTICES

(a) All notices, demands or requests provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease must be in writing and shall be personally delivered (but only by Landlord to Tenant), sent by Federal Express or other overnight courier service, or mailed by first class, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.

(b) All notices, demands or requests to be sent pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed to have been properly given or served by delivering or sending the same in accordance with this Section, addressed to the parties hereto at their respective addresses listed below:

 

  (1) Notices to Landlord shall be addressed:

Cushman & Wakefield of New Jersey, Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza / Suite 1100

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

Attention: Office Manager

with a copy to the following:

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

200 Park Avenue / 12 th Floor

New York, New York 10166

Attention: Vice President

 

  (2) Notices to Tenant shall be addressed:

Management Dynamics, Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza, 8 th Floor

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

Attention: Office Manager

 

- 27 -


with copies to the following:

John Preuninger, President

Management Dynamics, Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza, 8 th Floor

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

(of default notices only)

Cole, Schotz, Meisel, Forman & Leonard

25 Main Street

Hackensack, New Jersey 07602

Attention: Marc R. Berman, Esquire

(c) If notices, demands or requests are sent by registered or certified mail, said notices, demands or requests shall be effective upon being deposited in the United States mail. However, the time period in which a response to any such notice, demand or request must be given shall commence to run from the date of receipt on the return receipt of the notice, demand or request by the addressee thereof. Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given shall be deemed to be receipt of notice, demand or request sent.

Notices may also be served by personal service upon any officer, director or partner of Landlord or Tenant or in the case of delivery by Federal Express or other overnight courier service, notices shall be effective upon acceptance of delivery by an employee, officer, director or partner of Landlord or Tenant.

(d) By giving to the other party at least thirty (30) days written notice thereof, either party shall have the right from time to time during the term of this Lease to change their respective addresses for notices, statements, demands and requests, provided such new address shall be within the United States of America.

ARTICLE TWENTY-FIVE

[Intentionally Omitted]

ARTICLE TWENTY-SIX

MISCELLANEOUS

 

26.01 LATE CHARGES

All payments required hereunder (other than the Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments, and Rent Adjustment Deposits, which shall be due as hereinbefore provided) to Landlord shall be paid within ten (10) days after Landlord’s demand therefor. All such amounts (including, without limitation Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments, and Rent Adjustment Deposits) not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until the date paid at the Default Rate in effect or the date such payment was due.

 

26.02 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby waives its right to a trial by jury of any issues relating to or arising out of its obligations under this Lease or its occupancy of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that it has read and understood the foregoing provision.

 

26.03 DEFAULT UNDER OTHER LEASE

It shall be a Default under this Lease if Tenant or any Affiliate holding any other lease with Landlord for premises in the Building defaults under such lease and as a result thereof such lease is terminated or terminable.

 

26.04 OPTION

This Lease shall not become effective as a lease or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant. The submission of the Lease to Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Premises, except that it shall, after execution by Tenant, constitute an irrevocable offer on the part of Tenant in effect for fifteen (15) days to lease the Premises on the terms and conditions herein contained.

 

- 28 -


26.05 TENANT AUTHORITY

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has full authority and power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Lease, that the person executing this Lease is fully empowered to do so, and that no consent or authorization is necessary from any third party. Landlord may request that Tenant provide Landlord evidence of Tenant’s authority.

 

26.06 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Lease, the Exhibits attached hereto contain the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and there are no other agreements, either oral or written, and no other representations or statements, either oral or written, on which Tenant has relied. This Lease shall not be modified except by a writing executed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

26.07 MODIFICATION OF LEASE FOR BENEFIT OF MORTGAGEE

If any Mortgagee requires a modification of this Lease which shall not result in any increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other substantial and adverse change in the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then Tenant agrees that the Lease may be so modified.

 

26.08 EXCULPATION

Tenant agrees, on its behalf and on behalf of its successors and assigns, that any liability or obligation under this Lease shall only be enforced against Landlord’s equity interest in the Property up to a maximum of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and in no event against any other assets of Landlord, or Landlord’s officers or directors.

 

26.09 ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than any installment or payment of Rent due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or payment of Rent or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term.

 

26.10 LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS ON SALE OF BUILDING

In the event of any sale or other transfer of the Building, Landlord shall be entirely freed and relieved of all agreements and obligations of Landlord hereunder accruing or to be performed after the date of such sale or transfer, provided that all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder are specifically assumed by the buyer or transferee.

 

26.11 BINDING EFFECT

This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

26.12 CAPTIONS

The Article and Section captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of such Articles and Sections.

 

26.13 APPLICABLE LAW

This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey. If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each item, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

- 29 -


26.14 ABANDONMENT

In the event Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises but is otherwise in compliance with all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, Landlord shall (i) have the right to enter into the Premises in order to show the space to prospective tenants, (ii) have the right to reduce the services provided to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease to such levels as Landlord reasonably determines to be adequate services for an unoccupied premises, and (iii) during the last six (6) months of the Term, have the right to prepare the Premises for occupancy by another tenant upon the end of the Term. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of written notice pursuant to Section 11.02(a) hereof, none of the foregoing acts of Landlord or any other act of Landlord shall constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession or an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, and the Lease shall continue in effect.

 

26.15 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S DUTIES

If Tenant fails timely to perform any of its duties under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), to perform such duty on behalf and at the expense of Tenant without prior notice to Tenant, and all sums expended or expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such duty shall be deemed to be additional Rent under this Lease and shall be due and payable upon demand by Landlord.

 

26.16 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

(a) (i) Tenant represents and warrants that it is not an “Industrial Establishment” as that term is defined in the Industrial Site Recovery Act, N.J.S.A. 13:1k-6 et seq ., as same may be amended from time to time (the “Act”). Tenant shall not do or suffer anything that will cause it to become an Industrial Establishment under the Act during the Term. Landlord may from time to time require Tenant at Tenant’s sole expense to provide proof satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant is not an Industrial Establishment. In the event that Tenant now is or hereafter becomes an Industrial Establishment (which event shall cause Tenant to be in default under this Lease) Tenant shall comply with all conditions set forth below.

(ii) Tenant agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense, fulfill, observe and comply with all of the terms and provisions of the Act and all rules, regulations, ordinances, opinions, orders and directives issued or promulgated pursuant to or in connection with said Act by the Department of Environmental Protection (“DEP”). (The Act and all said rules, regulations, ordinances, opinions, orders and directives are hereinafter collectively referred to as “ISRA”). Without limiting the foregoing, upon Landlord’s request therefor, and in all events no later than sixty (60) days prior to “closing, terminating or transferring operations” (as said terms are defined in ISRA) which would be subject to an obligation to comply with ISRA if an industrial establishment is present at the Premises, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall provide Landlord with a true copy of:

(A) an opinion letter from DEP (or such other agency or body which shall then have jurisdiction over ISRA matters) in form satisfactory to Landlord’s counsel, stating that ISRA does not apply to Tenant, Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and to the closing, terminating or transferring of operations at the Premises; or

(B) a Negative Declaration (as said term is defined in ISRA) duly approved by DEP (or such other agency or body then having jurisdiction over ISRA matters); or

(C) a Remedial Action Workplan (as said term is defined in ISRA) duly approved by DEP (or such other agency or body then having jurisdiction over ISRA matters).

(iii) Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed as limiting Tenant’s obligation to otherwise comply with ISRA.

 

- 30 -


(iv) In the event Tenant complies with subparagraph (a) (ii) of this Section 26.16 by obtaining an approved Remedial Action Workplan, Tenant agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense:

(A) post any financial guarantee or other assurance required to secure implementation and completion of such Remedial Action Workplan; and

(B) promptly implement and diligently prosecute to completion said Remedial Action Workplan in accordance with the schedule contained therein or as may otherwise be ordered or directed by DEP or such other agency or body which shall then have jurisdiction over such Remedial Action Workplan. Tenant expressly understands, acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this subparagraph (iv) may require Tenant to expend or do acts after the expiration or termination of the Term and Tenant shall not be excused therefrom. Any remediation conducted at the Premises by Tenant under ISRA or otherwise shall be to the most stringent standard applicable to ISRA and shall not involve alternative standards, institutional or engineering controls.

(v) Within ten (10) days after a written request by Landlord or any Mortgagee, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and the Mortgagee, if any, a duly executed and acknowledged affidavit of Tenant’s chief executive officer, certifying:

(A) the proper four digit Standard Industrial Classification Number relating to Tenant’s then current use of the Premises (Standard Industrial Classification Number to be obtained by reference to the then current Standard Industrial Classification Manual prepared and published by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget or the successor to such publication); and

(B) (i) that Tenant’s then current use of the Premises does not involve the generation, manufacture, refining, transportation, treatment, storage, handling or disposal of Hazardous Material on the site, above ground or below ground, or (ii) that Tenant’s then current use does involve the presence of Hazardous Material, in which event, said affidavit shall describe in complete detail Tenant’s operations which involves the presence of Hazardous Material. Such description shall, inter alia , identify each Hazardous Material and describe the manner in which Tenant generated, handled, manufactured, refined, transported, treated, stored, and/or disposed of same. Tenant shall supply Landlord and the Mortgagee, if any, with such additional information relating to the presence of Hazardous Material as Landlord or its Mortgagee requests (nothing contained in this subsection (B) shall be deemed or construed to permit Tenant to use Hazardous Material).

(vi) without limiting the foregoing, Tenant agrees:

(A) at its sole cost and expense, to promptly discharge and remove any lien or encumbrance against the Premises, or any other property owned or controlled, in whole or in part, by Landlord imposed due to Tenant’s failure to comply with ISRA, and

(B) to defend (with counsel approved by Landlord), indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability, penalty, loss, expenses, damages, costs, claims, causes of action, judgments and/or the like, of whatever nature, including but not limited to attorney’s fees and other costs of litigation or preparation therefor, to the extent such costs arise from or in connection with Tenant’s failure or inability, for any reason whatsoever, to observe or comply with ISRA and/or provisions of this subparagraph 26.16(a).

(vii) Tenant agrees that each and every provision of this subparagraph 26.16(a) shall survive the expiration or early termination of the Term. The parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that Landlord would not enter into this Lease but for the provisions of this subparagraph 26.16(a) and the aforesaid survival thereof.

(b) (i) Tenant agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense, observe, comply and fulfill all of the terms and provisions of the Spill Compensation and Control Act, N.J.S.A. 58:10-23.11 et seq., as the same may be amended from time to time and all rules, regulations, ordinances, opinions, orders and directives issued or promulgated pursuant to or in connection with said act by DEP, any subdivision or bureau thereof or governmental or quasi-governmental agency or body having jurisdiction thereof (said act and all said rules, regulations, ordinances, opinions, orders and directives are hereinafter in this subparagraph 26.16(b) collectively referred to as the “Spill Act”).

 

- 31 -


(iii) Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant agrees:

(A) that it shall not do, omit to do or suffer the commission or omission of any act which is prohibited by or may result in any liability under the Spill Act, including without limitation, the discharge of petroleum products or other hazardous substances (as said terms are defined in the Spill Act); and

(B) whenever the Spill Act requires the “owner or operator” to do any act, Tenant shall do such act and fulfill all such obligations at its sole cost and expense, it being the intention of the parties hereto that Landlord shall be free of all expenses and obligations arising from or in connection with compliance with the Spill Act.

(iii) Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant agrees:

(A) at its sole cost and expense, to promptly discharge and to remove any lien or any encumbrance against the Premises, or any other property owned or controlled, in whole or in part, by Landlord, imposed by Tenant’s failure to comply with the Spill Act; and

(B) to defend (with counsel approved by Landlord), indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability, penalty, loss, expenses, damages, costs, claims, causes of action, judgments and/or the like, of whatever nature, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and other expenses of litigation or preparation therefor, to the extent such costs arise from or in connection with Tenant’s failure or inability, for any reason whatsoever, to observe or comply with the Spill Act and/or the provisions of this subparagraph 26.16(b).

(iv) Tenant agrees that each and every provision of this subparagraph 26.16(b) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. The parties hereto expressly agree and acknowledge that Landlord would not enter into this Lease but for the provisions of this subparagraph 26.16(b) and the aforesaid survival thereof.

(c) (i) Tenant agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all Environmental Laws applicable to its business and properties, wheresoever located, or the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant agrees:

(A) that it shall not allow to occur any action or omission which is prohibited by or may result in any liability under any Environmental Law;

(B) whenever any Environmental Law requires any action of either or both of the owner or operator of the Premises, Tenant shall fulfill all such obligations at its sole cost and expense, it being the intention of the parties hereto that Landlord shall be free of all expenses or obligations arising from or in connection with compliance with any Environmental Law and Tenant shall bear all such expenses and obligations as if it were the sole owner and operator of the Premises.

(ii) Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant agrees:

(A) at its sole cost and expense to promptly discharge and remove any lien or encumbrance against the Premises or any property owned or controlled in whole or in part by Landlord, imposed by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with any Environmental Law or any provision of this subparagraph 26.16(c).

(B) to defend (with counsel approved by Landlord), indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liabilities, penalties, losses, expenses, damages, costs, claims, causes of actions, judgments and/or the like, of whatever nature, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and other expenses of litigation or preparation therefor, including any action brought under this subparagraph 26.16(c), to the extent such costs arise from or in connection with Tenant’s failure to comply with any Environmental Law or any provision of this subparagraph 26.16(c).

(iii) Within ten (10) days after a written request by Landlord or any Mortgagee, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and the Mortgagee, if any, a fully executed acknowledged affidavit of Tenant’s

 

- 32 -


chief executive officer, certifying that Tenant is not in violation of any Environmental Law. Tenant shall supply Landlord and the Mortgagee, if any, with all information relating to any alleged or actual violation of any Environmental Law as Landlord or Mortgagee reasonably requests within ten (10) days of a written request for such information.

(iv) Tenant agrees that each and every provision of this subparagraph 26.16(c) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. The parties hereto expressly agree and acknowledge that Landlord would not enter into this Lease but for the provisions of this subparagraph 26.16(c) and the survival thereof.

(d) Without limitation of any of the provisions of this Section 26.16, Tenant shall not store, generate, manufacture, produce, treat, dispose of, release or discharge on, under or about the Premises any Hazardous Material.

 

26.17 RIDERS

All Riders attached hereto and executed both by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed to be a part hereof and hereby incorporated herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Lease has been executed as of the date set forth in Section 1.01(4) hereof.

 

LANDLORD:    

TENANT:

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY     MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS, INC.
By:  

 

    By:   John W. Preuninger
Its:   A.V.P.     Its:   President
        John W. Preuninger

 

- 33 -


EXHIBIT A

PLAN OF PREMISES

 

Exhibit A - 1


EXHIBIT B

[Intentionally Omitted]

 

Exhibit B - 1


EXHIBIT C

BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

 

Exhibit C - 1


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

(1) No sign, lettering, picture, notice or advertisement shall be placed on any outside window or in a position to be visible from outside the Premises and if visible from the outside or public corridors within the Building shall be installed in such manner and be of such character and style as Landlord shall approve in writing.

 

(2) Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for any purpose other than Tenant’s business address; Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for Tenant’s business address after Tenant vacates the Premises; nor shall Tenant use any picture or likeness of the Building in any circulars, notices, advertisements or correspondence.

 

(3) No article which is explosive or inherently dangerous is allowed in the Building.

 

(4) Tenant shall not represent itself as being associated with any company or corporation by which the Building may be known or names.

 

(5) Sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, corridors, halls, elevators and stairways in and about the Premises shall not be obstructed.

 

(6) No animals (except for dogs in the company of a blind person), pets, bicycles or other vehicles shall be brought or permitted to be in the Building or the Premises.

 

(7) Room-to-room canvasses to solicit business from other tenants of the Building are not permitted; Tenant shall not advertise the business, profession or activities of Tenant conducted in the Building in any manner which violates any code of ethics by any recognized association or organization pertaining to such business, profession or activities.

 

(8) Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air-conditioning and shall cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective and efficient operation of the Building’s heating and air-conditioning systems.

 

(9) No locks or similar devices shall be attached to any door except by Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to retain a key to all such locks. Tenant may not install any locks without Landlord’s prior approval.

 

(10) Tenant assumes full responsibility of protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage; the Indemnitees shall not be liable for damage thereto or theft or misappropriation thereof. Except during Tenant’s normal business hours, Tenant shall keep all doors to the Premises locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed and secured. All corridor doors shall remain closed at all times. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephones, burglar alarms or other electronic mechanical devices, Landlord will, upon request direct where and how connections and all wiring for such services shall be installed and no boring, cutting or installing of wires or cables is permitted without Landlord’s approval.

 

(11) Except with the prior approval of Landlord, all cleaning, repairing, janitorial, decorating, painting or other services and work in and about the Premises shall be done only by authorized Building personnel.

 

(12) The weight, size and location of safes, furniture, equipment, machines and other large or bulky articles shall be subject to Landlord’s approval and shall be brought to the Building and into and out of the Premises at such times and in such manner as Landlord shall direct and at Tenant’s sole risk and cost. Prior to Tenant’s removal of any of such articles from the Building, Tenant shall obtain written authorization of the Office of the Building and shall present such authorization to a designated employee of Landlord.

 

(13) Tenant shall not overload the safe capacity of the electrical wiring of the Building and the Premises or exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or risers.

 

(14) To the extent permitted by law, Tenant shall not cause or permit picketing or other activity which would interfere with the business of Landlord or any other tenant or occupant of the Building, or distribution of written materials involving its employees in or about the Building, except in those locations and subject to time and other limitations as to which Landlord may give prior written consent.


(15) Tenant shall not cook, otherwise prepare or sell any food or beverages in or from the Premises or use the Premises for housing accommodations or lodging or sleeping purposes except that Tenant may install and maintain vending machines, coffee/beverage stations and food warming equipment and eating facilities for the benefit of its employees or guests, provide the same are maintained in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and do not disturb other tenants in the Building with odor, refuse or pests.

 

(16) Tenant shall not permit the use of any apparatus for sound production or transmission in such manner that the sound so transmitted or produced shall be audible or vibrations therefrom shall be detectable beyond the Premises; nor permit objectionable odors or vapors to emanate from the Premises.

 

(17) No floor covering shall be affixed to any floor in the Premises by means of glue or other adhesive without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

(18) Tenant shall at all time maintain the window blinds in the lowered position, though Tenant may keep the louvers open.

 

(19) Tenant shall only use the freight elevator for mail carts, dollies and other similar devices for delivering material between floors that Tenant may occupy.

 

(20) No smoking, eating, drinking, loitering or laying is permitted in the Common Area except in designated areas.

 

(21) Landlord may require that all persons who enter or leave the Building identify themselves to security guards, by registration or otherwise. Landlord, however, shall have no responsibility or liability for any theft, robbery or other crime in the Building. Tenant shall assume full responsibility for protecting the Premises, including keeping all doors to the Premises locked after the close of business.

 

(22) Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency and shall cooperate and participate in all reasonable security and safety programs affecting the Building.


COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) made as of the 8th day of August, 2000, by and between METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation having its principal place of business at One Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010 (“Landlord”) and Celarix, Inc., a Delaware Corporation having an office at One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073 (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant (by its predecessor-in-interest, (Management Dynamics, Inc.) entered into an Agreement of Lease dated October 5, 1998, as amended by the First Amendment to Agreement of Lease dated July 28, 2000, (collectively, the “Lease”), setting forth the terms of occupancy by Tenant of premises located on the eighth (8 th ) and fourteenth (14 th ) floors of Metropolitan Executive Towers, One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073; and

WHEREAS, the First Amendment to Agreement of Lease, as to the “Additional Space” (as such term is defined therein) is for a term commencing on the “Additional Space Commencement Date” (as such term is defined therein) through and including the end of the term of the Lease; and

WHEREAS, it has been determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 3a of the First Amendment to Agreement of Lease that August 8, 2000 is the Additional Space Commencement Date.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter set forth, it is agreed:

1. The Additional Space Commencement Date is August 8, 2000.

2. This Agreement is executed by the parties for the purpose of providing a record of Additional Space Commencement Date.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

   

LANDLORD:

    METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

    By:  

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:      
   

TENANT:

    CELARIX, INC.

 

    By:  

 

WITNESS/ATTEST      

 

1


First Amendment To Agreement Of Lease

First Amendment To Agreement of Lease (“Agreement”) made as of this 28 th day of July, 2000 between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York corporation having its principal place of business at One Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010 (“Landlord”) and Celarix, Inc., a Delaware corporation having an office at One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073 (“Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant (by its predecessor-in-interest, Management Dynamics, Inc.) heretofore entered into a certain written Office Lease dated October 5, 1998 (the “Lease”) wherein and whereby Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant hired from Landlord those certain premises (the “Premises”) as shown on the plans annexed to the Lease as Exhibit A on the 8 th floor (sometimes, hereinafter, exclusive of the “Additional Space”, hereinafter defined, the “8 th Floor Portion”) in the building known as Metropolitan Executive Towers, One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073 (the “Building”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant wish to modify the Lease, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to, inter alia , (i) increase the size of the Premises by adding a portion of the 14 th floor of the Building (sometimes, hereinafter, the “Additional Space”), as shown hatched on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, to the Premises and (ii) extend the term of the Lease; and

WHEREAS, the Lease is in full force and effect; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify the Lease only in the respects hereinafter stated NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto by these presents do covenant and agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used herein without definition are used herein with the meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease, unless the context otherwise requires.

2. The term of the Lease is extended to October 31, 2007 (the “Extended Term”).

3. With respect to the Additional Space :

(a) Effective the later of: (i) date Landlord obtains possession of the Additional Space free of any and all tenancies and occupancies; or (ii) August 1, 2000 (the “Additional Space Commencement Date”) and through and including the end of the term of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement (to wit: October 31, 2007), the Additional Space (which Landlord and Tenant agree contains 3,957 rentable square feet) shall be added to the Premises, bringing the aggregate total of the Premises to 7,799 rentable square feet. In order to accomplish the addition of the Additional Space to the Premises, Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant and Tenant does hereby hire from Landlord the Additional Space for the period to commence on the Additional Space Commencement Date and to end October 31, 2007 or on such earlier date upon which the term may expire pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, it being the intention and agreement of Landlord and Tenant that, by reason of such addition of the Additional Space to the Premises, the Premises shall be those covered by the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, from and after the Additional Space Commencement Date. The Additional Space shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement.

 

2


(a)(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event the Additional Space Commencement Date has not occurred by 12 Noon (EST), October 2, 2000 for any reason, other than Tenant’s act, Tenant shall have the right to cancel this Agreement by delivery of written notice thereof to Landlord on or before 12 Noon (EST), October 13, 2000, all time frames in this Clause (a)(a) being of the essence . In the event of the cancellation of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Clause (a)(a), the Lease, nonetheless, shall remain in full force and effect.

(b) Effective the 91st day subsequent to the Additional Space Commencement Date (the “Additional Space Rent Commencement Date”) and for the remainder of the term of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, Tenant shall pay, in addition to the Annual Base Rent specified in the Lease for the portions of the Premises exclusive of the Additional Space, the following Annual Base Rent: (i) from and including the Additional Space Rent Commencement Date through and including October 31, 2005, One Hundred Twenty Two Thousand Six Hundred Sixty Seven Dollars ($122,667.00) per annum payable in equal monthly installments of Ten Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Two Dollars Twenty Five Cents ($10,222.25) per month; and thereafter (ii) from and including the November 1, 2005 through and including the end of the term of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, One Hundred Thirty Four Thousand Five Hundred Thirty Eight Dollars ($134,538.00) per annum in equal monthly installments of Eleven Thousand Two Hundred Eleven Dollars Fifty Cents ($11,211.50) per month.

(c) Electric power shall be supplied by Landlord to the Additional Space in accordance with Article Six of the Lease with the annual rate charged to Tenant equal to One Dollar Thirty Five Cents ($1.35) per rentable square foot for normal business hours further provided that Landlord, at its sole option and expense, shall have the right, from time to time, to survey the Premises in order to determine the amount and level of electric power consumed therein and in the event Tenant’s consumption of electric power exceeds, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, normal business office usage, Landlord shall have the right to increase the rate for normal business hours accordingly.

In addition, Tenant shall also pay for the cost of electric used for excess and after normal business hours heating, ventilating and air-conditioning at the rate of One Hundred Twenty Five Dollars ($125.00) per hour for the Additional Space notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease.

(d) Annual Base Rent, additional rent and the Electric Charge (to the extent applicable) for the Additional Space shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord at the times and in the manner specified in the Lease. In the event the Additional Space Rent Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of a month, payments for that month shall be prorated on the basis of three hundred sixty (360) day year with twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each.

(e) Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that the Additional Space shall be used solely for the purposes set forth in the Lease, and for no other purpose.

(f) Tenant shall pay additional rent for “Operating Expenses” and “Taxes” (pursuant to Article Four of the Lease) further provided that (i) Tenant’s Share for Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Additional Space is .99% (and, accordingly, Tenant’s share for the Premises from and after the Additional Space Commencement Date shall be 1.95%) and (ii) Tenant’s “Adjustment Year” for the Additional Space shall be the calendar year commencing January 1, 2001 (Tenant’s Adjustment Year for the balance of the Premises, exclusive of the Additional Space remaining unchanged).

(g) Within fifteen (15) business days from the date hereof, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a detailed design plan in order that Landlord may promptly cause to be prepared plans and specifications to prepare the Additional Space for Tenant’s use in accordance with such plans and specifications (“Landlord’s Work”). Landlord shall submit the plans and specifications to Tenant for approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld further provided that Tenant acknowledges that in the event objections have not been submitted to Landlord in writing by Tenant within ten (10) business days from the date of delivery of the plans and specifications to Tenant,

 

3


such plans and specifications shall be deemed approved. Landlord’s Work shall be done at Landlord’s cost and expense (“Landlord’s Contribution”) not to exceed Fifty Nine Thousand Three Hundred Fifty Five Dollars ($59,355.00) further provided that Tenant covenants and agrees to pay Landlord any and all costs and expenses above Landlord’s Contribution (“Tenant’s Contribution”) provided, however, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of Tenant’s Contribution until Landlord has incurred and disbursed all of Landlord’s Contribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary contained herein, Tenant understands, acknowledges and agrees that for internal budgetary and other considerations, Landlord will not obligated to disburse any portion of Landlord’s Contribution after December 31, 2000 unless Tenant, by written notice delivered to Landlord on or before September 30, 2000, time being of the essence , requests the right to defer the disbursement of up to but not more than one-half of Landlord’s Contribution to but not beyond December 31, 2001. Tenant’s Contribution shall be paid to Landlord within fifteen (15) business days of Landlord’s written demand therefor, which demand shall include reasonable and appropriate back-up further provided that Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s written demand for Tenant’s Contribution shall be made from time to time prior to such costs and expenses comprising Tenant’s Contribution being incurred. Landlord’s Contribution shall include the cost of all architectural services (including review of Tenant’s design plan) and permit and design fees. Further with respect to the Landlord’s Work and any hard costs (as part of Tenant’s Contribution) paid for by Tenant over and above the Landlord’s Contribution, Tenant acknowledges that an amount not to exceed two and one/half (2.5%) percent of the Landlord’s Contribution for hard costs and hard costs of Tenant’s Contribution (if any) shall be due and payable by Tenant as a construction management fee to Landlord’s construction manager. With respect to the Landlord’s Contribution, such amount shall be applied from any draw request and with respect to Tenant’s Contribution (if any), Tenant agrees to promptly [within thirty (30) days of substantial completion of the Landlord’s Work] pay such fee to Landlord’s construction manager. Landlord agrees to competitively “bid out” Landlord’s Work with not less than three (3) construction management firms further provided that the final decision as to the construction management firm selected and the contract cost shall be subject to Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

4. With respect to the 8th Floor Portion :

(a) Effective January 1, 2004, and through and including the end of the term of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, the Annual Base Rent specified in the Lease shall be amended to be One Hundred Twenty Four Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Five Dollars ($124,865.00) per annum payable in equal monthly installments of Ten Thousand Four Hundred Five Dollars Forty Two Cents ($10,405.42) per month.

(b) Electric power shall continue to be supplied by Landlord in accordance with and at the rate set forth in Article Six of the Lease. In addition, Tenant shall also pay for the cost of electric used for excess and after normal business hours heating, ventilating and air-conditioning at the rate of One Hundred Twenty Five Dollars ($125.00) per hour for the Additional Space notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease.

(c) Tenant shall pay additional rent for “Operating Expenses” and “Taxes” pursuant to Article Four, without any change in Adjustment Year.

(d) Within fifteen (15) business days from the date hereof, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a detailed design plan in order that Landlord may promptly cause to be prepared plans and specifications to upgrade the 8th Floor Portion for Tenant’s use in accordance with such plans and specifications (“Landlord’s Upgrade Work”). Landlord shall submit the plans and specifications to Tenant for approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld further provided that Tenant acknowledges that in the event objections have not been submitted to Landlord in writing by Tenant within ten (10) business days from the date of delivery of the plans and specifications to Tenant, such plans and specifications shall be deemed approved. Landlord’s Upgrade Work shall be done at Landlord’s cost (“Landlord’s Upgrade Contribution”) not to exceed Thirty Four Thousand Five Hundred Seventy Eight Dollars ($34,578.00) further provided that Tenant covenants and agrees to pay Landlord any and all costs and expenses

 

4


above Landlord’s Upgrade Contribution (“Tenant’s Upgrade Contribution”) provided, however, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of Tenant’s Upgrade Contribution until Landlord has incurred and disbursed all of Landlord’s Upgrade Contribution. Tenant’s Upgrade Contribution shall be paid to Landlord within fifteen (15) business days of Landlord’s written demand therefore, which demand shall include reasonable and appropriate back-up further provided that Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s written demand for Tenant’s Upgrade Contribution shall be made from time to time prior to such costs and expenses comprising Tenant’s Contribution being incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary contained herein, Tenant understands, acknowledges and agrees that for internal budgetary and other considerations, Landlord will not obligated to disburse any portion of Landlord’s Upgrade Contribution after December 31, 2000 unless Tenant, by written notice delivered to Landlord on or before September 30, 2000, time being of the essence , requests the right to defer the disbursement of up to but not more than one-half of Landlord’s Contribution to but not beyond December 31, 2001. Landlord’s Upgrade Contribution shall include the cost of all architectural services (including review of Tenant’s design plan) and permit and design fees. Further with respect to the Landlord’s Upgrade Work and any hard costs (as part of Tenant’s Upgrade Contribution) paid for by Tenant over and above the Landlord’s Upgrade Contribution, Tenant acknowledges that an amount not to exceed two and one/half (2.5%) percent of the Landlord’s Upgrade Contribution for hard costs and hard costs of Tenant’s Upgrade Contribution (if any) shall be due and payable by Tenant as a construction management fee to Landlord’s construction manager. With respect to the Landlord’s Upgrade Contribution, such amount shall be applied from any draw request and with respect to Tenant’s Upgrade Contribution (if any), Tenant agrees to promptly [within thirty (30) days of substantial completion of the Landlord Upgrade Work] pay such fee to Landlord’s construction manager. Landlord agrees to competitively “bid out” Landlord’s Upgrade Work with not less than three (3) construction management firms further provided that the final decision as to the construction management firm selected and the contract cost shall be subject to Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, subject otherwise to the terms and conditions of Paragraphs 3 (g) and 4 (d) of this Agreement, Tenant, at its sole option, upon not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice to Landlord, may elect to apply all or any portion of Landlord’s Contribution for Landlord’s Upgrade Work, and visa versa, provided however, in no event shall the aggregate sum exceed Ninety Three Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty Three ($93,933.00).

6.

(a) Landlord agrees that Landlord’s Work and Landlord’s Upgrade Work shall be performed in a diligent and good and workerlike manner, in accordance with applicable governmental rules and regulations using commercially reasonable efforts to schedule construction in a manner that will expedite substantial completion of Landlord’s Work and Landlord’s Upgrade Work, as required herein. Upon substantial completion of Landlord’s Work and Landlord’s Upgrade Work, as the case may be, Landlord shall secure and deliver to Tenant, but at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a certificate of occupancy for the Additional Space and 8 th Floor Portion.

(b) Landlord agrees that Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right to connect the Additional Space to the 8 th Floor Portion by cables and wires through the Building shafts and risers, expressly provided such work is performed, under Landlord’s supervision, by contractors approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, in accordance with plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(c) With respect to the Additional Space and the 8 th Floor Portion, and the performance by Landlord of Landlord’s Work and Landlord’s Upgrade Work respectively, Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed that Landlord performed all of its obligations hereunder with respect thereto and that the Additional Space and 8 th Floor Portion were in satisfactory condition as of the date of substantial completion of such Landlord’s Work or Landlord’s Upgrade Work, as the case may be, and Landlord’s delivery of a certificate of occupancy for the

 

5


Additional Space and 8 th Floor Portion, as the case may be, to Tenant, unless within (i) thirty (30) days after such date Tenant shall give written notice (the “Punchlist Notice”) to Landlord specifying the respects in which either portion of the Premises was not in satisfactory condition, or (ii) within one (1) year from such date, time being of the essence , Tenant shall give notice to Landlord (the “Defects Notice”) specifying the defects in either portion of the Premises, in which event the Premises shall be conclusively deemed to be in satisfactory condition except for the items set forth in the Punchlist Notice or Defects Notice, as the case may be, which items Landlord shall act diligently to complete or correct, as the case may be. The giving of the Punchlist Notice shall have no affect whatsoever upon Tenant’s obligation to pay Annual Base Rent or additional rent in accordance with the Lease, as modified by this Agreement.

7.

(a) By written notice delivered to Landlord on or before the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the last day of the Extended Term (the “Exercise Date”), time being of the essence , expressly provided that Tenant is not in default in any respect under the terms of the Lease beyond any applicable notice and grace period on (i) the Exercise Date and (ii) the last day of the Extended Term (the “Expiration Date”), Tenant shall have the option to extend the term of the Lease for the entire (and not less) Premises for five (5) years commencing on the first day following the Expiration Date and ending on the date which is five (5) years thereafter (hereinafter called the “Renewal Term”) upon the same terms and conditions hereof except that the Annual Base Rent to be paid by Tenant for the Renewal Term shall be the annual fair market rental value for the Premises, as determined as hereinafter set forth, and to be effective on the first day of the Renewal Term. In this regard, no earlier than one hundred eighty (180) days and no later than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the Expiration Date, which sixty (60) day period is hereinafter referred to as the “Exchange Period”, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement of Landlord’s determination of the annual fair market rental value for the Premises for the Renewal Term, which statement shall show the basis upon which such determination was made. Landlord’s determination of the annual fair market rental value shall give due consideration to the rents charged by Landlord for all leases of comparably sized space (excluding exercise of renewal rights where the tenant had a right of renewal under the terms of its lease) entered into by Landlord for the twelve (12) month period preceding the first day of the Exchange Period, except that if there were no such leases or such leases were so peculiar to a particular situation that no true comparables would be derived, Landlord may expand the basis of its determination to include the rents being charged by other owners of first class office of a quality, size and character similar to the Building and located in northern New Jersey. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s determination, Tenant may either (i) rescind the exercise of its option, (ii) accept Landlord’s determination of the annual fair market rental value or (iii) provide Landlord with its own determination of the annual fair market rental value, including the basis upon which such determination was made. If Tenant elects option (iii), then Landlord and Tenant shall, for a period of thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s determination, negotiate in good faith to determine the annual fair market rental value and if Landlord and Tenant are unsuccessful in reaching agreement within such thirty (30) days, either Landlord or Tenant may cause the issue to be arbitrated as hereinafter in this Paragraph 6 set forth. Except for the Annual Base Rent, the Renewal Term shall be upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease provided, however, that the Adjustment Years for Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes, as set forth in Article Six of the Lease, shall be adjusted to reflect the Annual Base Rent, as determined in this Paragraph 6.

(b) In the event either Landlord or Tenant elect to arbitrate the issue of annual fair market rental value, such issue shall be determined by arbitration as hereinafter provided. Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint a fit and impartial person as an arbitrator who shall have at least ten (10) years’ experience in the commercial real estate industry in northern New Jersey (a “Qualified Arbitrator”). Such appointment shall be indicated in writing by each party to the other. The arbitrators so appointed shall appoint a third Qualified Arbitrator within ten (10) business days after the appointment of the second arbitrator. In case either party shall fail to appoint a Qualified Arbitrator within a period of ten (10) business days after written notice from the other party to make such appointment, the American Arbitration Association, or its successor (the “AAA”) shall appoint such Qualified Arbitrator(s). The two

 

6


(2) arbitrators so appointed shall appoint the third (3rd) arbitrator within ten (10) business days after the appointment of the second (2nd) arbitrator, otherwise the AAA shall similarly make such appointment. The arbitrators shall proceed with all reasonable dispatch to determine the annual fair market rental value and under all circumstances shall be bound by the terms of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, and shall not add to, subtract from, or otherwise modify such provisions. The arbitrators sole discretion in determining the question submitted shall be limited to selecting one of the annual fair market rental values submitted by Landlord or Tenant. The decision of the arbitrators shall, in any event, be rendered within thirty (30) days after their appointment and such decision shall be in writing and in duplicate with one counterpart delivered to each Landlord and Tenant. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the AAA and applicable New Jersey law, and a decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding, final and conclusive upon Landlord and Tenant. The fees of the arbitrators and the expenses incident to the proceedings shall be shared equally between Landlord and Tenant.

(c) In the event the determination of the Annual Base Rent for the Renewal Term is not finalized until after the first day of the Renewal Term, Tenant shall continue paying the Annual Base Rent payable for the last year of the term of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, and additional rent as provided in item (ii) of the last sentence of Section (a) hereof. At such time as the Annual Base Rent is determined, the Annual Base Rent shall be retroactively adjusted to the first day of the Renewal Term, and Tenant shall [within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s written demand] pay to Landlord the increased Annual Base Rent for the period between the first day of the Renewal Term and the last day of the month in which Landlord’s demand for such payment was made, and commencing on the first day of the month following the month in which such demand for the lump sum payment was made by Landlord, Tenant shall start making monthly installments of Annual Base Rent in the amount as finally determined.

8.

(a) Landlord and Tenant confirm that the Security Deposit held by Landlord in accordance with Article Five of the Lease is Seventeen Thousand Two Hundred Eighty Nine Dollars ($17,289.00) further provided that the amount of such Security Deposit now required by Landlord is hereby increased to be Eighty Three Thousand Two Hundred Seventy One Dollars Ninety Nine Cents ($83,271.99) and, accordingly, concurrently with its execution of this Agreement, Tenant shall remit to Landlord the sum of Sixty Five Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty Two Dollars Ninety Nine Cents ($65,982.99) to be added to the Security Deposit now so held by Landlord.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, expressly provided that Tenant is not in default under the terms of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, subject to applicable notice and cure periods, on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Additional Space Commencement Date, Landlord agrees to reduce the Security Deposit by Twenty Six Thousand Six Hundred Seventy One Dollars Seventy Four Cents ($26,671.74) so that the balance of the Security Deposit then remaining for the balance of the term of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, is Fifty Six Thousand Six Hundred Dollars Twenty Five Cents ($56,600.25). In the event the Security Deposit held by Landlord is in cash, and a refund is due in accordance with this Paragraph 8, such refund shall be made to Tenant within thirty (30) days following such third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Additional Space Commencement Date and in the event the Security Deposit is in the form of a letter of credit, and a refund is due in accordance with this Paragraph 8, upon delivery to Landlord of a substitute letter of credit, in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, Landlord will surrender the letter of credit so held to Tenant.

9. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as part of Annual Base Rent, and without additional charges of any kind therefor, during the term of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees and licensees shall be entitled to use, on a non-exclusive unreserved basis in common with others, twenty eight (28) parking spaces in the parking area adjoining the Building, subject to the reasonable rules and regulations imposed by Landlord.

 

7


10. Effective the date hereof, the definition of “Standard Operating Hours”, as set forth in Article 1.03 (Definitions) of the Lease, for Monday to Friday is amended to be the hours of 7:00 A.M to 7:00 P.M., with all other hours and conditions remaining unchanged.

11. Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that each has not dealt with any real estate agents or brokers in connection with this Agreement other than Cushman & Wakefield of New Jersey, Inc. (the “Broker”) whose fees, if any, Landlord agrees to pay pursuant to separate written agreements and that this Agreement was not brought about or procured through the use or instrumentality of any other agent or broker. Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from any and all claims for commissions and other compensation made by any agent or agents and/or any broker or brokers, other than the Broker with respect to Tenant’s indemnity, based on any dealings between Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, and any agent or agents and/or broker or brokers, together with all reasonable actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in resisting such claims (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees).

12. Except as modified by this Agreement, the Lease and all the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions, and agreements thereof are hereby in all respects ratified, confirmed and approved.

13. The Lease, as modified by this Agreement, contains the entire understanding between the parties. No other representations, warranties, covenants or agreements have been made, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement and the Lease.

14. This Agreement may not be changed orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification or discharge is sought.

15. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective legal representatives, successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, their respective assigns.

16. The submission of this Agreement to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, nor shall Tenant have any rights with respect hereto, unless and until Landlord shall execute a copy of this Agreement and deliver the same to Tenant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have respectively executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

Landlord:
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
By:  

/s/ W. Mark Keeney

W. Mark Keeney, Assistant Vice President
Tenant:
Celarix, Inc.
By:  

/s/ John W. Preuninger

John W. Preuninger, Vice President

 

8


SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this “Second Amendment”) is dated as of June 13, 2006, between CLPF - ONE MEADOWLANDS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS, INC., a New Jersey corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. The prior owner of the Building, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York corporation (“Original Landlord”) and Tenant’s predecessor in interest, Celerix, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Original Tenant”), entered into that certain Office Lease dated for reference as of October 5, 1998 (the “Original Lease”), which was amended by Original Landlord and Original Tenant pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Agreement of Lease dated as of July 28, 2000 (the “First Amendment,” and together with the Original Lease, the “Lease”) with respect to certain Premises in the building (the “Building”) located at One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073. Initially capitalized terms not specifically defined here shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease.

B. Landlord currently leases to Tenant approximately 7,799 rentable square feet of space in the Building, pursuant to the Lease, comprising approximately 3,957 rentable square feet on the fourteenth (14th) floor and 3,842 rentable square feet on the eighth (8th) floor (the collectively, “Surrender Premises”).

C. Landlord has succeeded Original Landlord as landlord under the Lease as amended hereby. Tenant has succeeded Original Tenant as tenant under the Lease pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease dated as of October 4, 2002.

D. Pursuant to Section 2 of the First Amendment, the Lease will terminate on October 31, 2007.

E. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease in order to extend the Term of the Lease, to relocate Tenant to other premises within the Building, and as otherwise set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree, and amend the Lease, as follows:

1. Recitals . The foregoing Recitals are incorporated herein by reference.

2. Extension of Term . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended until and shall terminate on January 31, 2017 (the “Amended Termination Date”). The period between the Relocation Termination Date and the Amended Termination Date may be called the “Extended Term”.

3. Relocation Premises . As of the Relocation Commencement Date (as defined in Section 4 below), the definition of “Premises” as set forth in the Lease shall be modified by this Second Amendment. As of the Relocation Commencement Date, the Premises shall mean a portion of the fifteenth (15th) floor of the Building, which comprises approximately 11,392 rentable square feet (the “Relocated Premises”), and which is shown with more particularity on Exhibit A attached hereto, and Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Relocated Premises. Landlord and Tenant agree that for all purposes of this Second Amendment and the Lease the rentable area of the Relocated Premises as set forth in this Section 3 is controlling, and is not subject to revision after the date of this Second Amendment. The tenant shall have no right to re-measure the Premises or

 

June 13, 2006


the Building. After the Relocation Commencement Date, Tenant may continue to occupy the Surrender Premises, without any obligation to pay Rent, until the date that is 10 business days after the Relocation Commencement Date. As of the date that is 10 business days after the Relocation Commencement Date, Tenant shall voluntarily surrender to Landlord the Surrender Premises. From and after the date that is 10 business days after the Relocation Commencement Date, Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations with respect to the Surrender Premises, except such obligations under the Lease which are intended to survive a termination of the leasing of any portion of the Premises.

4. Delivery of Relocated Premises . Landlord shall deliver the Relocated Premises to Tenant, and Tenant shall accept the Premises from Landlord, upon execution and delivery of this Second Amendment. Tenant will perform Tenant’s Work in the Relocated Premises as set forth in the Tenant Improvement Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B. The “Relocation Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of (a) February 1, 2007, and (b) the earlier of (i) the date of Substantial Completion (as defined in Exhibit B to this Second Amendment) of Tenant’s Work pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Agreement, and (ii) the date Substantial Completion would have been achieved but for Tenant Delays (defined in Exhibit B to this Second Amendment), after any such Tenant Delays are offset by any Landlord Delays (defined in Exhibit B to this Second Amendment) and any Force Majeure delays occurring concurrently with a Tenant Delay. Landlord makes no representations or warranties about the suitability of the Relocated Premises for Tenant’s purposes.

5. Tenant’s Share . As of the Relocation Commencement Date, the Relocated Premises under the Lease shall consist of approximately 11,392 rentable square feet. Section 1.01(15) of the Lease is amended as of the Relocation Commencement Date to provide that Tenant’s Share of excess Operating Expenses and Taxes for any Adjustment Year shall be 2.71%, based on 420,850 rentable square feet in the Building.

6. Base Rent . From and after the Relocation Commencement Date until the Amended Termination Date, Tenant shall pay Monthly Base Rent on the Relocated Premises, in the manner set forth in the Lease at a rental rate of $35.00 per rentable square foot per year, prorated for any partial month.

7. Tenant Electric . From and after the date of delivery of the Relocated Premises to Tenant, Tenant shall pay monthly for electricity (“Electric Inclusion”) in the manner set forth in Section 6.02 of the Lease. Section 6.02(c) of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that the amount of Electric Inclusion initially from the Relocation Commencement Date shall be $1.50 per year for each rentable square foot of the Relocated Premises.

8. Extension Option . Tenant may at its option extend the Term of this Lease beyond the Amended Termination Date (the “Extension Option”) for the entire Relocated Premises for one (1) period of five (5) years (the “Renewal Term”) upon the same terms contained in this Lease, except for the amount of Monthly Base Rent payable during the Renewal Term, and except for the provisions for Tenant’s Work set forth in the Tenant Improvement Agreement. Tenant shall have no additional extension options. Monthly Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall be the greater of (i) the Market Rate, determined as set forth below, or (ii) the Monthly Base Rent payable during the last Lease Year of the initial Term of the Lease.

(a) To exercise the Extension Option, Tenant must deliver a notice to Landlord not less than twelve (12) months nor more than eighteen (18) months prior to the proposed commencement of the Renewal Term. If Tenant fails to timely give its notice of exercise, Tenant will be deemed to have waived the Extension Option.

 

June 13, 2006

 

2


(b) “Market Rate” shall mean the expected base rent at the time for comparable space in first class office property substantially similar to the Building in the greater central Bergen County, New Jersey area, determined as follows:

(i) If Tenant provides Landlord with its notice of exercise of the Extension Option, then within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice, Landlord shall calculate and inform Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate. If Tenant rejects the Market Rate as calculated by Landlord, Tenant shall inform Landlord of its rejection within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s calculation, and Landlord and Tenant shall commence negotiations to agree upon the Market Rate. If Tenant fails to timely reject Landlord’s calculation of the Market Rate it will be deemed to have accepted such calculation. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to reach agreement within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of rejection, then the Market Rate shall be determined in accordance with (ii)-(iv) below.

(ii) If Landlord and Tenant are unable to reach agreement on the Market Rate within said thirty (30) day period, then within seven (7) days thereafter, Landlord and Tenant shall each simultaneously submit to the other in a sealed envelope its good faith estimate of the Market Rate. If the higher of such estimates is not more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the lower, then the Market Rate shall be the average of the two. Otherwise, the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with (iii) and (iv) below.

(iii) Within seven (7) days after the exchange of estimates, the parties shall jointly appoint one arbitrator who shall, by profession, be an independent real estate broker who shall have been active over the ten (10) year period immediately prior to the date of such appointment in the leasing of office space in the area in which the Project is located (a “Qualified Arbitrator”). If the parties cannot agree on a Qualified Arbitrator, then within a second period of seven (7) days, each shall select a Qualified Arbitrator and within ten (10) days thereafter the two appointed Qualified Arbitrators shall select a third Qualified Arbitrator and the third Qualified Arbitrator shall be the sole arbitrator. If one party shall fail to select a Qualified Arbitrator within the second seven (7) day period, then the Qualified Arbitrator chosen by the other party shall be the sole arbitrator.

(iv) Within twenty-one (21) days after submission of the matter to the arbitrator, the arbitrator shall determine the Market Rate by choosing whichever of the estimates submitted by Landlord and Tenant the arbitrator judges to be more accurate. The determination of the arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’ s submitted Market Rate is the closest to the actual Market rate for the Relocated Premises as determined by the arbitrator, taking into account the requirements of Section 2 above. The arbitrator shall notify Landlord and Tenant of its decision, which shall be final and binding. If the arbitrator believes that expert advice would materially assist him, the arbitrator may retain one or more qualified persons to provide expert advice. The fees of the arbitrator and the expenses of the arbitration proceeding, including the fees of any expert witnesses retained by the arbitrator, shall be paid by the party whose estimate is not selected. Each party shall pay the fees of its respective counsel and the fees of any witness called by that party.

(c) Tenant’s option to extend this Lease pursuant to the Extension Option is subject to the conditions that: (i) on the date that Tenant delivers its notice exercising its option to extend, Tenant is not in default under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, and (ii) Tenant shall not have assigned this Lease or sublet any portion of the Relocated Premises.

9. Termination Option . Tenant may at its option terminate this Lease (the “Termination Option”) effective as of the last day of the fifth year of the Extended Term (such date, the “Early Termination Date”) by delivering notice of its intent to terminate (the “Termination Notice”) no later than

 

June 13, 2006

 

3


the last day of the 51st month after the Relocation Commencement Date to Landlord. If Tenant does not timely send the Termination Notice, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived the Termination Option for the applicable year. Tenant may not exercise the Termination Option for so long as Tenant is in default under the Lease with the giving of notice and opportunity to cure expired; and, in such event, if Tenant does elect to terminate the Lease, such election shall not be effective and the Lease shall remain in effect. If Tenant properly exercises the Termination Option, this Lease shall terminate as of the Early Termination Date. No later than 30 days prior to the Early Termination Date, Tenant shall pay the Termination Fee. The “Termination Fee” shall be an amount equal to the sum of (a) the unamortized portion of the costs (to be amortized over a period of ten (10) years at an annual non-compounded interest rate of 8%) of Landlord’s Contribution, plus (b) the unamortized portion of any brokerage commission (to be amortized over a period of ten (10) years at an annual non-compounded interest rate of 8%) paid by Landlord in connection with this Second Amendment, plus (c) an amount equal to three (3) months of Monthly Base Rent.

10. Base Year . Effective as of Relocation Commencement Date, Article Four of the Lease is amended to provide that in any Adjustment Year after the Base Year, Tenant shall be responsible for paying the excess of Operating Expenses and Taxes over those costs in the Base Year. The “Base Year” shall mean calendar year 2007. “Adjustment Year” shall mean any year of the Extended Term after the Base Year, and not including the Base Year. If the Building is not at least 95% occupied during any portion of any Lease Year, Landlord may adjust (the “Equitable Adjustment”) Operating Expenses to equal what would have been incurred by Landlord had the Building been 95% occupied. The Equitable Adjustment shall apply only to Operating Expenses which are variable and therefore increase as occupancy of the Building increases. Landlord may incorporate the Equitable Adjustment in its estimates of Operating Expenses.

11. After Hours Services . Section 6.03 of the Lease and Section 3(c) of the First Amendment is hereby amended to provide that for after hours heating and air conditioning, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s charge of $125 per hour with a minimum of four hours.

12. Relocation . Article 21 of the Lease, which provides that Landlord may require Tenant to relocate within the Building, is hereby deleted in its entirety.

13. Parking . Tenant and its employees shall be entitled to an aggregate of 3.3 parking spaces for each 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises within the Project’s parking area (excluding, however, those areas thereof designated by Landlord from time to time for the exclusive use of certain occupants of the Project or for no parking) at no additional cost for the Extended Term and the Renewal Term, if applicable. Of Tenant’s allocation of parking spaces, 1 parking space for each 1,000 rentable square feet shall be a reserved parking space for exclusive use by Tenant and its employees, agents, invitees and designees. Landlord reserves the right to designate reserved parking stalls for other occupants of the Project over any part of the Project’s parking area. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for Landlord’s failure to enforce Tenant’s parking rights against other tenants of the Project. Tenant shall use the parking area at its own risk, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant or Tenant’s employees or invitees for any damage to vehicles occurring in or about the parking area of the Project caused by persons other than Landlord.

14. Operating Hours . The definition of “Standard Operating Hours” as set forth in Section 1.03 of the Lease is hereby amended and shall be 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday, and 8 a.m. to 1 p.m. Saturday, exclusive of holidays.

 

June 13, 2006

 

4


15. Books and Records . Section 4.03 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Landlord shall maintain books and records showing Operating Expenses and Taxes in accordance with sound accounting and management practices, consistently applied. Tenant may review and copy Landlord’s books and accounting records for each Landlord’s Statement and related Rent Adjustment during regular business hours in Landlord’s office on or before ninety (90) days after Landlord delivers a Landlord’s Statement to Tenant; provided, however, that all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such review shall be paid by Tenant and such review by Tenant shall not postpone or alter the liability and obligation of Tenant to pay any Rent Adjustment then due. Within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt of each Landlord’s Statement, Tenant shall be entitled to retain a national, independent, certified public accountant with no substantial pre-existing relationship with either Landlord or Tenant (who shall not be retained on a contingency fee basis) to audit and/or review Landlord’s records to determine the proper amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for the period covered by the applicable Landlord’s Statement. If such audit or review reveals that Landlord has overcharged Tenant, then within five (5) business days after the results of such audit are made available to Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the amount of such overcharge. If the audit reveals that Tenant was undercharged, then within five (5) business days after the results of the audit are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the amount of such undercharge. The failure of Tenant to object to any Landlord’s Statement within such ninety (90) day period shall be conclusively deemed Tenant’s approval of such Landlord’s Statement. If any such audit of a Landlord’s Statement by or for Tenant reveals an error equal to or greater than five percent (5%) (a “Major Error”) in Landlord’s favor, then Landlord shall pay for the costs of such audit, or portion thereof. Tenant shall pay for the costs of any audit, or portion thereof, attributable to a Landlord’s Statement in which no Major Error in Landlord’s

16. Holding Over . Article 13 of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence of Article 13.

17. Basic Lease Provisions . Some of the Basic Lease Provisions set forth in Article 1 of the Lease have been amended by agreement of the parties, and are as set forth on Exhibit C to this Second Amendment.

18. Governing Law . This Second Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New Jersey.

19. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents to the other that it has not dealt with any real estate broker with respect to this Second Amendment other than Cushman & Wakefield of New Jersey, Inc. (the “Broker”), and no broker other than the Broker is in any way entitled to any broker’s fee or other payment in connection with this Second Amendment. Landlord and Tenant (each, the “Indemnifying Party”) shall indemnify and defend the other against any claims by any other broker or third party claiming through the Indemnifying Party for any commission or payment of any kind in connection with this Second Amendment. Landlord shall compensate the Broker for all broker fees due and owing in connection with this Second Amendment pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement.

 

June 13, 2006

 

5


20. Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Signature pages may be detached from the counterparts and attached to a single copy of this Second Amendment to physically form one document. Each person signing below is duly authorized to execute this Second Amendment.

21. Reaffirmation of Obligations . Landlord and Tenant each hereby acknowledges and reaffirms all of its obligations under the Lease, as such Lease has been amended by this Second Amendment, and agrees that any reference made in any other document to the Lease shall mean the Lease as amended pursuant to this Second Amendment. Except as expressly provided in this Second Amendment, the Lease remains unmodified and in full force and effect. Any breach of this Second Amendment shall constitute a breach and default under the Lease.

22. Miscellaneous . Time is of the essence in this Second Amendment and the Lease and each and all of their respective provisions. The agreements, conditions and provisions herein contained shall apply to and bind the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. If any provisions of this Second Amendment or the Lease shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other provision of the Lease or this Second Amendment and all such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect. If there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Second Amendment and the other provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Second Amendment shall control with respect to the subject matter of this Second Amendment. This Second Amendment constitutes a part of the Lease and is incorporated by this reference.

SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE

 

June 13, 2006

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Second Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date Second above written.

 

“LANDLORD”
CLPF - ONE MEADOWLANDS, L.P.
a Delaware limited partnership
By:   CLPF - ONE MEADOWLANDS GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
By:  

 

Print Name: Margaret Egan
Print Title: Authorized Person
“TENANT”

MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Print Title:  

 

 

June 13, 2006

 

7


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN OF RELOCATED PREMISES.

 

June 13, 2006


EXHIBIT B

TENANT IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT

1. TENANT’S WORK. Tenant shall cause to be performed certain work (“Tenant’s Work”) in the Relocated Premises in accordance with plans, specifications and architectural drawings prepared by an architect chosen by Tenant (the “Architect”) and approved by Landlord and Tenant (the “Plans”). The Plans shall require materials, finishes or installations which are consistent with those which are “Building standard” for the Property

Tenant shall select a contractor (approved by Landlord”) (the “Contractor”) to perform the construction of Tenant’s Work. Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Tenant’s Work to be substantially completed, except for minor “Punch List” items, on or before February 1, 2007, subject to Landlord Delay and Force Majeure.

Landlord, or an agent of Landlord, shall, at no charge to Tenant, provide project management services in connection with the construction of Tenant’s Work and the Change Orders (hereinafter defined).

2. CHANGE ORDERS. If, prior to the Relocation Commencement Date, Tenant shall require improvements or changes (individually or collectively, “Change Orders”) to the Relocated Premises in addition to, revision of or substitution for Tenant’s Work under the Plans, or any portion thereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord for its approval plans and specifications for such Change Orders. If Landlord does not approve of the plans for Change Orders, Landlord shall advise Tenant of the revisions required. Tenant shall revise and redeliver the plans and specifications to Landlord within five (5) business days of Landlord’s advice or Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned its request for such Change Orders. Tenant shall pay for all preparations and revisions of plans and specifications, and the construction of all Change Orders.

3. LANDLORD’S CONTRIBUTION. Landlord shall contribute up to $45.00 per rentable square foot of the Relocated Premises (“Landlord’s Contribution”) to pay the cost of Tenant’s Work. Tenant shall pay any part of the cost of Landlord’s Work in excess of Landlord’s Contribution. If the cost of completion of Tenant’s Work is less than Landlord’s Contribution, then any remaining balance of Landlord’s Contribution may be used by Tenant to pay for the costs of Tenant’s cabling, fixtures in the Relocated Premises, but in no event for personal property of Tenant or payment of Rent.

4. CONSTRUCTION DRAWS; REIMBURSEMENTS. Not more frequently than once per month, Tenant shall submit, or shall cause to be submitted, to Landlord a detailed statement (“Construction Cost Statement”) setting forth the costs incurred by Tenant, accompanied by bona fide invoices of contractors or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of the costs incurred, together, if applicable, with copies of lien waivers for payments previously made (including partial releases of liens from all subcontractors, materialmen, suppliers and laborers). Within 20 days thereafter, Landlord shall pay directly to Contractor 90% of the amount shown on such Construction Cost Statement, provided however, the total of such Construction Cost Statements paid by shall not exceed Landlord’s Contribution (subject to Change Orders as set forth above). No Construction Cost Statement shall include any item of cost with respect to which Landlord has theretofore made the 90% contribution provided for herein. The balance of Landlord’s Contribution shall be paid to Tenant within 20 days following (i) Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Work, and (ii) delivery to Landlord of Contractor’s affidavits and full and final waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all labor and materials

 

June 13, 2006

 

B-1


expended and used. Landlord shall have no obligation to make disbursements of Landlord’s Contribution unless, with respect to the applicable Construction Cost Statement, the materials have been incorporated into the Premises and the services have been performed. Tenant shall have no right to receive any portion of Landlord’s Contribution during any period when Tenant is in default beyond any applicable grace and/or notice period in respect of Tenant’s obligation under the Lease.

5. RELOCATION COMMENCEMENT DATE DELAY. If the Relocation Commencement Date is delayed due to Tenant Delay, then the Contractor shall certify the date on which Tenant’s Work would have been completed but for such Tenant Delay after being offset by any Landlord Delays and any Force Majeure delays occurring concurrently with a Tenant Delay. When Tenant’s Work is Substantially Completed, the Contractor shall so certify in writing to Tenant and Landlord. As soon as reasonably possible, but in any event within 10 days after delivery of Contractor’s written certification of Substantial Completion, Landlord and Tenant shall jointly inspect the Relocated Premises and generate the Punch List along with a schedule for the performance of each item on the Punch List. Contractor shall complete each item on the Punch List as promptly as possible.

6. ACCESS BY TENANT PRIOR TO RELOCATION COMMENCEMENT DATE. Commencing on the date of the Second Amendment, Tenant, the Contractor and their agents may enter the Relocated Premises prior to the Relocation Commencement Date to perform Tenant’s Work and to install Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment. Such right to enter the Relocated Premises shall constitute a license only, conditioned upon Tenant’s:

(a) working in harmony with Landlord and Landlord’s agents, the Contractor, workmen, mechanics and suppliers and with other tenants and occupants of the Building;

(b) obtaining in advance (i) Landlord’s approval of the contractors proposed to be used by Tenant and depositing with Landlord in advance of any work, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (ii) security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord for the completion thereof, and (ii) the contractor’s affidavit for the proposed work and the waivers of lien from the contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers of material; and

(c) furnishing Landlord with such insurance as Landlord may require, consistent with the terms of the Lease, against liabilities which may arise out of such entry.

Landlord shall have the right to withdraw such license for any reason. Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property or installations in the Relocated Premises prior to the Relocation Commencement Date, except to the extent arising from Landlord’s, or Landlord’s agents’, contractors’ and subcontractors’, gross negligence or willful misconduct and not subject to coverage under Tenant’s or Contractor’s insurance policies. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord from all liabilities, costs, damages, fees and expenses to the extent arising out of the activities of Tenant or its agents, contractors, suppliers or workmen in the Relocated Premises or the Building prior to the Relocation Commencement Date. Any entry and occupation permitted under this Section shall be governed by the terms of the Lease; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Rent under the Lease or the Second Amendment until the Relocation Commencement Date.

 

June 13, 2006

 

B-2


7. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Tenant Improvement Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Tenant Delay” means any delay that the Contractor may encounter in achieving Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Work because of any act or omission of any nature by Tenant or its agents or contractors, including any: (i) delay attributable to any Change Orders requested by Tenant; (ii) delay attributable to the postponement of any portion of Tenant’s Work at the request of Tenant; (iii) any delay by Tenant in the submission of information or the giving of authorizations or approvals within the time limits set forth in this Tenant Improvement Agreement; and (iv) delay attributable to the failure of Tenant to pay, when due, any amounts required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Tenant Improvement Agreement. No Tenant Delay shall be deemed to have occurred unless and until Landlord has given written notice to Tenant specifying the action or inaction by Tenant which Landlord contends constitutes a Tenant Delay. If such action or inaction is not cured within on (1) business day after receipt of such notice, then a Tenant Delay, as set forth in such notice, shall be deemed to have occurred commencing as of the date Tenant received such notice and continuing for the number of days the Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Work was in fact delayed as a direct result of such action or inaction.

“Landlord Delay” means any delay in the Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Work that is caused by Landlord.

“Punch List” means certain minor details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration required as part of Tenant’s Work that remain to be completed, the non-completion of which would not materially interfere with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Relocated Premises.

“Substantially Complete” or “Substantial Completion” as used in the Lease and this Tenant Improvement Agreement means the Contractor has sufficiently completed all of Tenant’s Work, except for Punch List items, such that Tenant can conduct normal business operations from the Relocated Premises.

Terms used in this Exhibit C shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Lease. The terms of this Exhibit C are subject to the terms of the Lease.

8. NO MISCELLANEOUS CHARGES. Landlord shall not charge Tenant, Contractor or their agents for parking, elevator usage, administrative or review charges or any other miscellaneous charges in connection with the performance of Tenant’s Work.

9. MISCELLANEOUS. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Tenant Improvement Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Lease. The terms of this Tenant Improvement Agreement are subject to the terms of the Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment.

 

June 13, 2006

 

B-3


EXHIBIT C

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS (UPDATED)

The following Basic Lease Provisions set forth in Section 1.01 of the Lease have been amended, and are restated here for the convenient reference of the parties:

 

(8) Expiration Date: January 31, 2017

 

(9) Annual Base Rent: $398,720.00, payable in equal monthly installments of $33,226.66, prorated for any partial month.

 

(11) Rentable Area of the Building: approximately 420,850 square feet

 

(12) Rentable Area of the Premises: approximately 11,392 square feet

 

(14) Floor Location: 15th floor

 

(15) Tenant’s Share: 2.71%

 

June 13, 2006

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.16

DEED OF LEASE

(w/Base Amounts)

THIS DEED OF LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is made as of June 14, 2011, by and between “ Landlord ” MEPT 1660 International Drive LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and “ Tenant ” Management Dynamics, Inc., a New Jersey corporation.

 

SECTION 1: DEFINITIONS      1   
SECTION 2: PREMISES AND TERM      6   

2.1

    

Lease of Premises

     6   

2.2

    

Lease Term

     6   

2.3

    

Current Market Terms and Conditions

     8   

2.4

    

Use and Conduct of Business

     9   

2.5

    

Compliance with Governmental Requirements and Rules and Regulations

     9   

2.6

    

Sustainable Building Operations

     10   

2.7

    

Recycling and Waste Management

     10   
SECTION 3: BASE RENT, ADDITIONAL RENT AND OTHER SUMS PAYABLE UNDER LEASE      10   

3.1

    

Payment of Rental

     10   

3.2

    

Commencement Date/Base Rent

     11   

3.3

    

Lease Security Provisions

     11   

3.4

    

Additional Rent

     13   

3.5

    

Utilities

     17   

3.6

    

Holdover

     19   

3.7

    

Late Charge

     19   

3.8

    

Default Rate

     20   
SECTION 4: MANAGEMENT AND LEASING PROVISIONS      20   

4.1

    

Maintenance and Repair by Landlord

     20   

4.2

    

Maintenance and Repairs by Tenant

     20   

4.3

    

Common Areas/Access Control

     20   

4.4

    

Tenant Alterations

     21   

 

i


4.5

    

Tenant’s Work Performance

     22   

4.6

    

Surrender of Possession

     22   

4.7

    

Removal of Property

     22   

4.8

    

Access

     23   

4.9

    

Damage or Destruction

     23   

4.10

    

Condemnation

     25   

4.11

    

Parking

     25   

4.12

    

Indemnification

     26   

4.13

    

Tenant Insurance

     26   

4.14

    

Landlord’s Insurance

     27   

4.15

    

Waiver of Subrogation

     27   

4.16

    

Assignment and Subletting by Tenant

     27   

4.17

    

Assignment by Landlord

     30   

4.18

    

Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements

     30   

4.19

    

Modification for Lender

     31   

4.20

    

Hazardous Substances

     31   

4.21

    

Governmental Requirements

     31   

4.22

    

Quiet Enjoyment

     32   

4.23

    

Signs

     32   

4.24

    

Subordination

     32   

4.25

    

Brokers

     33   

4.26

    

Limitation on Recourse

     33   

4.27

    

Mechanic’s Liens and Tenant’s Personal Property Taxes

     33   
SECTION 5: DEFAULT AND REMEDIES      34   

5.1

    

Events of Default

     34   

5.2

    

Remedies

     34   

5.3

    

Right to Perform

     36   

5.4

    

Landlord’s Default

     36   

 

ii


SECTION 6: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      36   

6.1

    

Notices

     36   

6.2

    

Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses

     37   

6.3

    

No Accord and Satisfaction

     37   

6.4

    

Successors: Joint and Several Liability

     37   

6.5

    

Choice of Law

     37   

6.6

    

No Waiver of Remedies

     37   

6.7

    

Offer to Lease

     37   

6.8

    

Force Majeure

     38   

6.9

    

Severability; Captions

     38   

6.10

    

Interpretation

     38   

6.11

    

Incorporation of Prior Agreement Amendments

     38   

6.12

    

Authority

     38   

6.13

    

Time of Essence

     38   

6.14

    

Survival of Obligations

     38   

6.15

    

Consent to Service

     38   

6.16

    

Landlord’s Authorized Agents

     39   

6.17

    

Waiver of Jury Trial

     39   

6.18

    

Landlord Representations and Warranties

     39   

6.19

    

Specially Designated National or Blocked Person

     39   

6.20

    

Deed of Lease

     39   

6.21

    

Right of First Refusal

     39   

6.22

    

Antenna/Roof Access

     41   

 

iii


SECTION 1: DEFINITIONS

AAA : Defined in paragraph 2.3.1.

Access Laws : The Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (including the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Building and Facilities) and all other Governmental Requirements relating to the foregoing.

Additional Rent : Defined in the paragraph captioned “ Additional Rent .”

After-Hours HVAC : Defined in paragraph 3.5.4.

Antenna : Defined in paragraph 6.22.

Architect : Tenant’s Architect is MFA Architectural & Interior Design Services Inc or such other firm to be designated by Tenant, provided that any successor architect is subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval. Landlord’s Architect shall be the M Group or such other architectural firm designated by Landlord.

Base Building Engineer : B&A Consulting Engineers, or such other engineering firm designated by Landlord.

Base Rent : The rate of Base Rent per rentable square foot per annum and the portion of the Lease Term during which such monthly Base Rent is payable shall be determined from the following table; provided, however in the event Landlord is entitled and elects to re-measure the Premises in accordance with the terms hereof and the number of rentable square feet of the Premises reflected in such final re-measurement differs from the number of rentable square feet utilized in the following table, the Base Rent shall be recomputed using the annual rental rates specified in the table and such revised amount of the rentable square feet of the Premises:

 

     Rate
Per/Rentable Sq. Ft./
Annum
     Annual Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent
Installment (Annual ÷

12)
 

Year 1*

   $ 31.75       $ 644,683.75       $ 53,723.65   

Year 2

   $ 32.70       $ 663,973.50       $ 55,331.13   

Year 3

   $ 33.68       $ 683,872.40       $ 56,989.37   

Year 4

   $ 34.69       $ 704,380.45       $ 58,698.37   

Year 5

   $ 35.73       $ 725,497.65       $ 60,458.14   

Year 6

   $ 36.81       $ 747,427.05       $ 62,285.59   

Year 7

   $ 37.91       $ 769,762.55       $ 64,146.88   

Year 8

   $ 39.05       $ 792,910.25       $ 66,075.85   

Year 9

   $ 40.22       $ 816,667.10       $ 68,055.59   

Year 10

   $ 41.43       $ 841,236.15       $ 70,103.01   

Year 11

   $ 42.67       $ 866,414.35       $ 72,201.20   

 

* subject to Base Rent abatement specified in Section 3.2.2

Base Year : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Brokers : Tenant was represented in this transaction by Cushman & Wakefield of Virginia, Inc., Jude Collins and John Henschel, licensed real estate brokers (“ Tenant’s Broker ”). Landlord was represented in this transaction by Cassidy Turley Washington LLC, Tim Summers, Spencer Stouffer and Scott Goldberg, licensed real estate brokers (“ Landlord’s Broker ”).

 

1


Building : The building located on the Land at 1660 International Drive, McLean, Virginia, and containing approximately two hundred four thousand seven hundred eighty-four (204,784) rentable square feet of office space, measured in accordance with the Method of Measurement.

Building Standard Hours : Defined in paragraph 3.5.4.

Business Day : Calendar days, except for Saturdays and Sundays, Holidays and any other days when banks are closed in Fairfax County, Virginia.

Casualty : As defined in paragraph 4.9.

Casualty Notice : As defined in paragraph 4.9.

Claims : An individual and collective reference to any and all claims, demands, damages, injuries, losses, liens, liabilities, penalties, fines, lawsuits, actions, other proceedings and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding whether at trial or on appeal).

Commencement Date : The earlier of (i) one hundred and eighty (180) days from the Effective Date, subject to extension as and to the extent provided in Paragraph 1 of the Work Agreement attached as Exhibit B hereto, or (ii) the date Tenant commences business operations from the Premises.

Construction Management Fee : Defined in Exhibit B .

Contiguous Space : Defined in paragraph 6.21.

Costs of Reletting : Defined in paragraph 5.2.9.

Costs of Tenant Improvement : Defined in Exhibit B .

Critical Failure : Defined in paragraph 3.5.3.

Current Market Terms and Conditions : Defined in paragraph 2.3.1(1).

Default Rate : Defined in paragraph 3.8.

Early Term Offer : Defined in paragraph 6.21.2.

Early Termination Effective Date : Defined in paragraph 2.2.3.

Early Termination Option : Defined in paragraph 2.2.3.

Early Termination Notice : Defined in paragraph 2.2.3.

Effective Date : The date by which Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease.

Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Events of Default : One or more of those events or states of facts defined in paragraph 5.1.

Exclusions from Operating Costs : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Extension Option : Defined in paragraph 2.2.1.

Extension Period : Defined in paragraph 2.2.1.

Fair Benefits : Includes employer-paid family health care coverage, pension benefits, and apprenticeship programs.

 

2


Force Majeure Event : Defined in paragraph 6.8.

Garage : Defined in paragraph 4.11.

Garage Operator : Defined in paragraph 4.11.

General Contractor : Defined in Exhibit B .

Governmental Agency : The United States of America, the Commonwealth of Virginia, any county, city, district, municipality or other governmental subdivision, court or agency or quasi-governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Land and any board, agency or authority associated with any such governmental entity, including the fire department having jurisdiction over the Land, but specifically excluding any entity whose primary function is to administer any Green Agency Rating.

Governmental Requirements : Any and all statutes, ordinances, codes, laws, rules, regulations, orders and directives of any Governmental Agency as now or later amended that are applicable to the Premises, including but not limited to Access Laws.

Green Agency Ratings : Any one or more of the following ratings, as same may be in effect or amended or supplemented from time to time: The U.S. EPA’s Energy Star® rating and/or Design to Earn Energy Star, the Green Building Initiative’s Green Globes for Continual Improvement of Existing Buildings (Green Globes -CIEB), the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system, LEED EBOM (existing buildings operations and maintenance) and any applicable substitute third party or government mandated rating systems. The Building is currently certified LEED EB O&M.

Green Expenses : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Gross-Up Provision : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Hazardous Substance(s) : Asbestos, PCBs, petroleum or petroleum-based chemicals or substances, urea formaldehyde or any chemical, material, element, compound, solution, mixture, substance or other matter of any kind whatsoever which is now or later defined, classified, listed, designated or regulated as hazardous, toxic or radioactive by any Governmental Agency.

Holidays : New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Veteran’s Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas, and at Landlord’s election (to be announced in writing to the tenants of the Building from time to time), any other day declared by the United States of America to be a “Federal holiday”.

HVAC : Defined in paragraph 3.5.4.

Land : The land upon which the Building is located in McLean, Virginia, as legally described in Exhibit A attached to this Lease.

Landlord : The entity named on the first page of this Lease, or its successors and assigns as provided in paragraph captioned “ Assignment by Landlord .”

Landlord’s Agents : The trustee of Landlord, and any and all of Landlord’s officers, partners, advisors, contractors, subcontractors, consultants, licensees, agents, commissioners, employees.

Landlord’s Extension Rent Notice : Defined in paragraph 2.3.1(2).

Lease Memorandum : Defined in paragraph 2.2.4.

Lease Security Deposit : As described in the paragraph entitled “Lease Security Provisions.”

 

3


Lease Term : Unless otherwise terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of this Lease, the Lease Term shall be the time period between the Commencement Date and the last day of the one hundred and twenty-ninth (129th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date.

Lease Year : The initial Lease Year shall be the initial twelve (12) full calendar months of the Lease Term following the Commencement Date, and any period between the Commencement Date and the first day of the succeeding full calendar month if the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month. Each successive twelve (12) full calendar month period after the initial Lease Year during the Lease Term shall be a succeeding Lease Year.

Lender : Defined in paragraph entitled “ Landlord’s Default .”

Letter of Credit : Defined in paragraph 3.3.

Manager : Landlord’s property manager for the Building, or its replacement as specified by written notice from Landlord to Tenant.

Market Terms : Defined in paragraph 6.21.2.

Method of Measurement : ANSI/BOMA Z 65.1 — 1996.

Offer : Defined in paragraph 6.21.2.

Operating Costs : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Operating Costs Base Amount Allocable to the Premises : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Operating Costs (net of Property Taxes) : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Parking Ratio : Three (3.0) unreserved parking spaces for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises.

Pass-Through Start Date : Defined in paragraph 3.4.1.

Permitted Uses : General business office uses and other uses that are ancillary to office use and that are permitted by law and are, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, suitable for a first-class office building.

Plans and Specifications : Such plans and specifications shall be prepared by Tenant’s Architect and approved by Landlord and Tenant as set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

Premises : A portion of the second (2nd) floor of the Building, as depicted as the “Premises” on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit C and to be designated Suite 200. The Premises consist of approximately 20,305 rentable square feet, subject to the succeeding sentence. Landlord or Landlord’s Architect may, after completion of the Tenant Improvements, re-measure the rentable square footage of the Premises once during the Lease Term, using the Method of Measurement. The results of any such re-measurement shall be certified in writing and in reasonable detail to Landlord and Tenant by Landlord’s Architect. Such certificate shall be provided to Tenant and, unless objected to by Tenant together with a bona fide alternative written determination of such measurement within thirty (30) calendar days following Tenant’s receipt of such re-measurement, shall be binding and conclusive on Landlord and Tenant for all purposes under this Lease. In the event of a timely objection by Tenant sent to Landlord, the parties’ respective Architects shall meet to resolve their differences. Should the two Architects be unable to resolve their differences within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, such Architects shall appoint a third independent architect whose measurement shall be binding upon both parties. Each party shall pay the costs of their particular Architect and shall share equally the cost of the third architect.

 

4


Prepaid Rent : $53,723.65 to be applied towards Base Rent for the first full calendar month of the Lease Term for which Base Rent is due.

Prime Rate : Defined in paragraph captioned “ Default Rate .”

Property Tax Base Amount : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Property Taxes : (1) Any form of ad valorem real or personal property tax or assessment imposed by any Governmental Agency on the Land, Building, or related improvements or any personal property owned by Landlord and used exclusively in connection with such Land, Building or improvements and not in connection with services exclusively provided to or available to any particular tenant or group of tenants; (2) any other form of tax or assessment, license fee, license tax, tax or excise on rent or any other levy, charge, expense or imposition made or required by any Governmental Agency on any interest of Landlord in such Land, Building, or related improvements or personal property; (3) any fee for services charged by any Governmental Agency to the Building for any services such as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse collection, school systems, mass transit or other services provided or formerly provided to property owners and residents within the general area of the Land; (4) any governmental impositions allocable to or measured by the area of any or all of such Land, Building, related improvements or personal property or the amount of any base rent, additional rent or other sums payable under any lease for any or all of such Land, Building, related improvements or personal property; (5) any gross receipts or other excise tax allocable to, measured by or a function of any one or more of the matters referred to in clause (4); and (6) any increase in any of the foregoing based upon construction of improvements or change of ownership of any or all of such Land, Building, related improvements or personal property. Property Taxes shall also include tax consultant fees and the costs of any appeal. Property Taxes shall not include (i) taxes on Landlord’s net income, inheritance taxes, estate taxes, transfer taxes or franchise taxes, and (ii) any amounts attributable to fees or assessments for public improvements located outside of the Land (other than sidewalks, curbs and other similar improvements to public areas adjacent to or abutting the Land) imposed upon Landlord in connection with the development or construction of the Building or the Property; and (iii) any fines, penalties, costs or interest on account of late payment or non-payment of any Property Taxes.

Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Qualified Person : Defined in paragraph 3.4.6.

Recapture : Defined in paragraph 4.16.9.

Reduced Rent Allowance : Defined in paragraph 3.2.2.

Reduced Rent Period : Defined in paragraph 3.2.2.

Rent : Defined in paragraph 3.1.

Replacement Tenants : Defined in paragraph 5.2.9.

Reserved Spaces : Defined in paragraph 4.11.

Responsible Contractor : A contractor or subcontractor who pays workers a fair wage and Fair Benefits as evidenced by payroll and employee records and who complies with the service-disabled veteran business policy.

Restrictions : Any covenants, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Land.

Right of First Refusal : Defined in paragraph 6.21.

Space Plan : Defined in Exhibit B .

 

5


Supplemental Utilities Equipment : Defined in paragraph 3.5.5.

Telecommunication Facilities : Equipment, facilities, apparatus and other materials utilized for the purpose of electronic telecommunication, including cable, switches, wires, conduit and sleeves.

Telecommunication Services : Services associated with electronic telecommunications, whether in a wired or wireless mode. Basic voice telephone services are included within this definition.

Tenant : The person or entity(ies) named on the first page of this Lease.

Tenant Alterations : Defined in the paragraph captioned “ Tenant Alterations .”

Tenant Improvement Allowance : An amount equal to $55.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be used exclusively as set forth in Exhibit B . Provided, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to the Tenant Improvement Allowance if a default has occurred and is continuing, provided that in the event such default is cured, Tenant shall be entitled to the Tenant Improvement Allowance, subject to the terms of Exhibit B .

Tenant Improvements : Those alterations or improvements to the Premises as appear and are depicted in the Plans and Specifications.

Tenant’s Agents : Any and all officers, partners, contractors, subcontractors, consultants, licensees, agents, concessionaires, subtenants, servants, employees, customers, guests, invitees or visitors of Tenant.

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share : Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Costs and Property Taxes is 20,305/204,784 = nine and ninety-two hundredths percent (9.92%). This calculation shall be final, conclusive and controlling during the Lease Term, subject to adjustment if the rentable square footage of the Premises is re-measured by Landlord and adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or to reflect additions to or reductions in the total rentable square footage of space in the Building for office tenants on the Effective Date, pursuant to the exercise of any rights as may be set forth in this Lease.

Termination Consideration : Defined in paragraph 2.2.3.

Third-Party Terms : Defined in paragraph 6.21.2.

Unreserved Spaces : Defined in paragraph 4.11.

Year : A calendar year commencing January 1 and ending December 31.

SECTION 2: PREMISES AND TERM

2.1 Lease of Premises . Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant leases the Premises from Landlord, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease. Landlord agrees to deliver possession of the Premises on the Effective Date.

2.2 Lease Term . The Lease Term shall be for the period stated in the definition of that term, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Lease. Tenant shall observe and perform all of its obligations under this Lease (except its obligations to pay Base Rent) from the Effective Date through the Commencement Date in the same manner as though the Lease Term began when the Premises were delivered to Tenant.

2.2.1 Extension Option . Subject to the terms below, Tenant shall have and is hereby granted the option to extend the original Lease Term for the entirety of the then Premises (inclusive of any Contiguous Space leased pursuant to paragraph 6.21) for one (1) additional term of five (5) years (the “ Extension Option ”). Such five (5) year period shall be the “ Extension Period .” Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option shall be contingent on Tenant giving written notice to Landlord no less than twelve (12) and no more than fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration date of the original Lease Term. Tenant’s right to exercise the Extension Option shall

 

6


be further subject to the condition that no Event of Default shall exist at the time of the exercise of the Extension Option or at the commencement of the Extension Period. Any exercise of the Extension Option shall be irrevocable (except to the extent set forth in paragraph 2.3.1 below) and shall be applicable to the entirety of the Premises.

2.2.2 Terms of Extension . All terms and conditions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect during the Extension Period, except that any and all of the economic terms and conditions for the Extension Period (including but not limited to Base Rent, any improvement allowances or other tenant concessions) shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Current Market Terms and Conditions as determined in paragraph 2.3 below.

2.2.3 Termination Option . Tenant shall have the one-time right to terminate the Lease with respect to the entire Premises (and not a portion) (the “ Early Termination Option ”) as of the last day of the sixth (6th) Lease Year (the “ Early Termination Effective Date ”) in accordance with the terms and provisions of this paragraph 2.2.3. The Early Termination Option may be exercised, if at all, by written notice (the “ Early Termination Notice ”) delivered to Landlord no later than twelve (12) months prior to the Early Termination Effective Date and no earlier than fifteen (15) months prior to the Early Termination Effective Date. Tenant’s right to terminate the Lease with respect to the entire Premises as of the Early Termination Effective Date is contingent upon (a) there being no Event of Default as of the Early Termination Notice and the Early Termination Effective Date, and (b) Tenant paying to Landlord the “Termination Consideration” (as hereinafter defined), which shall be due within thirty (30) days of the delivery of the Early Termination Notice, and Tenant’s failure to timely pay any such Termination Consideration shall conclusively be deemed Tenant’s irrevocable waiver of its early termination rights pursuant to this paragraph 2.2.3. The “ Termination Consideration ” shall be the remaining unamortized amount as of the Early Termination Date based on the amortization of (i) 100% of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (defined in Exhibit B of this Lease), (ii) all leasing commissions paid by Landlord to Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, (iii) reasonable legal fees, and (iv) the Reduced Rent Allowance, with such sum amortized over the initial Lease Term in equal monthly installments at an interest rate of nine percent (9%). Tenant’s obligation to pay the Termination Consideration is in addition to and not in lieu of Tenant’s obligation to pay all Base Rent and Additional Rent due under the Lease through (and including) the Early Termination Effective Date. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to calculate the Termination Consideration amount and include the same in the Lease Memorandum to be prepared and executed pursuant to paragraph 2.2.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any valid exercise by Tenant of its rights under paragraph 6.21 of this Lease, the Termination Consideration shall be increased by the unamortized portion, as of the Early Termination Effective Date, of any and all transaction costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Contiguous Space leased under paragraph 6.21, which transaction costs shall include any actual tenant improvement costs and allowances, actual brokerage commissions, actual tenant concessions and reasonable attorneys’ fees, with such costs amortized between the commencement date of the lease for the Contiguous Space and the expiration date of the Lease Term with respect to the Contiguous Space in equal monthly installments at an interest rate of nine percent (9%).

2.2.4 Lease Memorandum . Contemporaneously with the Commencement Date Landlord shall prepare and submit to the Tenant a Lease Memorandum in the form of Exhibit D , completed in good faith by Landlord and in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and executed by Landlord. As set forth in Exhibit D , the Lease Memorandum shall include, among other things, (i) a completed table with the final Base Rent amounts, and (ii) the total amount of rentable square feet of the Premises. The information inserted on the Lease Memorandum shall be controlling and conclusive and shall prevail over any inconsistent provision in this Lease on the mutual execution of the Lease Memorandum by Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall execute the Lease Memorandum within ten (10) days of Landlord’s submission of an accurate and true draft agreement thereof to Tenant. Any refusal or failure by Tenant or Landlord to execute the Lease Memorandum shall not prevent nor delay the occurrence of the Commencement Date, and in the event of such refusal or failure, the amounts set forth in the Lease Memorandum shall become binding for all purposes under this Lease. In no event shall the Lease Memorandum be recorded. Any failure by the parties to complete and execute a Lease Memorandum shall have no effect on the parties’ rights and obligations under this Lease.

 

7


2.3 Current Market Terms and Conditions

2.3.1 Current Market Terms and Conditions .

(1) The “ Current Market Terms and Conditions ” for purposes of this Lease shall mean the average of the then current economic terms and conditions (including but not limited to annual rental rates, improvement allowances or other tenant concessions) being charged on a comparable basis for comparable space in office buildings comparable to the Building within the Tyson’s Corner submarket of Northern Virginia, taking into consideration the location, quality, age and occupancy of the building, use and condition of the space in question, location and/or floor level and view within the building, definition of “rentable” area and add-on factor, extent of existing leasehold improvements, parking charges, market inducements and abatements (including with respect to base rental, operating expenses, taxes and parking charges) and other concessions, extent of services provided or to be provided, distinction between “gross” and “net” rental rates, credit standing and financial stature of the tenant, term or length of lease, type of lease (i.e., whether a new lease, an expansion or renewal), and the time the particular rental rate under consideration was agreed upon and became or is to become effective.

(2) Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice of its election to exercise the Extension Option, Landlord shall provide Tenant with Landlord’s good faith determination of the Current Market Terms and Conditions (“ Landlord’s Extension Rent Notice ”). In the event Tenant agrees with Landlord’s determination of such Current Market Terms and Conditions, Tenant shall so notify Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Extension Rent Notice and the parties shall agree to be bound by the Landlord’s determination of such Current Market Terms and Conditions after mutually executing an amendment accurately describing the agreed upon new terms and conditions.

(3) In the event Tenant does not agree with Landlord’s determination of the Current Market Terms and Conditions, Tenant may elect to rescind its election to exercise the Extension Option by written notice to Landlord, given not later than ten (10) Business Days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Extension Rent Notice, provided that failure to timely deliver such notice shall be deemed an election to waive such right to rescind. If Tenant does not elect, or is deemed not to elect, such right to rescind its exercise of the Extension Option, but Tenant does not agree with Landlord’s determination of the Current Market Terms and Conditions and Landlord and Tenant do not reach a negotiated agreement on terms within the thirty (30) day period provided in paragraph 2.3.1(2), then Tenant shall notify Landlord within such thirty (30) day period that Tenant elects to employ the three-broker method set forth in this paragraph 2.3.1(3), failing which Tenant shall be deemed to be bound by Landlord’s Extension Rent Notice. If Tenant timely elects the three-broker method, the relevant Current Market Terms and Conditions shall be determined in the following manner by a board of licensed real estate brokers, one of whom shall be named by Landlord, one by Tenant, and, if necessary, a third selected by the two so appointed as determined below. Each member of the board of brokers shall be licensed in the Commonwealth of Virginia as a real estate broker, specializing in the field of commercial office leasing in the Tyson’s Corner submarket of Northern Virginia having no less than ten (10) years’ experience in such field. Landlord and Tenant shall each make their appointments within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant delivers written notice of its election to employ the broker method, and shall notify the other of their choices within such time. Within ten (10) days after the second broker is selected, if at all, each of the brokers selected by the Landlord and Tenant shall submit to the parties his or her determination of the Current Market Terms and Conditions. If the difference between the total aggregate net income stream to the Landlord of the two-brokers’ determinations no greater than five percent (5%) of the greater figure, the Current Market Terms and Conditions shall be the average of the two figures so presented, applied as the average of each of the individual considerations applied (including but not limited to Base Rent, any improvement allowances or other tenant concessions). If the difference between the total aggregate net income stream to the Landlord of the two determinations is greater than five percent (5%) of the greater figure, the two brokers selected by Landlord and Tenant shall select a third broker within ten (10) days after they submitted their initial determinations to the parties. If the brokers selected by the parties fail to select a third broker within such ten (10) day period, the parties may mutually select such third broker or either party may request such appointment be made by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) pursuant to its Commercial Arbitration Rules. The third broker, if any, shall then, within ten (10) days after his or her appointment, select one of the two proposed determinations proposed by the two brokers selected by the parties to be the Current Market Terms and Conditions. In either event, the parties shall be bound by such decision as to the Current Market Terms and Conditions. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay the fee of the broker selected by it, and shall equally share the payment of the fee of the third broker or, if applicable, the AAA.

 

8


2.3.2 Lease Addendum .

(1) Within thirty (30) days following the date that the Base Rent, Current Market Terms and Conditions and other relevant terms and conditions are established for the Extension Period, Landlord shall prepare and Tenant shall execute an addendum to this Lease reflecting the extension of the Lease Term and the new Base Rent and other relevant terms and conditions. Failure of the parties to execute such addendum shall not affect the commencement of the Extension Period or Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent during the Extension Period at the rate and on the terms and conditions established pursuant to paragraph 2.3.1.

(2) In the event the final determination of the Current Market Terms and Conditions shall not be made on or before the first day of the Extension Period in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph 2.3, pending such final determination, Tenant shall continue to pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent at the same Base Rent and Additional Rent amounts then payable by Tenant on the expiration date of the original Lease Term. If, based upon the final determination of the brokers or the agreement of the parties of the Current Market Terms and Conditions, such payments made by Tenant on account of Base Rent and Additional Rent for such portion of the Extension Period differ from the Base Rent and Additional Rent which should have been paid by Tenant during that portion of the Extension Period, the parties shall adjust such amount by a cash payment within thirty (30) days of such determination.

2.4 Use and Conduct of Business .

2.4.1 The Premises are to be used only for the Permitted Uses, and for no other business or purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord makes no representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s intended use, except that the Permitted Uses are currently permitted under applicable Governmental Requirements. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain and maintain any and all licenses, permits, and approvals necessary or appropriate for its use, occupation and operation of the Premises for the Permitted Uses. Tenant’s inability to obtain or maintain any such license, permit or approval necessary or appropriate for its use, occupation or operation of the Premises shall not relieve it of its obligations under this Lease, including the obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent.

2.4.2 No act shall be done in or about the Premises that is unlawful or that will increase the existing rate of insurance on any or all of the Land or Building. Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed or exist: (a) any waste upon the Premises, (b) any public or private nuisance, or (c) any act or condition which disturbs, in any material respect, the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building, creates or contributes to any work stoppage, strike, picketing, labor disruption or dispute, interferes, in any material respect, with the business of Landlord or any other tenant in the Building or with the rights or privileges of any contractors, subcontractors, licensees, agents, concessionaires, subtenants, servants, employees, customers, guests, invitees or visitors or any other persons lawfully in and upon the Land or Building, or causes any material impairment or reduction of the goodwill or reputation of the Land or Building.

2.4.3 Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus, machinery, device or equipment in or about the Premises which will cause any substantial noise or vibration or a material increase in the consumption level of electric power over the typical usage of similarly sized premises in the Building used for general office purposes (which includes similar supplemental cooling equipment located in the Premises as of the Effective Date for information technology hardware). Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord not to be unnecessarily withheld, conditioned or delayed, use any apparatus, monitoring device or equipment that will cause any material increase in the consumption level of electric power over the typical usage of similarly sized premises in the Building used for general office purposes. If any of Tenant’s apparatus, machinery, devices or equipment should disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building, then Tenant shall provide, at its sole cost and expense, adequate insulation or take other such action, including removing such apparatus, machinery, devices or equipment, as may be necessary to eliminate the disturbance.

2.4.4 Tenant shall endeavor to use and operate the Premises in a manner that is consistent with Landlord’s sustainability practices and the certification of the Building issued pursuant to any Green Agency Ratings, provided that the obligation to make such efforts shall not require Tenant to incur any material additional cost or charge to Tenant.

2.5 Compliance with Governmental Requirements and Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply with all Governmental Requirements relating to its particular use, occupancy and operation of the Premises and shall

 

9


observe such reasonable rules and regulations as may be adopted and published by Landlord from time to time for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises and the Building, and for the preservation of good order in the Building and for the administration and management of the Building. Current Rules and Regulations are attached to this Lease as Exhibit E . Tenant shall also comply with any Restrictions so long as Tenant is provided with a copy of same and same do not materially increase the obligations of Tenant, materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights, or materially decrease the obligations of Landlord, under this Lease.

2.6 Sustainable Building Operations .

2.6.1 This Building is or may become in the future certified under certain Green Agency Ratings or operated pursuant to Landlord’s sustainable building practices, as same may be in effect or modified from time to time. Landlord’s sustainability practices address, without limitation, whole-building operations and maintenance issues including chemical use; indoor air quality; energy efficiency; water efficiency; recycling programs; exterior maintenance programs; and systems upgrades to meet green building energy, water, indoor air quality, and lighting performance standards. Tenant shall endeavor to cause its construction and maintenance methods and procedures, material purchases, and disposal of waste to be in compliance with minimum standards and specifications as outlined by the Green Agency Ratings, in addition to all Governmental Requirements, provided that in no event shall Tenant be obligated to directly incur any additional material cost in connection therewith.

2.6.2 Tenant shall endeavor to use proven energy and carbon reduction measures, including energy efficient bulbs in task lighting; use of lighting controls; daylighting measures to avoid overlighting interior spaces; closing shades on the south side of the Building to avoid over heating the space; turning off lights and equipment at the end of the work day; and purchasing ENERGY STAR® qualified equipment, including but not limited to lighting, office equipment, commercial and residential quality kitchen equipment, vending and ice machines; and purchasing products certified by the U.S. EPA’s Water Sense® program, provided that in no event shall Tenant be obligated to directly incur any additional material cost in connection therewith.

2.7 Recycling and Waste Management . Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense to comply with all present and future Governmental Requirements regarding the collection, sorting, separation, and recycling of garbage, trash, rubbish and other refuse (collectively, “trash”). Tenant shall endeavor, at no additional material cost to Tenant, to (a) comply with Landlord’s recycling policy (as such policy may be adopted or supplemented from time to time), as part of Landlord’s sustainability practices where it may be more stringent than applicable Governmental Requirements, but reasonable and comparable to other similarly situated buildings with a comparable Green Agency Rating), including without limitation, recycling such categories of items designated by Landlord and transporting such items to any recycling areas designated by Landlord; (b) to sort and separate its trash and recycling into such categories as are provided by Governmental Requirements or Landlord’s then current sustainability practices; (c) that each separately sorted category of trash and recycling shall be placed in separate receptacles as directed by Landlord; and (d) that Landlord reserves the right to refuse to collect or accept from Tenant any waste that is not separated and sorted as required by Governmental Requirements, provided that Landlord may only exercise such right if Landlord (i) delivers to Tenant written notice of such failure and Tenant fails to cure such failure within twenty (20) days after receipt of such notice, and (ii) following such failure, Landlord delivers a second notice to Tenant of such failure and Tenant fails to cure the same within ten (10) days after receipt of such second notice.

SECTION 3: BASE RENT, ADDITIONAL RENT

AND OTHER SUMS PAYABLE UNDER LEASE

3.1 Payment of Rental . Tenant agrees to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent and any other sum due under this Lease to Landlord (collectively, “ Rent ”) without demand, deduction, credit, adjustment or offset of any kind or nature in lawful money of the United States when due under this Lease, at the offices of Manager at Manager’s Address, or to such other party or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. As set forth in paragraphs 3.2.1 and 3.4.1, payments of Base Rent and Additional Rent are due and payable in advance and without demand, on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term except to the extent provided in Section 3.2.2.

 

10


3.2 Commencement Date/Base Rent .

3.2.1 Payment of Base Rent . On the Effective Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount specified in the definition of Prepaid Rent for the month specified in the definition of that term. Subject to paragraph 3.2.2 below, Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent hereunder shall commence on the Commencement Date, and Tenant shall be obligated to pay Base Rent in the amounts set forth in the table included in the definition of “Base Rent” as may be amended and completed by the Lease Memorandum. Commencing on the Commencement Date (subject to paragraph 3.2.2 below), Tenant agrees to pay all monthly installments of Base Rent to Landlord, without demand and in advance, on or before the first day of each calendar month of the Lease Term. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, on the Commencement Date Tenant shall pay Base Rent due with respect to any partial month between the Commencement Date and the first day of the first full calendar month following the Commencement Date.

3.2.2 Reduced Rent Allowance . Notwithstanding the foregoing, between the Commencement Date and the two hundred and seventieth (270th) day thereafter (the “ Reduced Rent Period ”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of this paragraph 3.2.2, Landlord shall grant to Tenant an abatement of one hundred percent (100%) of the monthly Base Rent that would otherwise then be due under this Lease (the “ Reduced Rent Allowance ”). Provided, however, that (i) the Reduced Rent Period and the granting of the Reduced Rent Allowance as provided hereunder shall not affect the Commencement Date, (ii) Tenant shall remain obligated during the Reduced Rent Period to perform all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease except as expressly aforesaid (including, but not limited to, the payment of all Additional Rent as and to the extent due under this Lease), (iii) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing during the Reduced Rent Period, the abatement provided hereunder shall be suspended until such default is cured and Tenant shall be required to pay all Base Rent otherwise due for the period during which such Event of Default remains uncured, and (iv) if the expiration of the Reduced Rent Period is not on the final day of a calendar month, upon the expiration of the Reduced Rent Period Tenant shall pay Base Rent due with respect to any partial month between such expiration and the first day of the first full calendar month following such expiration.

3.3 Lease Security Provisions .

3.3.1 As security for the full and faithful payment of all sums due under this Lease and the full and faithful performance of every covenant and condition of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall be required to deliver a letter of credit in the amount of Three Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand Three Hundred Forty-One and 90/100 Dollars ($322,341.90) in favor of Landlord as a lease security deposit (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3.3.10, the “ Lease Security Deposit ”). The letter of credit initially delivered pursuant to this paragraph and all substitutions, replacements and renewals of it, must be consistent with and shall satisfy all the requirements in the letter of credit criteria set forth in Exhibit G and incorporated by reference herein. If a letter of credit has been delivered to and accepted by Landlord at or before the full execution of this Lease, it shall be deemed to satisfy the criteria appearing in Exhibit G . The term “ Letter of Credit ” shall mean and refer to a letter of credit conforming to this subparagraph. If a Letter of Credit has not been delivered to and accepted by Landlord on or before the full execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver a Letter of Credit to Landlord within fifteen (15) days from the Effective Date. Pending such delivery of the Letter of Credit, Landlord may defer funding the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Timely delivery of the Letter of Credit shall, at Landlord’s election, (a) be treated as a condition subsequent to the effectiveness of this Lease such that this Lease shall be voidable by Landlord by notice to Tenant if timely delivery of the Letter of Credit does not occur or (b) be treated by Landlord as an Event of Default. If Landlord elects to treat the failure to deliver the Letter of Credit in a timely manner as an Event of Default, Landlord may pursue all available rights and remedies, including the right to specific performance and the right to attach assets of Tenant located in the Premises.

3.3.2 Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part at Landlord’s election, without advance notice to Tenant at any time or from time to time on or after (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default, provided that with respect to monetary defaults that can be cured by a liquidated sum, such draw shall only be in an amount necessary to cure such default, (b) if Tenant, or anyone in possession of the Premises through Tenant, holds over, without Landlord’s written consent, after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, (c) Landlord is given notice by the issuer of the Letter of Credit that it is terminating the Letter of Credit, (d) the Letter of Credit expires on a specified date by its terms and is not renewed or replaced at least sixty (60) days in advance of its expiration date, (e) the then issuer of the Letter of Credit no longer complies with the criteria set forth on Exhibit G ,

 

11


and Tenant does not replace the Letter of Credit with a Letter of Credit that so complies within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice of such non-compliance, or (f) to the extent permitted by law, in the event any bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, reorganization or any other debtor creditor proceeding is instituted by or against Tenant.

3.3.3 Landlord may apply any sum drawn on the Letter of Credit to amounts owing to Landlord under this Lease in such order and priority as Landlord elects in its absolute discretion. If any of the proceeds drawn under the Letter of Credit are not applied immediately to sums owing to Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may retain any such excess proceeds as a cash Lease Security Deposit for application, at Landlord’s election, to future sums owing to Landlord under this Lease, in such order and priority as Landlord elects in its absolute discretion. If Landlord applies any of the proceeds drawn on the Letter of Credit, Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s demand, restore the amount of the Letter of Credit drawn so that the Letter of Credit is restored to the amount required under this Lease (as such amount may be reduced under paragraph 3.3.10), and Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) days of such restoration, return to Tenant any excess proceeds drawn from the Letter of Credit that have not been applied to amounts due under the Lease (if any). If Tenant does not restore the Letter of Credit to such amount within the required time period, such non-restoration shall be considered an Event of Default.

3.3.4 Landlord’s draw and application of all or any portion of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit shall not impair any other rights or remedies provided under this Lease or under applicable law and shall not be construed as a payment of liquidated damages. If Tenant shall have fully complied with all of the covenants and conditions of this Lease, the Letter of Credit shall be returned to Tenant or, if Landlord has drawn on the Letter of Credit, the remaining proceeds of the Letter of Credit which are in excess of sums due Landlord shall be repaid to Tenant, without interest, within thirty (30) Business Days after the expiration or termination of the Lease Term and delivery of possession of the Premises to Landlord in accordance with this Lease.

3.3.5 Upon any request by Landlord made during the Lease Term, Tenant shall cooperate in accomplishing any reasonable modification of the Letter of Credit requested by Landlord at Landlord’s sole expense. If the Letter of Credit should be lost, mutilated, stolen or destroyed, Tenant shall cooperate in obtaining the issuance of a replacement, at Landlord’s sole expense.

3.3.6 Tenant shall not assign or grant any security interest in the Letter of Credit and any attempt to do so shall be void and of no effect.

3.3.7 In the event of a sale or transfer of Landlord’s estate or interest in the Land and Building, Tenant shall have the right to transfer the Letter of Credit to the vendee or the transferee, Landlord shall pay any transfer fees charged by the issuing bank and Landlord shall thereafter be considered released by Tenant from all liability for the return of the Letter of Credit. Tenant shall look solely to the transferee for the return of the Letter of Credit and it is agreed that all of the foregoing shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the Letter of Credit to a new transferee provided each such transferee has assumed in writing the obligations of Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall cooperate in effecting such transfer.

3.3.8 No mortgagee or purchaser of any or all of the Building at any foreclosure proceeding brought under the provisions of any mortgage shall (regardless of whether the Lease is at the time in question subordinated to the lien of any mortgage) be liable to Tenant or any other person for any or all amounts drawn against the Letter of Credit or for the return of the Letter of Credit, or any other or additional Lease Security Deposit or other payment made by Tenant under the provisions of this Lease, unless such mortgagee or purchaser, as the case may be has actually received such amounts or such Letter of Credit.

3.3.9 In the event of any rightful and permitted assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, the Letter of Credit (or any other Lease Security Deposit) shall be returned to Tenant within ten (10) days following delivery by such assignee of the required Letter of Credit hereunder.

3.3.10 The required amount of the Lease Security Deposit (and of the Letter of Credit) shall be reduced to $268,618.25 on the second (2nd) anniversary of the Commencement Date, to $161,170.95 on the third (3rd) anniversary of the Commencement Date and to $53,723.65 on the fourth (4th) anniversary of the Commencement Date; provided, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to any particular reductions if there is a monetary default outstanding on the applicable anniversary until Tenant cures such default within the applicable

 

12


cure period set forth herein. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the applicable anniversary, or there has been an Event of Default in the twelve (12) month period preceding the applicable anniversary, (i) Tenant’s right to the applicable reduction shall be postponed until the next anniversary of the Commencement Date, and (ii) Tenant will then only be entitled to such reduction if there have been no intervening Events of Default. Notwithstanding the permitted reductions under this paragraph 3.3.10, in the event that after any reduction under this paragraph 3.3.10; (i) there is a draw under the Letter of Credit to compensate Landlord for losses or damages (including but not limited to unpaid Rent) that equal the then required reduced amount of the Letter of Credit, Tenant will be required to reinstate the Letter of Credit to the original amount required on the Effective Date ($332,341.90) and Tenant will not be entitled to any reduction in such required amount for the balance of the Lease Term; or (ii) there is a draw under the Letter of Credit to compensate Landlord for losses or damages (including but not limited to unpaid Rent) that are less than the then required amount of the Letter of Credit, Tenant shall be required to restore the letter of Credit to an amount equal to (A) the amount of the Letter of Credit required under this paragraph 3.3.10 prior to such draw plus (B) two (2) months of the then Base Rent.

3.4 Additional Rent . Definitions of certain terms used in this paragraph are set forth in the last subparagraph of this paragraph entitled “Additional Rent”. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord additional rent as computed in this paragraph (individually and collectively the “ Additional Rent ”):

3.4.1 Estimated Operating Costs . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, on a monthly basis one-twelfth (1/12) of the amount, if any, by which the Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises exceeds the Operating Costs Base Amount Allocable to the Premises. These payments shall be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month of the Lease Term. Tenant’s obligation to commence making payments pursuant to this paragraph 3.4.1 shall commence on January 1, 2013 (the “ Pass-Through Start Date ”). Landlord shall furnish Tenant a written statement of reasonable Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises, broken down by category, which Landlord shall endeavor to deliver not less than thirty (30) days in advance of the commencement of a Year. If such written statement is furnished after the commencement of a Year, Tenant shall continue to make monthly payments of Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises in the monthly amount required during the prior year and Tenant shall commence payment of any increase to such monthly amount for the current Year thirty (30) days after written receipt of Landlord’s estimate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right, from time to time during each Year, but no more frequently than once per Year, to revise the Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises and upon notice to Tenant of such revision, Tenant shall adjust its payment to Landlord under this subparagraph 3.4.1 accordingly.

3.4.2 Actual Costs . After the close of each Year following the Base Year, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement, broken down by category, setting forth the Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises during the preceding Year. Landlord shall endeavor to provide such statement within one hundred-twenty (120) days of the close of such Year. If such Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises for any Year exceed the Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to subparagraph 3.4.1 for such Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such excess to Landlord within thirty (30) Business Days after receipt of such statement by Tenant. If such statement shows the Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises to be less than the Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to subparagraph 3.4.1, then the amount of such overpayment shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) Business Days following the date of such statement or, at Landlord’s option, shall be credited towards the installment(s) of Additional Rent next coming due from Tenant, or if none, then the overpayment shall be refunded to Tenant.

3.4.3 Determination . Based on Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, the determination of Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises shall be made by Landlord. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord shall have the option, upon delivery of written notice to Tenant, which option may be exercised at any time during the Lease Term, to adjust the mechanism for the required payment of Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises, Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises, and the reconciliation of same, from a calendar Year method to a fiscal year method (based on Landlord’s fiscal year). In the event Landlord exercises such option, Tenant shall continue paying the Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises and the Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises at the amounts then in effect under the existing method, until Landlord delivers to Tenant a written statement of the actual Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises and actual Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises for the stub period between the commencement of the existing calendar Year and the commencement of the relevant fiscal year, together with a statement of Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises and Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises for the remaining portion of such fiscal year. The parties shall then

 

13


reconcile any discrepancies between estimated and actual amounts in the manner and pursuant to the terms set forth at paragraph 3.4.2 and, commencing with the first full calendar month following delivery of the aforementioned statements from Landlord, Tenant shall begin paying Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises and Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises. The parties shall thereafter reconcile the estimated and actual costs of Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises and Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises pursuant to a fiscal year (and not calendar Year) method for the balance of the Lease Term.

3.4.4 Operating Cost Audit . Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Tenant may, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause a Qualified Person (defined below) to inspect Landlord’s records regarding the actual Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises for any particular Year. Such inspection, if any, shall be conducted no more than once each Year, during Landlord’s normal business hours and Landlord’s or Manager’s offices, located in the Washington DC region. Any audit of a particular Year’s Operating Costs must be completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written statement of the actual Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises for such particular Year, and to be scheduled no less than twenty (20) and no more than forty-five (45) days from Landlord’s receipt of such request. Any errors disclosed by the review shall be promptly corrected by Landlord: provided, however, that if Landlord disagrees with any such claimed errors, Landlord shall have the right to cause another review to be made by an auditor of Landlord’s choice. In the event the results of the review of records (taking into account, if applicable, the results of any additional review caused by Landlord) reveal that the tenants of the Building were overcharged with respect to Operating Costs for the preceding Year, then Tenant shall be credited the overage applicable to Tenant against Tenant’s subsequent installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or other payments due to Landlord under the Lease or reimbursed to Tenant if no such payments are due. In the event that such results show that Tenant has underpaid its obligations for a preceding period, the amount of such underpayment shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) Business Days after written invoice from Landlord. If the actual Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises for any given Year were improperly computed and if the tenants in the Building were overcharged by more than four percent (4%) with respect to Operating Costs for the preceding Year, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost of its audit.

3.4.5 End of Term . If this Lease shall terminate on a day other than the last day of a Year, (a) Landlord shall estimate the Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises and Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises for such Year predicated on the most recent reliable information available to Landlord; (b) the amount determined under clause (a) of this sentence shall be prorated by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days within the Lease Term in such Year and the denominator of which is 365; (c) the Operating Costs Base Amount Allocable to the Premises shall be prorated in the manner described in clause (b); (d) the clause (c) amount (i.e., the prorated Operating Costs Base Amount Allocable to the Premises) shall be deducted from the clause (b) amount (i.e., the prorated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises); (e) if the clause (d) amount exceeds the Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises paid by Tenant for the last Year in the Lease Term, then Tenant shall pay the excess to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement for such excess; and (f) if the Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises paid by Tenant for the last Year in the Lease Term exceeds the clause (d) amount, then Landlord shall refund to Tenant the excess within the thirty (30) day period described in clause (e) less the amount of any sums owed by Tenant to Landlord in accordance herewith. Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

3.4.6 Definitions . Each underlined term in this subparagraph shall have the meaning set forth next to that underlined term:

Operating Costs Base Amount Allocable to the Premises : The Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises for the 2012 calendar Year (the “ Base Year ”).

Estimated Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises : Landlord’s written estimate of Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises for a Year to be given by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to subparagraph 3.4.1.

Green Expenses : As defined in subsection (u) in the definition of Operating Costs (net of Property Taxes) below.

 

14


Operating Costs : All expenses paid or incurred by Landlord for maintaining, operating, owning and repairing any or all of the Land, Building, the Premises, the Garage, related improvements, and the personal property used in conjunction with such Land, Building, Premises and related improvements, except for Property Taxes. Included are all expenses paid or incurred by Landlord for: (a) utilities, including electricity, water, gas, sewers, fire sprinkler charges, refuse collection, Telecommunication Services, cable television, steam, heat, cooling or any other similar service and which are not payable directly by tenants in the Building; (b) supplies used in the Building; (c) cleaning, painting and janitorial services (including window washing), interior and exterior landscaping and landscaping maintenance (including irrigating, trimming, mowing, fertilizing, seeding and replacing plants), snow removal and other services that are not exclusive to any one tenant or group of tenants in the Building; (d) access control services, if any; (e) insurance premiums and applicable insurance deductible payments by Landlord; (f) property management fees (not to exceed four percent (4%) of the gross revenues of the Building; (g) compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons and business organizations who perform duties in connection with any service, repair, maintenance, replacement or improvement or other work included in this subparagraph (not above the level of manager, and to the extent that employees of Landlord or employees of Manager or Landlord’s Agents are not assigned exclusively to the Building, then Operating Costs shall include only the portion of their salaries, wages and other personnel costs that Landlord allocates on a rational and reasonable basis to the Building); (h) license, permit and inspection fees; (i) assessments and special assessments due to deed restrictions, declarations or owners associations or other means of allocating costs of a larger tract of which the Land is a part; (j) rental of any machinery or equipment; (k) third-party audit fees and accounting services related to the Building; (l) the cost of repairs or replacements, as and to the extent permitted or required under this Lease; (m) charges under maintenance and service contracts to unrelated third parties; (n) legal fees and other expenses of legal or other dispute resolution proceedings (other than those incurred in lease disputes with tenants, in procuring tenants, or for fees not related to the operation and maintenance of the Building or entering leases or occupancy agreements); (o) maintenance and repair of the roof and roof membranes; (p) costs incurred by Landlord for compliance with any and all changes, modifications or supplements to any Governmental Requirements that are effective or enacted after the Commencement Date, or to increase the efficiency of any electrical, mechanical or other system servicing the Building or the Land; (q) elevator service and repair, if any; (r) business taxes and license fees relating to the Building and not the ownership entity; (s) any other expense or charge which in accordance with generally accepted accounting and management principles would be considered an expense of maintaining, operating, owning or repairing the Building; (t) insurance endorsements or insurance policies purchased in order to repair, replace and re-commission the Building for re-certification pursuant to any Green Agency Rating in effect for the Building as of the Effective Date; (u) any costs incurred in maintaining or managing the Building or any part thereof so that same will conform with, maintain or attain any Green Agency Ratings, including but not limited to all reporting costs (collectively, “ Green Expenses ”), provided that Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Green Expenses shall be subject to an aggregate maximum annual cap of $0.12 per rentable square foot of the Premises; however, such cap shall not (i) be applied to any costs incurred by Landlord in recommissioning the Building in order to comply with any Green Agency Ratings (although Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such recommission costs may only be passed through to Tenant once during the initial Lease Term and Tenant’s Pro Rata share thereof shall not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00)); and (ii) limit Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any particular Operating Cost that independently qualifies under another permissible category of Operating Costs under this paragraph; and (v) the amortization of costs of capital improvements or expenditures in accordance with the balance of this paragraph. Costs associated with capital improvements installed or constructed by Landlord other than in the initial construction of the Building, whether such were constructed or installed before or after the Effective Date, shall be amortized with interest thereon at the Prime Rate plus two (2) percentage points over the estimated useful life of the capital improvement as reasonably determined by Landlord, but only the annual amortization of principal and interest for the portion of the useful life of such improvement which occurs during the Lease Term shall be an Operating Cost. The only capital improvements, costs or expenditures permitted to be included in Operating Costs shall be capital expenditures incurred either to (i) reduce Operating Costs or (ii) to comply with the requirements of any law, order or regulation of any governmental, quasi-governmental, public or other authority not applicable to the Building as of the Commencement Date. Provided, however, Landlord shall only pass-through capital improvements, costs or expenditures pursuant to subsection (i) of the preceding sentence if Landlord had a good faith belief at the time it incurred the same that the savings to Tenant in its Pro Rata Share of Operating Costs as a result of the capital expenditure, cost or improvement

 

15


would equal or exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the cost of the capital expenditure, cost or improvement and, upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord will provide to Tenant relevant documents, studies, analysis or reports in its possession that contributed to such belief.

Exclusions from Operating Costs : Operating Costs shall not include (a) depreciation of the Building (except as otherwise provided herein); (b) payments of principal and interest or other debt costs on any mortgages, deeds of trust or other encumbrances upon the Building; (c) the cost of preparing, improving or altering space for Tenant or a specific tenant; (d) the cost of any repair, restoration, replacement or other item, to the extent Landlord is actually reimbursed therefor by insurance, another tenant, warranties or condemnation proceeds; (e) leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees, space planners’ fees and advertising and marketing costs incurred by Landlord to lease space in the Building to tenants or prospective tenants of the Building or legal fees incurred in lease disputes with tenants; (f) the cost of enforcing warranties; (g) the cost of all warranties included in contracts for the provision of materials or services to the Property; (h) any portion of the operating expenses relating exclusively to the retail space; (i) costs incurred in connection with the original construction of the Building; (j) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss; (k) the expense of extraordinary service provided to other tenants in the Building which are made available to the tenant at cost or for which the tenant is separately charged and collected; (l) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership of entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), or costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interests in the Building; (m) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Building unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Building vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Building; (n) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants in the Building or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Building (however, this exclusion shall not encompass any of such costs relating to any common areas of the Building or the Garage); (o) overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Building to the extent the same exceeds to the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first class, unaffiliated third parties a competitive basis; (p) all items and services for which the Tenant or any other tenant in the Building is obligated to reimburse the Landlord or which the Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than the Tenant) without reimbursement; (q) electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company and; (r) costs arising from the Landlord’s political or charitable contributions; (s) any ground rents or similar payments to a ground lessor; (t) reserves for repairs, maintenance and replacements; (u) costs associated with installing sprinklers in the Building unless mandated by a change in Government Requirements after the Effective Date; (v) costs and expenses incurred in connection with any transfer of an interest in the Building or the Land; (w) costs of expenses necessitated by or resulting from the gross negligence of Landlord, its agents or employees; (x) interest or penalties arising by reason of Landlord’s failure to timely pay any Property Taxes or Operating Expenses; (y) costs incurred to remove or remediate any hazardous or toxic wastes, materials or substances from either the Building or the Land; or (z) any compensation or fees payable to any third party Garage Operator.

Gross-Up Provision : If less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the net rentable area of the Building (other than any retail space) is occupied by tenants at all times during any Year, or if any tenant is paying separately for electricity or other utilities or services for any Year and the costs thereof are not included in Operating Costs, then the amount of Operating Costs that vary with occupancy of the Building for such Year shall include all such variable Operating Costs that Landlord reasonably determines would have been incurred had ninety five percent (95%) of the office space in the Building been occupied at all times during such Year by tenants, and as if no tenants had separately paid for electricity or other utilities or services for such Year.

Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises : The product of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share times Operating Costs (net of Property Taxes).

 

16


Qualified Person : An accountant or other person experienced in accounting for income and expenses of office projects, who is engaged solely by Tenant on terms which do not entail any compensation based or measured in any way upon any savings in Additional Rent or reduction in Operating Costs Allocable to the Premises achieved through the inspection process described in this paragraph, and who has agreed in writing to disclose to Landlord any overages or errors in Tenant’s favor that any audit discloses.

Property Tax Base Amount : Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Property Taxes payable for the Base Year.

Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises : Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Property Taxes.

3.4.7 Property Tax Escalation . In addition to the payments required by the previous subparagraphs of this paragraph, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12) of the amount, if any, by which Landlord’s estimate of the Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises for the current Year exceeds the Property Tax Base Amount. This sum shall be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month of the Lease Term. Tenant’s obligation to commence making payments pursuant to this paragraph 3.4.7 shall commence on the Pass-Through Start Date. After the close of each Year during the Lease Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement setting forth (1) actual Property Taxes Allocable to the Premises for the preceding Year, (2) difference between the amount referred to in clause (1) and the Property Tax Base Amount and (3) differential between the amount referred to in clause (2) and the sum of the estimated monthly payments toward such amount made by Tenant during such year. If the differential referred to in clause (3) of the previous sentence represents an underpayment by Tenant, such differential shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) Business Days after delivery of Landlord’s written statement to Tenant; if such differential represents an overpayment by Tenant, Landlord shall, at its option, either credit such overpayment to the installment(s) of Additional Rent next coming due from Tenant or refund such overpayment to Tenant within thirty (30) Business Days after Tenant’s concurrence in the amount due as a refund. If the Lease Term begins or ends on a day other than the beginning or end of a Year, the amount due as described in clause (2) of this subparagraph shall be prorated on a per diem basis with reference to the Year. The provisions of this subparagraph shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

3.4.8 Tenant’s Costs . Tenant agrees to reimburse or pay Landlord within thirty (30) Business Days after invoice from Landlord for (a) any cleaning expenses incurred by Landlord, including carpet cleaning, garbage and trash removal expenses, over and above the normal cleaning provided by Landlord as set forth on Exhibit F , (or due to the presence of a kitchen within the Premises), (b) any expense incurred by Landlord for additional usage by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents of elevator services, electricity, water, janitorial services, or any other services or utilities (other than HVAC, which is addressed in paragraph 3.5.4) over and above the normal usage for the Premises based on the usage of similarly sized premises in the Building used for general office purposes, (c) any expense incurred by Landlord relating to or arising out of the usage by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents of the public or common areas of the Building or Land, or any of the equipment contained therein, which usage is over and above the normal usage for such public or common areas or equipment, and (d) any other direct expense incurred by Landlord on Tenant’s behalf. The nominal cleaning to be provided by Landlord to the Premises at Landlord’s expense (as part of Operating Costs) is described in Exhibit F .

3.4.9 Payments Deemed Additional Rent . Any sums payable under this Lease pursuant to this paragraph or otherwise shall be Additional Rent and, in the event of nonpayment of such sums, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies with respect to such nonpayment as it has with respect to nonpayment of the Base Rent due under this Lease.

3.5 Utilities .

3.5.1 Landlord shall have the right from time to time to select the company or companies providing electricity, gas, fuel, one or more categories of Telecommunication Services and any other utility services to the Building and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to attain the lowest possible costs for these services. Electrical services will be supplied by Landlord to a panel box designated for each floor of the Building. Landlord will provide only a suitable connection for voice telephone service at the designated locations in or near the Premises, with all other costs related to installation of Telecommunication Facilities being the responsibility of Tenant. All connection, installation, usage charges, maintenance and repair charges for such telephone service shall be Tenant’s responsibility. Landlord reserves the right to install (at its sole cost, unless such installation is being made based on excessive usage by Tenant, in which event Tenant shall bear such installation costs), with prior

 

17


notice to Tenant, and activate separate metering of electricity, water or other utilities to the Premises, in which case the Operating Costs, Base Rent and the Operating Costs Base Amount Allocable to the Premises shall be reduced by the amount included for electricity, water or other utilities prior to the activation of such separate metering.

3.5.2 Tenant acknowledges that space on the Building rooftop and in Building risers, equipment rooms and equipment closets is limited. Unless otherwise required by law, neither Tenant, nor a provider of Telecommunication Services to Tenant, in the future shall be entitled to locate or install Telecommunication Facilities in, on or about the Building without (1) first obtaining Landlord’s, prior written consent (given in its reasonable discretion) and (2) the advance execution by Landlord and Tenant of a satisfactory agreement granting a license to Tenant for such purposes and setting forth the scope and other terms and conditions of that license, and (3) Tenant negotiating and obtaining the right, if any is required, to bring such Telecommunication Facilities across public or private property to an approved entry point to the Building. The agreement referred to in clause (2) of the previous sentence shall be incorporated in and become part of this Lease. Any future application by Tenant for permission to locate or install Telecommunication Facilities shall (a) be in such form and shall be accompanied by such supporting information as the Landlord may reasonably require, (b) be subject to such procedures, regulations and controls as the Landlord may specify and (c) be accompanied by such payment as the Landlord may reasonably request to reimburse Landlord for its costs of evaluating and processing the application and in negotiating and preparing the agreement described earlier in this subparagraph 3.5.2. Tenant shall remove any and all Telecommunication Facilities at its sole cost and expense that were installed by or on behalf of Tenant at the expiration or termination of the Lease Term, and shall repair and be liable for any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have free use of a reasonable amount of Building riser and associated space.

3.5.3 Landlord shall in no case be liable or in any way be responsible for damages or loss to Tenant arising from the failure of, diminution of or interruption in electrical power, natural gas, HVAC, fuel, Telecommunication Services, sewer, water, or garbage collection services, other utility service or building service of any kind to the Premises. If any failure or interruption of any service or utility to be provided to Tenant hereunder by Landlord shall result in any portion of the Premises being unusable (as hereinafter defined) (such failure or interruption, a “ Critical Failure ”), and if such Critical Failure is caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct and continues for more than three (3) Business Days or, in the event the Critical Failure does not result from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct and continues for more than thirty (30) days, then, commencing on the fourth (4 th ) Business Day, (or as applicable, thirty-first (31 st ) day) after Tenant ceases to use such portion of the Premises for the normal conduct of its business due to such Critical Failure, all Rent payable hereunder with respect to such portion of the Premises shall abate until the next Business Day following restoration of the applicable service or utility. Provided, however, with respect to Critical Failures that were not caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, the aforementioned abatement shall only be applicable to the extent Landlord is reimbursed for such abated Rent pursuant to Landlord’s standard rent loss insurance policy (which Landlord hereby covenants to maintain). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to restore any services or utilities causing any Critical Failure. In addition, upon any Critical Failure that lasts for more than one hundred eighty (180) days and that deprives Tenant of all reasonable use of the Premises for such entire period, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease within ten (10) days of the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180) day period upon written notice to Landlord and without any fee payable to Landlord for such termination. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3.5.3, if any failure or interruption of service is due to a fire or other casualty, is caused by Tenant or involves a service not being provided to Tenant by Landlord hereunder, the remedies provided for in this paragraph shall not apply.

3.5.4 Water and After-Hours HVAC . With respect to the Premises, Landlord shall provide water, and a base building mechanical system to provide adequate heat, ventilation and air-conditioning (“ HVAC ”) in season to the Premises during the following days and hours: Mondays through Fridays from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and Saturdays between 8:00 AM and 1:00 PM, except for Holidays (“ Building Standard Hours ”) Landlord shall provide HVAC service at times in addition to Building Standard Hours (“ After-Hours HVAC ”); provided, however, Tenant gives Landlord notice prior to 4:00 p.m. on the same day such After-Hours HVAC is required with respect to service on Business Days and prior to 4:00 p.m. on the immediately preceding Business Day with respect to service on non-Business Days. The charge to Tenant for After-Hours HVAC shall be at Landlord’s then-standard hourly rate for After-Hours HVAC, which rate shall not exceed Landlord’s costs for same (as of the Effective Date, such rate is $75.00 per hour, per floor), excluding accelerated depreciation. Any HVAC service on Holidays shall be considered After-Hours HVAC.

 

18


3.5.5 Tenant shall not install any supplemental HVAC, space heaters or other utilities or energy-intensive equipment (“ Supplemental Utilities Equipment ”) in the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditional or delayed. Landlord hereby consents to the operation of the Supplemental Utilities Equipment located in the Premises as of the Effective Date. Tenant shall be responsible, all at its sole cost and expense, for the installation, maintenance, and repair of any of Supplemental Utilities Equipment, and, at Landlord’s election (to be made in writing at the time that Landlord approves same), shall remove same from the Premises upon the expiration or termination of the Lease Term at Tenant’s sole cost and expense except that any Supplemental Utilities Equipment located in the Premises as of the Effective Date shall not be required to be removed. Tenant agrees that it will maintain and repair any Supplemental Utilities Equipment, and major components thereof, in first-class condition, and any such equipment will be operated on sensors or timers that limit the operation of such Supplemental Utilities Equipment to hours of occupancy in the areas immediately adjacent to the occupying personnel. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, enter into a regularly scheduled preventative maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor or the seller of any such Supplemental Utilities Equipment, and upon Landlord’s reasonable request, Tenant will provide Landlord with reasonable evidence of such maintenance and repair. Upon Landlord’s request, at reasonable times and upon prior notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency, where no notice is required) Landlord shall have the right to inspect, on not less than a monthly basis, so long as prior notice has been provided, the aforementioned Supplemental Utilities Equipment and major components provided Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize Landlord’s interference with Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not permit any Supplemental Utilities Equipment to disturb or unreasonably interfere with any of the Building’s systems or any other tenant in the Building, and Tenant will remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any such Supplemental Utilities Equipment at Landlord’s direction in the event of such disturbance or interference provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such disturbance or interference at Tenant’s sole cost, prior to requesting removal of the same. Landlord reserves the right to separately submeter (or cause Tenant to separately submeter) any Supplemental Utilities Equipment, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that any Supplemental Utilities Equipment is required to be removed from the Premises by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this paragraph 3.5.5, Tenant shall be responsible to Landlord for any damage caused to the Premises or Building in connection therewith.

3.5.6 Tenant shall be required to submit to Landlord any electricity consumption data and costs in a format reasonably requested by Landlord.

3.6 Holdover . Tenant is not authorized to hold over beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. In the event of any holding over by Tenant without consent by Landlord, after the expiration of the Lease Term, (a) for the first thirty (30) days of such holdover period, Tenant shall be liable for monthly rent equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent and one hundred percent (100%) of Additional Rent in effect immediately prior to the expiration of the Lease Term, and (b) from and after the thirty-first (31 st ) day of such holdover, Tenant shall be liable for monthly rent equal to one hundred seventy-five percent (175%) of the Base Rent and one hundred percent (100%) of Additional Rent in effect immediately prior to the expiration of the Lease Term. In addition, with respect to any holdover that exceeds forty-five (45) days, Tenant shall be liable for any damages, consequential or otherwise, suffered by Landlord as a result of such holdover. Notwithstanding the payment of any increased amounts under this paragraph 3.6, Landlord reserves all rights and remedies at law or in equity with respect to any holdover, including but not limited to institute a suit for eviction. Except as set forth in this paragraph 3.6, such holding over shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as far as applicable. Any monthly amounts owed under this paragraph 3.6 shall not be prorated but shall be deemed fully earned by Landlord as of the first day of any month. Any payments under this paragraph 3.6 shall be made within fifteen (15) days of Landlord’s demand therefor, and in no event less than once per month. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights to any notices to quit or similar notices.

3.7 Late Charge . If Tenant fails to make any payment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or other amount on the first day of each calendar month more than once during each calendar year of the Lease Term, and such failure is not cured within five (5) Business Days of notice of such failure, a late charge is immediately due and payable by Tenant equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of any such payment. Landlord and Tenant agree that this charge compensates Landlord for the administrative costs caused by the delinquency. The parties agree that Landlord’s damage would be difficult to compute and the amount stated in this paragraph 3.7 represents a reasonable estimate of such damage. Assessment or payment of the late charge contemplated in this paragraph shall not excuse or cure any Event of Default or breach by Tenant under this Lease or impair any other right or remedy provided under this Lease or under law.

 

19


3.8 Default Rate . Any Base Rent, Additional Rent or other sum payable under this Lease which is not paid when due shall bear interest at a rate equal to the lesser of: (1) the published prime or reference rate of such national banking institution designated by Landlord (the “ Prime Rate ”), then in effect, plus two (2) percentage points, or (2) the maximum rate of interest per annum permitted by applicable law (the “ Default Rate ”), but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any Event of Default or breach by Tenant under this Lease or impair any other right or remedy provided under this Lease or under law.

SECTION 4: MANAGEMENT AND LEASING PROVISIONS

4.1 Maintenance and Repair by Landlord . Subject to the paragraphs captioned “ Damage or Destruction ” and “ Condemnation ,” Landlord shall maintain the public, structural and common areas of the Building, including but not limited to the external and structural components of the Building, the exterior glass (including the interior side thereof), the Garage, the Building HVAC system and all mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems, the restrooms, passenger elevators serving the Premises (at least one of which shall generally be in operation at all times), a freight elevator, loading dock, and risers in reasonably good order and condition subject to reasonable wear and tear throughout the Lease Term in accordance with comparable first class office buildings in the Tyson’s Corner submarket of Northern Virginia and in compliance with all statutes, ordinances, codes, laws, rules, regulations, orders and directives of any Governmental Agency as now or later amended, including but not limited to Access Laws. Landlord shall make such repairs thereto as become necessary after obtaining actual knowledge of the need for such repairs. Landlord shall replace Building standard light bulbs and ballasts (and the replacement cost of same shall be an Operating Cost), and Tenant shall replace any specialty light bulbs and specialty ballasts in the Premises at its sole cost and expense. All maintenance and repair costs shall be included in Operating Costs as and to the extent provided by the terms of this Lease, except for damage occasioned by the act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents which shall be paid for entirely by Tenant upon demand by Landlord. In the event any or all of the Building becomes in need of maintenance or repair which Landlord is required to make under this Lease, Tenant shall immediately give written notice to Landlord, and Landlord shall be obligated to commence such maintenance or repairs within a reasonable time after Landlord’s receipt of such notice.

4.2 Maintenance and Repairs by Tenant . Except as is expressly set forth as Landlord’s responsibility pursuant to the paragraph captioned “ Maintenance and Repair by Landlord ,”, and except as included in the janitorial services set forth in Exhibit F , Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense keep, clean and maintain the Premises in good condition and repair, including interior painting, plumbing and supplemental utility and HVAC fixtures and installations within the Premises (as approved by Landlord in writing), carpets and floor coverings, all interior wall surfaces and coverings (including tile and paneling), window replacement (only if Tenant or Tenant’s Agent caused the window to crack or shatter), exterior and interior doors, roof penetrations and membranes in connection with any permitted Tenant installations on the roof, specialty light bulb replacement (and tenant shall endeavor to cause such lighting purchases to comply with Landlord’s sustainability practices and shall be reported to Landlord in a format reasonably requested to Landlord) and interior preventative maintenance. Tenant shall endeavor to cause all maintenance and repairs made by Tenant to comply with Landlord’s sustainability practices and any applicable Green Agency Rating, as the same may change from time to time. If Tenant fails to maintain or repair the Premises in accordance with this paragraph, then Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises upon twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice to Tenant (or immediately without any notice in the case of an emergency) to perform such maintenance or repair at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such maintenance or repair plus a three percent (3%) administration fee within thirty (30) Business Days of written demand from Landlord.

4.3 Common Areas/Access Control .

4.3.1 The common areas of the Building shall be subject to Landlord’s sole management and control; provided that, Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s access to and enjoyment of the Premises (except to the extent necessary in an emergency situation provided that Landlord shall use good faith diligent efforts to remedy any such emergency condition as quickly as possible). Without limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord reserves the exclusive right as it deems necessary or desirable to install, construct, remove, maintain and operate lighting systems, facilities, improvements, equipment,

 

20


Telecommunication Facilities and signs on, in or to all parts of the common areas; change the number, size, height, layout, or locations of walks, driveways and truckways or parking areas now or later forming a part of the Land or Building; make alterations or additions to the Building or common areas; close temporarily all or any portion of the common areas to make repairs, changes or to avoid public dedication (provided that such closures are for as short a period as possible using commercially reasonable efforts); grant easements to which the Land will be subject; replat, subdivide, or make other changes to the Land; place or relocate or cause to be placed or located utility lines and Telecommunication Facilities through, over or under the Land and Building; and use or permit the use of all or any portion of the roof of the Building. Landlord reserves the right to relocate parking areas and driveways and to build additional improvements in the common areas so long as Tenant’s Parking Ratio is not reduced.

4.3.2 Landlord agrees to install and maintain, which maintenance will be an Operating Cost of the Building, a “Datawatch” or similar perimeter vendor card access system at the exterior entry doors to the Building for access during non-Building Standard Hours. Landlord shall provide, free of charge, 100 Building access cards. Any replacements shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. As part of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall install an access security system that is compatible with the Building system to control ingress to the Premises and Tenant agrees to maintain the same and Tenant shall provide Landlord with an access code or a minimum of five (5) cards allowing Landlord access to the Premises, subject in all events to the terms of this Lease, which access security system shall be removed upon the expiration or termination of the Lease Term at Landlord’s election at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to supplement or enhance the access control systems, procedure or personnel for the Building and Landlord shall be entitled to require reasonably necessary enhancements to Tenant’s access security system to the Premises. The costs of any such additional or enhanced access control services shall be includable in Operating Costs. Tenant recognizes that access control services, if any, provided by Landlord (or to be installed and maintained by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph 4.3.2) will be for the sole benefit of Landlord and the protection of Landlord’s property and, under no circumstances shall Landlord be responsible for, and Tenant waives any rights with respect to, Landlord providing security or other protection for Tenant or Tenant’s Agents or property in, on or about the Premises, Land or Building. Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval of the plans and specifications therefor, Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, install, establish and maintain access control services within the Premises or extend the Building’s access control system to each entry point of the Premises; provided that , such access control services (including any apparatus, facilities, equipment or people utilized in connection with the provision of such access control services) comply with all Governmental Requirements, are compatible with the Building’s access control system and shall not cause the Building to be out of compliance with any Governmental Requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such access control services installed, established or maintained by Tenant must not affect or impact any portion of the Building or the Land other than the Premises and shall not in any way limit or interfere with Landlord’s ability to exercise its rights as provided in the paragraph captioned “ Access .” Tenant’s rights under this subparagraph 4.3.2 are subject to all the obligations, limitations and requirements as set forth in the paragraphs captioned “ Tenant Alterations ” and “ Tenant’s Work Performance .”

4.4 Tenant Alterations . Except to the extent expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall have the right, from time to time, to make additions, changes, alterations or improvements (“Tenant Alterations”) to the Premises, and those building systems exclusively serving the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord. Landlord’s consent will only be required with respect to any Tenant Alterations to the extent that such Tenant Alterations require the issuance of a building permit from applicable governmental authorities or affects or involve: (a) the structure, exterior or exterior appearance of the Premises or the Building; (b) the views of the interior of the Building from the ground level of the exterior of the Building in any material and adverse manner as reasonably determined by Landlord; (c) the operation, repair or maintenance of any building system outside of the Premises; (d) other tenants or occupants of the Building in any material way, as reasonably determined by Landlord; (e) space outside of the Premises, (f) work in excess of $50,000. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of any Tenant Alterations on the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord full and complete plans and specifications for any proposed Tenant Alterations that require Landlord’s consent under this paragraph 4.4. All such plans and specifications shall be subject to Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If the Landlord’s consent is given, such Tenant Alteration shall be performed at Tenant’s expense and, at Landlord’s reasonable election (which election shall be made at the time the approval is issued), shall be removed by Landlord or by Tenant under Landlord’s supervision, at Tenant’s expense, upon the expiration or termination of the Lease Term. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord for any architectural, engineering, supervisory and/or legal services in connection with any Tenant Alterations, including, without limitation, Landlord’s review of plans and specifications, which in aggregate shall be capped at

 

21


one percent (1%) of the hard construction costs. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord may reasonably require Tenant for the duration of such work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to obtain and provide Landlord with proof of insurance coverage and a payment and performance bond, in forms, amounts and by companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Should Tenant make any Tenant Alterations without Landlord’s prior written consent or without satisfaction of any conditions established by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, in addition to and without limitation of any right or remedy Landlord may have under this Lease, or at law or in equity, to require Tenant to remove some or all of Tenant Alterations so made and restore the Premises at Tenant’s expense. All Tenant Alterations shall be (a) completed in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord (if Landlord’s approval of same is required above); (b) completed in accordance with all Governmental Requirements; (c) carried out promptly in a good and workmanlike manner; (d) of all new or recycled materials; and (e) free of defect in materials and workmanship. Tenant shall endeavor to perform any and all Tenant Alterations that affect at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises in accordance with Landlord’s sustainability practices, (as same may be in effect or amended or supplemented from time to time) and any Green Agency Ratings, as the same may change from time to time, provided that conformance to Landlord’s sustainability practices or policies of an applicable Green Agency Ratings shall not result in any material additional cost to Tenant. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree that Tenant has no obligation hereunder to (i) engage a third party LEED or Green Globe Accredited Professional with respect to the design or construction of any Tenant Alteration, or (ii) seek or obtain any Green Agency Rating certification with respect to the design, installation or operation of any Tenant Alteration. Tenant shall pay for all damage to the Premises, Building and Land caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents as a result of the Tenant Alterations. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from any Claims arising as a result of the Tenant Alterations or any defect in design, material or workmanship of any Tenant Alterations. Nothing contained in this paragraph or the paragraph captioned “ Tenant’s Work Performance ” shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions of the paragraph captioned “ Mechanic’s Liens .”

4.5 Tenant’s Work Performance . Any Tenant Improvements or Tenant Alterations (and any telecommunications cabling or wiring, and any furniture installation), and any other work to be performed by Tenant shall be performed by contractors employed by Tenant under one or more construction contracts, in form and content and approved in advance in writing by Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. With respect to any construction contracts for work to be performed on behalf of Tenant, such contracts shall include, for the entire duration of the contract, a requirement that the prime contractor and the respective subcontractors of any tier: (1) be a party to, or bound by, a collective bargaining agreement applicable to the geographic area in which the Land is located, applicable to the trade or trades in which the work under the contract is to be performed, and entered with one or more labor organizations affiliated with the Building and Construction Trades Department of the AFL-CIO or with an independent, nationally recognized labor organization or one of its affiliated locals and (2) solely employ members of such labor organizations to perform work within their respective jurisdictions. The previous sentence shall apply whether it is Landlord or Tenant performing or contracting for any such alterations, additions, improvements or installations. Waivers or exceptions to the requirement in this sentence may be given only in writing by Landlord. Tenant’s contractors, workers and suppliers shall work in harmony with workers or contractors of Landlord or other tenants of Landlord. If Landlord reasonably believes that Tenant’s contractors, workers or suppliers will cause or are causing such interference, Landlord’s consent to the continuation of such work may be withdrawn upon written notice to Tenant and such work shall cease. In addition to the foregoing requirements, Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to contract for services to be performed in or about the Premises with companies which are a Responsible Contractor, provided that, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to directly incur any additional material cost in order to comply with this sentence (although Tenant acknowledges that compliance with the balance of this paragraph 4.5 may result in additional costs), nor have any duty to independently confirm whether a company qualifies as a Responsible Contractor.

4.6 Surrender of Possession . Subject to the last subparagraph of the paragraph captioned “ Insurance ,” Tenant shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, surrender and deliver the Premises to Landlord in as good condition as when received by Tenant from Landlord or as later improved, reasonable wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted, and free from all tenancies or occupancies by any person.

4.7 Removal of Property . Upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant may remove its personal property, office supplies, office furniture, trade fixtures and equipment if (1) such items are readily moveable; (2) such removal is completed prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; (3) no Event of Default exists and is continuing at the time of such removal; and (4) Tenant immediately repairs all damage caused

 

22


by or resulting from such removal. All other property in the Premises (including, wall-to-wall carpeting, paneling, wall covering, lighting fixtures and wiring for Telecommunication Facilities or any other article affixed to the floor, walls, ceiling or any other part of the Premises or Building) shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain surrendered with the Premises, provided, at Landlord’s sole election (to be provided as set forth in paragraph 4.4 of this Lease and paragraph 5.12 of Exhibit B ), Tenant shall be obligated at its sole cost and expense, to remove at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term all (or at Landlord’s election, such portion as Landlord shall designate in writing) such other property and to repair any damages resulting from such removal and restore the Premises to the same condition as existed prior to the installation of such property. Tenant waives all rights to any payment or compensation for such property. If Tenant fails to perform the foregoing on or prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may perform, or cause to have performed, the removal, repair and restoration described in this paragraph, and Tenant shall be liable to reimburse Landlord for any and all reasonable cost and expenses relating thereto. If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its personal property from the Premises, Building or Land at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or when Landlord has the right of re-entry, Landlord may, at its option, remove and store such property at Tenant’s expense without liability for loss of or damage to such property, such storage to be for the account and at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord within ten (10) Business Days after demand for such payment. If Tenant fails to pay the cost of storing any such property, Landlord may, at its option, after it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) Business Days or more, sell or permit to be sold, any or all such property at public or private sale (and Landlord may become a purchaser at such sale), in such manner and at such times and places as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem proper, and Landlord shall apply the proceeds of such sale: first , to the cost and expense of such sale, including reasonable attorneys’ fees actually incurred; second , to the payment of the costs or charges for storing any such property; third , to the payment of any other sums of money which may then be or later become due Landlord from Tenant under this Lease; and, fourth , the balance, if any, to Tenant.

4.8 Access . Tenant shall have access to the Building seven (7) days per week, twenty-four (24) hours per day, subject to Landlord’s reserved rights set forth in paragraph 4.3.1. Tenant shall permit Landlord and Landlord’s Agents to enter into the Premises at any time on at least one (1) Business Day’s notice (except in case of emergency in which case no notice shall be required), for the purpose of inspecting the same or for the purpose of repairing, altering or improving the Premises or the Building. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be deemed to impose any obligation upon Landlord not expressly stated elsewhere in this Lease. When reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close Building or Land entrances, Building doors or other facilities, without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure and without such action by Landlord being construed as an eviction of Tenant or as relieving Tenant from the duty of observing or performing any of the provisions of this Lease provided that such closures are performed only when necessary, in Landlord’s commercially reasonable opinion, and for as short a period as is commercially feasible. Landlord shall have the right, upon prior notice to Tenant, and at reasonably acceptable times to Tenant, to enter the Premises during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term (or at any time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) by Tenant for the purpose of showing the Premises to prospective tenants. Tenant and Landlord shall arrange to meet for a joint inspection of the Premises prior to vacating. In the event of Tenant’s failure to give such notice or to arrange such joint inspection, Landlord’s inspection at or after Tenant’s vacating the Premises shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant’s responsibility for repairs and restoration, provided that Landlord shall deliver an itemized, written statement to Tenant setting forth the conclusions of such inspection. Landlord shall not be liable for the consequences of admitting by passkey, or refusing to admit to the Premises, Tenant or any of Tenant’s Agents, or other persons claiming the right of admittance.

4.9 Damage or Destruction .

4.9.1 If the Premises are damaged by fire, earthquake or other casualty (the “ Casualty ”), Tenant shall give immediate written notice thereof to Landlord. If Landlord estimates (such estimate to be performed within thirty (30) calendar days of Landlord’s receiving knowledge of the Casualty damage)(the “ Casualty Notice ”) that the damage can be repaired so that Landlord can deliver the Premises to Tenant in the same condition as on the Effective Date within two hundred and ten (210) days after Landlord becomes aware of such damage, and if there are sufficient insurance proceeds available to so repair such damage, the occurrence of such Casualty, and then Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to so restore the Premises and this Lease shall not terminate. If, in Landlord’s estimation, the damage cannot be repaired within such 210 day period, the destruction was not caused by an insurable event, or if there are insufficient insurance proceeds available to so repair such damage, Landlord may elect in its absolute discretion to either: (a) terminate this Lease (which election shall

 

23


be made in the Casualty Notice) or (b) restore the Premises to substantially the condition which existed on the Effective Date and this Lease will continue. If: (a) more than twenty percent (20%) of the rentable area of the Premises is rendered unusable by such Casualty and (b) either (i) the anticipated completion date set forth in the Casualty Notice is later than two hundred ten (210) days after the date of such Casualty; or (ii) the Casualty occurs during the last eighteen (18) months of the Lease Term, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by delivering to Landlord a notice within forty-five (45) days after Tenant receives the Casualty Notice (or within sixty (60) days after the date of such damage or destruction if Landlord shall fail timely to give the Casualty Notice), specifying the date for the termination of this Lease.

4.9.2 If Landlord elects to restore the Premises under subparagraph 4.9.1 above, then Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, restore the Premises with reasonable diligence to substantially the condition existing on the Effective Date; provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to restore Tenant Improvements and Tenant Alterations installed by Tenant or Tenant’s furniture, fixtures or equipment or other personal property. The Casualty Notice shall provide notice of Landlord’s election to restore the Premises, which notice shall also specify the expected duration of such restoration. Failure to so elect shall be deemed Landlord’s decision not to restore (provided Landlord is entitled to make such election hereunder). Base Rent and Additional Rent shall abate during the period of Landlord’s restoration from the date of the Casualty in the proportion by which the area of the part of the Premises which is not usable (or accessible) and is not used by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises (except that in the event that the portion of the Premises which is rendered untenantable precludes Tenant from operating Tenant’s business in the Premises as it had been conducted prior to the Casualty, then all Rent shall be fully abated) until the date which Landlord substantially completes its restoration of the Premises to the condition as existing on the Effective Date and Tenant has substantially completed the Tenant Improvements and other Tenant Alterations to the Premises (not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days after Landlord substantially completes its restoration as aforesaid). When performing such restoration, Landlord will not be obligated to spend more than the net insurance proceeds received by Landlord as a result of such Casualty plus an amount equal to the applicable deductible under Landlord’s insurance policy. If Landlord fails to complete such restoration within such two hundred and ten (210) day period, as such time period may be extended by Force Majeure Events described in paragraph 6.8 of this Lease, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon five (5) Business Days’ written notice to Landlord.

4.9.3 If Landlord repairs and restores the Premises as provided in this paragraph 4.9, Landlord shall not be required to replace, repair or restore any decorations, non-structural alterations, or any Tenant Alterations that were not approved by Landlord, nor any of the trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment or personal property belonging to Tenant. Tenant agrees to look to the provider of Tenant’s insurance for coverage for the loss of Tenant’s use of the Premises and any other related losses or damages incurred by Tenant during any reconstruction period.

4.9.4 If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this paragraph 4.9, all rent payable hereunder shall be apportioned and paid to the date of the occurrence of such damage, and Tenant shall have no further rights or remedies as against Landlord pursuant to this Lease or otherwise.

4.9.5 If the Building is damaged by fire, earthquake or other casualty and more than fifty percent (50%) of the Building is rendered untenantable, Landlord may, in its absolute discretion, elect to terminate this Lease by notice in writing to Tenant within fifteen (15) Business Days after the occurrence of such damage. Such notice shall be effective as of the date of such Casualty, provided that Tenant shall be permitted reasonable access for up to twenty (20) days following receipt of such notice to vacate the Premises. In the event of such termination, Tenant shall not be required to return the Premises in the condition required under Section 4.6.

4.9.6 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, if there is damage to the Premises or Building and the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering any such property requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) Business Days after Landlord is notified of such requirement.

4.9.7 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Premises or the Building are wholly or partially damaged or destroyed within the final eighteen (18) months of the Lease Term, Landlord or Tenant may, each at its option, elect to terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other party within thirty (30) days following such damage or destruction.

 

24


4.10 Condemnation . If more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises, or such portions of the Building as may be required for the Tenant’s reasonable use of the Premises, are taken by eminent domain or by conveyance in lieu thereof, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date the physical taking occurs, and all Base Rent, Additional Rent and other sums payable under this Lease shall be paid to that date. In case of taking of a part of the Premises or a portion of the Building not required for the Tenant’s reasonable use of the Premises, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and the Base Rent shall be equitably reduced based on the proportion by which the floor area of the Premises is reduced, such reduction in Base Rent to be effective as of the date the physical taking occurs. Additional Rent and all other sums payable under this Lease shall not be abated but Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be redetermined as equitable under the circumstances. All Rents shall abate to the extent that such taking requires construction in or about the Premises which renders the Premises unusable or partially untenantable. Such abatement of Rent shall be equitably apportioned in the event the Premises are rendered partially untenantable. Landlord reserves all rights to damages or awards for any taking by eminent domain relating to the Premises, Building, Land and the unexpired term of this Lease. Tenant assigns to Landlord any right Tenant may have to such damages or award and Tenant shall make no claim against Landlord for damages for termination of its leasehold interest or interference with Tenant’s business. Tenant shall have the right, however, to claim and recover from the condemning authority compensation for any loss to which Tenant may be entitled for Tenant’s moving expenses the value of furnishings, equipment and trade fixtures installed in the Premises at Tenant’s sole expense or other relocation costs; provided that , such expenses or costs may be claimed only if they are awarded separately in the eminent domain proceedings and not as a part of the damages recoverable by Landlord and do not result in any reduction of any condemnation award to Landlord.

4.11 Parking . Tenant shall make arrangements for parking in the Building’s parking garage (the “ Garage ”) through the operator of that facility (the “ Garage Operator ”). Nevertheless, Landlord agrees to obtain for Tenant, a sublease in the form currently in use by the Garage Operator for the nonexclusive privilege to use parking spaces in the Garage in an aggregate amount equal to (i) the number of parking spaces determined by the Parking Ratio stated in the definition of “Parking Ratio”, plus (ii) an additional five (5) Unreserved Spaces (although at any time during the Lease Term Landlord may terminate Tenant’s rights to any such additional five (5) parking spaces upon thirty (30) days notice to Tenant). Up to ten (10) of the parking spaces to which Tenant is entitled under this paragraph 4.11 may be reserved spaces to be situated in the Garage at locations reasonably approved by the parties (the “ Reserved Spaces ”), with the balance being “Unreserved Spaces”. Landlord shall have the right to relocate any or all of such Reserved Spaces to an area of the Garage comparably proximate to the parking elevator in the event of any repair or reconfiguration of the Garage that affects such location. Tenant’s parking privileges with respect to the Unreserved Spaces shall be without monthly charge to Tenant during the initial Lease Term. The monthly charge for any Reserved Spaces shall be Fifty Dollars ($50.00) per Reserved Space per month, provided that, upon prior written notice, such charge is subject to periodic increases which are consistent with increases throughout the Tysons Corner paid parking market. During the Extension Periods, if any, Tenant will be liable at the then general monthly rate for Unreserved and Reserved Spaces, consistent with the then current market conditions. There shall be no obligation by Landlord or the Garage Operator to offer, replace or restore any parking rights or privileges in the event Tenant fails to enter into any parking subleases offered under this paragraph 4.11 within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date. Tenant’s nonexclusive privilege to use the Unreserved Spaces in the Garage in common with other tenants (and other persons to who the Landlord or the Garage operator may grant such rights) shall be limited to those areas reasonably designated by the Garage Operator and/or the Landlord and shall be subject to the reasonable rules and regulations relating to parking adopted by Garage Operator and/or the Landlord from time to time and promptly provided to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s employees shall be entitled to park vehicles on an overnight basis in the Garage subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) no vehicles may be left overnight on level A or the top floor of the Garage, and (ii) Landlord and/or the Garage Operator shall have the right, from time to time, upon notice to Tenant, to reasonably designate certain other areas of the Garage as being unavailable for overnight parking on a non-permanent basis, so long as such designation does not result in there being fewer parking stalls available in the Garage for overnight parking than are then being subleased by Tenant under the terms of this paragraph 4.11. The Garage Operator and the Landlord shall have the right to grant designated, reserved parking stalls to other tenants in the Building. In no event shall the number of parking stalls used by Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates exceed the number of stalls allocated to Tenant in the definition of the Parking Ratio and this paragraph 4.11, provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall be deemed to alter the first-come-first-served basis of unreserved parking as provided herein. Landlord shall have the right to have any vehicle towed that is parked in a fire lane or other designated no-parking area (or designated non-overnight parking area), which towing shall be at

 

25


the owner’s sole cost, liability and expense. It is understood and agreed that Landlord does not assume any responsibility for, and shall not be held liable for, any damage or loss to any vehicles parked in the Garage or to any personal property located therein, or for any injury sustained by any person in or about the Garage. Landlord shall have no obligation to monitor, secure or police the use of the Garage.

4.12 Indemnification .

4.12.1 Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against any and all third-party Claims arising from injury to person or property, to the extent arising out of (1) the possession, use or occupancy of the Premises or the business conducted in the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, (2) any act, omission or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or (3) any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant.

4.12.2 Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s Agents from and against any and all third-party Claims arising from injury to person or property in and on the common or public areas of the Building, the Land or the Garage, and that arise out of (1) any act, omission or negligence of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents, or (2) any breach or default under this Lease by Landlord.

4.12.3 Except as expressly specified in subparagraph 4.12.2 above or in the next sentence, neither Landlord nor Landlord’s Agents shall, to the extent permitted by law, have any liability to Tenant, or to Tenant’s Agents, for (a) any Claims arising out of any cause whatsoever, including repair to any portion of the Premises; (b) interruption in or interference with the use of the Premises or any equipment therein; (c) any accident or damage resulting from any use or operation by Landlord, Tenant or any person or entity of heating, cooling, electrical, sewerage or plumbing equipment or apparatus or Telecommunication Facilities; (d) any termination of this Lease by reason of damage to the Premises or Building; (e) fire, robbery, theft, vandalism, mysterious disappearance or a casualty of any kind or nature; (f) actions of any other tenant of the Building or of any other person or entity; (g) inability to furnish any service required of Landlord as specified in this Lease; or (h) leakage in any part of the Premises or the Building from rain, ice or snow, or from drains, pipes or plumbing fixtures in the Premises or the Building. Provided, however, this paragraph 4.12.3 shall not release Landlord for Claims arising from the items listed in the previous sentence if such items were within Landlord’s reasonable control and Landlord was grossly negligent or acted with willful misconduct in failing to repair or maintain the Building as required by this Lease and Tenant suffers damage to person or property solely as a result of such gross negligence or willful misconduct; but in no event shall Landlord’s responsibility extend to any interruption to Tenant’s business or any indirect or consequential losses suffered by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, nor shall Landlord have any liability with respect to the matters set forth in paragraph 3.5.3 of this Lease, except to the extent expressly set forth therein.

4.12.4 The obligations of this paragraph 4.12 shall be subject to the paragraph captioned “ Waiver of Subrogation .”

4.13 Tenant Insurance .

4.13.1 Tenant shall, throughout the Lease Term, at its own expense, keep and maintain in full force and effect the following policies, each of which shall be endorsed as needed to provide that the insurance afforded by these policies is primary and that all insurance carried by Landlord is strictly excess and secondary and shall not contribute with Tenant’s liability insurance:

(a) A policy of commercial general liability insurance, including a contractual liability endorsement covering Tenant’s obligations under the paragraph captioned “ Indemnification ”, insuring against claims of bodily injury and death or property damage or loss with a combined single limit at the Commencement Date of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), which limit shall be reasonably increased during the Lease Term at Landlord’s request to reflect both increases in liability exposure arising from inflation as well as from changing use of the Premises or changing legal liability standards, which policy shall be payable on an “occurrence” rather than a “claims made” basis, and which policy names Landlord and Manager and, at Landlord’s request, any Lender and any investment advisor of Landlord, as additional insureds;

(b) “special form” property insurance (which is commonly called “all risk”) covering the Tenant Improvements, Tenant Alterations (including Telecommunication Facilities) and any and all furniture, fixtures, equipment, inventory, improvements and other property in or about the Premises which is not owned by Landlord, for one hundred percent (100%) of the then current replacement cost of such property;

 

26


(c) Business interruption insurance in an amount sufficient to cover costs, damages, lost income, expenses, Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable under this Lease, should any or all of the Premises not be usable for a period of up to twelve (12) months;

(d) A policy of worker’s compensation insurance as required by applicable law and employer’s liability insurance with limits of no less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00); and

(e) A policy of comprehensive automobile liability insurance, including loading and unloading, and covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, with limits of no less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence.

4.13.2 All insurance policies required under this paragraph shall be with companies with an A.M. Best Rating of A- (Policyholder Rating) VIII (Financial Size) or higher and each policy shall provide that it is not subject to cancellation, lapse or reduction in coverage except after thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and, at Landlord’s request, any Lender, prior to the Commencement Date and from time to time thereafter, certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of all such policies.

4.13.3 If Tenant fails to acquire or maintain any insurance or provide any certificate required by this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, obtain such insurance or certificates and the costs associated with obtaining such insurance or certificates shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent hereunder.

4.14 Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall, at all times throughout the Lease Term, keep and maintain in full force and effect:

4.14.1 A policy of commercial general liability insurance, insuring against claims of bodily injury and death or property damage or loss with a combined single limit at the Commencement Date of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate, which policy shall be payable on an “occurrence” rather than a “claims made” basis;

4.14.2 “Special Form” property insurance (what is commonly called “all risk”) covering the Building and Landlord’s personal property, if any, located on the Land in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the then current replacement value of such property; and

4.14.3 Landlord may, but shall not be required to, maintain other types of insurance as Landlord deems appropriate, including but not limited to, property insurance coverage for earthquakes and floods in such amounts as Landlord deems appropriate. Such policies may be “blanket” policies which cover other properties owned by Landlord.

4.15 Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby each waive and release the other from any and all Claims or any loss or damage that may occur to the Land, Building, Premises, or personal property located therein, by reason of fire or other casualty regardless of cause or origin, including, without limitation, the negligence or misconduct of Landlord, Tenant, Landlord’s Agents or Tenant’s Agents, but only to the extent of the insurance proceeds paid to such releasor under its policies of insurance or, if it fails to maintain the required policies, the insurance proceeds that would have been paid to such releasor if it had maintained such policies. Each party to this Lease shall promptly give to its insurance company written notice of the mutual waivers contained in this subparagraph and shall cause its insurance policies to be properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of any insurance coverages by reason of the mutual waivers contained in this subparagraph.

4.16 Assignment and Subletting by Tenant .

4.16.1 Except as set forth in Section 4.16.7, Tenant shall not have the right to assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber this Lease in whole or in part, nor sublet the whole or any part of the Premises, nor allow the

 

27


occupancy of all or any part of the Premises by another (provided Landlord’s consent shall not be required for the temporary occupancy of portions of the Premises by Tenant’s Agents, provided the same is in accordance with all other terms of this Lease and such Tenant Agent is not generally operating from the Premises), without first obtaining Landlord’s consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that Landlord’s denial of consent on the basis of any grounds set forth in paragraph 4.16.3 shall not be considered unreasonable. Notwithstanding any permitted assignment or subletting, Tenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of all sums payable under this Lease and for compliance with all of its other obligations as tenant under this Lease. Landlord’s acceptance of Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum from any assignee, sublessee, transferee, mortgagee or encumbrance holder shall not be deemed to be Landlord’s approval of any such conveyance. So long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if the Premises or any part of the Premises are then subject to an assignment or subletting, Landlord may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rents against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease. No such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord’s right of direct collection shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights and remedies provided for in this Lease or at law. So long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Tenant makes an absolute assignment to Landlord of such assignments and subleases and any rent, lease security deposits and other sums payable under such assignments and subleases as collateral to secure the performance of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

4.16.2 In the event Tenant desires to assign this Lease or to sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give written notice of such desire to Landlord setting forth the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the proposed term, the nature of the proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business to be conducted on the Premises, the rental rate, and any other particulars of the proposed subletting or assignment that Landlord may reasonably request. Without limiting the preceding sentence, Tenant shall also provide Landlord with: (1) such financial information as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the proposed subtenant or assignee, including, upon request by Landlord, recent financial statements certified as accurate and complete by a certified public accountant or by the president, managing partner or other appropriate officer of the proposed subtenant or assignee; and (2) a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment or letter of intent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon Landlord’s demand therefor, Landlord’s third party costs (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees up to a maximum cap of $5,000.00 per proposed assignment or sublease), incurred in the review of such documentation and in documenting Landlord’s consent plus, an administrative fee of $500 as Landlord’s fee for processing such proposed assignment or sublease. Receipt of such fee shall not obligate Landlord to approve the proposed assignment or sublease.

4.16.3 Without limiting what may be construed as a factor considered by Landlord, Tenant agrees that any one or more of the following will be reasonable grounds for Landlord’s disapproval of a proposed assignment or sublease:

(a) The proposed assignee or subtenant does not, in Landlord’s good faith judgment, have sufficient financial worth to ensure full and timely performance under the proposed sublease and/or assignment; or Landlord has received insufficient evidence of the financial worth or creditworthiness of the proposed assignee or subtenant to make the determination set forth in this clause;

(b) Landlord or any of its affiliates or parent company has had a dispute with the proposed assignee or subtenant or their respective principals or affiliates involving the payment of money or that otherwise resulted in a declaration of default under a lease or other agreement; or in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in a business, or the Premises or any part of the Premises will be used in a manner, that is not in keeping with the then standards of the Building, or that is not compatible with the businesses of other tenants in the Building, or that is inappropriate for the Building, or that will violate any negative covenant as to use contained in any other lease of space in the Building;

(c) The use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will not be permitted under the Permitted Uses;

 

28


(d) An Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Lease, or Tenant has defaulted under this Lease (and received notice thereof from Landlord) on three (3) or more occasions during the twenty-four (24) months preceding the date that Tenant shall request such consent;

(e) Landlord or any of its affiliates or parent company has had written negotiations with the proposed assignee or subtenant in the three (3) months preceding Tenant’s request regarding the leasing of space by such proposed assignee or subtenant in the Building; or

(f) The proposed assignee or subtenant has a proposed use or operation in the Premises which may or will cause the Building or any part thereof not to conform with the environmental and green building clauses in this Lease.

4.16.4 Within twenty (20) calendar days after Landlord’s receipt of all required information to be supplied by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s approval, disapproval or conditioned approval of any proposed assignment or subletting or of Landlord’s election to recapture as described below. Landlord shall have no obligation to respond unless and until all required information has been submitted. In the event Landlord approves of any proposed assignment or subletting, Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee shall execute and deliver to Landlord an assignment (or subletting) and assumption agreement in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. An approval by Landlord of any assignee of subtenant shall not be deemed any approval or consent to any further sublease or assignment.

4.16.5 Intentionally Deleted.

4.16.6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 4.16, so long as Management Dynamics, Inc. (or the then Tenant under the Lease) remains the Tenant under the Lease, any change in ownership or control of Tenant shall not be deemed to constitute a transfer of this Lease subject to Landlord’s consent.

4.16.7 If Landlord consents or is deemed to consent to any assignment or sublease and Tenant receives rent or any other consideration, over the term of the assignment or sublease, in excess of the Base Rent and Additional Rent (or, in the case of a sublease of a portion of the Premises, in excess of the Base Rent paid by Tenant on a square footage basis under this Lease), Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of such excess after reimbursement to Tenant of all actual and reasonable advertising, leasing commissions, legal fees, or other marketing costs and improvements or other concessions incurred in connection with such assignment or sublease.

4.16.8 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 4.16, Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent, assign this Lease to any party into which Tenant has merged, consolidated or reorganized, or to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are sold, or to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate entity of Tenant or of the merged, consolidated or reorganized entity, so long as the resulting entity will have a net worth (defined as total assets (exclusive of goodwill) less total liabilities) of no less than Tenant’s net worth on the Effective Date, and the balance of the requirements set forth in this paragraph 4.16.8 are satisfied. In the event of an assignment that would otherwise qualify under the terms of this paragraph 4.16.8 but for the aforementioned net worth requirement, such assignment shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (to be exercised in its reasonable discretion), with the sole criteria for such approval being whether the Tenant will have, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, an on-going business with a financial condition sufficient to meet Tenant’s remaining obligations under this Lease. With respect to any potential assignment described in this paragraph 4.16.8: (a) upon execution of a non-disclosure agreement, if necessary in Tenant’s sole discretion, Landlord shall receive notice describing the structure of the transaction, the parties involved, and financial information sufficient for Landlord to make (or confirm) the financial determinations described above, certified by an officer of Tenant and/or the transferee at least thirty (30) days in advance of the effective date of the assignment, and a copy of the executed assignment document (in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and consistent with the provisions hereof) within fifteen (15) Business Days after the transfer occurs, (b) Tenant shall remain liable for all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, which shall be confirmed in the assignment document, (c) the transferee shall expressly assume in the assignment document all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and (d) this provision shall not be deemed consent to any further sublease, assignment or other transfer. The provisions of paragraph 4.16.7 and 4.16.9 shall not apply to an assignment pursuant to this paragraph 4.16.8.

 

29


4.16.9 In the event of a request for an assignment or for a sublet of any portion of the Premises for the balance of the Lease Term, or any sublease that would result in more then fifty percent (50%) of the then Premises not being occupied by Tenant (and any additional subleases thereafter), Landlord shall have the right to recapture either the entire Premises or, at Landlord’s election, the portion that is the subject of any assignment or subletting proposal (a “ Recapture ”) by giving written notice of such Recapture to Tenant within twenty (20) Business Days after receipt of written notice from Tenant that Tenant intends to market the Premises (or a portion thereof) for assignment or subletting. Any such Recapture by Landlord shall terminate this Lease as to the applicable space effective on the prospective effective date of assignment or subletting. If less than the entire Premises are recaptured, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect with respect to that remaining area not recaptured by Landlord. Tenant shall surrender that portion of the Premises recaptured by Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease and the cost to erect demising walls and other separation costs shall be borne solely by Landlord.

4.17 Assignment by Landlord . Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, its rights and obligations under this Lease and in any and all of the Land or Building. If Landlord sells or transfers any or all of the Building, including the Premises, Landlord and Landlord’s Agents shall, upon consummation of such sale or transfer, be released automatically from any liability relating to obligations or covenants under this Lease to be performed or observed after the date of such transfer, and in such event, Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s successor-in-interest with respect to such liability; provided that , as to the Lease Security Deposit and Prepaid Rent, Landlord shall not be released from liability therefor unless Landlord has delivered (by direct transfer or credit against the purchase price) the Lease Security Deposit or Prepaid Rent to its successor-in-interest and such successor-in-interest has assumed the obligations of the Landlord under this Lease in writing.

4.18 Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements . Tenant shall, from time to time, upon the written request of Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord or its designee a written statement stating: (1) the date this Lease was executed and the date it expires; (2) the date Tenant entered into occupancy of the Premises and the Commencement Date; (3) the amount of monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent and the date to which such Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid; and (4) certifying that (a) this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in any way (or specifying the date of the agreement so affecting this Lease); (b) to the best of its knowledge, after due inquiry, Landlord is not in breach of this Lease (or, if so, a description of each such breach) and that no event, omission or condition has occurred which would result, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, in a breach of this Lease by Landlord; (c) this Lease represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Premises; (d) all required contributions by Landlord to Tenant on account of Tenant Improvements have been received; (e) on the date of execution, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, after due inquiry, there exist no defenses or offsets which the Tenant has against the enforcement of this Lease by the Landlord (or, if so, a description of each defense or offset); (f) no Base Rent, Additional Rent or other sums payable under this Lease have been paid in advance except for Base Rent and Additional Rent for the then current month; (g) no security has been deposited with Landlord other than the Lease Security Deposit; (h) any other certifications which are reasonable and which are required by Landlord or any purchaser, proposed purchaser and/or mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. It is intended that any Tenant’s statement may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser or mortgagee of Landlord’s interest or an assignee of any such mortgagee. If Tenant fails to respond within twenty (20) Business Days of its receipt of a written request by Landlord as provided in this paragraph, such shall be a breach of this Lease and Tenant shall be deemed to have admitted the accuracy of any information supplied by Landlord to a prospective purchaser, mortgagee or assignee. In addition, Tenant shall, from time to time, upon the written request of Landlord (but no more than once in a Year, unless an Event of Default then exists, whereupon no such limitation shall apply) deliver to or cause to be delivered to Landlord or its designee then current financial statements (including a statement of operations and balance sheet and statement of cash flows) certified as accurate by a certified public accountant (or, if Tenant does not otherwise obtain audited financial statements, certified by the chief financial officer of Tenant) and prepared in conformance with generally accepted accounting principles for (i) Tenant, (ii) any entity which owns a controlling interest in Tenant, (iii) any entity the controlling interest of which is owned by Tenant, and (iv) any successor entity to Tenant by merger or operation of law. Provided, however, in the event that the then current Landlord and Tenant are not parties to an existing confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement, as a condition to receipt of Tenant’s financial statements Tenant may require that Landlord execute a non-disclosure agreement substantially similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit H .

 

30


4.19 Modification for Lender . If, in connection with obtaining construction, interim or permanent financing for the Building or Land, Landlord’s lender, if any, shall request reasonable modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to such modifications, provided that such modifications do not increase the obligations of Tenant (or decrease the obligations of Landlord) under this Lease or adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

4.20 Hazardous Substances .

4.20.1 Neither Tenant, any of Tenant’s Agents nor any other person shall store, place, generate, manufacture, refine, handle, or locate on, in, under or around the Land or Building any Hazardous Substance, except for storage, handling and use of reasonable quantities and types of cleaning fluids and office supplies in the Premises in the ordinary course and the prudent conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises. Tenant agrees that (1) the storage, handling and use of such permitted Hazardous Substances must at all times conform to all Governmental Requirements and to applicable fire, safety and insurance requirements; (2) the types and quantities of permitted Hazardous Substances which are stored in the Premises must be reasonable and appropriate to the nature and size of Tenant’s operation in the Premises and reasonable and appropriate for a first-class building of the same or similar use and in McLean, Virginia; and (3) no Hazardous Substance shall be spilled or disposed of on, in, under or around the Land or Building or otherwise discharged from the Premises or any area adjacent to the Land or Building. In no event will Tenant be permitted to store, handle or use on, in, under or around the Premises any Hazardous Substance which will increase the rate of fire or extended coverage insurance on the Land or Building, unless; (a) such Hazardous Substance and the expected rate increase have been specifically disclosed in writing to Landlord; (b) Tenant has agreed in writing to pay any rate increase related to each such Hazardous Substance; and (c) Landlord has approved in writing each such Hazardous Substance, which approval shall be subject to Landlord’s discretion.

4.20.2 Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against any and all Claims arising out of any breach of any provision of this paragraph, which expenses shall also include laboratory testing fees, personal injury claims, clean-up costs and environmental consultants’ fees. Tenant agrees that Landlord may be irreparably harmed by Tenant’s breach of this paragraph and that a specific performance action may appropriately be brought by Landlord; provided that , Landlord’s election to bring or not bring any such specific performance action shall in no way limit, waive, impair or hinder Landlord’s other remedies against Tenant.

4.20.3 As of the execution date of this Lease, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, except as otherwise disclosed by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant has no intent to bring any Hazardous Substances on, in or under the Premises except for the type and quantities authorized in the first paragraph of the paragraph captioned “ Hazardous Substances .”

4.21 Governmental Requirements .

4.21.1 Tenant agrees to notify Landlord immediately if Tenant receives notification or otherwise becomes aware of: (1) any condition or situation on, in, under or around the Land or Building which may constitute a violation of any Governmental Requirements or (2) any threatened or actual lien, action or notice that the Land or Building is not in compliance with any Governmental Requirements. If Tenant has caused such condition, situation, lien, action or notice under this paragraph, Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include a statement as to the actions Tenant proposes to take in response to such condition, situation, lien, action or notice.

4.21.2 Tenant shall not alter or permit any assignee or subtenant or any other person to alter the Premises in any manner which would violate any Governmental Requirements or increase Landlord’s responsibilities for compliance with Governmental Requirements, without the prior written approval of the Landlord. In connection with any such approval, Landlord may require a certificate of compliance with Governmental Requirements from an architect, engineer or other person acceptable to Landlord. Tenant agrees to pay the reasonable fees incurred by such architect, engineer or other third party in connection with the issuance of such certificate of compliance. Landlord’s consent to any proposed Tenant Alteration shall (1) not relieve Tenant of its obligations or indemnities contained in this paragraph 4.21.2 or this Lease or (2) be construed as a warranty that such proposed alteration complies with any Governmental Requirement.

 

31


4.21.3 Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses relating to or incurred in connection with: (1) failure of the Premises to comply with Governmental Requirements; and (2) bringing the Building and the common areas of the Building into compliance with Governmental Requirements, if and to the extent such noncompliance of the Premises, Building or common areas arises solely out of: (a) Tenant’s specific use of the Premises, including the hiring of employees; (b) any Tenant Alterations to the Premises; or (c) any Tenant Improvements constructed in the Premises at the request of Tenant, regardless of whether such improvements are constructed prior to or after the Commencement Date.

4.21.4 Landlord shall be responsible for all costs and expenses relating to or incurred in connection with bringing the common areas of the Building into compliance with Governmental Requirements, unless such costs and expenses are Tenant’s responsibility as provided in the preceding subparagraph 4.21.3. Provided, however, any cost or expense paid or incurred by Landlord after the Commencement Date to bring the Premises or common areas of the Building into compliance with Governmental Requirements as a result of any change, expansion or supplement to any Governmental Requirements after the Commencement Date shall be an Operating Cost for purposes of this Lease and shall be amortized over the useful economic life of the improvements (not to exceed ten (10) years) with interest at the Prime Rate plus two (2) percentage points.

4.21.5 Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against any and all Claims arising out of or relating to any failure of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents to comply with Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph 4.21.

4.21.6 The provisions of this paragraph shall supersede any other provisions in this Lease regarding Governmental Requirements, to the extent inconsistent with the provisions of any other paragraphs.

4.22 Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon paying Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable under this Lease and performing all covenants and conditions required of Tenant under this Lease shall and may peacefully have, hold and enjoy the Premises without hindrance or molestation by Landlord subject to the provisions of this Lease.

4.23 Signs . Landlord shall provide Building standard suite entry signage at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Any repair or removal costs of such suite entry signage at the expiration or termination of the Lease Term, as well as any modification or maintenance costs of same, shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense. Tenant shall not be required to remove any signage upon the termination or expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant shall not inscribe an inscription, or post, place, or in any manner display any sign, notice, picture, placard or poster, or any advertising matter whatsoever, anywhere in or about the Land or Building at places visible (either directly or indirectly as an outline or shadow on a glass pane) from anywhere outside the Premises without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord also agrees at its sole cost and expense to provide Tenant with its pro-rata share of lobby directory strips in the lobby directory. Landlord covenants that during the Lease Term, including any extension thereof, in no event shall Landlord permit “Oracle” or “SAP” (or any affiliate or subsidiary of either company) to install an exterior sign on the Building.

4.24 Subordination . As of the Effective Date, Landlord represents it has not mortgaged or pledged the Building or the Land. Tenant subordinates this Lease and all rights of Tenant under this Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease or vendor’s lien, or similar instrument which may from time to time be placed upon the Premises (and all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of such encumbrances), and each such mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease or lien or other instrument shall be superior to and prior to this Lease provided that such mortgagee, beneficiary, lessor or vendor executes a non-disturbance agreement with Tenant on such lender’s standard form, and Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from any current or future mortgagee of the Building in a form reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder or beneficiary of such mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, vendor’s lien or similar instrument shall have the right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated any such mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, vendor’s lien or similar instrument to this Lease or to execute a non-disturbance agreement in favor of Tenant on the standard form utilized by such lender or ground lessor. At the request of Landlord, the holder of such mortgage or deed of trust or any ground lessor, Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days of any request, execute, acknowledge and deliver promptly in recordable form any instrument or subordination agreement that Landlord or such holder may request provided same is reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Tenant further covenants and agrees that if the lender or ground lessor acquires the Premises as a purchaser

 

32


at any foreclosure sale or otherwise, Tenant shall recognize and attorn to such party as landlord under this Lease, and shall make all payments required hereunder to such new landlord without deduction or set-off and, upon the request of such purchaser or other successor, execute, deliver and acknowledge documents confirming such attornment. Tenant waives the provisions of any law or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, which may give or purport to give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event that any such foreclosure or termination or other proceeding is prosecuted or completed.

4.25 Brokers . Landlord’s Broker (as defined in the definition of Brokers) shall be compensated by Landlord pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement. Tenant’s Broker (as defined in the definition of Brokers) shall be compensated by Landlord pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement. Other than in connection with the foregoing terms of this paragraph 4.25, each party to this Lease shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party from and against any and all Claims asserted against such other party by any real estate broker, finder or intermediary relating to any act of the indemnifying party in connection with this Lease, including but not limited to the Brokers.

4.26 Limitation on Recourse . Liability with respect to the entry and performance of this Lease by or on behalf of Landlord, however it may arise, shall be asserted and enforced only against Landlord’s estate and equity interest in the Building (and any insurance proceeds or rental income due Landlord), so that in no event shall Tenant be entitled to a deficiency judgment against Landlord. Neither Landlord nor any of Landlord’s Agents shall have any personal liability in the event of any claim against Landlord arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant or Tenant’s use of the Premises. Further, in no event whatsoever shall any of Landlord’s Agents have any liability or responsibility whatsoever arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant or Tenant’s use of the Premises. Any and all personal liability, if any, beyond that which may be asserted under this paragraph 4.26, is expressly waived and released by Tenant and by all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. No officer, director, member, shareholder or partner of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents shall have any personal liability for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this section shall not be deemed to release Landlord, or Tenant from any breach of a provision of this Lease.

4.27 Mechanic’s Liens and Tenant’s Personal Property Taxes .

4.27.1 Tenant shall have no authority, express or implied, to create or place any lien or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever upon, or in any manner to bind, the interest of Landlord or Tenant in the Premises or to charge the rentals payable under this Lease for any Claims in favor of any person dealing with Tenant, including those who may furnish materials or perform labor for any construction or repairs. Tenant shall immediately pay or cause to be paid all sums legally due and payable by it on account of any labor performed or materials furnished in connection with any work performed at the Premises for which any lien can be validly and legally asserted against its leasehold interest in the Premises and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all Claims arising out of any such asserted Claims. Tenant agrees to give Landlord immediate written notice of any such Claim. If any such lien or encumbrance shall be filed, Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance or provide title insurance or bond covering such lien or encumbrance in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord with respect to the existence of such lien or encumbrance. If Tenant shall fail to timely remove, or provide such insurance against or bond over, any such lien or encumbrance, after prior written notice to Tenant that Landlord is intending to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments and costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of Tenant’s failure to so remove, insure against or bond over any such liens or encumbrances. The amount paid by Landlord to remove any such lien or encumbrance or otherwise due pursuant to the foregoing indemnity shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be payable within thirty (30) days after demand.

4.27.2 Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises. If any such taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and Landlord elects to pay them or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of such personal property, furniture or fixtures and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the sums so paid by Landlord, upon demand by Landlord.

 

33


SECTION 5: DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

5.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute, at Landlord’s election, a material default and breach of this Lease by Tenant ( “ Event of Default ”):

(a) failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum payable by Tenant under this Lease within five (5) Business Days after written notice from Landlord; provided, that Landlord shall not be required to provide written notice of such failure to pay more than twice in any twelve (12) consecutive month period, not to exceed a total of five (5) such notice and cure periods during the Lease Term, before such failure constitutes an Event of Default;

(b) failure by Tenant to observe or perform any covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the making of payments, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord or, if capable of cure (in Landlord’s reasonable discretion), such additional time as is reasonably needed to cure the default provided that Tenant shall diligently pursue and complete the cure within ninety (90) days after such notice;

(c) the failure of Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in the condition required by this Lease;

(d) (1) the making by Tenant of any general assignment or general arrangement for the benefit of creditors; (2) the filing by or against Tenant of a petition in bankruptcy, including reorganization or arrangement, unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, unless the same is dismissed within ninety (90) days; (3) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease unless the same is dismissed within ninety (90) days; (4) any execution, levy, attachment or other process of law against any property of Tenant or Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless the same is dismissed within twenty (20) Business Days; (5) adjudication that Tenant is bankrupt; (6) the making by Tenant of a transfer in fraud of creditors; or (7) the failure of Tenant to generally pay its debts as they become due; or

(e) a failure of the Tenant to deliver the Lease Security Deposit within the time period specified in the paragraph captioned “ Lease Security Provisions .”

5.1.2 Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly of any default or any facts, conditions or events which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute a default.

5.2 Remedies . If any Event of Default occurs, Landlord may at any time after such occurrence, with or without notice or demand except as expressly required stated in paragraph 5.1 (all statutory notices, notices to quit, or similar notices being expressly waived), and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy at law or in equity which Landlord may have by reason of such Event of Default, exercise the rights and remedies, either singularly or in combination, as are specified or described in the subparagraphs of this paragraph 5.2.

5.2.1 Landlord may terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant under this Lease either immediately or at some later date by giving Tenant written notice that this Lease is terminated. If Landlord so terminates this Lease, then Landlord may recover from Tenant the sum of:

(a) the unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable under this Lease which have been earned at the time of termination; plus

(b) interest at the Default Rate on the unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable under this Lease which have been earned at the time of termination; plus

(c) as liquidated damages for Tenant’s obligations under the Lease for unpaid Rent which would have accrued after the date this Lease is terminated, the net present value of any unpaid Rent which would have accrued after the date this Lease terminated during the balance of this Term, less the net present value of the current market rate for the Premises for such period, after deducting from the current market rate for the

 

34


Premises the Costs of Re-letting (as hereinafter defined) for such balance of the Term (such net amount not to be less than zero in any event, it being the intention of the parties that Landlord shall have no obligation to pay to Tenant or to offset against other sums Tenant owes to Landlord the excess, if any, of the net present value of current market rate over the net present value of said unpaid Rent).

(d) all such other direct damages in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

For purposes of computing the amount of Rent herein that would have accrued after the date this Lease is terminated, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Additional Rent shall be projected, based upon the average rate of increase, if any, in such items from the Commencement Date through the date this Lease is terminated. Net present value shall be computed on the basis of Prime Rate at the time of termination.

5.2.2 Landlord shall also have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises. Landlord may cause property so removed from the Premises to be stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the expense and for the account of Tenant.

5.2.3 Intentionally Deleted.

5.2.4 If Landlord re-enters the Premises as provided in subparagraph 5.2.2 or takes possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceedings or through any notice procedure provided by law, then, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, either (1) recover all Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable under this Lease as they become due or (2) relet the Premises or any part of the Premises on behalf of Tenant for such term or terms, at such rent or rents and pursuant to such other provisions as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable all with the right, at Tenant’s cost, to make alterations and repairs to the Premises and recover any deficiency from Tenant as set forth in subparagraph 5.2.6.

5.2.5 None of the following remedial actions, singly or in combination, shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless Landlord has in fact given Tenant written notice that this Lease is terminated: (1) an act by Landlord to maintain or preserve the Premises; (2) any efforts by Landlord to relet the Premises; (3) any repairs or alterations made by Landlord to the Premises; (4) re-entry, repossession or reletting of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph; or (5) the appointment of a receiver, upon the initiative of Landlord, to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease. If Landlord takes any of the foregoing remedial action without terminating this Lease, Landlord may nevertheless at any time after taking any such remedial action terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant.

5.2.6 If Landlord relets the Premises, Landlord shall apply the revenue from such reletting as follows: first , to the payment of any indebtedness of Tenant to Landlord other than Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other sums payable by Tenant under this Lease; second , to the payment of any cost of reletting (including finders’ fees, leasing commissions and reasonable attorneys’ fees); third , to the payment of the cost of any alterations, improvements, maintenance and repairs to the Premises made by Landlord; and fourth , to the payment of Base Rent, Additional Rent and other sums due and payable and unpaid under this Lease. Landlord shall hold and apply the residue, if any, to payment of future Base Rent, Additional Rent and other sums payable under this Lease as the same become due, and shall deliver the eventual balance, if any, to Tenant. Should revenue from letting during any month, after application pursuant to the foregoing provisions, be less than the sum of the Base Rent, Additional Rent and other sums payable under this Lease and Landlord’s expenditures for the Premises during such month, Tenant shall be obligated to pay such deficiency to Landlord as and when such deficiency arises.

5.2.7 Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies provided in this Lease or by law (all such remedies being cumulative), nor shall pursuit of any remedy provided in this Lease constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any Base Rent, Additional Rent or other sum payable under this Lease or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the covenants or conditions contained in this Lease.

5.2.8 Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption.

 

35


5.2.9 Certain Definitions. For purposes hereof:

(1) The term “Costs of Re-Letting” shall include without limitation, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for any repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises, brokerage commissions, advertising costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees, any customary free rent periods or credits, tenant improvement allowances, take-over lease obligations and other customary economic incentives required to enter into leases with Replacement Tenants, amortized over the terms of such leases to such Replacement Tenants with interest at the Default Rate. Such Costs of Re-Letting shall be apportioned between costs and expenses allocable to the remaining balance of the Term (or, in the event of a subsequent termination of this Lease, what would have been the balance of the Term but for such termination) and the costs and expenses allocable to such portion of the term of the Replacement Tenant’s lease that extends beyond the remaining balance of the Term (or what would have been the remaining balance of the Term).

(2) The term “Replacement Tenants” shall mean any person or entity to whom Landlord re-lets the Premises or any portion thereof pursuant to this paragraph provided that if such person is an affiliate of Landlord or such re-letting is not an arm’s-length transaction, rent with respect to such lease shall be deemed the greater of: (a) the rent actually paid by such person; or (b) the current market rate for the applicable space.

5.3 Right to Perform . If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than Base Rent or Additional Rent, required to be paid by it under this Lease or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed under this Lease, and such failure shall continue for ten (10) Business Days after written notice of such failure by Landlord, if any (or such earlier time as necessary, in Landlord’s discretion, in the event of an emergency or to address any matter regarding fire or life safety systems, or any violation of any Governmental Requirements), Landlord may, as an additional but not an exclusive remedy, but shall not be obligated to, and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make such payment or perform such other act on Tenant’s part to be made or performed as provided in this Lease, and Tenant shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the nonpayment of sums due under this paragraph as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of Base Rent provided that Landlord has delivered notice to Tenant of such sums due and owing and reasonable supporting documentation therefor.

5.4 Landlord’s Default . Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within five (5) Business Days after written notice is delivered by Tenant to Landlord and to the holder of any mortgages or deeds of trust (collectively, “ Lender ”) covering the Premises whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying the obligation which Landlord has failed to perform; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than five (5) Business Days are required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord or Lender commences performance within such five (5) Business Day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as independent covenants, not conditions. In the event of any default, breach or violation of Tenant’s rights under this Lease by Landlord, Tenant’s exclusive remedy shall be either an action for specific performance or an action for actual damages. Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any laws granting it the right to perform Landlord’s obligations, or the right to terminate this Lease or withhold or abate Rent on account of any Landlord default.

5.5 Except to the extend provided in paragraph 3.6, in no event shall Landlord or Tenant be liable for consequential, special or punitive damages arising from any default hereunder.

SECTION 6: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

6.1 Notices . All notices, demands, consents, approvals, statements and communications required or permitted under this Lease shall be in writing and, if intended for Landlord, shall be addressed to Landlord at the addresses set forth opposite Landlord’s signature; and if intended for Tenant, shall be addressed to Tenant at the address set forth opposite Tenant’s signature, or to such other address as either party may by written notice, given in accordance with this paragraph 6.1, advise the other party. All such communications shall be transmitted by personal delivery, reputable express or courier service, or United States Postal Service, postage prepaid. All such communications shall be deemed delivered and effective on the earlier of the date received or refused for delivery,

 

36


or (b) five (5) Business Days after having been deposited in the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid. Notwithstanding the means of transmission authorized earlier in this paragraph 6.1, those communications which contain a notice of breach or default, a notice of an event or occurrence that with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would cause a breach or default to arise, or a demand for performance shall be transmitted by one or more of the following methods: (i) United States Postal Service, certified mail, return receipt requested; or (ii) personal delivery, accompanied by a receipt and signed by a representative of the addressee acknowledging delivery on a specified date, with delivery not effective unless the receipt is given, or (iii) reputable express or courier service. Any party to this Lease may expressly authorize any person to deliver notices on behalf of such party.

6.2 Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses . In the event that either Landlord or Tenant shall institute any legal action or proceeding against the other relating to the provisions of this Lease, or any default hereunder, the unsuccessful party in such action or proceeding agrees to pay to the prevailing party the reasonable attorneys fees and costs actually incurred by the prevailing party.

6.3 No Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than the Base Rent or Additional Rent or any other sum due and payable under this Lease shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account of the Base Rent, Additional Rent or other such sum, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, nor preclude Landlord’s right to recover the balance of any amount payable or Landlord’s right to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or at law.

6.4 Successors; Joint and Several Liability . Except as provided in the paragraph captioned “ Limitation on Recourse ” and subject to the paragraph captioned “ Assignment by Landlord ,” and except any other provisions of this Lease granting Tenant rights that are expressly deemed personal to Tenant, all of the covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall apply to and be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. In the event that more than one person, partnership, company, corporation or other entity is included in the term “ Tenant ,” then each such person, partnership, company, corporation or other entity shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

6.5 Choice of Law . This Lease shall be construed and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. Tenant consents to state court jurisdiction in Fairfax County, Virginia and federal court jurisdiction in the Federal United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, sitting in Alexandria, Virginia, for any legal proceeding brought by Landlord or Tenant to enforce the terms of this Lease.

6.6 No Waiver of Remedies . The waiver by Landlord of any covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of such covenant or condition nor shall any custom or practice which may develop between the parties in the administration of this Lease be construed to waive or lessen the rights of Landlord to insist on the strict performance by Tenant of all of the covenants and conditions of this Lease. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s Agents during the Lease Term shall be deemed an acceptance or a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by Landlord. The mention in this Lease of any particular remedy shall not preclude Landlord from any other remedy it might have, either under this Lease or at law, nor shall the waiver of or redress for any violation of any covenant or condition in this Lease or in any of the rules or regulations attached to this Lease or later adopted by Landlord, prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of a violation under such modified rule or regulation. The receipt by Landlord of Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum payable under this Lease with knowledge of a breach of any covenant or condition in this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the rules and regulations attached to this Lease or later adopted, against Tenant or any other tenant in the Building, shall not be deemed a waiver. Any waiver by Landlord must be in writing and signed by Landlord to be effective.

6.7 Offer to Lease . The submission of this Lease in a draft form to Tenant or its broker or other agent does not constitute an offer to Tenant to lease the Premises. This Lease shall have no force or effect until it is executed and delivered by both Tenant and Landlord, provided that if Landlord fails to execute and deliver this Lease within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s execution and delivery, this Lease shall be deemed terminated and of no further force or effect.

 

37


6.8 Force Majeure . In the event that either party shall be delayed, hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act or obligation required under this Lease by reason of acts of God, strikes, lockouts, labor troubles or disputes, inability to procure or shortage of materials or labor, failure of power or utilities, governmental action or inaction, delay in transportation, fire, vandalism, accident, flood, severe weather, other casualty, Governmental Requirements (including mandated changes in the Plans and Specifications or in the Tenant Improvements resulting from changes in pertinent Governmental Requirements or interpretations thereof), riot, insurrection, civil commotion, sabotage, explosion, war, natural or local emergency, acts or omissions of others, including the other party, or other reasons of a similar or dissimilar nature not solely the fault of, or under the exclusive control of such party (any of same being a “ Force Majeure Event ”), then performance of such act or obligation shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for the performance of any such act or obligation shall be extended for the period equivalent to the period of such delay. Provided, however, none of Tenant’s monetary obligations under this Lease nor the timing for the occurrence of such monetary obligations (nor Tenant’s obligation to exercise any option or right within any time period, nor any obligation to surrender the Premises at the expiration of the Lease Term) shall be so excused, delayed or abated as a result of any Force Majeure Event.

6.9 Severability; Captions . If any clause or provision of this Lease is determined to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected by such determination, and in lieu of each clause or provision that is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there shall be added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable. Headings or captions in this Lease are added as a matter of convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise affect the construction or interpretation of this Lease.

6.10 Interpretation . Whenever a provision of this Lease uses the term (1) “include” or “including,” that term shall not be limiting but shall be construed as illustrative,(2) “covenant,” that term shall include any covenant, agreement, term or provision,(3) “at law,” that term shall mean as specified in any applicable statute, ordinance or regulation having the force of law or as determined at law or in equity, or both, and (4) “day,” that uncapitalized word shall mean a calendar day. This Lease shall be given a fair and reasonable interpretation of the words contained in it without any weight being given to whether a provision was drafted by one party or its counsel.

6.11 Incorporation of Prior Agreement; Amendments . This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties to this Lease with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease, and no prior agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties to this Lease or their respective successors in interest.

6.12 Authority . If Tenant is a partnership, company, corporation or other entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that he or she is duly authorized to so execute and deliver this Lease and that all partnership, company, corporation or other entity actions and consents required for execution of this Lease have been given, granted or obtained.

6.13 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every covenant and condition of this Lease.

6.14 Survival of Obligations . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary or the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, any and all obligations of either party accruing prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and either party shall promptly perform all such obligations whether or not this Lease has expired or terminated. Such obligations shall include any and all indemnity obligations set forth in this Lease.

6.15 Consent to Service . Tenant irrevocably consents to the service of process of any action or proceeding related to this Lease at Tenant’s global headquarters located at One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073, provided that, from time to time, upon delivery of written notice to Landlord, Tenant may change such address.

 

38


6.16 Landlord’s Authorized Agents . Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, including without limitation the definition of Landlord’s Agents, NewTower Trust Company (the Trustee of Landlord) and Bentall Kennedy (U.S.) LP (the Authorized Signatory of Landlord) are the only entities authorized to amend, renew or terminate this Lease or to compromise any of Landlord’s claims under this Lease or to bind Landlord in any manner with respect to this Lease for so long as the originally named Landlord hereunder has not assigned or otherwise transferred, directly or indirectly, its interest in this Lease or the Building. Without limiting the effect of the previous sentence, no property manager or broker shall be considered an authorized agent of Landlord to amend, renew or terminate this Lease, to compromise any of Landlord’s claims under this Lease or to bind Landlord in any manner.

6.17 Waiver of Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant irrevocably waive their respective rights to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either against the other (whether in contract or tort) on any matter arising out of or relating in any way to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

6.18 Landlord Representations and Warranties . Landlord hereby represents, warrants and covenants to and with Tenant that as of the Effective Date:

(a) Landlord is the true and lawful owner of the Land; and

(b) Landlord has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform each and all of the terms, provisions, covenants, agreements, matters and things herein provided to be performed by Landlord and to execute and deliver all documents provided herein to be executed and delivered by Landlord; and this Lease does not, nor will the performance by Landlord of its obligations hereunder, contravene any provision of any existing law, covenant, indenture or agreement binding upon Landlord or upon the Land and/or the Building.

6.19 Specially Designated National or Blocked Person . Tenant hereby represents its compliance with all applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act, and the laws administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, including, without limitation, Executive Order 13224. Tenant further represents (i) that it is not, and it is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any person or entity, on the SDN List published by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and (ii) that it is not a person otherwise identified by government or legal authority as a person with whom a U.S. Person is prohibited from transacting business. As of the date hereof, a list of such designations and the text of Executive Order 13224 are published under the interne address www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac . Tenant covenants and agrees to deliver to Landlord any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, confirming Tenant’s compliance with this paragraph 6.19.

6.20 Deed of Lease . This Lease shall be deemed as Deed of Lease for all purposes under Virginia law.

6.21 Right of First Refusal .

6.21.1 Pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in paragraph 6.21, Tenant shall have an ongoing right of first refusal (the “ Right to First Refusal ”) with respect to any portion of the second (2nd) floor of the Building that once leased would be contiguous to the then Premises (the “ Contiguous Space ”).

6.21.2 In the event that Landlord and a third party have generally agreed on terms for the leasing of any Contiguous Space, prior to becoming bound to such third party, Landlord shall present in writing to Tenant (a) the terms offered by such third party, including the length of term for which such third party would be leasing the Contiguous Space (the “ Third Party Terms ”) and (b) Landlord’s determination of what the then Current Market Terms and Conditions would be for Tenant’s leasing of the Contiguous Space if the length of such term would be co-terminus with Tenant’s remaining Lease Term (the “ Market Terms ”) (such writing from Landlord, inclusive of the Third Party Terms and Market Terms being the “ Offer ”). Provided, however, if an Offer is being delivered prior to the date that is twelve (12) months from the expiration of the Reduced Rent Period, the Offer need not contain any Third Party Terms or Market Terms, but shall merely state that Landlord and a third party have generally agreed on terms for the Contiguous Space and shall specify the particular Contiguous Space (any Offer delivered during

 

39


such period being a “ Early Term Offer ”). Tenant shall have five (5) Business Days in which to accept or reject any Offer or Early Term Offer by way of delivery of written notice to Landlord, which notice from Tenant shall also expressly specify whether Tenant is electing, in its discretion, either the Third Party Terms or Market Terms (unless such Offer was an Early Term Offer, whereupon the terms shall be as set forth in paragraph 6.21.5 below). The Right of First Refusal shall apply only to the entire portion of the Contiguous Space that is the subject of the Offer or Early Term Offer, and may not be exercised by Tenant with respect to only a portion thereof. If Tenant fails to accept such Offer or Early Term Offer in writing in the manner required under this paragraph 6.21.2 within that five (5) Business Day period, then Tenant will be deemed to have rejected same and Landlord shall be free to lease the portion of the Contiguous Space that was the subject of such Offer or Early Term Offer to the third party on any terms.

6.21.3 If Tenant declines to accept any Offer or Early Term Offer of particular Contiguous Space, and an offer from a different third party prospect is thereafter offered to Landlord with respect to the same Contiguous Space that Landlord desires to accept, Landlord shall have no obligation to re-offer such Contiguous Space to Tenant on the terms offered by such different prospect, whether or not the terms so offered are the same or similar to those set forth in the Offer or Early Term Offer (nor shall have Landlord have any similar obligation with respect to any additional offers from additional prospects received by Landlord with respect to the particular Contiguous Space). Provided, however, if any particular Contiguous Space remains unleased twelve (12) months after Tenant’s election, or deemed election, under paragraph 6.21.2 to not lease such Contiguous Space, and Landlord and a third party have thereafter generally agreed on terms for the leasing of such Contiguous Space, then before becoming bound to such third party, Landlord must again Offer such particular Contiguous Space to Tenant pursuant to the process and method set forth in paragraph 6.21.2 and if Tenant declines or is deemed to decline such Offer, Landlord shall have no further obligation to Tenant under this paragraph 6.21 with respect to such Contiguous Space except as set forth in paragraph 6.21.4 below.

6.21.4 If any Contiguous Space is leased to a third party after Tenant declines to exercise (or is deemed to have declined to exercise) to lease any particular Contiguous Space under this paragraph 6.21 above and such third-party lease then expires or is terminated during the Lease Term, and after such termination or expiration Landlord and a third party have generally agreed on terms for the leasing of such Contiguous Space, then before becoming bound to such third party, Landlord must again Offer such particular Contiguous Space to Tenant pursuant to the process and method (i.e. Tenant electing either the Third Party Terms or Market Terms) set forth in paragraph 6.21.2, and if Tenant declines or is deemed to decline such Offer, Landlord shall have no further obligation to Tenant under this paragraph 6.21 with respect to such Contiguous Space (unless such Contiguous Space is again leased to a third party and such second third-party lease then expires or is terminated during the Lease Term, and after such termination or expiration Landlord and another third party have generally agreed on terms for the leasing of such Contiguous Space, in which event Landlord must again Offer such particular Contiguous Space to Tenant pursuant to the process and method (i.e. Tenant electing either the Third Party Terms or Market Terms) set forth in paragraph 6.21.2).

6.21.5 Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph 6.21 to the contrary, in the event Tenant accepts any Early Term Offer, the leasing of the Contiguous Space shall be for the balance of the Lease Term on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Lease for the initial Premises, with the economic concessions applicable to the initial Premises being prorated for the Contiguous Space to account for the shorter Lease Term therefor. For example, in the event of the acceptance of any Early Term Offer by Tenant, the Base Rent rate per rentable square foot (and the escalations thereof) set forth in the definition thereof shall apply equally to the Contiguous Space on a per rentable square foot basis. However, the duration of the Reduced Rent Allowance and the per rentable square foot amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance applicable to the Contiguous Space shall be equitably reduced so that the amounts that were applicable to the initial Premises are each equal to the product of such 270 day or $55 amount multiplied by a fraction with a numerator of the number of months remaining in the Lease Term after Tenant’s acceptance of the Early Term Offer and a denominator of 129.

6.21.6 After Tenant validly exercises its right to lease Contiguous Space pursuant to its Right of First Refusal provided in this Lease, the parties shall execute an addendum to the Lease adding the Contiguous Space to the Premises (and if applicable, incorporating either the Third Party Terms or Market Terms or the terms of the Early Term Offer), but an otherwise valid exercise of such right to lease Contiguous Space shall be fully effective, whether or not such confirmatory documentation is executed, and Tenant’s tenancy of such Contiguous Space shall be subject to all the rights and obligations of the parties under this Lease. Upon any such exercise, such Contiguous Space shall be part of the “Premises” for all purposes under this Lease.

6.21.7 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligations, and Tenant shall have no rights, under this paragraph 6.21 so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

40


6.22 Antenna/Roof Access .

6.22.1 Landlord shall provide Tenant with a non-exclusive license to use a portion of the roof of the Building for the installation of one (1) antenna or satellite dish and reasonable riser space to connect such Antenna to the Premises (collectively, the “ Antenna ”) without charge to Tenant, so long as and provided that (A) the Antenna is permitted under all Governmental Requirements, (B) the Antenna conforms to all Governmental Requirements and is of a size reasonably acceptable to Landlord (it being agreed that an antenna of not more than four (4) feet in height or a satellite dish no more than one (1) meter in diameter shall be deemed acceptable), (C) Tenant has obtained all permits, licenses, variances, authorizations and approvals that may be required in order to install such Antenna and any insurance required by Landlord in connection with such Antenna, (D) the Antenna weighs not more than the weight that Landlord shall reasonably determine can be supported by the roof (which Landlord shall specify to Tenant upon Tenant’s written request), unless Tenant agrees to provide additional support, as reasonably mandated by Landlord (E) the telecommunications provider has entered into Landlord’s standard license agreement, and (F) Tenant shall pay Landlord (within 30 days after receipt of an invoice therefor) an amount equal to all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord to have a third party engineer review the plans and specifications for the Antenna, the location specifications for the Antenna and the plans, specifications and method for attaching the Antenna to the Building. In addition, the type, style, color, materials, exact location and method of installation of the Antenna must be approved by Landlord (in its sole, but good faith and reasonable, discretion) in advance of its installation. Tenant shall install the Antenna in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all Governmental Requirements, and Tenant shall maintain the Antenna in good condition and repair and in compliance with all Governmental Requirements. All maintenance, repairs and installation required after the initial installation of the Antenna shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations for the Building, as in effect from time to time, which shall be consistently applied to all tenants of the Building.

6.22.2 Prior to or contemporaneous with requesting Landlord’s approval of the installation of any Antenna, Tenant shall provide to Landlord plans and specifications for the Antenna (including size, location, height, weight and color) and specifications for the installation thereof; prior to the installation of the Antenna, and after approval by Landlord of the plans and specifications referred to in the preceding sentence (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (A) copies of all required governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licensees, special zoning variances, and authorizations, all of which Tenant shall obtain at its own cost and expense; and (B) a policy or certificate of insurance (subject to the deductibles permitted Tenant under the Lease so long as such deductibles are so permitted) evidencing such insurance coverage as may reasonably be required by Landlord for the installation, operation and maintenance of the Antenna and sufficient to cover, among other things, the indemnities from Tenant to Landlord under this paragraph 6.22, provided such insurance is then routinely being required by landlords of comparable buildings in connection with the installation of roof antennas. Landlord may withhold its approval of the installation of any Antenna if the installation, operation or removal of the Antenna (s) will be performed by a contractor that has not been reasonably approved by Landlord, or that fails to comply with the contractor requirements of this Lease, (t) may damage the structural integrity of the Building, (u) would require any structural alteration to the Building, (v) would require any penetration on the roof or exterior facade of the Building (Landlord confirms that access to Building risers does not require roof penetration, but that any required cabling on the roof would require roof core drilling and Landlord may withhold its consent to same), (w) would void any warranty or guaranty applicable to the roof or Building, (x) would materially adversely interfere with any service required (1) by the terms of this Lease, (2) by the standards applicable from time to time to comparable buildings to be provided by Landlord, (y) would adversely interfere with the use by any tenant of such tenant’s premises in the Building, or (z) would cause the violation of any condition or provision of the Lease or of any Governmental Requirements, now or hereafter in effect. Tenant shall not be entitled to rely on any such approval as being a representation by Landlord that such installation and operation is permitted by or in accordance with any Governmental Requirements.

 

41


6.22.3 Landlord, at its sole option and discretion, may require Tenant, at any time prior to the expiration or termination of the Lease, to terminate the operation of any Antenna at such location, or re-locate any Antenna, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, if the Antenna (A) damages the structural integrity of the Building, (B) interferes with any other service required (I) by the terms of this Lease or (II) by the standards applicable from time to time to comparable buildings, to be provided by Landlord, (C) adversely interferes with the use by any tenant of such tenant’s leased premises within the Building (except that if such interference shall arise from the installation of additional Antennas after Tenant’s antenna is installed, Landlord may only require the relocation of the Antenna), or (D) causes the violation of any condition or provision of the Lease or of any Governmental Requirements (now or hereafter in effect). If Tenant can correct the damage, and/or prevent the interference or cure the violation described in (A) through (D) above to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction within thirty (30) days (and in connection with such efforts of Tenant to so prevent interference, Tenant may operate the Antenna for short periods of time solely for the purpose of determining if modifications or changes made by Tenant eliminate the interference), Tenant may restore its operation so long as Tenant promptly commences to cure such damage and diligently pursues such cure to completion. If the violation or interference is not completely corrected or the damage repaired and the Antenna restored to operation within thirty (30) days, Landlord, at its sole option, may require that Tenant cease further operation of the Antenna at such location and Tenant, at Landlord’s option, shall either the remove the Antenna or shall move the Antenna to another location on the roof, at Tenant’s expense. In order to provide a service or a level of service to the Building in order to satisfy the standards applicable to first-class office buildings in Tyson’s Corner, Virginia or to provide other tenants in the Building with access to the roof for placement of other antennas, other electrical equipment or other Landlord-approved uses or installations, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole expense, to re-locate the Antenna to a new location on the roof, provided that such new location does not adversely affect the operation of such Antenna and effect such relocation in such a manner as does not cause any interruption in use (other than an inconsequential interruption). Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as granting Tenant any line of sight easement with respect to any Antenna. Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice (which may be made to the Building’s management office) at such time that Tenant intends to access the roof, whether for any installation, maintenance, or any reason whatsoever. Tenant may only enter the roof to install or maintain the Antenna with the accompaniment of a representative of Landlord. Landlord agrees that after reasonable oral notice from Tenant to the Building management office, Landlord will use its best efforts to make a representative available to accompany Tenant during Building Standard Hours as soon as reasonably possible. During hours other than Building Standard Hours, upon oral request of Tenant to the emergency number provided by the Building management office, Landlord will make a representative available to accompany Tenant, in the event of an emergency, but the overtime cost for such representative shall be borne by Tenant unless the emergency is caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant shall pay the actual costs of the representative’s time for access by Tenant during other than Building Standard Hours. If Tenant in good faith believes Tenant needs to access the roof because of an emergency and no representative is available immediately, Tenant will be provided a key which will permit Tenant to gain access to the roof Any such access by Tenant shall be subject to reasonable rules and regulations established from time to time by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to restrict or deny access to the roof of the Building from time to time, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

6.22.4 At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease or upon termination of the operation of the Antenna as provided above, at Tenant’s sole expense, the Antenna and all cabling and other equipment relating thereto shall be removed from the Building and the area where the Antenna was located shall be restored to its condition existing prior to such installation, subject to reasonable wear and tear and damage due to condemnation, casualty or other Force Majeure Event excepted, in a manner and with materials reasonably determined by Landlord. If Tenant fails to so remove the Antenna, cabling and other equipment, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to remove and dispose of the Antenna and charge Tenant for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any property so disposed of or removed by Landlord. Tenant’s obligation to perform and observe this covenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of the Lease.

6.22.5 Tenant covenants and agrees that the installation, operation, approval and removal of any Antenna will be at its sole risk, cost and expense. Any failure to install the Antenna shall not delay the Commencement Date, and Tenant shall have no right to any abatement or reduction in Rent if, for whatever reason, Tenant is unable to obtain any required approval for any Antenna or is unable to use any Antenna.

6.22.6 Tenant shall pay to Landlord all actual costs incurred by Landlord in furnishing electric power solely for the operation of any Antenna, including but not limited to the installation of a separate meter.

 

42


6.22.7 Landlord reserves the right to grant licenses for space on the roof of the Building, for the operation of radio, microwave, satellite, antenna and Telecommunications Facilities by other tenants and licensees, provided and on the condition that, as to licenses for space granted subsequent to the Commencement Date, such antennas and equipment shall not materially adversely interfere with the operation of any Antenna, previously installed by Tenant, if any.

6.22.8 Subject to paragraph 4.15 hereof, Tenant covenants and agrees absolutely and unconditionally to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, actions, damages, liability, judgments, settlements, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses but exclusive of consequential damages) in connection with the loss of life, personal or bodily injury, damage to property or business or any other loss or injury arising out of the installation, operation, maintenance or removal of any Antenna provided such loss or injury is not caused by Landlord’s or Landlord’s Agents’ negligence or willful misconduct.

6.22.9 It is expressly understood that by granting Tenant the license hereunder, Landlord makes no representation as to the legality of such Antenna or its installation. Landlord expressly makes no representations or warranties with respect to the capacity for an Antenna placed on the roof of the Building to receive or transmit signals.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE]

 

43


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Lease has been executed the day and year first above set forth.

 

Designated Address for Landlord :     LANDLORD :
c/o Bentall Kennedy (U.S.) LP     MEPT 1660 International Drive LLC, a
Attn: Director — Asset Management (MEPT/1660 International Drive)     Delaware limited liability company
1215 Fourth Avenue, Suite 2400     By:     MEPT Edgemoor REIT LLC, a
Seattle, Washington 98161         Delaware limited liability company,
Facsimile: (206) 682-4769         its Manager.
      By:     Bentall Kennedy (U.S.) LP,
c/o Bentall Kennedy (U.S.) LP           Authorized Signatory
Attn: Director — Asset Management (MEPT/1660              
International Drive)           By:     Bentall Kennedy (U.S.) G.P.
7315 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 350 West           LLC, its General Partner
Bethesda, Maryland 20814              
Facsimile: (301) 656-9339         By:  

/s/ Jeanette R. Flory

        Name:  

Jeanette R. Flory

And to Landlord’s Trustee :         Its:  

Senior Vice President

NewTower Trust Company Multi-Employer Property              
Trust              
Attn: Senior Vice President/MEPT, or              
Patrick O. Mayberry              
Three Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 1600              
Bethesda, MD 20814              
Facsimile: (240) 235-9961              
with a copy to Manager at :              
Cassidy & Pinkard Colliers              
1660 International Drive, Suite 405              
McLean, Virginia              
Attn: Property Manager              
Facsimile: (703) 556-7798              

 

44


Designated Address for Tenant :     TENANT :
Management Dynamics, Inc.     MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS, INC.
One Meadowlands Plaza      
East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073     By:  

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer     Name:  

 

    Its:  

 

With a copy to:

SNR Denton US LLP

101 JFK Parkway

Short Hills, New Jersey 07078

Attn: Victor H. Boyajian

 

45


LANDLORD ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF      Maryland)  
       ) ss.
COUNTY OF      Maryland)  

On this 14 th day of June , 2011, before me personally appeared Jeanette R. Flory , to me known to be a Senior Vice President of Bentall Kennedy (U.S.) LP, the authorized signatory of the Landlord, the trust that executed the within and foregoing instrument on behalf of Landlord, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said Trust, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that she was authorized to execute said instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Norman Harkins

Name:

Norman Harkins

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the state of MD , residing at Washington, DC .
My appointment expires: August 24, 2014 .

[NOTARIAL SEAL]

 

46


TENANT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT (CORPORATION)

 

 

 
  ) ss.

 

 

On this 3 rd day of June , 2011, before me, a Notary public in and for the County of             , personally appeared John Preuninger , the President of Management Dynamic, Inc., the             ,              that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that s/he/they was/were authorized to execute said instrument.

 

 

Name:  

/s/ Patricia S. DeSimone

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the state of NJ residing at 170 Lincoln Ave., Ridgewood .
My appointment expires: December 2, 2012 .

[NOTARIAL SEAL]

 

47


EXHIBIT A to Lease

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND

All that certain lot or parcel of land, lying and being situate in Fairfax County, Virginia and more particularly described as follows:

Lot 10-B, Section 4, LEASCO OFFICE PARK, as the same appears duly dedicated, platted and recorded among the land records of Fairfax County, Virginia, in Deed Book 5909, at Page 104, as Instrument Number 18838, on March 8, 1984.

LESS AND EXCEPT that portion of the above described property conveyed to the Fairfax County Board of Supervisors by the Deed of Public Street Dedication recorded in Deed Book 7396, at Page 1528.

TOGETHER WITH AND SUBJECT TO the non-exclusive use in the following easements:

1. Two 30-foot ingress/egress easements set forth in the Deed of Resubdivision recorded in Deed Book 5909, at Page 104;

2. Easements for support, ingress/egress, parking and construction, set forth in the Deed and Declaration of Covenants and Easements recorded in Deed Book 5909, at Page 113;

3. A twenty-two foot ingress/egress easement as set forth in the Reciprocal Easement Agreement recorded in Deed Book 4595, at Page 438, partially vacated per plat attached to the Deed of Public Street Dedication recorded in Deed Book 7396, at Page 1528.

4. An ingress/egress easement through, over and across Lot 9, Section 4, LEASCO OFFICE PARK, as set forth in “Grant of Easement For Access, Driveway and Parking” recorded in Deed Book 5677 at Page 1538, as amended by document recorded in Deed Book 6898 at Page 1485 and as further amended by document recorded in Deed Book 6937 at page 1435.

AND BEING the same property conveyed at 1660 International Drive, Inc. by Deed recorded in Deed Book 8198 at Page 1644.

 

Ex. A-1


EXHIBIT B to Lease

WORK AGREEMENT

(Tenant to Construct Tenant Improvements)

1. Landlord Delivery of Premises . On the Effective Date (the “ Delivery Date ”) Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in its as-is condition. Provided, however, as of the Delivery Date all structural elements of the Building and base Building systems shall be in compliance with all applicable Governmental Requests in all material respects. No later than the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, complete construction of a multi-tenant corridor on the second (2nd) floor of the Building to demise the Premises from the remainder of the second floor. Such corridor shall be constructed in compliance with all Governmental Requirements and pursuant to plans prepared by Tenant and approved by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. In the event that Tenant is unable to obtain a building permit for the construction of the Premises or certificate of occupancy for the completed Premises solely due to the Building failing to comply with Governmental Requirements or Landlord’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, then, Landlord shall immediately correct such failure at its sole cost and expense and any actual delay caused to Tenant’s completion of the Tenant Improvements solely as a result of such failure (taking into account any Tenant interference or delay) shall extend the Commencement Date by the number of days of such actual delay. Taking of possession by Tenant shall establish that the Premises are in good and satisfactory condition on the Delivery Date and any alleged defects or deficiencies are waived by the Tenant except to the extent Landlord is required to correct the same pursuant to the express terms of the Lease. Landlord shall not be subject to any liability to Tenant for, and the validity of this Lease and Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall not be affected by, any failure of Landlord to give access to the Premises to Tenant on or by any particular date provided that the Commencement Date shall be extended for each day beyond the Effective Date on which Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises as set forth herein. Tenant acknowledges that no representations as to the condition of the Premises or Building have been made by Landlord, unless such are expressly set forth in this Lease.

2. Tenant Improvements . Pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit B (the “ Work Agreement ” or “ Exhibit B ”) (which is hereby incorporated as a part of the Lease to which it is attached (as amended, the “ Lease ”)), Tenant shall furnish and install within the Premises those items of general construction for the Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements ”), as shown on the Plans and Specifications as approved in writing in advance by Landlord, pursuant to Paragraph 3 below. All Tenant Improvements shall be constructed pursuant to this Work Agreement and shall be performed by Tenant’s General Contractor (defined below) utilizing those subcontractors selected in accordance with this Work Agreement. Tenant shall endeavor to design the Tenant Improvements in a manner consistent with the Landlord’s sustainability practices and Green Agency Ratings, provided that Tenant shall not be obligated to incur any additional material costs in order to achieve such compliance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree that Tenant has no obligation hereunder to (i) engage a third party LEED or Green Globe Accredited Professional with respect to the design or construction of the Tenant Improvements, or (ii) seek or obtain any Green Rating Agency certification with respect to the design, installation or operation of the Tenant Improvements.

3. Plans and Specifications for Tenant Improvements .

3.1 Landlord acknowledges and agrees that it has approved the space plan for the Tenant Improvements prepared by MFA Architectural & Design, Inc., dated March 13, 2011, job number 11-24 (the “ Space Plan ”).

3.2 Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to prepare and submit to Landlord complete architectural and engineering plans, drawings and specifications (“ Plans and Specifications ”) within ninety (90) days of the Effective Date. The Plans and Specifications, as well as the identity of Tenant’s Architect, shall be subject to Landlord’s advance written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Plans and Specifications shall (i) be compatible with the Building shell and with the design, construction and equipment of the Building, (ii) comply with all Governmental Requirements, (iii) comply with all applicable insurance regulations, (iv) be in a form sufficient for the permitting and the construction of the Tenant Improvements shown thereon, and (v) be consistent with the approved Space Plan. Landlord will have ten (10) Business Days after its receipt from Tenant to review and approve such Plans and Specifications. If Landlord requests modifications, then

 

Ex. B-1


the Plans and Specifications shall be revised to conform to Landlord’s modification requests and delivered to Landlord within three (3) Business Days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s comments and Landlord shall advise, within two (2) Business Days whether Landlord approves the same or has further revisions. The foregoing exchange of revisions shall repeat until both Landlord and Tenant have approved the Plans and Specifications, each in their reasonable discretion. If Tenant does not agree with Landlord’s requested modifications, Landlord and Tenant shall exercise good faith and diligent efforts to reach agreement on the Plans and Specifications. Upon approval by Landlord, Tenant will submit the Plans and Specifications to its General Contractor.

3.3 Any and all changes to the Plans and Specifications shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect or Landlord’s Architect to provide documentation to Landlord for all changes to the Plans and Specifications at the time each change is authorized for construction. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant or to any other person for errors or omissions in the Plans and Specifications, Landlord’s review being for Landlord’s own purposes, irrespective of whether the Plans and Specifications are prepared by Landlord’s Architect or Tenant’s Architect. Tenant shall rely solely on the advice and experience of Tenant’s Architect or Landlord’s Architect with respect to the Plans and Specifications in assuring the accuracy and sufficiency of the Plans and Specifications for Tenant’s purposes. The fees of Tenant’s Architect or Landlord’s Architect in preparing the Plans and Specifications shall be a Cost of Tenant Improvements (as hereinafter defined).

4. Building Shell Changes . If the Plans and Specifications or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto shall require changes in the Building shell, then same shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent and Tenant (or Landlord at Landlord’s election) shall perform such work in accordance with paragraphs 4.4 and 4.5 of the Lease to which this Exhibit B is attached, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The preceding sentence shall not be construed as requiring that Landlord must approve any Plans and Specifications which specify changes in the Building shell provided Landlord agrees to be reasonable when considering the same. If Building shell work is permitted by Landlord, the cost thereof shall include all architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses in connection therewith.

5. Tenant Improvement Construction and Cost .

5.1. From and after the Delivery Date, Tenant shall have access to the Premises to perform the work subject to the provisions of this Exhibit B pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Work Agreement. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that in the event that Tenant or any of Tenant’s contractors perform work that results in property damage to the Building, Tenant shall, in each of such events, pay all costs and expenses caused by such action and incurred in the repair thereof. Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss, damage or delay which may be caused by or arise from such entry by Tenant, its employees or contractor(s).

5.2. Tenant shall enter into a contract with a general contractor that has been approved in writing by Landlord (the “ General Contractor ”). Upon request from Landlord from time to time Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with a copy of its executed or unexecuted agreement with the General Contractor, as well as a list of all proposed subcontractors. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a copy of a valid license authorizing each such General Contractor to engage in the type of work for which the contractor has been selected. Landlord shall have the right to disapprove any of Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors if Landlord has a good faith reason to believe that such contractors or subcontractors are (i) not licensed as required by any governmental agency; (ii) not technically qualified or sufficiently staffed to do the work; (iii) not financially capable of undertaking the work; and/or (iv) not in compliance with the contractor requirements set forth in the next sentence of this paragraph. With respect to any construction contracts for work to be performed on behalf of Tenant, including that of the General Contractor, such contracts shall include, for the entire duration of the contract, a requirement that the prime contractor and the respective subcontractors of any tier: (a) be a party to, or bound by, a collective bargaining agreement applicable to the geographic area in which the Land is located, applicable to the trade or trades in which the work under the contract is to be performed, and entered with one or more labor organizations affiliated with the Building and Construction Trades Department of the AFL-CIO or with an independent, nationally recognized labor organization or one of its affiliated locals and (b) solely employ members of such labor organizations to perform work within their respective jurisdictions. The previous sentence shall apply whether it is Landlord or Tenant performing or contracting for any such alterations, additions, improvements or installations. Waivers or exceptions to the requirement in this sentence may be given only in writing by Landlord. In addition to the foregoing requirements, Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to contract for services

 

Ex. B-2


to be performed in or about the Premises with companies which are a Responsible Contractor, provided that, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to directly incur any additional material cost in connection with satisfying the requirements of this sentence (although Tenant acknowledges that compliance with the balance of this paragraph 5.2 may result in additional costs), nor have any duty to independently confirm whether a company qualifies as a Responsible Contractor.

5.3. Worker’s Compensation, commercial general liability and other forms of insurance, in the amounts required to be maintained pursuant to the Lease, or as Landlord may reasonably require, with companies and on forms satisfactory to Landlord, shall be provided and at all times maintained by General Contractor. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence of all such insurance, as well as any required permits, prior to commencing work in the Premises.

5.4. Tenant shall observe and perform all of its obligations under this Lease (except its obligations to pay Rent) from the Delivery Date through the Commencement Date for the Premises in the same manner as though the Lease Term began when the Premises were delivered to Tenant.

5.5. Intentionally Deleted.

5.6. Tenant shall advise its contractor(s), subcontractor(s) and material supplier(s) that no interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building or the Land shall be subject to liens to secure payment of any amount due for work performed or materials installed in the Premises. Further, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord written and unconditional waivers of mechanics’ liens from General Contractor upon invoicing for such services to the extent of the services invoiced.

5.7. Tenant agrees that it will cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Tenant Improvements shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner, free of liens and in compliance with all Governmental Requirements, including without limitation, Access Laws, the National Electrical Code, the National Board of Fire Underwriters, requirements of Landlord’s fire insurance underwriter, the applicable electric power and telephone companies, and all applicable building and OSHA codes, orders and ordinances. Any work not acceptable to the appropriate governmental or regulatory agencies or not in compliance with Governmental Requirements shall be promptly corrected at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant shall cause the General Contractor to give Landlord manufacturers data indicating that no asbestos containing materials have been used in constructing the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding any failure by Landlord to object to any such work, Landlord shall have no responsibility therefor.

(b) All such construction work shall be performed in accordance with the final Plans and Specifications approved in accordance herewith.

(c) Valid building permits, including the certificate of occupancy upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, and other authorizations from appropriate governmental agencies, when required, shall be obtained by Tenant. Prior to the commencement of construction, such permits shall be posted at a prominent place within the Premises and as otherwise required by Governmental Requirements.

(d) All Tenant’s materials, work, installations and decorations of any nature brought upon or installed in the Premises shall be at Tenant’s risk, and neither Landlord nor any party acting on Landlord’s behalf shall be responsible for any damage thereto or loss or destruction thereto.

(e) Once undertaken, all work performed by Tenant or on its behalf shall be diligent conducted and pursued to completion promptly and in a timely manner. Only new and high quality materials shall be used in the construction of the Premises.

(f) Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s lien to be filed against the Building, and shall discharge any mechanic’s lien that is filed against the Building by reason of the work performed by or on behalf of Tenant under this Exhibit B in the manner provided in paragraph 4.27.1 of the Lease. Upon substantial completion of Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall cause General Contractor to deliver to Landlord a release of liens in the AIA standard form or such other form acceptable to Landlord.

(g) Tenant shall pay Landlord for Tenant’s use of temporary utilities (e.g. electricity and water) in, and security for, the Premises during the construction of Tenant Improvements.

 

Ex. B-3


5.8. Warranty . The General Contractor shall warrant its work for one full year following substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements.

5.9. Costs of Tenant Improvements . Tenant shall be liable for all costs associated with the Tenant Improvements and improving the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, including, without limitation, all permits, certificates of occupancy, inspection fees, fees of space planners, architects, engineers, consultants, contractors, the costs of all labor and materials, bonds, insurance and any structural or mechanical work, additional HVAC equipment or modifications to any building, mechanical, electrical, plumbing or other systems and furniture or equipment, either within or outside the Premises required as a direct result of the layout, design or construction of the Tenant Improvements and the cost of design and permitting and installation of Tenant’s fixtures, specialized equipment, systems, furniture and data and phone cabling systems (collectively “ Costs of Tenant Improvements ”).

5.10. Supervisory and Review Fees . Tenant shall pay Landlord a supervisory fee equal to one percent (1%) of the “hard” construction cost portion of the Costs of Tenant Improvements, such fee to be increased to three percent (3%), if Cassidy Turley is hired by Tenant as project manager for the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

5.11. Tenant Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall provide to Tenant, on the terms and conditions set forth in this paragraph, a tenant improvement allowance in an amount equal to Fifty Five and 00/100 Dollars ($55.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises to be applied towards the Costs of Tenant Improvements and such other purposes described in this paragraph 5.11 (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”). Tenant shall be entitled to apply a portion of such Tenant Improvement Allowance (not to exceed Eleven and 00//100 Dollars ($11.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises), to its moving costs, purchase of furniture, fixture and equipment (including telecommunication and cabling), and the costs of preparing the Space Plan and Plans and Specifications, with the balance being required to be applied towards the “hard” costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements. Landlord may also disburse amounts, upon written notice to Tenant, from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to reimburse Landlord for any expenses or costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Tenant Improvements as expressly permitted under this Work Agreement, including but not limited as set forth in paragraph 5.10 above. Disbursements of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall only be made to Tenant (or at Landlord’s election, General Contractor) upon Landlord’s receipt of written paid invoices and lien waivers based on completed, paid-for work and submitted on forms satisfactory to Landlord (including but not limited to an AIA payment request form from Tenant’s Architect), and such additional information as Landlord may reasonably request. Such invoices, lien waivers and vouchers shall be submitted no later than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the date for the requested disbursement. So long as a default has occurred and is continuing, Landlord shall have no obligation to make any disbursements of the Tenant Improvement Allowance hereunder. Disbursement for any non-hard construction costs shall only occur after the final accounting by Tenant to Landlord of all of its payments to its contractors, receipt of all final lien waivers, receipt by Tenant of all required final occupancy and other permits and a certificate of substantial completion from Tenant’s Architect with respect to the Tenant Improvements. In the event Tenant does not expend the entirety of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the Costs of Tenant Improvements, then Tenant shall be entitled to apply such unexpired amount to its Base Rent obligations under the Lease so long as:

(1) No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Lease;

(2) Such amount does not exceed Five Dollars ($5.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises (any expended balance in excess of such amount being deemed forfeited); and

(3) such application request is being made no more than two hundred seventy (270) days after the Commencement Date, with the actual application to be made at the time the Base Rent obligation accrues (i.e. no advance payment of Base Rent).

 

Ex. B-4


5.12. Expiration of Term or Termination of Term . All Tenant Improvements (excluding any furniture, trade fixtures or movable trade equipment), regardless of which party constructed or paid for them, shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided that, at Landlord’s election and upon written notice to Tenant given not later than final approval by Landlord of the Plans and Specifications, Tenant shall be required to remove all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. All Telecommunication Facilities installed by or on behalf of Tenant must be removed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense upon the expiration or termination of this Lease.

6. Miscellaneous .

6.1. Any default of Tenant under this Work Agreement shall be deemed to be an Event of Default of Tenant under the Lease, and Landlord’s remedies shall be as set forth therein, provided that Tenant shall have ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord regarding any default under this Work Agreement to cure the same, or such longer period if such default is not susceptible to cure within ten (10) days, provided Tenant is diligently and continuously pursuing such cure. All provisions of the Lease are fully incorporated in this Work Agreement as though set forth herein at length.

6.2. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from all Claims which arise in any way, directly or indirectly from or in connection with the design of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, claims arising from the work of Tenant’s Architect, General Contractor, any subcontractor or Tenant’s employees or agents.

6.3. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined in this Work Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Lease.

 

Ex. B-5


EXHIBIT C to Lease

Drawing Showing Location and Configuration of the Premises

 

Ex. C-1


EXHIBIT D to Lease

FORM OF LEASE MEMORANDUM

MEPT 1660 International Drive LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, and Management Dynamics, Inc., as Tenant, executed that Lease dated as of                   2011 (the “Lease”).

The Lease contemplates that this document shall be delivered and executed as set forth in the paragraph entitled “Lease Memorandum.” This Lease Memorandum shall become part of the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. The Commencement Date of the Lease is             .

2. The end of the Lease Term and the date on which this Lease will expire is             .

3. The Lease is in full force and effect as of the date of this Lease Memorandum. By execution of this Lease Memorandum, Tenant confirms that as of the date of the Lease Memorandum (a) Tenant has no claims against Landlord and (b) Landlord has fulfilled all of its obligations under the Lease required to be fulfilled by Landlord.

4. Landlord has funded the full amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and Tenant has no set-off rights with respect thereto.

5. The Premises consist of              rentable square feet.

6. Base Rent:

The amount of Base Rent and the portion of the Lease Term during which such Base Rent is payable shall be determined from the following table:

 

Applicable Portion of Lease Term

   Rate
Per/Rentable Sq.
Ft./Annum
   Annual Base
Rent
   Monthly Base
Rent Installment
(Annual ÷ 12)

Beginning

  

Ending

        
           
           
           
           
           

7. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share is      percent (    %) with respect to Operating Costs and      percent (    %) with respect to Property Taxes.

8. The Termination Consideration amount payable in connection with Tenant’s Early Termination Option is $        .

 

LANDLORD :
MEPT 1660 International Drive LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   MEPT Edgemoor REIT LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company, its Manager.

 

Ex. D-1


  By:     Bentall Kennedy (U.S.) LP, Authorized Signatory
    By:   Bentall Kennedy (U.S.) G.P. LLC,
    its General Partner
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Its:  

 

TENANT:
Management Dynamics, Inc., a

 

By:  
Name:  
Its:  
Dated:  

 

Ex. D-2


EXHIBIT E to Lease

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside or inside of the Building or Land without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person chosen by Landlord.

2. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, (other than any blinds provided by Landlord) shades, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises. Tenant shall not place anything against or near glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

3. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalk, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators, or stairways of the Building. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators and stairways are not open to the general public. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to such areas of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interest of the Land, Building and the Building’s tenants; provided that, nothing in this Lease contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Tenant shall not go upon the roof of the Building.

4. With respect to Tenant, the directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of Tenant, the name of each of Tenant’s professionals and other employees, and the name of any approved subtenants, and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom. Tenant shall be provided with its pro rata share of directory strips at Landlord’s expense.

5. All cleaning and janitorial services for the Building and the Premises shall be provided exclusively by contractors approved by Landlord and shall be an Operating Cost unless otherwise agreed by Landlord and Tenant. Except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be employed by Tenant or permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. Cleaning and janitorial services shall be provided as set forth on Exhibit F . Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Premises. Landlord shall not in any way be responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to any Tenant’s property by the janitor, any of Landlord’s Agents or any other person.

6. Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, five (5) keys to each door lock in the Premises. Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any additional keys. Tenant shall not make or have made additional keys, and Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new additional lock or bolt on any door of its Premises. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys of all doors which have been furnished to Tenant, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord therefor.

7. The Building is a non-smoking facility. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time in its sole discretion, to establish “smoke-free” perimeters surrounding the Building entrances and exits within which smoking shall not be permitted.

8. If Tenant requires Telecommunication Services, computer circuits, burglar alarm or similar services or other utility services, it shall first obtain Landlord’s approval of the construction or installation of such services. Application for such services shall be made in accordance with the procedure prescribed by Landlord in paragraph 3.5.2 of the Lease.

9. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by Governmental Requirements. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property brought into the Building. Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on such platforms as

 

Ex. E-1


determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant, which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space in the Building or to any other tenant in the Building, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration. The persons employed to move such equipment in or out of the Building must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of, or damage to, any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

10. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than those limited quantities permitted by the Lease. Tenant shall not use or permit to be used in the Premises any foul or noxious gas or substance, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors or vibrations nor shall Tenant bring into or keep in or about the Premises any birds or animals.

11. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord or as permitted under paragraph 3.5.5 of the Lease.

12. Tenant shall not waste any utility provided by Landlord and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord’s reasonable requests to assure the most effective operation of the Building’s HVAC and to comply with any governmental energy-saving rules, laws or regulations of which Tenant has actual notice.

13. Landlord reserves the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.

14. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6 p.m. and 7 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be established from time to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and Holidays, any person unless that person is known to the person or employee in charge of the Building, has a Building pass or is properly identified. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building in case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion by closing the doors or by other appropriate action.

15. Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely shut off all water faucets or other water apparatus, and electricity, gas or air outlets before Tenant and its employees leave the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by Landlord for noncompliance with this rule.

16. Tenant shall not obtain for use on the Premises ice, drinking water, food, beverage, towel or other similar services, except under such regulations as may be fixed by Landlord.

17. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be deposited in them. The expenses of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant if it or its employees or invitees shall have caused the violation.

18. Tenant shall not sell, or permit the sale at retail, of newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or merchandise to the general public in or on the Premises. Tenant shall not make any room-to-room solicitation of business from other tenants in the Building. Tenant shall not use the Premises for any business or activity other than that specifically provided for in the Lease.

19. Except as set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building. Tenant shall not interfere with radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere. Other than the usual and customary cellular telephones, Tenant shall not install or utilize any wireless Telecommunication Facilities, including antenna and satellite receiver dishes within the Premises or on, in, or about the Building without first obtaining Landlord’s

 

Ex. E-2


prior written consent, and Landlord at its option may require the entry of a supplemental agreement with respect to such construction or installation. Tenant shall comply with all instructions for installation and shall pay or shall cause to be paid the entire cost of such installations, screening, maintenance, insurance and removal of the same. Tenant shall be responsible to promptly repair, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any damage resulting from such installations. Application for such facilities shall be made in the same manner and shall be subject to the same requirements as specified for Telecommunication Services and Telecommunication Facilities in the paragraph of the Lease entitled “Utilities.” Supplemental rules and regulations may be promulgated by Landlord specifying the form of and information to be included with the application and establishing procedures, regulations and controls with respect to the installation and use of such wireless Telecommunication Facilities.

20. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screws or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises, except to hang or display artwork or similar decorations. Landlord reserves the right to direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced to the Premises. Tenant shall not cut or bore holes for wires except as needed for Tenant’s voice and data installations that are permitted under the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

21. Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate upon the Premises any vending machine without the written consent of Landlord.

22. Canvassing, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written material, and peddling in the Building or Land are prohibited, and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

23. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building and Land any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is intoxicated, under the influence of liquor or drugs or in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

24. Tenant shall store all of its trash and garbage within the Premises. Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions issued from time to time by Landlord.

25. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or any improper or immoral or objectionable purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant, except that use by Tenant of Underwriters’ Laboratory approved equipment for microwaving food, brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages and foods shall be permitted; provided that, such equipment and its use is in accordance with all Governmental Requirements.

26. Tenant shall not use in the Premises or in the public halls of the Building any hand truck except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve in writing. Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building.

27. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant’s address.

28. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

29. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

30. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon appropriate application to the Manager of the Building by an authorized individual. Employees of Landlord are not required to perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employee of Landlord is required to admit Tenant to any space other than the Premises without specific instructions from Landlord.

 

Ex. E-3


31. Tenant shall not park its vehicles in any parking areas designated by Landlord as areas for parking by visitors to the Building or Land. Tenant and its employees shall not park any vehicles in the Garage other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor driven or nonmotor driven bicycles or four-wheeled trucks.

32. The Landlord may, upon request by any tenant waive the compliance by such tenant of any of the foregoing rules and regulations, provided that (i) no waiver shall be effective unless signed by Landlord or Landlord’s Agent, (ii) any such waiver shall not relieve such tenant from the obligation to comply with such rule or regulation in the future unless expressly consented to by Landlord, and (iii) no waiver granted to any tenant shall relieve any other tenant from the obligation of complying with the foregoing rules and regulations unless such other tenant has received a similar waiver in writing from Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall enforce the Rules or Regulations in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner.

33. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the covenants and conditions of any lease of premises in the Building. If any provision of these Rules and Regulations conflicts with any provision of the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail.

34. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable Rules and Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, the care and cleanliness of the Building and Land, the preservation of good order in the Building and the maintenance or enhancement of the value of the Building as a rental property. Tenant agrees to abide by all the Rules and Regulations stated in this exhibit and any additional rules and regulations which are so made by Landlord as long as they are reasonable.

35. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant and Tenant’s Agents.

 

Ex. E-4


EXHIBIT F to Lease

SCHEDULE OF CLEANING SERVICES

Introductory Note: All services set forth in this Exhibit shall only be performed if and to the extent the applicable surface to be vacuumed, buffed, polished, swept, mopped, dusted, wiped, washed or otherwise cleaned is exposed and readily accessible. To the extent Tenant operates any kitchen or lunchroom in the Premises, the services described below shall apply to any kitchen or lunchroom (as applicable) but Landlord shall not be required to provide any additional cleaning services as a result thereof (such as cleaning refrigerators, microwave ovens, coffee pots, inside of cabinets or any specialty equipment).

Daily Cleaning Services

 

  1. Empty waste baskets and remove refuse to designated area. Reline and wipe clean receptacles as needed.

 

  2. Brake down all boxes of any items marked trash and remove to designated areas.

 

  3. Thorough vacuuming of all carpeted areas, including corner and crevice vacuuming in all tenant spaces and common areas.

 

  4. Vacuum upholstered chairs and sofas where necessary.

 

  5. Sweep all hard floors (tile, wood, etc.).

 

  6. Sweep and damp mop all vinyl, marble and quarry tile floors. Spot buff as needed.

 

  7. Spot clean all tenant common area carpets as needed. Shampoo all common area high traffic lanes as needed.

 

  8. Dust and/or wipe clean the following surfaces:

 

   

desks

 

   

chairs

 

   

file cabinets

 

   

tables

 

   

telephones

 

   

pictures and frames

 

   

doors

 

   

lamps

 

   

ledges and shelves

 

   

desk/furniture partitions

 

   

any other horizontal surface of a fixture or furniture subject to collecting dust

 

  9. Wipe clean the following surfaces:

 

   

window sills and ledges

 

   

counter tops and kitchen cabinets

 

   

switch plates

 

   

private entrance doors

 

   

glass, mirrored and wood doors, panels, windows and walls

 

   

walls in kitchen and disposal area

 

   

conference tables

 

Ex. F-1


  10. Wash, clean and disinfect water fountains and/or coolers. Give special attention to adjacent floor areas.

 

  11. Establish regular cleaning maintenance program for floor in public lobby area in conjunction with Property Manager; standard necessary to maintain is high quality shine with no water marks, stains, scuffing or other signs of wear.

 

  12. Wipe and polish all glass, chrome and metal surfaces such as windows (interior and up to standard ceiling height), partitions, banisters, door knobs, light switch plates, kick plates, directional signs and door saddles.

 

  13. Dust and wipe clean sand urns.

 

  14. Polish directory.

 

  15. Vacuum and spot shampoo all carpet entrance mats.

 

  16. Spot clean all wall surfaces.

 

  17. Clean all entrance doors.

Daily Elevators

Wash and polish wood and stainless walls, doors and hall plate. Keep tracks clean of dust, dirt and debris. Vacuum carpet. Spot clean carpet as needed.

Daily Vending Areas

 

  1. Thoroughly vacuum carpeting and damp mop tile flooring daily.

 

  2. Thoroughly wipe all tops and sides of vending machines and express mail box cabinets with damp cloth. Spot clean all wall surfaces. Thoroughly clean microwave inside and outside.

 

  3. Empty trash and reline can daily.

 

  4. Wash trash container as needed.

Daily Lavatories

 

  1. Sweep and wet mop all tile floors using disinfectant.

 

  2. Thoroughly clean all mirrors, top to bottom.

 

  3. Scour, wash and disinfect all sink basins, counter tops, bowls, and urinals, including undersides.

 

  4. Wash toilet seats, both sides.

 

  5. Wipe clean all partitions.

 

  6. Wipe clean all wall tile as needed.

 

  7. Remove all trash and sanitary waste, wash receptacles as necessary. Remove rubbish to designated area.

 

  8. Restock hand soap and paper products.

 

  9. Polish all stainless dispensers.

 

Ex. F-2


Weekly Cleaning Services

 

  1. Wash and sanitize metal partitions. Dust horizontal surfaces exceeding 70” height. Damp clean ceiling and exhaust fans.

 

  2. Wash all interior glass, including hallways, windows (excluding second story atrium windows), lobby doors, partitions and glass door panels.

 

  3. Dust all blinds in common areas.

 

  4. Sweep fire tower stairwells. Wet mop as needed. Wipe hand rails and dust metalwork.

 

  5. Wipe clean all desk tops and credenzas.

 

  6. Remove all finger prints and dirt from door frames, kick and push plates, handles and railings.

 

  7. Wet wipe all horizontal surfaces to 70” including moldings, shelves, etc.

 

  8. Polish all fine wood furniture including desks, chairs and cabinets.

 

  9. Spray buff all vinyl tiles floors as necessary.

 

  10. Machine buff other hard surfaces, floors to include ceramic, quarry and marble tile as necessary.

 

  11. Wipe clean all plant containers in common areas.

Monthly/Quarterly Cleaning Services

 

  1. Thoroughly wipe clean all ceiling vents and exhaust fans and area immediately adjacent: Monthly to quarterly, as needed

 

  2. Strip and refinish all tile floors including restroom floors on a quarterly basis.

 

  3. Wipe clean and remove all fingerprints from full height doors.

 

  4. Vacuum all upholstered chairs.

 

  5. Thoroughly clean all Venetian blinds, pipes, ventilating and air conditioning louvers, ducts and high molding: monthly to quarterly, as needed.

 

  6. Wipe clean as needed all vinyl base. Vacuum as needed all carpet cove base; monthly to quarterly, as needed.

 

  7. Thoroughly wash all trash receptacles, inside and outside.

 

  8. Spot clean all vertical surfaces.

 

  9. Spray buff all vinyl floors (both tenant and common areas) quarterly.

Semi-Annual Cleaning Services

 

  1. Wash all common area walls including wall covering, paint, marble and vinyl base.

 

Ex. F-3


EXHIBIT G

LETTER OF CREDIT CRITERIA

 

1. The letter of credit shall be clean, irrevocable and unconditional.

 

2. The letter of credit shall be in the amounts specified in paragraph 3.3 of the Lease entitled “ Lease Security Provisions ”.

 

3. The letter of credit shall be issued in favor of:

MEPT 1660 International Drive LLC

Attn: Patrick Mayberry

c/o NewTower Trust Company Multi Employer Property Trust Three Bethesda Metro Center

Suite 1600

Bethesda, MD 20814

The letter of credit shall be effective immediately on its issuance.

 

4. The issuing bank must have been assigned by Standard & Poors Investor Services a Counterparty Credit Rating of BBB+ or better, and must be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

 

5. Tenant shall, not later than 30 days prior to the expiration of the term of the letter of credit, deliver to Landlord a replacement letter of credit in compliance with the requirements of this Exhibit G , such that the letter of credit or a replacement letter of credit shall be in effect after the date of delivery to Landlord at all times as required under the Lease. Immediately upon receipt of a replacement letter of credit, Landlord shall return to Tenant the prior letter of credit. The letter of credit shall be an annual self-renewing letter of credit, subject to notice from the issuer to the beneficiary of the issuer’s election not to renew not less than 30 days prior to the then scheduled expiration date of such letter of credit. Notice to Landlord shall be in writing, made by (i) United States Postal Service, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; or (ii) reputable express or courier service. Notice to Landlord shall be addressed to Landlord at its address in paragraph 3 above. Tenant shall also request that any notice from any issuer also be delivered to the following parties (and to the extent that such issuer will not deliver notice to such additional parties, Tenant shall be required to deliver same):

Bentall Kennedy (U.S.) LP

Attn: Director — Asset Management

(MEPT/1660 International Drive)

7315 Wisconsin Avenue, Ste. 350 West

Bethesda, MD 20814

Bentall Kennedy (U.S.) LP

Attn: Director — Asset Management

(MEPT/1660 International Drive)

1215 Fourth Avenue, Suite 2400

Seattle, Washington 98161

The final expiration of the letter of credit and all renewals of it shall be no earlier than sixty (60) days following the end of the Lease Term.

 

6. The letter of credit may be drawn at the designated banking office of either the issuer of the letter of credit. The letter of credit shall allow for draws to be made at sight on a draft drawn by Landlord. The draft shall be reasonably approved as to form by Landlord. The letter of credit must allow for one draw in the whole amount or multiple partial draws.

 

7. The letter of credit shall be transferable and any applicable transfer fees shall be paid by Landlord.

 

Ex. G-1


8. The letter of credit shall be governed by the International Standby Practices (ISP 98) published by the International Chamber of Commerce. Alternatively, if approved by the Landlord and if required by either the issuing bank or the confirming bank, the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits published by the International Chamber of Commerce may be substituted for the International Standby Practices to the extent such Customs and Practices are not inconsistent with the criteria in this Exhibit G .

 

Ex. G-2


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

[ATTACH CURRENT AGREEMENT]

 

Ex. H-1


CONFIDENTIALTY AGREEMENT

In connection with a possible lease with Management Dynamics, Inc. (“ Tenant ”), for certain premises located in the office building at 1660 International Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102 (“ Property ”), MEPT 1660 International Drive LLC (“ Landlord ”), has, requested certain financial information from Tenant.

Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that upon Landlord’s receipt of the requested financial information, including, without limitation, Tenant’s most recent audited and unaudited financial statements (collectively, the “ Confidential information ”), Landlord, including its lenders, partners, officers, employees, and/or agents, may use the Confidential Information to evaluate the leasing transaction described above and not for any other purpose. In connection therewith, Landlord agrees that it will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose the Confidential Information to anyone (other than its lenders, partners, officers, employees and or agents all of whom shall be made aware of the obligations of this confidentiality agreement) except as may be permitted by Tenant and/or compelled by law and/or any other governmental directive. The Confidential Information shall not be deemed to include any information that is or could become public knowledge without breach of the terms hereof and/or any work product produced or created by Landlord. In the event the parties hereto do not enter into a lease agreement; a) Landlord agrees to deliver to Tenant, within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of Tenant’s written request, any known written copies of the Confidential Information in its physical possession (expressly excluding any work product produced by the Landlord); and b) Landlord agrees to delete any known electronic copies of Confidential Information in its physical possession.

Any Confidential Information that is not returned shall remain subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth herein for a period of five (5) years from the date hereof.


In the event of a breach of this Confidentiality Agreement (other than an intentional, malicious breach), Tenant’s sole remedy shall be to seek injunctive relief to stop the disclosure of the Confidential Information.

 

LANDLORD :
  MEPT 1660 International Drive LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
  NewTower Trust Company Multi-Employer Property Trust, a trust organized under 12 C.F.R. Section 9.18, its sole Member
  By:   Benton Kennedy (US), LP its
    authorized signatory
  By:   Bentall Kennedy (US) GP, LLC, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ Kelli D. Dickerson

  Name:  

Kelli D. Dickerson

  Title:  

Vice President

  TENANT:
  Management Dynamics, Inc.
  By:  

/s/ Thomas Conway

  Name:  

Thomas Conway

  Title:  

CFO

Exhibit 10.17

LEASE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

PFRS CROSSROADS CORP.

(AS LANDLORD)

AND

MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC.

(AS TENANT)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
1.  

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES AND THE COMMON AREAS

     1   
2.  

LEASE TERM

     1   
3.  

RENTAL

     1   
4.  

POSSESSION AND TENANT’S ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES

     6   
5.  

MAINTENANCE, ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS BY TENANT

     7   
6.  

USE OF PREMISES

     7   
7.  

TAXES

     8   
8.  

FIRE AND EXTENDED COVERAGE INSURANCE

     8   
9.  

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

     9   
10.  

PROPERTY OF TENANT

     10   
11.  

TRADE FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT

     10   
12.  

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES

     10   
13.  

GOVERNMENTAL ORDERS

     11   
14.  

SIGNS AND ADVERTISING

     11   
15.  

WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY

     11   
16.  

INSURANCE

     13   
17.  

LANDLORD’S RIGHT OF ENTRY

     14   
18.  

EMINENT DOMAIN

     15   
19.  

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     15   
20.  

SUBORDINATION

     16   
21.  

ASSIGNING AND SUBLETTING

     17   
22.  

TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

     17   
23.  

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     18   
24.  

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     18   
25.  

PROTECTION AGAINST LIENS

     18   
26.  

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

     18   

 

i


27.  

FORCE MAJEURE

     18   
28.  

REMEDIES CUMULATIVE — NONWAIVER

     18   
29.  

RESERVED

     19   
30.  

HOLDING OVER

     19   
31.  

NOTICES

     19   
32.  

LEASING COMMISSION

     20   
33.  

SEVERABILITY

     20   
34.  

REVIEW OF DOCUMENTS

     20   
35.  

RESERVED

     20   
36.  

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

     20   
37.  

ALTERNATIVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROVIDER

     20   
38.  

LIMITATION OF DUTIES AND WARRANTIES

     21   
39.  

MISCELLANEOUS

     21   

 

EXHIBIT — A Legal Description of Building Site
EXHIBIT B — Floor Plan
EXHIBIT C — Rules and Regulations
EXHIBIT D — Special Provisions
EXHIBIT E — Intentionally Omitted
EXHIBIT F — Work Letter
EXHIBIT G — Memorandum of Lease

 

- ii -


LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of the 30 day of April, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), by and between PFRS CROSSROADS CORP., a Michigan corporation (“Landlord”), and MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC., a New Jersey corporation (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree for themselves, their successors and assigns, as follows:

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES AND THE COMMON AREAS .

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby accepts and rents from Landlord, that certain office space commonly known as Suite 210 containing approximately 10,076 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) located in the building known as Crossroads Office Building IV, located at 5520 Dillard Drive in Cary, Wake County, North Carolina (the “Building”) on a tract of land more particularly described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto. The Premises are shown shaded on the building plan attached hereto as Exhibit “B” .

Provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to use, in common with others entitled thereto, the common areas as may be designated from time to time by Landlord, subject however to the terms and conditions of this Lease and to the rules and regulations for the use thereof as may be prescribed from time to time by Landlord. If the size or configuration of the common areas is diminished or altered, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or reduction or abatement of Minimum Rental, nor shall such diminution or alteration of the common areas be considered a constructive or actual eviction, unless such diminution or alteration shall unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s, or its employees’ and invitees’, access to the Premises. The common areas shall be subject to the control, management, operation and maintenance of Landlord, in its sole discretion. For purposes of this Lease “common area(s)” shall mean all areas, improvements, space, equipment and special services in or at the Building provided by Landlord for the common or joint use and benefit of tenants, customers, and other invitees, including without limitation garage access roads, driveways, entrances and exits, retaining walls, landscaped areas, truck serviceways or tunnels, loading docks, pedestrian walkways, atriums, walls, courtyards, concourses, stairs, ramps, sidewalks, washrooms, signs identifying or advertising the Building, maintenance buildings, utility buildings, maintenance and utility rooms and closets, hallways, lobbies, elevators and their housing and rooms, common window areas, walls and ceilings in common areas, and trash or rubbish areas.

 

2. LEASE TERM .

A. The term of this Lease shall be for a period of approximately sixty (60) months (the “Lease Term”). The Lease Term and Tenant’s obligation to pay rent (subject to the rental abatement period set forth herein) shall commence on October 15, 2010 (the “Commencement Date”), and end at midnight on October 31, 2015 (the “Expiration Date”).

B. If the Premises is delivered on a date other than the first day of the month, Rent for that month shall be prorated and the Lease Term shall be extended so that the Lease Term shall be sixty (60) months from the first day of the following month. If Tenant occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date other than for purposes of performing the Cabling Work (as defined in Section 4) and/or the FFE Installation (as defined in Section 4), such occupancy shall be subject to all provisions hereof and shall not advance the last day of the Lease Term, and Tenant shall pay Rent for such period at the initial monthly rate set forth below. As used herein, the term “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve-month period of the Lease Term, or any extension or renewal thereof, beginning with the Commencement Date or any anniversary thereof.

 

3. RENTAL .

During the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without notice, demand, reduction (except as may be applicable pursuant to the Section entitled “Damage or Destruction of Premises” or the Section entitled “Eminent Domain” of this Lease), setoff or any defense, a total rental (the “Annual Rental”) consisting of the sum total of the amounts set forth in this Section 3. Tenant’s covenant to pay Annual Rental shall be independent of every other covenant in this Lease.

 

- 1 -


(a) Minimum Rental .

On the first day of each month throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay a base monthly rental in advance (the “Minimum Rental”) in the following amounts:

 

Portion of Lease Term

   Monthly Rental  

10/15/10 — 11/30/10

   $ 9,295.11   

12/1/10 — 11/30/11

   $ 9,572.20   

12/1/11 — 3/31/12

   $ 9,866.08   

4/1/12 — 10/31/12

   $ 10,915.66   

11/1/12 — 10/31/13

   $ 11,755.33   

11/1/13 — 10/31/14

   $ 12,595.00   

11/1/14 — 10/31/15

   $ 13,434.66   

(b) Operating Expenses .

(i) As used in this Section 3(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A) Annual Payment . Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant’s Proportionate Share (as hereinbelow defined) of the increase, if any, over and above the Operating Expenses (as hereinbelow defined) paid or incurred respecting the Building during calendar year 2009 (the “Operating Expense Base Amount”), reduced by the amount, if any, paid by Tenant as the Monthly Estimate during the applicable calendar year (such calculations to be annualized respecting any partial calendar year).

(B) Monthly Estimate . Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount determined by Landlord and payable by Tenant as the estimated increase in Operating Expenses for the ensuing calendar year over the Operating Expense Base Amount, which amount is payable in twelve (12) equal monthly installments.

(C) Operating Expenses . All costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord (or the applicable agent of Landlord [“Agent”]) each calendar year for the management, operation, repair and maintenance of the Premises, the Building and the land described on Exhibit “A” (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Project”), including, without limitation the following:

 

  (1) That portion of wages, salaries and compensation (including fringe benefits) paid or incurred for employees of Landlord or Agent attributable to any services performed in connection with the Project;

 

  (2) That portion of the costs of all materials, supplies, equipment and tools (whether purchased or leased) utilized with respect and attributable to the Project;

 

  (3) That portion of the costs of all services rendered by third parties with respect and attributable to the Project; and all costs paid or incurred by Landlord in providing any of the services to be provided by Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Lease;

 

  (4) Utility costs and services paid or incurred with respect to the Project, including, without limitation, costs for electricity, gas, telephone, sewage, refuse or garbage collection and fire protection for the Project;

 

- 2 -


  (5) That portion of insurance premiums and policy deductibles paid with respect and attributable to the Project, including, without limitation, fire and extended coverage insurance, rent loss and public liability insurance coverage;

 

  (6) Management fees and expenses for the Project not to exceed five percent (5%) of gross revenues from the Building;

 

  (7) Taxes, as hereinafter defined;

 

  (8) Accounting, legal and advertising costs relating to the Project;

 

  (9) Common area maintenance charges and ground rents, if any, levied or assessed against or payable with respect to the Project; and

 

  (10) Costs of all capital improvements to the Project which are either required under any governmental law or regulation which was not applicable to the Project at the time the Building was constructed or which reduce Operating Expenses; provided that the costs of any such capital improvements shall be amortized over a reasonable period (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) with interest thereon at the prime rate of Bank of America, N. A., in effect at the time such capital improvements were made.

 

  (11) Costs of the purchase, at Landlord’s option, of any equipment used on the Project for the benefit of all tenants to be amortized over the life of the equipment with interest thereon at the prime rate of Bank of America, N. A., in effect at the time such equipment was purchased.

Operating Expenses shall not include: (i) depreciation or amortization (except as otherwise provided above), (ii) debt service or interest (paid or accrued), (iii) marketing and promotional costs, including, but not limited to, leasing commissions, real estate brokerage commissions, and attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Project, (iv) repairs to the Building and any demised premises where the occurrence causing the damage or loss necessitating repair is reimbursed by insurance carried by Landlord or which would have been reimbursed by insurance as would normally be carried by a reasonably prudent operator, (v) renovating space for new or current tenants or in renovating space vacated by any tenant, (vi) Landlord’s cost of utilities charged to tenants and Landlord’s payroll, material and contract cost of other services charged to tenants, (vii) costs incurred by Landlord for Tenant’s alterations, (viii) any cost of painting and decorating the premises of other tenants, (ix) the cost of capital improvements (except as described above), (x) interest, principal, attorneys’ fees, costs of environmental investigations or reports, title insurance, points, fees and other lender costs and closing costs on any mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building or the Project or any part thereof or on any unsecured debt, (xi) costs incurred by Landlord due to any violation of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any occupancy agreement with respect to the Project, (xii) costs, penalties, fines, or awards and interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence in Landlord’s operation of the Project, violations of law, negligence or inability or unwillingness to make payments and/or to file any income tax, other tax or informational returns when due, (xiii) costs which are covered by and reimbursable under any contractor, manufacturer or supplier warranty, (xiv) costs arising from the presence or removal of Hazardous Materials located in the Project, including, without limitation, any costs incurred pursuant to the requirements of any governmental laws, ordinances, regulations or orders relating to health, safety or environmental conditions, including but not limited to regulations concerning asbestos, soil and ground water conditions or contamination regarding hazardous materials or substances, (xv) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions (xvi) costs of services, utilities, or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, including, but not limited to, costs in excess of the costs of Building Systems and the costs of maintaining exclusive use Common Areas. Operating Expenses for any partial calendar year of the Term shall be prorated by Landlord. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, if ninety-five percent (95%) or less of the rentable area of the Building is occupied, then an adjustment shall be made in computing each component

 

- 3 -


of Operating Expenses for such year so that Operating Expenses shall be computed for such year as though ninety-five percent (95%) of the rentable area of the Building leased or held for lease had been occupied and fully provided with building services.

(D) Taxes. All real estate taxes, drainage assessments (whether for drainage, sewage or public improvements), taxes on rent or the occupancy or use of the Project and similar governmental impositions, whether general or special, levied, assessed, charged or imposed by federal, state, county or local governmental authorities against the Project or any part thereof or the rents therefrom (excluding, however, any income, franchise or similar tax imposed directly on Landlord or the income derived by Landlord from the Project unless the same are levied or assessed in lieu of any of the foregoing), together with all costs incurred by Landlord in contesting the same. If, in determining the Taxes in any calendar year, the Building is not fully assessed as a completed and fully occupied structure, then Landlord may adjust the Taxes for such calendar year to reflect what the Taxes would have been had the Building been fully assessed as a completed, fully occupied structure.

(E) Tenant’s Proportionate Share . Nine and 74/100 percent (9.74%), determined by dividing the net rentable area of the Premises (i.e., 10,000 sq.ft.) by the net rentable area of the Building (i.e., 97,493 sq.ft.), expressed as a percentage.

(ii) In addition to the payment of Minimum Rental, Tenant shall also pay throughout the term of this Lease, including any applicable extensions and renewals, the Monthly Estimate and the Annual Payment, which amounts shall be payable as follows:

(A) During the final month of each calendar year, or as soon as possible thereafter, Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of Landlord’s estimate of Operating Expenses for the ensuing calendar year and the amount to be paid by Tenant as the Monthly Estimate; provided, however, that Landlord shall deliver such estimate to Tenant for the first calendar year of the Lease Term on or prior to the Commencement Date, or as soon as possible thereafter. In the event such estimate indicates that Operating Expenses for the ensuing calendar year shall exceed the Operating Expense Base Amount, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Monthly Estimate in advance on the first day of each month during the ensuing calendar year; provided, however, that if such estimate is not given on or prior to the commencement of the ensuing calendar year, then (1) Tenant shall continue paying the Monthly Estimate paid during the prior calendar year until such time as Landlord provides Tenant with such notice for the then current calendar year and (2) at such time as Tenant is given the Monthly Estimate for the then current calendar year, Tenant shall pay any unpaid portion of the new Monthly Estimate payments which has accrued from the commencement of the then current calendar year through the date such notice is given;

(B) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar year, or as soon as possible thereafter, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (the “Annual Statement”) setting forth (1) the amount of Operating Expenses paid or incurred in the immediately preceding calendar year in excess of the Operating Expense Base Amount, (2) the amount paid by Tenant as the Monthly Estimate during the immediately preceding calendar year and (3) the amount, if any, owing by Tenant as the Annual Payment. If the statement indicates that an Annual Payment is due from Tenant, then Tenant shall pay such amount in full within thirty (30) days after such statement is given to Tenant and any applicable Monthly Estimate then being paid by Tenant shall be increased by an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the amount of the Annual Payment then due, which amount shall be payable as provided in Section 3(b)(ii)(A) above. If the statement indicates that the amount paid by Tenant during the preceding calendar year as the Monthly Estimate is in excess of Tenant’s share of increases in Operating Expenses for the then applicable calendar year, then the excess shall be applied as a credit to the Monthly Estimate due from Tenant for the then current calendar year and/or the Annual Payment due from Tenant in any future calendar year.

 

- 4 -


Notwithstanding anything provided herein to the contrary, in no event shall the amount of Annual Rental payable by Tenant in any calendar year, annualized for any partial calendar year, be less than the Minimum Rental.

(iii) Tenant may review and copy Landlord’s books and accounting records pertaining to the determination of Tenant’s Proportionate Share, the Monthly Estimate and the Annual Payment during regular business hours in Landlord’s or Agent’s office on or before ninety (90) days after Landlord delivers its statement of amounts due from Tenant; provided, however, that all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord or Agent in connection with such review shall be paid by Tenant and such review by Tenant shall not postpone or alter the liability and obligation of Tenant to pay the Monthly Estimate or Annual Payment. Within three (3) months after Tenant’s receipt of each Annual Statement, Tenant shall be entitled to retain a national, independent, certified public accountant (who shall not be retained on a contingency fee basis) to audit and/or review Landlord’s records to determine the proper amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year covered by such Annual Statement. If such audit or review reveals that Landlord has overcharged Tenant, then within five (5) days after the results of such audit are made available to Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the amount of such overcharge. If the audit reveals that Tenant was undercharged, then within five (5) days after the results of the audit are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the amount of such undercharge. The failure of Tenant to object to an Annual Statement within such three (3) month period shall be conclusively deemed Tenant’s approval of such Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses set forth in such Annual Statement; provided, however, that if any such audit of Operating Expenses by or for Tenant reveals an error equal to or greater than five percent (5%) (a “Major Error”) in Landlord’s favor in the Operating Expense budget for the Building for the calendar year covered by such Annual Statement, then Tenant shall have the right to audit the Operating Expenses for the two calendar years preceding the calendar year for which the Major Error was found. Tenant shall pay for the costs of any audit, or portion thereof, attributable to a calendar year in which no Major Error in Landlord’s favor was found and Landlord shall pay for the costs of any audit, or portion thereof, attributable to a calendar year in which a Major Error was found in Landlord’s favor.

(iv) If for any reason the Expiration Date of this Lease shall be on a day other than the final day of a calendar year, then the Monthly Estimate shall continue to be paid by Tenant through the Expiration Date and upon determination of the actual Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which the Expiration Date occurs, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Annual Payment or Landlord shall refund any excess amounts paid to Tenant as the Monthly Estimate, as the case may be.

(v) Landlord further agrees that since one of the purposes of calculating Operating Expenses and the purpose of the gross up provision is to allow Landlord to require Tenant to pay for the costs attributable to its Premises, Landlord agrees that (A) Landlord will not collect or be entitled to collect Operating Expenses from all of its tenants in an amount which is in excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the Operating Expenses actually paid by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Project, (B) Landlord shall make no profit for any calendar year in excess of five percent (5%) of Operating Expenses actually paid by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Project, and (C) Landlord shall give Tenant thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of Landlord’s intent to bill Tenant for any such profit on Operating Expenses.

(vi) Each time Landlord provides Tenant with an actual and/or estimated statement of Operating Expenses, such statement shall be itemized on a line item by line item basis, showing the applicable expense for the applicable year.

(c) Late Payment .

If any installment of Minimum Rental, Monthly Estimate or Annual Payment (if any) or any other sum due and payable pursuant to this Lease remains due and unpaid ten (10) days after said amount becomes due, Tenant shall pay as additional rent hereunder a late payment charge equal to the greater of (i) Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($50.00) or (ii) a sum equal to five percent (5%) of the unpaid rent or other payment. All unpaid rent and other sums of whatever nature owed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease shall bear interest from the date due (prior to any grace period for payment) until paid, at the lesser of sixteen percent (16%) per annum or the maximum interest rate

 

- 5 -


per annum allowed by law. Acceptance by Landlord of any payment from Tenant hereunder in an amount less than that which is currently due shall in no way affect Landlord’s rights under this Lease and shall in no way constitute an accord and satisfaction. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term.

(d) Documentary Tax .

In the event that any documentary stamp tax, sales tax or any other tax or similar charge (exclusive of any income tax payable by Landlord as a result hereof) levied on the rental, leasing or letting of the Premises, whether local, state or federal, is required to be paid due to the execution hereof or otherwise with respect to this Lease or the payments due hereunder, the cost thereof shall be borne by Tenant and shall be paid promptly and prior to same becoming past due. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all paid receipts respecting such tax or charge promptly after payment of same.

(e) Attorneys’ Fees .

Tenant shall pay, upon demand, all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by Landlord in enforcing Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or resulting from Tenant’s default under this Lease.

 

4. POSSESSION AND TENANT’S ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES .

(a) Tenant accepts the Premises in its “AS-IS” condition as of the Commencement Date, and neither Landlord nor its agents have made any representations, expressed or implied, with respect to the Premises or the Project, except as expressly set forth in this Section 4.

(b) Landlord, at its sole cost and expense except as otherwise provided herein or the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “F”, shall construct the improvements to the Premises described in the Drawings and Specifications (as defined in Section 1.04 of the Work Letter) (collectively, the “ Tenant Improvements ”) in accordance with contractual arrangements to be made between Landlord and a contractor and architect of Landlord’s choosing and in accordance with the Work Letter. Landlord shall diligently work and use all commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Tenant Improvements on or before the Commencement Date; in the event Landlord is unable to complete the Tenant Improvements on or before the Commencement Date, Tenant’s sole remedy shall be to (i) continue its occupancy and possession of the Existing Premises (hereinafter defined) until the Commencement Date occurs, and (ii) receive one (1) day of free Minimum Rental for each one (1) day beyond the Commencement Date during which Landlord is unable to substantially complete the Tenant Improvements, which substantial completion shall be evidenced by the issuance of a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy for the Premises (“ Substantial Completion ”).

(c) During the period of time from the Effective Date until the Commencement Date, Landlord shall grant Tenant a revocable license to enter the Premises for the purpose of installing Tenant’s telecommunications and data cabling (the “Cabling Work”). Commencing on October 1, 2010 until the Commencement Date, Landlord shall grant Tenant a revocable license to enter the Premises for the purpose of installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment (the “FFE Installation”).

(d) The Commencement Date will be deemed to occur on the date it would have occurred but for (i) Tenant’s failure to comply with its obligations hereunder, (ii) delays caused by any revisions to the Drawings and Specifications which are requested by Tenant, (iii) delays caused by special or unusual items which are not available within a time period sufficient to allow the Tenant Improvements to be completed within the time otherwise scheduled, (iv) Tenant’s failure to perform work for which Tenant is responsible, or (v) Tenant’s failure to make timely selections of materials, color choices or other matters for which Tenant is responsible (any delay in Substantial Completion resulting from any of the causes set forth in clauses (i) through (v) above, inclusive, shall hereinafter by called a “Tenant Delay”); provided, however, that any Tenant Delay will be offset on a day-for-day basis by any delay solely attributable to Landlord and/or Landlord’s agents, employees, contractors or sub-contractors (each, a “Landlord Delay”) and by any force majeure delay that occurs concurrently with any Tenant Delay.

 

- 6 -


Notwithstanding any language herein to the contrary and subject to the provisions of Section 37 hereof, Tenant shall be responsible for purchasing and installing its own voice and data cabling and for all costs associated therewith. Tenant shall have access to the Premises prior to the Commencement Date as and for the purposes set forth above; provided, however, that Tenant shall be responsible for any damage caused to the Premises by performance of the Cabling Work or the FFE Installation; and provided, further, that any activity by Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees within the Premises or the Building prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to the terms provided for in this Lease, other than any requirement to pay rent or other charges with respect to the use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

5. MAINTENANCE, ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS BY TENANT .

(a) Tenant, at its expense, shall keep and maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair and in accordance with all applicable legal, governmental and quasi-governmental requirements, ordinances and rules (including the Board of Fire Underwriters). In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for: (i) the maintenance, repair and replacement of any systems which are located within the Premises and are supplemental or special to the Building’s standard systems; (ii) floor or wall coverings in the Premises; and (iii) the cost of performing any maintenance or repairs in the Premises, the Building or the common area caused by the negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents, servants, licensees, subtenants, contractors or invitees, or the failure of Tenant to perform its obligations under this Lease, except to the extent of insurance proceeds, if any, actually collected by Landlord with regard to the damage necessitating such repairs.

(b) Tenant shall make no structural changes respecting the Premises or the Building and shall make no changes of any kind respecting the Premises or the Building that are visible from the exterior of the Premises. Any other nonstructural changes or other alterations, additions, or improvements to the Premises shall be made by or on behalf of Tenant only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All alterations, additions or improvements, including without limitation all partitions, walls, railings, carpeting, floor and wall coverings and other fixtures (excluding, however, Tenant’s trade fixtures as described in the Section entitled “Trade Fixtures and Equipment” below) made by, for, or at the direction of Tenant shall, when made, become the property of Landlord, at Landlord’s sole election, and shall, at Landlord’s sole election, remain upon the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(c) Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease or termination of Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises, Tenant shall surrender and vacate the Premises immediately and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in a clean, good and tenantable condition, ordinary wear excepted.

 

6. USE OF PREMISES .

(a) Tenant shall use the Premises for general office space purposes only and for no other purposes. Tenant shall comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, regulations or zoning classifications of any lawful governmental authority, agency or other public or private regulatory authority (including insurance underwriters or rating bureaus) having jurisdiction over the Premises and relating to health, safety and protection of the environment or otherwise related to the Premises or the use or occupancy thereof, including without limitation those relating to hazardous wastes, materials or substances on, in, under or about the Premises. Tenant shall not do any act or follow any practice relating to the Premises which shall constitute a nuisance or detract in any way from the reputation of the Building as a first-class real estate development. Tenant’s duties in this regard shall include allowing no noxious or offensive odors, fumes, gases, smoke, dust, steam or vapors, or any loud or disturbing noise or vibrations to originate in or emit from the Premises.

(b) Without limiting the generality of (a) above, the Premises shall not be used for the treatment, generation, manufacture, production, storage, transportation to or from, use, release, discharge or disposal of toxic or hazardous wastes, materials or substances, or any other substance that is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or that, even if not so regulated, could or does pose a hazard to health and safety of the occupants of the Building or surrounding property.

(c) Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord should Tenant receive notice of, or otherwise become aware of, any: (i) pending or threatened environmental regulatory action relating to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises; (ii) claims made or threatened by any third party relating to any loss or injury resulting from any

 

- 7 -


hazardous wastes, materials or substances relating to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises; (iii) release or discharge, or threatened release or discharge, by Tenant of any hazardous wastes, materials or substances in, on, under or about the Premises or the Building; or (iv) violation by Tenant of any local, state or federal law, ordinance or regulation relating to health, safety, protection of the environment or hazardous wastes, materials or substances on the Premises or in the Building.

(d) As used in this Section 6, the term “hazardous, wastes, materials or substances” shall mean any element, compound, mixture, solution, particle or substance which is dangerous or harmful or potentially dangerous or harmful to the health or welfare of life or environment, including but not limited to explosives, petroleum products, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, including, without limitation: (i) any substances defined as or included within the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” “hazardous pollutants” or “toxic pollutants,” or other similar terms, as those terms are used in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Clean Air Act and the Clean Water Act, or any amendments thereto, or any regulations promulgated thereunder, and any other law or regulation promulgated by any federal, municipal, state, county or other governmental or quasi governmental authority and/or agency or department thereof; (ii) any “PCBs” or “PCB items” (as defined in 40 C.F.R. §761.3); or (iii) any “asbestos” (as defined in 40 C.F.R. §763.63).

(e) Tenant shall exercise due care in its use and occupancy of the Premises and shall not commit or allow waste to be committed on any portion of the Premises; and at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver the Premises to Landlord in as good condition as on the date of the completion of the tenant improvements in the Premises, ordinary wear and tear and acts of God alone excepted.

(f) Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, the building manager and their respective agents and employees harmless from and against any and all liabilities, penalties, fines, damages, claims, demands, costs and expenses of every kind and nature (including attorneys’ fees) directly or indirectly attributable to Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 6, including, without limitation: the costs of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or detoxification of the Premises and/ or the Building, and the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial or other required plan. This indemnification shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

7. TAXES .

Tenant shall pay any taxes, documentary stamps or assessments of any nature imposed or assessed upon this Lease, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, machinery, inventory, merchandise or other personal property located on the Premises and owned by or in the custody of Tenant as promptly as all such taxes or assessments may become due and payable without any delinquency.

 

8. FIRE AND EXTENDED COVERAGE INSURANCE .

Tenant shall not do or cause to be done or permit on the Premises or in the Building anything deemed extrahazardous on account of fire and Tenant shall not use the Premises or the Building in any manner which will cause an increase in the premium rate for any insurance in effect on the Building or a part thereof. If, because of anything done, caused to be done, permitted or omitted by Tenant or its agent(s), contractor(s), employee(s), invitee(s), licensee(s), servant(s), subcontractor(s) or subtenant(s) the premium rate for any kind of insurance in effect on the Building or any part thereof shall be raised, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount of any such increase in premium which Landlord shall pay for such insurance and if Landlord shall demand that Tenant remedy the condition which caused any such increase in an insurance premium rate, Tenant shall remedy such condition within five (5) days after receipt of such demand. Tenant shall maintain and pay for the equivalent of ISO Special Form Property Insurance covering the personal property (including fixtures, leasehold improvements, machinery, merchandise, equipment and other personal property belonging to or in the custody of Tenant) located in the Premises, providing protection to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost of such property, less a commercially reasonable deductible, not to exceed $25,000.00, and such other property insurance against such other perils and in such amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require upon not less than ninety (90) days’ prior written notice, such requirement to be made on the basis that the required insurance is customary at the time for prudent tenants of properties similar to the Building in the area of the city where the

 

- 8 -


Building is located. Tenant further agrees that such insurance shall include extra expense coverage and Business Interruption coverage in an amount sufficient to cover the Annual Rental and other sums payable under this Lease for a period of twelve (12) months commencing with the date of loss. Each such policy of insurance shall be with company(ies) admitted to do business in the state in which the Premises is located and with a Best Rating of not less than A-IX and naming as additional insured the Landlord. Tenant shall first furnish to Landlord copies of policies or certificates of insurance evidencing the required coverage prior to the Commencement Date and thereafter prior to each policy renewal date. All policies required of Tenant hereunder shall contain a provision whereby the insurer is not allowed to cancel or change materially the coverage without first giving thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord.

 

9. UTILITIES AND SERVICES .

(a) In accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances, Landlord, at its expense, subject to operating expense reimbursement by Tenant for such utilities and services (such utilities and services as are herein described are hereinafter referred to as the “Services”), shall provide the Premises with adequate heating and air conditioning (between 68°F and 78°F, inclusive, from October 1 to April 30, and between 74°F and 78°F, inclusive, from May 1 to September 30, unless mandated otherwise by law) Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. (exclusive of holidays observed in Raleigh, North Carolina), but in any event at levels necessary to maintain a reasonably comfortable working environment in the Premises. After hours heating and air conditioning is available upon request by Tenant at a charge of $25.00 per hour, with a minimum of one (1) hour per occurrence. All additional costs resulting from Tenant’s extraordinary usage of heating, air conditioning or electricity shall be paid by Tenant each month concurrently with Tenant’s installment of Minimum Rental, as additional rent. So long as the Premises are kept in reasonable order by Tenant, Landlord shall provide the Premises with reasonable janitorial and general cleaning services each day from Monday through Friday provided further, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to provide such services on holidays observed as national holidays in Raleigh, North Carolina.

(b) Electricity Use.

(1) Landlord shall supply electrical power to the Premises during normal building hours in an amount sufficient to support a peak electrical demand, inclusive of lighting, heating, ventilation and air conditioning and receptacle load (“Peak Demand”) of four (4) watts per rentable square foot in the Premises (“Standard Power Usage”). If Tenant shall require electrical power that would cause Peak Demand in the Premises to exceed the Standard Power Usage, then Tenant shall first obtain the written consent of Landlord. Landlord may withhold consent or withdraw consent to an increase in the demand for electrical power for the Premises if (i) Landlord would be required to modify or increase the electrical capacity of the Property to supply such additional electrical power as a result of current or future Tenant needs and Tenant is unwilling to pay all such cost, or (ii) if as a result of supplying electrical power in excess of the Standard Power Usage to the Tenant, Landlord would be unable to furnish the other current or future tenants in the Property similar electrical power capacity as supplied to Tenant.

(2) In the event that either (a) Landlord grants consent to Tenant for electrical power that exceeds Standard Power Usage or (b) Landlord can reasonably demonstrate to Tenant any time after commencement of the lease that Tenant’s electrical power demands exceed Standard Power Usage, then Landlord may require that electrical power supplied to the Premises be separately metered. Tenant then shall pay Landlord for the costs of all electrical power supplied to the Premises during normal building hours in excess of the Standard Power Usage (as measured by the separate meter) at the average rates charged by Landlord’s utility supplier, together with Landlord’s actual administrative charge therefore, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice. The cost of electrical power furnished to the Premises during normal building hours that does not exceed the Standard Power Usage shall be included as part of Operating Costs. Separate meters shall be selected, installed and maintained by the Landlord and all costs related to installation and maintenance of separate meter(s) shall be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice. Cooling and heating the Premises outside of normal working hours shall be billed pursuant to Section 6.D above and is separate and apart from electrical power usage referenced in this Section 6.E.

 

- 9 -


(c) If any lights, machines or equipment (including but not limited to computers) are used by Tenant in the Premises which materially affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, or generate substantially more heat in the Premises that would be generated by the building standard lights and usual fractional horsepower office equipment, Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery and equipment which Landlord reasonably deems necessary to restore temperature balance, including but not limited to modifications to the standard air conditioning equipment, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance occasioned thereby, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord’s invoice. Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for loss of or injury to property, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to failure to furnish any of the foregoing.

(d) Landlord shall furnish elevator service to all floors of the Building at all times. At Landlord’s option, all elevators may be self-service. Landlord shall furnish a reasonable amount of hot and cold running water to lavatories and toilets in or appurtenant to the Premises and shall keep all plumbing (with the exception of any plumbing located within the Premises) in working order. Landlord shall maintain and keep up all elevators, rest rooms and corridors of the Building. Landlord shall have the right to terminate the furnishing of any or all of the utilities and Services hereinbefore provided for at and for any and all such reasonable time or times as Landlord shall deem necessary for repairs, alterations or improvements. Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility to Tenant for loss or damage in the event the furnishing of any of the utilities and services hereinbefore provided for is prohibited or stopped for repairs, alterations or improvements or by reason of causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control including, without limitation, accidents, strikes, lockouts, or orders or regulations of any federal, state or municipal authority.

 

10. PROPERTY OF TENANT .

All property placed on the Premises by, at the direction of or with the consent of the Tenant, its employees, agents, licensees or invitees, shall be at the risk of the Tenant or the owner thereof and Landlord shall not be liable for any loss of or damage to said property resulting from any cause whatsoever, unless such loss or damage arises out of or relates to Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

11. TRADE FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT .

Any trade fixtures (including, without limitation, any HVAC systems purchased by Tenant for use in connection with Tenant’s computer and data systems room) installed in the Premises at Tenant’s expense shall remain Tenant’s personal property and Tenant shall have the right at any time during the term of this Lease to remove such trade fixtures. Upon removal of any trade fixtures, Tenant shall immediately restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as they were when received by Tenant, ordinary wear and tear and acts of God alone excepted. Any trade fixtures not removed by Tenant at the expiration or an earlier termination of the Lease shall become, at Landlord’s sole election, either (i) the property of Landlord, in which event Landlord shall be entitled to handle and dispose of same in any manner Landlord deems fit without any liability or obligation to Tenant or any other third party with respect thereto, or (ii) subject to Landlord’s removing such property from the Premises and storing same, all at Tenant’s expense and without any recourse against Landlord with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following property shall in no event be deemed to be “trade fixtures” and Tenant shall not remove any such property from the Premises under any circumstances, regardless of whether installed by Landlord or Tenant: (a) any air conditioning, air ventilating or heating fixtures or equipment; (b) any lighting fixtures or equipment; (c) any dock levelers; (d) any carpeting or other permanent floor coverings; (e) any paneling or other wall coverings; (f) plumbing fixtures and equipment; or (g) permanent shelving.

 

12. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES .

If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, but are not rendered untenantable for Tenant’s business, either in whole or in part, Landlord shall cause such damage (other than damage to leasehold improvements or personal property) to be repaired without unreasonable delay and the Annual Rental shall not be abated. If by reason of such casualty the Building or the Premises are rendered substantially untenantable, either in whole or in part, Landlord shall have the right to elect by giving Tenant written notice within ninety (90) days of said fire or other casualty either to: (i) terminate this Lease as of the date of the fire or other casualty (ii) cause the damage (other than damage to leasehold improvements or personal property) to be repaired or replaced without unreasonable delay, and, in the interim, the Annual Rental shall be proportionately reduced as to such portion of the

 

- 10 -


Premises as is rendered untenantable. Any such abatement of rent shall not, however, create an extension of the term of this Lease. Provided , however , if by reason of such casualty, the Premises are rendered untenantable in some material portion, and the amount of time required to repair the damage using due diligence is in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice of termination within ninety (90) days after the date of casualty. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, if the Premises are rendered untenantable for the conduct of Tenant’s business operations during the last Lease Year of the initial term or any extended term, either party may, at its option, terminate this Lease by giving written notice within sixty (60) days after the date of the casualty and rent shall abate as of the date of such notice. Except as provided herein, Landlord shall have no obligation to rebuild or repair in case of fire or other casualty, and no termination under this Section shall affect any rights of Landlord or Tenant hereunder because of prior defaults of the other party. Tenant shall give Landlord immediate notice of any fire or other casualty in the Premises. If all or any part of the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty and this Lease is not terminated, Tenant shall promptly and with due diligence repair and restore its personal property previously used in the Premises sufficient to carry on its operations in the normal course of business.

 

13. GOVERNMENTAL ORDERS .

Except as hereinbelow set forth regarding compliance of the physical structure of the Building with the applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act and the implementing regulations (the “ADA”) as of the Commencement Date, Tenant agrees, at its own expense, to comply promptly with all requirements of any legally constituted public authority that may be in effect from time to time made necessary by reason of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Building. Landlord agrees to comply promptly with any such requirements if not made necessary by reason of Tenant’s use or occupancy. With regard to the physical structure of the Premises, Landlord agrees to use good faith and due diligence to undertake those actions that are “readily achievable” (as such term is defined in the ADA) in order to attempt to bring the physical structure of the Building in compliance with the applicable requirements of the ADA in effect as of the Commencement Date. If it is determined that for any reason Landlord shall have failed to cause the physical structure of the Building to be brought into compliance with the ADA as of the Commencement Date (to at least the minimum extent required under applicable regulations then in effect), then Landlord, as its sole obligation, will take the action(s) necessary to cause the physical structure of the Building to so comply, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has and shall have no other obligation or liability whatsoever to Tenant, or to anyone claiming by or through Tenant, regarding any failure of the Premises or the activities therein to comply with the applicable requirements of the ADA. Notwithstanding anything herein which may imply the contrary, no costs incurred by Landlord in complying with the ADA shall be considered Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease.

 

14. SIGNS AND ADVERTISING .

(a) Landlord will install one black and white tenant identification sign for Tenant using such Tenant logos and design graphics as Tenant may request and otherwise in accordance with Building standards, such sign to be located at or near the Tenant’s front entrance to the Premises. Tenant will also be given one (1) line in each Building directory located in the main lobby of the Building.

(b) In order to provide architectural control for the Building, Tenant shall install no other exterior signs, marquees, billboards, outside lighting fixtures and/or other decorations within the Building or Project. Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign or other decoration and restore fully the Building or Project at the cost and expense of Tenant if any such exterior work is done without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall be entitled to withhold or deny in its sole discretion. Tenant shall not permit, allow or cause to be used in, on or about the Premises any sound production devices, mechanical or moving display devices, bright lights, or other advertising media, the effect of which would be visible or audible from the exterior of the Premises.

 

15. WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY

(a) Waiver

To the full extent permitted by law, Tenant hereby releases and waives all claims against Landlord, Landlord’s lender (if any), the Building manager and their respective agents and employees for injury or damage to person, property or business sustained in or about the Building or the Premises by Tenant, its agents or employees other than damage caused by the negligence of Landlord, the Building manager and their respective agents or employees.

 

- 11 -


(b) Indemnification

(i) Tenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s lender, the Building manager and their respective agents and employees, from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, costs and expenses of every kind and nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs), including those arising from any injury or damage to any person (including death), property or business (a) sustained in the Premises, (b) resulting from the occupancy or use by Tenant of the Premises, (c) resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, licensees or subtenants, or (d) resulting from the failure of Tenant to perform its obligations under this Lease; provided, however, Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not apply to injury or damage resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s lender, the Building manager or their respective agents or employees. With respect to the obligations of Tenant pursuant to this Section 15(b)(i), Tenant’s insurance shall be primary with regard to the Premises and Tenant’s operations.

(ii) Landlord agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Tenant, and its agents and employees, from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, costs and expenses of every kind and nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs), arising from any injury or damage to any person (including death), property or business (a) sustained in or about the Building and resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees or agents, or (b) resulting from the failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under this Lease; provided, however, Landlord’s obligations under this Section shall not apply to injury or damage resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, or its agents or employees.

(iii) If either party receives notice of a claim that is subject to indemnification under this Section 15(b), the indemnified party shall give notice to the indemnifying party as soon as reasonably practical. The indemnified party shall permit the indemnifying party, at its expense, to assume the defense of any such claim by counsel selected by the indemnifying party and reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and to settle or otherwise dispose of the same; provided, however, that the indemnified party shall have the right to participate in such defense at its expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnifying party shall not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry to any judgment, or enter into any settlement, unless such judgment or settlement provides only for the payment of money damages by the indemnifying party, and unless such judgment or settlement includes a release by the claimant or plaintiff of the indemnified party and its affiliates. If the indemnifying party fails to undertake a defense within thirty (30) days after notice from the indemnified party, then the indemnified party shall have the right to undertake the defense of; and compromise or settle such liability or claim on behalf of, and for the account of, the indemnifying party.

(iv) The indemnification obligations of the parties under this Section 15(b) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term with respect to any occurrences before the effective date of such expiration or termination.

(c) Waiver of Subrogation

Notwithstanding such waiver and indemnification or anything else to the contrary contained in this Lease:

(i) Tenant shall not be responsible or liable to Landlord for any damage incurred by Landlord to the extent covered by the proceeds of property insurance obtained and maintained under this Lease by Landlord in connection with the Building. Landlord shall cause its policy or policies of property insurance to contain effective waivers of subrogation for the benefit of Tenant.

(ii) Landlord, Landlord’s lender and the Building manager shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant for any damage incurred by Tenant to the extent covered by property insurance required to be obtained and maintained by Tenant with respect to the Premises and its use and occupancy thereof (whether

 

- 12 -


or not such property insurance is actually obtained or maintained) and the proceeds of such other insurance as is obtained and maintained by Tenant with respect to the Premises and to its use and occupancy thereof. Tenant shall provide Landlord with confirmation that waivers of subrogation have been effected by its insurers for the benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s lender and Building manager, such confirmation and waivers to be in form satisfactory to Landlord.

 

16. INSURANCE

(a) Tenant’s Insurance

(i) Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain in force during the Term each of the following:

(A) Commercial General Liability Insurance (1993 ISO form [CG 00 01 10 93] or its equivalent) in the amount of at least One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence, with a General Aggregate limit per location of at least Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00), and Umbrella Liability coverage in the amount of at least Four Million and 00/100 Dollars ($4,000,000.00), or such other amounts as Landlord may reasonably require upon not less than six (6) months’ prior written notice. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis with respect to the business carried on in or from the Premises and Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises. Tenant further agrees that such insurance shall contain fire and extended coverage legal liability insurance.

(B) The equivalent of ISO Special Form Property Insurance covering Tenant’s property (including fixtures, leasehold improvements and equipment) located in the Premises, providing protection to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost of such property, less a commercially reasonable deductible, not to exceed $25,000.00, and such other property insurance against such other perils and in such amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require upon not less than ninety (90) days’ prior written notice, such requirement to be made on the basis that the required insurance is customary at the time for prudent tenants of properties similar to the Building in Cary, North Carolina. Tenant further agrees that such insurance shall include extra expense coverage and Business Interruption coverage in an amount sufficient to cover the Rent and other sums payable under this Lease for a period of twelve (12) months commencing with the date of loss.

(C) Statutory Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance with minimum limits of at least $500,000/$500,000/$500,000 with waiver of subrogation provided to Landlord.

(ii) Each policy of insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Section 16(a) shall be placed with insurance companies admitted to do business in North Carolina and carrying a current rating of at least A-IX in “Best’s Insurance Guide” and shall contain an endorsement requiring thirty (30) days’ written notice from the insurance company to Landlord, Landlord’s lender and the Building manager prior to any cancellation or material reduction in coverage of the policy. Each policy of insurance required by Subparagraphs (A) and (B) above shall name Landlord, Landlord’s lender (with respect to the policy of insurance required by Subparagraph (A) only) and the Building manager (with respect to the policy of insurance required by Subparagraph (A) only) as additional insureds. The policy of insurance required by Subparagraph (B) above shall name Landlord’s lender as mortgagee and loss payee. Prior to the commencement of the Lease Term, and annually thereafter prior to expiration, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance evidencing the policies of insurance required by this Section 16(a), together with satisfactory evidence of proof of payment of premiums.

 

- 13 -


(b) Landlord’s Insurance

At all times during the Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain in full force and effect the following policies of insurance, with insurance companies admitted to do business in the State in which the Building is located:

(i) Commercial General Liability Insurance (1986 ISO form or its equivalent) in the amount of at least One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence, with a General Aggregate limit per location of at least Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00).

(ii) Umbrella Liability coverage in the amount of at least Four Million and 00/100 Dollars ($4,000,000.00).

(iii) The equivalent of ISO Special Form Property Insurance providing protection to the extent of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the replacement cost of the building in which the Premises is located (less the cost of foundations and footings), including Tenant’s permanent leasehold improvements. Nothing herein shall be construed to require Landlord to insure those items that Tenant is obligated to insure pursuant to Paragraph 16(a)(i)(B) above. In order to assist Landlord in deciding the amount of insurance which it will obtain for Tenant’s permanent leasehold improvements in the Premises, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, upon the completion of any its initial upfitting, and thereafter upon the completion of any alterations or further improvements, such evidence as Landlord may reasonably require as to the cost or value thereof. Landlord shall not be bound by such information. If Tenant fails to deliver such information to Landlord, and as a result, Landlord does not carry sufficient insurance on Tenant’s permanent leasehold improvements to cover the full replacement cost thereof following a casualty, then Tenant shall be entitled only to the insurance coverage actually maintained by Landlord with respect to Tenant’s leasehold improvements, and shall have no claim against Landlord, or any other proceeds of Landlord’s insurance policy, for the deficiency.

(c) Waiver of Claims; Waiver of Subrogation :

Each policy of property insurance required by this Lease shall contain an endorsement in which the insurance company waives any right of subrogation that it may acquire against Landlord or Tenant by virtue of payment of any loss under such policy. In addition, Landlord and Tenant each waives any claims it may have against the other arising out of any casualty that would be covered by the policy of property insurance required to be maintained by it under this Lease, or that actually is covered by any policy of property insurance maintained by such party, without giving effect to any deductible amounts or self-insured risks.

(d) Blanket Policies :

Any policy of insurance required by this Lease may be maintained under a blanket policy of insurance, covering multiple locations, provided that: (i) in all other respects, each such policy shall comply with the requirements of this Lease, as applicable; (ii) prior to the commencement of the Lease Term, and annually thereafter, the insuring party shall furnish the other party with a written certificate from the insurer specifying, (a) the maximum amount of the total insurance afforded by the blanket policy to the Premises or the Building, as the case may be, and (b) any sublimits in the blanket policy applicable to the Premises or the Building, as the case may be, which amounts shall not be less than the amounts specified in this Lease; and (iii) the protection afforded the insuring party under the blanket policy shall be no less than that which would have been afforded under a separate policy or policies relating only to the Premises or the Building, as the case may be.

 

17. LANDLORD’S RIGHT OF ENTRY .

(a) Landlord, and those persons authorized by it, shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice for the purposes of making repairs, making connections, installing utilities, providing services to the Premises or for any other tenant, making inspections or showing the same to prospective purchasers and/or lenders, as well as at any time in the event of emergency involving possible injury to property or persons in or around the Premises or the Building. Further, during the last six (6) months of the initial or of any extended term, Landlord and those persons authorized by it shall have the right at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to show the Premises to prospective tenants.

 

- 14 -


(b) Provided that the exercise of such rights does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, Landlord shall have the following rights:

(i) To decorate and to make inspections, repairs, alterations, additions, changes, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, or any part thereof; for such purposes, to enter upon the Premises and, during the continuance of any such work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space, and corridors in the Building; to interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities; and to change the arrangement and location of entrances or passageways, doors, and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, restrooms, or other public parts of the Building;

(ii) To take such reasonable measures as Landlord deems advisable for the security of the Building and its occupants, including without limitation searching all persons entering or leaving the Building; evacuating the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes; temporarily denying access to the Building; and closing the Building after normal business hours and on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, subject, however, to Tenant’s right to enter when the Building is closed after normal business hours under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time which may include by way of example, but not of limitation, that persons entering or leaving the Building, whether or not during normal business hours, identify themselves to a security officer by registration or otherwise and that such persons establish their right to enter or leave the Building;

(iii) To change the name by which the Building is designated; and

(iv) To enter the Premises at all reasonable hours to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants.

 

18. EMINENT DOMAIN .

If any substantial portion of the Premises is taken under the power of eminent domain (including any conveyance made in lieu thereof) or if such taking shall materially impair the normal operation of Tenant’s business, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice of such termination within thirty (30) days after such taking. If neither party elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall repair and restore the Premises (excluding leasehold improvements and personal property) to the best possible tenantable condition and the Annual Rental shall be proportionately and equitably reduced. All compensation awarded for any taking (or the proceeds of a private sale in lieu thereof) shall be the property of Landlord whether such award is for compensation for damages to the Landlord’s or Tenant’s interest in the Premises, and Tenant hereby assigns all of its interest in any such award to Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall not have any interest in any award, or portion thereof, as applicable, made based on Tenant’s loss of business, loss of goodwill, moving expenses or the taking of Tenant’s trade fixtures or equipment.

 

19. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .

(a) Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (the “Events of Default”, any one an “Event of Default”), the party not in default shall have the right to exercise any rights or remedies available in this Lease, at law or in equity, subject to the limitations set forth herein. Events of Default shall be:

(i) Tenant’s failure to pay any rental or other sum of money payable hereunder when due combined with Tenant’s subsequent failure to make such payment within five (5) days after written notice thereof to Tenant of such failure (provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to no more than two (2) such notices in any Lease Year and thereafter shall be in default without notice if any payment is more than five (5) days past due during such Lease Year);

(ii) Failure by either party to perform any other of the terms, covenants or conditions contained in this Lease if not remedied within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof, or if such default cannot be remedied within such period, such party does not within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof commence such act or acts as shall be necessary to remedy the default and shall not thereafter complete such act or acts within a reasonable time;

(iii) Tenant shall become bankrupt or insolvent, or file any debtor proceedings, or file pursuant to any statute a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization, or file a petition for the appointment of a receiver or trustee for all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets and such petition or

 

- 15 -


appointment shall not have been set aside within sixty (60) days from the date of such petition or appointment, or if Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or petitions for or enters into an arrangement; or

(iv) Tenant vacates, abandons or fails to operate in the Premises or any substantial part thereof or allows its leasehold estate to be taken under any writ of execution and such writ is not vacated or set aside within thirty (30) days.

(b) In addition to its other remedies, Landlord, upon an Event of Default by Tenant, shall have the immediate right, after any applicable grace period expressed herein, to terminate and cancel this Lease and/or to reenter and remove all persons and properties from the Premises and dispose of such property as it deems fit, all without being guilty of trespass, forcible entry, detainer or other tort, or being liable for any damages caused thereby.

(c) Upon an Event of Default, Landlord may, separately from or in conjunction with the remedies provided in subparagraphs (b) and (d), and with or without terminating this Lease, initiate an action for distress or bring a suit for rent, costs, expenses and other damages, including liquidated damages as hereafter provided. In addition to Annual Rental due and other costs resulting from Tenant’s breach, the parties agree that if Tenant breaches this Lease, Landlord will continue to suffer damages for the remainder of the term of this Lease, which damages may be difficult or impossible to determine. Landlord will suffer these damages regardless of whether Landlord has terminated the Lease or whether Tenant has abandoned or vacated the Premises. Therefore, the parties agree that as a reasonable pre-estimate of said damages and not as a penalty, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as liquidated damages for the failure of Tenant to observe and perform said Tenant’s covenants herein contained, said amount being immediately due and payable, the sum of the Annual Rental, which, if the Lease had not been terminated, would have been paid by Tenant to Landlord for the balance of the term of this Lease, discounted to the date of termination at the then current rate of interest per annum as issued periodically by First Union National Bank (the “Discount Rate”). If the Premises or any part thereof are relet by Landlord for the unexpired term of this Lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of Annual Rental reserved upon such reletting discounted to the date of termination at the Discount Rate shall be subtracted from the total liquidated damages due.

(d) In the event that Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, with or without terminating this Lease, relet all or any part of the Premises for the account of Tenant for such rent and upon such terms to such person, firm or corporation and for such period or periods as Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion shall determine. Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant, to observe any instruction given by Tenant about such reletting or do any act or exercise any care or diligence with respect to such reletting or to the mitigation of damages of Tenant. For the purpose of such reletting, Landlord may change the locks or make repairs, changes, alterations or additions in or to the Premises to the extent deemed by Landlord desirable or convenient. Upon such reletting, all rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied in the following order: (i) to the payment of any indebtedness other than Annual Rental due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (ii) to the payment of any costs and expenses of such reletting, including commissions, brokerage fees and attorneys’ fees and, if any, costs of such alterations and repairs; and (iii) to the payment of Annual Rental due and unpaid hereunder. No such re-entry or taking of possession of said Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice expressing such intention is given to Tenant, or unless the termination hereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any such re-entry without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach if not by that time cured.

(e) Upon any default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may exercise any right or remedy Tenant may have at law or in equity with respect to such default.

 

20. SUBORDINATION .

This Lease is subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages or deeds of trust now or hereafter placed on the property of which the Premises are a part, and this clause shall be self-operative without any further instrument necessary to effect such subordination; however, if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver to Landlord any such certificate(s) as Landlord may reasonably request evidencing subordination of this

 

- 16 -


Lease to or the assignment of this Lease as additional security for such mortgages or deeds of trust. Provided, however, in each case the holder of the mortgage or deed of trust shall agree that this Lease shall not be divested by foreclosure or other default proceedings thereunder so long as Tenant shall not be in default under the terms of this Lease beyond any applicable cure period set forth herein. Tenant shall continue its obligations under this Lease in full force and effect notwithstanding any such default proceedings under a mortgage or deed of trust and shall attorn to the mortgagee, trustee or beneficiary of such mortgage or deed of trust, and their successors or assigns, and to the transferee under any foreclosure or default proceedings. Tenant will, upon request by Landlord, execute and deliver to Landlord or to any other person designated by Landlord, any instrument or instruments required to give effect to the provisions of this Section.

 

21. ASSIGNING AND SUBLETTING .

(a) Without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned nor delayed, and except as provided in Subsection (d) below, Tenant shall not sublease the Premises, or assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or permit the transfer of this Lease or the interest of Tenant in this Lease, in whole or in part, by operation of law, court decree or otherwise. If Tenant intends to assign its interest in this Lease or enter into any sublease of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver written notice of such intent to Landlord, together with a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease, at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the proposed assignment or commencement date of the term of the proposed sublease. Any approved assignment or sublease shall be expressly subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall pay Landlord on the first day of each month during the term of any sublease one-half (1/2) of the excess of all rent and other consideration due from the subtenant for such month, less the expenses, including concessions, related to the sublease, over that portion of the Minimum Rental due under this Lease for said month which is allocable on a square footage basis to the space sublet. For purposes of this Subsection 21(a), a change in control of Tenant or a direct or indirect transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the beneficial ownership interests of Tenant, unless the ownership interests in Tenant are publicly traded, shall be deemed an assignment for purposes of this Lease.

(b) Any request by Tenant for Landlord’s consent to a specific assignment or sublease shall include (i) the name of the proposed assignee, sublessee or occupant, (ii) the nature of the proposed assignee’s, sublessee’s or occupant’s business to be carried on in the Premises, and (iii) such financial information (in the event of an assignment) and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the proposed assignee, sublessee or occupant or its business. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its reasonable actual attorneys fees and other expenses incurred in connection with considering any request for its consent under this Section 21.

(c) Except as otherwise specified in Subsection 21(d) hereof, no consent by Landlord to any assignment or sublease by Tenant, and no specification in this Lease of a right of Tenant to make any assignment or sublease, shall relieve Tenant of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, whether arising before or after (i) the assignment or sublease or (ii) any extension of the Lease Term. The consent by Landlord to any assignment or sublease shall not relieve Tenant or any successor of Tenant from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s express written consent to any other assignment or sublease.

(d) Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 21, Tenant shall be released from further liability under this Lease following an assignment to any person or entity (i) which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Tenant; or (ii) that succeeds to substantially all of Tenant’s stock or assets (by merger or otherwise), provided such assignee: (x) has a creditworthiness, immediately following such assignment, equal to or greater than that of Tenant immediately prior to the assignment or at the time of execution of this Lease, whichever is greater, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion; (y) maintains a use and density of the Premises comparable to that of Tenant; and (z) is not a governmental agency. In the event of an assignment pursuant to this Subsection (d), (1) Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to such assignment of its intent to effect the same, (2) at the time of assignment, no event of default by Tenant shall have occurred and be continuing, and (3) the proposed assignee shall deliver to Landlord a written agreement whereby it expressly assumes all of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

22. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST .

If Landlord shall sell, assign or transfer all or any part of its interest in the Premises or in this Lease to a successor in interest which expressly assumes the obligations of Landlord hereunder, then Landlord shall thereupon

 

- 17 -


be released or discharged from all covenants and obligations hereunder, and Tenant shall look solely to such successor in interest for performance of all of Landlord’s obligations. Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall in no manner be affected by Landlord’s sale, assignment, or transfer of all or any part of such interest(s) of Landlord, and Tenant shall thereafter attorn and look solely to such successor in interest as the Landlord hereunder.

 

23. COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT .

Landlord represents that it has full right and authority to lease the Premises and Tenant shall peacefully and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the full term hereof so long as Tenant does not default in the performance of any of the terms hereof.

 

24. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES .

Within ten (10) days after a request by Landlord, Tenant shall deliver a commercially reasonable written estoppel certificate certifying any facts that are then true with respect to this Lease, including without limitation that this Lease is in full force and effect, that no default exists on the part of Landlord or Tenant, that Tenant is in possession, that Tenant has commenced the payment of rent, and that Tenant claims no defenses or offsets with respect to payment of rentals under this Lease. Likewise, within ten (10) days after a request by Tenant, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a similar estoppel certificate covering such matters as are reasonably required by Tenant.

 

25. PROTECTION AGAINST LIENS .

Tenant shall do all things necessary to prevent the filing of any mechanics’, materialmen’s or other types of liens whatsoever, against all or any part of the Premises by reason of any claims made by, against, through or under Tenant. If any such lien or claim for lien is filed, Tenant shall within five (5) days after such filing either have such lien or claim for lien released of record or shall deliver to Landlord a bond or other security in form, content, amount, and issued by a company satisfactory to Landlord indemnifying Landlord, its manager and others designated by Landlord against all costs and liabilities resulting from such lien or claim for lien and the foreclosure or attempted foreclosure thereof. If Tenant fails to have such lien or claim for lien so released or to deliver such bond to Landlord, Landlord, without investigating the validity of such lien, may pay or discharge the same and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount so paid by Landlord, including Landlord’s expenses, costs and attorneys’ fees together with interest on the total expenses and costs at the maximum lawful rate.

 

26. MEMORANDUM OF LEASE .

Neither party shall have the right to record this Lease. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall execute a recordable Memorandum or Short Form Lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “G” and incorporated herein by reference, prepared at Tenant’s expense, specifying the exact term of this Lease and such other terms as the parties shall mutually determine.

 

27. FORCE MAJEURE .

In the event Landlord or Tenant shall be delayed, hindered or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder, by reason of governmental restrictions, scarcity of labor or materials, strikes, fire, or any other reasons beyond its reasonable control, the performance of such act shall be excused for the period of delay, and the period for performance of any such act shall be extended as necessary to complete performance after the delay period. However, the provisions of this Section shall in no way be applicable to Tenant’s obligations to pay Annual Rental or any other sums, monies, costs, charges or expenses required by this Lease.

 

28. REMEDIES CUMULATIVE — NONWAIVER .

Unless otherwise specified in this Lease, no remedy of Landlord or Tenant shall be considered exclusive of any other remedy, but each shall be distinct, separate and cumulative with other available remedies. Each remedy available under this Lease or at law or in equity may be exercised by Landlord or Tenant from time to time as often as the need may arise. No course of dealing between Landlord and Tenant or any delay or omission of Landlord or Tenant in exercising any right arising from the other party’s default shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of a default.

 

- 18 -


29. RESERVED .

 

30. HOLDING OVER .

If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration of the term of this Lease, whether with or without Landlord’s acquiescence, Tenant shall be deemed only a tenant at will and there shall be no renewal of this Lease without a written agreement signed by both parties specifying such renewal. The “monthly” rental payable by Tenant during any such tenancy at will period shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly installments of Annual Rental payable during the final year immediately preceding such expiration. Tenant shall also remain liable for any and all direct damages suffered by Landlord as a result of any holdover without Landlord’s unequivocal written acquiescence.

 

31. NOTICES .

Any notice allowed or required by this Lease shall be deemed to have been sufficiently served upon receipt if the same shall be in writing and placed in the United States mail, via certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, and addressed as follows:

 

AS TO LANDLORD:    PFRS Crossroads Corp., a Michigan corporation
   c/o MayfieldGentry Realty Advisors, LLC
   100 River Place Drive, Suite 300
   Detroit, Michigan 48207
   Attention: Director of Asset Management
   With a copy to:
   Portfolio Property Management Global, LLC
   5520 Dillard Dr., Suite 110
   Cary, North Carolina 27518
   Attn: Property Manager
AS TO TENANT:    Management Dynamics Inc.
   Crossroads Corporate Park, Building I
   Suite 100
   Cary, North Carolina 27511
   Attention: Stephanie Miles
   with a copy to:
   Management Dynamics Inc.
   One Meadowlands Plaza
   East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073
   Attention: John Preuninger, President
   with a copy to:
   Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP
   101 JFK Parkway
   Short Hills, New Jersey 07078
   Attention: Victor Boyajian, Esq.

The addresses of Landlord and Tenant and the party, if any, to whose attention a notice or copy of same shall be directed may be changed or added from time to time by either party giving notice to the other in the prescribed manner.

 

- 19 -


32. LEASING COMMISSION .

Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant each to the other that they have not dealt with any broker(s) or any other person claiming any entitlement to any commission in connection with this transaction except Spectrum Properties (the “Broker”). Landlord and Tenant agree to indemnify and save each other harmless from and against any and all claims, suits, liabilities, costs, judgments and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, for any leasing commissions or other commissions, fees, charges or payments resulting from or arising out of their respective actions in connection with this Lease except as to the Broker. Landlord agrees to be responsible for any leasing commission due Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Broker, and to hold Tenant harmless respecting same.

 

33. SEVERABILITY .

If any term or provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law notwithstanding the invalidity of any other term or provision hereof.

 

34. REVIEW OF DOCUMENTS .

If, following the execution of this Lease, either party hereto requests that the other party execute any document or instrument that is other than (i) a document or instrument the form of which is attached hereto as an exhibit, or (ii) a document that solely sets forth facts or circumstances that are then existing and reasonably ascertainable by the requested party with respect to the lease, such as an estoppel certificate as described in Section 24 hereof, then the party making such request shall be responsible for paying the out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including without limitation, the attorneys fees, incurred by the requested party in connection with the review (and, if applicable, the negotiations) related to such document(s) or instrument(s), regardless of whether such document(s) or instrument(s) is (are) ever executed by the requested party. In the event the requesting party is Tenant, all such costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with its review and negotiation of any such document(s) or instrument(s) shall be deemed to be additional rental due hereunder and shall be payable by Tenant promptly upon demand.

 

35. RESERVED .

 

36. SPECIAL PROVISIONS .

The special provisions, if any, contained in Exhibit “D” attached hereto, are incorporated herein by this reference. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of said Exhibit “D” and the terms and conditions of the main body of this Lease, the terms and conditions of Exhibit “D” shall control.

 

37. ALTERNATIVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROVIDER .

(a) Landlord Consent Required . In the event that Tenant wishes to utilize the services of a telephone or telecommunications provider whose equipment is not servicing the Property as of the date of Tenant’s execution of this Lease (“Provider”), no such Provider shall be permitted to install its lines or other equipment within the Property without first securing the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(b) Conditions to Consent . Unless all of the following conditions are satisfied to Landlord’s satisfaction in a written agreement between Provider and Landlord or by any other means acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable judgment, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to refuse to give its consent:

(1) No Expense . Landlord shall incur no expense whatsoever with respect to any aspect of Provider’s provision of its services, including without limitation, the costs of installation, materials, and service;

 

- 20 -


(2) Financial Statements and Other Items . Prior to commencement of any work in or about the Property by Provider, Provider shall supply Landlord with such written indemnities, insurance verifications, financial statements, and such other items as Landlord reasonably deems to be necessary to protect its financial interests and the interest of the Property relating to the proposes activities of the Provider;

(3) Property Rules . Prior to the commencement of any work in or about the Property by the Provider, the Provider shall agree to abide by such rules and regulations, job site rules, and such other requirements as reasonably determined by Landlord to be necessary to protect the interest of the Property, the tenants in the Property, and the Landlord, including without limitation, providing security in such form and amount as determined by Landlord;

(4) Sufficient Space . Landlord reasonably determines that there is sufficient space in the Property for the placement of all of the Provider’s equipment and materials (the “Equipment Space”);

(5) Provider’s Good Standing . The Provider is licensed and reputable, in Landlord’s sole discretion;

(6) Compensation for Space . Provider agrees to compensate Landlord the reasonable amount determined by Landlord for the Equipment Space and for all costs that may be incurred by Landlord in arranging for: access by the Provider’s personnel, security for Provider’s equipment, and any other such costs as Landlord may expect to incur.

(c) Use of Equipment Space . The Equipment Space shall not be available for use by any entity or person except the Provider and the Provider’s use of the Equipment Space shall be limited to the placement of Provider’s equipment and materials.

(d) Consent is not Landlord’s Warranty . Landlord’s consent under this section shall not be deemed any kind of warranty or representation by Landlord, including without limitation, any warranty or representation as to the suitability, competence, or financial strength of Provider.

(e) Tenant Pays Expenses . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all telephone and telecommunications services desired by Tenant shall be ordered and utilized at the sole expense of Tenant.

(f) Tenant Responsible for Service Interruptions . Tenant agrees that to the extent service by Provider is interrupted, curtailed, or discontinued, Landlord shall have no obligation or liability with respect thereto and it shall be the sole obligation of Tenant as its expense to obtain substitute service.

(g) No Third Party Rights . The provisions of this clause may be enforced solely by the Tenant and Landlord, and are not for the benefit of any other party, specifically, without limitation, no telephone or telecommunications provider shall be deemed a third party beneficiary of the Lease.

 

38. LIMITATION OF DUTIES AND WARRANTIES

LANDLORD’S AND TENANT’S DUTIES AND WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED TO THOSE EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS LEASE AND SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY IMPLIED DUTIES OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, NOW OR IN THE FUTURE. NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES HAVE BEEN MADE BY LANDLORD OR TENANT OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE.

 

39. MISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Rules and Regulations

Landlord shall have the right from time to time to prescribe commercially reasonable rules and regulations (the “Rules and Regulations”) for Tenant’s use of the Premises and the Building. A copy of Landlord’s current Rules and Regulations respecting the Premises and the Building is attached hereto as Exhibit “C” . Tenant shall abide by and actively enforce on all its employees, agents, invitees and licensees such regulations including without limitation rules governing parking of vehicles in designated portions of the Building.

 

- 21 -


(b) Evidence of Authority

If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish appropriate legal documentation evidencing the valid existence and good standing of Tenant and the authority of any parties signing this Lease to act for Tenant.

(c) Limitation of Landlord’s Liability .

If Landlord shall fail to perform any covenant, term or condition of this Lease upon Landlord’s part to be performed, and, as a consequence of such default, Tenant shall recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied solely out of the proceeds of sale received upon execution of such judgment levied thereon against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Project as the same may then be encumbered; and neither Landlord nor Portfolio Property Management Global, LLC, MayfieldGentry Realty Advisors, LLC, nor its or their officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, agents or representatives (collectively, the “Landlord Parties”) shall have any personal liability for any deficiency. It is understood and agreed that in no event shall Tenant or any person claiming by or through Tenant have the right to levy execution against any property of Landlord or the Landlord Parties other than Landlord’s interest in the Building as hereinbefore expressly provided.

(d) Nature and Extent of Agreement

This Lease, together with all exhibits hereto, contains the complete agreement of the parties concerning the subject matter, and there are no oral or written understandings, representations, or agreements pertaining thereto which have not been incorporated herein. This Lease creates only the relationship of landlord and tenant between the parties, and nothing herein shall impose upon either party any powers, obligations or restrictions not expressed herein. This Lease shall be construed and governed by the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.

(e) Binding Effect .

This Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns. This Lease shall not be binding on Landlord until executed by Landlord and delivered to Tenant. No amendment or modification to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord unless same is in writing and executed by Landlord.

(f) Captions and Headings .

The captions and headings in this Lease are for convenience and reference only, and they shall in no way be held to explain, modify, or construe the meaning of the terms of this Lease.

(g) Lease Review .

The submission of this Lease to Tenant for review does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Premises, and this Lease shall become effective as a contract only upon execution and delivery by Landlord and Tenant.

(h) Right to Relocate .

Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right to relocate Tenant, no more than once during the Term, to space substantially equivalent in size, configuration and finishes to the Premises in either the Building or other building located in Crossroads Corporate Center, such relocation to be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, including, without limitation, all of Tenant’s moving and relocation costs.

 

- 22 -


(i) Security Deposit .

Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon signing this Lease Ten Thousand Four Hundred Eight and 25/100 Dollars ($10,408.25) (the “Deposit”) as security for Tenant’s performance of all obligations hereunder. The Deposit may be held by Landlord in such manner as it shall elect and Landlord shall be entitled to any interest which accrues on the Deposit. In the event of a default by Tenant, Landlord may, at its option, apply all or any part of the Deposit to cure the default, and thereupon Tenant shall immediately redeposit with Landlord the amount so applied in order that Landlord will always have the full Deposit on hand during the term of this Lease. Within a reasonable time after the termination of this Lease, or as otherwise required by law, provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any of the remaining balance of the Deposit subject to final adjustments for payment of any rental required by this Lease. If the Building is sold, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Deposit to the new owner, and upon the new owner’s express assumption of the obligations for the Deposit required by this Lease, Landlord shall thereupon be released from all liability for such Deposit, and Tenant thereafter shall look only to the new owner for such Deposit. The terms hereof shall apply to every transfer of the Deposit.

(j) Time .

Time is of the essence of this Lease and the performance of all obligations hereunder.

(k) Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Duties .

If Tenant fails timely to perform any of its duties under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), after the expiration of any grace period elsewhere under this Lease expressly granted to Tenant for the performance of such duty, to perform such duty on behalf and at the expense of Tenant without further prior notice to Tenant, and all sums expended or expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such duty shall be deemed to be additional Annual Rental under this Lease and shall be due and payable upon demand by Landlord.

(l) Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures .

This Lease may be executed in counterparts, each of which so executed, irrespective of the date of execution and delivery, shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of any executed copy of this Lease by facsimile or e-mail shall be equally as effective as delivery of a manually-executed original of this Lease. Either party delivering an executed copy of this Lease by facsimile or e-mail, shall also deliver a manually-executed original to the other party, but any failure to do so shall not affect the validity, enforceability or binding effect of this Lease.

(m) Moving/Data/Stationary Expenses .

Landlord shall pay the cost of (i) hiring a third-party company to move Tenant’s personal property into the Premises, and (ii) installing data and telephone wiring within the Premises, pursuant to contractual arrangements to be made between Landlord and third-party contractors. In addition, Landlord shall pay the cost of replacing Tenant’s stationary and business cards (the “Stationary Expenses”), at a cost not to exceed $2,500.00 (the “Stationary Allowance”). Tenant shall submit paid invoices from third-parties for the Stationary Expenses to Landlord, and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the amount reflected in such paid invoices within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof. To the extent the cost of the Stationary Expenses exceeds the Stationary Allowance, Tenant shall be responsible therefor, and to the extent the cost of the Stationary Expenses is less than the Stationary Allowance, Landlord shall retain the difference and Tenant shall have no right or claim thereto. Tenant shall submit to Landlord all invoices for Stationary Expenses on or before the date which is ninety (90) days following the Commencement Date, and Landlord shall have no obligation to reimburse Tenant for any invoices for Stationary Expenses which Landlord does not receive on or prior to the date which is ninety (90) days following the Commencement Date.

(n) Existing Lease . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) Landlord’s predecessor in interest, Corning Road, L.L.C., and Allscripts, LLC (“ Allscripts ”) entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated November 30, 2006 (the “ Allscripts Lease ”), pursuant to which Corning Road, L.L.C. leased to Allscripts approximately 10,273 rentable square feet of space (the “ Existing Premises ”) in that certain office building now owned by Landlord and commonly known as Crossroads Office Building I located at 5625 Dillard Road, Cary, North Carolina (the “ Crossroads I Building ”), (ii) Tenant and Allscripts entered into that certain Sublease Agreement dated December 3, 2008 (the “ Sublease ”), pursuant to which Tenant subleased the Existing Premises from Allscripts, and (iii) as of the date hereof, the Allscripts Lease and the Sublease have been terminated.

 

- 23 -


Between the date of this Lease and the Commencement Date, (x) Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Tenant shall have the right to remain in possession of the Existing Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease, (y) for the purposes of construing Tenant’s obligations in relation to the Existing Premises under the terms of this Lease, all references in this Lease to the “Premises” shall include the Existing Premises, and (z) all references in this Lease to the Building shall include the Crossroads I Building. On or before the Commencement Date, Tenant shall vacate the Existing Premises and return possession thereof to Landlord in broom-clean condition. Between the date hereof and the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Landlord Minimum Rental equal to $9,476.84 per calendar month for its lease of the Existing Premises, which payments shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof.

Remainder of page intentionally left blank.

Signatures on next page.

 

- 24 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Lease to be duly executed and sealed pursuant to authority duly given as of the day and year first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”

PFRS CROSSROADS CORP.,

a Michigan corporation

By:   MayfieldGentry Realty Advisors, LLC,
  its authorized agent
By:  

/s/ Chauncey C. Mayfield

  Chauncey C. Mayfield, Manager
“TENANT”

MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC.,

a New Jersey corporation

By:  

/s/ John Preuninger

Name:   John Preuninger
Title:   President

 

- 25 -


EXHIBIT “A”

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING SITE

BEING a tract of 446,796 Square Feet, or 10.257 Acres, shown as Crossroads IV Parcel on a boundary Survey of Crossroads IV Parcel, Crossroads Corporate Park, recorded in Book of Maps 1998, at Page 256, in the Office of the Register of Deeds for Wake County, North Carolina.

Popular Name: Crossroads IV Building

Street Address: 5520 Dillard Drive

Tax Code: 0772.08 99 8912 000


EXHIBIT “C”

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. The sidewalks, halls, passages, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by any tenant or used by any tenant for any other purpose than for ingress and egress from and to their respective offices. The halls, passages, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord, or its employees, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interest of the Building and its tenants.

2. The floors, skylights, windows, doors and transoms that reflect or admit light in passageways, or into any place in the Building, shall not be covered or obstructed by any tenant. The toilet rooms, water closets and other water apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, ashes, chemicals or refuse or other injurious substances, shall be thrown therein. Any damage resulting from such misuse or abuse shall be borne and immediately paid by the tenant by whom or by whose employees it shall have been caused.

3. No sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, painted or affixed on any part of the outside or inside of said Building unless first consented to in writing by the Landlord.

4. No additional locks shall be placed upon any doors of the Premises and no tenant shall permit any duplicate keys to be made, but if more than two keys for any door or lock shall be desired, the additional number must be obtained from the Landlord and be paid for by the tenant; each tenant must, upon the termination of its lease, leave the windows and doors in the demised Premises in like condition as the date of said lease, and must then surrender all keys to its premises.

5. No tenant shall cause unnecessary labor by reason of carelessness and indifference to the preservation of good order and cleanliness in its Premises and in the Building. In order that the leased premises may be kept in good state of preservation and cleanliness, each tenant shall, during the continuance of its lease, permit the janitor of the Landlord to take charge of and clean the said leased premises.

6. No tenant shall employ any person or persons other than the janitor of the Landlord for the purpose of cleaning or taking charge of said premises without Landlord’s prior written consent and it is understood and agreed that the Landlord shall in no way be responsible to any tenant for any damage done to the furniture or other effects of any tenant by the janitor or any of his employees, or any other person, or for any loss of property of any kind whatever from leased Premises, however occurring. No Tenant shall interfere with the schedule of the Landlord’s janitor. If the Tenant prevents the regularly scheduled janitorial service, the Tenant shall be responsible for cleaning the Premises. Tenant will see each day that the doors to its premises are securely locked before leaving the Building.

7. Tenants, their clerks or servants, shall not make or commit any improper noises or disturbances of any kind in the Building, smoke in elevators, or mark or defile the water closets, or toilet rooms, or the walls, windows or doors of the Building, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business with them.

8. Music, including vocal and instrumental, shall not be permitted at volumes audible outside the Premises.

9. No tenant shall do or permit anything to be done in said Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, which will in any way increase the rate of fire insurance on said Building, or on property kept therein, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants, or in any other way injure or annoy them or conflict with the laws relating to fires, or with the regulations of the Fire Department or with any insurance policy upon said Building or any part thereof, or conflict with any of the rules and ordinances of the Board of Health.

10. Each tenant shall promptly and at its expense execute and comply with all laws, rules, order, ordinances and regulations of the city, county, state or federal government, and of any department or bureau of any of them and of any other governmental authority having jurisdiction over the said Premises, affecting the tenant’s occupancy of the demised Premises or tenant’s business conducted thereon.


11. Nothing shall be thrown or allowed to drop by the tenants, their clerks or employees out of the windows or doors, or down the passages or skylight of the Building, and no tenant shall sweep or throw, or permit to be swept or thrown from its premises, any dirt or other substances into any of the corridors or halls, elevators or stairways of said Building.

12. No animals or birds shall be kept in or about any premises or permitted therein.

13. If tenants desire to introduce signaling, telegraphic, telephonic or other wires and instruments into their premises, the Landlord will direct the electricians as to where and how the same are to be placed, and without such directions no placing, boring or cutting for wires will be permitted. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to require the placing and using of electrical protecting devices to prevent the transmission of excessive currents of electricity into or through the Building, and to require the changing of wires and of their placing and arrangements as Landlord may deem necessary, and further to require compliance on the part of all using or seeking access to such wires with such rules as Landlord may establish relating thereto, and in event of non-compliance with such requirements and rules Landlord shall have the right to immediately cut and prevent the use of such wires.

14. A directory in a conspicuous place on the first floor will be provided by the Landlord, on which the names of tenants will be placed by the Landlord at its discretion.

15. Tenants shall not use or keep in the Building any explosives, kerosene, gasoline, benzine, camphene, burning fluid, flammable material or any other hazardous material.

16. No tenant or employees or contractor of any tenant shall go upon the roof of said Building without the written consent of the Landlord.

17. No article shall be fastened to or holes drilled or nails or screws driven into the walls or partitions, nor shall the walls or partitions be painted, papered or otherwise covered in such a way as to cause permanent damage or in any way marked or broken, nor shall any attachment be made to the electric lighting wires of the Building for storing of electricity, or for the running of motors or other purpose, nor will machinery of any kind be allowed to be operated in any premises, nor shall any tenant use any other method of heating than that provided by Landlord, without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenants desiring to put in telephone junction or control boxes in the Premises will notify the Landlord who will designate where the same shall be placed. No mechanics shall be allowed in or about the Building other than those employed by the Building management without the written consent of the Landlord first having been obtained.

18. Access may be had by the tenants to the halls, corridors, elevators and stairways in the Building and to the offices leased by them at any time or times. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking admission is known to the watchman in charge, or has a pass or is properly identified. The Landlord shall in no case be liable in damages for the admission or exclusion of any person from said Building. In case of invasion, mob riot, public excitement, or other commotion, the Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during continuance of the same by closing the doors or otherwise for the safety of the tenants and protection of property in said Building.

19. The Landlord in all cases shall prescribe the method and manner in which any merchandise, heavy furniture, large packages or safes shall be brought in or taken out of the Building, and also the hours at which such moving shall he done. The Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to prescribe the weight and proper position of such heavy furniture and safes and all damage done to the Building taking in or out of such merchandise, heavy furniture, large packages or safes or any damage done to the Building while said property shall be therein, shall be made good and paid for by the tenant by, through or under whom the said damage may have been done. All furniture, safes or fixtures shall be provided with supports, glides or castors that will meet the approval of the management of the Building.

20. The Landlord reserves the right to rescind any of these rules and to make such other and further rules and regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety, care, maintenance,


operation and cleanliness of the Building, and for the preservation of good order therein, which, when so made and notice thereof shall have been given to any tenant, shall have the same force and effect as if originally made a part of the foregoing Lease, and such other and further rules, shall not, however, be inconsistent with the proper and rightful enjoyment by the Tenant under the foregoing Lease of the Premises therein referred to.

21. Any additional services not required by the Lease to be performed by Landlord which Tenant requests Landlord to perform and which are performed by Landlord shall be billed to Tenant at Landlord’s cost plus fifteen percent (15%) which amount shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within fifteen (15) days of billing.

22. At Landlord’s expense, Landlord shall provide Tenant with one (1) access card per employee for access to the Building. At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall provide Tenant with additional access cards, provided that Tenant must pay Fifteen and No/100 Dollars ($15.00) for each such additional access card.

23. If any of these rules and regulations directly contradict the terms of the foregoing Lease, the terms of said Lease shall prevail.


EXHIBIT “D”

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

(1) Secured Areas . Tenant may designate certain areas of the Premises, not to exceed 1,000 square feet in the aggregate, as “secured areas” should Tenant require such areas for the purpose of securing certain valuable property or confidential information. Landlord may not enter such secured areas except in the case of emergency or in the event of a Landlord inspection, in which case Landlord shall provide Tenant with three (3) days’ prior written notice of the specific date and time of such Landlord inspection of the secured areas and Tenant shall have the right to accompany Landlord during any such inspection of the secured areas.

(2) Subordination . Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement(s) in favor of Tenant from any ground lessor, deed of trust beneficiary, mortgagee or lien holder who later comes into existence in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof, at any time prior to the expiration of the Lease Term in consideration of, and as a condition precedent to, Tenant’s agreement to be bound by Lease Section 20, it being the intent of Landlord and Tenant that the subordination provision in such Lease Section 20 shall only apply with respect to a particular ground lessor, deed of trust beneficiary, mortgagee or lien holder in the specific event that Tenant receives such non-disturbance agreements from such person.

(3) Access to Building and Parking . During the Lease Term, Tenant shall be granted access to the Building, the Premises, and the parking provided to the Building twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, every day of the year.

(4) Consent/Duty To Act Reasonably .

(a) Except for matters which involve (i) security for the Building, (ii) structural integrity of the Building, (iii) the Building’s plumbing, heating, life safety, ventilating, air-conditioning, mechanical or electrical systems (“Building Systems”), or (iv) the exterior appearance of the Building, whereupon in each such case Landlord’s duty is to act in good faith and in compliance with the Lease, any time the consent of Landlord or Tenant is required, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, unless otherwise expressly stated.

(b) Except in the situations described in subsections 1(a), (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv), whenever the Lease grants Landlord or Tenant the right to take action, exercise discretion, establish rules and regulations or make allocations or other determinations, Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably and take no action which might result in the frustration of the reasonable expectations of a sophisticated landlord and sophisticated tenant concerning the benefits to be enjoyed under the Lease.

(c) Landlord and Tenant shall in all matters, events and in all circumstances under the Lease and otherwise act in good faith in connection with and with respect to the Lease, the Project, the Building and the Premises.

(5) Termination Option . Provided no event of default has occurred under this Lease, either at the time Tenant exercises the Termination Option (hereinafter defined) or at the time the Termination Option is effective and provided no event has occurred (either at the time Tenant exercises the Termination Option or at the time the Termination Option is effective) that with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of default under this Lease, then Tenant shall have the one time right to terminate this Lease (the “ Termination Option ”) upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. Tenant may exercise the Termination Option one (1) time during the period commencing on April 1, 2011 and expiring on June 30, 2011, by providing Landlord with written notice thereof. If Tenant shall properly exercise its Termination Option in accordance with the terms hereof, such termination shall be effective as of March 31, 2012. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s obligations in relation to the Termination Option.


EXHIBIT “E”

Intentionally Omitted


EXHIBIT “F”

WORK LETTER

This WORK LETTER pertains to that certain Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”) made and entered into by and between PFRS CROSSROADS CORP., a Michigan corporation (“ Landlord ”), and MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC., a New Jersey corporation (“ Tenant ”).

DEFINITIONS

1.01. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in the Lease and this Work Letter not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

1.02. Architect shall mean the architect, space planner or designer selected by Landlord to prepare the Drawings and Specifications.

1.03. Intentionally omitted.

1.04. Drawings and Specifications shall mean the final working drawings and specifications for the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements prepared by the Architect and approved by Landlord and Tenant, which are attached hereto as Exhibit F-1.

1.05. Intentionally omitted.

1.06. Tenant Responsible Work shall have the meaning described in Section 6.01 hereof.

1.07. Tenant’s Costs shall have the meaning described in Section 2.04 hereof.

1.08 Landlord’s Contractor shall mean the contractor designated by Landlord to construct and install the Tenant Improvements.

1.09. Tenant Improvements shall mean the improvements constructed and installed in the Premises in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications.

DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS; PRICING

2.00 Tenant Representative . Tenant shall appoint one or more individuals who shall be authorized to act on behalf of Tenant and with whom Landlord, or its authorized agent, may consult at all reasonable times, and whose instructions, requests, and decisions will be binding upon Tenant as to all matters pertaining to this Work Letter and the performance of the parties hereunder.

2.01. Construction of Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall be authorized to proceed with the work of constructing and installing the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, and in that regard, Landlord shall cause Landlord’s Contractor to proceed with the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements.

2.02. Intentionally omitted.

2.03. Intentionally omitted.

2.04. Revisions to Drawings and Specifications . If at any time hereof Tenant desires to make revisions to the Drawings and Specifications, the procedure for obtaining Landlord’s approval of any such revisions and related price thereof shall be as set forth in Section 2.07 and 2.08 below. Upon approval by Landlord and Tenant of any such revisions and related price thereof, Landlord shall be authorized to proceed with the work of constructing and installing the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, as revised. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs, fees and expenses, including but not limited to any architect and


engineering fees incurred and any additional construction costs incurred, arising as a result of revisions arising under this Section 2.04. Landlord, at its option, can require Tenant to pay in lump sum to Landlord any and all costs, fees and expenses which result from approved revisions to the Drawings and Specifications (the “ Tenant’s Costs ”) prior to Landlord’s commencement of such work, and if Tenant shall fail to pay such Tenant’s Costs within ten (10) days of receipt of an invoice therefor, then Landlord shall have the right to construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications attached hereto as Exhibit F-1 .

2.05 Government Approvals . Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining approval of the Drawings and Specifications by all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the Premises and for obtaining all necessary licenses and permits in connection with Tenant Improvements, including temporary and permanent certificates of occupancy for the Premises. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in obtaining such approvals and permits.

2.06 Inspections . Landlord shall schedule and conduct pre-final and final inspections in connection with the Tenant Improvements and, in conjunction with Tenant, develop punch lists and obtain completion of such items.

2.07 Approval of Revisions to Drawings and Specifications . After receiving any proposed revisions, Landlord shall resubmit to Tenant any such Drawings and Specifications with such requested changes as are acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall have two (2) business days after receipt of any Drawings and Specifications or revisions thereto to approve or disapprove the same, and if Tenant fails to notify Landlord of any comments or revisions within such two (2) business day period, such Drawings and Specifications shall be deemed, without further action, to have been approved by Tenant. Tenant shall cooperate in order to finalize any revisions to the Drawings and Specifications, and Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the revisions to the Drawings and Specifications or any part thereof. Tenant further acknowledges that revisions to the Drawings and Specifications may delay construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements. Accordingly, Tenant agrees to cooperate and use its good faith best efforts to approve revisions to the Drawings and Specifications for the Premises as promptly as possible after the initial submission of the Drawings and Specifications by Landlord to Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall fail to act promptly in approving revisions to the Drawings and Specifications, then Landlord shall have the right to construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications attached hereto as Exhibit F-1.

2.08 Pricing for Revisions to Drawings and Specifications . Upon approval of the any revisions to the Drawings and Specifications by Tenant, Landlord shall submit such Drawings and Specifications to Landlord’s Contractor to obtain the price for construction and installation of the revisions to the Tenant Improvements, and such price (together with all engineering and architectural fees and expenses) shall be the Tenant’s Costs. Once the Tenant’s Costs has been established, Landlord shall submit such Tenant’s Costs to Tenant for approval. Tenant shall have two (2) business days after receipt of the Tenant’s Costs to approve or disapprove the same, and if Tenant fails to notify Landlord of any disapproval within such two (2) business day period, such Tenant’s Costs shall be deemed, without further action, to have been approved by Tenant. If Tenant timely disapproves of the Tenant’s Costs, then Landlord shall work with Tenant to cause revisions to the Drawings and Specifications in order that the Tenant’s Costs shall be reduced. In such case, the procedures set forth in Section 2.07 above and this Section 2.08 with respect to approval of revisions to the Drawings and Specifications shall be repeated except that with respect thereto the time periods specified in Sections 2.07 and 2.08 shall be one (1) business day. As set forth above, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of revised Drawings and Specifications or any part thereof and shall be liable for any additional architect or engineering fees incurred in connection with revisions to Drawings and Specifications, regardless of whether Tenant ever approves the Tenant’s Costs. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of the Tenant’s Costs and agrees to cooperate and use its good faith best efforts to approve such Tenant’s Costs. Tenant acknowledges that delays in approving the Tenant’s Costs may delay construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements. Upon approval of the Tenant’s Costs, Landlord shall be authorized to proceed with the work of constructing and installing the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the revised Drawings and Specifications, and in that regard, Landlord shall cause Landlord’s Contractor to proceed with the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements.


PAYMENT OF COSTS

3.01. Landlord’s Costs . Landlord shall pay for the cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications attached hereto as Exhibit F-1 , but shall not be responsible for payment of any of Tenant’s Costs. Landlord shall disburse the costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications attached hereto as Exhibit F-1 and any amounts deposited by Tenant with Landlord for payment of Tenant’s Costs to pay for the cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements, as and when the same become due and payable. Landlord shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of all invoices and fee statements for labor performed or materials furnished in connection with the Tenant Improvements and to rely on any certification as to the price thereof submitted by Landlord’s Contractor or the Architect.

3.02. Tenant’s Costs . Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Costs within ten (10) days of receipt of a written request thereof from Landlord.

3.03. Failure to Pay Tenant’s Costs . Failure by Tenant to pay Tenant’s Costs in accordance with Section 3.02 above will constitute a failure by Tenant to pay Rent when due under the Lease and shall therefore constitute an event of default by Tenant under the Lease, and Landlord shall have all of the remedies available to it under the Lease for nonpayment of Rent.

WORK BY TENANT

4.01. Tenant’s Work . All work in or about the Premises which is not within the scope of the work necessary to construct and install the Tenant Improvements, and all work necessary to install Tenant’s equipment and other personal property, shall be furnished and installed by Tenant at Tenant’s cost and expense, unless otherwise provided for herein. Tenant shall adopt a schedule for performing such additional work consistent with the schedule of Landlord’s Contractor and shall see that such work is conducted in such a manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and as not to interfere unreasonably with or to delay the work of constructing or installing the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall give access and entry to the Premises to Tenant and its contractors performing such additional work and shall give reasonable opportunity and time to enable Tenant and such contractors to perform and complete such work. All such additional work and Tenant’s use of the Premises for such purposes shall be performed in accordance with the Lease.

4.02 Extra Work . Any extra work requested by Tenant subsequent to the delivery of the Premises (the “Extra Work”) shall include the actual costs and charges incurred by Landlord in having the Extra Work performed by a contractor or contractors plus (i) the cost in connection with supervision of the Extra Work and general conditions relating thereto and (ii) charges for Landlord’s servicing and overhead, which Landlord’s portion shall be agreed to be a total of fifteen (15%) percent.

SECTION 5. Intentionally omitted .

SECTION 6. Intentionally omitted .

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

7.01 Punch List Work . Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in the Lease, within thirty (30) days following the completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written itemization (the “ Punch List ”) of items of construction that were not properly completed. Upon receipt of the Punch List, Landlord shall expeditiously (but not later than thirty (30) days thereafter) cause such items to be corrected or completed. If the nature of such Punch List item is such that it cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall commence to repair or complete such item within the thirty (30) day period and shall diligently prosecute such Punch List work to completion. Upon completion of all items in the Punch List and at the request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute a document acknowledging the date upon which all Punch List items were completed.

DEFECTIVE WORK

8.01 Defective Work . Landlord warrants to Tenant that, as of the Commencement Date, (i) the Tenant Improvements will be constructed substantially in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, and (ii) the Tenant Improvements shall be completed in full compliance with all applicable laws, codes and regulations,


including by way of example, but not as a limitation, environmental, zoning, building and land use laws, codes and regulations. If within one (1) year following completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, the Tenant Improvements or any part or element of either is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce any warranty given by Landlord’s Contractor (if any) for the Tenant Improvements, unless Tenant has previously given Landlord (whether orally or in writing) an acceptance of such condition.


EXHIBIT “G”

FORM OF MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA   
   MEMORANDUM OF LEASE
COUNTY OF WAKE   

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE is made and entered into this 4 th day of May, 2010 by and between PFRS CROSSROADS CORP ., a Michigan corporation, (“Landlord”), having an address c/o MayfieldGentry Realty Advisors, LLC 100 River Place Drive, Suite 300, Detroit, Michigan 48207, Attn: Asset Manager; and MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC ., a New Jersey corporation (“Tenant”), having an address of Suite 210, 5520 Dillard Drive, Cary, North Carolina 27511.

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Landlord, in consideration of the rents and upon the terms, conditions, covenants and agreements set forth in that certain Lease Agreement, dated as of April 30 th , 2010 (the “Lease”), between Landlord and Tenant, has leased to Tenant that certain office space commonly known as Suite 210 containing approximately 10,000 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) located in the building known as Crossroads Office Building IV, located at 5520 Dillard Drive in Cary, Wake County, North Carolina on that certain parcel of real property described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

2. The term of the Lease shall be for a maximum of sixty (60) months, subject to prior termination provisions which are set forth in the Lease, commencing on the Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease).

3. The addresses of Landlord and Tenant are as set forth above and copies of the Lease are on file with Landlord and Tenant at said addresses.

4. The purpose of this Memorandum of Lease is to give record notice of the Lease and of the rights created thereby, the terms and conditions of which Lease are hereby incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein. All of the terms of the Lease are incorporated herein by this reference. If any term or condition of this Memorandum of Lease shall conflict with any term or condition of the Lease, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall control.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed these presents as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

PFRS CROSSROADS CORP.,

a Michigan corporation

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

TENANT:

MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC.,

a New Jersey corporation

By:  

 

Name:   John W. Preuninger
Title:   President


STATE OF                             

COUNTY OF                             

I,                                          , a Notary Public of the aforesaid County and State, do hereby certify that                             ,              of PFRS CROSSROADS CORP., a Michigan corporation, personally appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument on behalf of the corporation.

Witness my hand and notarial seal this      day of             , 2010.

 

 

Notary Public

 

My Commission Expires:   

 

  

[NOTARIAL SEAL]

STATE OF NEW JERSEY

COUNTY OF BERGEN

I, Ruth Darwish, a Notary Public of the aforesaid County and State, do hereby certify that John Preuninger, President of MANAGEMENT DYNAMICS INC., a New Jersey corporation, personally appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument on behalf of said corporation.

Witness my hand and notarial seal this 4 th day of May, 2010.

 

 

Notary Public

My Commission Expires: September 24, 2014

[NOTARIAL SEAL]


Exhibit A

to

Memorandum of Lease

Legal Description

BEING a tract of 446,796 Square Feet, or 10.257 Acres, shown as Crossroads IV Parcel on a boundary Survey of Crossroads IV Parcel, Crossroads Corporate Park, recorded in Book of Maps 1998, at Page 256, in the Office of the Register of Deeds for Wake County, North Carolina.

Popular Name: Crossroads IV Building

Street Address: 5520 Dillard Drive

Tax Code: 0772.08 99 8912 000

Exhibit 10.18

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement ) dated as of April 10, 2013 (the “Effective Date ) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation with a loan production office located at 505 Fifth Avenue, 11 th Floor, New York, New York 10017 (“Bank”), and AMBER ROAD, INC. , a New Jersey corporation (“Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

 

  1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid (without premium or penalty) and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed (without premium or penalty), subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination ; Repayment. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.2 Overadvances. If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “Overadvance” ). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one and one half of one percent (1.50%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.


(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.4 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-re fundable commitment fee of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00), on the Effective Date;

(b) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank);

(c) Good Faith Deposit . Borrower has paid to Bank a good faith deposit of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) (the “Good Faith Deposit”) to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process, which Good Faith Deposit shall be applied first to amounts owing under Section 2.4(b) incurred through the Effective Date and any remainder being applied to the fee payable under Section 2.4(a) above;

(d) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.4.

 

-2-


2.5 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

 

  3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures of Borrower to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures (other than Bank or SVB Securities) to the Control Agreement(s);

(c) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(f) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

 

-3-


(g) a bailee’s waiver in favor of Bank for each location where Borrower maintains property with a third party, by each such third party, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

(h) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

(i) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4, timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its reasonable satisfaction that there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Credit Extension set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Credit Extension, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic

 

-4-


mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on the proposed Funding Date of the Credit Extension. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit the Credit Extensions to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Credit Extensions under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Credit Extensions are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

  4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

-5-


4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor (excluding intellectual property)” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 

  5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect), or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute

 

-6-


a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) For any Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account.

(b) All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules

 

-7-


and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations for the periods covered thereby. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments and its existing Subsidiaries set forth on the Perfection Certificate.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00).

 

-8-


To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of’ Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

 

  6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance. Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

 

-9-


6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a) Borrowing Base Reports . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date) (the “ Borrowing Base Reports ”);

(b) Borrowing Base Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Borrowing Base Reports, a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer;

(c) Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(d) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each quarter, a company prepared balance sheet and income statement covering each of Borrower’s Subsidiary’s operations for such quarter certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank;

(e) Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;

(f) Board Projections . As soon as available, but no later than (i) forty-five (45) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, and contemporaneously with any updates or changes thereto, Board-reviewed projections as to the then current fiscal year, and (ii) ten (10) days after Board approval, but at least annually, and contemporaneously with any updates or changes thereto, Board-approved projections as to the then current fiscal year, in each case ((i) and (ii)) in a form of presentation reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(g) Annual Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(h) Other Statements . Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(i) SEC Filings . In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any

 

-10-


national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

(j) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) or more; and

(k) Other Financial Information . Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Inventory; Returns. Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00).

6.4 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.5 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.5 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank twenty (20) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower

 

-11-


fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain all of its and all of its Subsidiaries’ operating, deposit and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indian Subsidiary, UK Subsidiary and Swiss Subsidiary may maintain accounts with foreign financial institutions provided that the maximum aggregate balance of all such accounts does not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) at any time (the “Permitted Accounts”).

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) the Permitted Accounts, or (ii) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

6.7 Financial Covenants. Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(a) Adjusted Quick Ratio . An Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least (a) commencing with the month ending March 31, 2013, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, through and including the month ending January 31, 2014, 1.00 to 1.00, and (b) for each month thereafter, the Adjusted Quick Ratio covenant levels shall be mutually agreed upon between Bank and Borrower based upon Borrower’s 2014 Board-re vie wed projections. The failure of Borrower to deliver its 2014 Board-reviewed projections to Bank on or prior to February 15, 2014, and contemporaneously with any updates thereto, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period. The failure of Borrower and Bank, for any reason, to mutually agree in writing, on or before February 15, 2014, to any Adjusted Quick Ratio covenant levels for the period after January 31, 2014 through the Revolving Line Maturity Date, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period.

(b) Maximum EBITDA Losses/Minimum EBITDA . Maintain at all times, to be reported as of the last day of each quarter: (i) Adjusted EBITDA losses not to exceed (a) ($2,750,000.00) for the three-month period ending on March 31, 2013, and (b) ($1,350,000.00) for the three-month period ending on June 30, 2013, and (ii) minimum Adjusted EBITDA of at least (a) $1,000,000.00 for the three-month period ending on September 30, 2013,

 

-12-


(b) $4,000,000.00 for the three-month period ending on December 31, 2013, and (c) for each calendar quarter thereafter, the Adjusted EBITDA covenant levels shall be mutually agreed upon between Bank and Borrower based upon Borrower’s 2014 Board-reviewed projections. The failure of Borrower to deliver its 2014 Board- reviewed projections to Bank on or prior to February 15, 2014, and contemporaneously with any updates thereto, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period. The failure of Borrower and Bank, for any reason, to mutually agree in writing, on or before February 15, 2014, to any Adjusted EBITDA covenant levels for the period after December 31, 2013 through the Revolving Line Maturity Date, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period.

6.8 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.9 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense. The Initial Audit shall be completed within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date.

6.11 Lockbox. On the Effective Date and at all times thereafter, Borrower shall direct each Account Debtor (and each depository institution where proceeds of Accounts are on deposit) to remit payments with respect to the Accounts to a lockbox account established with

 

-13-


Bank or to wire transfer payments to a cash collateral account that Bank controls (collectively, the “Lockbox” ). It will be considered an immediate Event of Default if the Lockbox is not established and operational on the Effective Date and at all times thereafter.

6.12 Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that (i) Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, or (ii) any of (A) UK Subsidiary, (B) Indian Subsidiary, or (C) Swiss Subsidiary (each, an “Existing Subsidiary” ) owns, operates or maintains assets or property with an aggregate value of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) or more, Borrower shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary or Existing Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such new Subsidiary or Existing Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary or such Existing Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary or Existing Subsidiary, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be a Loan Document. In addition to the foregoing, and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, Borrower acknowledges, confirms and agrees that it will obtain the prior written consent of Bank, prior to the formation of any direct or indirect Subsidiary.

6.13 Source of Repayment. If the Borrower does not, at any time, have sufficient funds to pay any Obligations when due, it will be able to obtain funds from its Subsidiaries in such amounts, and at such times, to enable it to pay such Obligations.

6.14 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of its business for the payment of ordinary course business expenses in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and (f) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

 

-14-


7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within five (5) days after his or her departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary). A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower or its assets may be acquired by another Subsidiary or by Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from

 

-15-


assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, provided that (i) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock and (ii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person and transactions permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2 and hereof.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to (a) meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (b) prevent a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, from occurring, or (c) comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the failure of any of the conditions described in clauses (a) through (c) which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business; or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

-16-


  8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8(b), 6.10, 6.11, 6.12, or 6.13, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

-17-


8.6 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least (A) one hundred five percent (105.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars remaining undrawn, and (B) one hundred

 

-18-


ten percent (110.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency remaining undrawn, (plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to; (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against

 

-19-


Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for; (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance

 

-20-


and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

  

If to Borrower:

   Amber Road, Inc.
      One Meadowlands Plaza
      East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073
      Attn: Chief Executive Officer
      Fax:                                                                      
      Email:                                                                  
  

If to Bank:

   Silicon Valley Bank
      505 Fifth Avenue, 11th Floor
      New York, New York 10017
      Attn: Ms. Bonnie Ryan
      Fax: (212) 688-5994
      Email: bryan@svb.com
  

with a copy to:

   Riemer & Braunstein LLP
      Three Center Plaza
      Boston, Massachusetts 02108
      Attn: David A. Ephraim, Esquire
      Fax: (617) 692-3455
      Email: DEphraim@riemerlaw.com

 

-21-


  11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

New York law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in New York, New York; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or

 

-22-


withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

12.3 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person” ) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims” ) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of

 

-23-


information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities’ ‘); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Right of Set Off. Borrower hereby grants to Bank, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a Bank subsidiary) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

-24-


12.14 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

  13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Advance” or “Advances” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

“Adjusted EBITDA” means, for any period of determination, EBITDA, plus any increase, if any, in total Deferred Revenue as compared to the immediately preceding period, and minus any decrease, if any, in total Deferred Revenue as compared to the immediately preceding period, in each case determined according to GAAP.

“Adjusted Quick Ratio” is the ratio of (a) Quick Assets to (b) Current Liabilities minus the current portion of Deferred Revenue.

“Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

-25-


“Authorized Signer” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank Entities” is defined in Section 12.9.

“Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower in connection with the Loan Documents.

“Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement” ).

“Bank Services Agreement” is defined in the definition of Bank Services.

“Board” is Borrower’s board of directors.

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” is eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate; provided, however, that Bank has the right to decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment to mitigate the impact of events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which may adversely affect the Collateral or its value.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

“Borrowing Base Report” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

 

-26-


“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person’s Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Credit Extension request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed, and if any determination of a “Business Day” shall relate to an FX Contract, the term “Business Day” shall mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the country of settlement of the Foreign Currency.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue.

“Claims” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

-27-


“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

“Credit Extension” is any Advance, Overadvance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

“Current Liabilities” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Designated Deposit Account” is the multicurrency account denominated in Dollars, account number                    , maintained by Borrower with Bank.

 

-28-


“Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

“Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

“EBITDA” shall mean (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, (i) depreciation expense and amortization expense, and (ii) non-cash stock compensation expenses, plus (d) income tax expense.

“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Eligible Accounts” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right, after consultation with Borrower, at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor if fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States, unless otherwise approved by Bank in writing on a case-by-case basis in its sole and absolute discretion;

(f) Accounts billed from and/or payable to Borrower outside of the United States (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

 

-29-


(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(1) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

(r) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(s) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(t) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

 

-30-


(u) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless otherwise approved by Bank in writing on a case-by-case basis in its sole and absolute discretion; and

(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

“Equipment is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“ERISA is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

“Event of Default is defined in Section 8.

“Exchange Act is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Existing Subsidiary is defined in Section 6.12.

“Foreign Currency means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“Funding Date is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

“FX Business Day is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.

“FX Contract is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

“GAAP is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“General Intangibles is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other

 

-31-


deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Good Faith Deposit ” is defined in Section 2.4(c).

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Indian Subsidiary ” means Amber Road Software Private, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of India and a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Initial Audit ” is Bank’s inspection of Borrower’s Accounts, the Collateral, and Borrower’s Books, with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

 

-32-


(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Interest Expense ” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Key Person ” is each of Borrower’s (a) Chief Executive Officer, who is James W. Preuninger as of the Effective Date, (b) Chief Financial Officer, who is Thomas E. Conway as of the Effective Date, and (c) Chief Operating Officer and President, who is John W. Preuninger as of the Effective Date.

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Lockbox ” is defined in Section 6.11.

 

-33-


Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations; or (d) Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a substantial likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 6 during the next succeeding financial reporting period.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

Net Income ” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, under this Agreement, or the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.2.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Accounts ” is defined in Section 6.6(a).

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

 

-34-


(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder; and

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents; and

(c) Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries, for current and ordinary operating expenses, not to exceed Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($850,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal month, provided that (i) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents maintained in accounts in the name of such Subsidiaries shall not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate at any time, and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Investment.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens or capital leases (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Eight Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($825,000.00) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment; and

 

-35-


(d) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

“Quick Assets” is, on any date, Borrower’s consolidated, unrestricted cash plus net billed accounts receivable, determined according to GAAP.

“Registered Organization is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Regulatory Change means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

“Requirement of Law is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Financial Officer of Borrower.

“Restricted License” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

“Revolving Line” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00).

 

-36-


“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is April 10, 2015.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

“Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

“Swiss Subsidiary” means Amber Road Switzerland, AG, a company organized under the laws of Switzerland and a Subsidiary of Borrower.

“Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

“UK Subsidiary” means Amber Road UK, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the United Kingdom and a Subsidiary of Borrower.

[Signature page follows.]

 

-37-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

 

AMBER ROAD, INC.
By:  

/s/Thomas E Conway

Name:   Thomas E. Conway
Title:   CFO
BANK:  
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

AMBER ROAD, INC.

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
BANK:  
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Managing Director

Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement


EXHIBIT A - COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

1


EXHIBIT B - BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

 

 

Borrower:

   Amber    Road,    Inc.

Lender:

   Silicon    Valley    Bank

Commitment Amount: $10,000,000.00

     

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

   $                        

1       Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of                     

   $                        

2       Additions (Please explain on next page)

   $                        

3       Less: Intercompany / Employee / Non-Trade Accounts

   $                        

4       NET TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

   $                        

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

  

5       90 Days Past Invoice Date

   $                        

6       Credit Balances over 90 Days

   $                        

7       Balance of 50% over 90 Day Accounts (Cross-Age or Current Affected)

   $                        

8       Foreign Account Debtor Accounts

   $                        

9       Foreign Invoiced and/or Collected Accounts

   $                        

10     Contra / Customer Deposit Accounts

   $                        

11     U.S. Government Accounts

   $                        

12     Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts

   $                        

13     Accounts with Memo or Pre-Billings

   $                        

14     Contract Accounts; Accounts with Progress / Milestone Billings

   $                        

15     Accounts for Retainage Billings

   $                        

16     Trust / Bonded Accounts

   $                        

17     Bill and Hold Accounts

   $                        

18     Unbilled Accounts

   $                        

19     Non-Trade Accounts (If not already deducted above)

   $                        

20     Accounts with Extended Term Invoices (Net 90+)

   $                        

21     Chargebacks Accounts / Debit Memos

   $                        

22     Product Returns / Exchanges

   $                        

23     Disputed Accounts; Insolvent Account Debtor Accounts

   $                        

24     Deferred Revenue / Other (Please explain on next page)

   $                        

25     Concentration Limits

   $                        

26     TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

   $                        

27     Eligible Accounts (#4 minus #26)

   $                        

28     ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #27)

   $                        
[Continued on following page.]   

 

2


BALANCES

  

29     Maximum Loan Amount

   $ 10,000,000.00   

30     Total Funds Available (Lesser of #28 or #29)

   $                        

31     Present balance owing on Line of Credit

   $                        

32     RESERVE POSITION (#30 minus #31)

   $                        

 

3


Explanatory comments from previous page:

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

COMMENTS:

   BANK USE ONLY
   Received by:                                                            
                                            AUTHORIZED SIGNER

AMBER ROAD, INC.

   Date:                                                                           
   Verified:                                                                     

By:                                                              

                                            AUTHORIZED SIGNER

            Authorized Signer

   Date:                                                                           

Date:                                                          

   Compliance Status:     Yes             No

 

4


EXHIBIT C

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK                                                                                                   Date:

FROM: AMBER ROAD, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer of AMBER ROAD, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                     with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes     No
Quarterly financial statements (Subsidiaries)    Quarterly within 45 days    Yes     No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days    Yes     No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K    Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes     No
Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings    Monthly within 30 days    Yes     No
Board-reviewed projections    FYE within 45 days    Yes     No
Board-approved projections    Within 10 days of approval, but least annually    Yes     No

 

1


Financial Covenants

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Maintain at all times (reported monthly)

        

Adjusted Quick Ratio

   *                 :1.0    Yes     No

Maintain at all times (reported quarterly)

        

(b) Minimum EBITDA/Maximum EBITDA Loss

   **    $                     Yes     No

 

* As set forth in Section 6.7(a) of the Loan and Security Agreement.
** As set forth in Section 6.7(b) of the Loan and Security Agreement.

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.      Yes         No   
Has the Borrower formed any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquired any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date?      Yes         No   
Does any Existing Subsidiary own, operate or maintain assets or property with an aggregate value of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) or more?      Yes         No   

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMBER ROAD, INC

   BANK USE ONLY
   Received by:                                                            
                                            AUTHORIZED SIGNER
   Date:                                                                          
   Verified:                                                                     

By:                                                                  

                                            AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Name                                                               

   Date:                                                                          

Title:                                                                   

   Compliance Status:     Yes             No

 

2


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                     

 

I.

Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.7(a))

 

Required:

(a) commencing with the month ending March 31, 2013, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, through and including the month ending January 31, 2014, 1.00 to 1.00, and (b) for each month thereafter, the Adjusted Quick Ratio covenant levels shall be mutually agreed upon between Bank and Borrower based upon Borrower’s 2014 Board-reviewed projections. The failure of Borrower to deliver its 2014 Board-reviewed projections to Bank on or prior to February 15, 2014, and contemporaneously with any updates thereto, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period. The failure of Borrower and Bank to mutually agree in writing, on or before February 15, 2014, to any Adjusted Quick Ratio covenant levels for the period after January 31, 2014, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period.

 

Actual:

            :1.00

 

A.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s consolidated unrestricted cash    $             
B.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s consolidated net billed accounts receivable, determined according to GAAP    $             
C.    Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B)    $             
D.    Aggregate value of obligations to Bank    $             
E.    Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, not otherwise reflected in line D above, that mature within one (1) year    $             
F.    Current Liabilities (the sum of lines D and E)    $             
G.    Aggregate value of current portion of all amounts received or invoiced by Borrower in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue    $             
H.    Line F minus G    $             

 

1


      

I.

   Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line H)

Is line I equal to or greater than             : 1:00?

             No, not in compliance                                                                                                                         Yes, in compliance

 

II. Minimum EBITDA/Maximum EBITDA Loss (Section 6.7(b))

 

Required:    Minimum EBITDA/Maximum EBITDA Loss . Maintain at all times, to be reported as of the last day of each quarter: (i) Adjusted EBITDA losses not to exceed (a) ($2,750,000.00) for the three- month period ending on March 31, 2013, and (b) ($1,350,000.00) for the three-month period ending on June 30, 2013, and (ii) minimum Adjusted EBITDA of at least (a) $1,000,000.00 for the three-month period ending on September 30, 2013, (b) $4,000,000.00 for the three-month period ending on December 31, 2013, and (c) for each calendar quarter thereafter, the Adjusted EBITDA covenant levels shall be mutually agreed upon between Bank and Borrower based upon Borrower’s 2014 Board-reviewed projections. The failure of Borrower to deliver its 2014Board-reviewed projections to Bank on or prior to February 15, 2014, and contemporaneously with any updates thereto, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period. The failure of Borrower and Bank to mutually agree in writing, on or before February 15, 2014, to any Adjusted EBITDA covenant levels for the period after December 31, 2013, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period.
Actual:    $             

             No, not in compliance                                                                                                                         Yes, in compliance

 

2


EXHIBIT D - LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

Deadline for same day processing is Noon Eastern Time

 

Fax To:

Date:                                                       

 

L OAN P AYMENT :                                                               Amber Road. Inc.

From Account #                                                          

   To Account#                                                                      

                                             (Deposit Account #)

                                        (Loan Account #)

Principal $                                                                   

   and/or Interest $                                                                 

Authorized Signature:                                                 

               Phone Number:                                                      

Print Name/Title:                                                        

 

    

    

  

L OAN A DVANCE :

    

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

From Account #                                                          

   To Account#                                                                      

                                         (Loan Account #)

                                            (Deposit Account #)

Amount of Advance $                                                  

   and/or Interest $                                                                  
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

Authorized Signature:                                                  

   Phone Number:                                                                  

Print Name/Title:                                                         

 

    
  

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :

    

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Eastern Time

    

Beneficiary Name:                                                      

               Amount of Wire: $:                                              

Beneficiary Bank:                                                      

               Account Number:                                                

City and State:                                                           

    

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:                         

   Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):           
                             (For International Wire Only)

Intermediary Bank:                                                    

   Transit (ABA) #:                                                              

For Further Credit to:

    

Special Instruction:

    
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

Authorized Signature:                                                  

   2nd Signature (if required):                                              

Print Name/Title:                                                          

   Print Name/Title:                                                              

Telephone #:                                                                

   Telephone #:                                                                      
      

 

1

Exhibit 10.19

WAIVER AND FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Waiver and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into this 30 th day of December, 2013, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”) and Amber Road, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (“ Borrower ”) whose address is One Meadowlands Plaza, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 10, 2013, as affected by a Consent to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 22, 2013 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) waive certain Events of Default of the Borrower, (ii) revise the financial covenants, and (iii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

N OW T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 2.1.1(a) (Availability). Section 2.1.1(a) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves. Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid (without premium or penalty) and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed (without premium or penalty), subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.”


2.2 Section 2.3(a) (Interest Rate) . Section 2.3(a) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Interest Rate . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to two and one-half of one percentage points (2.50%) above the Prime Rate; provided , that during a Streamline Period, the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one and one-half of one percentage points (1.50%) above the Prime Rate. Such interest shall be payable monthly, in arrears, in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.”

2.3 Section 2.3(d) (Payment; Interest Computation). Section 2.3(d) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.”

2.4 Section 2.4 (Fees) . Section 2.4 is amended by adding the following new text as Section 2.4(e):

“(e) Success Fee . Upon the earlier of (i) the Qualified IPO or Equity Event, or (ii) April 30, 2014, in addition to the payment of any other amounts then-owing, a non-refundable success fee in an amount equal to Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000).”

2.5 Section 3.2(b) (Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions) . Section 3.2(b) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided,

 

2


however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date., and”

2.6 Section 3.4 (Procedures for Borrowing) . Section 3.4 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern time on the proposed Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Transaction Report executed by an Authorized Signer together with such other reports and information, including, without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may request in its sole discretion. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.”

2.7 Section 5.3 (Accounts Receivable) . Section 5.3 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

5.3 Accounts Receivable .

(a) For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Transaction Report. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.”

2.8 Sections 6.2(a) (Borrowing Base Reports) and 6.2(b) (Borrowing Base Certificate) . Sections 6.2(a) and 6.2(b) are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Transaction Reports . A Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto) (i) with each request for an Advance, and (ii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month;

 

3


(b) Accounts Receivable/Accounts Payable Aging Reports . Within twenty (20) days after the end of each month, (A) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (B) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, and (C) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), Deferred Revenue reports, and general ledger;”

2.9 Section 6.6(a) (Operating Accounts) . Section 6.6(a) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Maintain all of its and all of its Subsidiaries’ operating, deposit and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Chinese Subsidiary, Indian Subsidiary, UK Subsidiary and Swiss Subsidiary may maintain accounts with foreign financial institutions provided that the maximum aggregate balance of all such accounts does not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) at any time (the “ Permitted Accounts ”).”

2.10 Section 6.7 (Financial Covenant) . Section 6.7 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

6.7 Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(a) Liquidity . Liquidity of not less than $1,500,000. The foregoing Liquidity covenant shall no longer be tested upon the occurrence of the earlier of either the Qualified IPO or the Equity Event.

(b) Adjusted EB1TDA . Achieve, to be reported as of the last day of each quarter. Adjusted EBITDA of at least (losses not worse than) (i) ($2,400,000.00) for the three-month period ending on December 31, 2013, and (ii) for each calendar quarter thereafter, the Adjusted EBITDA covenant levels shall be mutually agreed upon between Bank and Borrower based upon Borrower’s 2014 Board-reviewed projections. The failure of Borrower to deliver its 2014 Board- reviewed projections to Bank on or prior to February 28, 2014, and contemporaneously with any updates thereto, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period. The failure of Borrower and Bank, for any reason, to mutually agree in writing, on or before February 28, 2014, to any Adjusted EBITDA covenant levels for the period after December 31, 2013 through the Revolving Line Maturity Date, shall result in an immediate Event of Default for which there shall be no grace or cure period. The foregoing Adjusted EBITDA covenant shall no longer be tested upon the occurrence of the earlier of either the Qualified IPO or the Equity Event.

 

4


(c) Adjusted Quick Ratio . Commencing with the first month-end following the occurrence of either the Qualified IPO or the Equity Event, an Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least 1.50 to 1.00.”

2.11 Section 6.10 (Access to Collateral; Books and Records) . Section 6.10 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more than once every six (6) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.”

2.12 Sections 6.11 (Lockbox) . Section 6.11 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

6.11 Accounts Receivable .

(a) Borrower shall deliver to Bank Transaction Reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-

 

5


length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall require that Borrower direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Bank (either such account, the “ Cash Collateral Account ”), pursuant to a blocked account agreement in form and substance satisfactory to as Bank. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account to be applied to immediately reduce the Obligations; provided , that , absent the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, during a Streamline Period, such payments and proceeds shall be transferred to an account of Borrower maintained at Bank.

(d) Reserved .

(e) Verification . Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Bank’s security interest in such Account.

(f) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.”

2.1 Section 6.15 (Remittance of Proceeds) . The following new Section 6.15 shall be inserted immediately following Section 6.14:

6.15 Remittance of Proceeds . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.11(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (a) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(b) hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that , if no Event of

 

6


Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.”

2.2 Section 10 (Notices) . The Notice information in Section 10 for Bank and its counsel are amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“If to Borrower:   

Amber Road, Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (201) 935-5187

Email : jimpreuninger@amberroad.com

If to Bank:   

Silicon Valley Bank

505 Fifth Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10017

Attn: Ms. Claudia Canales

Fax: (212) 688-5994

Email: ccanales@svb.com

with a copy to:   

Riemer & Braunstein LLP

Three Center Plaza

Boston, Massachusetts 02108

Attn: Charles W. Stavros, Esquire

Fax: (617) 880-3456

Email: cstavros@riemerlaw.com”

2.3 Section 13 (Definitions) . The definitions of “Borrowing Base Certificate”, “Borrowing Base Report”, “Lockbox” and “Payment/Advance Form” set forth in Section 13.1 are deleted in their entirety.

2.4 Section 13 (Definitions) . Subsections (b), (c), (d), (e) and (q) of the definition of “Eligible Accounts” are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within one hundred twenty (120) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over one hundred twenty (120) days from invoice date;

 

7


(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor if fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within one hundred twenty (120) days of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States, unless (i) such Account is owing from a Fortune 500 company, or (ii) otherwise approved by Bank in writing on a case-by-case basis in its sole and absolute discretion;

(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond one hundred twenty (120) days;”

2.5 Section 13 (Definitions) . Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(c) Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries, for current and ordinary operating expenses, not to exceed One Million One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,100,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal month, provided that (i) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents maintained in accounts in the name of such Subsidiaries shall not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate at any time, and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Investment.”

2.6 Section 13 (Definitions). The definition of “EBITDA” is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

EBITDA ” shall mean (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, (i) depreciation expense and amortization expense, and (ii) non-cash equity related expenses, plus (d) income tax expense.

2.7 Section 13 (Definitions) . The following new terms and their respective definitions are inserted alphabetically in Section 13.1:

Cash Collateral Account ” is defined in Section 6.11(c).

Chinese Subsidiary ” means EasyCargo (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., a company organized under the laws of China, and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower.

Default ” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Equity Event ” shall mean Bank’s receipt of evidence, satisfactory to Bank in its reasonable discretion, demonstrating that Borrower received, on or after the First Amendment Effective Date, net cash proceeds in an amount of at least Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000) from the issuance of new equity from investors acceptable to Bank.

 

8


First Amendment Effective Date ” is December 30, 2013.

Liquidity ” is, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash held at such time by Borrower in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts maintained with Bank or its Affiliates, and (b) the Availability Amount.

Qualified IPO ” means the closing, on or after the First Amendment Effective Date, of a firm commitment underwritten public offering by Borrower of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Borrower of at least Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000) (net of underwriting discounts and commissions).

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

Streamline Period ” is, on and after the First Amendment Effective Date, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (A) prior to the Qualified IPO or Equity Event, the period beginning on the first (1 st ) day in which Borrower has, for each consecutive day in the immediately preceding thirty (30) day period, maintained Liquidity greater than $3,000,000, as confirmed by Bank after review of a Compliance Certificated delivered by Borrower to Bank (the “ Pre-IPO Streamline Balance ”) and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or (ii) the first day thereafter in which Borrower fails to maintain the Pre-IPO Streamline Balance; and (B) following the Qualified IPO or Equity Event, the period beginning on the first (1 st ) day in which Borrower has, for each consecutive day in the immediately preceding thirty (30) day period, achieved an Adjusted Quick Ratio greater than 1.75 to 1.00, as confirmed by Bank after review of a Compliance Certificated delivered by Borrower to Bank (the “ Post-IPO Streamline Balance ”, and together with the Pre-IPO Streamline Balance, the “ Streamline Balance ”) and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or (ii) the first day thereafter in which Borrower fails to maintain the Post-IPO Streamline Balance. Upon the termination of a Streamline Period, Borrower

 

9


must maintain the applicable Streamline Balance for thirty (30) consecutive days, as confirmed by Bank after review of a Compliance Certificated delivered by Borrower to Bank, prior to entering into a subsequent Streamline Period. Borrower shall give Bank prior-written notice of Borrower’s intention to enter into any such Streamline Period.

Transaction Report ” is the Bank’s standard reporting package provided by Bank to Borrower.

2.8 Exhibit B (Borrowing Base Certificate) . The Borrowing Base Certificate attached to the Loan Agreement as Exhibit B is deleted in its entirety.

2.9 Exhibit C (Compliance Certificate) . The Compliance Certificate is amended in its entirety and replaced with the Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

2.10 Exhibit D (Loan Payment/Advance Request Form) . The Loan Payment/Advance Request Form attached to the Loan Agreement as Exhibit D is deleted in its entirety.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Acknowledgment of Defaults; Waiver . Borrower acknowledges that it is currently in default of the Loan Agreement by virtue of Borrower’s failure to comply with (i) the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant contained in Section 6.7(a) of the Loan Agreement for the compliance periods ended September 30, 2013 and October 31, 2013, and (ii) the Maximum EBITDA Losses/Minimum EBITDA financial covenant contained in Section 6.7(b) for the compliance period ended September 30, 2013 (the “ Prior Defaults ”). In addition, Borrower has notified Bank that Borrower anticipates that it will be in default under the Loan Agreement for failing to comply with the Adjusted Quick Ratio financial covenant contained in Section 6.7(a) of the Loan Agreement for the compliance period ended November 30, 2013 (the “ Anticipated Default ”, and together with the Prior Defaults, the “ Existing Defaults ”). Subject to the execution and delivery of this Amendment, Bank hereby waives Borrower’s Existing Defaults for the monthly compliance periods indicated above. Bank’s waiver of the Existing Defaults shall apply only to the foregoing specific compliance periods. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except as specifically provided herein,

 

10


nothing in this Section or anywhere in this Amendment shall be deemed or otherwise construed as a waiver by the Bank of any of its rights and remedies pursuant to the Loan Documents, applicable law or otherwise.

5. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

5.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

5.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

5.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

5.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

5.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

5.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

5.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

6. Ratification of Perfection Certificate . Borrower has delivered an updated Perfection Certificate dated as of December     , 2013 in connection with this Amendment (the “Updated Perfection Certificate”), which Updated

 

11


Perfection Certificate shall supersede in all respects that certain Perfection Certificate dated as of April 10, 2013. Borrower and Bank acknowledge and agree that all references in the Loan Agreement to the “Perfection Certificate” shall hereinafter be deemed to be a reference to the Updated Perfection Certificate.

7. No Defenses of Borrower . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

8. Integration . This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

10. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, and (b) Borrower’s payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Amendment.

11. Post-Closing Requirements . Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank:

11.1 Within forty-five (45) days after the First Amendment Effective Date, a bailee’s waiver in favor of Bank in connection with 777 Central Boulevard, Carlstadt, New Jersey, from such third party, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto; and

11.2 Within forty-five (45) days after the First Amendment Effective Date, Borrower shall either (i) close all of Borrower’s accounts at JP Morgan and transfer the funds in such accounts to an account of Borrower at Bank, or (ii) provide Bank with a Control Agreement among Borrower, Bank and JP Morgan in connection with such accounts.

[Signature page follows]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK   BORROWER  
Silicon Valley Bank   Amber Road, Inc.  
By:  

/s/ Claudia Canales

    By:  

/s/ Thomas E. Conway

 
Name:  

/s/ Claudia Canales

    Name:  

/s/ Thomas E. Conway

 
Title:  

Vice President

    Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

13

Exhibit 10.20

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

made and entered into as of September 3, 2013,

Among

AMBER ROAD HOLDINGS, INC.,

as the Buyer

and

AMBER ROAD, INC.,

SUNRISE INTERNATIONAL LTD.,

THE SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE COMMITTEE

REFERENCED HEREIN

and

THE SHAREHOLDERS

OF

SUNRISE INTERNATIONAL LTD.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        

Page

 
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT   
ARTICLE 1   
SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES   

Section 1.1

  Sale of Shares      1   

Section 1.2

  Purchase Price and Payment for Shares      1   
ARTICLE 2   
CLOSING   

Section 2.1

  Closing      9   

Section 2.2

  Closing Deliverables      10   

Section 2.3

  Treatment of Options and Warrants      12   
ARTICLE 3   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY   

Section 3.1

  Organization of the Company; Authority; Due Execution      12   

Section 3.2

  Organization of Subsidiary; Authority      13   

Section 3.3

  Governmental Filings; No Violation      14   

Section 3.4

  Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities; Dividends and Distributions      14   

Section 3.5

  Capitalization      16   

Section 3.6

  Litigation      17   

Section 3.7

  Personal Property      17   

Section 3.8

  Real Property      17   

Section 3.9

  Title to Assets; Condition of Assets      18   

Section 3.10

  Tax Matters      18   

Section 3.11

  Employees      20   

Section 3.12

  Employee Benefits      21   

Section 3.13

  Intellectual Property Rights      22   

Section 3.14

  Absence of Certain Changes      26   

Section 3.15

  Accounts Receivable      27   

Section 3.16

  Corporate Records; Bank Accounts      27   

Section 3.17

  Compliance With Laws      28   

Section 3.18

  Environmental Matters      28   

Section 3.19

  Contracts and Commitments      29   

Section 3.20

  Insurance      31   

 

i


Section 3.21

  Affiliate Interests      32   

Section 3.22

  Distributors, Suppliers and Customers      32   

Section 3.23

  Products Liability and Warranty Liability      32   

Section 3.24

  Disclosure      33   

Section 3.25

  No Other Agreements to Purchase      33   

Section 3.26

  Brokers and Finders      33   
ARTICLE 4   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLING Shareholders   

Section 4.1

  Selling Shareholders; Authority; Due Execution      33   

Section 4.2

  Governmental Filings; No Violation      34   

Section 4.3

  Litigation      34   

Section 4.4

  Compliance with Law; Brokers      34   

Section 4.5

  Ownership of Shares      34   

Section 4.6

  Securities Laws      34   
ARTICLE 5   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER AND PARENT   

Section 5.1

  Organization; Authority; Due Execution      36   

Section 5.2

  Governmental Filings; No Violation      37   

Section 5.3

  Litigation      37   

Section 5.4

  Compliance with Law      37   

Section 5.5

  Capitalization      38   

Section 5.6

  Brokers and Finders      38   

Section 5.7

  Taxes      38   
ARTICLE 6   
CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE   
COMPANY, SELLING SHAREHOLDERS, PARENT AND THE BUYER   

Section 6.1

  Expenses and Finder’s Fees      38   

Section 6.2

  Public Announcements      38   

Section 6.3

  Tax Matters      39   

Section 6.4

  Shareholders Agreement      41   

Section 6.5

  Share Repurchase Option      42   

Section 6.6

  Registration Rights      42   

Section 6.7

  Original Signatures      43   

Section 6.8

  Stock Powers      43   

 

ii


ARTICLE 7   
INDEMNIFICATION   

Section 7.1

  Indemnification      43   
ARTICLE 8   
DEFINITIONS   

Section 8.1

  Definitions      49   
ARTICLE 9   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 9.1

  Waiver      58   

Section 9.2

  Notices      58   

Section 9.3

  Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Waiver of Jury Trial      59   

Section 9.4

  Counterparts      59   

Section 9.5

  Headings      59   

Section 9.6

  Entire Agreement      60   

Section 9.7

  Amendment and Modification      60   

Section 9.8

  Binding Effect; Benefits      60   

Section 9.9

  Severability      60   

Section 9.10

  Assignability      60   

Section 9.11

  Specific Performance      60   

Section 9.12

  Representative Committee for Selling Shareholders      61   

 

EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A    Escrow Agreement
Exhibit B    Non-Competition Agreement
Exhibit C    Offer Letter
Exhibit D    Earn Out Protection Agreements
Exhibit E    Stock Power
Exhibit F    Lock-Up Agreement
Exhibit G    Option Waiver and Release

 

SCHEDULES   
Schedule 1.2    Selling Shareholders and Optionee Payment Amounts
Schedule 1.2(b)(i)    Closing Payment Account
Schedule 1.2(b)(ii)    Selling Shareholder and Optionee Contingent Shares
Schedule 1.2(h)    Calculation of Share Certificates
Schedule 2.2(a)(i)    Shareholders Shares

 

iii


SCHEDULES   
Schedule 2.3(a)    Options
Schedule 3.1    Jurisdictions
Schedule 3.3(a)    Company Governmental Filings
Schedule 3.3(b)    No Breach
Schedule 3.4(a)    Financial Statements
Schedule 3.4(e)    Company Liabilities
Schedule 3.5(a)    Capitalization
Schedule 3.5(b)    Rights
Schedule 3.5(c)    Sale or Transfer Rights
Schedule 3.6    Proceedings
Schedule 3.7    Personal Property
Schedule 3.8    Company Leased Property
Schedule 3.9    Title to Assets
Schedule 3.10    Tax Matters
Schedule 3.11    Employee Matters
Schedule 3.12(a)    Employee Compensation and Benefit Plan
Schedule 3.12(c)    Effects to Benefit Plans
Schedule 3.13(a)    Owned Intellectual Property
Schedule 3.13(b)    Maintenance Fees or Actions
Schedule 3.13(c)(i)    Third Party Software Licenses
Schedule 3.13(c)(ii)    Third Party Embedded Software
Schedule 3.13(c)(iii)    Third Party Software
Schedule 3.13(c)(iv)    Third Party Libraries
Schedule 3.13(d)    Third Party IP Licenses
Schedule 3.13(e)(i)    Third Party License Royalty Fees
Schedule 3.13(e)(ii)    Fees
Schedule 3.13(f)    Challenges to Ownership
Schedule 3.13(g)(i)    Owned Intellectual Property Conflicts
Schedule 3.13(g)(ii)    Owned Intellectual Property Claims
Schedule 3.13(h)(i)    No Infringement
Schedule 3.13(h)(ii)    No Claims
Schedule 3.13(i)    Company Products
Schedule 3.13(l)    Open Source
Schedule 3.13(m)    Governmental Entities and Educational Institutions
Schedule 3.13(n)    Industry Standard Organizations
Schedule 3.13(o)    Free of Charge Distributions
Schedule 3.13(q)    Intellectual Property Agreements
Schedule 3.14    Absence of Certain Changes
Schedule 3.15    Accounts Receivable
Schedule 3.16    Bank Accounts
Schedule 3.17(a)    Compliance with Law
Schedule 3.17(b)    Permits
Schedule 3.18    Environmental Matters

 

iv


SCHEDULES   
Schedule 3.19(a)    Contracts and Commitments
Schedule 3.19(b)    No Violation
Schedule 3.20    Insurance
Schedule 3.21(a)    Affiliate Arrangements
Schedule 3.21(b)    Affiliate Interests
Schedule 3.22    Distributors, Suppliers and Customers
Schedule 3.23    Products Liability and Warranty Liability
Schedule 3.26    Brokers and Finders
Schedule 4.2(a)    Selling Shareholder Governmental Filings
Schedule 4.3    Selling Shareholder Litigation
Schedule 4.4    Selling Shareholder Compliance with Law
Schedule 4.6    Selling Shareholder PRC Citizen and SAFE Registration
Schedule 6.1    Transaction Expenses
Schedule 7.1    Indemnity Percentages

 

v


SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of September 3, 2013 (herein, together with the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, referred to as this “ Agreement ”) among (i) Sunrise International Ltd., a Barbados company (the “ Company ”), (ii) the shareholders of the Company, all of whom are listed on the signature pages of this Agreement (the “ Selling Shareholders ”), (iii) Amber Road, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (“ Parent ”), (iv) Amber Road Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Buyer ”) and (v) Lawrence C. Longo and Scott Matthews, acting in each case solely in his capacity as a member of the Shareholder Representative Committee referred to herein. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined throughout this Agreement or are defined or otherwise referenced in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Selling Shareholders own all of the issued and outstanding Class A and Class B common shares and preferred shares of the Company (collectively, the “ Shares ”), constituting all of the outstanding shares of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Selling Shareholders wish to sell, and the Buyer wishes to purchase, the Shares upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in reliance upon the representations and warranties made herein and in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged), the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES

Section 1.1 Sale of Shares . On the Closing Date and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Selling Shareholders will sell, assign and transfer to the Buyer, and the Buyer will purchase and acquire, all of the Selling Shareholders’ right, title and interest in and to the Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than such Encumbrances as may be created by or on behalf of the Buyer.

Section 1.2 Purchase Price and Payment for Shares .

(a) Purchase Price . The purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) for all of the Shares is (1) $2,000,004 in cash (the “ Gross Cash Closing Amount ”), (2) 296,296 shares of Parent Common Stock (the “ Closing Shares ”) and (3) 296,296 shares of Parent Common Stock issued with the restrictions set forth in Section 1.2(c) (the “ Contingent Shares ”), all subject to adjustment as provided herein. Parent will pay or issue, as applicable, at Closing (i) $ $1,433,640.00 (the Gross Cash Closing Amount reduced by the sum of: (x) the Escrow Deposit, (y) the Transaction Expenses Amount and (z) the Committee Reimbursement Amount) to the


Shareholder Representative Committee (the “ Closing Payment ”) on behalf of the Selling Shareholders in the amounts set forth on Schedule 1.2 hereto, (ii) $200,000 to Citibank, N.A., as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Deposit ”) under the terms of the Escrow Agreement to be executed by the Shareholder Representative Committee, Parent and the Escrow Agent at the Closing substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Escrow Agreement ”); (iii) $35,000 to the Shareholder Representative Committee to be held by the Shareholder Representative Committee for the payment of expenses incurred by the Shareholder Representative Committee in performing its duties pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Committee Reimbursement Amount ”), (iv) the Transaction Expenses Amount to the recipients set forth on Schedule 6.1 attached hereto, (v) stock certificates in the name of each Selling Shareholder for a number of Closing Shares to be issued to each such Selling Shareholder as set forth on Schedule 1.2 hereto (the “ Escrow Closing Shares ”) to be delivered to and held by the secretary of the Parent in accordance with Section 7.1(a) and shall make a cash payment to the Shareholder Representative Committee for disbursement to the Selling Shareholders in lieu of any fractional shares, and (vi) stock certificates in the name of each Selling Shareholder for the remaining number of Closing Shares to be issued to each such Selling Shareholder as set forth on Schedule 1.2 hereto (the “ Remaining Closing Shares ”) to be delivered to the Shareholder Representative Committee for further delivery to the Selling Shareholders together with a cash payment for disbursement to the Selling Shareholders in lieu of any fractional shares.

(b) Payment of Purchase Price . At the Closing, the Buyer shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to (i) the Shareholder Representative Committee, the Closing Payment in immediately available funds by wire transfer to the account set forth on Schedule 1.2(b)(i) attached hereto, (ii) the recipients set forth on Schedule 6.1 attached hereto, the Transaction Expenses Amount in immediately available funds by wire transfer to the accounts set forth on Schedule 6.1 attached hereto, (iii) the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Deposit in immediately available funds by wire transfer to the account designated in the Escrow Agreement, (iv) the Shareholder Representative Committee, the Committee Reimbursement Amount in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account designated in writing by the Shareholder Representative Committee, (v) the Secretary of Parent (to be held pursuant to Section 7.1(a) ), the stock certificates representing the Escrow Closing Shares (provided each certificate is accompanied by a Stock Power duly executed by a Selling Shareholder to which such certificate shall be issued) and (vi) the Shareholder Representative Committee, copies of the stock certificates representing the Remaining Closing Shares. No later than fifteen (15) Business Days following the receipt by Parent of a written request from the Shareholder Representative Committee that stock certificates representing the Contingent Shares be prepared and issued (the “ Stock Certificate Request ”), the Buyer shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to (i) the Secretary of Parent (to be held pursuant to Section 1.2(c) ), the stock certificates representing the Contingent Shares as set forth in such Stock Certificate Request with respect to each such Selling Shareholder or Option Holder and (ii) the Shareholder Representative Committee, for disbursement to the Selling Shareholders and Option Holders, the cash payment payable in lieu of fractional shares; provided , however , that such delivery and payment shall be subject with respect to each Selling Shareholder, the receipt by Parent of a Stock Assignment Separate From Certificate in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (a “ Stock Power ”) duly executed by the Selling Shareholder to whom such certificate shall be issued and with respect to each Option

 

2


Holder, the receipt by Parent of a Stock Power and Option Waiver and Release, each duly executed by the Option Holder to whom such certificate shall be issued. Assuming that, following any adjustment to the Purchase Price effected pursuant to Section 1.2(g) below, the full amount of the Escrow Deposit is distributed to the Shareholder Representative Committee for disbursement to the Selling Shareholders, the number of Contingent Shares issuable to each Selling Shareholder and Option Holder is as set forth on Schedule 1.2(b)(ii) . The allocation of Contingent Shares set forth in the Stock Certificate Request shall be prepared consistent with the allocations set forth on such schedule, as adjusted as necessary in the event that less than the full amount of the Escrow Deposit is distributed to the Selling Shareholders.

(c) Contingent Consideration . Parent is hereby granted the right (the “ Repurchase Right ”), exercisable at any time following: (a) with respect to the Straight-Line Contingent Shares (as defined below), any termination of the employment of Kae-por F. Chang (“ Chang ”) with Parent or its affiliates or any successor entity either (i) for Cause or (ii) by Chang other than for Good Reason, and (b) with respect to the Conditional Contingent Shares (as defined below), the failure of the Subsidiary to attain the CTM Revenue targets as provided herein, in each case to repurchase at the Repurchase Price the Contingent Shares in which each Selling Shareholder and each holder of a Company Share Option immediately prior to the Closing (each an “ Option Holder ” and collectively, the “ Option Holders ”) have not acquired a vested interest in accordance with the vesting provisions of this Section 1.2(c) (such shares to be hereinafter called the “ Unvested Shares ”). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (x) the Repurchase Right shall not become effective with respect to the Straight-Line Contingent Shares until a termination of the employment of Chang by Parent or its affiliates for Cause or by Chang other than for Good Reason, (y) the Repurchase Right shall not become effective with respect to the Conditional Contingent Shares until January 1, 2016 and (z) the Repurchase Right shall terminate, and cease to be exercisable, with respect to any and all Contingent Shares in which the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders vest in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.2(c) , including the schedules described below. Accordingly, provided Chang continues to be employed by Parent or its affiliate or any successor entity, the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Repurchase Right shall lapse with respect to, thirty three percent (33%) of the Contingent Shares (the “ Straight-Line Contingent Shares ”), over a period commencing from the date of this Agreement and ending December 31, 2015, in a series of successive equal semi-annual installments of 20% of the Straight Line Contingent Shares at 12:01 a.m. EST on each six month anniversary of the date of this Agreement, with the final installment vesting on December 31, 2015. In addition, the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Repurchase Right shall lapse with respect to, sixty seven percent (67%) of the Contingent Shares (the “ Conditional Contingent Shares ”), as follows:

(i) If the 2014 CTM Revenue shall equal or exceed $2,500,000, the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Repurchase Right shall lapse with respect to, 59,555 Conditional Contingent Shares.

 

3


(ii) If the 2015 CTM Revenue shall equal or exceed $3,500,000, the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Repurchase Right shall lapse with respect to, 138,963 Conditional Contingent Shares.

(iii) If the 2014 CTM Revenue did not equal or exceed $2,500,000 or the 2015 CTM Revenue did not equal or exceed $3,500,000 and the 2013 CTM Revenue, 2014 CTM Revenue and 2015 CTM Revenue in the aggregate shall equal or exceed $7,700,000, then in such event the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Repurchase Right shall lapse with respect to, all of the Conditional Contingent Shares to the extent not previously vested.

In the event of any termination of employment of Chang with Parent or its affiliates or any successor entity either (i) by the Parent and its affiliates without Cause, (ii) by Chang for Good Reason or (iii) by the death or Disability of Chang prior to the date that the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall have become fully vested with respect to all of the Straight-Line Contingent Shares in accordance with this Section 1.2(c) , then in such event the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Repurchase Right shall lapse with respect to, all of the Straight-Line Contingent Shares to the extent not previously vested. In the event of any termination of employment of Chang with Parent or its affiliates or any successor entity either (i) by the Parent and its affiliates for Cause or (ii) by Chang without Good Reason prior to the date that the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall have become fully vested with respect to all of the Straight-Line Contingent Shares in accordance with this Section 1.2(c) , then, in addition to the number of Straight-Line Contingent Shares, if any, in which the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall have previously acquired a vested interest pursuant to the terms of this Section 1.2(c) , the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Repurchase Right shall lapse with respect to, the number of Straight-Line Contingent Shares that would have vested as of the end of the then current semi-annual period had Chang remained in employment with the Parent, its affiliates or any successor entity through the end of such semi-annual period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such semi-annual period that Chang was employed by the Parent, an affiliate or any successor entity and the denominator of which is 182 and Parent’s Repurchase Right shall become effective immediately with respect to all Straight-Line Contingent Shares that remain Unvested Shares thereafter. No fractional shares shall be repurchased by Parent. Accordingly, should the Repurchase Right extend to a fractional share (in accordance with the vesting computation provisions of this Section 1.2(c) ) at the time that Parent’s Repurchase Right becomes effective, then such fractional share shall be added to any fractional share in which the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders are at such time vested in order to make one whole vested share no longer subject to the Repurchase Right. Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.2(b) , the certificates for the Contingent Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Secretary of Parent to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.2 . Each deposited certificate shall be accompanied by a Stock Power duly executed by the Selling Shareholder or Option Holder to whom such certificate shall be issued. The deposited certificates, together with any other assets or securities from time to time deposited with Parent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement, shall remain in escrow until such time or times as the

 

4


certificates (or other assets and securities) are to be released or otherwise surrendered for cancellation in accordance with this Section 1.2 , with it being understood (x) that each Selling Shareholder and Option Holder shall have the right to request and require from time to time after such certificates have been deposited with the Secretary of Parent pursuant to Section 1.2(b) that Parent prepare, issue and deliver to such Selling Shareholder and/or Option Holder, as the case may be, a separate stock certificate (each, a “ Vested Share Certificate ”) for any shares in which such Selling Shareholder or Option Holder shall have acquired a vested interest pursuant to the terms of this Section 1.2(c) (“ Vested Shares ”) and (y) that, to facilitate, and in response to, any such request received in writing by Parent from a Selling Shareholder or Option Holder (a “ Distribution Request ”), any escrowed certificate issued in the name of such Selling Shareholder or Option Holder, as the case may be, representing any Vested Shares shall be delivered to and cancelled by Parent and, in lieu thereof, Parent shall prepare and issue, within thirty (30) days of Parent’s receipt of a Distribution Request, the Vested Share Certificate to be distributed by Parent to such Selling Shareholder or Option Holder as well as a new stock certificate issued in the name of such Selling Shareholder or Option Holder to be held in escrow by the Secretary of Parent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.2(c) with respect to any remaining Unvested Shares previously issued to such Selling Shareholder and Option Holder. Should the Parent elect to exercise the Repurchase Right under this Section 1.2 with respect to any Unvested Shares, then the escrowed certificates for such Unvested Shares (together with any other assets or securities issued with respect thereto) shall be delivered to Parent for cancellation, concurrently with the payment to Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders, in cash or cash equivalent, of an amount equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price for such Unvested Shares, and the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall cease to have any further rights or claims with respect to such Unvested Shares (or other assets or securities). Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Chang any right to continue in the service of Parent (or any parent or subsidiary corporation of Parent employing or retaining Chang) for any period of time or interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of Parent (or any parent or subsidiary corporation of Parent employing or retaining Chang) or Chang, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate the employee status of Chang at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Contingent Shares ” shall mean the shares acquired pursuant to Section 1.2(a) plus any new, substituted or additional securities distributed with respect to the Contingent Shares without consideration in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination, recapitalization or other change affecting Parent Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration. Each Selling Shareholder and Option Holder shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Contingent Shares that are subject to Parent’s Repurchase Right under this Section 1.2 . In addition to any other legends required pursuant to agreement or applicable state and federal securities laws, in order to reflect the restrictions on disposition of the Contingent Shares provided for hereunder, the stock certificates for the Unvested Shares will be endorsed with a restrictive legend substantially as follows:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT AMONG THE CORPORATION, THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES AND

 

5


OTHER PARTIES THERETO. SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS TO THE CORPORATION. THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

(d) Earnout . In addition to the Purchase Price, in the event the Subsidiary’s CTM Revenue for the three-year period ending on December 31, 2015 exceeds $7,700,000, then Buyer and/or Parent shall pay a performance bonus to the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the CTM Revenue in excess of $7,700,000 for the three-year period ending on December 31, 2015 (the “ Performance Bonus ” and collectively with the Purchase Price, the “ Total Deal Consideration ”). As an example, should the CTM Revenue be $2,000,000 for 2013, $2,900,000 for 2014 and $4,000,000 for 2015, which totals $8,900,000, then the Performance Bonus shall be $600,000. The Performance Bonus shall be capped at $2,500,000 and Parent shall have the option of paying the Performance Bonus in cash or shares of Parent Common Stock (valuing the Parent Common Stock at Fair Market Value as of the date the Performance Bonus is paid (subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, combinations and the like)). The Performance Bonus (if earned in accordance with this clause (d)) shall be payable no later than March 15, 2016 (subject to delay, if any, upon the exercise of audit rights pursuant to Section 1.2(e) below, and in the case of each Option Holder also subject to Parent having received an Option Waiver and Release duly executed by such Option Holder. The parties hereto agree to the earn-out protections set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto. The portion of the Performance Bonus, if any, to be received by each Selling Shareholder and each Option Holder shall be set forth in a written notice delivered to Parent from the Shareholder Representative Committee no later than March 1, 2016 and shall reflect amounts necessary, to the extent practicable, to equalize among all Selling Shareholders and Option Holders the impact of any indemnification claims under Section 7.1 to date (the “ Performance Bonus Notice ”). Each of Parent and Buyer shall be entitled to rely on the Performance Bonus Notice in effecting any distribution of the Performance Bonus. Neither Parent nor Buyer shall be liable for any misallocation of the Performance Bonus among the Selling Shareholders and Option Holders resulting from said equalization effected pursuant to the terms of the Performance Bonus Notice.

(e) Audit Rights . Parent and Buyer hereby grant, and shall cause any of their respective Affiliates involved in activities producing CTM Revenue for the Subsidiary (collectively with Parent, Buyer and the Subsidiary following the Closing, the “ Buyer Group ”) to grant, to the Shareholder Representative Committee the right (once per calendar year during each of 2014, 2015 and 2016) to examine and have reasonable access during normal business hours to all books of account and records specifically pertaining to CTM Revenue (subject to applicable law) for calendar years 2013, 2014 and 2015 (each, a “ Contingent Payment Year ”) at the location of such records on prior written notice of at least thirty (30) days, for the purpose of verifying the amount of CTM Revenue for such year (each such review shall be referred to herein as a “ Contingent Payment Audit ”). For the purpose of conducting a Contingent Payment Audit, the Shareholder Representative Committee may hire, at its expense, one or more auditors or attorneys of the Shareholder Representative Committee’s choosing to assist in such examination, provided , that such auditors or attorneys have entered into customary

 

6


confidentiality agreements with Parent in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Parent. The Shareholder Representative Committee and such representatives shall have reasonable access to all of the books and records required to perform any Contingent Payment Audit for a thirty (30) day period, beginning on the date on which access to substantially all of such books and records is first given to the Shareholder Representative Committee. In no case shall any member of the Buyer Group dispose of any books of account or records specifically pertaining to CTM Revenue with respect to any Contingent Payment Year earlier than the date one hundred and eighty (180) days following the last day of the subsequent Contingent Payment Year or, if such Contingent Payment Year is the last Contingent Payment Year, the last day of such Contingent Payment Year. Parent shall deliver to the Shareholder Representative Committee, by no later than forty five (45) days following the end of each Contingent Payment Year, a certificate describing the amount of CTM Revenue, if any, received during such Contingent Payment Year (each a “ Contingent Payment Certificate ”). In the event that the Shareholder Representative Committee does not agree with the amount of CTM Revenue set forth on any Contingent Payment Certificate, the Shareholder Representative Committee shall be entitled, during the period commencing on the date of delivery of such Contingent Payment Certificate and ending on the sixty fifth (65 th ) day after delivery of such Contingent Payment Certificate (the “ Dispute Period ”), to give Parent written notice (a “ Dispute Notice ”), of such disagreement. In the event that the Shareholder Representative Committee does not deliver a Dispute Notice during the Dispute Period, the CTM Revenue amount set forth on such Contingent Payment Certificate shall irrevocably be deemed to be the final CTM Revenue amount for such Contingent Payment Year and all purposes of this Agreement, absent fraud or intentional misconduct. In the event that the Shareholder Representative Committee delivers a Dispute Notice within the Dispute Period, the Shareholder Representative Committee, Parent and Buyer shall for a period of not less than thirty (30) days after delivery of the Dispute Notice attempt in good faith to resolve the CTM Revenue amount that is in dispute (the “ Disputed Revenue Amount ”), and mutually determine any adjustments to such CTM Revenue amount (the “ Agreed Revenue Amount ”). Parent, Buyer and the Shareholder Representative Committee shall, subject to the execution of a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the delivering party, provide each other with such information, records and material kept in the ordinary course of business in such party’s possession and which such party may disclose without violating confidentiality obligations to third parties, as is reasonably necessary and appropriate in attempting to resolve such Disputed Revenue Amount, including the delivery of a copy to the Shareholder Representative Committee of any such information, records and material, to the extent then available, that was used to calculate the amount of CTM Revenue set forth on the relevant Contingent Payment Certificate. Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, if the final Agreed Revenue Amount determined pursuant to this Section 1.2(e ) is greater than the CTM Revenue amount set forth on the relevant Contingent Payment Certificate by an amount equal to more than ten percent (10%) of the CTM Revenue amount set forth in the relevant Contingent Payment Certificate, Parent shall pay all of the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by the Shareholder Representative Committee in connection with such Contingent Payment Audit. If Parent, Buyer and the Shareholder Representative Committee cannot resolve any such dispute within thirty (30) days after delivery of a Dispute Notice, such dispute shall be promptly referred to and resolved by an Independent Accounting Firm. The determination of such Independent Accounting Firm shall be made as promptly as

 

7


practicable and shall be final and binding on Parent, Buyer and the Shareholder Representative Committee. In the event of a dispute, the Disputed Revenue Amount, as modified by resolution by Parent, Buyer and the Shareholder Representative Committee, or by the Independent Accounting Firm, as applicable, shall be the “Agreed Revenue Amount.” The Selling Shareholders hereby agree not to trade any securities of Parent (or its successor) based on information furnished by this Section which is not otherwise publicly available.

(f) Adjustments to Purchase Price . If, between the date of this Agreement and the date of payment of any portion of the Purchase Price payable pursuant to this Section 1.2 , the outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock shall be changed into a different number of shares by reason of any reclassification, recapitalization or exchange of shares or if a stock split, combination, stock dividend, stock rights or extraordinary dividend thereon shall be declared with a record date within said period, the number of shares of Parent Common Stock payable to the Selling Shareholders, shall be correspondingly adjusted.

(g) Purchase Price Adjustment . As soon as practicable, but in no event later than ninety (90) calendar days after the Closing, Buyer or Parent shall prepare and deliver to the Shareholder Representative Committee a statement (the “ Statement ”) setting forth the Net Working Capital as of the Closing derived from financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation thereof. The Shareholder Representative Committee shall have fifteen (15) calendar days following receipt of the Statement during which to dispute in writing any item contained in the Statement. Written notice of any such dispute shall set forth in reasonable detail the items disputed, the basis for such dispute and the Shareholder Representative Committee’s proposed adjustment to such items. If the Shareholder Representative Committee fails to notify Buyer or Parent in writing of any such dispute within such 15-day period, the Statement shall be the “Final Statement.” If Buyer or Parent timely notifies Seller in writing of any such dispute, then the Shareholder Representative Committee and Parent shall attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute in a mutually acceptable manner. If Parent and the Shareholder Representative Committee cannot resolve any such dispute within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Shareholder Representative Committee of such notice of dispute, such dispute shall be promptly referred to and resolved by a U.S. nationally recognized independent accounting firm mutually selected by Parent and the Shareholder Representative Committee (the “ Independent Accounting Firm ”). The determination of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be made as promptly as practicable and shall be final and binding on Parent and the Shareholder Representative Committee. The fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm incurred in resolving the disputed matter shall be equitably apportioned by the Independent Accounting Firm based on the extent to which Parent, on the one hand, or the Shareholder Representative Committee, on the other hand, is determined by the Independent Accounting Firm to be the prevailing party in the resolution of the disputed matters. In the event of a dispute, the Statement, as modified by resolution by Parent and the Shareholder Representative Committee, or by the Independent Accounting Firm, shall be the “Final Statement.” If the Net Working Capital, as set forth in the Final Statement, is less than the Net Working Capital Target, Parent shall be entitled to withdraw from the Escrow Account (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) in accordance with the Escrow Agreement an amount equal to such difference in cash no later than ten (10) Business Days from the date of

 

8


such Final Statement. If the Net Working Capital, as set forth in the Final Statement, is greater than the Net Working Capital Target, then Parent and/or Buyer shall pay such excess to the Shareholder Representative Committee by wire transfer of immediately available funds, not later than ten (10) Business Days from the date of such Final Statement. For tax purposes, any payment by the Buyer or Parent, on the one hand, or the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders, on the other hand, under this Section 1.2(g) shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price.

(h) Amount of Payment . On the dates set forth in this Section 1.2 , Parent shall deliver to the Shareholder Representative Committee (i) cash or (ii) certificates representing the shares of Parent Common Stock required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable section, in each case calculated on a pro rata basis based on the number of Class B Common Shares, Preferred Shares or Class B Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Company Share Options set forth opposite the name of each Selling Shareholder and each Option Holder in Schedule 1.2(h) attached hereto. The Shareholder Representative Committee shall deliver such cash and certificates to the Selling Shareholders in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

(i) Tax Withholding . Parent and Buyer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the cash and/or shares of Parent Common Stock otherwise required to be paid or delivered to any Selling Shareholder or to any Option Holder (or to the Shareholder Representative Committee on behalf of any such Selling Shareholder or Option Holder) pursuant to this Section 1.2 such amounts as Parent, Buyer, the Company or any Affiliate thereof may be required deduct and withhold under applicable provisions of any federal, state, local or foreign Tax laws. To the extent that any shares of Parent Common Stock are required to be deducted to satisfy such applicable Tax withholding requirements, the Parent shall deduct one share of Parent Common Stock for each $6.75 that the Parent, Buyer, Company or any Affiliate thereof is required to withhold. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been delivered and paid to such Selling Shareholder or Option Holder in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made. Parent and Buyer hereby affirm that, to the extent any Selling Shareholder is a United States citizen and not an employee of the Company or the Subsidiary, no Tax withholding will be effected by Parent or Buyer with respect to any portion of the Closing Payment or any Closing Shares to be received by such Selling Shareholder.

ARTICLE 2

CLOSING

Section 2.1 Closing . The closing of the transactions provided for herein (the “ Closing ”) will take place at the offices of Clarke Gittens Farmer, Parker House, Wildey Business Park, Wildey Road, St. Michael, Barbados at 12 p.m. (local time) on the date hereof or at such other place, date and time as subsequently agreed to by the parties hereto (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

9


Section 2.2 Closing Deliverables . (a) At the Closing, or as soon as practicable thereafter in the case of the deliverables referenced in Sections 2.2(a)(vi) and 2.2(a)(vii) below, the Shareholder Representative Committee will deliver to the Buyer:

(i) adjudicated and stamped share transfer instruments from each Selling Shareholder, together with the original share certificates of the Company in the name of each Selling Shareholder identified on Schedule 2.2(a)(i) hereto;

(ii) the Escrow Agreement duly executed by the Shareholder Representative Committee;

(iii) a copy, certified a true copy by the Company’s secretary or a director of the Company of: (A) the approval of the director of the Company evidenced by a resolution, of the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and (B) the written offer by the holders of the preferred shares of the Company to the Company to purchase from those shareholders one hundred percent of their preferred shares for the price paid to the Company for those shares, together with the refusal by the Company of the offer and the written approval of the Company of the sale of one hundred percent of the issued and outstanding preferred shares of the Company by the holders thereof to the Buyer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

(iv) an offer letter duly executed by Chang in the form set forth on Exhibit C to this Agreement (the “ Offer Letter ”);

(v) a Confidential Information, Assignment of Rights, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement duly executed by Chang in the form set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement (the “ Non-Competition Agreement ”);

(vi) a copy of a Stock Power in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto duly executed by each Selling Shareholder with respect to the Escrow Closing Shares to be issued to such Selling Shareholder, the delivery of which shall be a condition to the issuance by Parent of such Escrow Closing Shares to such Selling Shareholder;

(vii) a copy of a Lock-Up Agreement (as defined hereafter) in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto duly executed by each Selling Shareholder, the delivery of which shall be a condition to the issuance by Parent of any Closing Shares to such Selling Shareholder; and

(viii) such other instruments and documents, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Buyer and the Shareholder Representative Committee, as may be reasonably necessary to effect the Closing.

(b) At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Buyer:

(i) evidence showing that each Company Share Option that will not, by the terms of the applicable share purchase option agreement or other stock option agreement by which it is governed (each as amended to date), automatically cease to be exercisable following the Closing, has been terminated;

 

10


(ii) (A) a certified copy of the charter documents of each of the Company and its Subsidiary certified by the appropriate authority as of a recent date, (B) a copy of the by-laws or articles of association of the Company and its Subsidiary (as the case may be) as in effect on the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, (C) a Registrar’s certificate or certificate of good standing with respect to the Company and a copy of the most-updated approval certificate and business license of its Subsidiary, issued by the appropriate government officials of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation and, in respect of the Company, of each jurisdiction in which the Company carries on its business as listed in Schedule 3.1 hereto, and (D) the original minute books and share registers, or copies thereof, of the Company and its Subsidiary (the foregoing collectively referred to as “ Corporate Records ”); and

(iii) such other instruments and documents, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Buyer and the Company, as may be reasonably necessary to effect the Closing.

(c) At the Closing, the Buyer or Parent will deliver to:

(i) the Shareholder Representative Committee, in accordance with Section 1.2(b) , the Closing Payment;

(ii) the recipients set forth on Schedule 6.1 attached hereto, in accordance with Section 1.2(b) , the Transaction Expenses Amount;

(iii) the Escrow Agent, in accordance with Section 1.2(c), the Escrow Deposit;

(iv) the Shareholder Representative Committee, the Escrow Agreement duly executed by Parent;

(v) the Secretary of Parent (to be held pursuant to Section 7.1(a) ), the stock certificates representing the Escrow Closing Shares,

(vi) the Shareholder Representative Committee, copies of the stock certificates representing the Remaining Closing Shares,

(vii) the Shareholder Representative Committee, the Offer Letter duly executed by the Buyer or Parent; and

(viii) such other instruments and documents, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Shareholder Representative Committee and the Buyer, as may be reasonably necessary to effect the Closing.

 

11


Section 2.3 Treatment of Options and Warrants .

(a) Schedule 2.3(a) hereto identifies each currently outstanding share purchase option agreement or other stock option agreement evidencing the grant of an option to purchase Class B common shares of the Company (each a “ Company Share Option ”), including the name of the Person to whom such Company Share Option was granted, the number of common shares underlying such Company Share Option, and the applicable exercise price per share. The Company shall prior to the Closing cause or have caused each Company Share Option (whether or not vested) that was outstanding immediately prior to the Closing and that will not, by the terms of the applicable share purchase option agreement or other stock option agreement by which it is governed, automatically cease to be exercisable following the Closing, to be cancelled and to cease to exist following the Closing. If by December 31, 2013 an Option Holder executes and delivers to Parent (w) a Stock Power in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto duly executed by such Option Holder and (x) an Option Waiver and Release, Parent shall issue a stock certificate in such holder’s name for the number of Contingent Shares to be issued to such holder as set forth in the Stock Certificate Request to be delivered to and held by the secretary of the Parent in accordance with Section 1.2(b) , shall pay such holder a cash payment in lieu of any fractional shares of the Contingent Shares otherwise issuable to such holder and shall pay such holder the payment of the Performance Bonus, if any, allocable to such holder when due hereunder.

(b) Except as provided herein or as otherwise agreed by Buyer and the Company, all plans, programs, arrangements and policies providing for the issuance or grant of any interest in respect of the share capital of Company shall terminate as of the Closing Date.

(c) Prior to the Closing Date, the board of directors of the Company shall adopt such resolutions or take such actions as are necessary to carry out the terms of this Section 2.3 .

(d) On the Closing Date, each of the options to purchase the Company’s common shares or preferred shares, if any, that was outstanding and unexercised prior to the date of this Agreement shall either (i) have been canceled and shall cease to exist or (ii) by its terms, have ceased to be exercisable at any time after Closing.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company, severally and not jointly with any of the Selling Shareholders, hereby represents and warrants, except as set forth on the Schedules attached hereto, as follows to the Buyer and Parent:

Section 3.1 Organization of the Company; Authority; Due Execution . (a) The Company is a company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Barbados, is duly licensed as an international business company under the International

 

12


Business Companies Act, Cap.77 of the laws of Barbados and has all requisite corporate or similar power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, and to carry on its business as presently conducted and is qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the ownership or operation of its properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification in order to avoid a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has provided the Buyer a complete and correct copy of its certificate and articles of incorporation and amendment and by-laws, each as amended to date. Such certificates and articles of incorporation and amendment and by-laws so delivered are in full force and effect. Schedule 3.1 hereto contains a correct and complete list of each jurisdiction where the Company is qualified or licensed to do business. The Company has provided the Buyer complete and accurate copies of the minutes of all meetings of the board of directors and the shareholders of the Company and all resolutions in writing of the board of directors and the shareholders of the Company in lieu of meetings, and all minutes of meetings or resolutions in writing in lieu of meetings of the committees of directors, if any. The minute books and other similar records of the Company contain accurate summaries of all actions taken at all meetings of the shareholders of the Company, the board of directors of the Company and the committees thereof, and include all resolutions in writing executed in lieu of the holding of any such meetings.

(b) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly adopted and approved by the board of directors and shareholders of the Company (including in accordance with any shareholder agreement) and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company or its shareholders are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Company, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

Section 3.2 Organization of Subsidiary; Authority . The Company is the sole registered holder and the sole legal and beneficial owner of all equity interests and any other interests in the company organized under the laws of the PRC that has the Anglicized name of EasyCargo (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (the “ Subsidiary ”), free and clear of all Encumbrances. Except for the Subsidiary, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, or have the power to vote the shares of any capital share, equity interests or other ownership interests of any Person. The Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all requisite corporate or similar power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and is qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation (to the extent such concepts are applicable) in each jurisdiction where the ownership or operation of its properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification in order to avoid a Material

 

13


Adverse Effect. The Subsidiary does not own, directly or indirectly, or have the power to vote the shares of any capital share or other ownership interests of any Person. The Company has provided the Buyer a complete and correct copy of each of the most updated approval certificate issued by MOFCOM, most updated business license issued by SAIC and most updated articles of association of the Subsidiary, and all such documents delivered are in full force and effect. The Company has provided the Buyer complete and accurate copies of the minutes of all meetings, if any, of the shareholders of the Subsidiary, the board of directors of the Subsidiary and the committees thereof, if any. The minute books and other similar records of the Subsidiary contain accurate summaries of all actions taken at any meetings, if any, of the shareholders of the Subsidiary, the board of directors of the Subsidiary and the committees thereto, and include all written consents executed in lieu of the holding of any such meeting, if any.

Section 3.3 Governmental Filings; No Violation . (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(a) hereto, no notices, reports or other filings are required to be made with, nor are any consents, registrations, approvals, permits or authorizations required to be obtained by the Company or its Subsidiary from any supranational, national, state, municipal, local or foreign government, any instrumentality, subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any Tax, regulatory or governmental or quasi-governmental authority (a “ Governmental Entity ”), as a result of, in connection with, or as a condition to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Selling Shareholders or the Company and the consummation by the Selling Shareholders or the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(b) hereto, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, constitute or result in (A) a breach or violation of, or a default (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) under, the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents, (B) (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a breach or violation of, or a default under, the acceleration of any obligations under, or the creation of an Encumbrance on any assets of the Company or its Subsidiary pursuant to any Contract that is binding upon the Company or its Subsidiary or any Law or governmental or non-governmental permit or license to which the Company or its Subsidiary is subject or (C) triggering any change-in-control provisions adversely affecting the rights or obligations of the Company or the Subsidiary under any of the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s Contracts.

Section 3.4 Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities; Dividends and Distributions . (a) Attached as Schedule 3.4(a) hereto are the following financial disclosures of the Company and financial statements of the Subsidiary (the “ Financial Statements ”): (i) the audited balance sheet and the related audited profit and loss statements and cash flows for the Subsidiary for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, together with all related footnotes and schedules thereto and the related auditor’s report (the “ Subsidiary Audited Financial Statements ”), (ii) the unaudited interim balance sheet for the Subsidiary as of June 30, 2013 (the “ Subsidiary Reference Balance Sheet ,” the date of such balance sheet the “ Reference Balance Sheet Date ”) and the related unaudited profit and loss statements and cash flows for the

 

14


six months ended on the Reference Balance Sheet Date (the “ Subsidiary Unaudited Financial Statements ”), and (iii) a description of the cash on hand and sum of all outstanding liabilities for the Company as of June 30, 2013. The Subsidiary Audited Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with PRC prevailing accounting practices (not PRC generally accepted accounting principles) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Subsidiary as of the dates thereof and for the periods referred to therein and are materially consistent with the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiary. The Subsidiary Unaudited Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Subsidiary as of the dates thereof and for the periods referred to therein and are materially consistent with the books and records of the Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Subsidiary Unaudited Financial Statements are subject to normal recurring year-end adjustments and do not include footnotes. The Company has made available for inspection by the Buyer copies of all books of account relating to the Company and the Subsidiary, and such books of account have been maintained in accordance with good business and bookkeeping practices. The Company will have sufficient cash immediately following the Closing to pay all liabilities, if any, immediately following the Closing.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4(b) hereto, the Company and its Subsidiary maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(c) Neither the Company, its Subsidiary nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, supervisor, officer, employee, auditor, accountant or representative of the Company or its Subsidiary, has received or otherwise had or obtained knowledge of any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim, whether made in writing or made orally to any director, executive officer, or inside or outside legal counsel to the Company or its Subsidiary regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of the Company or its Subsidiary or their internal accounting controls, including any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that the Company or its Subsidiary has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices and any written notification of a (x) “reportable condition” or (y) “material weakness” in the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s internal controls. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “reportable condition” and “material weakness” shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Statements of Auditing Standards 60, as in effect on the date hereof. No attorney representing the Company or its Subsidiary, whether or not employed by the Company or its Subsidiary, has reported evidence of a material violation of securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by the Company, its Subsidiary or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents to the Company’s or its

 

15


Subsidiary’s board of directors or any committee thereof or to any director or officer of the Company or its Subsidiary. There have been no internal investigations regarding accounting or revenue recognition discussed with, reviewed by or initiated at the direction of the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, general counsel or similar legal officer, the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s board of directors or any committee thereof.

(d) The Company and its Subsidiary are not a party to, and do not have any commitment to become a party to, any joint venture, off-balance sheet, partnership or any similar contract or arrangement (including any (i) contract or arrangement relating to any transaction or relationship between or among the Company or its Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of the Company or its Subsidiary, including any structured finance, special purpose or limited purpose entity or Person, on the other hand, and (ii) “off-balance sheet arrangements” (as that term is defined in Item 303(a) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act)).

(e) Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has any liability or obligations of any nature (whether known or unknown, whether absolute or contingent, whether liquidated or unliquidated and whether due or to become due or otherwise), except for (a) liabilities and obligations reflected or reserved against on the Reference Balance Sheets or on Schedule 3.4(e) hereto, and (b) liabilities and obligations which have arisen since the Reference Balance Sheet Dates in the Ordinary Course of Business and do not exceed in the aggregate $10,000.

Section 3.5 Capitalization . (a) As of the date hereof, the authorized capital of the Company consists of (i) an unlimited number of Class A common shares without nominal or par value, of which 100 Class A common shares are issued and outstanding and (ii) an unlimited number of Class B common shares without nominal or par value, of which 379,466 Class B common shares are issued and outstanding and (iii) an unlimited number of preferred shares without nominal or par value, of which 4,150,000 preferred shares are issued and outstanding. All issued and outstanding shares of the Company are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. As of the date hereof, the equity interests of the Subsidiary are set forth on Schedule 3.5(a) hereto of which all of the equity interests of the Subsidiary are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Selling Shareholders own all of the Shares (which constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company), and the Company owns all of the equity interests of the Subsidiary. The Company and its Subsidiary do not have outstanding any bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations the holders of which have the right to vote (or convertible into or exercisable for securities having the right to vote) with the shareholders of the Company or its Subsidiary. All of the shares of the Company and all of the equity interests of its Subsidiary have been issued in compliance with all applicable Laws.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.5(b) hereto, (i) no subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or other right (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire from the Company any shares or equity interests of the Company or its Subsidiary is authorized or outstanding, (ii) neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has an obligation (contingent or otherwise) to issue any subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or other

 

16


such right, or to issue or distribute to holders of any of its shares or equity interest any evidences of indebtedness or assets of the Company or its Subsidiary, (iii) neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has an obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its shares or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or to make any other distribution in respect thereof, and (iv) there are no outstanding or authorized share or equity interest appreciation, phantom share or similar rights with respect to the Company or its Subsidiary.

(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.5(c) hereto, there is no agreement, written or oral, between the Company or its Subsidiary and any holder of their shares or securities, or, to the Company’s knowledge, among any holders of its shares, relating to the sale or transfer (including agreements relating to rights of first refusal, co-sale rights or “drag-along” rights), registration under the Securities Act, or voting, of the shares of the Company or the equity interest of its Subsidiary.

Section 3.6 Litigation . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6 hereto, there is no material civil, criminal or administrative suit, action, proceeding or, arbitration pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened (including any investigation, review or inquiry) against or affecting the Company or its Subsidiary or any of their properties or rights, nor is there any judgment, decree, injunction, rule or order of any Governmental Entity or arbitrator outstanding against or affecting the Company or its Subsidiary or any of their properties or rights (the foregoing collectively referred to as “ Proceedings ”). None of the Proceedings is reasonably likely, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect or to prevent, impair or materially delay the ability of the Company or its Subsidiary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement . Except as set out in Schedule 3.6 hereto, in the past three years, neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has been subject to any Proceeding nor has the Company or the Subsidiary entered into any settlement agreement prior to being sued or prosecuted.

Section 3.7 Personal Property . The Company and its Subsidiary have good and valid title to, or hold by valid and existing lease or license, all of the tangible personal property (“ Personal Property ”) reflected on the Reference Balance Sheets or acquired by the Company or its Subsidiary after the Reference Balance Sheet Date, except with respect to assets disposed of in the Ordinary Course of Business since such date, free and clear of any Encumbrances except for Permitted Encumbrances. The Personal Property owned or leased by the Company or its Subsidiary is sufficient for the conduct of its business as presently conducted and is listed on Schedule 3.7 . Each item constituting Personal Property is free from defects, has been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, is in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear) and is suitable for the purposes for which it presently is used.

Section 3.8 Real Property . Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary now owns or, at any time, has owned any real property. Schedule 3.8 hereto sets forth a complete and correct list of all real property leased, subleased, licensed, operated or occupied by the Company or its Subsidiary (collectively the “ Company Leases ”) and the location of the premises. The premises subject to the Company Leases are hereinafter referred to as “ Company Leased

 

17


Property .” Neither the Company, its Subsidiary, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in material default under any of the Company Leases, nor does there exist any condition which, upon the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would cause a material default, nor has any waiver, indulgence or postponement of any of the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s obligations, as lessees, been granted by any owner of the Company Leased Property. No Company Leased Property is occupied by a third party other than the Company or its Subsidiary, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no third party has a right to occupy such property other than the Company or its Subsidiary. The Company has provided to the Buyer complete and correct copies of all the Company Leases, including all amendments thereto; and no term or condition of any of the Company Leases has been modified, amended or waived except as shown in such copies. There are no transfers, mortgages or assignments by the Company or its Subsidiary in effect with respect to any of their interests in the Company Leases; and there are no other agreements or arrangements which materially affect the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s use or occupancy of any of the Company Leased Property. To the Company’s knowledge, there is no pending or threatened condemnation or similar proceeding affecting any Company Leased Property or any portion thereof, each Company Leased Property is supplied with utilities and other services sufficient to operate the business of the Company or its Subsidiary, as applicable, as presently conducted and neither the operations of the Company or its Subsidiary on the Company Leased Property violate in any material manner any applicable building code, zoning requirement, or classification or statute relating to the particular property or such operations. The Company Leased Property is in good operating condition and repair and is suitable for the conduct of business as presently conducted therein.

Section 3.9 Title to Assets; Condition of Assets . (a) The Company and its Subsidiary own, and have good and valid title to, all assets purported to be owned by them, including: (i) all assets reflected on the Reference Balance Sheets (except for assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the Ordinary Course of Business since the Reference Balance Sheet Date); and (ii) all other assets reflected in the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiary as being owned by the Company or its Subsidiary. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.9 hereto, all of said assets are owned by the Company and its Subsidiary free and clear of any Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances.

(b) All items of equipment and other tangible assets owned by or leased to the Company and its Subsidiary are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, are in good and safe condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and except as set forth in Schedule 3.9 hereto are adequate for the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiary in the manner in which such business is currently being conducted and presently proposed to be conducted.

Section 3.10 Tax Matters . (a) All material Tax Returns required to have been filed in respect of the Company and its Subsidiary have been duly and timely filed. All such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects. Except as provided on Schedule 3.10 hereto, all material Taxes of the Company and its Subsidiary, whether or not shown as due on such Tax Returns, required to have been paid have been fully paid when due. There is no current dispute regarding any Tax between the Company and/or its Subsidiary and

 

18


any Governmental Entity, and no such dispute is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge or its Subsidiary, threatened or anticipated. There is no proposed liability for a deficiency in any Tax to be imposed upon the properties or assets of the Company or its Subsidiary. The Company and its Subsidiary are not and will not be subject to any Taxes imposed by any Governmental Entity of the PRC for entering into this Agreement, performing its obligations hereunder and consummating the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company has established on its financial statements (including without limitation the Financial Statements) in accordance with GAAP adequate reserves for Taxes accrued but not yet due or has determined in accordance with GAAP that such reserves are not necessary.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10 hereto, there are no audits, actions or proceedings currently pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened (including investigations) against the Company or its Subsidiary by any Governmental Entity for the assessment or collection of Taxes, no claim for the assessment or collection of Taxes has been asserted against the Company or its Subsidiary, and there are no matters under discussion, audit or appeal between the Company or its Subsidiary with any Governmental Entity with respect to the assessment or collection of Taxes. Any unpaid Taxes that have been claimed or imposed as a result of any examination of any Tax Return of the Company or its Subsidiary by any Governmental Entity are being contested in good faith and are fully described in Schedule 3.10 hereto. There are no Tax liens on any of the assets of the Company or its Subsidiary other than Permitted Encumbrances. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has agreed to make any material adjustment under Code Section 481(a) (or analogous provision of Law) by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise. No power of attorney is in effect with respect to the Company or its Subsidiary with respect to any matter relating to Taxes. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has participated in a transaction that is described as a “reportable transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.6011-4(b)(1). During the last three years, neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has been a party to any transaction to which Code Section 355 applied. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has received any claim from any Governmental Entity in a jurisdiction in which neither the Company nor its Subsidiary file Tax Returns that either of them may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. No adjustment relating to the timing of income, deductions, losses or credits of either the Company or its Subsidiary has been made in writing by any Governmental Entity in any completed audit or examination which, by application of the result of such adjustment, could reasonably be expected to result in a material Tax liability for any subsequent period. Neither the Company or its Subsidiary is subject to any action or proceeding of a Governmental Entity imposing on the Company or its Subsidiary any obligations or liabilities with respect to another Person’s Taxes.

(c) Set forth in Schedule 3.10 hereto is a list of the most recent examinations and audits by Governmental Entities for each Tax for which the Company or its Subsidiary has been audited during the last five years. The Company has provided to the Buyer true and complete copies of the final reports and notices of assessment of the relevant Governmental Entity for each such examination or audit showing the adjustments proposed and the basis asserted therefor.

 

19


(d) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10 hereto, the Company and its Subsidiary have withheld or deducted all Taxes or other amounts from payments to employees or other persons required to be so withheld or deducted, and has timely paid over such Taxes or other amounts to the appropriate Governmental Entity to the extent due and payable.

(e) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10 hereto, the Company and its Subsidiary have not entered into any agreement or other arrangement, or executed any waiver, providing for any extension of time within which (i) to file any Tax Return covering any Taxes for which it is or may be liable; (ii) to file any elections, designations or similar filings relating to Taxes for which it is or may be liable; (iii) it is required to pay or remit any Taxes or amounts on account of Taxes; or (iv) any Government Entity may assess or collect Taxes for which it is or may be liable. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10 hereto, the Company and its Subsidiary have not entered into any agreement with, or provided any undertaking to, any Person, and no circumstances exist by reason of which the Company or its Subsidiary has assumed liability for the payment of Taxes owing by another Person, or has or may be liable for Taxes of another Person (other than the Company or the Subsidiary), except for ordinary commercial agreements not pertaining primarily to Taxes.

(f) “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any taxes of any kind, including but not limited to those on or measured by or referred to as income, gross receipts, capital, sales, goods and services, use, ad valorem, franchise, profits, stamp, license, withholding, employment, payroll, premium, value added, property or windfall profits taxes, surtaxes, environmental transfer taxes, social security taxes, national health contributions, pension and employment insurance contributions, customs, duties or similar fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any Governmental Entity.

(g) “ Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, election, statement or information return and including any amendment, schedule, attachment, part, supplement, appendix and exhibit thereto, made, prepared, filed or required to be filed with any Governmental Entity with respect to Taxes.

Section 3.11 Employees . The Company has provided to Buyer a list that sets forth the name, current annual compensation rate (including bonus and commissions), title and current base salary rate of each present employee of the Company or its Subsidiary. All employees and independent contractors of the Company or its Subsidiary are employed in PRC. Schedule 3.11 hereto lists all such employees, as well as consultants, agents and independent contractors, covered by an employment, non-competition, consulting or severance agreement with the Company or its Subsidiary, and the Company has provided (or made available) to the Buyer current and complete copies of each such agreement, as well as copies of any confidentiality or other agreement covering proprietary processes, formulae or information applicable to any such Person. (a) Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary is a party to or otherwise bound by any collective bargaining agreement, contract or other agreement or understanding with a labor union or labor organization, nor is the Company or its Subsidiary subject to an application or election regarding the acquiring of bargaining rights by any labor

 

20


union or labor organization, nor is the Company nor its Subsidiary the subject of any proceeding asserting that it has committed an unfair labor practice or seeking to compel it to bargain with any labor union or labor organization nor is there pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, any labor strike, dispute, walkout, work stoppage, slowdown or lockout involving the Company or its Subsidiary, (b) the Company and its Subsidiary are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws of PRC respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, workers’ compensation, wages, hours of work, statutory social insurance and housing contributions or other amounts required by the Laws of PRC and occupational safety and health, (c) there is no action, suit or legal, administrative, arbitration, grievance or other proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any investigation pending or threatened against the Company or its Subsidiary relating to its employment practices or any of the applicable Laws described in this Section 3.11 .

Section 3.12 Employee Benefits . (a) Each Employee Compensation and Benefit Plan of the Company or its Subsidiary, defined as:

(i) any bonus, vacation entitlement, commission, fee, share option plan, share purchase plan, incentive compensation plan, deferred compensation plan, retention plan or agreement, profit-sharing plan and other similar benefit plan or arrangement for any current or former employee, director, officer, consultant or agent, whether written or unwritten;

(ii) any retirement, supplementary retirement, unemployment compensation plan, employment or services agreement, severance benefit plan, program, policy agreements or other severance arrangements, bonus or benefit arrangement for any current or former employee, director, officer, consultant or agent, whether written or unwritten; and

(iii) other than any social insurance required by PRC law, any insurance, health, welfare, disability, travel, hospitalization, medical, dental, legal, counseling, eye care and other similar benefit, plan or arrangement or any fringe benefit arrangement for any current or former employee, director, officer, consultant or agent, whether written or unwritten (hereafter, an “ Employee Compensation and Benefit Plan ” or, collectively, the “ Employee Compensation and Benefit Plans ”) is listed on Schedule 3.12(a) hereto. Any “change of control” or similar provisions therein which will be affected by the transactions contemplated hereby are specifically identified in such Schedule.

(b) All of the Employee Compensation and Benefit Plans are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Foreign Laws. There are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened claims or litigation relating to the Employee Compensation and Benefit Plans. None of the Employee Compensation and Benefit Plans are subject to the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) and neither the Company or its Subsidiary has any liability contingent or otherwise under Title IV of ERISA.

 

21


(c) Except as provided in Section 2.3 or as set forth on Schedule 3.12(c) hereto, neither the execution of this Agreement by the Selling Shareholders and the Company nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (w) entitle any employees of the Company or the Subsidiary to severance pay, (x) accelerate the time of payment or vesting or trigger any payment of compensation or benefits or forgiveness of indebtedness under, increase the amount payable or trigger any other obligation pursuant to, any of the Employee Compensation and Benefit Plans, (y) obligate the Buyer or Parent to continue any of the Employee Compensation and Benefit Plans or (z) result in any breach or violation of, or a default under, any of the Employee Compensation and Benefit Plans.

Section 3.13 Intellectual Property Rights . (a) Schedule 3.13(a) hereto sets forth, for the Owned Intellectual Property, a correct and complete list of all Patents, Trademarks, domain name registrations, and Copyrights issued by, registered with, renewed by or the subject of a pending application before any Governmental Authority or Internet domain name registrar (“ Registered Owned Intellectual Property ”) indicating for each, the applicable jurisdiction, registration number (or application number) and the date issued (or date filed), and all Software Code included in the Owned Intellectual Property.

(b) All Registered Owned Intellectual Property is currently in compliance in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements. All of the registered Trademarks included in the Registered Owned Intellectual Property are valid and, to the Company’s knowledge, enforceable. No Trademark included in the Registered Owned Intellectual Property is currently involved in any opposition or cancellation proceeding and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such action has been threatened with respect to any of such Trademarks. No Patent included in the Registered Owned Intellectual Property is currently involved in any interference, reissue, re-examination or opposition proceeding and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such action has been threatened with respect to any such Patent. Other than as set forth in Schedule 3.13(b), there is no Registered Owned Intellectual Property that is subject to any maintenance fees or actions falling due within 120 days after the Closing Date.

(c) Schedule 3.13(c)(i) hereto sets forth a correct and complete list of any and all Contracts or other arrangements (excluding license agreements for off-the-shelf software applications programs that (i) have an acquisition price of less than $2,000 per each workstation or server or a one-time or annual license fee of less than $25,000 and (ii) are not incorporated into, embedded into, or distributed with any Company Products (the “Excluded Licenses”)) pursuant to which the Company or its Subsidiary have been granted or otherwise receives any right to use or distribute any Software including the Third Party Embedded Software, as defined below (the “Third Party Software Licenses”), indicating for each such Third Party Software License, the parties, the effective date or date executed. Schedule 3.13(c)(ii) hereto sets forth a correct and complete list of all third party Software that is incorporated into, embedded into, or distributed as part of any Company Products (the “ Third Party Embedded Software ”). Schedule 3.13(c)(iii) hereto sets forth all third party Software Code necessary to build, install or embed such third party Software Code, indicating for each whether such Software Code has been modified by the Company. Schedule 3.13(c)(iv) hereto sets forth a correct and complete list of third party libraries that are called by the Company Products.

 

22


(d) Except for the Third Party Software Licenses and the Excluded Licenses, Schedule 3.13(d) hereto sets forth a correct and complete list of any and all material Contracts or other arrangements pursuant to which the Company or its Subsidiary have been granted or otherwise receive any right to use, exercise or practice any right under any Intellectual Property indicating for each such Contract and arrangement, the parties, the effective date or date executed (if no effective date is indicated) (the “ Third Party IP Licenses ” and, together with the Third Party Software Licenses, the “ Third Party Licenses ”). The Company or its Subsidiary, as applicable, are in material compliance with the terms and conditions of all Third Party Licenses.

(e) Other than the Intellectual Property covered by the Excluded Licenses, the Owned Intellectual Property and the Intellectual Property covered by the Third Party Licenses constitute all of the material Intellectual Property used in or necessary for the business of the Company or its Subsidiary as currently conducted. The Company and/or its Subsidiary solely and exclusively owns, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances and non-exclusive licenses granted in the Ordinary Course of Business, all Owned Intellectual Property, and has valid, enforceable and transferable (without restriction or limitation) rights to use all of the Intellectual Property covered by the Third Party Licenses in the business of the Company or its Subsidiary as currently conducted and to distribute all of the Software, in each case as necessary in order to avoid a Material Adverse Effect. Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.13(e)(i) , the Company and its Subsidiary have taken all commercially reasonable steps necessary to protect the Owned Intellectual Property, and all commercially reasonable steps to enforce the Company’s rights in the Owned Intellectual Property. To the Company’s knowledge, no Person has challenged the ownership, use, validity or enforceability of any of the Owned Intellectual Property and other than as set forth on Schedule 3.13(e)(ii) , to the Company’s knowledge, there is no information that is reasonably likely to give rise to any dispute, cause of action, claim or challenge concerning the Company’s and its Subsidiary’s sole and exclusive ownership of the Owned Intellectual Property.

(f) The Owned Intellectual Property does not, the Company’s use or commercial exploitation of the Owned Intellectual Property does not and the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiary as currently conducted does not infringe upon, misappropriate, dilute, violate or otherwise conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of any Person. To the Company’s knowledge, other than as set forth on Schedule 3.13(f) hereto, (i) neither the Company nor its Subsidiary have been notified by any third party of any allegation that either the Owned Intellectual Property or the conduct of the Company’s business infringes upon, violates or constitutes the unauthorized use of the Intellectual Property rights of any Person, (ii) no Person has notified the Company or its Subsidiary that the Company or its Subsidiary requires a license to any of such Person’s Intellectual Property rights, and (iii) neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has received a written offer to license any Intellectual Property of a Person in the absence of an accompanying product or service of such Person. No Owned Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding Order, stipulation, or agreement restricting the use thereof by the Company or the Subsidiary or restricting the licensing thereof by the

 

23


Company or the Subsidiary to any Person. Other than contracts with its customers in the ordinary course, neither the Company nor its Subsidiary have entered into any agreement to indemnify any other person against a charge of infringement of Intellectual Property.

(g) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13(g)(i) hereto, to the Company’s knowledge, no Person is misappropriating, infringing, diluting, or violating any Owned Intellectual Property and, except as set forth in Schedule 3.13(g)(ii) hereto, no such claims have been brought or threatened in writing against any Person by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiary.

(h) Schedule 3.13(h)(i) hereto sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Company Products. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13(h)(ii) , each of the Owned Intellectual Property included in the Company Products was either developed by (i) employees of the Company or its Subsidiary within the scope of their employment or who have irrevocably assigned all of their rights to the Company or its Subsidiary pursuant to enforceable written agreements, (ii) independent contractors who have irrevocably assigned all of their rights to the Company or its Subsidiary pursuant to enforceable agreements or (iii) a third party and rights to which were granted by or acquired from such third party or a subsequent assignee.

(i) The Company and its Subsidiary have taken, and the Selling Shareholders have caused the Company to take, all commercially reasonable steps to protect the rights of the Company and its Subsidiary, respectively, in confidential information and trade secrets used in connection with the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiary. Without limiting the foregoing, except as set forth on Schedule 3.13(i) , the Company and its Subsidiary have enforced a policy of requiring each employee of the Company or the Subsidiary (as applicable), and each consultant, contractor and potential business partner that, in each case, has access to confidential information of the Company or its Subsidiary, to execute a confidentiality agreement materially and substantially consistent with the Company’s and its Subsidiary’s standard forms thereof. To the Company’s knowledge, except under valid and binding confidentiality obligations, there has been no disclosure of any confidential information or trade secrets included in the Owned Intellectual Property used in connection with the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiary.

(j) The Company and its Subsidiary have valid registrations for each of the domain names set forth in Schedule 3.13(a) hereto. The registration of each such domain name is in material compliance with all applicable domain name registration requirements. The Company and its Subsidiary have paid all fees and have adhered to and complied with in all material respects all administrative policies required to maintain each registration.

(k) To the Company’s knowledge, all Company Products are free from any material (i) defect or (ii) failures of the Company Products to operate in all material respects as described in the related documentation.

 

24


(l) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13(l) hereto, none of the Company Products, excluding Third Party Embedded Software, incorporate, embed or are distributed with, dynamically linked with, or combined during installation with, any Software that is subject to the provision of any open source or other type of license agreement or distribution model that: (i) requires the distribution or making available of the source code for the Company Products, (ii) prohibits or limits the Company or its Subsidiary from charging a fee or receiving consideration in connection with sublicensing or distributing any Company Product, (iii) except as specifically permitted by law, grants any right to any Person (other than the Company or its Subsidiary) or otherwise allows any such Person to decompile, disassemble or otherwise reverse-engineer any Company Product, or (iv) requires the licensing of any Company Product for the purpose of making derivative works (any such open source or other type of license agreement or distribution model described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, a “ Limited License ”). By way of clarification but not limitation, the term Limited Licenses shall include: (A) all versions of GNU’s General Public License (GPL), Affero GPL (AGPL), or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL), (B) the Artistic License (e.g., PERL), (C) the Mozilla Public License, (D) the Netscape Public License, (E) the Sun Community Source License (SCSL), and (F) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL).

(m) No government funding, or facilities of a university, college, other educational institution or research center, was used in the creation or development of the Owned Intellectual Property. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13(m) hereto, to the Company’s knowledge, no current or former employee, consultant or independent contractor, who contributed to the creation or development of any Owned Intellectual Property was under an obligation to assign rights in such Intellectual Property to any Government Entity, university, college, or other post-secondary educational institution, or a research center, during a period of time in which such employee, consultant or independent contractor, as the case may be, was involved in the development of such Owned Intellectual Property. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates are party to any contract, license or agreement with any Governmental Entity that grants to such Governmental Entity any right or license with respect to the Owned Intellectual Property, other than as granted in the Ordinary Course of Business pursuant to a non-exclusive license to any Company Product.

(n) Schedule 3.13(n ) hereto contains a complete and accurate list of all industry standards bodies or similar organizations that the Company or its Subsidiary has participated or is now participating in such manner as to require the Company to license technology to third parties at a predetermined or so-called “reasonable” royalty rate or for no payment relating to standards set by such standards bodies or similar organization, and all agreements with any such industry standards bodies or similar organizations.

(o) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13(o) hereto, none of the Company Products has been distributed directly or indirectly by the Company or its Subsidiary in any material respect to any Person free of charge for purposes other than demonstration, evaluation, development, partnering pursuant to a partnership agreement or testing.

(p) The Copyrights which are used in any way in connection with the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiary relate to works of authorship (i) created by (A) employees of the Company or its Subsidiary within the scope of their

 

25


employment or who have irrevocably assigned all of their rights (without limitation or reservation) in such works of authorship to the Company or its Subsidiary pursuant to enforceable written agreements, or (B) independent contractors who have irrevocably assigned all of their rights in such works of authorship (without limitation or reservation) to the Company or its Subsidiary pursuant to enforceable agreements, or (ii) for which the rights to use have been granted, licensed or acquired from the original author(s), subsequent assignees or licensees. The works covered by Copyrights developed by the Company or its Subsidiary are not copies of nor Derivative Works of any work for which the Company or its Subsidiary do not own the Copyrights or have not obtained a right to make copies or create Derivative Works, and to the Company’s knowledge, no other Person has any bona fide claim to authorship or ownership of any part thereof.

(q) Schedule 3.13(q) hereto contains a complete and accurate list of all agreements pursuant to which right, title and/or interest in or to Intellectual Property (in whole or in part) is to be assigned or transferred to the Company or the Subsidiary with contingency.

Section 3.14 Absence of Certain Changes . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14 hereto or pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, since the Reference Balance Sheet Date the Company and its Subsidiary have conducted their businesses only in, and have not engaged in any transaction other than according to, the Ordinary Course of Business, and there has not occurred (i) any Material Adverse Effect; (ii) any damage, destruction or other casualty loss with respect to any material asset or property owned, leased or otherwise used by the Company or its Subsidiary, whether or not covered by insurance; (iii) any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, shares or property) in respect of the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s shares (including the Shares) or repurchase, redemption or other reacquisition of any shares (including the Shares) or other securities of the Company or its Subsidiary, or agreed to do any of the foregoing; (iv) any sale, transfer or other disposition of any of its Personal Property or other assets except (a) assets which are obsolete, and (b) assets sold in the Ordinary Course of Business; (v) any change in the Company’s or Subsidiary’s GAAP, applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, practices or methods; (vi) any issue or sale of any shares, equity interest, bonds or other securities of any type whatsoever of the Company or its Subsidiary, as the case may be; (vii) any capital expenditures which are not set forth in the annual budget or aggregating more than $50,000; (viii) any increase in its indebtedness for borrowed money or any loan or advance made to any Person, or assumed, guaranteed or otherwise become liable with respect to the obligation of any Person other than in the Ordinary Course of Business; (ix) any cancellation of any debts or claims owed to it or amendment, termination or waiver of any rights of material value to the Company or its Subsidiary other than in the Ordinary Course of Business; (x) write down of the value of any Personal Property or other assets owned or used by the Company or its Subsidiary, including inventory and capital lease assets, except on account of depreciation and amortization in the Ordinary Course of Business; (xi) acquisition or sale, assignment, transfer, termination, disposition of or exclusive license from or to any Person, of any Intellectual Property other than in the Ordinary Course of Business; (xii) material write-off as uncollectible of any accounts receivable or any portion thereof; (xiii) any change in any material Tax election or material Tax

 

26


accounting method, or any settlement or compromise of any material Tax liability or (xiv) any agreement or commitment to take any of the actions referred to in clauses (iii) through (xiv) above. Since the Reference Balance Sheet Date, except as set forth in Schedule 3.14 hereto or other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, there has not been any increase in the compensation payable or that could become payable by the Company or its Subsidiary to (x) any officers of the Company or its Subsidiary or (y) any Designated Employee of the Company or its Subsidiary, nor has there occurred any amendment of any of its Compensation and Benefit Plans.

Section 3.15 Accounts Receivable . The accounts receivable appearing on the Reference Balance Sheets represent valid, actual, bona fide obligations owing to the Company or its Subsidiary and, to the Company’s knowledge and except as disclosed in Schedule 3.15 hereto, are fully collectible without set-off or counterclaim by the Company or its Subsidiary, subject to the reserve for doubtful accounts appearing on the Reference Balance Sheets. The accounts receivable arising from the Reference Balance Sheet Date through the Closing Date represent valid obligations owing to the Company or its Subsidiary and, to the Company’s knowledge, will be fully collectible by the Company and its Subsidiary. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.15 hereto, any reserves provided for accounts receivable in the financial books and records of the Company and its Subsidiary have been or will be computed in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.

Section 3.16 Corporate Records; Bank Accounts . The Corporate Records are complete and accurate in all material respects and all corporate proceedings and actions reflected in the Corporate Records have been conducted or taken in compliance with all applicable Laws and with any shareholders agreement, the articles and by-laws (or their applicable equivalent) of the Company or its Subsidiary, as may be the case. The Company has provided the Buyer complete and accurate copies of the minutes of all meetings, if any, of the shareholders of the Company and the Subsidiary, the board of directors of the Company and the Subsidiary and the committees thereof. Schedule 3.16 hereto sets forth a list of all bank and savings accounts, certificates of deposit and safe deposit boxes of the Company and its Subsidiary including the name and address of each bank branch and the names of those persons authorized to sign thereon as of the date of this Agreement.

 

27


Section 3.17 Compliance With Laws . (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17(a) hereto, the business of the Company or to the Company’s knowledge, of its Subsidiary has not, been, and is not being, conducted in violation in any material respect of any law, ordinance, regulation, treaty, judgment, order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent), decree, arbitration award, license or permit of any Governmental Entity (collectively, “ Laws ”). No action, demand, requirement, investigation or review by any Governmental Entity with respect to the Company or its Subsidiary or affecting any of its properties or assets is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, nor has any Governmental Entity indicated to the Company an intention to conduct the same. To the Company’s knowledge, no change is required in its processes, properties or procedures in connection with any such Laws, and it has not received any notice or communication of any noncompliance with any such Laws that has not been cured as of the date hereof.

(b) The Company and its Subsidiary have in effect all approvals, authorizations, certificates, filings, franchises, licenses, notices and permits of or with all Governmental Entities (collectively, “ Permits ”) necessary for them to own, lease or operate their properties and other assets and to carry on their business and operations as presently conducted. All such Permits are set forth on Schedule 3.17(b) hereto. There has occurred no default under, or violation of, any such Permit, and each such Permit is in full force and effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will not result in a violation of or default under and will not cause the revocation or cancellation of any such Permit. The Company and its Subsidiary have not received any communication or otherwise have knowledge of any facts which have, or reasonably should have, led it to believe that any of the Permits are not currently in good standing. The Company and its Subsidiary have kept all required records and filed with Governmental Entities all required notices, audited financial statements, supplemental applications and annual or other reports required by applicable law or for the operation of the Company’s and its Subsidiary’s business.

(c) To the Company’s knowledge, none of the Selling Shareholders is a PRC citizen and there is no requirement under the Circular 75 for any of the Selling Shareholders to file or register with the SAFE with respect to his/her direct and/or indirect legal and/or beneficiary ownership of the shares and/or equity interests in the Company and/or the Subsidiary.

Section 3.18 Environmental Matters . (a) Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.18 hereto, to the Company’s knowledge: (i) the Company and its Subsidiary has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has released, stored or disposed of any Hazardous Substance; (iii) neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has received any written notice, demand, letter, claim or request for information alleging that it may be in violation of or liable under any Environmental Law; (iv) neither the Company nor its Subsidiary is subject to any orders, decrees, injunctions or other arrangements with any Governmental Entity or an indemnitor of any third party indemnitee for any liability under any Environmental Law or relating to Hazardous Substances; (v) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no circumstances or conditions involving the Company or its Subsidiary that could

 

28


reasonably be expected to result in any claims, liability, investigations, costs or restrictions on the ownership, use, or transfer of any of its property pursuant to any Environmental Law; (vi) none of the properties the Company or its Subsidiary leases or otherwise occupies contain any underground storage tanks, asbestos-containing material, lead-based paint, or polychlorinated biphenyls in violation of any Environmental Law or that would reasonably be expected to result in liability under any Environmental Law; and (vii) neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has engaged in any activities involving the generation, use, handling or disposal of any Hazardous Substances in violation of any Environmental Law or that would reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law.

(b) As used herein, the term “ Environmental Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation, treaty, order, decree, permit, authorization, policy, opinion, common law or agency requirement applicable to the Company or its Subsidiary relating to: (A) the protection, investigation or restoration of the environment, health and safety, or natural resources or exposure to any harmful or hazardous material, (B) the handling, use, presence, disposal, release or threatened release of any chemical substance or waste water or (C) noise, odor, wetlands, pollution, contamination or any injury or threat of injury to persons or property.

(c) As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Substance ” means any substance that is: (A) listed, classified or regulated in any concentration pursuant to any Environmental Law; (B) any petroleum product or by-product, asbestos-containing material, lead-containing paint or plumbing, polychlorinated biphenyls, radioactive materials or radon; or (C) any other substance which may be the subject of regulatory action by any Governmental Entity pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Section 3.19 Contracts and Commitments . (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.19(a) hereto, neither the Company, its Subsidiary nor any of their properties or other assets is subject to any:

(i) covenant not to compete or other covenant (A) limiting or restricting the development, manufacture, marketing, distribution or sale of any of the products or services of the Company and its Subsidiary or any future line extension of such products or services into other forms or (B) limiting or restricting the ability of the Company or its Subsidiary to enter into any market or line of business or to compete with any other Person;

(ii) Contract that contains a “most-favored nation” or “most-favored-customer” clause;

(iii) Contract with any Affiliate of the Company or its Subsidiary or any director, officer, shareholder or employee of the Company or its Subsidiary;

(iv) Contract requiring expenditures or fees in excess of $50,000 in any twelve-month period;

 

29


(v) continuing Contract for the future purchase or price of raw materials, supplies or equipment which involves or would reasonably be expected to involve the payment by the Company or its Subsidiary of more than $75,000 in any twelve month period;

(vi) management, employment, consulting, severance, change in control or other similar type of Contract;

(vii) Third Party License or Contract under which the Company or its Subsidiary is licensee or licensor of any Intellectual Property of the Company or its Subsidiary and Company Products;

(viii) mortgage, pledge, security agreement, deed of trust, loan agreement, credit agreement, indenture, conditional sale or title retention agreement, equipment financing obligation or other instrument or agreement granting an Encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or its Subsidiary;

(ix) collective bargaining agreement or other Contract with any labor union or association representing employees;

(x) Contract regarding the release, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Substances, or the clean-up, abatement or other action relating to Hazardous Substances or Environmental Laws;

(xi) Contract establishing or creating any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or similar entity;

(xii) Contract to make any capital expenditures or capital additions or improvements with commitment in excess of $20,000 in any twelve-month period or in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate over the term of such Contract;

(xiii) Contract relating to the storage or warehousing of any inventory or products of the Company or its Subsidiary, or the charter or purchase of transportation or shipping services, in each case with a commitment in excess of $10,000;

(xiv) guarantees or other Contracts in respect of any indebtedness of any Person;

 

30


(xv) Contract providing for the indemnification by the Company or its Subsidiary of any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company or its Subsidiary (other than their respective governing documents);

(xvi) Contract containing exclusivity obligations or restrictions with respect to the operation of the business of the Subsidiary that are binding on the Company or the Subsidiary and would remain binding on the Company, the Subsidiary, Parent or the Buyer or any of their respective Affiliates after the Closing; or

(xvii) Settlement agreements providing for continuing obligations or restrictions binding on the Company or the Subsidiary that would be binding on the Company, the Subsidiary, Parent or the Buyer or any of their respective Affiliates after the Closing.

Contracts required to be disclosed on Schedule 3.19(a) hereto pursuant to this Section 3.19(a) are hereinafter referred to as “ Material Contracts .”

(b) Each Material Contract that requires the consent or waiver of a third party prior to consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in order to avoid a breach or violation of, or default under, such Material Contract is identified and marked by an asterisk on Schedule 3.19(a) hereto. Each Material Contract is a valid and binding obligation of the Company or its Subsidiary, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.19(b) hereto, neither the Company, its Subsidiary nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party to any Material Contract, is in violation of or in default under any Material Contract, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, has any event occurred or circumstance or condition exist, that (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) would reasonably be expected to (i) result in a violation of or default under any Material Contract, (ii) give any party the right to cancel or terminate or modify any Material Contract or (iii) give any party to any Material Contract the right to seek damages or other remedies. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19(a) hereto, there have been no oral or written modifications, amendments or waivers with respect to of any of the terms of any of the Material Contracts.

Section 3.20 Insurance . (a) Schedule 3.20 hereto sets forth (i) the policies of insurance presently in force covering the Company and its Subsidiary including, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, those covering public and product liability, personnel, properties, buildings, machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures and operations, specifying with respect to each such policy, the name of the insurer, type of coverage, term of policy, limits of liability and annual premium; (ii) the Company’s and its Subsidiary’s premiums and losses by year, by type of coverage, for the past five years based on information received from the Company’s and its Subsidiary’s insurance carrier(s); (iii) all outstanding insurance claims by the Company and its Subsidiary for damage to or loss of property or income which have been referred to insurers or which the Company and its Subsidiary believe to be covered by commercial insurance; (iv) general comprehensive liability policies carried by the Company and its Subsidiary for the past five years, including excess liability policies; and (v) any agreements, arrangements or commitments by or relating to the Company and its Subsidiary under which the Company or its Subsidiary is required to carry insurance for the benefit of any other Person. The Company has heretofore delivered to the Buyer complete and correct copies of the policies and agreements set forth on Schedule 3.20 hereto.

 

31


(b) The insurance policies set forth on Schedule 3.20 hereto are in full force and effect, all premiums with respect thereto covering all periods up to and including the date of the Closing have been paid, and no notice of cancellation or termination has been received by the Company or its Subsidiary with respect to any such policy. Such policies are sufficient for compliance with all requirements of applicable Law and all agreements relating to the Company and its Subsidiary; are valid, outstanding and enforceable policies; provide adequate insurance coverage for the assets and operations of its business; will remain in full force and effect through the respective dates set forth on Schedule 3.20 hereto without the payment of additional premiums; and will not terminate or lapse by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has been refused any insurance, nor has any such coverage been limited, by any insurance carrier to which the Company or its Subsidiary has applied for any such insurance or with which the Company or its Subsidiary has carried insurance during the last five years.

Section 3.21 Affiliate Interests . (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.21(a) hereto, there are no transactions, agreements, arrangements, understandings, obligations, liabilities or claims (“ Affiliate Arrangements ”) between the Company or its Subsidiary and a Person (i) that is an Affiliate of the Company or its Subsidiary, (ii) with respect to which any Affiliate of the Company or its Subsidiary, or any member of the immediate family of any such Affiliate, owns more than ten percent (10%) of the voting equity of such Person or (iii) that is a director, officer, shareholder or employee of the Company or the Subsidiary or any member of their immediate family. All such Affiliate Arrangements were entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business and on commercially reasonable terms and conditions. Any accounts due and payable by the Company or its Subsidiary to any Affiliate thereof are recorded on the books and records of the Company or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, at their fair market value. Since the Reference Balance Sheet Date, there has been no repayment, forgiveness or other release of a debt owed by or to a Person not at arms-length with the Company or its Subsidiary.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.21(b) hereto, no shareholder, employee, officer or director of the Company or its Subsidiary has any material interest in any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, including without limitation inventions, patents, trademarks or trade names, used in or pertaining to the business of the Company or its Subsidiary.

Section 3.22 Distributors, Suppliers and Customers . Since January 1, 2013, none of the ten (10) largest (i) suppliers to the Company or its Subsidiary (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, employees of the Company or its Subsidiary) for the year ended December 31, 2012, or (ii) distributors or customers to the Company or its Subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2012 has cancelled or otherwise terminated, or to the Company’s knowledge threatened to cancel or otherwise terminate, its relationship with the Company or the Subsidiary. Schedule 3.22 hereto identifies each of such suppliers, distributors and customers to whom the Company or its Subsidiary has ongoing obligations.

Section 3.23 Products Liability and Warranty Liability . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.23 hereto, the Company and its Subsidiary have not received any written complaints of any damages to any Person relating to the products, goods or services of the Company or its Subsidiary. The Company has previously delivered to the Buyer a correct and complete copy of each express warranty relating to any product of the Company or its Subsidiary.

 

32


Section 3.24 Disclosure . There is no fact known to the Company or its Subsidiary which has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect which has not been set forth in this Agreement, including the Schedules hereto and the Financial Statements. The Company and its Subsidiary have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Buyer complete and correct copies of all Contracts or other documents referred to in the Schedules hereto or underlying a disclosure of the Company or its Subsidiary set forth in the Schedules hereto.

Section 3.25 No Other Agreements to Purchase . Except for the Buyer’s right under this Agreement or as otherwise set forth on Schedule 3.5(b) hereto, no Person has any written or oral agreement, option, understanding or commitment or any right or privilege (whether by law, contractual or otherwise) capable of becoming such for:

(a) the purchase or acquisition, to the Company’s knowledge, from any of the Selling Shareholders of any of the Shares or any equity interests in the Subsidiary or any other interests in the Company or its Subsidiary; or

(b) the purchase, subscription, allotment or issuance of any of the unissued shares or other securities of the Company or any equity interests in the Subsidiary.

Section 3.26 Brokers and Finders . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.26 , neither the Company’s nor the Subsidiary’s officers, directors or employees has employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any brokerage fees, commissions or finders’ fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, each as to itself hereby further represents and warrants to the Buyer and Parent that:

Section 4.1 Selling Shareholders; Authority; Due Execution .

(a) The Selling Shareholder has the legal right and capacity to enter into this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Selling Shareholder and constitutes the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Selling Shareholder, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

33


Section 4.2 Governmental Filings; No Violation . (a) Except as may be required to be made by such Selling Shareholder under applicable state securities or blue sky laws and as set forth on Schedule 4.2(a) hereto, no notices, reports or other filings are required to be made with, nor are any consents, registrations, approvals, permits or authorizations required to be obtained by such Selling Shareholder from any Governmental Entity in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Selling Shareholder and the consummation by such Selling Shareholder of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Selling Shareholder does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by such Selling Shareholder will not, constitute or result in a breach or violation of any Law or governmental or non-governmental permit or license to which such Selling Shareholder is subject.

Section 4.3 Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3 hereto, there is no civil, criminal or administrative suit, action, proceeding, investigation, review or inquiry pending or, to such Selling Shareholder’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting such Selling Shareholder or any of its properties or rights, nor is there any judgment, decree, injunction, rule or order of any Governmental Entity or arbitrator outstanding against or affecting such Selling Shareholder or any of its properties or rights which is reasonably likely, either individually or in the aggregate, to delay the ability of such Selling Shareholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.4 Compliance with Law; Brokers . Such Selling Shareholder is not in violation of any Law with respect to ownership of its Shares or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 , such Selling Shareholder has not employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any brokerage fees, commissions or finders’ fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.5 Ownership of Shares . Such Selling Shareholder is the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares set forth opposite such Selling Shareholder’s name on Schedule 2.2(a)(i) hereto, free and clear of all Encumbrances. Upon the delivery of such Selling Shareholder’s Shares in the manner contemplated under Section 2.2, the Buyer will acquire the beneficial and legal, valid and indefeasible title to such Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances.

Section 4.6 Securities Laws . Such Selling Shareholder is not a PRC citizen and there is no requirement under the Circular 75 for such Selling Shareholders to file or register with the SAFE with respect to his/its direct and/or indirect legal and/or beneficiary ownership of the shares and/or equity interests in the Company and/or the Subsidiary. Such Selling Shareholder is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. If such Selling Shareholder is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), such Selling Shareholder hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to

 

34


subscribe for the Parent Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Parent Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Parent Shares. Such Selling Shareholder’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Parent Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of such Selling Shareholder’s jurisdiction. Neither such Selling Shareholder, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (a) engaged in any general solicitation, or (b) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Parent Shares. Such Selling Shareholder has been informed that the Parent Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Parent Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Such Selling Shareholder acknowledges that such Selling Shareholder is prepared to hold the Parent Shares for an indefinite period and that such Selling Shareholder is aware that Rule 144 of the Commission issued under the 1933 Act is not presently available to exempt the sale of the Parent Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act. Such Selling Shareholder is aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Commission, promulgated under the 1933 Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among other things: the availability of certain current public information about the issuer. Such Selling Shareholder acknowledges and understands that Parent may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 or other conditions under Rule 144 that are required of Parent at the time such Selling Shareholder wishes to sell the Parent Shares. Prior to such Selling Shareholder’s acquisition of the Parent Shares, such Selling Shareholder acquired sufficient information about Parent to reach an informed knowledgeable decision to acquire the Parent Shares. Such Selling Shareholder hereby confirms, that the Parent Shares to be acquired by such Selling Shareholder will be acquired for investment for such Selling Shareholder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that such Selling Shareholder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, such Selling Shareholder further represents that such Selling Shareholder does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Parent Shares. Such Selling Shareholder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Parent Shares. Such Selling Shareholder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to make such Selling Shareholder capable of utilizing said information to evaluate the risks of the prospective investment and to make an informed investment decision. Such Selling Shareholder has had an opportunity to discuss the Parent’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Parent Shares with Parent’s management and has had an opportunity to review Parent’s facilities. Such Selling Shareholder is able to bear the economic risk of such Selling Shareholder’s investment in the Parent Shares. If such Selling Shareholder is an individual, then such Selling Shareholder resides in the state or province identified in the address of such Selling Shareholder set forth on Schedule 4.6 ; if such Selling Shareholder is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then the office or offices of

 

35


such Selling Shareholder in which its principal place of business is identified in the address or addresses of such Selling Shareholder set forth on Schedule 4.6 attached hereto. Such Selling Shareholder understands that the Parent Shares and any securities issued in respect of or exchange for the Parent Shares, may bear one or all of the following legends:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER AND PARENT

The Buyer and Parent hereby represent and warrant to the Company and the Selling Shareholders that:

Section 5.1 Organization; Authority; Due Execution . (a) The Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and is qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other business entity in each jurisdiction where the ownership or operation of its properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where failure to be so qualified or in good standing, when taken together with all other such failures, is not reasonably likely to prevent, materially delay or materially impair the Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New Jersey and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and is qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other business entity in each jurisdiction where the ownership or operation of its properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where failure to be so qualified or in good standing, when taken together with all other such failures, is not reasonably likely to prevent, materially delay or materially impair Parent’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) The Buyer has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Buyer and the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Buyer and

 

36


constitutes the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Buyer, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(d) Parent has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Parent and the consummation by Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and constitutes the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Parent, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

Section 5.2 Governmental Filings; No Violation . (a) No notices, reports or other filings are required to be made with, nor are any consents, registrations, approvals, permits or authorizations required to be obtained by the Buyer or Parent from any Governmental Entity in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Buyer or Parent and the consummation by the Buyer or Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, constitute or result in (A) a breach or violation of, or a default (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) under, the certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents of Buyer or Parent, (B) (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a breach or violation of, or a default under, the acceleration of any obligations under, or the creation of an Encumbrance on any assets of the Buyer or Parent pursuant to any Contract that is binding upon the Buyer or Parent or any Law or governmental or non-governmental permit or license to which the Buyer or Parent is subject or (C) any change in the rights or obligations of any party under any of the Contracts of the Buyer or Parent.

Section 5.3 Litigation . There is no civil, criminal or administrative suit, action, proceeding, arbitration, investigation, review or inquiry pending or, to the Parent’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Buyer or Parent or any of their respective properties or rights, nor is there any judgment, decree, injunction, rule or order of any Governmental Entity or arbitrator outstanding against or affecting the Buyer or Parent or any of their respective properties or rights which is reasonably likely, either individually or in the aggregate, to delay the ability of Buyer or Parent to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.4 Compliance with Law . Neither the Buyer nor Parent is in violation of any Law that would impair the ability of the Buyer or Parent to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

37


Section 5.5 Capitalization . As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of Parent consists of (i) 38,100,000 shares of common shares, no par value, of which 7,483,858 common shares are issued and outstanding and (ii) 23,184,720 shares of preferred stock, no par value, consisting of (a) 6,725,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, no par value, all of which are issued and outstanding (b) 1,853,568 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, no par value, all of which are issued and outstanding, (c) 5,227,761 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, no par value, all of which are outstanding prior to the date hereof, (d) 2,669,384 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding and (e) 6,709,007 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, 4,472,671 of which are outstanding prior to the date hereof All issued and outstanding shares of Parent are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. All of the shares of Parent have been issued in compliance with all applicable Laws. As of immediately prior to the Closing, the total number of shares of Parent Common Stock issued on a fully diluted basis is 33,378,422 (taking into account all outstanding options and warrants and shares reserved under Parent’s stock option and incentive plans).

Section 5.6 Brokers and Finders . Neither the Buyer nor Parent has employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any brokerage fees, commissions or finders’ fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.7 Taxes . All material Tax Returns required to have been filed in respect of Buyer and Parent have been duly and timely filed. All such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects. All material Taxes of Buyer and Parent, whether or not shown as due on such Tax Returns, required to have been paid have been fully paid when due.

ARTICLE 6

CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE

COMPANY, SELLING SHAREHOLDERS, PARENT AND THE BUYER

Section 6.1 Expenses and Finder’s Fees . All costs and expenses incurred by the Buyer and Parent in connection with this Agreement (including fifty percent of the fees of the Escrow Agent) and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the Buyer and Parent and all costs and expenses incurred by the Company, the Subsidiary or the Selling Shareholders in connection with this Agreement (including fifty percent of the fees of the Escrow Agent) and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the Shareholder Representative Committee, provided that the Transaction Expenses (and amounts thereof), which are set forth on Schedule 6.1 attached hereto (the “ Transaction Expenses Amount ”), shall be paid by the Buyer and Parent in accordance with Section 1.2(b) hereof.

Section 6.2 Public Announcements . The Parties agree that no public release, announcement or any other disclosure concerning any of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be made or issued by any Party without the prior written consent of Parent and the Shareholder Representative Committee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except to the extent such release, announcement or disclosure may be required by

 

38


applicable law, in which case the Party required to make the release, announcement or disclosure shall allow the Parent and the Shareholder Representative Committee reasonable time to comment on such release, announcement or disclosure in advance of such issuance or disclosure; provided, further, that Parent shall have the right to disclose the terms of this transaction and file a copy of this Agreement in connection with any of its securities filings.

Section 6.3 Tax Matters . The following provisions (which shall take precedence over any other provision of this Agreement in the event of a conflict) shall govern the allocation of responsibility as among the Buyer, Parent, the Selling Shareholders and the Company for certain Tax matters following the Closing Date:

(a) (i) Pre-Closing Tax Returns . The Selling Shareholders shall have responsibility for, and the Shareholder Representative Committee shall pay or cause to be paid when due any and all Taxes relating to the Company or its Subsidiary for or relating to any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date, except for Taxes accrued or reserved for on the Financial Statements. The Shareholder Representative Committee shall prepare and timely file or cause to be prepared and timely filed all financial statements, audited as required by applicable Laws, Tax Returns of the Company and its Subsidiary for all Tax periods ending on or before the Closing Date and shall pay the Taxes shown as due on such Tax Returns. Prior to the filing of any such Tax Return that was not filed before the Closing Date, the Shareholder Representative Committee shall provide the Buyer with a substantially final draft of such Tax Return, together with financial statements, audited as required by applicable Laws, at least 15 Business Days prior to the due date for such Tax Return. The Buyer shall notify the Shareholder Representative Committee of any objections that the Buyer may have to any items set forth in any such draft financial statements or Tax Return within 5 days prior to the due date for such Tax Return, and the Buyer and the Shareholder Representative Committee shall agree to consult and resolve in good faith any such objection and to mutually consent to the filing of such Tax Return. Such Tax Returns shall be prepared or completed in a manner consistent with prior practice of the Company and its Subsidiary with respect to Tax Returns concerning the income, properties or operations of the Company and its Subsidiary, except as otherwise required by Law or regulation or otherwise agreed to in writing by the Buyer prior to the filing thereof. If the parties hereto cannot resolve any disputed item to be included in such Tax Returns, the item in question shall be resolved by a nationally known independent firm of certified public accountants mutually agreeable to the Buyer and the Shareholder Representative Committee, whose fees and expenses shall be shared equally by the Parties.

(ii) Straddle Period Tax Returns . Parent shall prepare and timely file or cause to be prepared and timely filed all Tax Returns of the Company and its Subsidiary for all Tax periods that began on or before the Closing Date and that end after the Closing Date (the “ Straddle Period ”). Prior to the filing of any such Tax Return, Parent shall provide the Shareholder Representative Committee with a substantially final draft of such Tax Return at least 15 Business Days prior to the due date for such Tax Return and shall notify the Shareholder Representative Committee of Parent’s calculation of the Selling Shareholders’ share of the Taxes of the Company and the Subsidiary for such Straddle Period (determined in accordance with Section 6.3(a)(iii) below). The Shareholder Representative Committee shall notify Parent of any

 

39


objections that the Shareholder Representative Committee may have to any items set forth in any such draft Tax Return within 5 days prior to the due date for such Tax Return, and Parent and the Shareholder Representative Committee shall agree to consult and resolve in good faith any such objection and to mutually consent to the filing of such Tax Return. Such Tax Returns shall be prepared or completed in a manner consistent with prior practice of the Company and its Subsidiary with respect to Tax Returns concerning the income, properties or operations of the Company and its Subsidiary, except as otherwise required by Law or regulation. Parent and the Shareholder Representative Committee shall pay or cause to be paid their respective allocable share of any Taxes due and payable in respect of such Tax Returns as determined in accordance with Section 6.3(a)(iii) below. If the parties hereto cannot resolve any disputed item to be included in such Tax Returns, the item in question shall be resolved by a nationally known independent firm of certified public accountants mutually agreeable to Parent and the Shareholder Representative Committee, whose fees and expenses shall be shared equally by the Parties.

(iii) Straddle Period Taxes . In the case of any Taxes that are imposed on a periodic basis and are payable for a Straddle Period the portion of such Tax which relates to the portion of such Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall (x) in the case of any Taxes other than Taxes based upon or related to income, profits or receipts, be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire taxable period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the taxable period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period, and (y) in the case of any Tax based upon or related to income, profits or receipts, be deemed equal to the amount which would be payable if the relevant Straddle Period ended on the Closing Date.

(b) Parent and Parent shall have the exclusive right to represent the interests of the Company and its Subsidiary in any and all Tax audits, assessments or administrative or court proceedings relating to Tax Returns for taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date; provided, however, that the Shareholder Representative Committee shall have the right to participate in any such audit, assessment or proceeding and to employ counsel of his choice for purposes of such participation. In the event that Parent proposes to compromise or settle any Tax claim, or consent or agree to any Tax liability, relating to the Company or its Subsidiary for any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date or the portion of any Straddle Period deemed to end on and include the Closing Date, the Shareholder Representative Committee shall have the right to review such proposed compromise, settlement, consent or agreement. Without the prior written consent of the Shareholder Representative Committee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed Parent shall not agree or consent to compromise or settle any issue or claim arising in any such audit, assessment or proceeding, or otherwise agree to or consent to any Tax liability, to the extent that any such compromise, settlement, consent or agreement may affect the Tax liability of the Shareholder Representative Committee, the Company or its Subsidiary for any period ending on or prior to the Closing Date or the portion of any Straddle Period deemed to end on and include the Closing Date.

 

40


(c) The Shareholder Representative Committee agrees to promptly notify Buyer and Parent in writing upon receipt by any Selling Shareholder or any affiliate of any such Selling Shareholders of notice of any pending or threatened Tax audits or assessments relating to the income, properties or operations of the Company or its Subsidiary.

(d) After the Closing Date, the Buyer, the Parent, the Shareholder Representative Committee and the Selling Shareholders agree to provide each other with such cooperation and information relating to the Company and its Subsidiary as any other party may reasonably request in (i) filing any Tax Return, amended Tax Return or other Tax filing or claim for refund of Taxes, (ii) determining any Tax liability or right to refund of Taxes, (iii) conducting or defending any audit or other proceeding in respect of Taxes, or (iv) effectuating the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party shall be unreasonably required to prepare any document, or determine any information, not then in its possession in response to a request under this Section 6.3(d) . Parent shall pay to the Shareholder Representative Committee within fifteen (15) days after receipt, (a) all refunds or credits (including interest thereon, if any, included in the payment or credit by the applicable Governmental Entity actually received or used (to offset a Tax liability) by Parent, the Company, or its Subsidiary after the Closing Date of Taxes paid by the Company or its Subsidiary with respect to any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date and (b) a portion of all refunds or credits actually received or used (to offset a Tax liability) by Parent, the Company, or its Subsidiary after the Closing Date of Taxes paid by the Company or its Subsidiary with respect to any Straddle Period (such portion to be allocated consistent with the principles set forth in Section 6.3(a)(iii) above), in each case, net of Taxes imposed on such refund or credit that is paid by, and all directly related costs and expenses incurred by, Parent, the Company or the Subsidiary.

(e) The Shareholder Representative Committee, on the one hand, and Parent on the other hand shall be liable for one-half, and shall pay when due, any transfer, gains, documentary, sales, use, registration, stamp, value-added or other similar Taxes payable by reason of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, and the Shareholder Representative Committee shall file all necessary returns, reports or other filings with respect to all such Taxes.

Section 6.4 Shareholders Agreement . The Company and the Selling Shareholders agree that effective as of Closing, the following agreements are terminated: (i) the Shareholders Agreement, dated February 12, 2007, by and among the Company and each person and entity signatory thereto (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”), and (ii) any other agreement among the Company and its shareholders other than this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement (together with the Shareholders Agreement, the “ Shareholders Arrangements ”). Effective as of Closing, the Selling Shareholders waive any claims and rights pursuant to the Shareholders Arrangements by reason of, in connection with or resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and unconditionally and irrevocably agree to accept in lieu thereof payment of their respective portions of the Purchase Price according to the allocations set out herein, which payments shall be distributed by the Shareholder Representative Committee in like manner as contained in the Shareholders Agreement. Effective as of Closing, the Selling Shareholders and the Company acknowledge and agree (x) that having regard to sections 51 and 52 of the

 

41


Companies Act, Cap.308 of the laws of Barbados, the Company cannot pay the dividend contemplated by section 3A.(i)(b)(i) of the Articles of Amendment of the Company and the Shareholders Agreement and the Selling Shareholders unconditionally and irrevocably waive their entitlement thereunder, if any, (y) having regard to the accounts of the Company as presented, no distribution of the remaining property of the Company can be made to any Selling Shareholder pursuant to sections 3A.(i)(b)(ii), 3A.(ii)(c) and 3A.(iii)(c) of the Articles of Amendment of the Company or the Shareholders Agreement, and the Selling Shareholders unconditionally and irrevocably waive their entitlements thereunder, if any, and (z) waive any and all rights of first refusal to purchase shares of the Company sold by the Selling Shareholders to the Buyer hereunder.

Section 6.5 Share Repurchase Option . On or after September 3, 2014, the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall have the option upon written notice to Parent to put to Parent the Closing Shares and the Contingent Shares that have vested owned by such Selling Shareholders and Option Holders, in whole or in part, at a price of $6.75 per share (subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, combinations and the like) in the event Parent fails to consummate an underwritten initial public offering of shares of Parent Common Stock (the “ IPO ”) prior to the first anniversary of the Closing (the “ Share Purchase Option ”); provided , that the Share Purchase Option shall expire on the earlier of (i) March 1, 2016 and (ii) the closing of the IPO. Parent, on the one hand, and Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders, on the other hand, shall have ninety (90) days from the receipt by Parent of such written notice from the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders to close on the share sale and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to close within such time period.

Section 6.6 Registration Rights . The Selling Shareholders agree to execute a lock-up agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Lock-up Agreement ”). The Lock-up Agreement will restrict the transfer or sale of shares of Parent Common Stock from the time of the Closing until six months following Parent’s initial public offering and will be no more restrictive than any other lock-up entered into in connection with the IPO. The Selling Shareholders will also be afforded piggyback registration rights in connection with the public offering of Parent’s securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration) and Parent shall, at such time, promptly (but in any event no less than thirty (30) days prior to the initial filing of any registration statement in connection with such offering) give the Shareholder Representative Committee notice of such registration. Upon the request of the Shareholder Representative Committee given within twenty (20) days after receipt of such notice from Parent, Parent shall, subject to the provisions of this Section 6.6 , cause to be registered all of the Shares that the Shareholder Representative Committee has requested to be included in such registration. Parent shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 6.6 before the effective date of such registration statement, whether or not any Selling Shareholder has elected to include Shares in such registration. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of Parent Common Stock, the underwriters will be selected by Parent, and Parent shall not be required to include any of the Selling Shareholders’ Shares in such underwriting unless the Selling Shareholders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between Parent and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine

 

42


will not jeopardize the success of the offering by Parent. All Selling Shareholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. If the total number of securities, including Shares, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by Parent) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then Parent shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Shares, which the underwriters and Parent in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. With a view to making available to the Selling Shareholders the benefits of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the Commission that may at any time permit a holder to sell securities of Parent to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form), Parent shall make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the IPO; and (b) use all reasonable efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of Parent under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, at any time after Parent has become subject to such reporting requirements.

Section 6.7 Original Signatures . As soon as practicable following the date of this Agreement, each Selling Shareholder shall deliver to the Parent, or cause the Company’s attorney to deliver to the Parent, originals of the signature pages to this Agreement and to any documents contemplated by the terms of this Agreement and executed by such Selling Shareholder in connection with the Closing (including, without limitation Stock Powers). Within nine (9) days following the Closing, Parent shall deliver to the Shareholder Representative Committee originals of the stock certificates representing the Remaining Closing Shares.

Section 6.8 Stock Powers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all Stock Powers held by Parent shall only be effective and used by Parent with respect to those shares of Parent Common Stock as to which Parent is entitled to become the record and beneficial owner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1 Indemnification .

(a) Escrow Deposit and Escrow Closing Shares. At the Closing, Parent shall deposit the Escrow Deposit with the Escrow Agent and Parent shall deliver the Escrow Closing Shares to the Secretary of the Parent to be held pursuant to this Section 7.1(a) . The Escrow Deposit shall be governed by the terms set forth in the Escrow Agreement and shall be available to indemnify the Buyer Indemnified Persons pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 7 . The Buyer and Parent shall have the right to offset against the Escrow Closing Shares for the amount of any indemnity claim of any Buyer Indemnified Person made pursuant to this Article 7 at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided , however , that if such indemnity claim is made at any time after the first date on

 

43


which Contingent Shares are issued, the Buyer and Parent shall first set off against Contingent Shares pursuant to Section 7.1(h) prior to setting off against any Escrow Closing Shares. Upon the first anniversary of the Closing Date, stock certificates for all Escrow Closing Shares, if any, as to which the Buyer or Parent did not exercise such right of setoff, shall be delivered by the Secretary of Parent to the Shareholder Representative Committee for further delivery to the Selling Shareholders. Neither the exercise nor the failure to exercise such right of setoff will constitute an election of remedies or limit Buyer or Parent in any manner in the enforcement of any other remedies that may be available to it. Upon issuance at Closing, the certificates for the Escrow Closing Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Secretary of Parent to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.1(a) . Each deposited certificate shall be accompanied by a duly executed Stock Power in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto. The deposited certificates, together with any other assets or securities from time to time deposited with Parent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement, shall remain in escrow until such time or times as the certificates (or other assets and securities) are to be released or otherwise surrendered for cancellation in accordance with this Section 7.1(a) .

(b) Indemnification by the Selling Shareholders . Subject to the limits set forth in this Section 7.1 , from and after the Closing, each Selling Shareholder, agrees, severally and not jointly and in accordance with their respective indemnity percentages set forth on Schedule 7.1 hereto (such that (absent fraud) the liability of each Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Section 7.1(b) shall not exceed, in any given case, the product of such Selling Shareholder’s respective indemnity percentage multiplied by the aggregate liability of all Selling Shareholders in such case), to indemnify, defend and hold the Buyer, its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Company and the Subsidiary) and their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees, agents and representatives (the “ Buyer Indemnified Persons ”) harmless from and in respect of any and all losses, damages, costs and reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel including both those incurred in connection with the defense or prosecution of the indemnifiable claim and those incurred in connection with the enforcement of this provision, whether or not related to a Third-Party Claim) (collectively, “ Losses ”), that they may incur arising out of or due to (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Company or of such Selling Shareholder contained in this Agreement, (ii) any breach of any covenant of the Company or such Selling Shareholder contained in this Agreement, (iii) any claim by any Person seeking to assert or based upon rights to ownership of any stock options of the Company or the Subsidiary, including any such claim brought in Barbados, (iv) any liability in respect of payroll or withholding Taxes, any and all Taxes due and payable by the Company or the Subsidiary for any taxable period that ends on or before the Closing Date (or for any Tax year beginning before and ending after the Closing Date to the extent allocable to the period prior to the Closing Date) and any Taxes due and payable relating to the sale of Shares hereunder and (v) liabilities of the Company, its Subsidiary or such Selling Shareholder for any broker’s or finder’s fees or other fees and expenses of the Company, its Subsidiary or such Selling Shareholder, including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses incurred by the Company, its Subsidiary or the Selling Shareholders prior to the Closing in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all Transaction Expenses (without requiring the Selling Shareholders to pay any such Transaction Expenses Amount already required to be paid as set forth in Section 1.2(a)(iv)) . In connection with any exercise by any Buyer Indemnified Person of its rights hereunder, it shall be entitled to make all claims for indemnification through, and deal exclusively with, the Shareholder Representative Committee.

 

44


(c) Indemnification by the Buyer . Subject to the limits set forth in this Section 7.1 , from and after the Closing, the Buyer and Parent agree to indemnify, defend and hold the Selling Shareholders and their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees, agents and representatives (the “ Seller Indemnified Persons ”) harmless from and in respect of any and all Losses that they may incur arising out of or due to (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Buyer or Parent contained in this Agreement, and (ii) any breach of any covenant of the Buyer or Parent contained in this Agreement. In connection with any exercise by any Seller Indemnified Person of its rights hereunder, it shall make any claim for indemnification only through, and Buyer and Parent shall be entitled to deal exclusively with, the Shareholder Representative Committee, and any claim for indemnification made directly by a Seller Indemnified Person to Buyer or Parent shall be deemed to be invalid for all purposes of this Article 7.

(d) Certain Limitations . Anything in this Article 7 to the contrary notwithstanding:

(i) except in the case of fraud, no Losses shall be recoverable by the Buyer Indemnified Persons pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.1(b) or the Seller Indemnified Persons pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.1(c) ,as the case may be, in respect of breaches of representations and warranties(other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.9, 3.10, 3.12, 3.25, 4.1, 4.2, 4.5, 5.1, 5.2 and 5.5 ), from the respective other Party hereunder for any Losses unless and until the total of all Losses indemnifiable exceeds $100,000 (in which case the Buyer Indemnified Person or the Seller Indemnified Person, as applicable, shall be entitled to seek compensation for all such Losses, subject to the other clauses of this Article 7) ;

(ii) except in the case of fraud, the aggregate of the sum of all indemnification obligations of the Selling Shareholders under Section 7.1(b) (other than with respect to the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.9, 3.10, 3.12, 3.25, 4.1, 4.2 and 4.5 ) shall be limited to an amount equal to the Escrow Deposit and any offsets against the Escrow Closing Shares, the Contingent Shares and the Performance Bonus;

(iii) except in the case of fraud, the aggregate of the sum of all indemnification obligations of the Selling Shareholders under Section 7.1(b) with respect to the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.9, 3.10, 3.12, 3.25, 4.1, 4.2 and 4.5 shall be limited to an amount equal to the Total Deal Consideration received by the Selling Shareholders;

(iv) Losses for which indemnification is provided pursuant to Section 7.1 of this Agreement shall be net of any amounts that may be recovered by the Buyer Indemnified Person or Seller Indemnified Person under any insurance policy with respect to such Losses (net of the insurance premium, if any, that becomes due as a result of such claim) and

 

45


shall be reduced to take account of any net Tax benefit available under applicable law to the Buyer Indemnified Person or Seller Indemnified Person that such Person actually receives as a reduction in Taxes paid or as a credit against Taxes payable and that arises from the incurrence of or payment for any such Losses that are indemnified hereunder. Parent, the Shareholder Representative Committee and the Selling Shareholders, as appropriate, shall provide such documents and supporting schedules reflecting the net Tax benefit, or lack thereof, as are reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party; and

(v) in satisfaction of any indemnity claim, the Buyer Indemnified Persons shall first seek to recover from the Escrow Deposit before setting off against the Escrow Closing Shares, Contingent Shares or Performance Bonus.

(vi) none of the Buyer Indemnified Persons or the Seller Indemnified Persons shall be entitled to recover from the respective other Party hereunder for the same Loss more than once.

(e) Survival . Liability for breaches of the representations and warranties of the Parties contained in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant hereto shall terminate upon the expiry of the period of twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, except:

(i) in the case of fraud, in which case liability shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Parties until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations;

(ii) to the extent that, during such period, the Party seeking indemnification shall have given written notice to the Party from which indemnification of a claim is sought in respect of any such representation, warranty or covenant in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in which case liability for such representation, warranty or covenant shall continue in full force and effect until the final determination of such claim;

(iii) the representations, warranties and covenants of the Selling Shareholders, the Shareholder Representative Committee, the Company and Parent relating to the Tax liability of the Company or its Subsidiary hereunder including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, those set forth in Section 3.10 and Section 6.3 continue in full force and effect until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations;

(iv) the representations and warranties of the Parties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.9, 3.12, 3.25, 4.1, 4.2, 4.5, 5.1 and 5.2 and the applicable Parties’ liability in connection therewith shall survive until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, if any, pertaining to any indemnity claim made thereunder and (ii) the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date; and

(v) no Party or other Person shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement unless such Party or other Person has given written notice of its claim for indemnification within the survival periods specified in the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 .

 

46


(f) Notice and Opportunity to Defend . If there occurs an event which a party asserts is an indemnifiable event pursuant to Section 7.1(b) or 7.1(c) , the party or parties seeking indemnification shall notify the other party or parties obligated to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly, but no later than ninety (90) days, after such Indemnifying Party receives written notice of any claim, event or matter as to which indemnity may be sought; provided that the failure of the Indemnified Party to give notice as provided in this Section 7.1(f) shall not relieve any Indemnifying Party of its obligations under Section 7.1 , except to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the rights of any such Indemnifying Party. In the event of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or demand asserted by any person who is not a party (or a successor to a party) to this Agreement (a “ Third-Party Claim ”) which is or gives rise to an indemnification claim, the Indemnifying Party may elect within twenty (20) days to acknowledge its obligations to indemnify the Indemnified Party herefor and to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the Indemnified Party may reasonably participate in such defense at the Indemnified Party’s expense, which shall include counsel of its choice; provided that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, one counsel of its choice in each applicable jurisdiction (if more than one jurisdiction is involved) to represent the Indemnified Party if, based on the advice of outside counsel, there exists an actual or potential conflict of interest between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party or if the Indemnifying Party (i) elects in writing not to defend, compromise or settle a Third-Party Claim, (ii) fails to notify the Indemnified Party within the required time period of its election as provided in this section, or (iii) having timely elected to defend a Third-Party Claim, fails after at least ten (10) days written notice to the Indemnifying Party, to reasonably prosecute or pursue such defense, and in each such case the Indemnified Party may defend such Third-Party Claim on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall not, except with the consent of the Indemnified Party, not to be unreasonably withheld, consent to entry of any judgment or entry into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to the Indemnified Party of a release from all Liability in respect of such claim or litigation. The Indemnified Party shall not settle or compromise any such claim without prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with the defense of such claim and litigation re s ulting therefrom.

(g) No Selling Shareholder shall have any right of contribution against the Subsidiary with respect to any breach by the Subsidiary of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements and from and after the Closing, the Subsidiary shall have no obligation with respect to breaches of representations, warranties, covenants or agreements. For

 

47


the avoidance of doubt, each of the Selling Shareholders acknowledges that it waives any rights or claims it may have against the Subsidiary, its Affiliates (other than the Buyer and/or Parent after the Closing), the Subsidiary and their respective officers, directors, stockholders, employees, agents and representatives after the Closing contained in this Agreement, whether in law or equity relating in any way to Section 7.1 .

(h) Offset Rights Regarding Contingent Consideration . The Buyer and Parent shall have the right to offset against the Contingent Shares and/or Performance Bonus for the amount of any indemnity claim of any Buyer Indemnified Person pursuant to this Article 7, provided , however , that (i) neither the Buyer nor Parent shall be permitted to offset more than fifteen percent (15%) of the Contingent Shares and the Performance Bonus for the amount of any and all indemnity claims of any Buyer Indemnified Person made prior to December 1, 2013 (other than any such claims made with respect to the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.9, 3.10, 3.12, 3.25, 4.1, 4.2 and 4.5 ), (ii) neither Buyer nor Parent shall be permitted to offset more than ten percent (10%) of the Contingent Shares and the Performance Bonus for the amount of any and all indemnity claims of any Buyer Indemnified Person made on or after December 1, 2013 (other than any such claims made with respect to the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.9, 3.10, 3.12, 3.25, 4.1, 4.2 and 4.5 ), and (iii) in no event shall the Buyer or Parent be permitted to offset an aggregate of more than fifteen percent (15%) of the Contingent Shares and the Performance Bonus for the amount of any and all indemnity claims of any Buyer Indemnified Person made at any time (other than any such claims made with respect to the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.9, 3.10, 3.12, 3.25, 4.1, 4.2 and 4.5 ), including any claims made during the time periods referenced in the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii). Neither the exercise nor the failure to exercise such right of setoff or to give a notice of claim will constitute an election of remedies or limit Buyer or Parent in any manner in the enforcement of any other remedies that may be available to it.

(i) Offset Mechanics . In connection with the exercise by Buyer or Parent of any offset rights described in Sections 7.1(a) or (h)  above against shares of Parent Common Stock then held by the Secretary of Parent, a price per share equal to $6.75 shall be deemed to be the value of the shares held by the Secretary of Parent for purposes of calculating the number of such shares against which to offset in satisfaction of an indemnity claim. No fractional shares shall be reclaimed by Parent in connection with the exercise of offset rights. Accordingly, should any such right of offset extend to a fractional share (in accordance with the pertinent offset calculations), then the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall receive a cash payment from Parent for such fractional share. Should the Parent elect to exercise any offset right against shares of Parent Common Stock then held in escrow, then the escrowed certificates for such shares (together with any other assets or securities issued with respect thereto) shall be delivered to Parent for cancellation, and the Selling Shareholders and the Option Holders shall cease to have any further rights or claims with respect to such Unvested Shares (or other assets or securities).

 

48


ARTICLE 8

DEFINITIONS

Section 8.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

Affiliate ” (whether or not capitalized) of any Person means another Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person.

Affiliate Arrangements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21(a).

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions in Newark, New Jersey are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Buyer Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b) .

Cause ” means (i) Chang’s failure to reasonably perform his customary duties to Parent or any of its Affiliates and which failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice has been given to Chang by an authorized representative of Parent or such Affiliate; (ii) Chang’s willful or reckless misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of his duties to Parent or any of its Affiliates which continues for thirty (30) days after written notice has been given to Chang by an authorized representative of Parent or such Affiliate; (iii) Chang’s conviction of, or the entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere by Chang to, any crime involving deceit, dishonesty, fraud or moral turpitude, or any felony; (iv) Chang’s material breach of any material agreement with Parent or any Affiliate thereof, which such breach is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice has been given to Chang by an authorized representative of Parent or such Affiliate; (v) Chang’s breach of any written policy of Parent or any Affiliate thereof in effect from time to time, or any legal requirement relating to or prohibiting discrimination or harassment in the workplace based on race, sex, age, national origin, disability or sexual orientation, which such breach or violation is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice has been given to Chang by an authorized representative of Parent or such Affiliate; (vi) Chang’s misappropriation of any funds of Parent or of any of its Affiliates; (vii) Chang or any member of Chang’s family makes a personal profit arising out of or in connection with a transaction to which Parent or any of its Affiliates is a party without making disclosure to and obtaining the prior written consent of Parent or any such Affiliate; and (viii) Chang fails to honor a reasonable and legal directive of the board of directors of Parent or of any officer or employee to whom Chang reports which failure continues after thirty (30) days after written notice has been given to Chang by an authorized representative of Parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination shall not be treated as a termination for Cause unless Parent shall have delivered a written notice to Chang stating that it intends to terminate his employment for Cause and specifying the factual basis for such termination.

 

49


Circular 75 ” means the Circular on Relevant Issues concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration of Residents in China Engaging in Financing and in Round-tripping Investment via Overseas Special Purpose Companies issued by SAFE on October 21, 2005 and all implementing rules and regulations thereof.

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Closing Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a) .

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended as of the date hereof. All citations to the Code or to the regulations promulgated thereunder shall include any amendments or any substitute or successor provisions thereto.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Company’s knowledge ” means a fact, event, circumstance or occurrence shall be within the “Company’s knowledge” if such fact, event, circumstance or occurrence (i) is or was actually known by Chang or such knowledge as a reasonable person in the position of Chang would have known after reasonable inquiry to the extent such inquiry is reasonable under the circumstances or (ii) is or was actually known by any of Lawrence Longo, Brett Matthews and Scott Matthews.

Company Leased Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8 .

Company Leases ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8 .

Company Products ” means all products currently offered for sale, sold, or licensed by the Company or its Subsidiaries including, without limitation, all of the items listed in Schedule 3.13(h)(i) .

Company Share Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .

Contract ” means any agreement, lease, contract, note, mortgage, indenture or other legally binding obligation or commitment, written or oral.

control ” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, including the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.

 

50


Copyrights ” means all copyrights (registered or otherwise) and registrations and applications for registration thereof, and all works of authorship, which, by their creation, the author of which is invested with certain rights, and all rights to each of the foregoing provided by multinational treaties or conventions.

Corporate Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b)(ii) .

“CTM Revenue” means all of the revenue of Parent, Buyer, Company, Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates generated anywhere in the world from transaction fees, subscription fees and related professional service fees for EasyTMS, as sold in whole in or in part independently or integrated into Parent’s or Buyer’s products.

As used in this definition, “EasyTMS” means the Subsidiary’s EasyTMS product/platform and includes the modules and features thereof that are available today, as well as the improvements and enhancements made to create new modules and features in the future. “CTM Revenue” shall exclude professional service fees that are not related to EasyTMS. CTM Revenue derived from fees payable in RMB will be converted into a Dollar amount pursuant to the Exchange Rate for purposes of calculating CTM Revenue under this Agreement. If any part of the CTM Revenue involves fees in Dollars or Euros (through contracting directly with the Parent, Buyer, Company or Subsidiary), the amount of such fees shall be included in CTM Revenue. For purposes of this definition and CTM Revenue calculations, all revenue recognition is on a GAAP basis.

Derivative Work ” and “ Derivative Works ” have the meaning set forth in 17 U.S.C. §101.

Designated Employee ” means Kae-por Chang.

Disability ” means a condition resulting from bodily injury or disease or mental impairment that renders, and for a six (6) month period in any twelve (12) month period has rendered, Chang unable to perform his material duties at Parent.

Dollar ” or “ $ ” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debt.

Employee Compensation and Benefit Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(a)(iii) .

Encumbrance ” means, with respect to any property or asset, any lien, mortgage, pledge, security interest, and other encumbrance.

Environmental Law ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(b) .

 

51


ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(b) .

Escrow Deposit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a) .

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Rate ” means the exchange rate that the conversion of RMB into US Dollars shall be RMB6.1 to US$1.

Excluded Registration ” means (i) the IPO, (ii) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of Parent or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan or (iii) a registration relating to an Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 145 transaction.

Fair Market Value ” of a share of Parent Common Stock means (i) the closing price on the date of determination reported in the table entitled “New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions” contained in The Wall Street Journal (or an equivalent successor table) (or, if no sale of shares of Parent Common Stock was reported for such date, on the most recent trading day prior to such date on which a sale of shares of Parent Common Stock was reported); (ii) if the shares of Parent Common Stock are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sales price of the shares of Parent Common Stock on such other national exchange on which the shares of Parent Common Stock are principally traded, or as reported by the National Market System, or similar organization, as reported in the appropriate table or listing contained in The Wall Street Journal, or if no such quotations are available, the average of the high bid and low asked quotations in the over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated or similar organizations; or (iii) in the event that there is no public market for the shares of Parent Common Stock, the fair market value of a share of Parent Common Stock as determined (which determination shall be conclusive) in good faith by the Parent’s board of directors.

Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a) .

Foreign Law ” means the applicable laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States and its territories.

Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the Commission which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by Parent with the Commission.

GAAP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a) .

Good Reason ” means Chang’s resignation or termination solely on account of one or more of the following events: (i) Parent reduces Chang’s annual base salary or decreases the bonus percentage or formula to which Chang is entitled (without Chang’s prior consent), which

 

52


such reduction or decrease is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice has been given by Chang to Parent, (ii) Parent fails to pay Chang’s salary or other due and payable bonus (without Chang’s prior consent), which such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice has been given by Chang to Parent, (iii) a diminution in any of Chang’s duties or responsibilities materially inconsistent with such duties or responsibilities contained in the Offer Letter, which diminution is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice has been given by Chang to Parent, (iv) the nonvoluntary relocation by Parent of Chang to a location outside a 40-mile radius from Shanghai, China (without Chang’s prior consent), except for required travel on Parent’s business from time to time, or (v) any material breach by Parent of its obligations under any written employment agreement (including the Offer Letter) with Chang or under this Agreement, which breach is not cured within thirty (30) days of Chang’s written notice to Parent.

Governmental Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) .

Hazardous Substance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(c) .

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(f) .

Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and industrial property, including without limitation:(a) inventions, whether or not patentable, whether or not reduced to practice or whether or not yet made the subject of a pending Patent application or applications, (b) ideas and conceptions of potentially patentable subject matter, including, without limitation, any patent disclosures, whether or not reduced to practice and whether or not yet made the subject of a pending Patent application or applications, (c) Patents, (d) Trademarks, (e) Copyrights, (f) Software, (g) trade secrets and confidential, technical or business information (including ideas, formulas, compositions, designs, inventions, and conceptions of inventions whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), (h) whether or not confidential, technology (including know-how and show-how), manufacturing and production processes and techniques, methodologies, research and development information, drawings, specifications, designs, plans, proposals, technical data, copyrightable works, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information, (i) all moral rights in or to any of the works of authorship included in the Copyrights, (j) all rights to obtain and rights to apply for Patents, and to register Trademarks and Copyrights, and (k) all rights to sue and recover and retain damages and costs and attorneys’ fees for present and past infringement of any of the Intellectual Property rights hereinabove set out.

Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17 .

Limited License ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(l) .

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b) .

Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or effect (whether alone or together with other changes, events, violations, inaccuracies, circumstances or effects) that is or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets (including intangible assets), business, liabilities, results of operations or prospects of the Subsidiary and its Subsidiary taken as a whole.

 

53


Material Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.19(a) .

MOFCOM ” means the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC or its designated local branch.

Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement ” means the confidentiality agreement, dated June 7, 2013, among the Subsidiary, the Subsidiary and the Parent.

Net Working Capital ” means the Subsidiary’s unrestricted cash located in any account in the PRC and the Subsidiary’s accounts receivable less allowance for doubtful accounts (over 90 days), pre-paid expenses, trade accounts payable and accrued expenses, which amount shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Net Working Capital Target ” means $200,000 in accordance with the Exchange Rate.

Non-Competition Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(v) .

Offer Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(iv) .

Ordinary Course of Business ” means the ordinary course of business of the Subsidiary consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to frequency and amount).

Option Waiver and Release ” means an agreement among an Option Holder, Parent and the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , which provides (i) a waiver and release of claims that an Option Holder may have against the Parent, the Company or their respective affiliates with respect to or arising under a Company Share Option, (ii) a covenant by each Option Holder who is a citizen of the PRC, to register any direct and/or indirect legal and/or beneficiary ownership of the Contingent Shares issued in the name of such holder and any shares of Parent Common Stock issued in the name of such holder pursuant to Section 1.2(d) with all relevant PRC authorities and regulators as required under PRC laws and regulations including without limitation registration with SAFE under Circular 75, and (iii) such representations by each Option Holder who is not a citizen or resident of the United States as Parent reasonably determines to be necessary to satisfy the exemption from United States securities registration requirements pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act).

Owned Intellectual Property ” means all existing Intellectual Property in and to which the Company or the Subsidiary owns right, title and/or interest (in whole or in part) or all Intellectual Property to which right, title and/or interest (in whole or in part) is to be assigned or transferred to the Company or the Subsidiary without contingency pursuant to an agreement with an employee, independent contractor or third party; provided , however , Owned Intellectual Property shall not include any rights under any license agreements and any licenses, registered user agreements, and technology or materials transfer agreements.

 

54


Parent Common Stock ” means the shares of Common Stock, no par value, of Amber Road, Inc.

Parent Shares ” means collectively the Closing Shares and the Contingent Shares.

Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement.

Patents ” means all national (including the United States) and multinational statutory invention registrations, patents, patent registrations, patent applications, provisional patent applications, industrial designs, industrial models, including all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions and reexaminations, and all rights therein provided by multinational treaties or conventions and all improvements to the inventions disclosed in each such registration, patent or application throughout the world.

Permits ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(b) .

Permitted Encumbrances ” means: (i) Encumbrances reflected in the Reference Balance Sheets or in the Schedules hereto, (ii) Encumbrances for current taxes not yet due and payable or for Taxes the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which are reflected as a liability on the Reference Balance Sheets and (iii) minor Encumbrances that have arisen in the Ordinary Course of Business and that do not (in any case or in the aggregate) materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto or materially impair the operations of the Company and the Subsidiary.

Person ” (whether or not capitalized) means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

Personal Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7 .

PRC ” means the People’s Republic of China, excluding Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau.

Proceedings ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 .

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a) .

Reference Balance Sheets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a) .

Reference Balance Sheet Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a) .

Repurchase Price ” means $0.01 per share.

RMB ” means renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

55


SAFE ” means the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC.

SAIC ” means the local branch of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce of the PRC which is in charge of issuing the business license of the Subsidiary.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

Seller Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(c) .

Selling Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Selling Shareholder’s knowledge ” means a fact, event, circumstance or occurrence shall be within the “Selling Shareholder’s knowledge” if such fact, event, circumstance or occurrence is or was actually known by such shareholder of the Company listed on the signature pages of this Agreement or such knowledge as a reasonable person in the position of such person would have known after reasonable inquiry to the extent such inquiry is reasonable under the circumstances.

Shareholder Representative Committee ” means the group of individuals appointed to serve as such under Section 9.12 .

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Software ” means any and all computer programs and all related documentation, manuals, source code and object code, program files, data files, computer related data, field and data definitions and relationships, data definition specifications, data models, program and system logic, interfaces, program modules, routines, subroutines, algorithms, program architecture, design concepts, system design, program structure, sequence and organization, screen displays and report layouts, and all other material related to such Software.

Software Code ” means any and all computer programs and all related documentation, manuals, source code and object code, program files, program and system logic, interfaces, program modules, routines, subroutines, algorithms, program architecture, program structure, sequence and organization, and all other material related to such Software Code.

Straddle Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a)(ii) .

Shareholders Arrangements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 .

Shareholders Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 .

Tax” or “Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(f) .

Tax Return ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(g).

Third-Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(f) .

 

56


Third Party Embedded Software ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(c) .

Third Party IP Licenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(d) .

Third Party Licenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(d) .

Third Party Software Licenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(c) .

Trademarks ” means all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, indicia, trade names, corporate names, business names, domain names, whether or not registered, including all common law rights, and registrations, applications for registration and renewals thereof, including, but not limited to, all marks registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the Trademark Offices of the States and Territories of the United States of America, and the Trademark Offices of other nations throughout the world, and all rights therein provided by multinational treaties or conventions, and all of the goodwill of the business associated with such Trademarks.

Transaction Expenses ” means (i) the fees and expenses of the legal counsel of the Company and the Subsidiary (Latham & Watkins LLP and Hampton Chambers) and fifty percent of the fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent, (ii) the fees and expenses of Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. and (iii) the fees and expenses of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, all of which fees and expenses are set forth on Schedule 6.1 hereto.

Transaction Expenses Amount ” is defined in Section 6.1 .

U.S .” or the “ United States ” means the United States of America (including the states thereof and the District of Columbia).

2013 CTM Revenue ” means the Subsidiary’s CTM Revenue in respect of the calendar year ended December 31, 2013.

2014 CTM Revenue ” means the Subsidiary’s CTM Revenue in respect of the calendar year ended December 31, 2014.

2015 CTM Revenue ” means the Subsidiary’s CTM Revenue in respect of the calendar year ended December 31, 2015.

Where any group or category of items or matters is defined collectively in the plural number, any item or matter within such definition may be referred to using such defined term in the singular number, and vice versa.

 

57


ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1 Waiver . Any failure of the Company, the Shareholder Representative Committee or the Selling Shareholders to comply with any of its obligations or agreements herein contained may be waived only in writing by the Buyer or Parent. Any failure of the Buyer or Parent to comply with any of its obligations or agreements herein contained may be waived only in writing by the Shareholder Representative Committee.

Section 9.2 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt of: hand delivery; certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; or telecopy transmission with confirmation of receipt:

(a) If to the Selling Shareholders or the Shareholder Representative Committee, to:

Lawrence C. Longo

Lightkeeper, LLC

280 Congress St, 12 th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

With a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

1000 Winter Street

Waltham, MA 02451

Attention: John H. Chory

Facsimile No.: (781) 434-6601

(b) If to Buyer, Parent or the Company, to:

Amber Road, Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile No.: 201-935-5187

With copies to:

Dentons US LLP

101 JFK Parkway

Short Hills, NJ 07078

Attention: Victor H. Boyajian

Facsimile No.: 973-912-7199

 

58


Clarke Gittens Farmer

Parker House

Wildey Business Park

Wildey Road

St. Michael, Barbados

Attention: Gillian M.H.Clarke

Facsimile No.: 246-436-9812

Such names and addresses may be changed by written notice to each person listed above.

Section 9.3 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Waiver of Jury Trial . (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal substantial laws and not the choice of law rules of the U.S. State of New Jersey.

(b) Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the United States of America located in the U.S. State of New Jersey, unless such court declines the exercise of jurisdiction, in which case the courts of the State of New Jersey, for any actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement (and the parties agree not to commence any action, suit or proceeding relating thereto except in such courts), and further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered or certified mail to such party’s principal place of business shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding arising out of the parties in any such court. Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement, in the courts of the United States of America located in the U.S. State of New Jersey, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives its right and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. In the event any suit or action to enforce any provision of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such suit or action shall be entitled to recover its costs, expenses and reasonable attorney fees, at trial and on appeal, in addition to all other sums allowed by law.

(c) The parties each hereby waive trial by jury in any judicial proceeding involving, directly or indirectly, any matters (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or the relationship established hereunder.

Section 9.4 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile signature), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 9.5 Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

59


Section 9.6 Entire Agreement . The Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and this Agreement, including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto and the documents referred to herein, embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 9.7 Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by written agreement of the parties hereto.

Section 9.8 Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Parties and their respective successors and assigns (and, to the extent provided in Section 7.1 , the other Buyer Indemnified Persons and Seller Indemnified Persons) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 9.9 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.10 Assignability . No party may assign, delegate, or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each other party hereto except that the Buyer may sell, transfer or assign, in whole or from time to time in part, to one or more of its Affiliates, the right to purchase all or a portion of the Shares, but no such sale, transfer or assignment shall relieve the Buyer of its obligations hereunder; provided that Parent shall have the right to assign all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to its successors and assigns, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer of all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise. Any purported violation of this Section 9.10 shall be void.

Section 9.11 Specific Performance . The Parties agree that immediate and irreparable harm and damage would occur for which monetary damages alone would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that in the event of such breach or non-performance neither Party, and nothing in this Agreement, shall interfere with, delay, obstruct, or prevent the non-breaching Party from taking, or require such Party to take, any steps prior to taking action to seek an interim and interlocutory equitable remedy (including an injunction or order for specific performance) on notice or ex parte to enforce its rights or to preserve the status quo or prevent irreparable harm and each Party covenants and agrees not to contest, object to, or otherwise oppose an application for equitable relief by the other Party in such circumstances, and waives any and all immunities from any equitable relief to which it may be entitled. Any such relief or remedy shall not be exclusive, but shall be in addition to all other available legal or equitable remedies. Each Party agrees that the provisions of this Section 9.11 are fair and reasonable in the commercial circumstances of this Agreement, and that neither Party would have entered into this Agreement but for each Party’s agreement with the provisions of this Section.

 

60


Section 9.12 Representative Committee for Selling Shareholders . The Selling Shareholders agree that Lawrence C. Longo and Scott Matthews shall be and each hereby is appointed as agent and attorney-in-fact (each a “ Shareholder Representative ” and collectively, the “ Shareholder Representative Committee ”) to collectively act for and on behalf of each Selling Shareholder, with authority including, but not limited to, the authority to give and receive notices and communications, to receive and distribute to the Selling Shareholders all amounts payable under this Agreement, to make claims on behalf of the Selling Shareholders pursuant to Article 7, to object to such deliveries, to agree to, negotiate and enter into settlements and compromises of, and comply with orders and decrees with respect to such claims, and to take all actions necessary or appropriate in the judgment of such representatives, collectively, for the accomplishment of the foregoing. A decision, act, consent or instruction of both Shareholder Representatives shall constitute a decision of the Shareholder Representative Committee and of all of the Selling Shareholders, and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each of the Selling Shareholders. In the event the Shareholder Representatives cannot agree with respect to the taking of any given action, they shall request of the Selling Shareholders that held, as of immediately prior to the Closing, a majority of the preferred shares of the Company that such Selling Shareholders direct the Shareholder Representatives as to which action to take and the Shareholder Representatives shall then promptly take such action unanimously as the Shareholder Representative Committee. Each of the Buyer and Parent is hereby relieved from any liability to any person relating to a claim as to the lack of authority to act on behalf of the Selling Shareholders for any acts done by them in accordance with such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Shareholder Representative Committee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Shareholder Representative Committee shall have full power and authority, on behalf of all of the Selling Shareholders and their successors, to interpret all the terms and provisions of this Agreement, to dispute or fail to dispute any claim of indemnifiable Losses made by a Buyer Indemnified Person, to negotiate and compromise any dispute which may arise under this Agreement, to sign any releases or other documents with respect to any such dispute, and to authorize delivery of cash and share certificates pursuant to this Agreement or any other payments to be made with respect thereto. The Shareholder Representatives shall not be liable for any act done or omitted hereunder as the Shareholder Representative Committee while acting in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable judgment and any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith. The Selling Shareholders shall severally indemnify and hold each of the Shareholder Representatives harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or bad faith on the part of the Shareholder Representatives acting as the Shareholder Representative Committee and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of their respective duties hereunder. In the event that any member of the Shareholder Representative Committee ceases to be a member as a result of death, resignation, incapacity or removal, then the remaining member of the Shareholder Representative Committee shall appoint the successor member as soon as reasonably practicable and immediately thereafter notify Buyer and Parent of the identity of such successor. Any such successor shall succeed the former Shareholder Representative as a member

 

61


of the Shareholder Representative Committee hereunder. Notices or communications to or from the Shareholder Representative Committee shall constitute notice to or from the Selling Shareholders. The members of the Shareholder Representative Committee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement from any Committee Reimbursement Amounts held by the Shareholder Representative Committee, for any and all expenses, charges and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Shareholder Representative Committee in the performance or discharge of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (the “ SRC Expenses ”). The Committee Reimbursement Amount shall only be used for the payment of the SRC Expenses. Any of the Committee Reimbursement Amount originally deposited with the Shareholder Representative Committee at the Closing or pursuant to Section 1.2(a) that has not been consumed by the Shareholder Representative Committee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement on or prior to the end of the period in which Parent or Buyer and their Affiliates may make claims for indemnification pursuant to Article 7 or, if later, the date on which all indemnification claims of Parent, Buyer or any of their Affiliates outstanding at the end of such period have been discharged in full, shall be distributed by the Shareholder Representative Committee to the Selling Shareholders.

 

62


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

AMBER ROAD HOLDINGS, INC.

By: 

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Before Me:

   
 

Name in print:

 

Notary Public

S IGNATURE P AGE TO S HARE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

AMBER ROAD, INC.

By: 

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Before Me:

   
 

Name in print:

 

Notary Public

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO S HARE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SUNRISE INTERNATIONAL LTD.

By: 

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Before Me:

   
 

Name in print:

 

Notary Public

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO S HARE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS:
/s/ Brett Matthews

Brett Matthews

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS:
/s/ Christopher Manos

Christopher Manos

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS:

ESSEX CAPITAL CORPORATION

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   
 

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS:
/s/ Gail Matthews

Gail Matthews

 

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS:
/s/ James Pallotta

James Pallotta

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS:
/s/ Kae-Por F Chang

Kae-Por F Chang

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS:
/s/ Lawrence C Longo

Lawrence C Longo

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS:

TISHMAN FAMILY LP

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   
 

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS:
/s/ Scott Matthews

Scott Matthews

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS:
/s/ Tom Brennan

Tom Brennan

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE COMMITTEE:
/s/ Scott Matthews

Scott Matthews

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Share Purchase Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE COMMITTEE:
/s/ Lawrence C Longo

Lawrence C Longo

Before Me:

 

Notary Public

Name:

   

 

Signature Page to Share Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Sunrise International Ltd. Shares

Exhibit 10.21

LEASE DEED

THIS LEASE DEED is made and executed on this 8th day of November, 2013 (“ Execution Date ”), at Bangalore (“ Deed ”):

BETWEEN:

M/s. Paliwal Overseas Private Limited, a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at B—14, Greater Kailash—I. New Delhi—110 048, represented herein by its authorized signatory, Mr. Ankur Jain authorized vide a resolution of the board of directors dated December 3, 2008, hereinafter referred to as the “ Lessor ” which expression shall, unless the context otherwise requires, mean and include its successors in interest and permitted-assigns) of the One Part ;

AND

M/s. Amber Road Software Private Limited , a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at Prestige Al Kareem, Edward Road, Bangalore—560 001, India represented by its authorized signatory, Mr. Gowri Sivaprasad authorized vide a resolution of the board of directors dated November 4, 2013 hereinafter referred to as the “ Lessee ” (which expression shall, unless the context otherwise requires, mean and include its successors in interest and assigns) of the Other Part .

The Lessor and the Lessee shall collectively be addressed as “ Parties ” and in the singular shall be addressed as a “ Party ”.

WHEREAS:

 

A. Paliwal Overseas Private Limited (“ Lessor ”), a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956 is the owner of a commercial building named “Titanium” consisting of ground floor measuring 18,735 (eighteen thousand seven hundred thirty five) square feet, first floor measuring 19,280 (nineteen thousand two hundred eighty) square feet, second floor measuring 42,250 (forty two thousand two hundred fifty) square feet, third floor measuring 42,485 (forty two thousand four hundred eighty four) square feet, fourth floor measuring 42,485 (forty two thousand four hundred eighty five) square feet and fifth floor measuring 34,350 (thirty four thousand three hundred fifty) square feet measuring in all 1,99,635 (one lakh ninety nine thousand six hundred thirty five) square feet together with an exclusive right of use of 333 (three hundred thirty three) car park spaces in the basement, multilevel car parking area and surface car parking area (“ Building ”) constructed on the immoveable property admeasuring 93,107.42 (ninety three thousand one hundred and seven point four two) square feet or thereabouts and situated at Municipal Corporation Number No:135, situated at Kodihalli Village, Airport Road, Varthur Hobli, Bangalore South Taluk, Bangalore (“ Schedule Property ”) and morefully as described in the Schedule A hereunder.

 

B. The Schedule Property was originally owned by Millennia Realtors Private Limited, who obtained a sanctioned building plan bearing L.P. No.33 of 2002-03 dated April 10, 2003 issued by the Office of Joint Director, Planning Cell, Bangalore Mahanagar Palike, Bangalore to construct the Building consisting of a ground floor and 6 (six) upper floors on the Schedule Property.

 

1


C. Subsequently, Millennia Realtors Private Limited had obtained the permission from the Department of Information Technology and Biotechnology and registered the Schedule Property as an Information Technology Park vide registration certificate bearing No.IT/Registration/039/2002-03 dated December 27, 2002 issued by the Director. Department of Information Technology and Biotechnology, Bangalore.

 

D. During construction of the Building, Millennia Realtors Private Limited executed a sale deed dated February 4, 2004 in favour of the Lessor, registered as document No. 22136 of 2003-04 in Book No.1, stored in CD No.BASD6 in the office of Sub Registrar, Bangalore South Taluk, Bangalore conveying all its right, title and interest in the Schedule Property and the Building to the Lessor.

 

E. Pursuant to the aforesaid Sale Deed, the Lessor became the sole and absolute owner of the Schedule Property and the still incomplete Building. Upon completion of the Building pursuant to the sanctioned building plan, the Lessor has obtained the occupation certificate dated August 8, 2003 bearing No. LP 33/02-03 issued by the Joint Director of Town Planning, Bangalore Mahanagara Palike, Bangalore consisting or 2 (two) basement floors, 1 (one) ground floor and 6 (six) upper floors.

 

F. The khata in respect of the Schedule Property and the Building stand in the name of the Lessor vide khata certificate number DA/73/KTR/33/04-05 dated May 19, 2004 issued by Assistant Revenue Office, Bangalore Mahanagar Palike, Bangalore.

 

G. The Lessor has now offered to grant a portion of the Building on lease on warm-shell basis to the Lessee situated at the 5 th (fifth) floor measuring a super built-up area of 34,350 (thirty four thousand three hundred fifty) square feet (“ Demised Premises ”) more fully described in the Schedule B hereunder and clearly delineated in green color on the floor plan annexed hereto as Annexure—I and comprising of a commercial office unit measuring a super built-up area of 31,350 (thirty one thousand three hundred fifty) square feet (with a carpet area of 28,890 (twenty eight thousand eight hundred ninety square feet) square feet inclusive of balconies of 2,168 (two thousand one hundred sixty eight) square feet and inclusive of area for entrance lobby and common areas) (“ Office Premises ”) that is fully furnished with furniture and fixtures as specified in Annexure—II (“ Fit-Outs ”) and a cafeteria space measuring 3,000 (three thousand) square feet located on 5 th (fifth) floor of the Building (“ Cafeteria Space ”) along with Fit-Outs as specified in Annexure—III .

 

H. In addition to the Demised Premises, the Lessor shall provide the Lessee with an exclusive right to use 50 (fifty) numbers of car parking spaces (“ Car Parking Spaces ”) in the Building as clearly delineated in the plan annexed hereto as Annexure—IV and 100 (one hundred) numbers of two wheeler parking spaces (“ TWPS ”) in the Building. In addition to the Demised Premises, Car Parking Spaces and TWPS, the Lessor has also offered to the Lessee the right to use all common areas, amenities and facilities in the Building and Schedule Property as provided in Annexure—V in common with other occupants and/or tenants in the Building on such terms and conditions as applicable to other occupants of the Building.

 

2


I. In furtherance to the above, the Lessee has now accepted the offer of the Lessor and shall take on lease, the Demised Premises from the Lessor, together with the appurtenant rights to the Car Parking Spaces, TWPS and the Common Areas and Facilities on the terms and conditions set out hereinafter.

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

As used in this Deed, the following definitions or terms shall have the meanings set forth below, subject to the qualifications, adjustments and exceptions set forth elsewhere in this Deed:

 

  (a) Annexure/s ” shall mean the annexure/s appended to the Deed as completed and initialed by the Parties;

 

  (b) BESCOM ” shall mean the Bangalore Electricity Supply Company;

 

  (c) Building ” shall mean and refer to the commercial building named ‘Titanium’ constructed on the Schedule Property and consisting of lower basement, upper basement ground, six upper floors and terrace area having a saleable area of 1,99,635 (one lakh ninety nine thousand six hundred thirty five) square feet owned by the Lessor;

 

  (d) Cafeteria Space ” shall mean and refer to the cafeteria space measuring 3,000 (three thousand) square feet located on 5 th (fifth) floor, situated in the Building along with Fit-Outs provided by the Lessor as specified in Annexure—III;

 

  (e) Car Parking Spaces ” shall mean and include the 50 (fifty) car parking spaces in the Building as marked and delineated as bearing car park numbers in the Building as annexed hereto as Annexure—IV;

 

  (f) Common Areas and Facilities ” shall mean and include all common areas and facilities in the Building and the Schedule Property that are specifically demarcated as common areas and facilities by the Lessor in Annexure—V;

 

  (g) Deed ” shall mean this lease deed executed on the Execution Date between the Lessor and the Lessee along with its recitals, schedules and annexures;

 

  (h) Execution Date ” shall mean the date of executing this Deed;

 

3


  (i) Fit-Outs ” shall mean the interiors, furnishing, fittings and equipments, etc as detailed in Annexure—II to be provided by the Lessor to the Lessee in the Demised Premises;

 

  (j) Fit-Outs Work ” shall mean the carrying out of the works of providing the Fit-Outs in the Demised Premises by the Lessor;

 

  (k) Lease Commencement Date ” shall mean January 1, 2014;

 

  (l) Lock-in-Period ” shall mean a period of 60 (sixty) months commencing from the Lease Commencement Date;

 

  (m) Term ” in respect of the lease shall mean a period of 6 (six) years commencing from the Lease Commencement Date;

 

  (n) TWPS ” shall mean the 100 (one hundred) two wheeler vehicles parking spaces provided by the Lessor in the Building;

 

  (o) Rent ” unless otherwise specified, shall mean the aggregate sum of the Office Rent, Fit-Outs Rent, Cafeteria Rent and the Car Parking Rent;

 

  (p) Rent Commencement Date ” subject Clause 3.1 of this Deed, shall mean the date on completion of 79 (seventy) days from the Execution Date; and

 

  (q) Security Deposit ” shall mean the interest free refundable security deposit to be deposited by the Lessee with the Lessor as per Clause 9.

 

1.2 Interpretation

 

     Unless the context otherwise requires in this Deed:

 

  i. words importing persons or parties shall include firms and corporations and any organizations having legal capacity;

 

  ii. words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa where the context so requires;

 

  iii. reference to any law shall include such law as is from time to time enacted, amended, supplemented or re-enacted;

 

  iv. reference to any gender includes a reference to all other genders;

 

  v. reference to the words ‘include’, or ‘including” shall be construed without limitation;

 

  vi. reference to this Deed or any other agreement or other instrument or document shall be construed as a reference to this Deed or such other agreement or other instrument or document as the same may from time to time be amended, varied, supplemented or novated;

 

4


  vii. the provisions of this Deed shall be read and be interpreted in conjunction with its schedules. However, in the event of an inconsistency in the interpretation of the provisions of this Deed and the schedules, the terms of this Deed shall take precedence; and

 

  viii. the headings and titles in this Deed are only indicative and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Deed or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction of its terms.

 

2. GRANT OF LEASE

 

     In consideration of the Rent hereby reserved and of the terms, conditions and covenants of the lease contained herein and on the part of the Parties to be observed and performed, the Lessor hereby grants on lease to the Lessee and the Lessee accepts on lease from the Lessor the Demised Premises on a warm shell basis. The Lessor represents that the Demised Premises has a super built-up the area of 34,350 (thirty four thousand three hundred fifty) square feet and comprises of the Office Premises which measures a super built-up area of 31,350 (thirty one thousand three hundred fifty) square feet (with a carpet area of 28,890 (twenty eight thousand eight hundred ninety square feet) square feet inclusive of balconies measuring 2,168 (two thousand one hundred sixty eight) square feet and inclusive of area for entrance lobby and common areas) and the Cafeteria Space that measures a super built-up area of 3,000 (three thousand) square feet.

 

3. FIT-OUTS

 

3.1 The Lessor shall be responsible to complete the Fit-Outs Work in the Demised Premises to the satisfaction of the Lessee and hand over possession of the Demised Premises to the Lessee within a period of 79 (Seventy Nine) days from the Execution Date. In the event that the Lessor extends the time period for completion of Fit-Outs Work beyond 79 (Seventy Nine) days from the Execution Date, the Lessee shall be entitled to a Rent free period of 1 (one) day for each day of delay on the part of the Lessor in completing the Fit-Outs Work for the first 10 (ten) days from the date of completion of 79 (Seventy Nine) days from the Execution Date. In addition to the Rent free period for every 1 (one) day of delay beyond 79 (Seventy Nine) days, in the event that the Lessor is unable to complete the Fit-Outs Work to the satisfaction of the Lessee and handover the Demised Premises to the Lessee within a period of 89 (Eighty Nine) days from the Execution Date, the Lessee shall be entitled to a Rent free period of 2 (two) days for each day of delay on the part of theme Lessor beyond 89 (Eighty Nine) days. The entitlement of the Rent free period to the Lessee for delay by the Lessor in completing Fit-Outs Work to the satisfaction of the Lessee and handing over possession to the Lessee shall not be challenged or treated by the Lessor as a penalty before any court in India or any other forum including the arbitral tribunal formed under the terms of this Deed. The Lessee shall be entitled to claim credit of the Rent free days from the Lessor only from the Rent Commencement Date.

 

5


3.2 The Fit-Outs shall be strictly in accordance with the layouts, specifications and costing agreed and signed off by the Lessee in Annexure—II and in accordance with all local laws and permits.

 

3.3 The entire cost of the Fit-Outs and Fit-Outs Work shall be borne by the Lessor. In this regard, the Lessee has appointed an architect and the Lessor and the Lessee have mutually agreed on the specifications and timelines along with the costing, the details of which are annexed hereto as the Fit-Outs Schedule and annexed to this Deed as Annexure—II. The Lessor on obtaining the approval of the Lessee shall commence the Fit-Outs Work and shall be responsible for completion of the Fit-Outs Work as per the Fit-Outs Schedule. It is clarified that the Lessor shall ensure that the maximum capital expenditure for the cost of the Fit-Outs and Fit-Outs Work, including escalation of costs for Fit-Outs and Fit-Outs Work shall not exceed Rs. 1,700/-(Rupees One Thousand Seven Hundred Only) per square foot of the super built-up area of the Demised Premises. Any increase in cost only due to alterations and/or modifications to the specifications of the Fit-Outs on the specific instructions of the Lessee will have to be borne by Lessee.

 

3.4 The Parties agree that a transparent ‘open book’ policy of accounting shall be followed with respect to the costs of the Fit-Out and the Lessee will at all times have free and unhindered access to the same.

 

4. LEASE—COMMENCEMENT, TERM, LOCK-IN AND RENEWAL

 

4.1 Lease Commencement: The lease of the Demised Premises shall commence from January 1, 2014.

 

4.2 Term of Lease: The Term of the lease granted under this Deed shall be for a period of 6 (six) years commencing from the Lease Commencement Date.

 

4.3 Renewal of Lease: The Lessee is entitled to renew the lease on expiry of the Term. In the event that the Lessee exercises its right to renew the lease in relation to the Demised Premises, the Lessee shall communicate its intention, by a notice in writing to the Lessor, not less than 3 (three) months before the expiry of the Term. Any renewal of the lease shall be on fresh terms and conditions and a separate lease deed shall be executed and registered for such renewal.

 

4.4 Lock-in-Period: It is agreed between the Parties that except for the circumstances as set forth in this Deed, neither Party shall be entitled to terminate this lease during the Lock-in-Period. Provided, however, in the event that the Lessee terminates the lease during the Lock-in-Period except for the conditions provided herein, the Lessee shall on such termination become liable to pay to the Lessor an amount equal to the unpaid Rent (all rentals) for the balance remaining period of the Lock-in-Period (“ Unexpired Rent ”). It is clarified, that the Unexpired Rent is not payable by the Lessee for terminating the lease during the Lock-in-Period in the event that the lease is terminated in the circumstances as set forth in this Deed.

 

6


5. CAR PARKING SPACES

 

5.1 The Lessor shall during the Term of the lease provide the Lessee with an exclusive right to use 50 (fifty) Car Parking Spaces in the Building. The Lessor shall demarcate the Car Parking Spaces in the Building more fully as provided in the plan annexed herewith as Annexure—IV and shall ensure that the Car Parking Spaces shall be contiguous and shall be marked with the name of the Lessee.

 

6. TWO WHEELER PARKING SPACES

The Lessor shall provide the Lessee a right to use the TWPS in the Building at no additional cost or charges to the Lessee.

 

7. RENT

 

7.1 Subject to Clause 7.2 below, the Rent for the Demised Premises shall be paid by the Lessee from the Rent Commencement Date and shall be calculated during the Term in the following manner:

 

  7.1.1 Office Rent: An amount calculated at the rate of Rs.66/- (Rupees Sixty Six Only) per square foot of super built-up area of the Office Premises towards the Lease of the Office Space;

 

  7.1.2 Fit-Outs Rent: An amount calculated at the rate of Rs. 34/- (Rupees Thirty Four Only) per square foot of the super built-up area of the Office Premises on the Fit-Outs and Fit-Outs Work by the Lessor and as approved by the Lessee in Clause 3.3.

 

  7.1.3 Cafeteria Rent: An amount calculated at the rate of Rs.40/- (Rupees Forty Only) per square foot of super built-up area of the Cafeteria Space; and

 

  7.1.4 Car Park Rent: An amount equivalent to Rs. 4000/- (Rupees Four Thousand Only) per Car Parking Space per month.

 

7.2 The Lessee shall from the Lease Commencement Date pay the Lessor a sum equivalent to one half of the monthly Office Rent till January 25, 2014. Thereafter, and subject to the Lessor completing the Fit-Outs Work to the satisfaction of the Lessee and handing over possession of the Demised Premises to the Lessee, Rent shall be payable by the Lessee to the Lessor from the Rent Commencement Date.

 

7.3 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Deed, the Rent as specified in Clause 7.1. shall be paid by the Lessee to the Lessor from the Rent Commencement Date and shall be inclusive of all present and future municipal taxes, cesses and rates. Lease tax and service tax, if applicable, shall be paid by the Lessee.

 

7.4

Payment of Rent: On and from the Rent Commencement Date, Rent as provided for every calendar month shall be payable in advance by the Lessee, on or before the 10 th

 

7


  (tenth) day of every calendar month for which the Lessor will provide an invoice on or before the 25th (twenty fifth) day of the previous calendar month and such Rent and other payments payable by the Lessee shall be subject to tax deductions at source as applicable under the Income Tax Act, 1961. If the Rent Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent shall be pro rated, based on the actual number of days remaining in that particular calendar month. For sake of clarity, the Parties further agree that the Rent and other payments as payable by the Lessee may be paid by cheque/demand draft favouring the Lessor or by way of wire transfer to the designated bank account of the Lessor. In the event that the Rent and other payments are paid by cheque/demand draft, the same shall be handed over to the Lessor at the address provided herein and be duly acknowledged by the Lessor and the Lessee shall be deemed to be absolved of its liability on the date on which such cheque/demand draft have been duly honored by the drawee bank.

 

7.5 Escalation of Rent: There shall be an escalation of 10% (ten percent) on the Rent ( all rentals ) every 2 (every) two years for the Term of the lease commencing from the Lease Commencement Date The escalated Rent shall also be referred to as ‘ Rent ’.

 

8. MAINTENANCE

 

8.1 The Lessor or any maintenance agency appointed by the Lessor shall provide maintenance services in respect of the Building and the description of the maintenance services to be provided by the Lessor is more fully detailed in Annexure—V herein (“ Maintenance Services ”).

 

8.2 The Lessee agrees to pay a charge towards the Maintenance Services (“ Maintenance Charges ”) either to the Lessor or the maintenance agency (“ Maintenance Agency ”) appointed by the Lessor to provide Maintenance Services from the Rent Commencement Date.

 

8.3 Maintenance Charges shall be paid by the Lessee on actuals subject to the Lessor providing evidence of the same. The monthly Maintenance Charges are currently estimated at Rs. 6.50/- (Rupees Six and Fifty Paise Only) per square foot of the super built-up area of the Office Premises (plus applicable service taxes) per month and is subject to revision, which revision shall be common to all occupants/tenants of the Building. Maintenance Charges shall be paid to such Maintenance Agency as may be required by the Lessor.

 

8.4 The Maintenance Charges shall be paid monthly in advance within 7 (seven) days of receipt of invoice by the Lessee.

 

8.5 The Maintenance Charges shall be annually reviewed jointly by the Parties. The Lessee reserves the right to inspect as to how the Maintenance Charges have been computed. For this purpose, Lessor shall maintain the books of accounts on an open book Basis and Lessee shall be provided access to the necessary books and records of the maintenance contractor or sub-contractor, whenever required. Any revision in Maintenance Charges as stipulated after review by the Parties shall be paid by the Lessee. The revised Maintenance Charges shall also be referred to as ‘Maintenance Charges’.

 

8


8.6 Notwithstanding anything stated hereinabove, the Lessor agrees that the Maintenance Charges payable by the Lessee during the Term of the lease shall not be more than the Maintenance Charges being charged by the Lessor to other occupants/tenants of the Building for providing Maintenance Services.

 

8.7 It is clarified that the breach of the obligation to provide Maintenance Services by the Maintenance Agency in providing the Maintenance Services shall be treated as material breach of this Deed by the Lessee.

 

9. SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

9.1 The Lessee has paid the Lessor a sum equivalent to a refundable deposit of 9 (nine) months of the aggregate Rent payable under this Deed amounting to Rs. 3,10,95,000/- (Rupees Three Crores Ten Lakhs Ninety Five Thousand Only) vide cheque No. 789779 dated November 8, 2013 for Rs. 1,50,00,000/-(One Crore and Fifty Lakhs Only) and No. 789780 dated November 8, 2013 for Rs. 1,60,95,000/- (One Crore Sixty Lakhs and Ninety Five Thousand Only) which sum the Lessor hereby acknowledges as having received from the Lessee and the same shall constitute an interest free refundable Security Deposit (“ Security Deposit ”) for the due discharge and performance by the Lessee of its obligations under this Deed.

 

9.2 The Lessor confirms that the Security Deposit shall be paid and refunded to the Lessee on the expiration or termination of the lease, granted under this Deed by pay order / demand draft, for any reason whatsoever. The Lessor shall simultaneously pay and refund the Security Deposit to the Lessee on the Lessee delivering vacant possession of the Demised Premises to the Lessor.

 

9.3 On termination of the lease in accordance with the terms of this Deed, it is hereby expressly agreed that the Lessor shall not be entitled to demand physical vacant possession of the Demised Premises unless the Lessor refunds in one installment the entire Security Deposit.

 

9.4 If the Lessor fails to refund the Security Deposit to the Lessee as aforesaid or any part thereof, interest at the rate of 18% (eighteen percent) per annum shall be payable by the Lessor to the Lessee and the Lessee shall continue to occupy the Demised Premises free of charge till actual refund of the Security Deposit and interest accrued thereon.

 

10. ELECTRICITY, GENERATOR POWER AND AIR-CONDITIONING

 

10.1 The Lessor shall at its sole expense procure and provide electricity supply at all times of 1 KVA per 100 (one hundred) square feet of the super built-up area of the Demised Premises (which includes power for comfort chillers, AUH’s, lighting and UPS) from BESCOM for the usage at the Demised Premises. In this regard, the Lessor has installed a separate meter for the Demised Premises. The Lessee shall on and from the Rent Commencement Date be liable pay the electricity charges. Lessee shall make the payment within 7 (seven) days of submission of invoice.

 

9


10.2 In the event the Lessee is in need of additional power to the Demised Premises, the Lessor shall within a period of 5 (five) months from date of receiving a request for additional power from the Lessee undertakes make available and provide such additional power to the Lessee. All costs for procuring additional power including incidental charges are to be borne by Lessee on actuals. In the event that the Lessor is unable to make available and provide additional power within a period of 5 (five) months from the date of receiving a request for additional power as requested by the Lessee, the Lessee shall be entitled to terminate the lease, including during Lock-in-Period, forthwith without requirement of notice or payment of compensation including Unexpired Rent to the Lessor.

 

10.3 The Lessor shall provide 100% (one hundred percent) back up power @ 1 KVA per every 100 (one hundred) square feet of the super built-up area of the Demised Premises, 365 (three hundred and sixty five) days of the year, 7 (seven) days of the week and 24 (twenty four) hours of the day, through sound proof diesel generator at no extra cost. The Lessor shall at all times during the Term maintain adequate onsite fuel/diesel for running the diesel generators to ensure that there is no disruption in the back-up electricity to be provided to the Lessee. Maintenance cost for the said DG shall be paid on actuals along with diesel within 7 (seven) days of submission of invoice.

 

10.4 The Lessor shall provide heavy ventilated air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) facility in proper and good working condition to the Demised Premises which shall be on the low side at 20 Deg° C (+/- 1 Deg° C) and high-side at 25 Deg° C (+/- 1 Deg° C) for 365 (three hundred and sixty five) days of the year, 7 (seven) days of the week and 24 (twenty four) hours of the day with control panels, air-handling units and other equipment required for operation of the HVAC plant. The Lessor shall provide and earmark separate chillers and air handling units for the Demised Premises and the Lessee shall pay the electricity charges consumed by such chillers and air handling units as per the readings of the separate meter provided by the Lessor on a monthly basis. Lessor is responsible to maintain and operate such units mentioned above by giving annual maintenance contracts to the respective original equipment manufacturers.

 

11. WATER AND SEWERAGE CONNECTION

 

11.1 The Lessor shall procure and provide water to the Demised Premises 365 (three hundred and sixty five) days of the year, 7 (seven) days of the week and 24 (twenty four) hours of the day.

 

11.2 The water consumption charges will be part of the Maintenance Charges payable by the Lessee to the Lessor and the Parties agree that the Lessee will not be obligated to pay any additional charges apart from the Maintenance Charges towards water consumption charges.

 

10


12. SATELLITE INSTALLATION FACILITY

 

12.1 The Lessee will have the right to install a satellite dish or a communication tower on the terrace earmarked for that purpose at its own cost and expense after obtaining necessary permission/sanction from the concerned authority. The Lessee shall not pay any rent or charges to the Lessor for installing the satellite dish on the terrace of the Building or the Demised Premises.

 

12.2 The Lessor shall provide right of way permission to the Lessee to lay cables or wires for telephone, internet and such other installations through the designated shafts / ducts provided to the Demised Premises.

 

13. IMPROVEMENTS

 

13.1 The Lessee agrees not to make any structural additions or alterations to the Demised Premises, which would result in damage to the column beams, wall plaster, flooring, windows and doors or which would alter the plumbing, electric wiring etc., of the Demised Premises. However, the Lessee is permitted to renovate without disturbing or damaging the structure or any part thereof the Demised Premises as may be necessary or required for its business purposes without seeking the prior approval of the Lessor in that regard. The terms “renovate” and / or “renovating” and / or “renovations” shall include, but not be limited to, carpentry work, refurbishment of floors, erecting temporary wooden partitions, installation of false ceilings, adding an additional layer of glass on the windows in the interior of the Demised Premises and painting work (“ Lessee’s Improvements ”).

 

13.2 Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the lease, the Lessee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to retain ownership of all Lessee’s Improvements in the course of renovating the Demised Premises and remove the same at the end of the Term without causing any damage to the Demised Premises. The Lessee shall be liable to reinstate the Demised Premises or repair and restore the Demised Premises to their original status, after such removal, normal wear and tear, is accepted. It is agreed between the Parties that the Lessor shall not be liable to reimburse or pay for any Lessee’s Improvements which the Lessee with the consent of the Lessor decides not to remove from the Demised Premises upon termination of the lease and handing over of vacant possession thereof to the Lessor.

 

14. REPAIRS

 

14.1 The Lessee shall attend to all day to day routine repairs such as leakage of taps, fusing of bulbs, etc. (“ Minor Repairs ”) in the Demised Premises only at its own cost, as is required to keep the Demised Premises only in good and habitable condition, normal wear and tear and acts of god excepted.

 

14.2

The Lessor shall at its expense, maintain in good repair the Demised Premises, the Building and Common Areas and Facilities in the Schedule Property and shall at its own cost, and be responsible for any major structural repairs, including but not limited to leakage of roof, damage to the walls, bursting of water pipes or defective sewerage

 

11


  system in the Demised Premises and the Building (“ Major Repairs ”). Notice of all Major Repairs being undertaken by the Lessor in the Demised Premises shall be given to the Lessee and shall be undertaken with minimum disturbance to the Lessee or its occupation of the Demised Premises and the same shall be subject to Lessee’s security control measures and access restrictions.

 

14.3 If the Lessor fails to perform, to cause to be performed or to commence any of the Major Repairs within a period of 4 (four) weeks from the date on which the Lessor has notice of the defect, the Lessee may withhold payment of Rent until the Lessor performs its obligations as set-out in this clause. If the Lessor fails, to perform, or to cause to be performed under this Clause 14.3, the same shall be treated as a material breach of this Deed.

 

14.4 Further, the Lessee may at is option have such Major Repairs repaired at its own cost and the Lessor shall then be required to reimburse the Lessee for the entire cost of performing those obligations within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of receipt of the vendor’s invoice for such costs from the Lessee. If the Lessor fails to reimburse the Lessee for those costs within the above-mentioned period, the Lessee may deduct those costs from the monthly Rent payable to the Lessor.

 

15. NATURE OF USE PERMITTED

 

     The Lessee shall use the Demised Premises only for IT/ITES related office/commercial purposes. The Lessee shall use the Car Parking Spaces only for the purpose of parking of vehicles. The Lessee shall also be entitled to park its two wheeler vehicles in the TWPS.

 

16. TERMINATION

 

16.1 This Deed shall terminate on expiration of the Term of the lease.

 

16.2 Lessee’s Right to Termination:

 

  (a) Lessee shall be entitled to terminate the Deed effective as of any time after the Lock-in-Period by providing at least 3 (three) months notice, in writing, to the Lessor of its intention to so terminate the Deed, or by payment of 3 (three) months Rent in lieu of notice at any point of time during the Term of the lease; and

 

  (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deed, there shall be no restriction on the Lessee terminating the lease at any point of time (including the Lock-in- Period) and without requirement of notice or payment of compensation with immediate effect, in the event of any default on the part of the Lessor as provided in this Deed and on the occurrence for the following events:

 

  i. In the event of a material breach of the terms and conditions of this Deed by the Lessor;

 

  ii. On the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event which results in the Lessee being unable to occupy the Demised Premises or any portion thereof, for a period of more than 60 (sixty) days;

 

12


  iii. In the event of an order made or a resolution passed for the purpose of winding up of the Lessor, or any order in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, by or against the Lessor or for the appointment of an assignee or equivalent for the benefit of creditors or of a receiver are initiated or made by the Lessor;

 

  iv. Withdrawal, repeal or suspension by a judicial, legislative or executive act of any permission or approval of any statutory or regulatory authority for use of the Demised Premises, in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Deed; and

 

  v. In the event of a breach of any one or more of the Lessor’s obligations under this Deed which is not cured within a period of 60 (sixty) days from the date of receipt by the Lessor of a written notice from the Lessee in this regard.

 

16.3 Lessor’s Right to Termination :

 

     During the Term, the Lessor shall have the right to terminate the Deed, in the event of material breach of any one or more of the Lessee’s obligations under this Deed which is not cured within a period of 60 (sixty) days from the receipt of a written notice from the Lessor in this regard by the Lessee. For the purposes of this Deed, non payment of Rent or Maintenance Charges for a consecutive period of more than 2 (two) months shall be construed as a material breach. The Lessor will be entitled, in addition to all its other remedies available under the terms of the lease and otherwise at law, to forthwith terminate the Deed and the Lessor shall be liable to refund the entire Security Deposit paid by the Lessor immediately upon terminating the lease deducting all the dues, if any, which are payable to the Lessor.

 

17. LESSOR COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND WARRANTIES

 

17.1 The Lessor covenants, represents and warrants to the Lessee as follows:

 

  a. The Lessor has clear and marketable title to the Demised Premises, Building and good right, full power and absolute authority to grant to the Lessee, the Demised Premises on lease under this lease;

 

  b. The execution, delivery and performance by the Lessor of this Deed (i) does not violate any applicable Laws; and (ii) does not violate or conflict with any provision of any agreement between Lessor and any other party(ies), including lenders and other third-parties;

 

  c.

The Lessor has procured requisite permissions, no-objections, consents and approvals that are required from the concerned authority with respect to the

 

13


  construction, completion, occupation and use of the Demised Premises including the occupancy certificate and the Lessee shall be entitled to occupy and use the Demised Premises for its business purposes;

 

  d. There are no legal, quasi legal, administrative, arbitration, mediation, conciliation or other proceedings, clauses, actions or government investigation of any nature pending or threatened against the Demised Premises; that no charges or encumbrances of whatsoever nature have been created on the Schedule Premises (otherwise than as stated at Clause (e) below that and no tenancy or lease or any right in favour of any other person has been created in respect of the same and further that the Lessor shall, subject to what is stated in Clause (e) below, keep the Demised Premises unencumbered throughout the Term of this deed of lease;

 

  e. The Lessor has availed of a loan from State Bank of India, Panipat Branch and has, inter-alia , provided the Rent receivables from the Lessee, as per the terms hereof, as security for the repayment of the said loan. The Lessor confirms that it shall not, under any circumstances default in repayment of the principle and the interest payable to State Bank of India and shall further at all times, keep the Lessee, indemnified and hold Lessee harmless in respect of the same;

 

  f. The Lessor is not required to obtain prior sanction of State Bank of India, Panipat Branch for executing this Deed in favour of the Lessee;

 

  g. The Lessee is permitted unimpeded use and occupation of the Schedule Premises during the Term of this lease, without any obstruction, eviction, interruption and/or disturbance, claim and demand whatsoever by the Lessor or any person or persons lawfully or equitably claiming by, from, under or in trust for any of them;

 

  h. The sanctioned use of the Demised Premises is commercial and the Demised Premises is capable of being occupied and used for commercial purposes and related use by the Lessee in the manner envisaged under this Deed;

 

  i. The Demised Premises and the Building are of sound structural quality and has been constructed in accordance with sanctioned plan and in accordance with the best industry standards;

 

  j. The Lessor shall promptly notify the Lessee of any notice received by the Lessor from any governmental or municipal authority or public body in respect of the Demised Premises which would adversely affect the interest of the Lessee;

 

  k. The Lessor understands that the representations, warranties and covenants of the Lessor as stipulated under this Deed are a material inducement to Lessee’s entry into this Deed; and

 

  l. The representations, warranties and covenants of the Lessor shall be valid through the entire Term of this lease and through the term of any subsequent renewal of the lease on the Demised Premises.

 

14


17.2 In the event the above status of representations and warranties changes post the Lease Commencement Date or if there are events or factors or actions that occur or which have the potential of materially or prejudicially affecting the Demised Premises and/or the Lessee’s right in the Demised Premises for any reason whatsoever, the Lessor shall intimate the same to the Lessee forthwith in writing and shall additionally do everything to address any potential issue, circumstance and actions to the satisfaction of the Lessee at its sole cost and expense.

 

17.3 The Lessor further covenants and confirms, as follows:

 

  a. The Lessee, its representatives, officers, guests or workmen of the Lessee shall have shall have exclusive right to use, occupy and access with the right of ingress and egress to the Demised Premises, Car Parking Spaces, TWPS and all the Common Areas and Facilities, 365 (three hundred and sixty five) days of the year, 7 (seven) days of the week and 24 (twenty four) hours of the day, without hindrance or obstruction and at no extra charge except for as provided under this Deed;

 

  b. The Lessor has provided a service lift which can be used by the representatives and workmen of the Lessee;

 

  c. The Lessee will be entitled to carry out without the consent of the Lessor, Lessee’s Improvements within the Demised Premises provided such Lessee’s Improvements do not affect the structure of the Building;

 

  d. In the event of the Lessor being desirous of selling and/or assigning and/or alienating its rights in the Demised Premises, the Lessor shall be entitled to do so subject however to this lease in favour of the Lessee. The Lessee shall attorn to and accept such purchaser as the Lessor of the portion so sold. Provided, however, that the Lessor shall ensure, (by incorporating suitable covenants in the agreement to be entered into with the purchaser and/or assignee and/or alienee and taking all reasonable steps to enforce them), that the purchaser and/or assignee and/or alienee shall agree to be bound by the terms and conditions contained in this Deed;

 

  e. The Lessor shall ensure Lessee’s access to the Demised Premises without any interruption from the Lessor and any uncured delay or deficiency in providing access to the Demised Premises by the Lessor to the Lessee shall be treated as a material breach on part of the Lessor under this Deed;

 

  f. The Lessor will have no objection in case the Lessee permits any third party to work out of the Demised Premises under this Deed, provided that the Lessee shall at all times be responsible to perform all its obligations under this Deed;

 

  g. The Lessee shall be entitled to apply for and install telephones and such other equipment as may be required, in its own name and the Lessor shall cooperate with the Lessee in this regard; and

 

15


  h. The Lessor shall, during the Term of the Lessee’s possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, indemnify and hold it harmless against all claims, expenditure and costs made against, incurred or suffered by the Lessee by reason of any lacunae in the title of the Lessor to the Demised Premises and/or by virtue of any suit, proceeding or claims filed or preferred by any person, financial institution, bank, any agency or association of persons against the Lessee in respect of the Demised Premises.

 

18. LESSEE COVENANTS

 

18.1 The Lessee shall maintain the Demised Premises with due care and caution, reasonable wear and tear excepted and not do anything or permit or commit to done anything contrary to any provision made by or under any statute or law for the time being in force. In particular, the Lessee shall not use or permit the Demised Premises to be used for any form of unlawful activity. The Lessee shall not without the prior written consent of the Lessor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or denied) make any structural alterations or additions to the space in the Demised Premises.

 

18.2 Any damage caused to the Demised Premises attributable to the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Lessee other than those caused by normal wear and tear, shall be repaired or rectified by the Lessee at their own costs within a period of 1 (one) month of the Lessor requiring the Lessee to do so, failing which the Lessor shall be entitled to carry out such rectification/replacement and the Lessee shall be liable to promptly pay to the Lessor reasonable costs of such rectification / replacement.

 

18.3 The Lessor shall not be responsible or liable for any theft, loss or damage or destruction of any of its property lying in the Schedule Premises, nor for any bodily injury to any person during the occupancy of the Schedule Premises from any cause whatsoever unless it is due to the negligence or misconduct on part of the Lessor.

 

18.4 The Lessee shall permit the Lessor or their duly authorized representative upon 72 (seventy two) hours prior written notice, and at a mutually agreed time, and subject to the Lessee’s access control and security measures, to enter the Demised Premises at reasonable hours, for the purpose of inspection and/or carrying out any required structural repairs, in the Schedule Premises. It is agreed by the Lessor that such repairs, (if necessary), will be performed in such a manner so as not to cause any inconvenience or disturbance to the Lessee.

 

18.5 The Lessee shall carry out all minor repairs necessary, in respect of the Demised Premises.

 

19. PAYMENT OF TAXES

 

    

Payment of all past, present and future municipal taxes, property/house, assessments, cess and other charges and all outgoings imposed or levied upon in respect of the Demised Premises, Building and Schedule Property shall be the responsibility of the Lessor at all times and it is included in the Rent and the Lessee shall have no liability whatsoever in this regard. However, in the event that the Lessor fails to pay any such taxes or other

 

16


  dues, the same may be paid by the Lessee after intimating and obtaining consent from the Lessor in writing and the payments so made shall be deducted by the Lessee from the monthly Rent payable to the Lessor.

 

20. EXECUTION OF THE LEASE DEED, STAMP AND REGISTRATION COST

 

20.1 The Parties agree that the Lessee shall facilitate the process and shall bear the expenses of all stamp duty and registration charges, if any, arising out of the execution of and registration of this Deed and any renewed lease. The Lessor will support the Lessee for the registration formalities of the Deed and other renewed lease agreements as necessary. The Lessor will co-operate by providing all necessary documentation and other reasonable assistance to the Lessee to complete such formalities.

 

20.2 Further, the Lessor agrees to fully co-operate with Lessee by signing such papers and documents and doing such acts, things and deeds as may be necessary or expedient for the purposes of registering this Deed and/or otherwise perfecting the rights granted to Lessee hereunder in accordance with applicable laws, which includes but not limited to executing any supplementary deeds to these presents.

 

21. INSURANCE AND SUBROGATION

 

     The Lessor shall obtain comprehensive insurance with respect to the Demised Premises, Fit Outs and the amenities belonging to the Lessor for its entire value during the Term of this Deed. The insurance includes coverage for riots, floods, tempest, fire, earthquake, all kinds of natural calamities, terrorist actions or any other irresistible force or act of god, etc, that may cause damage to the Demised Premises or any asset of the Lessor at the Demised Premises. The Lessee shall obtain comprehensive insurance to all the movables and goods owned and brought in to the Demised Premises by it.

 

22. SIGNAGE

 

22.1 The Lessee shall be entitled, at to display its signage and graphics, at the Building common directory, entrance of the Demised Premises and façade of the Building at no additional cost to the Lessee. The material and fixing cost of the signage and graphics will be borne by Lessee.

 

22.2 The size and actual location of the signage of the Lessee shall be mutually agreed between the Parties.

 

23. INDEMNITY

 

     Each of the Parties hereto confirm and declare that they have necessary powers, authorities, discretion and approvals to enter into and execute this Deed and that each of the signatories to this Deed is duly constituted, authorized and entitled to enter into this Deed. Each Party shall keep the other party indemnified against all actions, claims, losses and damages arising on account of breach by defaulting party of the representations, covenants and obligations in this Deed.

 

17


24. FORCE MAJEURE

 

24.1 If the whole or any portion of the Demised Premises shall, at any time, be destroyed or damaged by a force majeure event such as riots, floods, tempest, fire, earthquake, all kinds of natural calamities, terrorist actions or any other irresistible force or act of god, etc (“ Force Majeure Event ”), any law, or regulation of any government, so as to render inaccessible or uninhabitable, in whole or in part to the Lessee the Demised Premises, the Lessee at its option shall at any time during the subsistence of this Deed have the right to terminate this lease with immediate effect, without incurring any cost or liability.

 

24.2 In the event that the Lessee does not terminate this lease and is in possession and enjoyment of a part of the Demised Premises, the Lessee shall pay proportionate rent for such part it is in possession and enjoyment of, until such time as the Lessor puts the Schedule Premises in a fully usable condition and in such an event, the Lessor will to the satisfaction of the Lessee restore and reinstate the Demised Premises within a period of 3 (three) months at their own expenses and during which time the Rent or proportionate part thereof shall remain suspended until the Demised Premises is restored and reinstated and made ready for use and occupation of the Lessee Provided always that if the Demised Premises is not restored and reinstated and made ready for use and occupation within a period of 3 (three) months or any extension thereof from the date of the happening of any of the aforesaid Force Majeure Event, the Lessee shall be entitled to interest at the rate of 18% (eighteen percent) per annum on the proportionate share of Security Deposit till the date of termination, if any, and also be at liberty without prejudice to its rights under any provisions of this Deed, the Lessee shall have the option to terminate the lease under this Deed forthwith.

 

25. ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-LEASE

 

25.1 The Lessee shall, at its option, be entitled to assign its rights, obligations and duties under this Deed (whole or part) or sub-lease the Demised Premises (whole or part) to its affiliates or group companies, or to a purchaser of all or substantially all of its business, without the prior consent of the Lessor. However the lessee will provide the information about the changes to the lessor

 

25.2 In the event that the Lessee desires to assign or sublet the whole or any portion of the Demised Premises to a third-party, the Lessee shall be required to obtain prior written consent of the Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonable withheld, delayed or denied.

 

26. AMENDMENTS

The Parties agree that no change, variation or modification of any of the terms and conditions set forth herein shall be valid unless incorporated as an amendment to this Deed and unless such variation or amendment is in writing and under the signature of duly authorized representatives of each of the Parties hereto.

 

18


27. NOTICE

 

27.1 All notices or proceedings under this Deed shall be given in writing in English language and may be served personally, by registered post or by courier at the following address:

To the Lessee :

M/s. Amber Road Software Private Limited

5 th Floor, RMZ Titanium,

No. 135, Old Airport Road,

Bangalore 560017

To the Lessor :

M/s. Paliwal Overseas Private Limited

RMZ Titanium, No. 135,

Old Airport Road,

Bangalore 560017

or to such other address for the attention of such other person as the Party to receive the notice or request shall have nominated by notice to the other Party in the above manner. In the event of a Party changing its address, such Party is required to intimate the other Party in writing within 30 (thirty) days of such change of address.

 

27.2 The date of receipt of such notice or request, consent or approval shall in the case of personal delivery deemed to be the date of delivery and in the case of registered post / courier, be deemed to be 7 (seven) business days following the date on which it was delivered into the custody of the post office / courier corporation. Proof that the envelope containing any such notice or information was properly addressed, pre-paid, and couriered/posted, and that it has not been returned to the sender, shall be sufficient evidence that the notice or information has been duly given.

 

28. DISPUTE SETTLEMENT

 

28.1 Any dispute arising between the Parties during the subsistence of this Deed or thereafter in connection with the validity, interpretation, implementation or alleged material breach of any provision of this Deed (including the enforcement of the rights, duties, powers and obligations of the Parties) shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended from time to time. The Lessee shall be entitled to appoint one arbitrator and the Lessor shall be entitled to appoint the other arbitrator. The two arbitrators shall nominate a third arbitrator who will preside over the arbitral tribunal.

 

19


28.2 The arbitration proceedings shall be held in Bangalore City. The arbitration shall be conducted in the English language.

 

29. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

29.1 This Deed shall be governed by the laws as applicable to the Republic of India.

 

29.2 Subject to the provisions of the arbitration Clause 28 above, the lease shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the civil courts at Bangalore, Karnataka, India.

 

30. CONFIDENTIALITY

Each Party shall, keep all information and other materials passing between it and the other Party in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Deed confidential and shall not, without the prior written consent of such other Party, such consent not being unreasonably, withheld, delayed or denied, divulge any information to any other person or use the information other than for carrying out the purposes of this Deed.

 

31. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

The Parties hereto acknowledge, declare and confirm that this Deed including the recitals in this Deed represents the entire agreement between them regarding the subject matter hereof and no alterations, additions or modifications hereto shall be valid and binding unless the same are reduced to writing and signed by both the Parties. The terms and conditions of this Deed replace any prior oral or written proposals, letter of intent, correspondence or communications regarding the subject matter hereof.

 

32. SEVERABILITY

In the event that a court of law declares any provision of this Deed to be invalid, the remainder of the Deed will be valid, enforceable and effective as long as it is able to sustain independently of the provisions so declared to be invalid by a court of law. If the remainder of the Deed is not able to sustain independent of the provisions declared to be invalid, the Parties shall renegotiate the terms of this lease.

 

33. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PARTIES

No provision of this Deed shall constitute either Party as the legal representative or agent of the other, nor shall either Party have the right or authority to assume, create or incur any liability or any obligation of any kind, express or implied, against, or in the name of, or on behalf of the other Party.

 

20


34. WAIVER

No forbearance, indulgence or relaxation or inaction by any Party at any time to require performance of any of the provisions of this Deed shall in any way affect, diminish or prejudice the right of such Party to require performance of that provision. Any waiver or acquiescence by any Party of any breach of any of the provisions of this Deed shall not be construed as a waiver or acquiescence of any right under or arising out of this Deed or of the subsequent breach, or acquiescence to or recognition of rights other than as expressly stipulated in this Deed.

[SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[SCHEDULE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

21


THE SCHEDULE A ABOVE REFERRED TO:

SCHEDULE PROPERTY AND BUILDING

All that piece and parcel of immovable property bearing PID No. 73-1-135 (H.A.L. Sanitary Board Khata No.661/A-1-240/101-1 P) (bearing New Municipal No. 135 ) (earlier portions of Survey Nos. 150 and 151/3), Kodihalli Village, Airport Road, Varthur Hobli, Bangalore South Taluk, admeasuring 93,107.42 square feet and consisting of the Building named ‘Titanium’ comprising of ground floor and five upper floors consisting of ground floor measuring 18,735 square feet, first floor measuring 19,280 square feet, second floor measuring 42,250 square feet, third floor measuring 42,485 square feet, fourth floor measuring 42,485 square feet and fifth floor measuring 34,350 square feet measuring in all 1,99,635 square feet together with exclusive right of use of 333 car park spaces and bounded as follows:

 

On or towards the North by

   :      Airport Road

On or towards the South by

   :      Private Property

On or towards the East by

   :      Partly by Manipal Hospital and partly by
        remaining portion of the property bearing
        No. 240/101—P

On or towards the West by

   :      Property belonging to Intel

THE SCHEDULE ‘B’ ABOVE REFERRED TO:

THE DEMISED PREMISES

All that piece and parcel of the immoveable property admeasuring a super built-up area of 34,350 square feet situated on the 5 th (fifth) floor of the Building constructed on the Schedule Property as described in Schedule A comprising of a commercial office unit measuring a super built-up area of 31,350 square feet and a cafeteria space measuring 3,000 square feet.

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES hereto have executed this Deed the day, month and year first hereinabove written. The persons, whose signatures appear below, confirm they are fully authorized to execute this Deed on behalf of their respective organizations.

Overseas Pvt. Ltd .

 

LOGO

Authorised Signatory

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED BY THE

LESSOR, PALIWAL OVERSEAS PRIVATE

LIMITED by the hand of its Authorized Signatory,

Mr. Ankur Jain,

For Amber Road Software Pvt. Ltd.

 

LOGO

Authorised Signatory

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED BY THE

LESSEE,

AMBER ROAD SOFTWARE PRIVATE LIMITED

by the hand of its Authorized Signatory, Mr. Gowri S.

Sivaprasad

IN THE PRESENCE OF FOLLOWING

WITNESSES :

 

LOGO

Drafted by me:-

LOGO

 

23

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Amber Road, Inc.

Amber Road UK, Ltd. (United Kingdom)

Amber Road Software Private, Ltd. (India)

Amber Road Switzerland, AG (Switzerland)

Amber Road Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)

Sunrise International Ltd. (Bermuda)

EasyCargo (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (People’s Republic of China)

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Amber Road, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

February 10, 2014

Exhibit 99.1

October 23, 2013

Rapture World Limited

2 London Bridge

London

SE1 9RA

 

RE: Consent to Use of SCM World Data

Dear Sir or Madam,

Amber Road, Inc. (“Amber Road”) is contemplating an initial public offering of its Common Stock. In connection with this offering, Amber Road proposes to file a registration statement on Form S-1 (“Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

We request your consent to reference or cite, in the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, statistical data (the “Data”) contained in the survey Amber Road commissioned with Rapture World Limited (“SCM World”) to quantify the significance of global trade with company strategy, understand the specific challenges facing companies engaged in global trade and assess the abilities of the companies to respond to these challenge. We further request your consent to the inclusion of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to cite SCM World as the source of the Data, and to reference SCM World under the caption “Industry and Market Data” in the Registration Statement as acting in the capacity of an expert in relation to the preparation of the Data.

If this is acceptable, please indicate your consent to our use of your consent in accordance with the foregoing requests by countersigning this letter.

 

Sincerely,
AMBER ROAD, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jim Preuninger

  Name: Jim Preuninger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

CONSENT GRANTED:
RAPTURE WORLD LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Patrick Shewell

  Name: Patrick Shewell
  Title:   Key Account Director

Exhibit 99.2

October 23, 2013

ARC Advisory Group, Inc.

3 Allied Drive

Suite 212

Dedham, MA 02026

RE: Consent to Use of ARC Data

Dear Sir or Madam,

Amber Road, Inc. (“Amber Road”) is contemplating an initial public offering of its Common Stock. In connection with this offering, Amber Road proposes to file a registration statement on Form S-1 (“Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

We request your consent to reference or cite, in the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, statistical data (the “Data”) contained in the survey Amber Road commissioned with ARC Advisory Group, Inc. (“ARC”) to determine the market size and current penetration level of the shipping sector of the GTM market. We further request your consent to the inclusion of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to cite ARC as the source of the Data, and to reference ARC under the caption “Industry and Market Data” in the Registration Statement as acting in the capacity of an expert in relation to the preparation of the Data.

If this is acceptable, please indicate your consent to our use of your consent in accordance with the foregoing requests by countersigning this letter.

 

Sincerely,
AMBER ROAD, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jim Preuninger

  Name: Jim Preuninger
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

CONSENT GRANTED:

ARC ADVISORY GROUP, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Andy Chatha

 

Name: Andy Chatha

 

Title:   President

EXHIBIT 99.3

Consent of Director Nominee

February 10, 2014

Amber Road, Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by Amber Road, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”), I hereby consent to being named and described as a prospective member of the board of directors of the Issuer in the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto. I confirm that I intend to join the board of directors of the Issuer if (i) I am appointed to such board by the existing board and (ii) the closing of the initial public offering of common stock of the Issuer has occurred.

 

/s/ Pamela F. Craven

Pamela F. Craven

EXHIBIT 99.4

Consent of Director Nominee

January 10, 2014

Amber Road, Inc.

One Meadowlands Plaza

East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by Amber Road, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”), I hereby consent to being named and described as a prospective member of the board of directors of the Issuer in the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto. I confirm that I intend to join the board of directors of the Issuer if (i) I am appointed to such board by the existing board and (ii) the closing of the initial public offering of common stock of the Issuer has occurred.

 

/s/ John Malone

John Malone